52
A Suggested Approach for Gap Analyses of the RAMPAO Marine Protected Area Network Propositions méthodologiques pour l’analyse des lacunes du réseau d’aires marines protégées du RAMPAO Jeff Ardron, Catherine Gabrié ©T. Clément 19 Octobre 2009 Mission d’appui technique au processus d’analyse des lacunes du réseau régional d’aires marines protégées en Afrique de l’Ouest RAMPAO (Projet ANALACAO)

A Suggested Approach for Gap Analyses of the RAMPAO Marine ...€¦ · A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 2 Recommendation re outreach: 1) regional contact

  • Upload
    others

  • View
    4

  • Download
    0

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: A Suggested Approach for Gap Analyses of the RAMPAO Marine ...€¦ · A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 2 Recommendation re outreach: 1) regional contact

A Suggested Approach for Gap Analyses of the

RAMPAO Marine Protected Area Network

Propositions meacutethodologiques pour lrsquoanalyse des lacunes du reacuteseau drsquoaires

marines proteacutegeacutees du RAMPAO

Jeff Ardron Catherine Gabrieacute

copyT Cleacutement 19 Octobre 2009

Mission drsquoappui technique au processus drsquoanalyse des lacunes du reacuteseau reacutegional drsquoaires

marines proteacutegeacutees en Afrique de lrsquoOuest RAMPAO (Projet ANALACAO)

Table of Contents

RESUME EXECUTIF 4

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 1

TERMS OF REFERENCE (SUMMARISED) 8

REVIEW OF ACTIVITIES AND AVAILABLE INFORMATION 9

ECOLOGICAL PRINCIPLES AND TARGETS 12

METHODOLOGY 13

APPROACH 13

BOUNDARIES 13

TIMEFRAMES 13

INITIAL TESTS 14

SUGGESTED PROGRAMME OF WORK 15

SHORT-TERM STEPS 15

OUTREACH amp COORDINATION 15

ACQUISITION OF DATA amp INFORMATION 16

Steps 16

Three elements of success 17

Strategies for acquiring difficult data 17

Meetings 18

FIVE INITIAL GAP ANALYSES 19

MEDIUM TERM GAP ANALYSES 23

Ecologically and biologically significant areas (EBSAs) 23

Representativity 23

Connectivity 24

Replication 24

Adequacy viability 25

LONG TERM GAP ANALYSES 25

MarZone and MaxEnt 26

Climate change modelling 26

Ongoing adaptive approach 26

POSSIBLE ACTIVITIES OF THE 2ND

MISSION 27

REFERENCES 28

ANNEX 1 CALENDAR OF MEETINGS 1ST

MISSION 5-12 SEPT 2009 29

ANNEX 2 CBD CRITERIA FOR ECOLOGICALLY SIGNIFICANT AREAS 31

ANNEX 3 CBD CRITERIA FOR MPA NETWORKS 38

ANNEX 4 DATA SOURCES HIGHLIGHTED IN DISCUSSIONS DURING THE 1ST

MISSION 40

ANNEX 5 GIS DATA PRIORITIES 42

ANNEX 6 THIRTY ADDITIONAL ASSESSMENTS 46

ASSESSMENT CRITERION 1 ADEQUACY VIABILITY 46

ASSESSMENT CRITERION 2 REPRESENTATIVITY 47

ASSESSMENT CRITERION 3 REPLICATION 48

ASSESSMENT CRITERION 4 CONNECTIVITY 48

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 1

Executive Summary

This 1st Mission was tasked with 1) defining operational principles for a gaps analysis of the

RAMPAO marine protected area (MPA) network 2) reviewing the activities already carried

out 3) providing methodological support and 4) suggesting a programme of work

This report makes the following recommendations

Recommendation re gaps analysis considering that all the partners and parties interviewed

supported the need for a gaps analysis we recommend that the Gaps Analysis Project

proceed with the necessary funding personnel and institutional support

Recommendation re ecological criteria RAMPAOrsquos ecological principles and targets should

be based the CBD criteria for identifying ecologically significant sites (IX20 Annex 1) and

MPA networks (IX20 Annex 2) taking into account additional CBD guidance as it is

developed

Recommendation re offshore gaps the lack of MPAs offshore particularly in the EEZs (12 -

200 nautical miles) of RAMPAO countries should be recognised by members as a serious gap

in the RAMPAO MPA network requiring immediate attention

Recommendation re fisheries considering their size and complexity special attention

should be given to fisheries and their interactions with existing and potential MPAs We

recommend a special Fisheries-MPA working group be set up with relevant institutions such

as CSRP and others to consider possible gaps in spatial fish protections as per the CBD

IX20 Annex 1 criteria noted above Additional fisheries relevant criteria such as the FAO

guidelines for the management of deep-sea fisheries (2009) could be applied as

appropriate

Recommendation re MoUs considering the broad scope and data requirements of this

project the RAMPAO Secretariat should continue to build upon its good relationships within

and outside of West Africa through the development of Memorandums of Understanding

(MoUs) or similar agreements These MoUs (or similar agreements) should primarily

consider data sharing arrangements andor the sharing of relevant analytical work

Additionally they may consider technical issues such as database compatibility and also

human capacity building training as appropriate

Recommendation re project officer considering the extent of the work a project officer

should be designated This officer should a) support the RAMPAO Secretariat (through

Charlotte Karibuhoye) in outreach to regional contact points and partners especially in the

development of project agreements such as MoUs and working groups b) supervise and

assist RAMPAOrsquos GIS technician (Souadou Ndiaye) as required c) oversee and complete as

required the data collection and technicalGIS work

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 2

Recommendation re outreach 1) regional contact points should be updated on this project

and their help solicited 2) a clear one-page project description should be written outlining

the aims of the project and how cooperation with other bodies is being sought 3) a clear

project web page should be developed 4) follow-up letters should sent to key contacts we

have already spoken to outlining next steps and where appropriate proposing cooperation

collaboration 5) presentations introducing the project should be made at national and

regional level meetings as opportunity permits

Recommendation re data information collection 1) The process of collecting data should

begin immediately This will require close coordination with outreach activities 2) Priority

should be given to collecting data that are a) easily acquired and b) required for the initial

short-term analyses 3) Lists of data sources contact information and what dates they were

approached should be kept to track progress 4) Data collaboration should be on the

agenda of the next RAMPAO General Assembly meeting 5) After an initial (eg 3-6 month)

period of data collection the need for data meetings andor expert meetings should be

assessed

Recommendation re ecosystem research considering the breadth of possible research

topics we recommend that RAMPAO work cooperatively with research institutions such as

IRD and others to address critical knowledge gaps in a strategic fashion We recommend

prioritising research questions on three general criteria 1) relevance to identifying and

filling gaps 2) likelihood that these questions can realistically be answered (considering

budgets and scientific constraints) and 3) according to the speed of their results a) quickly

(ie 2010) b) in the medium-term (2011) and c) in the longer-term (gt2011)

Recommendation re traditional and cultural considerations in addition to biological and

ecological criteria we recommend that the gaps analysis take into consideration cultural

elements when data are available and traditional management of marine areas and

resources as appropriate

Recommendation re short- medium- and long-term results given that some data will be

more readily available than others and that some analyses are easier to perform than

others we are recommending that a staged approach to delivering results be taken with

analyses planned for the short-term medium-term and long-term This will allow for

decisions and actions to also be taken in the short- medium- and long- term

Recommendation re initial tests the gaps analysis should start with readily available

information and basic tests that are relatively easy to understand Later more complex

analyses can be performed with additional data as they become available The initial basic

gaps tests should be selected to provide results that can on their own inform decision-

making

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 3

Recommendation re five initial gap analyses 1 Visually consider the distribution of protected areas 2 Using GIS procedures consider in greater depth the distribution of protected areas 3 Consider MPA distribution according to depth 4 Consider MPA distribution according to existent shoreline habitat classification 5 Consider the RAMPAO network according to rare threatened and endangered

species and habitats

The following six steps outline the key tasks that we suggest would need to be done

between now and June 2010 in order to set this project in motion

1 establishment of the projectrsquos terms of reference and recruitment of the project officer

2 outreach and coordination including informational presentations at various meetings

3 initial data collection focussing on readily available information 4 initial gaps analyses 5 presentation of initial results to the RAMPAO General Assembly 6 expert meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and analyses (likely

as a side-meeting to the General Assembly

Possible analyses for the medium term are discussed with an outlook for the long-term For

the medium-term approaches that consider more closely adequacy viability

representativity replication and connectivity are provided For the long-term complex

analyses such as Marxan MarZone and MaxEnt as well as climate change considerations

are noted However for the purposes of this project it is felt that in the long-term time and

resources would probably be better spent taking an adaptive planning approach working on

getting places established that address the major gaps first and then making refinements

Annexes 2 and 3 provide the CBD criteria adopted in 2008 Annex 4 notes datasets that

were highlighted in discussions during the 1st Mission Annex 5 lists common data sets and

ranks them according to timeframe ease of acquisition and importance Annex 6 lists thirty

additional MPA network design considerations accepted by OSPAR for consideration

Regarding a 2nd Mission we suggest that it coincide with the Third Meeting of the RAMPAO General Assembly mid-2010 Possible activities for the 2nd Mission could include

answering questions that arise from the 1st Mission

elaborating upon medium-term gap analyses

providing assistance in data collection in Europe and North America

joint GIS analyses working together on some of the GIS analyses

presenting initial results to RAMPAO members and partners

participating in an expert meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and analyses

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 4

Propositions meacutethodologiques pour lrsquoanalyse des lacunes du reacuteseau drsquoaires marines proteacutegeacutees du RAMPAO

Reacutesumeacute exeacutecutif

Les objectifs de cette premiegravere mission eacutetaient les suivants 1) deacutefinir les principes

opeacuterationnels de lrsquoanalyse des lacunes du reacuteseau drsquoAMP du RAMPAO 2) revoir les travaux

deacutejagrave reacutealiseacutes et les informations existantes et identifier les manques 3) apporter un support

meacutethodologique au processus et 4) proposer un programme de travail

Ce rapport fait les recommandations suivantes

Recommandation concernant lrsquoanalyse des lacunes (gaps analysis) lrsquoanalyse des lacunes

ayant eacuteteacute reconnue par la plupart des partenaires comme neacutecessaire pour compleacuteter et

actualiser le reacuteseau actuel la mission recommande que le projet soit deacuteveloppeacute avec tous

les moyens financiers humains et mateacuteriels neacutecessaires

Recommandation concernant les critegraveres eacutecologiques les principes et les critegraveres

eacutecologiques agrave retenir doivent ecirctre ceux recommandeacutes par la convention sur la biodiversiteacute

(CBD) agrave la fois dans lrsquoidentification des sites drsquoimportance eacutecologique (IX20 Annex 1) et agrave

lrsquoeacutechelle du reacuteseau (IX20 Annexe 1) en suivant les recommandations de la CBD en terme

drsquoapplication de ces critegraveres

Recommandation concernant les lacunes sur la haute mer lrsquoabsence drsquoAMP en haute mer

en particulier dans la ZEE (12-200 miles nautiques) des pays membres du RAMPAO doit ecirctre

reconnue par tous comme une lacune importante du reacuteseau que le projet devra

rapidement consideacuterer

Recommandation concernant les pecirccheries consideacuterant leur importance et leur complexiteacute

les pecirccheries et leurs interactions avec les AMP existantes et potentielles devront faire

lrsquoobjet drsquoune attention particuliegravere Nous recommandons la constitution drsquoun groupe speacutecial

AMP-Pecircches comportant les organismes compeacutetents comme la CSRP et autres afin de

travailler sur les lacunes de protection des zones importantes pour les ressources

halieutiques (CBD IX20 Annex 1) Des critegraveres propres aux pecirccheries comme ceux de la

FAO pour la gestion des pecircches profondes (2009) devront eacutegalement ecirctre pris en

consideacuteration

Recommandation pour un travail partenarial consideacuterant lrsquoampleur de ce projet des

besoins en donneacutees et en analyses le secreacutetariat du RAMPAO devra renforcer et srsquoappuyer

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 5

sur les relations avec ses partenaires nationaux reacutegionaux et internationaux des accords

de collaborations devront ecirctre signeacutes avec les principaux partenaires en premier lieu afin de

srsquoaccorder sur les modaliteacutes de partage des donneacutees neacutecessaires au projet voire de partage

du travail drsquoanalyse Devront eacutegalement ecirctre envisageacutees le cas eacutecheacuteant les consideacuterations

techniques comme la compatibiliteacute ou lrsquointeropeacuterabiliteacute des bases de donneacutees et si

neacutecessaire le renforcement des capaciteacutesla formation

Recommandation pour la mise en place drsquoun chargeacute de projet consideacuterant lrsquoimportance du

travail et la speacutecificiteacute de certains de ses aspects un assistant au projet doit ecirctre recruteacute Ses

missions seront 1) drsquoassister le secreacutetariat du RAMPAO (Charlotte Karibuhoye chef de

projet) dans ses relations avec les points focaux nationaux et les partenaires (appui agrave la

reacutedaction des accords de collaboration au deacuteveloppement des groupes de travail) 2)

superviser et apporter son appui au technicien SIG (Souadou Ndiaye) lorsque cela sera

neacutecessaire notamment pour ce qui concerne les aspects plus analytiques du travail 3)

superviser et compleacuteter la collecte des donneacutees et le travail technique (SIG)

Recommandation concernant lrsquoinformation et la sensibilisation 1) les points focaux

nationaux devront ecirctre informeacutes sur le projet et les reacutesultats de cette mission leur rocircle

devra leur ecirctre clairement speacutecifieacute 2) une plaquette recto-verso deacutecrivant les objectifs du

projet les reacutesultats attendus et preacutesentant les attentes du RAMPAO en matiegravere de

coopeacuteration avec les autres organismes devra ecirctre produite 3 ) le site internet du RAMPAO

devra comporter un espace deacutedieacute speacutecifiquement agrave ce projet 4) des lettres de suivi

devraient ecirctre envoyeacutes aux contacts cleacutes rencontreacutes au cours de la premiegravere mission afin de

les informer des reacutesultats de la mission et des eacutetapes suivantes et le cas eacutecheacuteant en leur

proposant de coopeacuterer collaborer 5) on profitera des diffeacuterentes reacuteunions au niveau

national et reacutegional pour preacutesenter le projet et les collaborations qui sont attendues

Recommandation pour la collecte des donneacutees et informations 1) la collecte des donneacutees

doit deacutebuter degraves agrave preacutesent en eacutetroite coordination avec les activiteacutes drsquoinformation et de

sensibilisation des partenaires 2) Par ordre de prioriteacute on rassemblera les donneacutees (a)

faciles agrave collecter et b) neacutecessaires aux analyses agrave court terme 3) Les listes des sources de

donneacutees des contacts et les dates auxquels ils ont eacuteteacute rencontreacutes doivent ecirctre conserveacutes car

ils permettront de suivre lrsquoavancement du travail 4) la prochaine reacuteunion geacuteneacuterale du

RAMPAO devra inscrire agrave son ordre du jour la collaboration sur la collecte de donneacutees 5)

apregraves le deacutemarrage de la collecte des donneacutees (dans 3-6 mois) une reacuteunion devra ecirctre

organiseacutee pour faire un point (reacuteunion pour la collecte des donneacutees ou reacuteunion drsquoexperts

theacutematiques)

Recommandation concernant la recherche Consideacuterant lampleur des sujets de recherche

possibles nous recommandons au RAMPAO de travailler avec les instituts de recherche

comme lrsquoIRD et les instituts nationaux afin de combler de faccedilon strateacutegique les lacunes

essentielles dans les connaissances Les prioriteacutes devront ecirctre deacutefinies sur la base de 3

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 6

critegraveres 1) pertinence pour cerner et combler les lacunes 2) les chances raisonnables

qursquoont ces questions de trouver des reacuteponses (en tenant compte des budgets et des

contraintes scientifiques) et 3) selon la vitesse de leurs reacutesultats a) rapidement (2010) b)

dans le moyen terme (2011) et c) agrave plus long terme (gt 2011)

Recommandation concernant la prise en compte des eacuteleacutements traditionnels et culturels

outre les critegraveres biologiques et eacutecologiques nous recommandons que lrsquoanalyse des lacunes

considegravere eacutegalement les eacuteleacutements traditionnels lorsqursquoils sont disponibles et les eacuteleacutements

culturels de gestion des espaces et des ressources srsquoils sont approprieacutes

Recommandation concernant les reacutesultats agrave court moyen et long terme certaines donneacutees

seront plus facilement accessibles que dautres et certaines analyses sont plus faciles agrave

deacutevelopper que dautres nous recommandons donc une approche par eacutetapes avec des

analyses sur le court terme le moyen terme et le long terme Ainsi des deacutecisions pourront

ecirctre eacutegalement prises et des actions engageacutees agrave court moyen et long terme sans attendre

drsquoavoir lrsquoensemble des reacutesultats

Recommandation concernant les analyses preacuteliminaires lanalyse des lacunes doit

commencer sur la base drsquoinformations facilement accessibles et de tests de base faciles agrave

engager et agrave comprendre Ensuite des analyses plus complexes pourront ecirctre reacutealiseacutees avec

des donneacutees suppleacutementaires au fur et agrave mesure de leur disponibiliteacute Ces analyses initiales

devront ecirctre seacutelectionneacutees en vue de produire des reacutesultats qui peuvent agrave eux seuls eacuteclairer

les premiegraveres prises de deacutecisions

Recommandation concernant cinq analyses initiales de lacunes 1 Consideacuterer visuellement la distribution des aires proteacutegeacutees 2 Sur la base de proceacutedures SIG examiner plus en profondeur la reacutepartition des zones

proteacutegeacutees 3 Etudier la distribution des AMP en fonction de la profondeur 4 Etudier la distribution des AMP en fonction de la classification existante des habitats

cocirctiers 5 Consideacuterer le reacuteseau des AMP selon les espegraveces et les habitats rares menaceacutes et en voie

de disparition

Recommandations sur la mise en œuvre du projet plus qursquoun projet lrsquoanalyse des lacunes

est un processus continu dont les reacutesultats devront ecirctre affineacutes au fur et agrave mesure des

connaissances sur une base adaptative Comme recommandeacute ci-dessus une approche agrave

court moyen et long terme devra ecirctre consideacutereacutee

Court-terme (entre maintenant et juin 2010) les tacircches suivantes seront engageacutees 1 eacutetablissement des termes de reacutefeacuterence et recrutement du chargeacute de projet 2 sensibilisation y compris preacutesentations du projet et des attentes lors de diverses

reacuteunions

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 7

3 recueil initial des donneacutees en se concentrant sur les informations facilement disponibles

4 analyse initiale des lacunes 5 preacutesentation des premiers reacutesultats agrave lAssembleacutee geacuteneacuterale RAMPAO 6 reacuteunion dexperts pour discuter des prochaines eacutetapes agrave moyen terme des donneacutees

compleacutementaires agrave collecter et des analyses agrave poursuivre (probablement dans une

reacuteunion speacuteciale durant lAssembleacutee geacuteneacuterale du RAMPAO

En outre les analyses possibles pour le moyen terme et une preacutevision pour le long terme

sont proposeacutees

Moyen terme collecte des donneacutees plus difficiles agrave obtenir analyses plus compliqueacutees

(identification des aires drsquoimportance eacutecologique et biologiques repreacutesentativiteacute

connectiviteacute reacutepliquas adeacutequationviabiliteacute)

Long terme compleacutements eacuteventuels avec des approches plus complexes de modeacutelisation

(MarZone MaxEnt) prise en consideacuteration du changement climatique hellip Toutefois dans le

cadre de ce projet agrave long terme il semble qursquoil serait preacutefeacuterable drsquoutiliser les ressources agrave

de la planification adaptative en se concentrant en premier sur les sites qui permettent de

combler les principales lacunes et ensuite drsquoaffiner lrsquoanalyse

En annexes sont proposeacutes

Les critegraveres de la CBD agrave lrsquoeacutechelle des sites (annexe 2) et agrave lrsquoeacutechelle des reacuteseaux (annexe 3)

Les sources de donneacutees issues des discussions avec les partenaires lors de la 1egravere mission (annexe 4)

lrsquoinventaire des donneacutees de base classeacutees suivant les deacutelais souhaitables drsquoacquisition la faciliteacute dacquisition et leur importance (annexe 5)

un certain nombre drsquoautres eacuteleacutements agrave consideacuterer dans la conception du reacuteseau dAMPs

issus de lrsquoexpeacuterience drsquoOSPAR (annexe 6)

Poursuite de la collaboration Sil eacutetait deacutecideacute de poursuivre la collaboration avec les

consultants et qursquoune deuxiegraveme mission soit programmeacutee nous suggeacuterons quelle coiumlncide

avec la troisiegraveme reacuteunion de lAssembleacutee geacuteneacuterale RAMPAO agrave la mi-2010 Les activiteacutes

possibles pour la 2egraveme mission pourraient comprendre

les reacuteponses aux questions qui se posent dans la phase 1

les reacuteflexions sur le deacuteveloppement de la phase 2 (moyen terme)

lrsquoassistance agrave la collecte de donneacutees en Europe et en Ameacuterique du Nord

lrsquoassistance aux analyses SIG (travailler en commun sur certaines analyses)

assistance agrave la preacutesentation des premiers reacutesultats RAMPAO aux membres et partenaires

participation agrave la reacuteunion dexperts pour discuter des prochaines eacutetapes (moyen terme) des donneacutees et analyses compleacutementaires

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 8

Terms of reference (summarised)

This project is planned to consist of three separate missions this is the report from the first

of these The overarching objectives of the entire project are

To support the RAMPAO in defining operational principles and precise and realistic

targets for the MPA network by the year 2012 notably as regards

representativeness practicality coherence and resilience of the network

Assist in the definition of the degree of protection of the marine and coastal

biodiversity and key-sites identified in the seven countries of the ecoregion

Assist in the identification of existing shortcomings particularly at the ecological and

socio-economic levels the management of MPAs of the RAMPAO using the available

information for decision-making

Assist in the definitiondesign of strategy aimed at minimizing the priority

shortcomings and making the network more coherent and practical with a view to

attain the objectives of the RAMPAO

Activities of this first mission are

1 Support the RAMPAO Secretariat in defining operational principles and targets

regarding key habitat representativeness as well as the RAMPAO functionality

coherence and resilience

2 Review the activities already carried out and available information about the degree

of protection of biodiversity in the ecoregion and the assessment of missing key-

information

3 Provide methodological support to RAMPAO for synthesizing the gap analysis

process particularly for the review of implemented activities and existing

information on the level of biodiversity protection in the ecoregion and for the

identification of gaps in key information

4 Suggest a programme of work for the next steps of the process

This report is structured according to the above four activities with a particular focus on the

last two

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 9

Review of activities and available information

Our first Mission Report provides details of our conversations with various key players in the

region as well as many preliminary observations and action points We suggest it be used

side-by-side this report A calendar of meetings we attended during the 1st Mission is listed

in Annex 1 A preliminary list of data sources highlighted in these discussions is provided in

Annex 4 to this report

In our discussions several repeating ideas about gaps analyses emerged

necessity gaps analyses are believed to be necessary and valuable

ecology gap analyses should focus on ecological aspects first setting aside

management considerations for the time being

management management and community involvement was emphasized in several

discussions as being essential after gaps are identified and the discussions turn to

how gaps could be filled

cultural considerations the work required to also take account of social traditional

and sacred concerns should be assessed

the offshore open sea (containing eg upwellings seamounts canyons cold water

corals etc) is an integral part of the marine environment but has to date not been

included in MPA discussions and represents a major obvious gap

site versus network criteria site level MPA criteria and network level criteria were

often discussed together as though they were all the same and thus greater clarity is

required on how these two complementary sets of criteria fit together into larger

gaps analyses

cooperation gaps analyses will require strong partnerships and cooperation both

within West Africa and abroad and further work should be done to strengthen these

partnerships through memorandums of understanding and other agreements Many

people noted that acquiring and combining data can use up much time and

resources

fisheries were recognised to encompass activities with the broadest geography and

largest ecological impacts as well as the most complicated social considerations

While MPAs are seen as a good tool for the conservation of biodiversity their use as

a fisheries management tool was seen as applicable in some but not all fisheries It

was pointed out that fisheries science has traditionally been carried out separately

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 10

from other scientific disciplines though acceptance of the ecosystem approach to

fisheries is changing this

ecological research and analyses people noted that while some good initial work

had often been started the coverage was often patchy and considerable work was

still required hence care is required to focus on what can be done with existing

information and to identify a few key research priorities out of the many

The following recommendations flow out of the above discussions

Recommendation re gap analysis considering that all the partners and parties

interviewed supported the need for a gaps analysis we recommend that the Gaps

Analysis Project proceed with the necessary funding personnel and institutional support

Recommendation re offshore gaps the lack of MPAs offshore particularly in the EEZs (12 -

200 nautical miles) of RAMPAO countries should be recognised by members as a serious

gap in the RAMPAO MPA network requiring immediate attention

Recommendation re fisheries considering their size and complexity special attention

should be given to fisheries and their interactions with existing and potential MPAs We

recommend a special Fisheries-MPA working group be set up with relevant institutions

such as CSRP and others1 to consider possible gaps in spatial fish protections as per the

CBD IX20 Annex 1 criteria noted above Additional fisheries relevant criteria such as the

FAO guidelines for the management of deep-sea fisheries (2009) could be applied as

appropriate

Recommendation re ecosystem research considering the breadth of possible research

topics we recommend that RAMPAO work cooperatively with research institutions such

as IRD and others to address critical knowledge gaps in a strategic fashion We

recommend prioritising research questions on three general criteria 1) relevance to

identifying and filling gaps 2) likelihood that these questions can realistically be answered

(considering budgets and scientific constraints) and 3) according to the speed of their

results a) quickly (ie 2010) b) in the medium-term (2011) and c) in the longer-term

(gt2011)

Recommendation re project officer considering the extent of the work a project officer

should be designated This officer should a) support the RAMPAO Secretariat (through

1 Because we were unable to interview representatives from the two relevant Large Marine Ecosystem (LME)

projects (which look at broad scale effects of fisheries) we are uncertain on how they would (or would not)

wish to participate An informal discussion with Merete Tandstad (FAO) while at another meeting suggests that

the Canary Current LME is still in early stages of development However we do suggest that both the LME

Secretariats and the FAO still be approached to gauge their interest

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 11

Charlotte Karibuhoye) in outreach to regional contact points and partners especially in

the development of project agreements such as MoUs and working groups b) supervise

and assist RAMPAOrsquos GIS technician (Souadou Ndiaye) as required c) oversee and

complete as required the data collection and technicalGIS work

Regarding the recommendation above we recognise that the Project Officer will require

additional funding to that which was originally envisioned in this project If funding for such

a position is not possible we would suggest that additional help be sought through

partners and specific contracts To the degree possible we have outlined the various

aspects of work that will need to be done as discreet pieces so as to allow for them to be

performed separately as funding permits

Recommendation re MoUs considering the broad scope and data requirements of this

project the RAMPAO Secretariat should continue to build upon its good relationships

within and outside of West Africa through the development of Memorandums of

Understanding (MoUs) or similar agreements These MoUs (or similar agreements) should

primarily consider data sharing arrangements andor the sharing of relevant analytical

work Additionally they may consider technical issues such as database compatibility and

also human capacity building training as appropriate

We believe that the Regional Contact Points could play an important role in facilitating

relationships agreements and access to regional data information and expertise

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 12

Ecological principles and targets

There is a broad literature concerning marine protected area (MPA) ecological principles

and criteria As noted at the Second General Assembly of RAMPAO the latest thinking on

this topic is captured in Decision XI20 of the Convention on Biological Diversity (CBD)

Adopted in June 2008 this Decision provides seven criteria for identifying ecologically and

biologically significant areas (IX20 Annex 1) and five criteria for MPA networks (IX20

Annex2) Thus the CBD recognised that site criteria and network criteria while strongly

linked are different Recently the CBD held an expert meeting in Ottawa Canada where

the seven site criteria were further discussed and guidance was drafted for their

implementation2

We find the CBD criteria to be sound and note that there will be an ongoing development

of global support and capacity building surrounding their implementation We therefore

recommend that RAMPAO base its operational principles and targets on these CBD criteria

and associated guidance

Recommendation re ecological criteria RAMPAOrsquos ecological principles and targets

should be based the CBD criteria for identifying ecologically significant sites (IX20 Annex

1) and MPA networks (IX20 Annex 2) taking into account additional CBD guidance as it is

developed

The full annexes of CBD Decision IX20 are appended to this report as Annexes 2 and 3 Briefly the seven CBD criteria for identifying ecologically and biologically significant areas are

1 Uniqueness or rarity 2 Special importance for life history of species 3 Importance for threatened endangered or declining species andor habitats 4 Vulnerability fragility sensitivity slow recovery 5 Biological productivity 6 Biological diversity 7 Naturalness

The five CBD MPA network criteria are 1 Ecologically and biologically significant areas (ie based on the 7 site criteria above) 2 Representativity 3 Connectivity 4 Replicated ecological features 5 Adequate and viable sites

2 Report of the expert workshop on ecological criteria and biogeographic classification systems for marine

areas in need of protection This guidance will go through the CBD review process and assuming it goes well

will be presented for acceptance at the Tenth Conference of Parties in October 2010

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 13

Methodology

Approach We view pragmatism modularity and flexibility as being necessary ingredients to an

approach that would best ensure success

Pragmatism The methodology should reflect an approach that will allow progress to

proceed despite imperfect data or other problems For example analyses should be done in

areas where data are available or where there is social political acceptance without the

(sometimes considerable) delay of waiting for data or acceptance from other neighbouring

areas within an ecological region3

Modularity Individual gap analyses should be able stand on their own while also fitting

together with others to form a fuller picture Analysis results should be fairly easy to explain

Flexibility Related to pragmatism above the methodology should follow good practices

while still remaining flexible to alternatives that are not ideal but which can allow for

progress For example when some data are not available other less-than-ideal ldquoproxiesrdquo

may have to be used as substitutes

Boundaries Ecological analyses should when possible be stratified according to accepted ecological

regions and sub-regions (eg Marine Ecosystems of the World ndashMEOW) However given

that in this project various areas have varying degrees of data availability we also see the

need for flexibility in the approach and recognise that some analyses may have to be

bounded according to boundaries that reflect where the data were collected Or in some

instances instead of ecological boundaries it may be appropriate to use traditional cultural

boundaries such as for artisanal fisheries

Timeframes Recommendation re short- medium- and long-term results given that some data will be

more readily available than others and that some analyses are easier to perform than

others we are recommending that a staged approach to delivering results be taken with

analyses planned for the short-term medium-term and long-term This will allow for

decisions and actions to also be taken in the short- medium- and long- term

3 However one must be careful to avoid transferring all gaps and attention to only those places that have data

or are willing to participate For it must be said that those places with few data and little protection are

usually the biggest gaps of all Maps should reflect low- and no-data areas clearly so that the reader

understands the limits of the analysis

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 14

We suggest the timeframe for delivering these short- medium- and long-term results could

be June 2010 (the next RAMPAO General Assembly) December 2011 (the end of this

project period) and December 2014 (the next project period) respectively These timelines

should dovetail with those of the recommendation re ecosystem research above when

appropriate These activities are further outlined in the suggested programme of work in

the section below

Initial tests Preliminary analyses should address basic gaps while later analyses could look at more

nuanced questions The unexpected availability (or unavailability) of data may sometimes

change the planned ordering of analyses If for some reason a particular analysis cannot be

done it should be skipped for the time being and not hold up further work If a preliminary

analysis indicates a significant gap it is unlikely any additional analyses will overturn that

finding and hence decision-making should in most cases proceed based on the results

from the initial basic tests without the delays associated with waiting for more data

Decisions can be refined however as more data become available In general coarse or

incomplete data demand greater precaution in decision-making This can create an

incentive for stakeholders to provide additional data that will allow for refinements

Recommendation re initial tests the gaps analysis should start with readily available

information and basic tests that are relatively easy to understand Later more complex

analyses can be performed with additional data as they become available The initial

basic gaps tests should be selected to provide results that can on their own inform

decision-making

A list of five such tests is outlined in the next section

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 15

Suggested programme of work

Short-term steps The following six steps outline the key tasks that we suggest would need to be done

between now and June 2010 in order to set this project in motion These steps are further

explained in the subsequent sections

1 Establishment of the projectrsquos terms of reference and recruitment of the project officer

2 outreach and coordination including informational presentations at various meetings

3 initial data collection focussing on readily available information 4 initial gaps analyses 5 presentation of initial results to the RAMPAO General Assembly 6 expert meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and analyses (likely

as a side-meeting to the General Assembly

Outreach amp coordination An ecosystem-level gaps analysis will require cooperation from a number of experts

agencies and institutions across all RAMPAO countries Hence outreach and coordination

will be important An introductory description of the project should be developed and

widely distributed as well as a web site page with up to date information on the project A

letter of introduction signed by a senior official(s) can also be important in terms of

establishing legitimacy Presentations introducing the project should be made at national

and regional level meetings as opportunity permits

Our meetings during the first mission proved to be very friendly and helpful These meetings

now require follow-up actions to each of the people contacted (see 1st Mission Report)

Because the people we met were mostly based in Senegal further work will be required

through the regional contact points for other countries

Areas of overlap with other activities (eg the Wetlands International implementation gaps

project) should be highlighted and discussions with these players begun to sort out how to

best cooperate and coordinate efforts

While outreach will be most intensive at the beginning of the project coordination will

continue throughout the projectrsquos duration

Recommendation re outreach 1) regional contact points should be updated on this

project and their help solicited 2) a clear one-page project description should be written

outlining the aims of the project and how cooperation with other bodies is being sought

3) a clear project web page should be developed 4) follow-up letters should sent to key

contacts we have already spoken to outlining next steps and where appropriate

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 16

proposing cooperation collaboration 5) presentations introducing the project should be

made at national and regional level meetings as opportunity permits

Acquisition of data amp information Central to this project will be identifying sources of information and data coordinating with

these experts data repositories and providers and ultimately acquiring the information or

data This will consume more time than any other task and probably more time than all the

other tasks combined

Steps

In the general case data acquisition will require the following steps some which may be

iterative (ie cycle around a few times)

searches ndashinternet list-serves libraries literature and through colleagues

informal emails calls and discussions with the expert or data custodian as to

what data may be available

formal letter(s) of introduction to the project signed by senior authorities and

usually addressed to mid- and senior-level people

face-to-face meetings in order to 1) gain permission to use the data and 2) to

learn about details and proper use of the data These two requirements may

mean two separate meetings

MoU drafting and signing andor data agreement andor formal letter of

request

logistics of how the data will be delivered and if any fees or restrictions are

involved

technical and scientific follow-up calls for assistance andor clarification on

interpretation or use of the data

The above steps have not been numbered because the order can vary from situation to

situation with some situations being informal and skipping steps while others are very

formal requiring prolonged discussions and additional steps that build trust

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 17

Three elements of success

Three elements of successful data acquisition are persistence practicality and

prioritisation

Persistence While most experts are usually happy to share their knowledge the sharing of

their data is often another matter The process can take weeks months or even years

Therefore in order to keep progress steady it is best to make a little time available every

day (say two hours) for data searches and follow-up politely reminding contacts from time

to time that you have not yet heard back from them That said do not waste time on data

that are only of marginal interest in the bigger picture It is easy to become lost in details

Practicality Often it is better to identify what data are readily available and to request

those data first This can help build trust and also allows for progress without getting stuck

Subsequently the provider can be approached again to discuss the other more difficult

data sets Thus the above steps can occur more than once with the same data provider

Again as noted above keeping the bigger picture in mind will help to focus data-gathering

activities on the most practical data sets

Prioritisation In an ecosystem-level analysis all kinds of data are interesting That said

some data are more helpful or urgent than others In the analyses outlined in the sections

below the general data requirements are listed The data requirements of the short-term

gap analyses should take priority over the medium-term ones which in turn should take

priority over the long-term analyses

Annex 5 GIS data priorities lists various common categories of data with their estimated

timeframe for usage (short- medium- long-term) availability and priority for this project

Strategies for acquiring difficult data

Sometimes data may be considered proprietary andor too sensitive to show and providers

usually assume they cannot be shared However with patience sometimes agreements can

be found whereby the data may be used ldquobehind the scenesrdquo in analyses so long as the

data are not displayed on final maps ndashonly the combined results which do not reveal the

data In other situations when the provider is an active participant the provider should be

invited to be a formal partner in the project and this may also ease data restrictions Finally

agreeing to perform joint-analyses or even contracting out certain analyses to the expert

can also allow the data to be used However in this latter case it may be difficult to do

quality control and hence the results can sometimes be puzzling or not what was required

If certain data are simply unavailable metadata can still be requested though metadata

often do not exist (In practice metadata if supplied are many times custom-created for

the particular request)

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 18

Meetings

General meetings A large forum like the RAMPAO General Assembly can be an excellent

opportunity to introduce interested parties to the project It may even be possible to get

general agreement around sharing data However such a general agreement if it can be

found would probably still not replace the need for MoUs and similar bilateral agreements

with specific agencies and institutions

In addition to regional meetings presentations should be made to national meetings

introducing the project as opportunity permits

Data meetings regional data meetings with database managers could help speed up the

process of data collection though this can vary from place to place In many cases it is

better to first approach people one-on-one Later after some data have already been

acquired a meeting can be used to discuss how to best merge data together and to

encourage others to also provide information data if they have not already done so

Expert meetings bringing together experts of a particular species or habitat can be a very

good way to identify available expertise information data and gaps Expert knowledge can

also be collected at such meetings drawn on maps etc but this requires prior training

preparation and processing afterwards In general expert meetings are most valuable after

a ldquodesktop studyrdquo where basic gaps have been identified and there are now specific

questions that have been identified as needing answers Targeted expert meetings can be

valuable at different times throughout a process as different issues need addressing Their

main drawback is the expense and work required A badly run meeting can also turn opinion

against a project and so care has to be taken to do a good job

Recommendation re data information collection 1) The process of collecting data should

begin immediately This will require close coordination with outreach activities 2) Priority

should be given to collecting data that are a) easily acquired and b) required for the initial

short-term analyses 3) Lists of data sources contact information and what dates they

were approached should be kept to track progress 4) Data collaboration should be on the

agenda of the next RAMPAO General Assembly meeting 5) After an initial (eg 3-6

month) period of data collection the need for data meetings andor expert meetings

should be assessed

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 19

Five initial gap analyses The following analyses are recommended as initial tests that should be done in the short-

term (present to June 2010) and when possible in the order presented However we

acknowledge that data availability can alter the ordering of the tests and even what tests

are undertaken ndashincluding developing new ones not listed here These basic tests can be

followed up with more complex analyses such as outlined in the next sections of this report

1 Visually consider the distribution of protected areas Is the network spatially well

distributed without more than a few major gaps If not what gaps can a person

immediately see Consider along-shore gaps and gaps moving out towards the offshore

Consider the northern central and southern thirds of the RAMPAO area Consider

national boundaries

Technical amp data requirements no GIS or GIS data are required A basic paper map

showing the protected areas and national boundaries is sufficient

Rationale this simple assessment is deceptively powerful Simplicity should not be seen

as detracting from its value The human eye can see many patterns and gaps that are

difficult to quantify into statistics When most people agree on a visual gap this

indicates that it is likely valid and worthy of serious consideration

Connectivity and representativity are two of the five agreed-upon CBD criteria for

assessing MPA networks (IX20 Annex 2) If the network is generally not well distributed

in space then it is unlikely to exhibit characteristics of connectivity or representativity

and thus is very unlikely to be ecologically coherent Note that if a network is well-

distributed in space this does not necessarily ensure that these criteria are being met

and further tests will still be required

2 Using GIS procedures consider in greater depth the distribution of protected areas For

this test and all the other tests below perform it first for the whole region then for

each of the three broad ecoregions north central and south4 and finally according to

national boundaries

a Zones offshore Consider coverage within four basic zones i the shorelines (0-5

nautical miles offshore) ii nearshore (~5-15 nm) iii mid-offshore (~15-50 nm)

and iv far offshore (~50 -200 nm) What percentage of each of these broad

zones has MPAs

b Distance from shore statistics what is the average (arithmetic mean) extent that

RAMPAO MPAs extend offshore What is the range of these values What is the

4 This could include the MEOW (Marine Ecoregions Of the World) classification or other similar ecoregions

accepted by RAMPAO partners

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 20

standard deviation Considering that RAMPOA waters extend approximately 200

nm offshore what do these distance-offshore statistics suggest

c Nearest neighbour distance in each of the above zones calculate ldquonearest

neighbourrdquo statistics between MPAs noting the range of MPA spacing the

arithmetic mean of the spacing and the standard deviation of spacing between

sites In this test and all others displaying the histogram of results can be very

informative and is recommended

Technical amp data requirements GIS files are required for shoreline data MPAs

ecoregions national boundaries These three tests (a) ndash (c) get progressively more

technically advanced in the use of GIS However it is outside the scope of this report to

fully describe the GIS methods If a minimum separation distance is chosen as a network

criterion (see comments below) then an easier GIS analysis would be to buffer the

MPAs by a value of half that distance to identify which areas that ldquotouchrdquo and which do

not

Rationale these analyses put some numbers to the first visual test In most ways

however the visual test is simpler and easier to understand That said numbers in

tables can help rank gaps according to basic properties

Unfortunately the GIS methods can be a bit difficult for a beginner If parts of this test

are too difficult they can be skipped since the visual assessment already tells us a lot

Setting explicit quantitative targets for spacing can be controversial and difficult to

support scientifically What is adequate for some species will still be inadequate for

others That said for a basic initial test ldquorules of thumbrdquo have been proposed The

BALANCE project in the Baltic Sea suggested 25 km as an ideal maximum spacing

between shoreline sites (2008) Instead of looking at the ideal situation the OSPAR

Convention for the Northeast Atlantic took a different approach considering the very

longest spacing that could be considered contributing anything at all towards ecological

coherence of the MPA network ie a theoretical ldquoworst caserdquo The OSPAR guidelines for

this worst case are nearshore ~250 km (linear shoreline distance) offshore ~200 000

km2 (which is about equivalent to a ~500 km diameter circle) high seas ~1 000 000 km2

(equivalent to a square with ~1000 km sides) For OSPAR nearshore meant shoreline

and territorial waters out to 12 nm offshore meant EEZ waters (12-200 nm) and high

seas meant waters beyond 200 nm from shore (OPSAR 2008 Ardron 2009)

3 Consider MPA distribution according to depth As for all these analyses perform these

tests first for the whole region then for each of the three broad ecoregions north

central and south and finally according to national boundaries

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 21

a Depth statistics what is the average (arithmetic mean) depth of RAMPAO

MPAs What is the range of values What is the standard deviation How do

these numbers compare with the overall RAMPAO region

b Depth zones consider the following eight general depth zones and what

percentage of each zone is within the current MPA network 0-25 m

(shallow) 25-50 m (photic) 50-100m (upper shelf) 100-200 m (lower shelf)

200-400 m (upper slope) 400-800 m (mid-slope) 800-1600 m (lower slope)

1600-3200 m or greater (abyssal plain)5

Technical amp data requirements data as per the previous test plus bathymetry The

easiest and fastest way to perform these statistics is to convert the MPA shapefile

(and if it is not already the bathymetry) into a raster grid and do grid analyses

Rationale depth is widely recognised as one of the key variables that describes

biotic communities in a give region and as such is a very basic measure of

representativity This analysis could be improved by combining surficial sediment

data with depth to make simple seafloor sediment-depth classes if available

4 Consider MPA distribution according to existent shoreline habitat classification

Although the whole RAMPAO shoreline is likely not classified certain features such

as estuaries or mangroves may already largely be identified Taking these shoreline

features that are either readily available or readily digitised consider what

percentage of each of these feature types are within the current MPA network

Consider what percentage of the MPA network lies outside of these readily

identifiable shoreline features Consider also according to ecoregions and national

boundaries

Technical amp data requirements any available shoreline features such as estuaries

and mangroves If the data are good enough each of these features could be sub-

divided eg large medium and small estuaries If geophysical shoreline type data

are missing basic categories such as cliff rock and sandmud shores can often be

visually estimated and hand digitised by looking at terrestrial topographic data along

the shoreline combined with nearshore bathymetry if available

5 These log2 depth classes are admittedly somewhat arbitrary (25 2

i) and could be refined either by

considering a regional biological classification histogram of the distribution of depths or natural breaks in the

data It is our understanding however that no bio-physical classification has been performed for the region

For an initial test these somewhat arbitrary depth classes are sufficient to point out general gaps and reflect

the generally logarithmic scale of decreasing resolution (increasing breadth of classes) with depth

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 22

Rationale since the RAMPAO MPA network is currently shoreline-based this test is

suggested before considering other physical features further offshore This test is

designed to give a rough idea of shoreline representativity

5 Consider the RAMPAO network according to rare threatened and endangered

species and habitats (features) for which data are available Perform the same sort

of tests as in the test above using available data for rare threatened and

endangered features Consider what percentage of each of these feature types are

within the current MPA network Consider what percentage of the MPA network lies

outside of these features Consider also according to ecoregions and national

boundaries

Technical amp data requirements there are modelling techniques to predict the

potential habitat of species but these techniques are advanced and would fall under

the long-term timeframe For this initial analysis only available data should be

considered If the data appear to be very incomplete then they should not be used

Recognising that such data can be sub-regionally incomplete some sections of the

network may have to be left out of this analysis marked as ldquono datardquo areas on the

maps

Rationale rare threatened and endangered features are often protected by law

and also often of interest to researchers There is usually some information on them

though not always digital data and may instead be in the form of expert opinion

Ecologically there are three different types of rare threatened and endangered

features each requiring a different management response 1) features that have

always been rare 2) features that used to be common but are now rare due to

human pressures (ie threatened and endangered) 3) features that are on the edge

of their range and a) this range is steady or b ) this range is shifting (expanding

contracting moving away entering the region) due to climate change or other

environmental changes It would be best to perform this test separately for the three

different classes and associated sub-classes of rare threatened and endangered

features taking into account their population trends However for an initial test

such refinements should be seen as optional depending on information availability

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 23

Medium term gap analyses The following analyses are recommended for consideration in the medium-term (June 2010

to Dec 2011) with choice largely driven by data availability Due to the somewhat longer

time period fewer details are provided here than in the section above allowing for further

elaborations during the 2nd Mission when more is known They are arranged according to

the CBD MPA network criteria (IX20 Annex 2)

In addition to the tests outlined below others that were developed for the OSPAR Regional

Seas Convention for the Northeast Atlantic are listed in Annex 6 Thirty additional

assessments These are also well-suited to the medium-term and medium-quality data

Note that the four OSPAR MPA network criteria overlap four of the five CBD criteria

Ecologically and biologically significant areas (EBSAs)

If specific EBSAs are known consideration should be given to their possible inclusion in the

MPA network Not all EBSAs need necessarily become MPAs for some EBSAs non-spatial

management may be more appropriate It is difficult to do proper gaps assessment on

EBSAs because the distribution of all EBSAs of a given type is usually not known and hence

there is little context by which to judge a given site Thus the rule of thumb is that all EBSAs

if not in the MPA network should be treated as possible gaps and reviewed one at a time

for possible inclusion

The CBD is in the process of developing further guidance on the selection of EBSAs in the

open oceans and deep seas and much of this guidance is also applicable to shallower

nearshore systems Because this guidance is not yet accepted by the CBD we refer you

instead to a background report that was written for the CBD Ottawa Expert Workshop that

discussed these issues 29 Sept ndash 02 Oct 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant

areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations (Ardron

et al 2009) is a report in two parts Both parts are included with this report and are

recommended here as guidance on selecting CBD EBSAs

First gathering information from local residents and experts on places they sense to be

important can go far in identifying key EBSAs The ldquorecognition heuristicrdquo (Gigerenzer 1999)

is a powerful way to quickly locate longstanding ecologically significant areas in a given

region and we note that NGOs such as WWF have already done such work in the past and

that this work could be readily updated and built upon

Representativity

Many tests for representativity can be developed based on available data Listed below are

some of the more likely approaches

Seascapes identify the main shoreline topographic (benthic) and oceanographic

(pelagic) features of the region and check to see what percentage of each is included

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 24

in the MPA network Typical benthic seascape features would include canyons

seamounts reefs etc Typical pelagic features include frontal systems upwellings

gyres See also Annex 5 GIS data priorities

Topographic complexity using only bathymetry a surrogate measure of benthic

complexity can be developed (Ardron 2002) This measure can help highlight areas of

likely increased benthic richness amongst other traits

Biogeographic classification system whereas seascapes focus on physical features

a biogeographic attempts to also include information on biology such that the

system divides an area according to broad ecological communities based on physical

proxies The creation of a biogeographic classification should include both pelagic

and benthic realms is labour- and data- intensive and requires extensive peer

review

Biogeographic components instead of attempting a full biogeographic classification

system certain aspects can be developed separately For example depth strata can

be combined with sea floor sediment data to make a basic sea bottom classification

These can then be nested within the broad bioregions of the RAMPAO area

Likewise exposure wave energy can be combined with shoreline types to create

another basic classification Creating components such as these can be further

explored in the 2nd Mission once it is better known what data information are

available

Connectivity

This is the CBD criterion most difficult to assess with few options for the medium-term

except for looking at distances between sites (see short-term test above) Several academic

modelling exercises have been attempted with mixed levels of success in areas with much

better data than exist in West Africa We would caution RAMPAO in spending too much

time on such modelling exercises In general nearshore sites require closer spacing than

sites further offshore (OSPAR 2007) If it is known that certain areas provide larvae or

juveniles to other places then these ldquosourcerdquo areas should be considered for protection

Note that such areas could also fall under the EBSA criterion for productivity

Replication

At its most basic level this criterion asks that there be more than one MPA for every feature

in the network In practice this is usually considered using available information on

representativity (see above) and whatever biological data may also be available This

criterion can be assessed very simply initially by testing to see if there is more than one MPA

in each broad zone such as distance from shore or depth zone as described in the previous

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 25

section on short-term assessments Assessing replication can become more refined as more

MPAs are designated and better data become available

Adequacy viability

Ideally MPA sites should be monitored to ensure that their aims are being met In cases

where this is occurring the monitoring results should be used to determine if the individual

sitersquos size location and shape is adequate Where monitoring is not occurring or is

incomplete or too recent to determine trends other measures will have to be used Size is

probably the most commonly discussed measure and yet it remains also probably the most

controversial (Fahig 2001) Nonetheless even in an absence of consensus on this issue by

looking at possible ranges of sizes a sense can still be gained if the sites are or are not

likely to be meeting their aims A full assessment of site size which is outside the scope of

this report should take into account the species life-history population structure quality of

the habitat the quality of the surrounding areas and possible connectivity to other sites

(Lindeboom amp Baumlck 2005) However in many cases the scientific knowledge about a feature

will be insufficient to determine this very exactly Even if the life history of a species is well

know for example it is usually not known how much the surrounding area can be expected

to play a role in supporting the healthy functioning of that species Nonetheless it is

generally true that heavily impacted surrounding areas will provide less of a supporting role

to protected features than pristine ones In data-poor situations often it is still possible to

use expert opinion to specify a range of sizes which would likely be appropriate for the

adequate protection of a given feature (text adapted from OSPAR 2007)

For the RAMPAO network expert assessments of the efficacy of individual MPA sites is

probably the best way to consider the adequacy aspect of the criterion and we note the

work that has already been done by RAMPAO on this regard as well as the IUCN on

assessing management effectiveness (2007 2008a 2008b)

Relative viability can also be inferred from a threats pressures analysis In performing a

population density analysis proximity to human settlements can be used as a first indication

of how much anthropomorphic stress a protected area may be experiencing Looking

further at the composition of sensitive and threatened species within a given area can

further refine this initial threats analysis

Long term gap analyses In many cases analyses that got delayed in the medium term would be still valuable in the

longer term (2011 to 2014) However for the longer-term we would also hope that

RAMPAO activities would begin to focus on the filling of already-identified ecological and

management gaps

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 26

MarZone and MaxEnt

As an MPA network develops so does the need for more sophisticated analyses MarZone

(Marxan with Zones) has received positive attention recently and is a good tool for zoning

multiple activities with various levels of conservation restrictions In order to use a tool like

Marxan broad representativity data (ldquocoarse filterrdquo) and biological data (ldquofine filterrdquo) are

required and in order to use a zoning tool like MarZone broad coverage human use data

are additionally required One big advantage of MarxanMarZone is the user community

that has grown up around it and the good practices that continue to be developed

To get broad scale species distributions usually point occurrence data are fitted to physical

chemical environmental variables producing a predictive habitat model Good success has

been attained using the MaxEnt model (httpwwwcsprincetonedu~schapiremaxent)

though many other approaches also exist The construction of species-habitat predictive

models can take time and acquiring combining the environmental data also takes much

work In order to not bias the Marxan MarZone analysis several species-habitat models

would have to be created for several different key species from a variety of taxonomic

families trophic levels and feeding guilds This would be clearly a long-term project and

can only be justified if the RAMPAO MPA network has reached a level of sophistication to

demand such an analysis

Climate change modelling

Conservation network planning for climate change can also involved complicated modelling

(eg Fuller et al 2008) However again these approaches are data-intensive and require

advanced technical abilities

Ongoing adaptive approach

It is unlikely that the above advanced modelling approaches would be worth their

considerable effort and instead it is suggested that much more can be achieved through

good cooperation with stakeholders scientific expertise and some ldquocommon senserdquo

Recognising that no plan is perfect planning should be seen as an ongoing process of

refinement Paramount will be the ability to be flexible and adapt to changing ecological and

social conditions To do so will require governance structures from local to international

levels ndashlikewise matched to adapt quickly and effectively

While it is relatively easy to point out gaps in an MPA network at ever-increasing levels of

sophistication it is much harder to fill those gaps even on the most rudimentary level

Therefore we urge RAMPAO to act in the long term on addressing the gaps that are readily

apparent through basic tests such as the ones outlined in this document

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 27

Possible activities of the 2nd Mission

This report and the two-part background report prepared for the CBD (also included in this

submission ndashArdron et al 2009) offer a lot of information We expect that as RAMPAO staff

sifts through this guidance questions will arise We see the 2nd Mission as one that could be

devoted to

answering questions that arise from the 1st Mission guidance ndashprocess ecological

and technical

elaborating medium-term gap analyses once more is known about data availability

and technical capacity within RAMPAO and its partner organisations

providing assistance in data collection in Europe and North America

doing joint GIS analyses there could be benefit in working together on some of the

GIS analyses such as the analysis of topographic complexity

presenting initial results we also believe that it will be important to present some

short-term gap analysis results to RAMPAO members and partners

participating in the Third Meeting of the RAMPAO General Assembly we suggest that the 2nd Mission coincide with the RAMPAO General Assembly and include

o a presentation of initial results to the General Assembly and o an expert side-meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and

analyses

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 28

References

Ardron JA 2002 A Recipe for Determining Benthic Complexity An Indicator of Species Richness In Marine Geography GIS for the Oceans and Seas (ch 23 pp 196-175) Joe Breman (ed) Redlands CA USA ESRI Press

Ardron JA 2009 Three initial OSPAR tests of ecological coherence heuristics in a data-limited situation ICES Journal of Marine Research 658 1527-1533

Ardron JA Dunn D Corrigan C Gjerde K Halpin P Rice J Vanden Berghe E Vierros M 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations A background document for the CBD expert workshop Ottawa Canada 29 September ndash 2 October 2009 37 pp + 73 pp Annex 1

BALANCE 2008 Ecological coherence and principles MPA assessment selection and design Technical Summary Report 34 httpbalance-euorgxpdfbalance-technical-summary-report-no-3-4pdf

FAO 2009 International guidelines for the management of deep-sea fisheries in the high seas Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations Rome

Fahrig 2001 How much Habitat is enough Biological Conservation 100 (1) 65-74

Fuller T Morton DP Sarkar S 2008 Incorporating uncertainty about speciesrsquo potential distributions under climate change into the selection of conservation areas with a case study from the Arctic Coastal Plain of Alaska Biological Conservation 141 1547-1559

Gigerenzer G Todd P M and the ABC Research Group 1999 Simple heuristics that make us smart Oxford University Press New York

IUCNBRAO 2007 Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parc de Guineacutee Bissau

IUCNPACO 2008a Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees aires proteacutegeacutees de la Reacutepublique de Guineacutee

IUCNBRAO 2008b Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parcs et reacuteserves de Mauritanie

Lindeboom HJ and Baumlck S 2005 Establishing coastal and marine reserves- with the emphasis on fisheries Pages 103-118 In Managing European Coasts Past Present and Future J Vermaat LBouwer KTurner WSalomons (Eds) Springer-Verlag

OSPAR 2007 Background document to support the Assessment of whether the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is Ecologically Coherent OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic Publication Number 2007320 wwwosparorg

OSPAR 2008 Three initial spatial tests looking at the ecological coherence of the OSPAR marine protected area (MPA) network OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic 3602008 wwwosparorg 17 pp

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 29

Annex 1 Calendar of meetings 1st Mission 5-12 Sept 2009

Lundi

FIBA

Charlotte Karibuhoye

Coordinatrice

Souadou Ndiaye

SIG RAMPAO

Julien Semelin Appui agrave la creacuteation de nouvelles AMP et renforcement de lrsquoefficaciteacute des AMP

UICN Racine Kane AMP transfrontaliegravere

16h par teacuteleacutephone

PRCM Ahmed Senhoury

Directeur

Mardi

8h30 WWF Mamadou Diallo

Chargeacute de mission espegraveces et habitats

mdialowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 641 13 84

Paul Siegel Conseiller en environnement marin psiegelwwfsenegalorg 221 869 37 00

10h30

CSE centre de suivi eacutecologique Ministegravere de lrsquoenvironnement

Taibou Ba Cartes donneacutees

15h Wetland international Africa

Emma GREATRIX

Network for biodiversiteacute (BIOMAC network) Manatee Waterbirds Mangroves

egeatrix]wetlandssn +221 33 869 1681

Mercredi

10h SI NEPAD David Njiki Njiki

Coordinateur environnement njikinjikiyahoocom 221 33 842 73 11

12h WWF Ibrahima Niamadio

Officier pecircche durable iniamadiowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 567 53 16

15h par teacuteleacutephone

UICN Mathieu Ducroq

Coordinateur du programme marin et cocirctier de lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoouest central

+ 222 662 40 82 portable 0022 529 09 77 bureau

16h par teacuteleacutephone

RAMPAO Alfredo da Silva

Preacutesident du RAMPAO Directeur IBAP Ancien coordinateur du reacuteseau de gestion des zones cocirctiegraveres

00245 580 38 48 ou 00 245

UNESCO Isabelle Niang

Projet GEF drsquoadaptation au changement climatique en Afrique de lrsquoouest Erosion cocirctiegravere

Jeudi

9h UICN Guineacutee Bissau

Pierre Campredon

Ancien responsable du PRCM Pierrecampredoniucnorg 0033 630340088

11h30 Convention drsquoAbidjan

Nassere Kaba 0022520211183

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 30

13h CRODTCNDO ODINAFRICA

Anis Diallo Aquaculture et directeur du CNDO adialloordinafricanet 22133832826465 221 77 631 15 95

15h CSRP

M Hamadi Diop

En charge du deacutepartement laquo recherche et systegraveme drsquoinformation raquo

hamadidiopgmailcom

Philippe Tous Projet AFD ndash inteacutegration des AMP dans les politiques de pecircche

philipetousgmailcom (Skype Phil_tous)

Renaud Bailleux

Contrat UICN sur la gestion de lrsquoaccegraves aux ressources halieutiques dans la reacutegion - accords de pecircche ndash gouvernance partageacutee dans les AMP (financement PRCM)

M Dop mika Programme requins de la FIBA mika_dfryahoofr

Vendredi

9H IRD Luis Tito de Morais

Peumlcheeacutecologie des peuplements de poissons

titoirdsn 221 33 849 3658

11h UICN Mamadou Sow

Chef de projet mangrove Mamadousowuicnorg 221 33 869 0286

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 31

Annex 2 CBD criteria for ecologically significant areas

CBD Decision IX20 Annex 1

SCIENTIFIC CRITERIA FOR IDENTIFYING ECOLOGICALLY OR BIOLOGICALLY SIGNIFICANT MARINE AREAS IN NEED OF PROTECTION IN OPEN-

OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS

Criteria Definition Rationale Examples Consideration in application

Uniqueness or

rarity

Area contains

either (i) unique (ldquothe

only one of its kindrdquo) rare

(ldquooccurs only in few

locationsrdquo) or endemic

species populations or

communities andor (ii)

unique rare or distinct

habitats or ecosystems

andor (iii) unique or

unusual geomorphological

or oceanographic features

Irreplaceable

Loss would mean the probable permanent disappearance of diversity or a feature or reduction of the diversity at any level

Open ocean waters

Sargasso Sea Taylor column

persistent polynyas

Deep-sea habitats

endemic communities around

submerged atolls hydrothermal

vents sea mounts pseudo-

abyssal depression

Risk of biased-view of the perceived uniqueness depending on the information availability

Scale dependency of features such that unique features at one scale may be typical at another thus a global and regional perspective must be taken

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 32

Special

importance for

life-history

stages of

species

Areas that are required for

a population to survive and

thrive

Various biotic and abiotic

conditions coupled with

species-specific

physiological constraints

and preferences tend to

make some parts of marine

regions more suitable to

particular life-stages and

functions than other parts

Area containing (i) breeding grounds

spawning areas nursery areas juvenile

habitat or other areas important for life

history stages of species or (ii) habitats of

migratory species (feeding wintering or

resting areas breeding moulting

migratory routes)

Connectivity between life-history stages and linkages between areas trophic interactions physical transport physical oceanography life history of species

Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data Vessel monitoring system (VMS) data

Spatial and temporal distribution andor aggregation of the species

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 33

Importance for

threatened

endangered or

declining

species andor

habitats

Area containing habitat for

the survival and recovery

of endangered threatened

declining species or area

with significant

assemblages of such

species

To ensure the restoration

and recovery of such species

and habitats

Areas critical for threatened endangered

or declining species andor habitats

containing (i) breeding grounds spawning

areas nursery areas juvenile habitat or

other areas important for life history

stages of species or (ii) habitats of

migratory species (feeding wintering or

resting areas breeding moulting

migratory routes)

Includes species with very large geographic ranges

In many cases recovery will require reestablishment of the species in areas of its historic range

Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data vessel-monitoring system (VMS) data

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 34

Vulnerability

Fragility

Sensitivity or

Slow recovery

Areas that contain a

relatively high proportion

of sensitive habitats

biotopes or species that

are functionally fragile

(highly susceptible to

degradation or depletion

by human activity or by

natural events) or with

slow recovery

The criteria indicate the

degree of risk that will be

incurred if human activities

or natural events in the area

or component cannot be

managed effectively or are

pursued at an unsustainable

rate

Vulnerability of species

Inferred from the history of how species or populations in other similar areas responded to perturbations

Species of low fecundity slow growth long time to sexual maturity longevity (eg sharks etc)

Species with structures providing biogenic habitats such as deepwater corals sponges and bryozoans deep-water species

Vulnerability of habitats

Ice-covered areas susceptible to ship-based pollution

Ocean acidification can make deep sea habitats more vulnerable to others and increase susceptibility to human induced changes

Interactions between vulnerability to human impacts and natural events

Existing definition emphasizes site specific ideas and requires consideration for highly mobile species

Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 35

Biological

productivity

Area containing species

populations or

communities with

comparatively higher

natural biological

productivity

Important role in fuelling

ecosystems and increasing

the growth rates of

organisms and their capacity

for reproduction

Frontal areas

Upwellings

Hydrothermal vents

Seamounts polynyas

Can be measured as the rate of growth of marine organisms and their populations either through the fixation of inorganic carbon by photosynthesis chemosynthesis or through the ingestion of prey dissolved organic matter or particulate organic matter

Can be inferred from remote-sensed products eg ocean colour or process-based models

Time-series fisheries data can be used but caution is required

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 36

Biological

diversity

Area contains

comparatively higher

diversity of ecosystems

habitats communities or

species or has higher

genetic diversity

Important for evolution and

maintaining the resilience of

marine species and

ecosystems

Sea-mounts

Fronts and convergence zones

Cold coral communities

Deep-water sponge communities

Diversity needs to be seen in relation to the surrounding environment

Diversity indices are indifferent to species substitutions

Diversity indices are indifferent to which species may be contributing to the value of the index and hence would not pick up areas important to species of special concern such as endangered species

Can be inferred from habitat heterogeneity or diversity as a surrogate for species diversity in areas where biodiversity has not been sampled intensively

Naturalness Area with a comparatively

higher degree of

naturalness as a result of

the lack of or low level of

human-induced

disturbance or

degradation

To protect areas with near natural structure processes and functions

To maintain these areas as reference sites

To safeguard and enhance ecosystem resilience

Most ecosystems and habitats have

examples with varying levels of

naturalness and the intent is that the

more natural examples should be

selected

Priority should be given to areas having a low level of disturbance relative to their surroundings

In areas where no natural areas remain areas that have successfully recovered including reestablishment of species should be

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 37

considered

Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 38

Annex 3 CBD criteria for MPA networks

Decision IX20 Annex II SCIENTIFIC GUIDANCE FOR SELECTING AREAS TO ESTABLISH A REPRESENTATIVE NETWORK OF MARINE PROTECTED AREAS INCLUDING IN

OPEN OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS

Required network properties and

components Definition Applicable site specific considerations (inter alia)

Ecologically and biologically significant areas

Ecologically and biologically significant areas are geographically or oceanographically discrete areas that provide important services to one or more speciespopulations of an ecosystem or to the ecosystem as a whole compared to other surrounding areas or areas of similar ecological characteristics or otherwise meet the criteria as identified in annex I to decision IX20

Uniqueness or rarity

Special importance for life history stages of species

Importance for threatened endangered or declining species andor habitats

Vulnerability fragility sensitivity or slow recovery

Biological productivity

Biological diversity

Naturalness

Representativity Representativity is captured in a network when it consists of areas representing the different biogeographical subdivisions of the global oceans and regional seas that reasonably reflect the full range of ecosystems including the biotic and habitat diversity of those marine ecosystems

A full range of examples across a biogeographic habitat or community classification relative health of species and communities relative intactness of habitat(s) naturalness

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 39

Connectivity Connectivity in the design of a network allows for linkages whereby protected sites benefit from larval andor species exchanges and functional linkages from other network sites In a connected network individual sites benefit one another

Currents gyres physical bottlenecks migration routes species dispersal detritus functional linkages Isolated sites such as isolated seamount communities may also be included

Replicated ecological features Replication of ecological features means that more than one site shall contain examples of a given feature in the given biogeographic area The term ―features means ―species habitats and ecological processes that naturally occur in the given biogeographic area

Accounting for uncertainty natural variation and the possibility of catastrophic events Features that exhibit less natural variation or are precisely defined may require less replication than features that are inherently highly variable or are only very generally defined

Adequate and viable sites Adequate and viable sites indicate that all sites within a network should have size and protection sufficient to ensure the ecological viability and integrity of the feature(s) for which they were selected

Adequacy and viability will depend on size shape buffers persistence of features threats surrounding environment (context) physical constraints scale of featuresprocesses spillovercompactness

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 40

Annex 4 Data sources highlighted in discussions during the 1st Mission

Thegravemes Organisme ressources Personnes ressources Sites internet ressources et bases de donneacutees

Donneacutees bibliographiques

IRD Linus base bibliographique (httpiacaprodc3eduvsqfrlinus)

CRODT Catalogue des publications du CRODT

Donneacutees geacuteneacuterales

PRCMFIBA SIG Reacutegional Catalogue drsquoInformations pour lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoOuest (CIAO) wwwolmmrciao

OdinAfrica African marine atlas ndash voir OdinAfrica

OBIS httpwwwiobisorg

Guineacutee Bissau SIG Guineacutee Bissau au 200 000 egraveme sur toute la zone cocirctiegravere et 50 000 egraveme sur les Bijagos voir Franccedilois Gourmelonuniv-brestfr ou Emmanuel Ginaudet

Cap vert Systegraveme national SIG pour toutes les donneacutees du Cap vert

Bathymeacutetrie

Navy Londres Africa Pilot Volume 1 Hydrographer of the Navy London 1967

SHOM Carte SHOM ndeg6815 INT14 au 110 000 000egraveme Voir site wwwshomfr - catalogue

Cf Canada Carte au CSE

CND0 CD des donneacutees bathymeacutetriques de la sous-reacutegion

Donneacutees oceacuteanographiques geacuteneacuterales

OdinAfrica Points focaux des pays agrave voir sur site internet drsquoOdinAfrica

ordinafricanet Atelier national OdinAfrica ndash voir sur le site CNDO Aller sur le site OdinAfrica reacutecupeacuterer les shapefiles (httpwwwodinafricaorg) et sur httpwwwafricanmarineatlasnet

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 41

IRDlaboratoire LOCEAN-IPSL (Universiteacute Paris 6) LPAOSF (Lab de Physique de lAtmosphegravere et de lOceacutean de agrave lEacutecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique-UCAD

Alban Lazar (IRD) Simeacuteon Fongang (Ecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique) Raymond Lahaye (IRDLEMAR)

Circulation oceacuteanique le long des cocirctes seacuteneacutegalaises (structures variabiliteacute meacutecanismes de lrsquoupwelling des courants cocirctiers des tempeacuteratures et des saliniteacutes) et les couplages oceacutean-atmosphegravere

FAO Merete TANDSTAD Projets CCLEM et GCLME

NEPAD Projet GCLME

PRCM et IMROP + autres

Faire lrsquoinventaire des socieacuteteacutes qui ont fait de la prospection peacutetroliegravere et voir leurs donneacutees et eacutetudes drsquoimpact eacutetude Woodside ou Dana petroleum voir PRCM et IMROP

Universiteacute Rapport master de lrsquouniversiteacute sur la modeacutelisation de la circulation et des tempeacuteratures sur la haute mer (demander CNDO)

Upwellings Odiafrica Donneacutees upwellings sur Odinafrica

IRD P CURY et N BEZ

Geacuteologie seacutediemntologie et Nature des fonds

2 thegraveses sur le plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais sud et nord

IRD carte de Domain (IRDORSTOM) carte des seacutediments du plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais)

carte de Barusso

Travaux de Lachance et Mc Master

Odinafirca Plateau continental ndash carte digitaliseacutee sur la nature des fonds ndash voir sur ordinafrica

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 42

Annex 5 GIS data priorities

Explanation of ranking system

Term short-term bullbullbull medium-term bullbull long-term bull Estimated Ease of acquiring data easy bullbullbull moderatebullbull difficult bull

Importance high bullbullbull moderate bullbull low bull Term Ease Import

Base layers

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 coastline(s)

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 2 ecological regions

bullbullbull bull bullbullbull 3 bathymetry

bullbullbull bullbull bull 4 topography (for land ndashcan help with shoreline classifications)

Physical and oceanographic

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 estuaries rivers

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 shoreline type (cliff rocky sandy muddy etc)

bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 surficial sediment (bottom type)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 seafloor topographic complexity ruggedness (can be created from bathymetry)

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 5 seamounts (can also be identified through bathymetry)

6 other seascape features eg

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull canyons

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 43

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull ridges

bullbull bullbullbull bullbull hydrothermal vents

bullbull bull bullbull seeps

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull banks

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull rocky reefs

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull estuaries (sub-classes)

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull lagoons

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull upwellings

bull bullbull bull 7 ocean currents tides

bull bullbull bullbull 8 sea surface temperature

bull bullbull bullbull 9 salinity

bull bull bull 10 photosynthetically available radiation (PAR)

bull bull bull 11 coastal erosion sediment transport

bull bull bullbull 12 climate change trends eg movement of upwellings

Biological habitat

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 1 threatened or endangered species (amp spawning nursery areas etc)

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 threatened or endangered habitats

bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 habitat classification (if one exists regionally)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 biogenic features eg

warm water coral reefs

cold water coral ldquoforestsrdquo

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 44

mangroves (sub-classes)

bullbull bull bullbullbull 5 Key commercial species eg

crustaceans molluscs (crabs shrimps oysters etc)

pelagic large fishes (eg tunas)

pelagic small fishes

demersal fishes

bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 primary productivity (usually satellite colour images chlorophyll_a)

bullbull bull bullbull 7 secondary productivity (eg an estimate of carbon flux)

bullbull bull bullbull 8 migration of invasive species

Human use management

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 marine protected areas

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 year-round fisheries closures

bullbull bullbull bull 3 other seasonal fisheries closures

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 4 cities towns villages (with populations)

bullbull bullbull bull 5 local community boundaries

bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 traditional use boundaries (eg artisanal fisheries)

bull bullbull bull 7 migrant land use grazing

bullbull bull bullbullbull 8 areas of cultural spiritual importance

bullbull bullbullbull bullbull 9 roads (can help with understanding remoteness amp shoreline access)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 10 shipping routes and harbours

bullbull bullbull bull 11 land use particularly agriculture (can be combined into an analysis of rivers to estimate runoff)

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 45

bullbull bull bullbullbull 12 fishing

a artisanal by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)

b industrial by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 13 offshore oil amp gas licences exploratory wells installations (platforms pipelines shore based)

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 14 sand amp gravel mining

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 15 tourism shoreline development resorts marinas

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 46

Annex 6 Thirty additional assessments

Excerpted and adapted from the 54 page report by the OSPAR Regional seas convention for

the Northeast Atlantic (2007) Background document to support the assessment of whether

the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is ecologically coherent6

Assessment Criterion 1 Adequacy Viability

1 Assessment Guideline One should expect the sizes of network sites (for a given feature) to be

distributed throughout or exceed the estimated range of sizes necessary to sustain a viable

population or community

2 Assessment Guideline Sites that are heavily impacted andor surrounded by heavily impacted

areas should be larger than otherwise

3 Assessment Guideline Features of ecological significance should receive greater protection

than normal

4 Assessment Guideline Location and geography can be used to indicate adequate protection

such that

a Protection of pelagic features should generally be reflected with the implementation of

larger sites than those for benthic features

b In regions constrained by physical geography (eg fjords bays bights passages straits)

the adequate sizes of individual sites will generally be smaller than areas without such

physical constraints (eg regional seas open ocean)

c Offshore andor deeper sites will generally require larger areas than for nearshore andor

shallow sites (However the exceptions of certain deep sea benthic features such as

hydrothermal vents and cold seeps are noted)

5 Assessment Guideline in a given region the adequate spatial protection of most OSPAR

features and the overall network can be expected to conform to the scientific literature and

fall within the range commonly found within that literature It is recognized that this is an

evolving field of study

6 Assessment Guideline Owing to the multiplicity of its objectives the OSPAR network can be

expected to contain a variety of reserve sizes and corresponding spacing between sites

7 Assessment Guideline If a site is at the small end of the expected viability range for a given

feature then compact sites are preferable If on the other hand a given site is at the large end

of the estimated viability range then a less compact shape would allow for greater spill-over

and benefits outside of the reserve

a The Compactness of a given site can be calculated using a GIS and the following

formula C = (4πAp2)

05 Where C is the Compactness A is the area of the site and p is

its perimeter

8 Assessment Guideline A broad MPA network such as the OSPAR network with a wide

variety of features can be expected to have a wide variety of reserve shapes and sizes

6 Jeff Ardron is the primary author of this OSPAR report

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 47

a The combined size and compactness of a site be readily calculated using a GIS and the

following formula SSC = ln (PA) Where SSC is here labelled as the site size-

compactness P is the perimeter of the site and A is the area

9 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA electronic database lists the aims and ecological

criteria on a site by site basis Thus as a preliminary assessment these can be compiled to get

an indication of how well they are being met across the network

10 Assessment Guideline A list inventory of features within a region that (are known or

believed to) meet the OSPAR aims and ecological criteria is required in order to fully assess if

the existing MPA sites are likely adequate

11 Assessment Guideline Features that are common and widely distributed will generally require

less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are rare andor sparsely

distributed

Assessment Criterion 2 Representativity

12 Assessment Guideline OSPAR MPAs should be checked to ensure that they are broadly

distributed across biogeographic regions In such an assessment there is no need to restrict the

assessment to just one biogeographic classification system So long as they appear to be

rigorous (eg peer-reviewed) the use of a variety of systems is encouraged

13 Assessment Guideline Each of the Dinter [OSPAR] bioregions should be adequately

protected

14 Assessment Guideline National classifications can be very helpful in assessing

representativity at a national level based on national categories and should be used where they

exist

15 Assessment Guideline In the absence of full biological surveys or full classification systems

(such as EUNIS) simple surrogates should be used to check that representativity is possibly

being achieved Benthic and pelagic realms should be considered

16 Assessment Guideline Representative features that are very common and widely distributed

will likely require less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are just

somewhat common

As a rule of thumb within a given feature class representative protection can be

compared to a normalized distribution For example if the areal distribution of

representative classes can be normalised through a square-root transformation then

protected area distribution could be expected to be roughly proportional to the square-

root of the ratio of the representative feature classesrsquo overall areas

17 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA nomination database should be checked to ensure

that the idea of the ldquobestrdquo features was taken into account across feature types and regions

18 Assessment Guideline Features that best represent their type can be expected to be

characterized by most or all of these indicators

a Typical morphology

b High density abundance

c High degree of health naturalness

d Persistence (temporal and spatial) and

e Strong functional linkages

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 48

Assessment Criterion 3 Replication

19 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area more than one example of each feature

should be protected

20 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features protected in areas susceptible

to catastrophic events require greater replication than those in low-risk areas

21 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area where no better data exist natural

variation can be assumed to be greatest between sites that are furthest apart

22 Assessment Guideline Features that are very specifically defined will exhibit less variation

and hence require less replication than features which are very general or ldquocatch-allrdquo categories

23 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area scientific requirements may require

replicate sites for differing purposes If these requirements are not known it can be assumed

that replicate sites that are a moderate distance apart (neither immediate neighbours nor at

extreme ends of the biogeographic area) will satisfy most scientific requirements

24 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features for which there are weak or

incomplete or modelled data require greater replication than those features for which better data

are available

Assessment Criterion 4 Connectivity

25 Assessment Guideline If an area is known or suspected to be important to connectivity then it

should be represented in the MPA network

26 Assessment Guideline Reserves in areas where there are known currents (eg many coastal

areas) should be more closely spaced than otherwise In order to maintain connectivity for most

short to moderate larval dispersing species when specific data are lacking such nearshore sites

should be spaced not further than 50 km apart

27 Assessment Guideline Connectivity between seabird sites can be measured in straight lines

28 Assessment Guideline Connectivity for marine species can be assumed to be greater along

lines of similar habitat than across them

29 Assessment Guideline The density of marine reserves can be used as a way to group areas of

likely connectivity Likewise it can also define gaps where connectivity has probably not been

achieved

30 Assessment Guideline In the absence of dispersal data connectivity may be approximated by

ensuring the MPA network is well distributed in space reflecting the scale of its surroundings

Page 2: A Suggested Approach for Gap Analyses of the RAMPAO Marine ...€¦ · A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 2 Recommendation re outreach: 1) regional contact

Table of Contents

RESUME EXECUTIF 4

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 1

TERMS OF REFERENCE (SUMMARISED) 8

REVIEW OF ACTIVITIES AND AVAILABLE INFORMATION 9

ECOLOGICAL PRINCIPLES AND TARGETS 12

METHODOLOGY 13

APPROACH 13

BOUNDARIES 13

TIMEFRAMES 13

INITIAL TESTS 14

SUGGESTED PROGRAMME OF WORK 15

SHORT-TERM STEPS 15

OUTREACH amp COORDINATION 15

ACQUISITION OF DATA amp INFORMATION 16

Steps 16

Three elements of success 17

Strategies for acquiring difficult data 17

Meetings 18

FIVE INITIAL GAP ANALYSES 19

MEDIUM TERM GAP ANALYSES 23

Ecologically and biologically significant areas (EBSAs) 23

Representativity 23

Connectivity 24

Replication 24

Adequacy viability 25

LONG TERM GAP ANALYSES 25

MarZone and MaxEnt 26

Climate change modelling 26

Ongoing adaptive approach 26

POSSIBLE ACTIVITIES OF THE 2ND

MISSION 27

REFERENCES 28

ANNEX 1 CALENDAR OF MEETINGS 1ST

MISSION 5-12 SEPT 2009 29

ANNEX 2 CBD CRITERIA FOR ECOLOGICALLY SIGNIFICANT AREAS 31

ANNEX 3 CBD CRITERIA FOR MPA NETWORKS 38

ANNEX 4 DATA SOURCES HIGHLIGHTED IN DISCUSSIONS DURING THE 1ST

MISSION 40

ANNEX 5 GIS DATA PRIORITIES 42

ANNEX 6 THIRTY ADDITIONAL ASSESSMENTS 46

ASSESSMENT CRITERION 1 ADEQUACY VIABILITY 46

ASSESSMENT CRITERION 2 REPRESENTATIVITY 47

ASSESSMENT CRITERION 3 REPLICATION 48

ASSESSMENT CRITERION 4 CONNECTIVITY 48

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 1

Executive Summary

This 1st Mission was tasked with 1) defining operational principles for a gaps analysis of the

RAMPAO marine protected area (MPA) network 2) reviewing the activities already carried

out 3) providing methodological support and 4) suggesting a programme of work

This report makes the following recommendations

Recommendation re gaps analysis considering that all the partners and parties interviewed

supported the need for a gaps analysis we recommend that the Gaps Analysis Project

proceed with the necessary funding personnel and institutional support

Recommendation re ecological criteria RAMPAOrsquos ecological principles and targets should

be based the CBD criteria for identifying ecologically significant sites (IX20 Annex 1) and

MPA networks (IX20 Annex 2) taking into account additional CBD guidance as it is

developed

Recommendation re offshore gaps the lack of MPAs offshore particularly in the EEZs (12 -

200 nautical miles) of RAMPAO countries should be recognised by members as a serious gap

in the RAMPAO MPA network requiring immediate attention

Recommendation re fisheries considering their size and complexity special attention

should be given to fisheries and their interactions with existing and potential MPAs We

recommend a special Fisheries-MPA working group be set up with relevant institutions such

as CSRP and others to consider possible gaps in spatial fish protections as per the CBD

IX20 Annex 1 criteria noted above Additional fisheries relevant criteria such as the FAO

guidelines for the management of deep-sea fisheries (2009) could be applied as

appropriate

Recommendation re MoUs considering the broad scope and data requirements of this

project the RAMPAO Secretariat should continue to build upon its good relationships within

and outside of West Africa through the development of Memorandums of Understanding

(MoUs) or similar agreements These MoUs (or similar agreements) should primarily

consider data sharing arrangements andor the sharing of relevant analytical work

Additionally they may consider technical issues such as database compatibility and also

human capacity building training as appropriate

Recommendation re project officer considering the extent of the work a project officer

should be designated This officer should a) support the RAMPAO Secretariat (through

Charlotte Karibuhoye) in outreach to regional contact points and partners especially in the

development of project agreements such as MoUs and working groups b) supervise and

assist RAMPAOrsquos GIS technician (Souadou Ndiaye) as required c) oversee and complete as

required the data collection and technicalGIS work

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 2

Recommendation re outreach 1) regional contact points should be updated on this project

and their help solicited 2) a clear one-page project description should be written outlining

the aims of the project and how cooperation with other bodies is being sought 3) a clear

project web page should be developed 4) follow-up letters should sent to key contacts we

have already spoken to outlining next steps and where appropriate proposing cooperation

collaboration 5) presentations introducing the project should be made at national and

regional level meetings as opportunity permits

Recommendation re data information collection 1) The process of collecting data should

begin immediately This will require close coordination with outreach activities 2) Priority

should be given to collecting data that are a) easily acquired and b) required for the initial

short-term analyses 3) Lists of data sources contact information and what dates they were

approached should be kept to track progress 4) Data collaboration should be on the

agenda of the next RAMPAO General Assembly meeting 5) After an initial (eg 3-6 month)

period of data collection the need for data meetings andor expert meetings should be

assessed

Recommendation re ecosystem research considering the breadth of possible research

topics we recommend that RAMPAO work cooperatively with research institutions such as

IRD and others to address critical knowledge gaps in a strategic fashion We recommend

prioritising research questions on three general criteria 1) relevance to identifying and

filling gaps 2) likelihood that these questions can realistically be answered (considering

budgets and scientific constraints) and 3) according to the speed of their results a) quickly

(ie 2010) b) in the medium-term (2011) and c) in the longer-term (gt2011)

Recommendation re traditional and cultural considerations in addition to biological and

ecological criteria we recommend that the gaps analysis take into consideration cultural

elements when data are available and traditional management of marine areas and

resources as appropriate

Recommendation re short- medium- and long-term results given that some data will be

more readily available than others and that some analyses are easier to perform than

others we are recommending that a staged approach to delivering results be taken with

analyses planned for the short-term medium-term and long-term This will allow for

decisions and actions to also be taken in the short- medium- and long- term

Recommendation re initial tests the gaps analysis should start with readily available

information and basic tests that are relatively easy to understand Later more complex

analyses can be performed with additional data as they become available The initial basic

gaps tests should be selected to provide results that can on their own inform decision-

making

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 3

Recommendation re five initial gap analyses 1 Visually consider the distribution of protected areas 2 Using GIS procedures consider in greater depth the distribution of protected areas 3 Consider MPA distribution according to depth 4 Consider MPA distribution according to existent shoreline habitat classification 5 Consider the RAMPAO network according to rare threatened and endangered

species and habitats

The following six steps outline the key tasks that we suggest would need to be done

between now and June 2010 in order to set this project in motion

1 establishment of the projectrsquos terms of reference and recruitment of the project officer

2 outreach and coordination including informational presentations at various meetings

3 initial data collection focussing on readily available information 4 initial gaps analyses 5 presentation of initial results to the RAMPAO General Assembly 6 expert meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and analyses (likely

as a side-meeting to the General Assembly

Possible analyses for the medium term are discussed with an outlook for the long-term For

the medium-term approaches that consider more closely adequacy viability

representativity replication and connectivity are provided For the long-term complex

analyses such as Marxan MarZone and MaxEnt as well as climate change considerations

are noted However for the purposes of this project it is felt that in the long-term time and

resources would probably be better spent taking an adaptive planning approach working on

getting places established that address the major gaps first and then making refinements

Annexes 2 and 3 provide the CBD criteria adopted in 2008 Annex 4 notes datasets that

were highlighted in discussions during the 1st Mission Annex 5 lists common data sets and

ranks them according to timeframe ease of acquisition and importance Annex 6 lists thirty

additional MPA network design considerations accepted by OSPAR for consideration

Regarding a 2nd Mission we suggest that it coincide with the Third Meeting of the RAMPAO General Assembly mid-2010 Possible activities for the 2nd Mission could include

answering questions that arise from the 1st Mission

elaborating upon medium-term gap analyses

providing assistance in data collection in Europe and North America

joint GIS analyses working together on some of the GIS analyses

presenting initial results to RAMPAO members and partners

participating in an expert meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and analyses

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 4

Propositions meacutethodologiques pour lrsquoanalyse des lacunes du reacuteseau drsquoaires marines proteacutegeacutees du RAMPAO

Reacutesumeacute exeacutecutif

Les objectifs de cette premiegravere mission eacutetaient les suivants 1) deacutefinir les principes

opeacuterationnels de lrsquoanalyse des lacunes du reacuteseau drsquoAMP du RAMPAO 2) revoir les travaux

deacutejagrave reacutealiseacutes et les informations existantes et identifier les manques 3) apporter un support

meacutethodologique au processus et 4) proposer un programme de travail

Ce rapport fait les recommandations suivantes

Recommandation concernant lrsquoanalyse des lacunes (gaps analysis) lrsquoanalyse des lacunes

ayant eacuteteacute reconnue par la plupart des partenaires comme neacutecessaire pour compleacuteter et

actualiser le reacuteseau actuel la mission recommande que le projet soit deacuteveloppeacute avec tous

les moyens financiers humains et mateacuteriels neacutecessaires

Recommandation concernant les critegraveres eacutecologiques les principes et les critegraveres

eacutecologiques agrave retenir doivent ecirctre ceux recommandeacutes par la convention sur la biodiversiteacute

(CBD) agrave la fois dans lrsquoidentification des sites drsquoimportance eacutecologique (IX20 Annex 1) et agrave

lrsquoeacutechelle du reacuteseau (IX20 Annexe 1) en suivant les recommandations de la CBD en terme

drsquoapplication de ces critegraveres

Recommandation concernant les lacunes sur la haute mer lrsquoabsence drsquoAMP en haute mer

en particulier dans la ZEE (12-200 miles nautiques) des pays membres du RAMPAO doit ecirctre

reconnue par tous comme une lacune importante du reacuteseau que le projet devra

rapidement consideacuterer

Recommandation concernant les pecirccheries consideacuterant leur importance et leur complexiteacute

les pecirccheries et leurs interactions avec les AMP existantes et potentielles devront faire

lrsquoobjet drsquoune attention particuliegravere Nous recommandons la constitution drsquoun groupe speacutecial

AMP-Pecircches comportant les organismes compeacutetents comme la CSRP et autres afin de

travailler sur les lacunes de protection des zones importantes pour les ressources

halieutiques (CBD IX20 Annex 1) Des critegraveres propres aux pecirccheries comme ceux de la

FAO pour la gestion des pecircches profondes (2009) devront eacutegalement ecirctre pris en

consideacuteration

Recommandation pour un travail partenarial consideacuterant lrsquoampleur de ce projet des

besoins en donneacutees et en analyses le secreacutetariat du RAMPAO devra renforcer et srsquoappuyer

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 5

sur les relations avec ses partenaires nationaux reacutegionaux et internationaux des accords

de collaborations devront ecirctre signeacutes avec les principaux partenaires en premier lieu afin de

srsquoaccorder sur les modaliteacutes de partage des donneacutees neacutecessaires au projet voire de partage

du travail drsquoanalyse Devront eacutegalement ecirctre envisageacutees le cas eacutecheacuteant les consideacuterations

techniques comme la compatibiliteacute ou lrsquointeropeacuterabiliteacute des bases de donneacutees et si

neacutecessaire le renforcement des capaciteacutesla formation

Recommandation pour la mise en place drsquoun chargeacute de projet consideacuterant lrsquoimportance du

travail et la speacutecificiteacute de certains de ses aspects un assistant au projet doit ecirctre recruteacute Ses

missions seront 1) drsquoassister le secreacutetariat du RAMPAO (Charlotte Karibuhoye chef de

projet) dans ses relations avec les points focaux nationaux et les partenaires (appui agrave la

reacutedaction des accords de collaboration au deacuteveloppement des groupes de travail) 2)

superviser et apporter son appui au technicien SIG (Souadou Ndiaye) lorsque cela sera

neacutecessaire notamment pour ce qui concerne les aspects plus analytiques du travail 3)

superviser et compleacuteter la collecte des donneacutees et le travail technique (SIG)

Recommandation concernant lrsquoinformation et la sensibilisation 1) les points focaux

nationaux devront ecirctre informeacutes sur le projet et les reacutesultats de cette mission leur rocircle

devra leur ecirctre clairement speacutecifieacute 2) une plaquette recto-verso deacutecrivant les objectifs du

projet les reacutesultats attendus et preacutesentant les attentes du RAMPAO en matiegravere de

coopeacuteration avec les autres organismes devra ecirctre produite 3 ) le site internet du RAMPAO

devra comporter un espace deacutedieacute speacutecifiquement agrave ce projet 4) des lettres de suivi

devraient ecirctre envoyeacutes aux contacts cleacutes rencontreacutes au cours de la premiegravere mission afin de

les informer des reacutesultats de la mission et des eacutetapes suivantes et le cas eacutecheacuteant en leur

proposant de coopeacuterer collaborer 5) on profitera des diffeacuterentes reacuteunions au niveau

national et reacutegional pour preacutesenter le projet et les collaborations qui sont attendues

Recommandation pour la collecte des donneacutees et informations 1) la collecte des donneacutees

doit deacutebuter degraves agrave preacutesent en eacutetroite coordination avec les activiteacutes drsquoinformation et de

sensibilisation des partenaires 2) Par ordre de prioriteacute on rassemblera les donneacutees (a)

faciles agrave collecter et b) neacutecessaires aux analyses agrave court terme 3) Les listes des sources de

donneacutees des contacts et les dates auxquels ils ont eacuteteacute rencontreacutes doivent ecirctre conserveacutes car

ils permettront de suivre lrsquoavancement du travail 4) la prochaine reacuteunion geacuteneacuterale du

RAMPAO devra inscrire agrave son ordre du jour la collaboration sur la collecte de donneacutees 5)

apregraves le deacutemarrage de la collecte des donneacutees (dans 3-6 mois) une reacuteunion devra ecirctre

organiseacutee pour faire un point (reacuteunion pour la collecte des donneacutees ou reacuteunion drsquoexperts

theacutematiques)

Recommandation concernant la recherche Consideacuterant lampleur des sujets de recherche

possibles nous recommandons au RAMPAO de travailler avec les instituts de recherche

comme lrsquoIRD et les instituts nationaux afin de combler de faccedilon strateacutegique les lacunes

essentielles dans les connaissances Les prioriteacutes devront ecirctre deacutefinies sur la base de 3

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 6

critegraveres 1) pertinence pour cerner et combler les lacunes 2) les chances raisonnables

qursquoont ces questions de trouver des reacuteponses (en tenant compte des budgets et des

contraintes scientifiques) et 3) selon la vitesse de leurs reacutesultats a) rapidement (2010) b)

dans le moyen terme (2011) et c) agrave plus long terme (gt 2011)

Recommandation concernant la prise en compte des eacuteleacutements traditionnels et culturels

outre les critegraveres biologiques et eacutecologiques nous recommandons que lrsquoanalyse des lacunes

considegravere eacutegalement les eacuteleacutements traditionnels lorsqursquoils sont disponibles et les eacuteleacutements

culturels de gestion des espaces et des ressources srsquoils sont approprieacutes

Recommandation concernant les reacutesultats agrave court moyen et long terme certaines donneacutees

seront plus facilement accessibles que dautres et certaines analyses sont plus faciles agrave

deacutevelopper que dautres nous recommandons donc une approche par eacutetapes avec des

analyses sur le court terme le moyen terme et le long terme Ainsi des deacutecisions pourront

ecirctre eacutegalement prises et des actions engageacutees agrave court moyen et long terme sans attendre

drsquoavoir lrsquoensemble des reacutesultats

Recommandation concernant les analyses preacuteliminaires lanalyse des lacunes doit

commencer sur la base drsquoinformations facilement accessibles et de tests de base faciles agrave

engager et agrave comprendre Ensuite des analyses plus complexes pourront ecirctre reacutealiseacutees avec

des donneacutees suppleacutementaires au fur et agrave mesure de leur disponibiliteacute Ces analyses initiales

devront ecirctre seacutelectionneacutees en vue de produire des reacutesultats qui peuvent agrave eux seuls eacuteclairer

les premiegraveres prises de deacutecisions

Recommandation concernant cinq analyses initiales de lacunes 1 Consideacuterer visuellement la distribution des aires proteacutegeacutees 2 Sur la base de proceacutedures SIG examiner plus en profondeur la reacutepartition des zones

proteacutegeacutees 3 Etudier la distribution des AMP en fonction de la profondeur 4 Etudier la distribution des AMP en fonction de la classification existante des habitats

cocirctiers 5 Consideacuterer le reacuteseau des AMP selon les espegraveces et les habitats rares menaceacutes et en voie

de disparition

Recommandations sur la mise en œuvre du projet plus qursquoun projet lrsquoanalyse des lacunes

est un processus continu dont les reacutesultats devront ecirctre affineacutes au fur et agrave mesure des

connaissances sur une base adaptative Comme recommandeacute ci-dessus une approche agrave

court moyen et long terme devra ecirctre consideacutereacutee

Court-terme (entre maintenant et juin 2010) les tacircches suivantes seront engageacutees 1 eacutetablissement des termes de reacutefeacuterence et recrutement du chargeacute de projet 2 sensibilisation y compris preacutesentations du projet et des attentes lors de diverses

reacuteunions

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 7

3 recueil initial des donneacutees en se concentrant sur les informations facilement disponibles

4 analyse initiale des lacunes 5 preacutesentation des premiers reacutesultats agrave lAssembleacutee geacuteneacuterale RAMPAO 6 reacuteunion dexperts pour discuter des prochaines eacutetapes agrave moyen terme des donneacutees

compleacutementaires agrave collecter et des analyses agrave poursuivre (probablement dans une

reacuteunion speacuteciale durant lAssembleacutee geacuteneacuterale du RAMPAO

En outre les analyses possibles pour le moyen terme et une preacutevision pour le long terme

sont proposeacutees

Moyen terme collecte des donneacutees plus difficiles agrave obtenir analyses plus compliqueacutees

(identification des aires drsquoimportance eacutecologique et biologiques repreacutesentativiteacute

connectiviteacute reacutepliquas adeacutequationviabiliteacute)

Long terme compleacutements eacuteventuels avec des approches plus complexes de modeacutelisation

(MarZone MaxEnt) prise en consideacuteration du changement climatique hellip Toutefois dans le

cadre de ce projet agrave long terme il semble qursquoil serait preacutefeacuterable drsquoutiliser les ressources agrave

de la planification adaptative en se concentrant en premier sur les sites qui permettent de

combler les principales lacunes et ensuite drsquoaffiner lrsquoanalyse

En annexes sont proposeacutes

Les critegraveres de la CBD agrave lrsquoeacutechelle des sites (annexe 2) et agrave lrsquoeacutechelle des reacuteseaux (annexe 3)

Les sources de donneacutees issues des discussions avec les partenaires lors de la 1egravere mission (annexe 4)

lrsquoinventaire des donneacutees de base classeacutees suivant les deacutelais souhaitables drsquoacquisition la faciliteacute dacquisition et leur importance (annexe 5)

un certain nombre drsquoautres eacuteleacutements agrave consideacuterer dans la conception du reacuteseau dAMPs

issus de lrsquoexpeacuterience drsquoOSPAR (annexe 6)

Poursuite de la collaboration Sil eacutetait deacutecideacute de poursuivre la collaboration avec les

consultants et qursquoune deuxiegraveme mission soit programmeacutee nous suggeacuterons quelle coiumlncide

avec la troisiegraveme reacuteunion de lAssembleacutee geacuteneacuterale RAMPAO agrave la mi-2010 Les activiteacutes

possibles pour la 2egraveme mission pourraient comprendre

les reacuteponses aux questions qui se posent dans la phase 1

les reacuteflexions sur le deacuteveloppement de la phase 2 (moyen terme)

lrsquoassistance agrave la collecte de donneacutees en Europe et en Ameacuterique du Nord

lrsquoassistance aux analyses SIG (travailler en commun sur certaines analyses)

assistance agrave la preacutesentation des premiers reacutesultats RAMPAO aux membres et partenaires

participation agrave la reacuteunion dexperts pour discuter des prochaines eacutetapes (moyen terme) des donneacutees et analyses compleacutementaires

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 8

Terms of reference (summarised)

This project is planned to consist of three separate missions this is the report from the first

of these The overarching objectives of the entire project are

To support the RAMPAO in defining operational principles and precise and realistic

targets for the MPA network by the year 2012 notably as regards

representativeness practicality coherence and resilience of the network

Assist in the definition of the degree of protection of the marine and coastal

biodiversity and key-sites identified in the seven countries of the ecoregion

Assist in the identification of existing shortcomings particularly at the ecological and

socio-economic levels the management of MPAs of the RAMPAO using the available

information for decision-making

Assist in the definitiondesign of strategy aimed at minimizing the priority

shortcomings and making the network more coherent and practical with a view to

attain the objectives of the RAMPAO

Activities of this first mission are

1 Support the RAMPAO Secretariat in defining operational principles and targets

regarding key habitat representativeness as well as the RAMPAO functionality

coherence and resilience

2 Review the activities already carried out and available information about the degree

of protection of biodiversity in the ecoregion and the assessment of missing key-

information

3 Provide methodological support to RAMPAO for synthesizing the gap analysis

process particularly for the review of implemented activities and existing

information on the level of biodiversity protection in the ecoregion and for the

identification of gaps in key information

4 Suggest a programme of work for the next steps of the process

This report is structured according to the above four activities with a particular focus on the

last two

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 9

Review of activities and available information

Our first Mission Report provides details of our conversations with various key players in the

region as well as many preliminary observations and action points We suggest it be used

side-by-side this report A calendar of meetings we attended during the 1st Mission is listed

in Annex 1 A preliminary list of data sources highlighted in these discussions is provided in

Annex 4 to this report

In our discussions several repeating ideas about gaps analyses emerged

necessity gaps analyses are believed to be necessary and valuable

ecology gap analyses should focus on ecological aspects first setting aside

management considerations for the time being

management management and community involvement was emphasized in several

discussions as being essential after gaps are identified and the discussions turn to

how gaps could be filled

cultural considerations the work required to also take account of social traditional

and sacred concerns should be assessed

the offshore open sea (containing eg upwellings seamounts canyons cold water

corals etc) is an integral part of the marine environment but has to date not been

included in MPA discussions and represents a major obvious gap

site versus network criteria site level MPA criteria and network level criteria were

often discussed together as though they were all the same and thus greater clarity is

required on how these two complementary sets of criteria fit together into larger

gaps analyses

cooperation gaps analyses will require strong partnerships and cooperation both

within West Africa and abroad and further work should be done to strengthen these

partnerships through memorandums of understanding and other agreements Many

people noted that acquiring and combining data can use up much time and

resources

fisheries were recognised to encompass activities with the broadest geography and

largest ecological impacts as well as the most complicated social considerations

While MPAs are seen as a good tool for the conservation of biodiversity their use as

a fisheries management tool was seen as applicable in some but not all fisheries It

was pointed out that fisheries science has traditionally been carried out separately

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 10

from other scientific disciplines though acceptance of the ecosystem approach to

fisheries is changing this

ecological research and analyses people noted that while some good initial work

had often been started the coverage was often patchy and considerable work was

still required hence care is required to focus on what can be done with existing

information and to identify a few key research priorities out of the many

The following recommendations flow out of the above discussions

Recommendation re gap analysis considering that all the partners and parties

interviewed supported the need for a gaps analysis we recommend that the Gaps

Analysis Project proceed with the necessary funding personnel and institutional support

Recommendation re offshore gaps the lack of MPAs offshore particularly in the EEZs (12 -

200 nautical miles) of RAMPAO countries should be recognised by members as a serious

gap in the RAMPAO MPA network requiring immediate attention

Recommendation re fisheries considering their size and complexity special attention

should be given to fisheries and their interactions with existing and potential MPAs We

recommend a special Fisheries-MPA working group be set up with relevant institutions

such as CSRP and others1 to consider possible gaps in spatial fish protections as per the

CBD IX20 Annex 1 criteria noted above Additional fisheries relevant criteria such as the

FAO guidelines for the management of deep-sea fisheries (2009) could be applied as

appropriate

Recommendation re ecosystem research considering the breadth of possible research

topics we recommend that RAMPAO work cooperatively with research institutions such

as IRD and others to address critical knowledge gaps in a strategic fashion We

recommend prioritising research questions on three general criteria 1) relevance to

identifying and filling gaps 2) likelihood that these questions can realistically be answered

(considering budgets and scientific constraints) and 3) according to the speed of their

results a) quickly (ie 2010) b) in the medium-term (2011) and c) in the longer-term

(gt2011)

Recommendation re project officer considering the extent of the work a project officer

should be designated This officer should a) support the RAMPAO Secretariat (through

1 Because we were unable to interview representatives from the two relevant Large Marine Ecosystem (LME)

projects (which look at broad scale effects of fisheries) we are uncertain on how they would (or would not)

wish to participate An informal discussion with Merete Tandstad (FAO) while at another meeting suggests that

the Canary Current LME is still in early stages of development However we do suggest that both the LME

Secretariats and the FAO still be approached to gauge their interest

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 11

Charlotte Karibuhoye) in outreach to regional contact points and partners especially in

the development of project agreements such as MoUs and working groups b) supervise

and assist RAMPAOrsquos GIS technician (Souadou Ndiaye) as required c) oversee and

complete as required the data collection and technicalGIS work

Regarding the recommendation above we recognise that the Project Officer will require

additional funding to that which was originally envisioned in this project If funding for such

a position is not possible we would suggest that additional help be sought through

partners and specific contracts To the degree possible we have outlined the various

aspects of work that will need to be done as discreet pieces so as to allow for them to be

performed separately as funding permits

Recommendation re MoUs considering the broad scope and data requirements of this

project the RAMPAO Secretariat should continue to build upon its good relationships

within and outside of West Africa through the development of Memorandums of

Understanding (MoUs) or similar agreements These MoUs (or similar agreements) should

primarily consider data sharing arrangements andor the sharing of relevant analytical

work Additionally they may consider technical issues such as database compatibility and

also human capacity building training as appropriate

We believe that the Regional Contact Points could play an important role in facilitating

relationships agreements and access to regional data information and expertise

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 12

Ecological principles and targets

There is a broad literature concerning marine protected area (MPA) ecological principles

and criteria As noted at the Second General Assembly of RAMPAO the latest thinking on

this topic is captured in Decision XI20 of the Convention on Biological Diversity (CBD)

Adopted in June 2008 this Decision provides seven criteria for identifying ecologically and

biologically significant areas (IX20 Annex 1) and five criteria for MPA networks (IX20

Annex2) Thus the CBD recognised that site criteria and network criteria while strongly

linked are different Recently the CBD held an expert meeting in Ottawa Canada where

the seven site criteria were further discussed and guidance was drafted for their

implementation2

We find the CBD criteria to be sound and note that there will be an ongoing development

of global support and capacity building surrounding their implementation We therefore

recommend that RAMPAO base its operational principles and targets on these CBD criteria

and associated guidance

Recommendation re ecological criteria RAMPAOrsquos ecological principles and targets

should be based the CBD criteria for identifying ecologically significant sites (IX20 Annex

1) and MPA networks (IX20 Annex 2) taking into account additional CBD guidance as it is

developed

The full annexes of CBD Decision IX20 are appended to this report as Annexes 2 and 3 Briefly the seven CBD criteria for identifying ecologically and biologically significant areas are

1 Uniqueness or rarity 2 Special importance for life history of species 3 Importance for threatened endangered or declining species andor habitats 4 Vulnerability fragility sensitivity slow recovery 5 Biological productivity 6 Biological diversity 7 Naturalness

The five CBD MPA network criteria are 1 Ecologically and biologically significant areas (ie based on the 7 site criteria above) 2 Representativity 3 Connectivity 4 Replicated ecological features 5 Adequate and viable sites

2 Report of the expert workshop on ecological criteria and biogeographic classification systems for marine

areas in need of protection This guidance will go through the CBD review process and assuming it goes well

will be presented for acceptance at the Tenth Conference of Parties in October 2010

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 13

Methodology

Approach We view pragmatism modularity and flexibility as being necessary ingredients to an

approach that would best ensure success

Pragmatism The methodology should reflect an approach that will allow progress to

proceed despite imperfect data or other problems For example analyses should be done in

areas where data are available or where there is social political acceptance without the

(sometimes considerable) delay of waiting for data or acceptance from other neighbouring

areas within an ecological region3

Modularity Individual gap analyses should be able stand on their own while also fitting

together with others to form a fuller picture Analysis results should be fairly easy to explain

Flexibility Related to pragmatism above the methodology should follow good practices

while still remaining flexible to alternatives that are not ideal but which can allow for

progress For example when some data are not available other less-than-ideal ldquoproxiesrdquo

may have to be used as substitutes

Boundaries Ecological analyses should when possible be stratified according to accepted ecological

regions and sub-regions (eg Marine Ecosystems of the World ndashMEOW) However given

that in this project various areas have varying degrees of data availability we also see the

need for flexibility in the approach and recognise that some analyses may have to be

bounded according to boundaries that reflect where the data were collected Or in some

instances instead of ecological boundaries it may be appropriate to use traditional cultural

boundaries such as for artisanal fisheries

Timeframes Recommendation re short- medium- and long-term results given that some data will be

more readily available than others and that some analyses are easier to perform than

others we are recommending that a staged approach to delivering results be taken with

analyses planned for the short-term medium-term and long-term This will allow for

decisions and actions to also be taken in the short- medium- and long- term

3 However one must be careful to avoid transferring all gaps and attention to only those places that have data

or are willing to participate For it must be said that those places with few data and little protection are

usually the biggest gaps of all Maps should reflect low- and no-data areas clearly so that the reader

understands the limits of the analysis

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 14

We suggest the timeframe for delivering these short- medium- and long-term results could

be June 2010 (the next RAMPAO General Assembly) December 2011 (the end of this

project period) and December 2014 (the next project period) respectively These timelines

should dovetail with those of the recommendation re ecosystem research above when

appropriate These activities are further outlined in the suggested programme of work in

the section below

Initial tests Preliminary analyses should address basic gaps while later analyses could look at more

nuanced questions The unexpected availability (or unavailability) of data may sometimes

change the planned ordering of analyses If for some reason a particular analysis cannot be

done it should be skipped for the time being and not hold up further work If a preliminary

analysis indicates a significant gap it is unlikely any additional analyses will overturn that

finding and hence decision-making should in most cases proceed based on the results

from the initial basic tests without the delays associated with waiting for more data

Decisions can be refined however as more data become available In general coarse or

incomplete data demand greater precaution in decision-making This can create an

incentive for stakeholders to provide additional data that will allow for refinements

Recommendation re initial tests the gaps analysis should start with readily available

information and basic tests that are relatively easy to understand Later more complex

analyses can be performed with additional data as they become available The initial

basic gaps tests should be selected to provide results that can on their own inform

decision-making

A list of five such tests is outlined in the next section

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 15

Suggested programme of work

Short-term steps The following six steps outline the key tasks that we suggest would need to be done

between now and June 2010 in order to set this project in motion These steps are further

explained in the subsequent sections

1 Establishment of the projectrsquos terms of reference and recruitment of the project officer

2 outreach and coordination including informational presentations at various meetings

3 initial data collection focussing on readily available information 4 initial gaps analyses 5 presentation of initial results to the RAMPAO General Assembly 6 expert meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and analyses (likely

as a side-meeting to the General Assembly

Outreach amp coordination An ecosystem-level gaps analysis will require cooperation from a number of experts

agencies and institutions across all RAMPAO countries Hence outreach and coordination

will be important An introductory description of the project should be developed and

widely distributed as well as a web site page with up to date information on the project A

letter of introduction signed by a senior official(s) can also be important in terms of

establishing legitimacy Presentations introducing the project should be made at national

and regional level meetings as opportunity permits

Our meetings during the first mission proved to be very friendly and helpful These meetings

now require follow-up actions to each of the people contacted (see 1st Mission Report)

Because the people we met were mostly based in Senegal further work will be required

through the regional contact points for other countries

Areas of overlap with other activities (eg the Wetlands International implementation gaps

project) should be highlighted and discussions with these players begun to sort out how to

best cooperate and coordinate efforts

While outreach will be most intensive at the beginning of the project coordination will

continue throughout the projectrsquos duration

Recommendation re outreach 1) regional contact points should be updated on this

project and their help solicited 2) a clear one-page project description should be written

outlining the aims of the project and how cooperation with other bodies is being sought

3) a clear project web page should be developed 4) follow-up letters should sent to key

contacts we have already spoken to outlining next steps and where appropriate

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 16

proposing cooperation collaboration 5) presentations introducing the project should be

made at national and regional level meetings as opportunity permits

Acquisition of data amp information Central to this project will be identifying sources of information and data coordinating with

these experts data repositories and providers and ultimately acquiring the information or

data This will consume more time than any other task and probably more time than all the

other tasks combined

Steps

In the general case data acquisition will require the following steps some which may be

iterative (ie cycle around a few times)

searches ndashinternet list-serves libraries literature and through colleagues

informal emails calls and discussions with the expert or data custodian as to

what data may be available

formal letter(s) of introduction to the project signed by senior authorities and

usually addressed to mid- and senior-level people

face-to-face meetings in order to 1) gain permission to use the data and 2) to

learn about details and proper use of the data These two requirements may

mean two separate meetings

MoU drafting and signing andor data agreement andor formal letter of

request

logistics of how the data will be delivered and if any fees or restrictions are

involved

technical and scientific follow-up calls for assistance andor clarification on

interpretation or use of the data

The above steps have not been numbered because the order can vary from situation to

situation with some situations being informal and skipping steps while others are very

formal requiring prolonged discussions and additional steps that build trust

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 17

Three elements of success

Three elements of successful data acquisition are persistence practicality and

prioritisation

Persistence While most experts are usually happy to share their knowledge the sharing of

their data is often another matter The process can take weeks months or even years

Therefore in order to keep progress steady it is best to make a little time available every

day (say two hours) for data searches and follow-up politely reminding contacts from time

to time that you have not yet heard back from them That said do not waste time on data

that are only of marginal interest in the bigger picture It is easy to become lost in details

Practicality Often it is better to identify what data are readily available and to request

those data first This can help build trust and also allows for progress without getting stuck

Subsequently the provider can be approached again to discuss the other more difficult

data sets Thus the above steps can occur more than once with the same data provider

Again as noted above keeping the bigger picture in mind will help to focus data-gathering

activities on the most practical data sets

Prioritisation In an ecosystem-level analysis all kinds of data are interesting That said

some data are more helpful or urgent than others In the analyses outlined in the sections

below the general data requirements are listed The data requirements of the short-term

gap analyses should take priority over the medium-term ones which in turn should take

priority over the long-term analyses

Annex 5 GIS data priorities lists various common categories of data with their estimated

timeframe for usage (short- medium- long-term) availability and priority for this project

Strategies for acquiring difficult data

Sometimes data may be considered proprietary andor too sensitive to show and providers

usually assume they cannot be shared However with patience sometimes agreements can

be found whereby the data may be used ldquobehind the scenesrdquo in analyses so long as the

data are not displayed on final maps ndashonly the combined results which do not reveal the

data In other situations when the provider is an active participant the provider should be

invited to be a formal partner in the project and this may also ease data restrictions Finally

agreeing to perform joint-analyses or even contracting out certain analyses to the expert

can also allow the data to be used However in this latter case it may be difficult to do

quality control and hence the results can sometimes be puzzling or not what was required

If certain data are simply unavailable metadata can still be requested though metadata

often do not exist (In practice metadata if supplied are many times custom-created for

the particular request)

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 18

Meetings

General meetings A large forum like the RAMPAO General Assembly can be an excellent

opportunity to introduce interested parties to the project It may even be possible to get

general agreement around sharing data However such a general agreement if it can be

found would probably still not replace the need for MoUs and similar bilateral agreements

with specific agencies and institutions

In addition to regional meetings presentations should be made to national meetings

introducing the project as opportunity permits

Data meetings regional data meetings with database managers could help speed up the

process of data collection though this can vary from place to place In many cases it is

better to first approach people one-on-one Later after some data have already been

acquired a meeting can be used to discuss how to best merge data together and to

encourage others to also provide information data if they have not already done so

Expert meetings bringing together experts of a particular species or habitat can be a very

good way to identify available expertise information data and gaps Expert knowledge can

also be collected at such meetings drawn on maps etc but this requires prior training

preparation and processing afterwards In general expert meetings are most valuable after

a ldquodesktop studyrdquo where basic gaps have been identified and there are now specific

questions that have been identified as needing answers Targeted expert meetings can be

valuable at different times throughout a process as different issues need addressing Their

main drawback is the expense and work required A badly run meeting can also turn opinion

against a project and so care has to be taken to do a good job

Recommendation re data information collection 1) The process of collecting data should

begin immediately This will require close coordination with outreach activities 2) Priority

should be given to collecting data that are a) easily acquired and b) required for the initial

short-term analyses 3) Lists of data sources contact information and what dates they

were approached should be kept to track progress 4) Data collaboration should be on the

agenda of the next RAMPAO General Assembly meeting 5) After an initial (eg 3-6

month) period of data collection the need for data meetings andor expert meetings

should be assessed

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 19

Five initial gap analyses The following analyses are recommended as initial tests that should be done in the short-

term (present to June 2010) and when possible in the order presented However we

acknowledge that data availability can alter the ordering of the tests and even what tests

are undertaken ndashincluding developing new ones not listed here These basic tests can be

followed up with more complex analyses such as outlined in the next sections of this report

1 Visually consider the distribution of protected areas Is the network spatially well

distributed without more than a few major gaps If not what gaps can a person

immediately see Consider along-shore gaps and gaps moving out towards the offshore

Consider the northern central and southern thirds of the RAMPAO area Consider

national boundaries

Technical amp data requirements no GIS or GIS data are required A basic paper map

showing the protected areas and national boundaries is sufficient

Rationale this simple assessment is deceptively powerful Simplicity should not be seen

as detracting from its value The human eye can see many patterns and gaps that are

difficult to quantify into statistics When most people agree on a visual gap this

indicates that it is likely valid and worthy of serious consideration

Connectivity and representativity are two of the five agreed-upon CBD criteria for

assessing MPA networks (IX20 Annex 2) If the network is generally not well distributed

in space then it is unlikely to exhibit characteristics of connectivity or representativity

and thus is very unlikely to be ecologically coherent Note that if a network is well-

distributed in space this does not necessarily ensure that these criteria are being met

and further tests will still be required

2 Using GIS procedures consider in greater depth the distribution of protected areas For

this test and all the other tests below perform it first for the whole region then for

each of the three broad ecoregions north central and south4 and finally according to

national boundaries

a Zones offshore Consider coverage within four basic zones i the shorelines (0-5

nautical miles offshore) ii nearshore (~5-15 nm) iii mid-offshore (~15-50 nm)

and iv far offshore (~50 -200 nm) What percentage of each of these broad

zones has MPAs

b Distance from shore statistics what is the average (arithmetic mean) extent that

RAMPAO MPAs extend offshore What is the range of these values What is the

4 This could include the MEOW (Marine Ecoregions Of the World) classification or other similar ecoregions

accepted by RAMPAO partners

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 20

standard deviation Considering that RAMPOA waters extend approximately 200

nm offshore what do these distance-offshore statistics suggest

c Nearest neighbour distance in each of the above zones calculate ldquonearest

neighbourrdquo statistics between MPAs noting the range of MPA spacing the

arithmetic mean of the spacing and the standard deviation of spacing between

sites In this test and all others displaying the histogram of results can be very

informative and is recommended

Technical amp data requirements GIS files are required for shoreline data MPAs

ecoregions national boundaries These three tests (a) ndash (c) get progressively more

technically advanced in the use of GIS However it is outside the scope of this report to

fully describe the GIS methods If a minimum separation distance is chosen as a network

criterion (see comments below) then an easier GIS analysis would be to buffer the

MPAs by a value of half that distance to identify which areas that ldquotouchrdquo and which do

not

Rationale these analyses put some numbers to the first visual test In most ways

however the visual test is simpler and easier to understand That said numbers in

tables can help rank gaps according to basic properties

Unfortunately the GIS methods can be a bit difficult for a beginner If parts of this test

are too difficult they can be skipped since the visual assessment already tells us a lot

Setting explicit quantitative targets for spacing can be controversial and difficult to

support scientifically What is adequate for some species will still be inadequate for

others That said for a basic initial test ldquorules of thumbrdquo have been proposed The

BALANCE project in the Baltic Sea suggested 25 km as an ideal maximum spacing

between shoreline sites (2008) Instead of looking at the ideal situation the OSPAR

Convention for the Northeast Atlantic took a different approach considering the very

longest spacing that could be considered contributing anything at all towards ecological

coherence of the MPA network ie a theoretical ldquoworst caserdquo The OSPAR guidelines for

this worst case are nearshore ~250 km (linear shoreline distance) offshore ~200 000

km2 (which is about equivalent to a ~500 km diameter circle) high seas ~1 000 000 km2

(equivalent to a square with ~1000 km sides) For OSPAR nearshore meant shoreline

and territorial waters out to 12 nm offshore meant EEZ waters (12-200 nm) and high

seas meant waters beyond 200 nm from shore (OPSAR 2008 Ardron 2009)

3 Consider MPA distribution according to depth As for all these analyses perform these

tests first for the whole region then for each of the three broad ecoregions north

central and south and finally according to national boundaries

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 21

a Depth statistics what is the average (arithmetic mean) depth of RAMPAO

MPAs What is the range of values What is the standard deviation How do

these numbers compare with the overall RAMPAO region

b Depth zones consider the following eight general depth zones and what

percentage of each zone is within the current MPA network 0-25 m

(shallow) 25-50 m (photic) 50-100m (upper shelf) 100-200 m (lower shelf)

200-400 m (upper slope) 400-800 m (mid-slope) 800-1600 m (lower slope)

1600-3200 m or greater (abyssal plain)5

Technical amp data requirements data as per the previous test plus bathymetry The

easiest and fastest way to perform these statistics is to convert the MPA shapefile

(and if it is not already the bathymetry) into a raster grid and do grid analyses

Rationale depth is widely recognised as one of the key variables that describes

biotic communities in a give region and as such is a very basic measure of

representativity This analysis could be improved by combining surficial sediment

data with depth to make simple seafloor sediment-depth classes if available

4 Consider MPA distribution according to existent shoreline habitat classification

Although the whole RAMPAO shoreline is likely not classified certain features such

as estuaries or mangroves may already largely be identified Taking these shoreline

features that are either readily available or readily digitised consider what

percentage of each of these feature types are within the current MPA network

Consider what percentage of the MPA network lies outside of these readily

identifiable shoreline features Consider also according to ecoregions and national

boundaries

Technical amp data requirements any available shoreline features such as estuaries

and mangroves If the data are good enough each of these features could be sub-

divided eg large medium and small estuaries If geophysical shoreline type data

are missing basic categories such as cliff rock and sandmud shores can often be

visually estimated and hand digitised by looking at terrestrial topographic data along

the shoreline combined with nearshore bathymetry if available

5 These log2 depth classes are admittedly somewhat arbitrary (25 2

i) and could be refined either by

considering a regional biological classification histogram of the distribution of depths or natural breaks in the

data It is our understanding however that no bio-physical classification has been performed for the region

For an initial test these somewhat arbitrary depth classes are sufficient to point out general gaps and reflect

the generally logarithmic scale of decreasing resolution (increasing breadth of classes) with depth

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 22

Rationale since the RAMPAO MPA network is currently shoreline-based this test is

suggested before considering other physical features further offshore This test is

designed to give a rough idea of shoreline representativity

5 Consider the RAMPAO network according to rare threatened and endangered

species and habitats (features) for which data are available Perform the same sort

of tests as in the test above using available data for rare threatened and

endangered features Consider what percentage of each of these feature types are

within the current MPA network Consider what percentage of the MPA network lies

outside of these features Consider also according to ecoregions and national

boundaries

Technical amp data requirements there are modelling techniques to predict the

potential habitat of species but these techniques are advanced and would fall under

the long-term timeframe For this initial analysis only available data should be

considered If the data appear to be very incomplete then they should not be used

Recognising that such data can be sub-regionally incomplete some sections of the

network may have to be left out of this analysis marked as ldquono datardquo areas on the

maps

Rationale rare threatened and endangered features are often protected by law

and also often of interest to researchers There is usually some information on them

though not always digital data and may instead be in the form of expert opinion

Ecologically there are three different types of rare threatened and endangered

features each requiring a different management response 1) features that have

always been rare 2) features that used to be common but are now rare due to

human pressures (ie threatened and endangered) 3) features that are on the edge

of their range and a) this range is steady or b ) this range is shifting (expanding

contracting moving away entering the region) due to climate change or other

environmental changes It would be best to perform this test separately for the three

different classes and associated sub-classes of rare threatened and endangered

features taking into account their population trends However for an initial test

such refinements should be seen as optional depending on information availability

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 23

Medium term gap analyses The following analyses are recommended for consideration in the medium-term (June 2010

to Dec 2011) with choice largely driven by data availability Due to the somewhat longer

time period fewer details are provided here than in the section above allowing for further

elaborations during the 2nd Mission when more is known They are arranged according to

the CBD MPA network criteria (IX20 Annex 2)

In addition to the tests outlined below others that were developed for the OSPAR Regional

Seas Convention for the Northeast Atlantic are listed in Annex 6 Thirty additional

assessments These are also well-suited to the medium-term and medium-quality data

Note that the four OSPAR MPA network criteria overlap four of the five CBD criteria

Ecologically and biologically significant areas (EBSAs)

If specific EBSAs are known consideration should be given to their possible inclusion in the

MPA network Not all EBSAs need necessarily become MPAs for some EBSAs non-spatial

management may be more appropriate It is difficult to do proper gaps assessment on

EBSAs because the distribution of all EBSAs of a given type is usually not known and hence

there is little context by which to judge a given site Thus the rule of thumb is that all EBSAs

if not in the MPA network should be treated as possible gaps and reviewed one at a time

for possible inclusion

The CBD is in the process of developing further guidance on the selection of EBSAs in the

open oceans and deep seas and much of this guidance is also applicable to shallower

nearshore systems Because this guidance is not yet accepted by the CBD we refer you

instead to a background report that was written for the CBD Ottawa Expert Workshop that

discussed these issues 29 Sept ndash 02 Oct 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant

areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations (Ardron

et al 2009) is a report in two parts Both parts are included with this report and are

recommended here as guidance on selecting CBD EBSAs

First gathering information from local residents and experts on places they sense to be

important can go far in identifying key EBSAs The ldquorecognition heuristicrdquo (Gigerenzer 1999)

is a powerful way to quickly locate longstanding ecologically significant areas in a given

region and we note that NGOs such as WWF have already done such work in the past and

that this work could be readily updated and built upon

Representativity

Many tests for representativity can be developed based on available data Listed below are

some of the more likely approaches

Seascapes identify the main shoreline topographic (benthic) and oceanographic

(pelagic) features of the region and check to see what percentage of each is included

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 24

in the MPA network Typical benthic seascape features would include canyons

seamounts reefs etc Typical pelagic features include frontal systems upwellings

gyres See also Annex 5 GIS data priorities

Topographic complexity using only bathymetry a surrogate measure of benthic

complexity can be developed (Ardron 2002) This measure can help highlight areas of

likely increased benthic richness amongst other traits

Biogeographic classification system whereas seascapes focus on physical features

a biogeographic attempts to also include information on biology such that the

system divides an area according to broad ecological communities based on physical

proxies The creation of a biogeographic classification should include both pelagic

and benthic realms is labour- and data- intensive and requires extensive peer

review

Biogeographic components instead of attempting a full biogeographic classification

system certain aspects can be developed separately For example depth strata can

be combined with sea floor sediment data to make a basic sea bottom classification

These can then be nested within the broad bioregions of the RAMPAO area

Likewise exposure wave energy can be combined with shoreline types to create

another basic classification Creating components such as these can be further

explored in the 2nd Mission once it is better known what data information are

available

Connectivity

This is the CBD criterion most difficult to assess with few options for the medium-term

except for looking at distances between sites (see short-term test above) Several academic

modelling exercises have been attempted with mixed levels of success in areas with much

better data than exist in West Africa We would caution RAMPAO in spending too much

time on such modelling exercises In general nearshore sites require closer spacing than

sites further offshore (OSPAR 2007) If it is known that certain areas provide larvae or

juveniles to other places then these ldquosourcerdquo areas should be considered for protection

Note that such areas could also fall under the EBSA criterion for productivity

Replication

At its most basic level this criterion asks that there be more than one MPA for every feature

in the network In practice this is usually considered using available information on

representativity (see above) and whatever biological data may also be available This

criterion can be assessed very simply initially by testing to see if there is more than one MPA

in each broad zone such as distance from shore or depth zone as described in the previous

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 25

section on short-term assessments Assessing replication can become more refined as more

MPAs are designated and better data become available

Adequacy viability

Ideally MPA sites should be monitored to ensure that their aims are being met In cases

where this is occurring the monitoring results should be used to determine if the individual

sitersquos size location and shape is adequate Where monitoring is not occurring or is

incomplete or too recent to determine trends other measures will have to be used Size is

probably the most commonly discussed measure and yet it remains also probably the most

controversial (Fahig 2001) Nonetheless even in an absence of consensus on this issue by

looking at possible ranges of sizes a sense can still be gained if the sites are or are not

likely to be meeting their aims A full assessment of site size which is outside the scope of

this report should take into account the species life-history population structure quality of

the habitat the quality of the surrounding areas and possible connectivity to other sites

(Lindeboom amp Baumlck 2005) However in many cases the scientific knowledge about a feature

will be insufficient to determine this very exactly Even if the life history of a species is well

know for example it is usually not known how much the surrounding area can be expected

to play a role in supporting the healthy functioning of that species Nonetheless it is

generally true that heavily impacted surrounding areas will provide less of a supporting role

to protected features than pristine ones In data-poor situations often it is still possible to

use expert opinion to specify a range of sizes which would likely be appropriate for the

adequate protection of a given feature (text adapted from OSPAR 2007)

For the RAMPAO network expert assessments of the efficacy of individual MPA sites is

probably the best way to consider the adequacy aspect of the criterion and we note the

work that has already been done by RAMPAO on this regard as well as the IUCN on

assessing management effectiveness (2007 2008a 2008b)

Relative viability can also be inferred from a threats pressures analysis In performing a

population density analysis proximity to human settlements can be used as a first indication

of how much anthropomorphic stress a protected area may be experiencing Looking

further at the composition of sensitive and threatened species within a given area can

further refine this initial threats analysis

Long term gap analyses In many cases analyses that got delayed in the medium term would be still valuable in the

longer term (2011 to 2014) However for the longer-term we would also hope that

RAMPAO activities would begin to focus on the filling of already-identified ecological and

management gaps

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 26

MarZone and MaxEnt

As an MPA network develops so does the need for more sophisticated analyses MarZone

(Marxan with Zones) has received positive attention recently and is a good tool for zoning

multiple activities with various levels of conservation restrictions In order to use a tool like

Marxan broad representativity data (ldquocoarse filterrdquo) and biological data (ldquofine filterrdquo) are

required and in order to use a zoning tool like MarZone broad coverage human use data

are additionally required One big advantage of MarxanMarZone is the user community

that has grown up around it and the good practices that continue to be developed

To get broad scale species distributions usually point occurrence data are fitted to physical

chemical environmental variables producing a predictive habitat model Good success has

been attained using the MaxEnt model (httpwwwcsprincetonedu~schapiremaxent)

though many other approaches also exist The construction of species-habitat predictive

models can take time and acquiring combining the environmental data also takes much

work In order to not bias the Marxan MarZone analysis several species-habitat models

would have to be created for several different key species from a variety of taxonomic

families trophic levels and feeding guilds This would be clearly a long-term project and

can only be justified if the RAMPAO MPA network has reached a level of sophistication to

demand such an analysis

Climate change modelling

Conservation network planning for climate change can also involved complicated modelling

(eg Fuller et al 2008) However again these approaches are data-intensive and require

advanced technical abilities

Ongoing adaptive approach

It is unlikely that the above advanced modelling approaches would be worth their

considerable effort and instead it is suggested that much more can be achieved through

good cooperation with stakeholders scientific expertise and some ldquocommon senserdquo

Recognising that no plan is perfect planning should be seen as an ongoing process of

refinement Paramount will be the ability to be flexible and adapt to changing ecological and

social conditions To do so will require governance structures from local to international

levels ndashlikewise matched to adapt quickly and effectively

While it is relatively easy to point out gaps in an MPA network at ever-increasing levels of

sophistication it is much harder to fill those gaps even on the most rudimentary level

Therefore we urge RAMPAO to act in the long term on addressing the gaps that are readily

apparent through basic tests such as the ones outlined in this document

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 27

Possible activities of the 2nd Mission

This report and the two-part background report prepared for the CBD (also included in this

submission ndashArdron et al 2009) offer a lot of information We expect that as RAMPAO staff

sifts through this guidance questions will arise We see the 2nd Mission as one that could be

devoted to

answering questions that arise from the 1st Mission guidance ndashprocess ecological

and technical

elaborating medium-term gap analyses once more is known about data availability

and technical capacity within RAMPAO and its partner organisations

providing assistance in data collection in Europe and North America

doing joint GIS analyses there could be benefit in working together on some of the

GIS analyses such as the analysis of topographic complexity

presenting initial results we also believe that it will be important to present some

short-term gap analysis results to RAMPAO members and partners

participating in the Third Meeting of the RAMPAO General Assembly we suggest that the 2nd Mission coincide with the RAMPAO General Assembly and include

o a presentation of initial results to the General Assembly and o an expert side-meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and

analyses

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 28

References

Ardron JA 2002 A Recipe for Determining Benthic Complexity An Indicator of Species Richness In Marine Geography GIS for the Oceans and Seas (ch 23 pp 196-175) Joe Breman (ed) Redlands CA USA ESRI Press

Ardron JA 2009 Three initial OSPAR tests of ecological coherence heuristics in a data-limited situation ICES Journal of Marine Research 658 1527-1533

Ardron JA Dunn D Corrigan C Gjerde K Halpin P Rice J Vanden Berghe E Vierros M 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations A background document for the CBD expert workshop Ottawa Canada 29 September ndash 2 October 2009 37 pp + 73 pp Annex 1

BALANCE 2008 Ecological coherence and principles MPA assessment selection and design Technical Summary Report 34 httpbalance-euorgxpdfbalance-technical-summary-report-no-3-4pdf

FAO 2009 International guidelines for the management of deep-sea fisheries in the high seas Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations Rome

Fahrig 2001 How much Habitat is enough Biological Conservation 100 (1) 65-74

Fuller T Morton DP Sarkar S 2008 Incorporating uncertainty about speciesrsquo potential distributions under climate change into the selection of conservation areas with a case study from the Arctic Coastal Plain of Alaska Biological Conservation 141 1547-1559

Gigerenzer G Todd P M and the ABC Research Group 1999 Simple heuristics that make us smart Oxford University Press New York

IUCNBRAO 2007 Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parc de Guineacutee Bissau

IUCNPACO 2008a Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees aires proteacutegeacutees de la Reacutepublique de Guineacutee

IUCNBRAO 2008b Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parcs et reacuteserves de Mauritanie

Lindeboom HJ and Baumlck S 2005 Establishing coastal and marine reserves- with the emphasis on fisheries Pages 103-118 In Managing European Coasts Past Present and Future J Vermaat LBouwer KTurner WSalomons (Eds) Springer-Verlag

OSPAR 2007 Background document to support the Assessment of whether the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is Ecologically Coherent OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic Publication Number 2007320 wwwosparorg

OSPAR 2008 Three initial spatial tests looking at the ecological coherence of the OSPAR marine protected area (MPA) network OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic 3602008 wwwosparorg 17 pp

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 29

Annex 1 Calendar of meetings 1st Mission 5-12 Sept 2009

Lundi

FIBA

Charlotte Karibuhoye

Coordinatrice

Souadou Ndiaye

SIG RAMPAO

Julien Semelin Appui agrave la creacuteation de nouvelles AMP et renforcement de lrsquoefficaciteacute des AMP

UICN Racine Kane AMP transfrontaliegravere

16h par teacuteleacutephone

PRCM Ahmed Senhoury

Directeur

Mardi

8h30 WWF Mamadou Diallo

Chargeacute de mission espegraveces et habitats

mdialowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 641 13 84

Paul Siegel Conseiller en environnement marin psiegelwwfsenegalorg 221 869 37 00

10h30

CSE centre de suivi eacutecologique Ministegravere de lrsquoenvironnement

Taibou Ba Cartes donneacutees

15h Wetland international Africa

Emma GREATRIX

Network for biodiversiteacute (BIOMAC network) Manatee Waterbirds Mangroves

egeatrix]wetlandssn +221 33 869 1681

Mercredi

10h SI NEPAD David Njiki Njiki

Coordinateur environnement njikinjikiyahoocom 221 33 842 73 11

12h WWF Ibrahima Niamadio

Officier pecircche durable iniamadiowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 567 53 16

15h par teacuteleacutephone

UICN Mathieu Ducroq

Coordinateur du programme marin et cocirctier de lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoouest central

+ 222 662 40 82 portable 0022 529 09 77 bureau

16h par teacuteleacutephone

RAMPAO Alfredo da Silva

Preacutesident du RAMPAO Directeur IBAP Ancien coordinateur du reacuteseau de gestion des zones cocirctiegraveres

00245 580 38 48 ou 00 245

UNESCO Isabelle Niang

Projet GEF drsquoadaptation au changement climatique en Afrique de lrsquoouest Erosion cocirctiegravere

Jeudi

9h UICN Guineacutee Bissau

Pierre Campredon

Ancien responsable du PRCM Pierrecampredoniucnorg 0033 630340088

11h30 Convention drsquoAbidjan

Nassere Kaba 0022520211183

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 30

13h CRODTCNDO ODINAFRICA

Anis Diallo Aquaculture et directeur du CNDO adialloordinafricanet 22133832826465 221 77 631 15 95

15h CSRP

M Hamadi Diop

En charge du deacutepartement laquo recherche et systegraveme drsquoinformation raquo

hamadidiopgmailcom

Philippe Tous Projet AFD ndash inteacutegration des AMP dans les politiques de pecircche

philipetousgmailcom (Skype Phil_tous)

Renaud Bailleux

Contrat UICN sur la gestion de lrsquoaccegraves aux ressources halieutiques dans la reacutegion - accords de pecircche ndash gouvernance partageacutee dans les AMP (financement PRCM)

M Dop mika Programme requins de la FIBA mika_dfryahoofr

Vendredi

9H IRD Luis Tito de Morais

Peumlcheeacutecologie des peuplements de poissons

titoirdsn 221 33 849 3658

11h UICN Mamadou Sow

Chef de projet mangrove Mamadousowuicnorg 221 33 869 0286

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 31

Annex 2 CBD criteria for ecologically significant areas

CBD Decision IX20 Annex 1

SCIENTIFIC CRITERIA FOR IDENTIFYING ECOLOGICALLY OR BIOLOGICALLY SIGNIFICANT MARINE AREAS IN NEED OF PROTECTION IN OPEN-

OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS

Criteria Definition Rationale Examples Consideration in application

Uniqueness or

rarity

Area contains

either (i) unique (ldquothe

only one of its kindrdquo) rare

(ldquooccurs only in few

locationsrdquo) or endemic

species populations or

communities andor (ii)

unique rare or distinct

habitats or ecosystems

andor (iii) unique or

unusual geomorphological

or oceanographic features

Irreplaceable

Loss would mean the probable permanent disappearance of diversity or a feature or reduction of the diversity at any level

Open ocean waters

Sargasso Sea Taylor column

persistent polynyas

Deep-sea habitats

endemic communities around

submerged atolls hydrothermal

vents sea mounts pseudo-

abyssal depression

Risk of biased-view of the perceived uniqueness depending on the information availability

Scale dependency of features such that unique features at one scale may be typical at another thus a global and regional perspective must be taken

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 32

Special

importance for

life-history

stages of

species

Areas that are required for

a population to survive and

thrive

Various biotic and abiotic

conditions coupled with

species-specific

physiological constraints

and preferences tend to

make some parts of marine

regions more suitable to

particular life-stages and

functions than other parts

Area containing (i) breeding grounds

spawning areas nursery areas juvenile

habitat or other areas important for life

history stages of species or (ii) habitats of

migratory species (feeding wintering or

resting areas breeding moulting

migratory routes)

Connectivity between life-history stages and linkages between areas trophic interactions physical transport physical oceanography life history of species

Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data Vessel monitoring system (VMS) data

Spatial and temporal distribution andor aggregation of the species

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 33

Importance for

threatened

endangered or

declining

species andor

habitats

Area containing habitat for

the survival and recovery

of endangered threatened

declining species or area

with significant

assemblages of such

species

To ensure the restoration

and recovery of such species

and habitats

Areas critical for threatened endangered

or declining species andor habitats

containing (i) breeding grounds spawning

areas nursery areas juvenile habitat or

other areas important for life history

stages of species or (ii) habitats of

migratory species (feeding wintering or

resting areas breeding moulting

migratory routes)

Includes species with very large geographic ranges

In many cases recovery will require reestablishment of the species in areas of its historic range

Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data vessel-monitoring system (VMS) data

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 34

Vulnerability

Fragility

Sensitivity or

Slow recovery

Areas that contain a

relatively high proportion

of sensitive habitats

biotopes or species that

are functionally fragile

(highly susceptible to

degradation or depletion

by human activity or by

natural events) or with

slow recovery

The criteria indicate the

degree of risk that will be

incurred if human activities

or natural events in the area

or component cannot be

managed effectively or are

pursued at an unsustainable

rate

Vulnerability of species

Inferred from the history of how species or populations in other similar areas responded to perturbations

Species of low fecundity slow growth long time to sexual maturity longevity (eg sharks etc)

Species with structures providing biogenic habitats such as deepwater corals sponges and bryozoans deep-water species

Vulnerability of habitats

Ice-covered areas susceptible to ship-based pollution

Ocean acidification can make deep sea habitats more vulnerable to others and increase susceptibility to human induced changes

Interactions between vulnerability to human impacts and natural events

Existing definition emphasizes site specific ideas and requires consideration for highly mobile species

Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 35

Biological

productivity

Area containing species

populations or

communities with

comparatively higher

natural biological

productivity

Important role in fuelling

ecosystems and increasing

the growth rates of

organisms and their capacity

for reproduction

Frontal areas

Upwellings

Hydrothermal vents

Seamounts polynyas

Can be measured as the rate of growth of marine organisms and their populations either through the fixation of inorganic carbon by photosynthesis chemosynthesis or through the ingestion of prey dissolved organic matter or particulate organic matter

Can be inferred from remote-sensed products eg ocean colour or process-based models

Time-series fisheries data can be used but caution is required

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 36

Biological

diversity

Area contains

comparatively higher

diversity of ecosystems

habitats communities or

species or has higher

genetic diversity

Important for evolution and

maintaining the resilience of

marine species and

ecosystems

Sea-mounts

Fronts and convergence zones

Cold coral communities

Deep-water sponge communities

Diversity needs to be seen in relation to the surrounding environment

Diversity indices are indifferent to species substitutions

Diversity indices are indifferent to which species may be contributing to the value of the index and hence would not pick up areas important to species of special concern such as endangered species

Can be inferred from habitat heterogeneity or diversity as a surrogate for species diversity in areas where biodiversity has not been sampled intensively

Naturalness Area with a comparatively

higher degree of

naturalness as a result of

the lack of or low level of

human-induced

disturbance or

degradation

To protect areas with near natural structure processes and functions

To maintain these areas as reference sites

To safeguard and enhance ecosystem resilience

Most ecosystems and habitats have

examples with varying levels of

naturalness and the intent is that the

more natural examples should be

selected

Priority should be given to areas having a low level of disturbance relative to their surroundings

In areas where no natural areas remain areas that have successfully recovered including reestablishment of species should be

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 37

considered

Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 38

Annex 3 CBD criteria for MPA networks

Decision IX20 Annex II SCIENTIFIC GUIDANCE FOR SELECTING AREAS TO ESTABLISH A REPRESENTATIVE NETWORK OF MARINE PROTECTED AREAS INCLUDING IN

OPEN OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS

Required network properties and

components Definition Applicable site specific considerations (inter alia)

Ecologically and biologically significant areas

Ecologically and biologically significant areas are geographically or oceanographically discrete areas that provide important services to one or more speciespopulations of an ecosystem or to the ecosystem as a whole compared to other surrounding areas or areas of similar ecological characteristics or otherwise meet the criteria as identified in annex I to decision IX20

Uniqueness or rarity

Special importance for life history stages of species

Importance for threatened endangered or declining species andor habitats

Vulnerability fragility sensitivity or slow recovery

Biological productivity

Biological diversity

Naturalness

Representativity Representativity is captured in a network when it consists of areas representing the different biogeographical subdivisions of the global oceans and regional seas that reasonably reflect the full range of ecosystems including the biotic and habitat diversity of those marine ecosystems

A full range of examples across a biogeographic habitat or community classification relative health of species and communities relative intactness of habitat(s) naturalness

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 39

Connectivity Connectivity in the design of a network allows for linkages whereby protected sites benefit from larval andor species exchanges and functional linkages from other network sites In a connected network individual sites benefit one another

Currents gyres physical bottlenecks migration routes species dispersal detritus functional linkages Isolated sites such as isolated seamount communities may also be included

Replicated ecological features Replication of ecological features means that more than one site shall contain examples of a given feature in the given biogeographic area The term ―features means ―species habitats and ecological processes that naturally occur in the given biogeographic area

Accounting for uncertainty natural variation and the possibility of catastrophic events Features that exhibit less natural variation or are precisely defined may require less replication than features that are inherently highly variable or are only very generally defined

Adequate and viable sites Adequate and viable sites indicate that all sites within a network should have size and protection sufficient to ensure the ecological viability and integrity of the feature(s) for which they were selected

Adequacy and viability will depend on size shape buffers persistence of features threats surrounding environment (context) physical constraints scale of featuresprocesses spillovercompactness

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 40

Annex 4 Data sources highlighted in discussions during the 1st Mission

Thegravemes Organisme ressources Personnes ressources Sites internet ressources et bases de donneacutees

Donneacutees bibliographiques

IRD Linus base bibliographique (httpiacaprodc3eduvsqfrlinus)

CRODT Catalogue des publications du CRODT

Donneacutees geacuteneacuterales

PRCMFIBA SIG Reacutegional Catalogue drsquoInformations pour lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoOuest (CIAO) wwwolmmrciao

OdinAfrica African marine atlas ndash voir OdinAfrica

OBIS httpwwwiobisorg

Guineacutee Bissau SIG Guineacutee Bissau au 200 000 egraveme sur toute la zone cocirctiegravere et 50 000 egraveme sur les Bijagos voir Franccedilois Gourmelonuniv-brestfr ou Emmanuel Ginaudet

Cap vert Systegraveme national SIG pour toutes les donneacutees du Cap vert

Bathymeacutetrie

Navy Londres Africa Pilot Volume 1 Hydrographer of the Navy London 1967

SHOM Carte SHOM ndeg6815 INT14 au 110 000 000egraveme Voir site wwwshomfr - catalogue

Cf Canada Carte au CSE

CND0 CD des donneacutees bathymeacutetriques de la sous-reacutegion

Donneacutees oceacuteanographiques geacuteneacuterales

OdinAfrica Points focaux des pays agrave voir sur site internet drsquoOdinAfrica

ordinafricanet Atelier national OdinAfrica ndash voir sur le site CNDO Aller sur le site OdinAfrica reacutecupeacuterer les shapefiles (httpwwwodinafricaorg) et sur httpwwwafricanmarineatlasnet

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 41

IRDlaboratoire LOCEAN-IPSL (Universiteacute Paris 6) LPAOSF (Lab de Physique de lAtmosphegravere et de lOceacutean de agrave lEacutecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique-UCAD

Alban Lazar (IRD) Simeacuteon Fongang (Ecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique) Raymond Lahaye (IRDLEMAR)

Circulation oceacuteanique le long des cocirctes seacuteneacutegalaises (structures variabiliteacute meacutecanismes de lrsquoupwelling des courants cocirctiers des tempeacuteratures et des saliniteacutes) et les couplages oceacutean-atmosphegravere

FAO Merete TANDSTAD Projets CCLEM et GCLME

NEPAD Projet GCLME

PRCM et IMROP + autres

Faire lrsquoinventaire des socieacuteteacutes qui ont fait de la prospection peacutetroliegravere et voir leurs donneacutees et eacutetudes drsquoimpact eacutetude Woodside ou Dana petroleum voir PRCM et IMROP

Universiteacute Rapport master de lrsquouniversiteacute sur la modeacutelisation de la circulation et des tempeacuteratures sur la haute mer (demander CNDO)

Upwellings Odiafrica Donneacutees upwellings sur Odinafrica

IRD P CURY et N BEZ

Geacuteologie seacutediemntologie et Nature des fonds

2 thegraveses sur le plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais sud et nord

IRD carte de Domain (IRDORSTOM) carte des seacutediments du plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais)

carte de Barusso

Travaux de Lachance et Mc Master

Odinafirca Plateau continental ndash carte digitaliseacutee sur la nature des fonds ndash voir sur ordinafrica

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 42

Annex 5 GIS data priorities

Explanation of ranking system

Term short-term bullbullbull medium-term bullbull long-term bull Estimated Ease of acquiring data easy bullbullbull moderatebullbull difficult bull

Importance high bullbullbull moderate bullbull low bull Term Ease Import

Base layers

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 coastline(s)

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 2 ecological regions

bullbullbull bull bullbullbull 3 bathymetry

bullbullbull bullbull bull 4 topography (for land ndashcan help with shoreline classifications)

Physical and oceanographic

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 estuaries rivers

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 shoreline type (cliff rocky sandy muddy etc)

bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 surficial sediment (bottom type)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 seafloor topographic complexity ruggedness (can be created from bathymetry)

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 5 seamounts (can also be identified through bathymetry)

6 other seascape features eg

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull canyons

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 43

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull ridges

bullbull bullbullbull bullbull hydrothermal vents

bullbull bull bullbull seeps

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull banks

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull rocky reefs

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull estuaries (sub-classes)

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull lagoons

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull upwellings

bull bullbull bull 7 ocean currents tides

bull bullbull bullbull 8 sea surface temperature

bull bullbull bullbull 9 salinity

bull bull bull 10 photosynthetically available radiation (PAR)

bull bull bull 11 coastal erosion sediment transport

bull bull bullbull 12 climate change trends eg movement of upwellings

Biological habitat

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 1 threatened or endangered species (amp spawning nursery areas etc)

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 threatened or endangered habitats

bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 habitat classification (if one exists regionally)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 biogenic features eg

warm water coral reefs

cold water coral ldquoforestsrdquo

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 44

mangroves (sub-classes)

bullbull bull bullbullbull 5 Key commercial species eg

crustaceans molluscs (crabs shrimps oysters etc)

pelagic large fishes (eg tunas)

pelagic small fishes

demersal fishes

bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 primary productivity (usually satellite colour images chlorophyll_a)

bullbull bull bullbull 7 secondary productivity (eg an estimate of carbon flux)

bullbull bull bullbull 8 migration of invasive species

Human use management

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 marine protected areas

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 year-round fisheries closures

bullbull bullbull bull 3 other seasonal fisheries closures

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 4 cities towns villages (with populations)

bullbull bullbull bull 5 local community boundaries

bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 traditional use boundaries (eg artisanal fisheries)

bull bullbull bull 7 migrant land use grazing

bullbull bull bullbullbull 8 areas of cultural spiritual importance

bullbull bullbullbull bullbull 9 roads (can help with understanding remoteness amp shoreline access)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 10 shipping routes and harbours

bullbull bullbull bull 11 land use particularly agriculture (can be combined into an analysis of rivers to estimate runoff)

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 45

bullbull bull bullbullbull 12 fishing

a artisanal by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)

b industrial by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 13 offshore oil amp gas licences exploratory wells installations (platforms pipelines shore based)

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 14 sand amp gravel mining

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 15 tourism shoreline development resorts marinas

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 46

Annex 6 Thirty additional assessments

Excerpted and adapted from the 54 page report by the OSPAR Regional seas convention for

the Northeast Atlantic (2007) Background document to support the assessment of whether

the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is ecologically coherent6

Assessment Criterion 1 Adequacy Viability

1 Assessment Guideline One should expect the sizes of network sites (for a given feature) to be

distributed throughout or exceed the estimated range of sizes necessary to sustain a viable

population or community

2 Assessment Guideline Sites that are heavily impacted andor surrounded by heavily impacted

areas should be larger than otherwise

3 Assessment Guideline Features of ecological significance should receive greater protection

than normal

4 Assessment Guideline Location and geography can be used to indicate adequate protection

such that

a Protection of pelagic features should generally be reflected with the implementation of

larger sites than those for benthic features

b In regions constrained by physical geography (eg fjords bays bights passages straits)

the adequate sizes of individual sites will generally be smaller than areas without such

physical constraints (eg regional seas open ocean)

c Offshore andor deeper sites will generally require larger areas than for nearshore andor

shallow sites (However the exceptions of certain deep sea benthic features such as

hydrothermal vents and cold seeps are noted)

5 Assessment Guideline in a given region the adequate spatial protection of most OSPAR

features and the overall network can be expected to conform to the scientific literature and

fall within the range commonly found within that literature It is recognized that this is an

evolving field of study

6 Assessment Guideline Owing to the multiplicity of its objectives the OSPAR network can be

expected to contain a variety of reserve sizes and corresponding spacing between sites

7 Assessment Guideline If a site is at the small end of the expected viability range for a given

feature then compact sites are preferable If on the other hand a given site is at the large end

of the estimated viability range then a less compact shape would allow for greater spill-over

and benefits outside of the reserve

a The Compactness of a given site can be calculated using a GIS and the following

formula C = (4πAp2)

05 Where C is the Compactness A is the area of the site and p is

its perimeter

8 Assessment Guideline A broad MPA network such as the OSPAR network with a wide

variety of features can be expected to have a wide variety of reserve shapes and sizes

6 Jeff Ardron is the primary author of this OSPAR report

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 47

a The combined size and compactness of a site be readily calculated using a GIS and the

following formula SSC = ln (PA) Where SSC is here labelled as the site size-

compactness P is the perimeter of the site and A is the area

9 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA electronic database lists the aims and ecological

criteria on a site by site basis Thus as a preliminary assessment these can be compiled to get

an indication of how well they are being met across the network

10 Assessment Guideline A list inventory of features within a region that (are known or

believed to) meet the OSPAR aims and ecological criteria is required in order to fully assess if

the existing MPA sites are likely adequate

11 Assessment Guideline Features that are common and widely distributed will generally require

less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are rare andor sparsely

distributed

Assessment Criterion 2 Representativity

12 Assessment Guideline OSPAR MPAs should be checked to ensure that they are broadly

distributed across biogeographic regions In such an assessment there is no need to restrict the

assessment to just one biogeographic classification system So long as they appear to be

rigorous (eg peer-reviewed) the use of a variety of systems is encouraged

13 Assessment Guideline Each of the Dinter [OSPAR] bioregions should be adequately

protected

14 Assessment Guideline National classifications can be very helpful in assessing

representativity at a national level based on national categories and should be used where they

exist

15 Assessment Guideline In the absence of full biological surveys or full classification systems

(such as EUNIS) simple surrogates should be used to check that representativity is possibly

being achieved Benthic and pelagic realms should be considered

16 Assessment Guideline Representative features that are very common and widely distributed

will likely require less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are just

somewhat common

As a rule of thumb within a given feature class representative protection can be

compared to a normalized distribution For example if the areal distribution of

representative classes can be normalised through a square-root transformation then

protected area distribution could be expected to be roughly proportional to the square-

root of the ratio of the representative feature classesrsquo overall areas

17 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA nomination database should be checked to ensure

that the idea of the ldquobestrdquo features was taken into account across feature types and regions

18 Assessment Guideline Features that best represent their type can be expected to be

characterized by most or all of these indicators

a Typical morphology

b High density abundance

c High degree of health naturalness

d Persistence (temporal and spatial) and

e Strong functional linkages

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 48

Assessment Criterion 3 Replication

19 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area more than one example of each feature

should be protected

20 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features protected in areas susceptible

to catastrophic events require greater replication than those in low-risk areas

21 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area where no better data exist natural

variation can be assumed to be greatest between sites that are furthest apart

22 Assessment Guideline Features that are very specifically defined will exhibit less variation

and hence require less replication than features which are very general or ldquocatch-allrdquo categories

23 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area scientific requirements may require

replicate sites for differing purposes If these requirements are not known it can be assumed

that replicate sites that are a moderate distance apart (neither immediate neighbours nor at

extreme ends of the biogeographic area) will satisfy most scientific requirements

24 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features for which there are weak or

incomplete or modelled data require greater replication than those features for which better data

are available

Assessment Criterion 4 Connectivity

25 Assessment Guideline If an area is known or suspected to be important to connectivity then it

should be represented in the MPA network

26 Assessment Guideline Reserves in areas where there are known currents (eg many coastal

areas) should be more closely spaced than otherwise In order to maintain connectivity for most

short to moderate larval dispersing species when specific data are lacking such nearshore sites

should be spaced not further than 50 km apart

27 Assessment Guideline Connectivity between seabird sites can be measured in straight lines

28 Assessment Guideline Connectivity for marine species can be assumed to be greater along

lines of similar habitat than across them

29 Assessment Guideline The density of marine reserves can be used as a way to group areas of

likely connectivity Likewise it can also define gaps where connectivity has probably not been

achieved

30 Assessment Guideline In the absence of dispersal data connectivity may be approximated by

ensuring the MPA network is well distributed in space reflecting the scale of its surroundings

Page 3: A Suggested Approach for Gap Analyses of the RAMPAO Marine ...€¦ · A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 2 Recommendation re outreach: 1) regional contact

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 1

Executive Summary

This 1st Mission was tasked with 1) defining operational principles for a gaps analysis of the

RAMPAO marine protected area (MPA) network 2) reviewing the activities already carried

out 3) providing methodological support and 4) suggesting a programme of work

This report makes the following recommendations

Recommendation re gaps analysis considering that all the partners and parties interviewed

supported the need for a gaps analysis we recommend that the Gaps Analysis Project

proceed with the necessary funding personnel and institutional support

Recommendation re ecological criteria RAMPAOrsquos ecological principles and targets should

be based the CBD criteria for identifying ecologically significant sites (IX20 Annex 1) and

MPA networks (IX20 Annex 2) taking into account additional CBD guidance as it is

developed

Recommendation re offshore gaps the lack of MPAs offshore particularly in the EEZs (12 -

200 nautical miles) of RAMPAO countries should be recognised by members as a serious gap

in the RAMPAO MPA network requiring immediate attention

Recommendation re fisheries considering their size and complexity special attention

should be given to fisheries and their interactions with existing and potential MPAs We

recommend a special Fisheries-MPA working group be set up with relevant institutions such

as CSRP and others to consider possible gaps in spatial fish protections as per the CBD

IX20 Annex 1 criteria noted above Additional fisheries relevant criteria such as the FAO

guidelines for the management of deep-sea fisheries (2009) could be applied as

appropriate

Recommendation re MoUs considering the broad scope and data requirements of this

project the RAMPAO Secretariat should continue to build upon its good relationships within

and outside of West Africa through the development of Memorandums of Understanding

(MoUs) or similar agreements These MoUs (or similar agreements) should primarily

consider data sharing arrangements andor the sharing of relevant analytical work

Additionally they may consider technical issues such as database compatibility and also

human capacity building training as appropriate

Recommendation re project officer considering the extent of the work a project officer

should be designated This officer should a) support the RAMPAO Secretariat (through

Charlotte Karibuhoye) in outreach to regional contact points and partners especially in the

development of project agreements such as MoUs and working groups b) supervise and

assist RAMPAOrsquos GIS technician (Souadou Ndiaye) as required c) oversee and complete as

required the data collection and technicalGIS work

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 2

Recommendation re outreach 1) regional contact points should be updated on this project

and their help solicited 2) a clear one-page project description should be written outlining

the aims of the project and how cooperation with other bodies is being sought 3) a clear

project web page should be developed 4) follow-up letters should sent to key contacts we

have already spoken to outlining next steps and where appropriate proposing cooperation

collaboration 5) presentations introducing the project should be made at national and

regional level meetings as opportunity permits

Recommendation re data information collection 1) The process of collecting data should

begin immediately This will require close coordination with outreach activities 2) Priority

should be given to collecting data that are a) easily acquired and b) required for the initial

short-term analyses 3) Lists of data sources contact information and what dates they were

approached should be kept to track progress 4) Data collaboration should be on the

agenda of the next RAMPAO General Assembly meeting 5) After an initial (eg 3-6 month)

period of data collection the need for data meetings andor expert meetings should be

assessed

Recommendation re ecosystem research considering the breadth of possible research

topics we recommend that RAMPAO work cooperatively with research institutions such as

IRD and others to address critical knowledge gaps in a strategic fashion We recommend

prioritising research questions on three general criteria 1) relevance to identifying and

filling gaps 2) likelihood that these questions can realistically be answered (considering

budgets and scientific constraints) and 3) according to the speed of their results a) quickly

(ie 2010) b) in the medium-term (2011) and c) in the longer-term (gt2011)

Recommendation re traditional and cultural considerations in addition to biological and

ecological criteria we recommend that the gaps analysis take into consideration cultural

elements when data are available and traditional management of marine areas and

resources as appropriate

Recommendation re short- medium- and long-term results given that some data will be

more readily available than others and that some analyses are easier to perform than

others we are recommending that a staged approach to delivering results be taken with

analyses planned for the short-term medium-term and long-term This will allow for

decisions and actions to also be taken in the short- medium- and long- term

Recommendation re initial tests the gaps analysis should start with readily available

information and basic tests that are relatively easy to understand Later more complex

analyses can be performed with additional data as they become available The initial basic

gaps tests should be selected to provide results that can on their own inform decision-

making

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 3

Recommendation re five initial gap analyses 1 Visually consider the distribution of protected areas 2 Using GIS procedures consider in greater depth the distribution of protected areas 3 Consider MPA distribution according to depth 4 Consider MPA distribution according to existent shoreline habitat classification 5 Consider the RAMPAO network according to rare threatened and endangered

species and habitats

The following six steps outline the key tasks that we suggest would need to be done

between now and June 2010 in order to set this project in motion

1 establishment of the projectrsquos terms of reference and recruitment of the project officer

2 outreach and coordination including informational presentations at various meetings

3 initial data collection focussing on readily available information 4 initial gaps analyses 5 presentation of initial results to the RAMPAO General Assembly 6 expert meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and analyses (likely

as a side-meeting to the General Assembly

Possible analyses for the medium term are discussed with an outlook for the long-term For

the medium-term approaches that consider more closely adequacy viability

representativity replication and connectivity are provided For the long-term complex

analyses such as Marxan MarZone and MaxEnt as well as climate change considerations

are noted However for the purposes of this project it is felt that in the long-term time and

resources would probably be better spent taking an adaptive planning approach working on

getting places established that address the major gaps first and then making refinements

Annexes 2 and 3 provide the CBD criteria adopted in 2008 Annex 4 notes datasets that

were highlighted in discussions during the 1st Mission Annex 5 lists common data sets and

ranks them according to timeframe ease of acquisition and importance Annex 6 lists thirty

additional MPA network design considerations accepted by OSPAR for consideration

Regarding a 2nd Mission we suggest that it coincide with the Third Meeting of the RAMPAO General Assembly mid-2010 Possible activities for the 2nd Mission could include

answering questions that arise from the 1st Mission

elaborating upon medium-term gap analyses

providing assistance in data collection in Europe and North America

joint GIS analyses working together on some of the GIS analyses

presenting initial results to RAMPAO members and partners

participating in an expert meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and analyses

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 4

Propositions meacutethodologiques pour lrsquoanalyse des lacunes du reacuteseau drsquoaires marines proteacutegeacutees du RAMPAO

Reacutesumeacute exeacutecutif

Les objectifs de cette premiegravere mission eacutetaient les suivants 1) deacutefinir les principes

opeacuterationnels de lrsquoanalyse des lacunes du reacuteseau drsquoAMP du RAMPAO 2) revoir les travaux

deacutejagrave reacutealiseacutes et les informations existantes et identifier les manques 3) apporter un support

meacutethodologique au processus et 4) proposer un programme de travail

Ce rapport fait les recommandations suivantes

Recommandation concernant lrsquoanalyse des lacunes (gaps analysis) lrsquoanalyse des lacunes

ayant eacuteteacute reconnue par la plupart des partenaires comme neacutecessaire pour compleacuteter et

actualiser le reacuteseau actuel la mission recommande que le projet soit deacuteveloppeacute avec tous

les moyens financiers humains et mateacuteriels neacutecessaires

Recommandation concernant les critegraveres eacutecologiques les principes et les critegraveres

eacutecologiques agrave retenir doivent ecirctre ceux recommandeacutes par la convention sur la biodiversiteacute

(CBD) agrave la fois dans lrsquoidentification des sites drsquoimportance eacutecologique (IX20 Annex 1) et agrave

lrsquoeacutechelle du reacuteseau (IX20 Annexe 1) en suivant les recommandations de la CBD en terme

drsquoapplication de ces critegraveres

Recommandation concernant les lacunes sur la haute mer lrsquoabsence drsquoAMP en haute mer

en particulier dans la ZEE (12-200 miles nautiques) des pays membres du RAMPAO doit ecirctre

reconnue par tous comme une lacune importante du reacuteseau que le projet devra

rapidement consideacuterer

Recommandation concernant les pecirccheries consideacuterant leur importance et leur complexiteacute

les pecirccheries et leurs interactions avec les AMP existantes et potentielles devront faire

lrsquoobjet drsquoune attention particuliegravere Nous recommandons la constitution drsquoun groupe speacutecial

AMP-Pecircches comportant les organismes compeacutetents comme la CSRP et autres afin de

travailler sur les lacunes de protection des zones importantes pour les ressources

halieutiques (CBD IX20 Annex 1) Des critegraveres propres aux pecirccheries comme ceux de la

FAO pour la gestion des pecircches profondes (2009) devront eacutegalement ecirctre pris en

consideacuteration

Recommandation pour un travail partenarial consideacuterant lrsquoampleur de ce projet des

besoins en donneacutees et en analyses le secreacutetariat du RAMPAO devra renforcer et srsquoappuyer

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 5

sur les relations avec ses partenaires nationaux reacutegionaux et internationaux des accords

de collaborations devront ecirctre signeacutes avec les principaux partenaires en premier lieu afin de

srsquoaccorder sur les modaliteacutes de partage des donneacutees neacutecessaires au projet voire de partage

du travail drsquoanalyse Devront eacutegalement ecirctre envisageacutees le cas eacutecheacuteant les consideacuterations

techniques comme la compatibiliteacute ou lrsquointeropeacuterabiliteacute des bases de donneacutees et si

neacutecessaire le renforcement des capaciteacutesla formation

Recommandation pour la mise en place drsquoun chargeacute de projet consideacuterant lrsquoimportance du

travail et la speacutecificiteacute de certains de ses aspects un assistant au projet doit ecirctre recruteacute Ses

missions seront 1) drsquoassister le secreacutetariat du RAMPAO (Charlotte Karibuhoye chef de

projet) dans ses relations avec les points focaux nationaux et les partenaires (appui agrave la

reacutedaction des accords de collaboration au deacuteveloppement des groupes de travail) 2)

superviser et apporter son appui au technicien SIG (Souadou Ndiaye) lorsque cela sera

neacutecessaire notamment pour ce qui concerne les aspects plus analytiques du travail 3)

superviser et compleacuteter la collecte des donneacutees et le travail technique (SIG)

Recommandation concernant lrsquoinformation et la sensibilisation 1) les points focaux

nationaux devront ecirctre informeacutes sur le projet et les reacutesultats de cette mission leur rocircle

devra leur ecirctre clairement speacutecifieacute 2) une plaquette recto-verso deacutecrivant les objectifs du

projet les reacutesultats attendus et preacutesentant les attentes du RAMPAO en matiegravere de

coopeacuteration avec les autres organismes devra ecirctre produite 3 ) le site internet du RAMPAO

devra comporter un espace deacutedieacute speacutecifiquement agrave ce projet 4) des lettres de suivi

devraient ecirctre envoyeacutes aux contacts cleacutes rencontreacutes au cours de la premiegravere mission afin de

les informer des reacutesultats de la mission et des eacutetapes suivantes et le cas eacutecheacuteant en leur

proposant de coopeacuterer collaborer 5) on profitera des diffeacuterentes reacuteunions au niveau

national et reacutegional pour preacutesenter le projet et les collaborations qui sont attendues

Recommandation pour la collecte des donneacutees et informations 1) la collecte des donneacutees

doit deacutebuter degraves agrave preacutesent en eacutetroite coordination avec les activiteacutes drsquoinformation et de

sensibilisation des partenaires 2) Par ordre de prioriteacute on rassemblera les donneacutees (a)

faciles agrave collecter et b) neacutecessaires aux analyses agrave court terme 3) Les listes des sources de

donneacutees des contacts et les dates auxquels ils ont eacuteteacute rencontreacutes doivent ecirctre conserveacutes car

ils permettront de suivre lrsquoavancement du travail 4) la prochaine reacuteunion geacuteneacuterale du

RAMPAO devra inscrire agrave son ordre du jour la collaboration sur la collecte de donneacutees 5)

apregraves le deacutemarrage de la collecte des donneacutees (dans 3-6 mois) une reacuteunion devra ecirctre

organiseacutee pour faire un point (reacuteunion pour la collecte des donneacutees ou reacuteunion drsquoexperts

theacutematiques)

Recommandation concernant la recherche Consideacuterant lampleur des sujets de recherche

possibles nous recommandons au RAMPAO de travailler avec les instituts de recherche

comme lrsquoIRD et les instituts nationaux afin de combler de faccedilon strateacutegique les lacunes

essentielles dans les connaissances Les prioriteacutes devront ecirctre deacutefinies sur la base de 3

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 6

critegraveres 1) pertinence pour cerner et combler les lacunes 2) les chances raisonnables

qursquoont ces questions de trouver des reacuteponses (en tenant compte des budgets et des

contraintes scientifiques) et 3) selon la vitesse de leurs reacutesultats a) rapidement (2010) b)

dans le moyen terme (2011) et c) agrave plus long terme (gt 2011)

Recommandation concernant la prise en compte des eacuteleacutements traditionnels et culturels

outre les critegraveres biologiques et eacutecologiques nous recommandons que lrsquoanalyse des lacunes

considegravere eacutegalement les eacuteleacutements traditionnels lorsqursquoils sont disponibles et les eacuteleacutements

culturels de gestion des espaces et des ressources srsquoils sont approprieacutes

Recommandation concernant les reacutesultats agrave court moyen et long terme certaines donneacutees

seront plus facilement accessibles que dautres et certaines analyses sont plus faciles agrave

deacutevelopper que dautres nous recommandons donc une approche par eacutetapes avec des

analyses sur le court terme le moyen terme et le long terme Ainsi des deacutecisions pourront

ecirctre eacutegalement prises et des actions engageacutees agrave court moyen et long terme sans attendre

drsquoavoir lrsquoensemble des reacutesultats

Recommandation concernant les analyses preacuteliminaires lanalyse des lacunes doit

commencer sur la base drsquoinformations facilement accessibles et de tests de base faciles agrave

engager et agrave comprendre Ensuite des analyses plus complexes pourront ecirctre reacutealiseacutees avec

des donneacutees suppleacutementaires au fur et agrave mesure de leur disponibiliteacute Ces analyses initiales

devront ecirctre seacutelectionneacutees en vue de produire des reacutesultats qui peuvent agrave eux seuls eacuteclairer

les premiegraveres prises de deacutecisions

Recommandation concernant cinq analyses initiales de lacunes 1 Consideacuterer visuellement la distribution des aires proteacutegeacutees 2 Sur la base de proceacutedures SIG examiner plus en profondeur la reacutepartition des zones

proteacutegeacutees 3 Etudier la distribution des AMP en fonction de la profondeur 4 Etudier la distribution des AMP en fonction de la classification existante des habitats

cocirctiers 5 Consideacuterer le reacuteseau des AMP selon les espegraveces et les habitats rares menaceacutes et en voie

de disparition

Recommandations sur la mise en œuvre du projet plus qursquoun projet lrsquoanalyse des lacunes

est un processus continu dont les reacutesultats devront ecirctre affineacutes au fur et agrave mesure des

connaissances sur une base adaptative Comme recommandeacute ci-dessus une approche agrave

court moyen et long terme devra ecirctre consideacutereacutee

Court-terme (entre maintenant et juin 2010) les tacircches suivantes seront engageacutees 1 eacutetablissement des termes de reacutefeacuterence et recrutement du chargeacute de projet 2 sensibilisation y compris preacutesentations du projet et des attentes lors de diverses

reacuteunions

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 7

3 recueil initial des donneacutees en se concentrant sur les informations facilement disponibles

4 analyse initiale des lacunes 5 preacutesentation des premiers reacutesultats agrave lAssembleacutee geacuteneacuterale RAMPAO 6 reacuteunion dexperts pour discuter des prochaines eacutetapes agrave moyen terme des donneacutees

compleacutementaires agrave collecter et des analyses agrave poursuivre (probablement dans une

reacuteunion speacuteciale durant lAssembleacutee geacuteneacuterale du RAMPAO

En outre les analyses possibles pour le moyen terme et une preacutevision pour le long terme

sont proposeacutees

Moyen terme collecte des donneacutees plus difficiles agrave obtenir analyses plus compliqueacutees

(identification des aires drsquoimportance eacutecologique et biologiques repreacutesentativiteacute

connectiviteacute reacutepliquas adeacutequationviabiliteacute)

Long terme compleacutements eacuteventuels avec des approches plus complexes de modeacutelisation

(MarZone MaxEnt) prise en consideacuteration du changement climatique hellip Toutefois dans le

cadre de ce projet agrave long terme il semble qursquoil serait preacutefeacuterable drsquoutiliser les ressources agrave

de la planification adaptative en se concentrant en premier sur les sites qui permettent de

combler les principales lacunes et ensuite drsquoaffiner lrsquoanalyse

En annexes sont proposeacutes

Les critegraveres de la CBD agrave lrsquoeacutechelle des sites (annexe 2) et agrave lrsquoeacutechelle des reacuteseaux (annexe 3)

Les sources de donneacutees issues des discussions avec les partenaires lors de la 1egravere mission (annexe 4)

lrsquoinventaire des donneacutees de base classeacutees suivant les deacutelais souhaitables drsquoacquisition la faciliteacute dacquisition et leur importance (annexe 5)

un certain nombre drsquoautres eacuteleacutements agrave consideacuterer dans la conception du reacuteseau dAMPs

issus de lrsquoexpeacuterience drsquoOSPAR (annexe 6)

Poursuite de la collaboration Sil eacutetait deacutecideacute de poursuivre la collaboration avec les

consultants et qursquoune deuxiegraveme mission soit programmeacutee nous suggeacuterons quelle coiumlncide

avec la troisiegraveme reacuteunion de lAssembleacutee geacuteneacuterale RAMPAO agrave la mi-2010 Les activiteacutes

possibles pour la 2egraveme mission pourraient comprendre

les reacuteponses aux questions qui se posent dans la phase 1

les reacuteflexions sur le deacuteveloppement de la phase 2 (moyen terme)

lrsquoassistance agrave la collecte de donneacutees en Europe et en Ameacuterique du Nord

lrsquoassistance aux analyses SIG (travailler en commun sur certaines analyses)

assistance agrave la preacutesentation des premiers reacutesultats RAMPAO aux membres et partenaires

participation agrave la reacuteunion dexperts pour discuter des prochaines eacutetapes (moyen terme) des donneacutees et analyses compleacutementaires

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 8

Terms of reference (summarised)

This project is planned to consist of three separate missions this is the report from the first

of these The overarching objectives of the entire project are

To support the RAMPAO in defining operational principles and precise and realistic

targets for the MPA network by the year 2012 notably as regards

representativeness practicality coherence and resilience of the network

Assist in the definition of the degree of protection of the marine and coastal

biodiversity and key-sites identified in the seven countries of the ecoregion

Assist in the identification of existing shortcomings particularly at the ecological and

socio-economic levels the management of MPAs of the RAMPAO using the available

information for decision-making

Assist in the definitiondesign of strategy aimed at minimizing the priority

shortcomings and making the network more coherent and practical with a view to

attain the objectives of the RAMPAO

Activities of this first mission are

1 Support the RAMPAO Secretariat in defining operational principles and targets

regarding key habitat representativeness as well as the RAMPAO functionality

coherence and resilience

2 Review the activities already carried out and available information about the degree

of protection of biodiversity in the ecoregion and the assessment of missing key-

information

3 Provide methodological support to RAMPAO for synthesizing the gap analysis

process particularly for the review of implemented activities and existing

information on the level of biodiversity protection in the ecoregion and for the

identification of gaps in key information

4 Suggest a programme of work for the next steps of the process

This report is structured according to the above four activities with a particular focus on the

last two

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 9

Review of activities and available information

Our first Mission Report provides details of our conversations with various key players in the

region as well as many preliminary observations and action points We suggest it be used

side-by-side this report A calendar of meetings we attended during the 1st Mission is listed

in Annex 1 A preliminary list of data sources highlighted in these discussions is provided in

Annex 4 to this report

In our discussions several repeating ideas about gaps analyses emerged

necessity gaps analyses are believed to be necessary and valuable

ecology gap analyses should focus on ecological aspects first setting aside

management considerations for the time being

management management and community involvement was emphasized in several

discussions as being essential after gaps are identified and the discussions turn to

how gaps could be filled

cultural considerations the work required to also take account of social traditional

and sacred concerns should be assessed

the offshore open sea (containing eg upwellings seamounts canyons cold water

corals etc) is an integral part of the marine environment but has to date not been

included in MPA discussions and represents a major obvious gap

site versus network criteria site level MPA criteria and network level criteria were

often discussed together as though they were all the same and thus greater clarity is

required on how these two complementary sets of criteria fit together into larger

gaps analyses

cooperation gaps analyses will require strong partnerships and cooperation both

within West Africa and abroad and further work should be done to strengthen these

partnerships through memorandums of understanding and other agreements Many

people noted that acquiring and combining data can use up much time and

resources

fisheries were recognised to encompass activities with the broadest geography and

largest ecological impacts as well as the most complicated social considerations

While MPAs are seen as a good tool for the conservation of biodiversity their use as

a fisheries management tool was seen as applicable in some but not all fisheries It

was pointed out that fisheries science has traditionally been carried out separately

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 10

from other scientific disciplines though acceptance of the ecosystem approach to

fisheries is changing this

ecological research and analyses people noted that while some good initial work

had often been started the coverage was often patchy and considerable work was

still required hence care is required to focus on what can be done with existing

information and to identify a few key research priorities out of the many

The following recommendations flow out of the above discussions

Recommendation re gap analysis considering that all the partners and parties

interviewed supported the need for a gaps analysis we recommend that the Gaps

Analysis Project proceed with the necessary funding personnel and institutional support

Recommendation re offshore gaps the lack of MPAs offshore particularly in the EEZs (12 -

200 nautical miles) of RAMPAO countries should be recognised by members as a serious

gap in the RAMPAO MPA network requiring immediate attention

Recommendation re fisheries considering their size and complexity special attention

should be given to fisheries and their interactions with existing and potential MPAs We

recommend a special Fisheries-MPA working group be set up with relevant institutions

such as CSRP and others1 to consider possible gaps in spatial fish protections as per the

CBD IX20 Annex 1 criteria noted above Additional fisheries relevant criteria such as the

FAO guidelines for the management of deep-sea fisheries (2009) could be applied as

appropriate

Recommendation re ecosystem research considering the breadth of possible research

topics we recommend that RAMPAO work cooperatively with research institutions such

as IRD and others to address critical knowledge gaps in a strategic fashion We

recommend prioritising research questions on three general criteria 1) relevance to

identifying and filling gaps 2) likelihood that these questions can realistically be answered

(considering budgets and scientific constraints) and 3) according to the speed of their

results a) quickly (ie 2010) b) in the medium-term (2011) and c) in the longer-term

(gt2011)

Recommendation re project officer considering the extent of the work a project officer

should be designated This officer should a) support the RAMPAO Secretariat (through

1 Because we were unable to interview representatives from the two relevant Large Marine Ecosystem (LME)

projects (which look at broad scale effects of fisheries) we are uncertain on how they would (or would not)

wish to participate An informal discussion with Merete Tandstad (FAO) while at another meeting suggests that

the Canary Current LME is still in early stages of development However we do suggest that both the LME

Secretariats and the FAO still be approached to gauge their interest

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 11

Charlotte Karibuhoye) in outreach to regional contact points and partners especially in

the development of project agreements such as MoUs and working groups b) supervise

and assist RAMPAOrsquos GIS technician (Souadou Ndiaye) as required c) oversee and

complete as required the data collection and technicalGIS work

Regarding the recommendation above we recognise that the Project Officer will require

additional funding to that which was originally envisioned in this project If funding for such

a position is not possible we would suggest that additional help be sought through

partners and specific contracts To the degree possible we have outlined the various

aspects of work that will need to be done as discreet pieces so as to allow for them to be

performed separately as funding permits

Recommendation re MoUs considering the broad scope and data requirements of this

project the RAMPAO Secretariat should continue to build upon its good relationships

within and outside of West Africa through the development of Memorandums of

Understanding (MoUs) or similar agreements These MoUs (or similar agreements) should

primarily consider data sharing arrangements andor the sharing of relevant analytical

work Additionally they may consider technical issues such as database compatibility and

also human capacity building training as appropriate

We believe that the Regional Contact Points could play an important role in facilitating

relationships agreements and access to regional data information and expertise

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 12

Ecological principles and targets

There is a broad literature concerning marine protected area (MPA) ecological principles

and criteria As noted at the Second General Assembly of RAMPAO the latest thinking on

this topic is captured in Decision XI20 of the Convention on Biological Diversity (CBD)

Adopted in June 2008 this Decision provides seven criteria for identifying ecologically and

biologically significant areas (IX20 Annex 1) and five criteria for MPA networks (IX20

Annex2) Thus the CBD recognised that site criteria and network criteria while strongly

linked are different Recently the CBD held an expert meeting in Ottawa Canada where

the seven site criteria were further discussed and guidance was drafted for their

implementation2

We find the CBD criteria to be sound and note that there will be an ongoing development

of global support and capacity building surrounding their implementation We therefore

recommend that RAMPAO base its operational principles and targets on these CBD criteria

and associated guidance

Recommendation re ecological criteria RAMPAOrsquos ecological principles and targets

should be based the CBD criteria for identifying ecologically significant sites (IX20 Annex

1) and MPA networks (IX20 Annex 2) taking into account additional CBD guidance as it is

developed

The full annexes of CBD Decision IX20 are appended to this report as Annexes 2 and 3 Briefly the seven CBD criteria for identifying ecologically and biologically significant areas are

1 Uniqueness or rarity 2 Special importance for life history of species 3 Importance for threatened endangered or declining species andor habitats 4 Vulnerability fragility sensitivity slow recovery 5 Biological productivity 6 Biological diversity 7 Naturalness

The five CBD MPA network criteria are 1 Ecologically and biologically significant areas (ie based on the 7 site criteria above) 2 Representativity 3 Connectivity 4 Replicated ecological features 5 Adequate and viable sites

2 Report of the expert workshop on ecological criteria and biogeographic classification systems for marine

areas in need of protection This guidance will go through the CBD review process and assuming it goes well

will be presented for acceptance at the Tenth Conference of Parties in October 2010

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 13

Methodology

Approach We view pragmatism modularity and flexibility as being necessary ingredients to an

approach that would best ensure success

Pragmatism The methodology should reflect an approach that will allow progress to

proceed despite imperfect data or other problems For example analyses should be done in

areas where data are available or where there is social political acceptance without the

(sometimes considerable) delay of waiting for data or acceptance from other neighbouring

areas within an ecological region3

Modularity Individual gap analyses should be able stand on their own while also fitting

together with others to form a fuller picture Analysis results should be fairly easy to explain

Flexibility Related to pragmatism above the methodology should follow good practices

while still remaining flexible to alternatives that are not ideal but which can allow for

progress For example when some data are not available other less-than-ideal ldquoproxiesrdquo

may have to be used as substitutes

Boundaries Ecological analyses should when possible be stratified according to accepted ecological

regions and sub-regions (eg Marine Ecosystems of the World ndashMEOW) However given

that in this project various areas have varying degrees of data availability we also see the

need for flexibility in the approach and recognise that some analyses may have to be

bounded according to boundaries that reflect where the data were collected Or in some

instances instead of ecological boundaries it may be appropriate to use traditional cultural

boundaries such as for artisanal fisheries

Timeframes Recommendation re short- medium- and long-term results given that some data will be

more readily available than others and that some analyses are easier to perform than

others we are recommending that a staged approach to delivering results be taken with

analyses planned for the short-term medium-term and long-term This will allow for

decisions and actions to also be taken in the short- medium- and long- term

3 However one must be careful to avoid transferring all gaps and attention to only those places that have data

or are willing to participate For it must be said that those places with few data and little protection are

usually the biggest gaps of all Maps should reflect low- and no-data areas clearly so that the reader

understands the limits of the analysis

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 14

We suggest the timeframe for delivering these short- medium- and long-term results could

be June 2010 (the next RAMPAO General Assembly) December 2011 (the end of this

project period) and December 2014 (the next project period) respectively These timelines

should dovetail with those of the recommendation re ecosystem research above when

appropriate These activities are further outlined in the suggested programme of work in

the section below

Initial tests Preliminary analyses should address basic gaps while later analyses could look at more

nuanced questions The unexpected availability (or unavailability) of data may sometimes

change the planned ordering of analyses If for some reason a particular analysis cannot be

done it should be skipped for the time being and not hold up further work If a preliminary

analysis indicates a significant gap it is unlikely any additional analyses will overturn that

finding and hence decision-making should in most cases proceed based on the results

from the initial basic tests without the delays associated with waiting for more data

Decisions can be refined however as more data become available In general coarse or

incomplete data demand greater precaution in decision-making This can create an

incentive for stakeholders to provide additional data that will allow for refinements

Recommendation re initial tests the gaps analysis should start with readily available

information and basic tests that are relatively easy to understand Later more complex

analyses can be performed with additional data as they become available The initial

basic gaps tests should be selected to provide results that can on their own inform

decision-making

A list of five such tests is outlined in the next section

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 15

Suggested programme of work

Short-term steps The following six steps outline the key tasks that we suggest would need to be done

between now and June 2010 in order to set this project in motion These steps are further

explained in the subsequent sections

1 Establishment of the projectrsquos terms of reference and recruitment of the project officer

2 outreach and coordination including informational presentations at various meetings

3 initial data collection focussing on readily available information 4 initial gaps analyses 5 presentation of initial results to the RAMPAO General Assembly 6 expert meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and analyses (likely

as a side-meeting to the General Assembly

Outreach amp coordination An ecosystem-level gaps analysis will require cooperation from a number of experts

agencies and institutions across all RAMPAO countries Hence outreach and coordination

will be important An introductory description of the project should be developed and

widely distributed as well as a web site page with up to date information on the project A

letter of introduction signed by a senior official(s) can also be important in terms of

establishing legitimacy Presentations introducing the project should be made at national

and regional level meetings as opportunity permits

Our meetings during the first mission proved to be very friendly and helpful These meetings

now require follow-up actions to each of the people contacted (see 1st Mission Report)

Because the people we met were mostly based in Senegal further work will be required

through the regional contact points for other countries

Areas of overlap with other activities (eg the Wetlands International implementation gaps

project) should be highlighted and discussions with these players begun to sort out how to

best cooperate and coordinate efforts

While outreach will be most intensive at the beginning of the project coordination will

continue throughout the projectrsquos duration

Recommendation re outreach 1) regional contact points should be updated on this

project and their help solicited 2) a clear one-page project description should be written

outlining the aims of the project and how cooperation with other bodies is being sought

3) a clear project web page should be developed 4) follow-up letters should sent to key

contacts we have already spoken to outlining next steps and where appropriate

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 16

proposing cooperation collaboration 5) presentations introducing the project should be

made at national and regional level meetings as opportunity permits

Acquisition of data amp information Central to this project will be identifying sources of information and data coordinating with

these experts data repositories and providers and ultimately acquiring the information or

data This will consume more time than any other task and probably more time than all the

other tasks combined

Steps

In the general case data acquisition will require the following steps some which may be

iterative (ie cycle around a few times)

searches ndashinternet list-serves libraries literature and through colleagues

informal emails calls and discussions with the expert or data custodian as to

what data may be available

formal letter(s) of introduction to the project signed by senior authorities and

usually addressed to mid- and senior-level people

face-to-face meetings in order to 1) gain permission to use the data and 2) to

learn about details and proper use of the data These two requirements may

mean two separate meetings

MoU drafting and signing andor data agreement andor formal letter of

request

logistics of how the data will be delivered and if any fees or restrictions are

involved

technical and scientific follow-up calls for assistance andor clarification on

interpretation or use of the data

The above steps have not been numbered because the order can vary from situation to

situation with some situations being informal and skipping steps while others are very

formal requiring prolonged discussions and additional steps that build trust

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 17

Three elements of success

Three elements of successful data acquisition are persistence practicality and

prioritisation

Persistence While most experts are usually happy to share their knowledge the sharing of

their data is often another matter The process can take weeks months or even years

Therefore in order to keep progress steady it is best to make a little time available every

day (say two hours) for data searches and follow-up politely reminding contacts from time

to time that you have not yet heard back from them That said do not waste time on data

that are only of marginal interest in the bigger picture It is easy to become lost in details

Practicality Often it is better to identify what data are readily available and to request

those data first This can help build trust and also allows for progress without getting stuck

Subsequently the provider can be approached again to discuss the other more difficult

data sets Thus the above steps can occur more than once with the same data provider

Again as noted above keeping the bigger picture in mind will help to focus data-gathering

activities on the most practical data sets

Prioritisation In an ecosystem-level analysis all kinds of data are interesting That said

some data are more helpful or urgent than others In the analyses outlined in the sections

below the general data requirements are listed The data requirements of the short-term

gap analyses should take priority over the medium-term ones which in turn should take

priority over the long-term analyses

Annex 5 GIS data priorities lists various common categories of data with their estimated

timeframe for usage (short- medium- long-term) availability and priority for this project

Strategies for acquiring difficult data

Sometimes data may be considered proprietary andor too sensitive to show and providers

usually assume they cannot be shared However with patience sometimes agreements can

be found whereby the data may be used ldquobehind the scenesrdquo in analyses so long as the

data are not displayed on final maps ndashonly the combined results which do not reveal the

data In other situations when the provider is an active participant the provider should be

invited to be a formal partner in the project and this may also ease data restrictions Finally

agreeing to perform joint-analyses or even contracting out certain analyses to the expert

can also allow the data to be used However in this latter case it may be difficult to do

quality control and hence the results can sometimes be puzzling or not what was required

If certain data are simply unavailable metadata can still be requested though metadata

often do not exist (In practice metadata if supplied are many times custom-created for

the particular request)

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 18

Meetings

General meetings A large forum like the RAMPAO General Assembly can be an excellent

opportunity to introduce interested parties to the project It may even be possible to get

general agreement around sharing data However such a general agreement if it can be

found would probably still not replace the need for MoUs and similar bilateral agreements

with specific agencies and institutions

In addition to regional meetings presentations should be made to national meetings

introducing the project as opportunity permits

Data meetings regional data meetings with database managers could help speed up the

process of data collection though this can vary from place to place In many cases it is

better to first approach people one-on-one Later after some data have already been

acquired a meeting can be used to discuss how to best merge data together and to

encourage others to also provide information data if they have not already done so

Expert meetings bringing together experts of a particular species or habitat can be a very

good way to identify available expertise information data and gaps Expert knowledge can

also be collected at such meetings drawn on maps etc but this requires prior training

preparation and processing afterwards In general expert meetings are most valuable after

a ldquodesktop studyrdquo where basic gaps have been identified and there are now specific

questions that have been identified as needing answers Targeted expert meetings can be

valuable at different times throughout a process as different issues need addressing Their

main drawback is the expense and work required A badly run meeting can also turn opinion

against a project and so care has to be taken to do a good job

Recommendation re data information collection 1) The process of collecting data should

begin immediately This will require close coordination with outreach activities 2) Priority

should be given to collecting data that are a) easily acquired and b) required for the initial

short-term analyses 3) Lists of data sources contact information and what dates they

were approached should be kept to track progress 4) Data collaboration should be on the

agenda of the next RAMPAO General Assembly meeting 5) After an initial (eg 3-6

month) period of data collection the need for data meetings andor expert meetings

should be assessed

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 19

Five initial gap analyses The following analyses are recommended as initial tests that should be done in the short-

term (present to June 2010) and when possible in the order presented However we

acknowledge that data availability can alter the ordering of the tests and even what tests

are undertaken ndashincluding developing new ones not listed here These basic tests can be

followed up with more complex analyses such as outlined in the next sections of this report

1 Visually consider the distribution of protected areas Is the network spatially well

distributed without more than a few major gaps If not what gaps can a person

immediately see Consider along-shore gaps and gaps moving out towards the offshore

Consider the northern central and southern thirds of the RAMPAO area Consider

national boundaries

Technical amp data requirements no GIS or GIS data are required A basic paper map

showing the protected areas and national boundaries is sufficient

Rationale this simple assessment is deceptively powerful Simplicity should not be seen

as detracting from its value The human eye can see many patterns and gaps that are

difficult to quantify into statistics When most people agree on a visual gap this

indicates that it is likely valid and worthy of serious consideration

Connectivity and representativity are two of the five agreed-upon CBD criteria for

assessing MPA networks (IX20 Annex 2) If the network is generally not well distributed

in space then it is unlikely to exhibit characteristics of connectivity or representativity

and thus is very unlikely to be ecologically coherent Note that if a network is well-

distributed in space this does not necessarily ensure that these criteria are being met

and further tests will still be required

2 Using GIS procedures consider in greater depth the distribution of protected areas For

this test and all the other tests below perform it first for the whole region then for

each of the three broad ecoregions north central and south4 and finally according to

national boundaries

a Zones offshore Consider coverage within four basic zones i the shorelines (0-5

nautical miles offshore) ii nearshore (~5-15 nm) iii mid-offshore (~15-50 nm)

and iv far offshore (~50 -200 nm) What percentage of each of these broad

zones has MPAs

b Distance from shore statistics what is the average (arithmetic mean) extent that

RAMPAO MPAs extend offshore What is the range of these values What is the

4 This could include the MEOW (Marine Ecoregions Of the World) classification or other similar ecoregions

accepted by RAMPAO partners

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 20

standard deviation Considering that RAMPOA waters extend approximately 200

nm offshore what do these distance-offshore statistics suggest

c Nearest neighbour distance in each of the above zones calculate ldquonearest

neighbourrdquo statistics between MPAs noting the range of MPA spacing the

arithmetic mean of the spacing and the standard deviation of spacing between

sites In this test and all others displaying the histogram of results can be very

informative and is recommended

Technical amp data requirements GIS files are required for shoreline data MPAs

ecoregions national boundaries These three tests (a) ndash (c) get progressively more

technically advanced in the use of GIS However it is outside the scope of this report to

fully describe the GIS methods If a minimum separation distance is chosen as a network

criterion (see comments below) then an easier GIS analysis would be to buffer the

MPAs by a value of half that distance to identify which areas that ldquotouchrdquo and which do

not

Rationale these analyses put some numbers to the first visual test In most ways

however the visual test is simpler and easier to understand That said numbers in

tables can help rank gaps according to basic properties

Unfortunately the GIS methods can be a bit difficult for a beginner If parts of this test

are too difficult they can be skipped since the visual assessment already tells us a lot

Setting explicit quantitative targets for spacing can be controversial and difficult to

support scientifically What is adequate for some species will still be inadequate for

others That said for a basic initial test ldquorules of thumbrdquo have been proposed The

BALANCE project in the Baltic Sea suggested 25 km as an ideal maximum spacing

between shoreline sites (2008) Instead of looking at the ideal situation the OSPAR

Convention for the Northeast Atlantic took a different approach considering the very

longest spacing that could be considered contributing anything at all towards ecological

coherence of the MPA network ie a theoretical ldquoworst caserdquo The OSPAR guidelines for

this worst case are nearshore ~250 km (linear shoreline distance) offshore ~200 000

km2 (which is about equivalent to a ~500 km diameter circle) high seas ~1 000 000 km2

(equivalent to a square with ~1000 km sides) For OSPAR nearshore meant shoreline

and territorial waters out to 12 nm offshore meant EEZ waters (12-200 nm) and high

seas meant waters beyond 200 nm from shore (OPSAR 2008 Ardron 2009)

3 Consider MPA distribution according to depth As for all these analyses perform these

tests first for the whole region then for each of the three broad ecoregions north

central and south and finally according to national boundaries

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 21

a Depth statistics what is the average (arithmetic mean) depth of RAMPAO

MPAs What is the range of values What is the standard deviation How do

these numbers compare with the overall RAMPAO region

b Depth zones consider the following eight general depth zones and what

percentage of each zone is within the current MPA network 0-25 m

(shallow) 25-50 m (photic) 50-100m (upper shelf) 100-200 m (lower shelf)

200-400 m (upper slope) 400-800 m (mid-slope) 800-1600 m (lower slope)

1600-3200 m or greater (abyssal plain)5

Technical amp data requirements data as per the previous test plus bathymetry The

easiest and fastest way to perform these statistics is to convert the MPA shapefile

(and if it is not already the bathymetry) into a raster grid and do grid analyses

Rationale depth is widely recognised as one of the key variables that describes

biotic communities in a give region and as such is a very basic measure of

representativity This analysis could be improved by combining surficial sediment

data with depth to make simple seafloor sediment-depth classes if available

4 Consider MPA distribution according to existent shoreline habitat classification

Although the whole RAMPAO shoreline is likely not classified certain features such

as estuaries or mangroves may already largely be identified Taking these shoreline

features that are either readily available or readily digitised consider what

percentage of each of these feature types are within the current MPA network

Consider what percentage of the MPA network lies outside of these readily

identifiable shoreline features Consider also according to ecoregions and national

boundaries

Technical amp data requirements any available shoreline features such as estuaries

and mangroves If the data are good enough each of these features could be sub-

divided eg large medium and small estuaries If geophysical shoreline type data

are missing basic categories such as cliff rock and sandmud shores can often be

visually estimated and hand digitised by looking at terrestrial topographic data along

the shoreline combined with nearshore bathymetry if available

5 These log2 depth classes are admittedly somewhat arbitrary (25 2

i) and could be refined either by

considering a regional biological classification histogram of the distribution of depths or natural breaks in the

data It is our understanding however that no bio-physical classification has been performed for the region

For an initial test these somewhat arbitrary depth classes are sufficient to point out general gaps and reflect

the generally logarithmic scale of decreasing resolution (increasing breadth of classes) with depth

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 22

Rationale since the RAMPAO MPA network is currently shoreline-based this test is

suggested before considering other physical features further offshore This test is

designed to give a rough idea of shoreline representativity

5 Consider the RAMPAO network according to rare threatened and endangered

species and habitats (features) for which data are available Perform the same sort

of tests as in the test above using available data for rare threatened and

endangered features Consider what percentage of each of these feature types are

within the current MPA network Consider what percentage of the MPA network lies

outside of these features Consider also according to ecoregions and national

boundaries

Technical amp data requirements there are modelling techniques to predict the

potential habitat of species but these techniques are advanced and would fall under

the long-term timeframe For this initial analysis only available data should be

considered If the data appear to be very incomplete then they should not be used

Recognising that such data can be sub-regionally incomplete some sections of the

network may have to be left out of this analysis marked as ldquono datardquo areas on the

maps

Rationale rare threatened and endangered features are often protected by law

and also often of interest to researchers There is usually some information on them

though not always digital data and may instead be in the form of expert opinion

Ecologically there are three different types of rare threatened and endangered

features each requiring a different management response 1) features that have

always been rare 2) features that used to be common but are now rare due to

human pressures (ie threatened and endangered) 3) features that are on the edge

of their range and a) this range is steady or b ) this range is shifting (expanding

contracting moving away entering the region) due to climate change or other

environmental changes It would be best to perform this test separately for the three

different classes and associated sub-classes of rare threatened and endangered

features taking into account their population trends However for an initial test

such refinements should be seen as optional depending on information availability

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 23

Medium term gap analyses The following analyses are recommended for consideration in the medium-term (June 2010

to Dec 2011) with choice largely driven by data availability Due to the somewhat longer

time period fewer details are provided here than in the section above allowing for further

elaborations during the 2nd Mission when more is known They are arranged according to

the CBD MPA network criteria (IX20 Annex 2)

In addition to the tests outlined below others that were developed for the OSPAR Regional

Seas Convention for the Northeast Atlantic are listed in Annex 6 Thirty additional

assessments These are also well-suited to the medium-term and medium-quality data

Note that the four OSPAR MPA network criteria overlap four of the five CBD criteria

Ecologically and biologically significant areas (EBSAs)

If specific EBSAs are known consideration should be given to their possible inclusion in the

MPA network Not all EBSAs need necessarily become MPAs for some EBSAs non-spatial

management may be more appropriate It is difficult to do proper gaps assessment on

EBSAs because the distribution of all EBSAs of a given type is usually not known and hence

there is little context by which to judge a given site Thus the rule of thumb is that all EBSAs

if not in the MPA network should be treated as possible gaps and reviewed one at a time

for possible inclusion

The CBD is in the process of developing further guidance on the selection of EBSAs in the

open oceans and deep seas and much of this guidance is also applicable to shallower

nearshore systems Because this guidance is not yet accepted by the CBD we refer you

instead to a background report that was written for the CBD Ottawa Expert Workshop that

discussed these issues 29 Sept ndash 02 Oct 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant

areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations (Ardron

et al 2009) is a report in two parts Both parts are included with this report and are

recommended here as guidance on selecting CBD EBSAs

First gathering information from local residents and experts on places they sense to be

important can go far in identifying key EBSAs The ldquorecognition heuristicrdquo (Gigerenzer 1999)

is a powerful way to quickly locate longstanding ecologically significant areas in a given

region and we note that NGOs such as WWF have already done such work in the past and

that this work could be readily updated and built upon

Representativity

Many tests for representativity can be developed based on available data Listed below are

some of the more likely approaches

Seascapes identify the main shoreline topographic (benthic) and oceanographic

(pelagic) features of the region and check to see what percentage of each is included

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 24

in the MPA network Typical benthic seascape features would include canyons

seamounts reefs etc Typical pelagic features include frontal systems upwellings

gyres See also Annex 5 GIS data priorities

Topographic complexity using only bathymetry a surrogate measure of benthic

complexity can be developed (Ardron 2002) This measure can help highlight areas of

likely increased benthic richness amongst other traits

Biogeographic classification system whereas seascapes focus on physical features

a biogeographic attempts to also include information on biology such that the

system divides an area according to broad ecological communities based on physical

proxies The creation of a biogeographic classification should include both pelagic

and benthic realms is labour- and data- intensive and requires extensive peer

review

Biogeographic components instead of attempting a full biogeographic classification

system certain aspects can be developed separately For example depth strata can

be combined with sea floor sediment data to make a basic sea bottom classification

These can then be nested within the broad bioregions of the RAMPAO area

Likewise exposure wave energy can be combined with shoreline types to create

another basic classification Creating components such as these can be further

explored in the 2nd Mission once it is better known what data information are

available

Connectivity

This is the CBD criterion most difficult to assess with few options for the medium-term

except for looking at distances between sites (see short-term test above) Several academic

modelling exercises have been attempted with mixed levels of success in areas with much

better data than exist in West Africa We would caution RAMPAO in spending too much

time on such modelling exercises In general nearshore sites require closer spacing than

sites further offshore (OSPAR 2007) If it is known that certain areas provide larvae or

juveniles to other places then these ldquosourcerdquo areas should be considered for protection

Note that such areas could also fall under the EBSA criterion for productivity

Replication

At its most basic level this criterion asks that there be more than one MPA for every feature

in the network In practice this is usually considered using available information on

representativity (see above) and whatever biological data may also be available This

criterion can be assessed very simply initially by testing to see if there is more than one MPA

in each broad zone such as distance from shore or depth zone as described in the previous

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 25

section on short-term assessments Assessing replication can become more refined as more

MPAs are designated and better data become available

Adequacy viability

Ideally MPA sites should be monitored to ensure that their aims are being met In cases

where this is occurring the monitoring results should be used to determine if the individual

sitersquos size location and shape is adequate Where monitoring is not occurring or is

incomplete or too recent to determine trends other measures will have to be used Size is

probably the most commonly discussed measure and yet it remains also probably the most

controversial (Fahig 2001) Nonetheless even in an absence of consensus on this issue by

looking at possible ranges of sizes a sense can still be gained if the sites are or are not

likely to be meeting their aims A full assessment of site size which is outside the scope of

this report should take into account the species life-history population structure quality of

the habitat the quality of the surrounding areas and possible connectivity to other sites

(Lindeboom amp Baumlck 2005) However in many cases the scientific knowledge about a feature

will be insufficient to determine this very exactly Even if the life history of a species is well

know for example it is usually not known how much the surrounding area can be expected

to play a role in supporting the healthy functioning of that species Nonetheless it is

generally true that heavily impacted surrounding areas will provide less of a supporting role

to protected features than pristine ones In data-poor situations often it is still possible to

use expert opinion to specify a range of sizes which would likely be appropriate for the

adequate protection of a given feature (text adapted from OSPAR 2007)

For the RAMPAO network expert assessments of the efficacy of individual MPA sites is

probably the best way to consider the adequacy aspect of the criterion and we note the

work that has already been done by RAMPAO on this regard as well as the IUCN on

assessing management effectiveness (2007 2008a 2008b)

Relative viability can also be inferred from a threats pressures analysis In performing a

population density analysis proximity to human settlements can be used as a first indication

of how much anthropomorphic stress a protected area may be experiencing Looking

further at the composition of sensitive and threatened species within a given area can

further refine this initial threats analysis

Long term gap analyses In many cases analyses that got delayed in the medium term would be still valuable in the

longer term (2011 to 2014) However for the longer-term we would also hope that

RAMPAO activities would begin to focus on the filling of already-identified ecological and

management gaps

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 26

MarZone and MaxEnt

As an MPA network develops so does the need for more sophisticated analyses MarZone

(Marxan with Zones) has received positive attention recently and is a good tool for zoning

multiple activities with various levels of conservation restrictions In order to use a tool like

Marxan broad representativity data (ldquocoarse filterrdquo) and biological data (ldquofine filterrdquo) are

required and in order to use a zoning tool like MarZone broad coverage human use data

are additionally required One big advantage of MarxanMarZone is the user community

that has grown up around it and the good practices that continue to be developed

To get broad scale species distributions usually point occurrence data are fitted to physical

chemical environmental variables producing a predictive habitat model Good success has

been attained using the MaxEnt model (httpwwwcsprincetonedu~schapiremaxent)

though many other approaches also exist The construction of species-habitat predictive

models can take time and acquiring combining the environmental data also takes much

work In order to not bias the Marxan MarZone analysis several species-habitat models

would have to be created for several different key species from a variety of taxonomic

families trophic levels and feeding guilds This would be clearly a long-term project and

can only be justified if the RAMPAO MPA network has reached a level of sophistication to

demand such an analysis

Climate change modelling

Conservation network planning for climate change can also involved complicated modelling

(eg Fuller et al 2008) However again these approaches are data-intensive and require

advanced technical abilities

Ongoing adaptive approach

It is unlikely that the above advanced modelling approaches would be worth their

considerable effort and instead it is suggested that much more can be achieved through

good cooperation with stakeholders scientific expertise and some ldquocommon senserdquo

Recognising that no plan is perfect planning should be seen as an ongoing process of

refinement Paramount will be the ability to be flexible and adapt to changing ecological and

social conditions To do so will require governance structures from local to international

levels ndashlikewise matched to adapt quickly and effectively

While it is relatively easy to point out gaps in an MPA network at ever-increasing levels of

sophistication it is much harder to fill those gaps even on the most rudimentary level

Therefore we urge RAMPAO to act in the long term on addressing the gaps that are readily

apparent through basic tests such as the ones outlined in this document

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 27

Possible activities of the 2nd Mission

This report and the two-part background report prepared for the CBD (also included in this

submission ndashArdron et al 2009) offer a lot of information We expect that as RAMPAO staff

sifts through this guidance questions will arise We see the 2nd Mission as one that could be

devoted to

answering questions that arise from the 1st Mission guidance ndashprocess ecological

and technical

elaborating medium-term gap analyses once more is known about data availability

and technical capacity within RAMPAO and its partner organisations

providing assistance in data collection in Europe and North America

doing joint GIS analyses there could be benefit in working together on some of the

GIS analyses such as the analysis of topographic complexity

presenting initial results we also believe that it will be important to present some

short-term gap analysis results to RAMPAO members and partners

participating in the Third Meeting of the RAMPAO General Assembly we suggest that the 2nd Mission coincide with the RAMPAO General Assembly and include

o a presentation of initial results to the General Assembly and o an expert side-meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and

analyses

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 28

References

Ardron JA 2002 A Recipe for Determining Benthic Complexity An Indicator of Species Richness In Marine Geography GIS for the Oceans and Seas (ch 23 pp 196-175) Joe Breman (ed) Redlands CA USA ESRI Press

Ardron JA 2009 Three initial OSPAR tests of ecological coherence heuristics in a data-limited situation ICES Journal of Marine Research 658 1527-1533

Ardron JA Dunn D Corrigan C Gjerde K Halpin P Rice J Vanden Berghe E Vierros M 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations A background document for the CBD expert workshop Ottawa Canada 29 September ndash 2 October 2009 37 pp + 73 pp Annex 1

BALANCE 2008 Ecological coherence and principles MPA assessment selection and design Technical Summary Report 34 httpbalance-euorgxpdfbalance-technical-summary-report-no-3-4pdf

FAO 2009 International guidelines for the management of deep-sea fisheries in the high seas Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations Rome

Fahrig 2001 How much Habitat is enough Biological Conservation 100 (1) 65-74

Fuller T Morton DP Sarkar S 2008 Incorporating uncertainty about speciesrsquo potential distributions under climate change into the selection of conservation areas with a case study from the Arctic Coastal Plain of Alaska Biological Conservation 141 1547-1559

Gigerenzer G Todd P M and the ABC Research Group 1999 Simple heuristics that make us smart Oxford University Press New York

IUCNBRAO 2007 Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parc de Guineacutee Bissau

IUCNPACO 2008a Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees aires proteacutegeacutees de la Reacutepublique de Guineacutee

IUCNBRAO 2008b Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parcs et reacuteserves de Mauritanie

Lindeboom HJ and Baumlck S 2005 Establishing coastal and marine reserves- with the emphasis on fisheries Pages 103-118 In Managing European Coasts Past Present and Future J Vermaat LBouwer KTurner WSalomons (Eds) Springer-Verlag

OSPAR 2007 Background document to support the Assessment of whether the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is Ecologically Coherent OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic Publication Number 2007320 wwwosparorg

OSPAR 2008 Three initial spatial tests looking at the ecological coherence of the OSPAR marine protected area (MPA) network OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic 3602008 wwwosparorg 17 pp

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 29

Annex 1 Calendar of meetings 1st Mission 5-12 Sept 2009

Lundi

FIBA

Charlotte Karibuhoye

Coordinatrice

Souadou Ndiaye

SIG RAMPAO

Julien Semelin Appui agrave la creacuteation de nouvelles AMP et renforcement de lrsquoefficaciteacute des AMP

UICN Racine Kane AMP transfrontaliegravere

16h par teacuteleacutephone

PRCM Ahmed Senhoury

Directeur

Mardi

8h30 WWF Mamadou Diallo

Chargeacute de mission espegraveces et habitats

mdialowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 641 13 84

Paul Siegel Conseiller en environnement marin psiegelwwfsenegalorg 221 869 37 00

10h30

CSE centre de suivi eacutecologique Ministegravere de lrsquoenvironnement

Taibou Ba Cartes donneacutees

15h Wetland international Africa

Emma GREATRIX

Network for biodiversiteacute (BIOMAC network) Manatee Waterbirds Mangroves

egeatrix]wetlandssn +221 33 869 1681

Mercredi

10h SI NEPAD David Njiki Njiki

Coordinateur environnement njikinjikiyahoocom 221 33 842 73 11

12h WWF Ibrahima Niamadio

Officier pecircche durable iniamadiowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 567 53 16

15h par teacuteleacutephone

UICN Mathieu Ducroq

Coordinateur du programme marin et cocirctier de lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoouest central

+ 222 662 40 82 portable 0022 529 09 77 bureau

16h par teacuteleacutephone

RAMPAO Alfredo da Silva

Preacutesident du RAMPAO Directeur IBAP Ancien coordinateur du reacuteseau de gestion des zones cocirctiegraveres

00245 580 38 48 ou 00 245

UNESCO Isabelle Niang

Projet GEF drsquoadaptation au changement climatique en Afrique de lrsquoouest Erosion cocirctiegravere

Jeudi

9h UICN Guineacutee Bissau

Pierre Campredon

Ancien responsable du PRCM Pierrecampredoniucnorg 0033 630340088

11h30 Convention drsquoAbidjan

Nassere Kaba 0022520211183

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 30

13h CRODTCNDO ODINAFRICA

Anis Diallo Aquaculture et directeur du CNDO adialloordinafricanet 22133832826465 221 77 631 15 95

15h CSRP

M Hamadi Diop

En charge du deacutepartement laquo recherche et systegraveme drsquoinformation raquo

hamadidiopgmailcom

Philippe Tous Projet AFD ndash inteacutegration des AMP dans les politiques de pecircche

philipetousgmailcom (Skype Phil_tous)

Renaud Bailleux

Contrat UICN sur la gestion de lrsquoaccegraves aux ressources halieutiques dans la reacutegion - accords de pecircche ndash gouvernance partageacutee dans les AMP (financement PRCM)

M Dop mika Programme requins de la FIBA mika_dfryahoofr

Vendredi

9H IRD Luis Tito de Morais

Peumlcheeacutecologie des peuplements de poissons

titoirdsn 221 33 849 3658

11h UICN Mamadou Sow

Chef de projet mangrove Mamadousowuicnorg 221 33 869 0286

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 31

Annex 2 CBD criteria for ecologically significant areas

CBD Decision IX20 Annex 1

SCIENTIFIC CRITERIA FOR IDENTIFYING ECOLOGICALLY OR BIOLOGICALLY SIGNIFICANT MARINE AREAS IN NEED OF PROTECTION IN OPEN-

OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS

Criteria Definition Rationale Examples Consideration in application

Uniqueness or

rarity

Area contains

either (i) unique (ldquothe

only one of its kindrdquo) rare

(ldquooccurs only in few

locationsrdquo) or endemic

species populations or

communities andor (ii)

unique rare or distinct

habitats or ecosystems

andor (iii) unique or

unusual geomorphological

or oceanographic features

Irreplaceable

Loss would mean the probable permanent disappearance of diversity or a feature or reduction of the diversity at any level

Open ocean waters

Sargasso Sea Taylor column

persistent polynyas

Deep-sea habitats

endemic communities around

submerged atolls hydrothermal

vents sea mounts pseudo-

abyssal depression

Risk of biased-view of the perceived uniqueness depending on the information availability

Scale dependency of features such that unique features at one scale may be typical at another thus a global and regional perspective must be taken

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 32

Special

importance for

life-history

stages of

species

Areas that are required for

a population to survive and

thrive

Various biotic and abiotic

conditions coupled with

species-specific

physiological constraints

and preferences tend to

make some parts of marine

regions more suitable to

particular life-stages and

functions than other parts

Area containing (i) breeding grounds

spawning areas nursery areas juvenile

habitat or other areas important for life

history stages of species or (ii) habitats of

migratory species (feeding wintering or

resting areas breeding moulting

migratory routes)

Connectivity between life-history stages and linkages between areas trophic interactions physical transport physical oceanography life history of species

Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data Vessel monitoring system (VMS) data

Spatial and temporal distribution andor aggregation of the species

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 33

Importance for

threatened

endangered or

declining

species andor

habitats

Area containing habitat for

the survival and recovery

of endangered threatened

declining species or area

with significant

assemblages of such

species

To ensure the restoration

and recovery of such species

and habitats

Areas critical for threatened endangered

or declining species andor habitats

containing (i) breeding grounds spawning

areas nursery areas juvenile habitat or

other areas important for life history

stages of species or (ii) habitats of

migratory species (feeding wintering or

resting areas breeding moulting

migratory routes)

Includes species with very large geographic ranges

In many cases recovery will require reestablishment of the species in areas of its historic range

Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data vessel-monitoring system (VMS) data

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 34

Vulnerability

Fragility

Sensitivity or

Slow recovery

Areas that contain a

relatively high proportion

of sensitive habitats

biotopes or species that

are functionally fragile

(highly susceptible to

degradation or depletion

by human activity or by

natural events) or with

slow recovery

The criteria indicate the

degree of risk that will be

incurred if human activities

or natural events in the area

or component cannot be

managed effectively or are

pursued at an unsustainable

rate

Vulnerability of species

Inferred from the history of how species or populations in other similar areas responded to perturbations

Species of low fecundity slow growth long time to sexual maturity longevity (eg sharks etc)

Species with structures providing biogenic habitats such as deepwater corals sponges and bryozoans deep-water species

Vulnerability of habitats

Ice-covered areas susceptible to ship-based pollution

Ocean acidification can make deep sea habitats more vulnerable to others and increase susceptibility to human induced changes

Interactions between vulnerability to human impacts and natural events

Existing definition emphasizes site specific ideas and requires consideration for highly mobile species

Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 35

Biological

productivity

Area containing species

populations or

communities with

comparatively higher

natural biological

productivity

Important role in fuelling

ecosystems and increasing

the growth rates of

organisms and their capacity

for reproduction

Frontal areas

Upwellings

Hydrothermal vents

Seamounts polynyas

Can be measured as the rate of growth of marine organisms and their populations either through the fixation of inorganic carbon by photosynthesis chemosynthesis or through the ingestion of prey dissolved organic matter or particulate organic matter

Can be inferred from remote-sensed products eg ocean colour or process-based models

Time-series fisheries data can be used but caution is required

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 36

Biological

diversity

Area contains

comparatively higher

diversity of ecosystems

habitats communities or

species or has higher

genetic diversity

Important for evolution and

maintaining the resilience of

marine species and

ecosystems

Sea-mounts

Fronts and convergence zones

Cold coral communities

Deep-water sponge communities

Diversity needs to be seen in relation to the surrounding environment

Diversity indices are indifferent to species substitutions

Diversity indices are indifferent to which species may be contributing to the value of the index and hence would not pick up areas important to species of special concern such as endangered species

Can be inferred from habitat heterogeneity or diversity as a surrogate for species diversity in areas where biodiversity has not been sampled intensively

Naturalness Area with a comparatively

higher degree of

naturalness as a result of

the lack of or low level of

human-induced

disturbance or

degradation

To protect areas with near natural structure processes and functions

To maintain these areas as reference sites

To safeguard and enhance ecosystem resilience

Most ecosystems and habitats have

examples with varying levels of

naturalness and the intent is that the

more natural examples should be

selected

Priority should be given to areas having a low level of disturbance relative to their surroundings

In areas where no natural areas remain areas that have successfully recovered including reestablishment of species should be

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 37

considered

Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 38

Annex 3 CBD criteria for MPA networks

Decision IX20 Annex II SCIENTIFIC GUIDANCE FOR SELECTING AREAS TO ESTABLISH A REPRESENTATIVE NETWORK OF MARINE PROTECTED AREAS INCLUDING IN

OPEN OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS

Required network properties and

components Definition Applicable site specific considerations (inter alia)

Ecologically and biologically significant areas

Ecologically and biologically significant areas are geographically or oceanographically discrete areas that provide important services to one or more speciespopulations of an ecosystem or to the ecosystem as a whole compared to other surrounding areas or areas of similar ecological characteristics or otherwise meet the criteria as identified in annex I to decision IX20

Uniqueness or rarity

Special importance for life history stages of species

Importance for threatened endangered or declining species andor habitats

Vulnerability fragility sensitivity or slow recovery

Biological productivity

Biological diversity

Naturalness

Representativity Representativity is captured in a network when it consists of areas representing the different biogeographical subdivisions of the global oceans and regional seas that reasonably reflect the full range of ecosystems including the biotic and habitat diversity of those marine ecosystems

A full range of examples across a biogeographic habitat or community classification relative health of species and communities relative intactness of habitat(s) naturalness

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 39

Connectivity Connectivity in the design of a network allows for linkages whereby protected sites benefit from larval andor species exchanges and functional linkages from other network sites In a connected network individual sites benefit one another

Currents gyres physical bottlenecks migration routes species dispersal detritus functional linkages Isolated sites such as isolated seamount communities may also be included

Replicated ecological features Replication of ecological features means that more than one site shall contain examples of a given feature in the given biogeographic area The term ―features means ―species habitats and ecological processes that naturally occur in the given biogeographic area

Accounting for uncertainty natural variation and the possibility of catastrophic events Features that exhibit less natural variation or are precisely defined may require less replication than features that are inherently highly variable or are only very generally defined

Adequate and viable sites Adequate and viable sites indicate that all sites within a network should have size and protection sufficient to ensure the ecological viability and integrity of the feature(s) for which they were selected

Adequacy and viability will depend on size shape buffers persistence of features threats surrounding environment (context) physical constraints scale of featuresprocesses spillovercompactness

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 40

Annex 4 Data sources highlighted in discussions during the 1st Mission

Thegravemes Organisme ressources Personnes ressources Sites internet ressources et bases de donneacutees

Donneacutees bibliographiques

IRD Linus base bibliographique (httpiacaprodc3eduvsqfrlinus)

CRODT Catalogue des publications du CRODT

Donneacutees geacuteneacuterales

PRCMFIBA SIG Reacutegional Catalogue drsquoInformations pour lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoOuest (CIAO) wwwolmmrciao

OdinAfrica African marine atlas ndash voir OdinAfrica

OBIS httpwwwiobisorg

Guineacutee Bissau SIG Guineacutee Bissau au 200 000 egraveme sur toute la zone cocirctiegravere et 50 000 egraveme sur les Bijagos voir Franccedilois Gourmelonuniv-brestfr ou Emmanuel Ginaudet

Cap vert Systegraveme national SIG pour toutes les donneacutees du Cap vert

Bathymeacutetrie

Navy Londres Africa Pilot Volume 1 Hydrographer of the Navy London 1967

SHOM Carte SHOM ndeg6815 INT14 au 110 000 000egraveme Voir site wwwshomfr - catalogue

Cf Canada Carte au CSE

CND0 CD des donneacutees bathymeacutetriques de la sous-reacutegion

Donneacutees oceacuteanographiques geacuteneacuterales

OdinAfrica Points focaux des pays agrave voir sur site internet drsquoOdinAfrica

ordinafricanet Atelier national OdinAfrica ndash voir sur le site CNDO Aller sur le site OdinAfrica reacutecupeacuterer les shapefiles (httpwwwodinafricaorg) et sur httpwwwafricanmarineatlasnet

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 41

IRDlaboratoire LOCEAN-IPSL (Universiteacute Paris 6) LPAOSF (Lab de Physique de lAtmosphegravere et de lOceacutean de agrave lEacutecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique-UCAD

Alban Lazar (IRD) Simeacuteon Fongang (Ecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique) Raymond Lahaye (IRDLEMAR)

Circulation oceacuteanique le long des cocirctes seacuteneacutegalaises (structures variabiliteacute meacutecanismes de lrsquoupwelling des courants cocirctiers des tempeacuteratures et des saliniteacutes) et les couplages oceacutean-atmosphegravere

FAO Merete TANDSTAD Projets CCLEM et GCLME

NEPAD Projet GCLME

PRCM et IMROP + autres

Faire lrsquoinventaire des socieacuteteacutes qui ont fait de la prospection peacutetroliegravere et voir leurs donneacutees et eacutetudes drsquoimpact eacutetude Woodside ou Dana petroleum voir PRCM et IMROP

Universiteacute Rapport master de lrsquouniversiteacute sur la modeacutelisation de la circulation et des tempeacuteratures sur la haute mer (demander CNDO)

Upwellings Odiafrica Donneacutees upwellings sur Odinafrica

IRD P CURY et N BEZ

Geacuteologie seacutediemntologie et Nature des fonds

2 thegraveses sur le plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais sud et nord

IRD carte de Domain (IRDORSTOM) carte des seacutediments du plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais)

carte de Barusso

Travaux de Lachance et Mc Master

Odinafirca Plateau continental ndash carte digitaliseacutee sur la nature des fonds ndash voir sur ordinafrica

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 42

Annex 5 GIS data priorities

Explanation of ranking system

Term short-term bullbullbull medium-term bullbull long-term bull Estimated Ease of acquiring data easy bullbullbull moderatebullbull difficult bull

Importance high bullbullbull moderate bullbull low bull Term Ease Import

Base layers

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 coastline(s)

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 2 ecological regions

bullbullbull bull bullbullbull 3 bathymetry

bullbullbull bullbull bull 4 topography (for land ndashcan help with shoreline classifications)

Physical and oceanographic

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 estuaries rivers

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 shoreline type (cliff rocky sandy muddy etc)

bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 surficial sediment (bottom type)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 seafloor topographic complexity ruggedness (can be created from bathymetry)

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 5 seamounts (can also be identified through bathymetry)

6 other seascape features eg

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull canyons

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 43

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull ridges

bullbull bullbullbull bullbull hydrothermal vents

bullbull bull bullbull seeps

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull banks

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull rocky reefs

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull estuaries (sub-classes)

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull lagoons

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull upwellings

bull bullbull bull 7 ocean currents tides

bull bullbull bullbull 8 sea surface temperature

bull bullbull bullbull 9 salinity

bull bull bull 10 photosynthetically available radiation (PAR)

bull bull bull 11 coastal erosion sediment transport

bull bull bullbull 12 climate change trends eg movement of upwellings

Biological habitat

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 1 threatened or endangered species (amp spawning nursery areas etc)

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 threatened or endangered habitats

bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 habitat classification (if one exists regionally)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 biogenic features eg

warm water coral reefs

cold water coral ldquoforestsrdquo

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 44

mangroves (sub-classes)

bullbull bull bullbullbull 5 Key commercial species eg

crustaceans molluscs (crabs shrimps oysters etc)

pelagic large fishes (eg tunas)

pelagic small fishes

demersal fishes

bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 primary productivity (usually satellite colour images chlorophyll_a)

bullbull bull bullbull 7 secondary productivity (eg an estimate of carbon flux)

bullbull bull bullbull 8 migration of invasive species

Human use management

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 marine protected areas

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 year-round fisheries closures

bullbull bullbull bull 3 other seasonal fisheries closures

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 4 cities towns villages (with populations)

bullbull bullbull bull 5 local community boundaries

bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 traditional use boundaries (eg artisanal fisheries)

bull bullbull bull 7 migrant land use grazing

bullbull bull bullbullbull 8 areas of cultural spiritual importance

bullbull bullbullbull bullbull 9 roads (can help with understanding remoteness amp shoreline access)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 10 shipping routes and harbours

bullbull bullbull bull 11 land use particularly agriculture (can be combined into an analysis of rivers to estimate runoff)

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 45

bullbull bull bullbullbull 12 fishing

a artisanal by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)

b industrial by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 13 offshore oil amp gas licences exploratory wells installations (platforms pipelines shore based)

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 14 sand amp gravel mining

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 15 tourism shoreline development resorts marinas

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 46

Annex 6 Thirty additional assessments

Excerpted and adapted from the 54 page report by the OSPAR Regional seas convention for

the Northeast Atlantic (2007) Background document to support the assessment of whether

the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is ecologically coherent6

Assessment Criterion 1 Adequacy Viability

1 Assessment Guideline One should expect the sizes of network sites (for a given feature) to be

distributed throughout or exceed the estimated range of sizes necessary to sustain a viable

population or community

2 Assessment Guideline Sites that are heavily impacted andor surrounded by heavily impacted

areas should be larger than otherwise

3 Assessment Guideline Features of ecological significance should receive greater protection

than normal

4 Assessment Guideline Location and geography can be used to indicate adequate protection

such that

a Protection of pelagic features should generally be reflected with the implementation of

larger sites than those for benthic features

b In regions constrained by physical geography (eg fjords bays bights passages straits)

the adequate sizes of individual sites will generally be smaller than areas without such

physical constraints (eg regional seas open ocean)

c Offshore andor deeper sites will generally require larger areas than for nearshore andor

shallow sites (However the exceptions of certain deep sea benthic features such as

hydrothermal vents and cold seeps are noted)

5 Assessment Guideline in a given region the adequate spatial protection of most OSPAR

features and the overall network can be expected to conform to the scientific literature and

fall within the range commonly found within that literature It is recognized that this is an

evolving field of study

6 Assessment Guideline Owing to the multiplicity of its objectives the OSPAR network can be

expected to contain a variety of reserve sizes and corresponding spacing between sites

7 Assessment Guideline If a site is at the small end of the expected viability range for a given

feature then compact sites are preferable If on the other hand a given site is at the large end

of the estimated viability range then a less compact shape would allow for greater spill-over

and benefits outside of the reserve

a The Compactness of a given site can be calculated using a GIS and the following

formula C = (4πAp2)

05 Where C is the Compactness A is the area of the site and p is

its perimeter

8 Assessment Guideline A broad MPA network such as the OSPAR network with a wide

variety of features can be expected to have a wide variety of reserve shapes and sizes

6 Jeff Ardron is the primary author of this OSPAR report

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 47

a The combined size and compactness of a site be readily calculated using a GIS and the

following formula SSC = ln (PA) Where SSC is here labelled as the site size-

compactness P is the perimeter of the site and A is the area

9 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA electronic database lists the aims and ecological

criteria on a site by site basis Thus as a preliminary assessment these can be compiled to get

an indication of how well they are being met across the network

10 Assessment Guideline A list inventory of features within a region that (are known or

believed to) meet the OSPAR aims and ecological criteria is required in order to fully assess if

the existing MPA sites are likely adequate

11 Assessment Guideline Features that are common and widely distributed will generally require

less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are rare andor sparsely

distributed

Assessment Criterion 2 Representativity

12 Assessment Guideline OSPAR MPAs should be checked to ensure that they are broadly

distributed across biogeographic regions In such an assessment there is no need to restrict the

assessment to just one biogeographic classification system So long as they appear to be

rigorous (eg peer-reviewed) the use of a variety of systems is encouraged

13 Assessment Guideline Each of the Dinter [OSPAR] bioregions should be adequately

protected

14 Assessment Guideline National classifications can be very helpful in assessing

representativity at a national level based on national categories and should be used where they

exist

15 Assessment Guideline In the absence of full biological surveys or full classification systems

(such as EUNIS) simple surrogates should be used to check that representativity is possibly

being achieved Benthic and pelagic realms should be considered

16 Assessment Guideline Representative features that are very common and widely distributed

will likely require less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are just

somewhat common

As a rule of thumb within a given feature class representative protection can be

compared to a normalized distribution For example if the areal distribution of

representative classes can be normalised through a square-root transformation then

protected area distribution could be expected to be roughly proportional to the square-

root of the ratio of the representative feature classesrsquo overall areas

17 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA nomination database should be checked to ensure

that the idea of the ldquobestrdquo features was taken into account across feature types and regions

18 Assessment Guideline Features that best represent their type can be expected to be

characterized by most or all of these indicators

a Typical morphology

b High density abundance

c High degree of health naturalness

d Persistence (temporal and spatial) and

e Strong functional linkages

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 48

Assessment Criterion 3 Replication

19 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area more than one example of each feature

should be protected

20 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features protected in areas susceptible

to catastrophic events require greater replication than those in low-risk areas

21 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area where no better data exist natural

variation can be assumed to be greatest between sites that are furthest apart

22 Assessment Guideline Features that are very specifically defined will exhibit less variation

and hence require less replication than features which are very general or ldquocatch-allrdquo categories

23 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area scientific requirements may require

replicate sites for differing purposes If these requirements are not known it can be assumed

that replicate sites that are a moderate distance apart (neither immediate neighbours nor at

extreme ends of the biogeographic area) will satisfy most scientific requirements

24 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features for which there are weak or

incomplete or modelled data require greater replication than those features for which better data

are available

Assessment Criterion 4 Connectivity

25 Assessment Guideline If an area is known or suspected to be important to connectivity then it

should be represented in the MPA network

26 Assessment Guideline Reserves in areas where there are known currents (eg many coastal

areas) should be more closely spaced than otherwise In order to maintain connectivity for most

short to moderate larval dispersing species when specific data are lacking such nearshore sites

should be spaced not further than 50 km apart

27 Assessment Guideline Connectivity between seabird sites can be measured in straight lines

28 Assessment Guideline Connectivity for marine species can be assumed to be greater along

lines of similar habitat than across them

29 Assessment Guideline The density of marine reserves can be used as a way to group areas of

likely connectivity Likewise it can also define gaps where connectivity has probably not been

achieved

30 Assessment Guideline In the absence of dispersal data connectivity may be approximated by

ensuring the MPA network is well distributed in space reflecting the scale of its surroundings

Page 4: A Suggested Approach for Gap Analyses of the RAMPAO Marine ...€¦ · A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 2 Recommendation re outreach: 1) regional contact

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 2

Recommendation re outreach 1) regional contact points should be updated on this project

and their help solicited 2) a clear one-page project description should be written outlining

the aims of the project and how cooperation with other bodies is being sought 3) a clear

project web page should be developed 4) follow-up letters should sent to key contacts we

have already spoken to outlining next steps and where appropriate proposing cooperation

collaboration 5) presentations introducing the project should be made at national and

regional level meetings as opportunity permits

Recommendation re data information collection 1) The process of collecting data should

begin immediately This will require close coordination with outreach activities 2) Priority

should be given to collecting data that are a) easily acquired and b) required for the initial

short-term analyses 3) Lists of data sources contact information and what dates they were

approached should be kept to track progress 4) Data collaboration should be on the

agenda of the next RAMPAO General Assembly meeting 5) After an initial (eg 3-6 month)

period of data collection the need for data meetings andor expert meetings should be

assessed

Recommendation re ecosystem research considering the breadth of possible research

topics we recommend that RAMPAO work cooperatively with research institutions such as

IRD and others to address critical knowledge gaps in a strategic fashion We recommend

prioritising research questions on three general criteria 1) relevance to identifying and

filling gaps 2) likelihood that these questions can realistically be answered (considering

budgets and scientific constraints) and 3) according to the speed of their results a) quickly

(ie 2010) b) in the medium-term (2011) and c) in the longer-term (gt2011)

Recommendation re traditional and cultural considerations in addition to biological and

ecological criteria we recommend that the gaps analysis take into consideration cultural

elements when data are available and traditional management of marine areas and

resources as appropriate

Recommendation re short- medium- and long-term results given that some data will be

more readily available than others and that some analyses are easier to perform than

others we are recommending that a staged approach to delivering results be taken with

analyses planned for the short-term medium-term and long-term This will allow for

decisions and actions to also be taken in the short- medium- and long- term

Recommendation re initial tests the gaps analysis should start with readily available

information and basic tests that are relatively easy to understand Later more complex

analyses can be performed with additional data as they become available The initial basic

gaps tests should be selected to provide results that can on their own inform decision-

making

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 3

Recommendation re five initial gap analyses 1 Visually consider the distribution of protected areas 2 Using GIS procedures consider in greater depth the distribution of protected areas 3 Consider MPA distribution according to depth 4 Consider MPA distribution according to existent shoreline habitat classification 5 Consider the RAMPAO network according to rare threatened and endangered

species and habitats

The following six steps outline the key tasks that we suggest would need to be done

between now and June 2010 in order to set this project in motion

1 establishment of the projectrsquos terms of reference and recruitment of the project officer

2 outreach and coordination including informational presentations at various meetings

3 initial data collection focussing on readily available information 4 initial gaps analyses 5 presentation of initial results to the RAMPAO General Assembly 6 expert meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and analyses (likely

as a side-meeting to the General Assembly

Possible analyses for the medium term are discussed with an outlook for the long-term For

the medium-term approaches that consider more closely adequacy viability

representativity replication and connectivity are provided For the long-term complex

analyses such as Marxan MarZone and MaxEnt as well as climate change considerations

are noted However for the purposes of this project it is felt that in the long-term time and

resources would probably be better spent taking an adaptive planning approach working on

getting places established that address the major gaps first and then making refinements

Annexes 2 and 3 provide the CBD criteria adopted in 2008 Annex 4 notes datasets that

were highlighted in discussions during the 1st Mission Annex 5 lists common data sets and

ranks them according to timeframe ease of acquisition and importance Annex 6 lists thirty

additional MPA network design considerations accepted by OSPAR for consideration

Regarding a 2nd Mission we suggest that it coincide with the Third Meeting of the RAMPAO General Assembly mid-2010 Possible activities for the 2nd Mission could include

answering questions that arise from the 1st Mission

elaborating upon medium-term gap analyses

providing assistance in data collection in Europe and North America

joint GIS analyses working together on some of the GIS analyses

presenting initial results to RAMPAO members and partners

participating in an expert meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and analyses

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 4

Propositions meacutethodologiques pour lrsquoanalyse des lacunes du reacuteseau drsquoaires marines proteacutegeacutees du RAMPAO

Reacutesumeacute exeacutecutif

Les objectifs de cette premiegravere mission eacutetaient les suivants 1) deacutefinir les principes

opeacuterationnels de lrsquoanalyse des lacunes du reacuteseau drsquoAMP du RAMPAO 2) revoir les travaux

deacutejagrave reacutealiseacutes et les informations existantes et identifier les manques 3) apporter un support

meacutethodologique au processus et 4) proposer un programme de travail

Ce rapport fait les recommandations suivantes

Recommandation concernant lrsquoanalyse des lacunes (gaps analysis) lrsquoanalyse des lacunes

ayant eacuteteacute reconnue par la plupart des partenaires comme neacutecessaire pour compleacuteter et

actualiser le reacuteseau actuel la mission recommande que le projet soit deacuteveloppeacute avec tous

les moyens financiers humains et mateacuteriels neacutecessaires

Recommandation concernant les critegraveres eacutecologiques les principes et les critegraveres

eacutecologiques agrave retenir doivent ecirctre ceux recommandeacutes par la convention sur la biodiversiteacute

(CBD) agrave la fois dans lrsquoidentification des sites drsquoimportance eacutecologique (IX20 Annex 1) et agrave

lrsquoeacutechelle du reacuteseau (IX20 Annexe 1) en suivant les recommandations de la CBD en terme

drsquoapplication de ces critegraveres

Recommandation concernant les lacunes sur la haute mer lrsquoabsence drsquoAMP en haute mer

en particulier dans la ZEE (12-200 miles nautiques) des pays membres du RAMPAO doit ecirctre

reconnue par tous comme une lacune importante du reacuteseau que le projet devra

rapidement consideacuterer

Recommandation concernant les pecirccheries consideacuterant leur importance et leur complexiteacute

les pecirccheries et leurs interactions avec les AMP existantes et potentielles devront faire

lrsquoobjet drsquoune attention particuliegravere Nous recommandons la constitution drsquoun groupe speacutecial

AMP-Pecircches comportant les organismes compeacutetents comme la CSRP et autres afin de

travailler sur les lacunes de protection des zones importantes pour les ressources

halieutiques (CBD IX20 Annex 1) Des critegraveres propres aux pecirccheries comme ceux de la

FAO pour la gestion des pecircches profondes (2009) devront eacutegalement ecirctre pris en

consideacuteration

Recommandation pour un travail partenarial consideacuterant lrsquoampleur de ce projet des

besoins en donneacutees et en analyses le secreacutetariat du RAMPAO devra renforcer et srsquoappuyer

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 5

sur les relations avec ses partenaires nationaux reacutegionaux et internationaux des accords

de collaborations devront ecirctre signeacutes avec les principaux partenaires en premier lieu afin de

srsquoaccorder sur les modaliteacutes de partage des donneacutees neacutecessaires au projet voire de partage

du travail drsquoanalyse Devront eacutegalement ecirctre envisageacutees le cas eacutecheacuteant les consideacuterations

techniques comme la compatibiliteacute ou lrsquointeropeacuterabiliteacute des bases de donneacutees et si

neacutecessaire le renforcement des capaciteacutesla formation

Recommandation pour la mise en place drsquoun chargeacute de projet consideacuterant lrsquoimportance du

travail et la speacutecificiteacute de certains de ses aspects un assistant au projet doit ecirctre recruteacute Ses

missions seront 1) drsquoassister le secreacutetariat du RAMPAO (Charlotte Karibuhoye chef de

projet) dans ses relations avec les points focaux nationaux et les partenaires (appui agrave la

reacutedaction des accords de collaboration au deacuteveloppement des groupes de travail) 2)

superviser et apporter son appui au technicien SIG (Souadou Ndiaye) lorsque cela sera

neacutecessaire notamment pour ce qui concerne les aspects plus analytiques du travail 3)

superviser et compleacuteter la collecte des donneacutees et le travail technique (SIG)

Recommandation concernant lrsquoinformation et la sensibilisation 1) les points focaux

nationaux devront ecirctre informeacutes sur le projet et les reacutesultats de cette mission leur rocircle

devra leur ecirctre clairement speacutecifieacute 2) une plaquette recto-verso deacutecrivant les objectifs du

projet les reacutesultats attendus et preacutesentant les attentes du RAMPAO en matiegravere de

coopeacuteration avec les autres organismes devra ecirctre produite 3 ) le site internet du RAMPAO

devra comporter un espace deacutedieacute speacutecifiquement agrave ce projet 4) des lettres de suivi

devraient ecirctre envoyeacutes aux contacts cleacutes rencontreacutes au cours de la premiegravere mission afin de

les informer des reacutesultats de la mission et des eacutetapes suivantes et le cas eacutecheacuteant en leur

proposant de coopeacuterer collaborer 5) on profitera des diffeacuterentes reacuteunions au niveau

national et reacutegional pour preacutesenter le projet et les collaborations qui sont attendues

Recommandation pour la collecte des donneacutees et informations 1) la collecte des donneacutees

doit deacutebuter degraves agrave preacutesent en eacutetroite coordination avec les activiteacutes drsquoinformation et de

sensibilisation des partenaires 2) Par ordre de prioriteacute on rassemblera les donneacutees (a)

faciles agrave collecter et b) neacutecessaires aux analyses agrave court terme 3) Les listes des sources de

donneacutees des contacts et les dates auxquels ils ont eacuteteacute rencontreacutes doivent ecirctre conserveacutes car

ils permettront de suivre lrsquoavancement du travail 4) la prochaine reacuteunion geacuteneacuterale du

RAMPAO devra inscrire agrave son ordre du jour la collaboration sur la collecte de donneacutees 5)

apregraves le deacutemarrage de la collecte des donneacutees (dans 3-6 mois) une reacuteunion devra ecirctre

organiseacutee pour faire un point (reacuteunion pour la collecte des donneacutees ou reacuteunion drsquoexperts

theacutematiques)

Recommandation concernant la recherche Consideacuterant lampleur des sujets de recherche

possibles nous recommandons au RAMPAO de travailler avec les instituts de recherche

comme lrsquoIRD et les instituts nationaux afin de combler de faccedilon strateacutegique les lacunes

essentielles dans les connaissances Les prioriteacutes devront ecirctre deacutefinies sur la base de 3

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 6

critegraveres 1) pertinence pour cerner et combler les lacunes 2) les chances raisonnables

qursquoont ces questions de trouver des reacuteponses (en tenant compte des budgets et des

contraintes scientifiques) et 3) selon la vitesse de leurs reacutesultats a) rapidement (2010) b)

dans le moyen terme (2011) et c) agrave plus long terme (gt 2011)

Recommandation concernant la prise en compte des eacuteleacutements traditionnels et culturels

outre les critegraveres biologiques et eacutecologiques nous recommandons que lrsquoanalyse des lacunes

considegravere eacutegalement les eacuteleacutements traditionnels lorsqursquoils sont disponibles et les eacuteleacutements

culturels de gestion des espaces et des ressources srsquoils sont approprieacutes

Recommandation concernant les reacutesultats agrave court moyen et long terme certaines donneacutees

seront plus facilement accessibles que dautres et certaines analyses sont plus faciles agrave

deacutevelopper que dautres nous recommandons donc une approche par eacutetapes avec des

analyses sur le court terme le moyen terme et le long terme Ainsi des deacutecisions pourront

ecirctre eacutegalement prises et des actions engageacutees agrave court moyen et long terme sans attendre

drsquoavoir lrsquoensemble des reacutesultats

Recommandation concernant les analyses preacuteliminaires lanalyse des lacunes doit

commencer sur la base drsquoinformations facilement accessibles et de tests de base faciles agrave

engager et agrave comprendre Ensuite des analyses plus complexes pourront ecirctre reacutealiseacutees avec

des donneacutees suppleacutementaires au fur et agrave mesure de leur disponibiliteacute Ces analyses initiales

devront ecirctre seacutelectionneacutees en vue de produire des reacutesultats qui peuvent agrave eux seuls eacuteclairer

les premiegraveres prises de deacutecisions

Recommandation concernant cinq analyses initiales de lacunes 1 Consideacuterer visuellement la distribution des aires proteacutegeacutees 2 Sur la base de proceacutedures SIG examiner plus en profondeur la reacutepartition des zones

proteacutegeacutees 3 Etudier la distribution des AMP en fonction de la profondeur 4 Etudier la distribution des AMP en fonction de la classification existante des habitats

cocirctiers 5 Consideacuterer le reacuteseau des AMP selon les espegraveces et les habitats rares menaceacutes et en voie

de disparition

Recommandations sur la mise en œuvre du projet plus qursquoun projet lrsquoanalyse des lacunes

est un processus continu dont les reacutesultats devront ecirctre affineacutes au fur et agrave mesure des

connaissances sur une base adaptative Comme recommandeacute ci-dessus une approche agrave

court moyen et long terme devra ecirctre consideacutereacutee

Court-terme (entre maintenant et juin 2010) les tacircches suivantes seront engageacutees 1 eacutetablissement des termes de reacutefeacuterence et recrutement du chargeacute de projet 2 sensibilisation y compris preacutesentations du projet et des attentes lors de diverses

reacuteunions

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 7

3 recueil initial des donneacutees en se concentrant sur les informations facilement disponibles

4 analyse initiale des lacunes 5 preacutesentation des premiers reacutesultats agrave lAssembleacutee geacuteneacuterale RAMPAO 6 reacuteunion dexperts pour discuter des prochaines eacutetapes agrave moyen terme des donneacutees

compleacutementaires agrave collecter et des analyses agrave poursuivre (probablement dans une

reacuteunion speacuteciale durant lAssembleacutee geacuteneacuterale du RAMPAO

En outre les analyses possibles pour le moyen terme et une preacutevision pour le long terme

sont proposeacutees

Moyen terme collecte des donneacutees plus difficiles agrave obtenir analyses plus compliqueacutees

(identification des aires drsquoimportance eacutecologique et biologiques repreacutesentativiteacute

connectiviteacute reacutepliquas adeacutequationviabiliteacute)

Long terme compleacutements eacuteventuels avec des approches plus complexes de modeacutelisation

(MarZone MaxEnt) prise en consideacuteration du changement climatique hellip Toutefois dans le

cadre de ce projet agrave long terme il semble qursquoil serait preacutefeacuterable drsquoutiliser les ressources agrave

de la planification adaptative en se concentrant en premier sur les sites qui permettent de

combler les principales lacunes et ensuite drsquoaffiner lrsquoanalyse

En annexes sont proposeacutes

Les critegraveres de la CBD agrave lrsquoeacutechelle des sites (annexe 2) et agrave lrsquoeacutechelle des reacuteseaux (annexe 3)

Les sources de donneacutees issues des discussions avec les partenaires lors de la 1egravere mission (annexe 4)

lrsquoinventaire des donneacutees de base classeacutees suivant les deacutelais souhaitables drsquoacquisition la faciliteacute dacquisition et leur importance (annexe 5)

un certain nombre drsquoautres eacuteleacutements agrave consideacuterer dans la conception du reacuteseau dAMPs

issus de lrsquoexpeacuterience drsquoOSPAR (annexe 6)

Poursuite de la collaboration Sil eacutetait deacutecideacute de poursuivre la collaboration avec les

consultants et qursquoune deuxiegraveme mission soit programmeacutee nous suggeacuterons quelle coiumlncide

avec la troisiegraveme reacuteunion de lAssembleacutee geacuteneacuterale RAMPAO agrave la mi-2010 Les activiteacutes

possibles pour la 2egraveme mission pourraient comprendre

les reacuteponses aux questions qui se posent dans la phase 1

les reacuteflexions sur le deacuteveloppement de la phase 2 (moyen terme)

lrsquoassistance agrave la collecte de donneacutees en Europe et en Ameacuterique du Nord

lrsquoassistance aux analyses SIG (travailler en commun sur certaines analyses)

assistance agrave la preacutesentation des premiers reacutesultats RAMPAO aux membres et partenaires

participation agrave la reacuteunion dexperts pour discuter des prochaines eacutetapes (moyen terme) des donneacutees et analyses compleacutementaires

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 8

Terms of reference (summarised)

This project is planned to consist of three separate missions this is the report from the first

of these The overarching objectives of the entire project are

To support the RAMPAO in defining operational principles and precise and realistic

targets for the MPA network by the year 2012 notably as regards

representativeness practicality coherence and resilience of the network

Assist in the definition of the degree of protection of the marine and coastal

biodiversity and key-sites identified in the seven countries of the ecoregion

Assist in the identification of existing shortcomings particularly at the ecological and

socio-economic levels the management of MPAs of the RAMPAO using the available

information for decision-making

Assist in the definitiondesign of strategy aimed at minimizing the priority

shortcomings and making the network more coherent and practical with a view to

attain the objectives of the RAMPAO

Activities of this first mission are

1 Support the RAMPAO Secretariat in defining operational principles and targets

regarding key habitat representativeness as well as the RAMPAO functionality

coherence and resilience

2 Review the activities already carried out and available information about the degree

of protection of biodiversity in the ecoregion and the assessment of missing key-

information

3 Provide methodological support to RAMPAO for synthesizing the gap analysis

process particularly for the review of implemented activities and existing

information on the level of biodiversity protection in the ecoregion and for the

identification of gaps in key information

4 Suggest a programme of work for the next steps of the process

This report is structured according to the above four activities with a particular focus on the

last two

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 9

Review of activities and available information

Our first Mission Report provides details of our conversations with various key players in the

region as well as many preliminary observations and action points We suggest it be used

side-by-side this report A calendar of meetings we attended during the 1st Mission is listed

in Annex 1 A preliminary list of data sources highlighted in these discussions is provided in

Annex 4 to this report

In our discussions several repeating ideas about gaps analyses emerged

necessity gaps analyses are believed to be necessary and valuable

ecology gap analyses should focus on ecological aspects first setting aside

management considerations for the time being

management management and community involvement was emphasized in several

discussions as being essential after gaps are identified and the discussions turn to

how gaps could be filled

cultural considerations the work required to also take account of social traditional

and sacred concerns should be assessed

the offshore open sea (containing eg upwellings seamounts canyons cold water

corals etc) is an integral part of the marine environment but has to date not been

included in MPA discussions and represents a major obvious gap

site versus network criteria site level MPA criteria and network level criteria were

often discussed together as though they were all the same and thus greater clarity is

required on how these two complementary sets of criteria fit together into larger

gaps analyses

cooperation gaps analyses will require strong partnerships and cooperation both

within West Africa and abroad and further work should be done to strengthen these

partnerships through memorandums of understanding and other agreements Many

people noted that acquiring and combining data can use up much time and

resources

fisheries were recognised to encompass activities with the broadest geography and

largest ecological impacts as well as the most complicated social considerations

While MPAs are seen as a good tool for the conservation of biodiversity their use as

a fisheries management tool was seen as applicable in some but not all fisheries It

was pointed out that fisheries science has traditionally been carried out separately

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 10

from other scientific disciplines though acceptance of the ecosystem approach to

fisheries is changing this

ecological research and analyses people noted that while some good initial work

had often been started the coverage was often patchy and considerable work was

still required hence care is required to focus on what can be done with existing

information and to identify a few key research priorities out of the many

The following recommendations flow out of the above discussions

Recommendation re gap analysis considering that all the partners and parties

interviewed supported the need for a gaps analysis we recommend that the Gaps

Analysis Project proceed with the necessary funding personnel and institutional support

Recommendation re offshore gaps the lack of MPAs offshore particularly in the EEZs (12 -

200 nautical miles) of RAMPAO countries should be recognised by members as a serious

gap in the RAMPAO MPA network requiring immediate attention

Recommendation re fisheries considering their size and complexity special attention

should be given to fisheries and their interactions with existing and potential MPAs We

recommend a special Fisheries-MPA working group be set up with relevant institutions

such as CSRP and others1 to consider possible gaps in spatial fish protections as per the

CBD IX20 Annex 1 criteria noted above Additional fisheries relevant criteria such as the

FAO guidelines for the management of deep-sea fisheries (2009) could be applied as

appropriate

Recommendation re ecosystem research considering the breadth of possible research

topics we recommend that RAMPAO work cooperatively with research institutions such

as IRD and others to address critical knowledge gaps in a strategic fashion We

recommend prioritising research questions on three general criteria 1) relevance to

identifying and filling gaps 2) likelihood that these questions can realistically be answered

(considering budgets and scientific constraints) and 3) according to the speed of their

results a) quickly (ie 2010) b) in the medium-term (2011) and c) in the longer-term

(gt2011)

Recommendation re project officer considering the extent of the work a project officer

should be designated This officer should a) support the RAMPAO Secretariat (through

1 Because we were unable to interview representatives from the two relevant Large Marine Ecosystem (LME)

projects (which look at broad scale effects of fisheries) we are uncertain on how they would (or would not)

wish to participate An informal discussion with Merete Tandstad (FAO) while at another meeting suggests that

the Canary Current LME is still in early stages of development However we do suggest that both the LME

Secretariats and the FAO still be approached to gauge their interest

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 11

Charlotte Karibuhoye) in outreach to regional contact points and partners especially in

the development of project agreements such as MoUs and working groups b) supervise

and assist RAMPAOrsquos GIS technician (Souadou Ndiaye) as required c) oversee and

complete as required the data collection and technicalGIS work

Regarding the recommendation above we recognise that the Project Officer will require

additional funding to that which was originally envisioned in this project If funding for such

a position is not possible we would suggest that additional help be sought through

partners and specific contracts To the degree possible we have outlined the various

aspects of work that will need to be done as discreet pieces so as to allow for them to be

performed separately as funding permits

Recommendation re MoUs considering the broad scope and data requirements of this

project the RAMPAO Secretariat should continue to build upon its good relationships

within and outside of West Africa through the development of Memorandums of

Understanding (MoUs) or similar agreements These MoUs (or similar agreements) should

primarily consider data sharing arrangements andor the sharing of relevant analytical

work Additionally they may consider technical issues such as database compatibility and

also human capacity building training as appropriate

We believe that the Regional Contact Points could play an important role in facilitating

relationships agreements and access to regional data information and expertise

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 12

Ecological principles and targets

There is a broad literature concerning marine protected area (MPA) ecological principles

and criteria As noted at the Second General Assembly of RAMPAO the latest thinking on

this topic is captured in Decision XI20 of the Convention on Biological Diversity (CBD)

Adopted in June 2008 this Decision provides seven criteria for identifying ecologically and

biologically significant areas (IX20 Annex 1) and five criteria for MPA networks (IX20

Annex2) Thus the CBD recognised that site criteria and network criteria while strongly

linked are different Recently the CBD held an expert meeting in Ottawa Canada where

the seven site criteria were further discussed and guidance was drafted for their

implementation2

We find the CBD criteria to be sound and note that there will be an ongoing development

of global support and capacity building surrounding their implementation We therefore

recommend that RAMPAO base its operational principles and targets on these CBD criteria

and associated guidance

Recommendation re ecological criteria RAMPAOrsquos ecological principles and targets

should be based the CBD criteria for identifying ecologically significant sites (IX20 Annex

1) and MPA networks (IX20 Annex 2) taking into account additional CBD guidance as it is

developed

The full annexes of CBD Decision IX20 are appended to this report as Annexes 2 and 3 Briefly the seven CBD criteria for identifying ecologically and biologically significant areas are

1 Uniqueness or rarity 2 Special importance for life history of species 3 Importance for threatened endangered or declining species andor habitats 4 Vulnerability fragility sensitivity slow recovery 5 Biological productivity 6 Biological diversity 7 Naturalness

The five CBD MPA network criteria are 1 Ecologically and biologically significant areas (ie based on the 7 site criteria above) 2 Representativity 3 Connectivity 4 Replicated ecological features 5 Adequate and viable sites

2 Report of the expert workshop on ecological criteria and biogeographic classification systems for marine

areas in need of protection This guidance will go through the CBD review process and assuming it goes well

will be presented for acceptance at the Tenth Conference of Parties in October 2010

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 13

Methodology

Approach We view pragmatism modularity and flexibility as being necessary ingredients to an

approach that would best ensure success

Pragmatism The methodology should reflect an approach that will allow progress to

proceed despite imperfect data or other problems For example analyses should be done in

areas where data are available or where there is social political acceptance without the

(sometimes considerable) delay of waiting for data or acceptance from other neighbouring

areas within an ecological region3

Modularity Individual gap analyses should be able stand on their own while also fitting

together with others to form a fuller picture Analysis results should be fairly easy to explain

Flexibility Related to pragmatism above the methodology should follow good practices

while still remaining flexible to alternatives that are not ideal but which can allow for

progress For example when some data are not available other less-than-ideal ldquoproxiesrdquo

may have to be used as substitutes

Boundaries Ecological analyses should when possible be stratified according to accepted ecological

regions and sub-regions (eg Marine Ecosystems of the World ndashMEOW) However given

that in this project various areas have varying degrees of data availability we also see the

need for flexibility in the approach and recognise that some analyses may have to be

bounded according to boundaries that reflect where the data were collected Or in some

instances instead of ecological boundaries it may be appropriate to use traditional cultural

boundaries such as for artisanal fisheries

Timeframes Recommendation re short- medium- and long-term results given that some data will be

more readily available than others and that some analyses are easier to perform than

others we are recommending that a staged approach to delivering results be taken with

analyses planned for the short-term medium-term and long-term This will allow for

decisions and actions to also be taken in the short- medium- and long- term

3 However one must be careful to avoid transferring all gaps and attention to only those places that have data

or are willing to participate For it must be said that those places with few data and little protection are

usually the biggest gaps of all Maps should reflect low- and no-data areas clearly so that the reader

understands the limits of the analysis

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 14

We suggest the timeframe for delivering these short- medium- and long-term results could

be June 2010 (the next RAMPAO General Assembly) December 2011 (the end of this

project period) and December 2014 (the next project period) respectively These timelines

should dovetail with those of the recommendation re ecosystem research above when

appropriate These activities are further outlined in the suggested programme of work in

the section below

Initial tests Preliminary analyses should address basic gaps while later analyses could look at more

nuanced questions The unexpected availability (or unavailability) of data may sometimes

change the planned ordering of analyses If for some reason a particular analysis cannot be

done it should be skipped for the time being and not hold up further work If a preliminary

analysis indicates a significant gap it is unlikely any additional analyses will overturn that

finding and hence decision-making should in most cases proceed based on the results

from the initial basic tests without the delays associated with waiting for more data

Decisions can be refined however as more data become available In general coarse or

incomplete data demand greater precaution in decision-making This can create an

incentive for stakeholders to provide additional data that will allow for refinements

Recommendation re initial tests the gaps analysis should start with readily available

information and basic tests that are relatively easy to understand Later more complex

analyses can be performed with additional data as they become available The initial

basic gaps tests should be selected to provide results that can on their own inform

decision-making

A list of five such tests is outlined in the next section

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 15

Suggested programme of work

Short-term steps The following six steps outline the key tasks that we suggest would need to be done

between now and June 2010 in order to set this project in motion These steps are further

explained in the subsequent sections

1 Establishment of the projectrsquos terms of reference and recruitment of the project officer

2 outreach and coordination including informational presentations at various meetings

3 initial data collection focussing on readily available information 4 initial gaps analyses 5 presentation of initial results to the RAMPAO General Assembly 6 expert meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and analyses (likely

as a side-meeting to the General Assembly

Outreach amp coordination An ecosystem-level gaps analysis will require cooperation from a number of experts

agencies and institutions across all RAMPAO countries Hence outreach and coordination

will be important An introductory description of the project should be developed and

widely distributed as well as a web site page with up to date information on the project A

letter of introduction signed by a senior official(s) can also be important in terms of

establishing legitimacy Presentations introducing the project should be made at national

and regional level meetings as opportunity permits

Our meetings during the first mission proved to be very friendly and helpful These meetings

now require follow-up actions to each of the people contacted (see 1st Mission Report)

Because the people we met were mostly based in Senegal further work will be required

through the regional contact points for other countries

Areas of overlap with other activities (eg the Wetlands International implementation gaps

project) should be highlighted and discussions with these players begun to sort out how to

best cooperate and coordinate efforts

While outreach will be most intensive at the beginning of the project coordination will

continue throughout the projectrsquos duration

Recommendation re outreach 1) regional contact points should be updated on this

project and their help solicited 2) a clear one-page project description should be written

outlining the aims of the project and how cooperation with other bodies is being sought

3) a clear project web page should be developed 4) follow-up letters should sent to key

contacts we have already spoken to outlining next steps and where appropriate

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 16

proposing cooperation collaboration 5) presentations introducing the project should be

made at national and regional level meetings as opportunity permits

Acquisition of data amp information Central to this project will be identifying sources of information and data coordinating with

these experts data repositories and providers and ultimately acquiring the information or

data This will consume more time than any other task and probably more time than all the

other tasks combined

Steps

In the general case data acquisition will require the following steps some which may be

iterative (ie cycle around a few times)

searches ndashinternet list-serves libraries literature and through colleagues

informal emails calls and discussions with the expert or data custodian as to

what data may be available

formal letter(s) of introduction to the project signed by senior authorities and

usually addressed to mid- and senior-level people

face-to-face meetings in order to 1) gain permission to use the data and 2) to

learn about details and proper use of the data These two requirements may

mean two separate meetings

MoU drafting and signing andor data agreement andor formal letter of

request

logistics of how the data will be delivered and if any fees or restrictions are

involved

technical and scientific follow-up calls for assistance andor clarification on

interpretation or use of the data

The above steps have not been numbered because the order can vary from situation to

situation with some situations being informal and skipping steps while others are very

formal requiring prolonged discussions and additional steps that build trust

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 17

Three elements of success

Three elements of successful data acquisition are persistence practicality and

prioritisation

Persistence While most experts are usually happy to share their knowledge the sharing of

their data is often another matter The process can take weeks months or even years

Therefore in order to keep progress steady it is best to make a little time available every

day (say two hours) for data searches and follow-up politely reminding contacts from time

to time that you have not yet heard back from them That said do not waste time on data

that are only of marginal interest in the bigger picture It is easy to become lost in details

Practicality Often it is better to identify what data are readily available and to request

those data first This can help build trust and also allows for progress without getting stuck

Subsequently the provider can be approached again to discuss the other more difficult

data sets Thus the above steps can occur more than once with the same data provider

Again as noted above keeping the bigger picture in mind will help to focus data-gathering

activities on the most practical data sets

Prioritisation In an ecosystem-level analysis all kinds of data are interesting That said

some data are more helpful or urgent than others In the analyses outlined in the sections

below the general data requirements are listed The data requirements of the short-term

gap analyses should take priority over the medium-term ones which in turn should take

priority over the long-term analyses

Annex 5 GIS data priorities lists various common categories of data with their estimated

timeframe for usage (short- medium- long-term) availability and priority for this project

Strategies for acquiring difficult data

Sometimes data may be considered proprietary andor too sensitive to show and providers

usually assume they cannot be shared However with patience sometimes agreements can

be found whereby the data may be used ldquobehind the scenesrdquo in analyses so long as the

data are not displayed on final maps ndashonly the combined results which do not reveal the

data In other situations when the provider is an active participant the provider should be

invited to be a formal partner in the project and this may also ease data restrictions Finally

agreeing to perform joint-analyses or even contracting out certain analyses to the expert

can also allow the data to be used However in this latter case it may be difficult to do

quality control and hence the results can sometimes be puzzling or not what was required

If certain data are simply unavailable metadata can still be requested though metadata

often do not exist (In practice metadata if supplied are many times custom-created for

the particular request)

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 18

Meetings

General meetings A large forum like the RAMPAO General Assembly can be an excellent

opportunity to introduce interested parties to the project It may even be possible to get

general agreement around sharing data However such a general agreement if it can be

found would probably still not replace the need for MoUs and similar bilateral agreements

with specific agencies and institutions

In addition to regional meetings presentations should be made to national meetings

introducing the project as opportunity permits

Data meetings regional data meetings with database managers could help speed up the

process of data collection though this can vary from place to place In many cases it is

better to first approach people one-on-one Later after some data have already been

acquired a meeting can be used to discuss how to best merge data together and to

encourage others to also provide information data if they have not already done so

Expert meetings bringing together experts of a particular species or habitat can be a very

good way to identify available expertise information data and gaps Expert knowledge can

also be collected at such meetings drawn on maps etc but this requires prior training

preparation and processing afterwards In general expert meetings are most valuable after

a ldquodesktop studyrdquo where basic gaps have been identified and there are now specific

questions that have been identified as needing answers Targeted expert meetings can be

valuable at different times throughout a process as different issues need addressing Their

main drawback is the expense and work required A badly run meeting can also turn opinion

against a project and so care has to be taken to do a good job

Recommendation re data information collection 1) The process of collecting data should

begin immediately This will require close coordination with outreach activities 2) Priority

should be given to collecting data that are a) easily acquired and b) required for the initial

short-term analyses 3) Lists of data sources contact information and what dates they

were approached should be kept to track progress 4) Data collaboration should be on the

agenda of the next RAMPAO General Assembly meeting 5) After an initial (eg 3-6

month) period of data collection the need for data meetings andor expert meetings

should be assessed

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 19

Five initial gap analyses The following analyses are recommended as initial tests that should be done in the short-

term (present to June 2010) and when possible in the order presented However we

acknowledge that data availability can alter the ordering of the tests and even what tests

are undertaken ndashincluding developing new ones not listed here These basic tests can be

followed up with more complex analyses such as outlined in the next sections of this report

1 Visually consider the distribution of protected areas Is the network spatially well

distributed without more than a few major gaps If not what gaps can a person

immediately see Consider along-shore gaps and gaps moving out towards the offshore

Consider the northern central and southern thirds of the RAMPAO area Consider

national boundaries

Technical amp data requirements no GIS or GIS data are required A basic paper map

showing the protected areas and national boundaries is sufficient

Rationale this simple assessment is deceptively powerful Simplicity should not be seen

as detracting from its value The human eye can see many patterns and gaps that are

difficult to quantify into statistics When most people agree on a visual gap this

indicates that it is likely valid and worthy of serious consideration

Connectivity and representativity are two of the five agreed-upon CBD criteria for

assessing MPA networks (IX20 Annex 2) If the network is generally not well distributed

in space then it is unlikely to exhibit characteristics of connectivity or representativity

and thus is very unlikely to be ecologically coherent Note that if a network is well-

distributed in space this does not necessarily ensure that these criteria are being met

and further tests will still be required

2 Using GIS procedures consider in greater depth the distribution of protected areas For

this test and all the other tests below perform it first for the whole region then for

each of the three broad ecoregions north central and south4 and finally according to

national boundaries

a Zones offshore Consider coverage within four basic zones i the shorelines (0-5

nautical miles offshore) ii nearshore (~5-15 nm) iii mid-offshore (~15-50 nm)

and iv far offshore (~50 -200 nm) What percentage of each of these broad

zones has MPAs

b Distance from shore statistics what is the average (arithmetic mean) extent that

RAMPAO MPAs extend offshore What is the range of these values What is the

4 This could include the MEOW (Marine Ecoregions Of the World) classification or other similar ecoregions

accepted by RAMPAO partners

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 20

standard deviation Considering that RAMPOA waters extend approximately 200

nm offshore what do these distance-offshore statistics suggest

c Nearest neighbour distance in each of the above zones calculate ldquonearest

neighbourrdquo statistics between MPAs noting the range of MPA spacing the

arithmetic mean of the spacing and the standard deviation of spacing between

sites In this test and all others displaying the histogram of results can be very

informative and is recommended

Technical amp data requirements GIS files are required for shoreline data MPAs

ecoregions national boundaries These three tests (a) ndash (c) get progressively more

technically advanced in the use of GIS However it is outside the scope of this report to

fully describe the GIS methods If a minimum separation distance is chosen as a network

criterion (see comments below) then an easier GIS analysis would be to buffer the

MPAs by a value of half that distance to identify which areas that ldquotouchrdquo and which do

not

Rationale these analyses put some numbers to the first visual test In most ways

however the visual test is simpler and easier to understand That said numbers in

tables can help rank gaps according to basic properties

Unfortunately the GIS methods can be a bit difficult for a beginner If parts of this test

are too difficult they can be skipped since the visual assessment already tells us a lot

Setting explicit quantitative targets for spacing can be controversial and difficult to

support scientifically What is adequate for some species will still be inadequate for

others That said for a basic initial test ldquorules of thumbrdquo have been proposed The

BALANCE project in the Baltic Sea suggested 25 km as an ideal maximum spacing

between shoreline sites (2008) Instead of looking at the ideal situation the OSPAR

Convention for the Northeast Atlantic took a different approach considering the very

longest spacing that could be considered contributing anything at all towards ecological

coherence of the MPA network ie a theoretical ldquoworst caserdquo The OSPAR guidelines for

this worst case are nearshore ~250 km (linear shoreline distance) offshore ~200 000

km2 (which is about equivalent to a ~500 km diameter circle) high seas ~1 000 000 km2

(equivalent to a square with ~1000 km sides) For OSPAR nearshore meant shoreline

and territorial waters out to 12 nm offshore meant EEZ waters (12-200 nm) and high

seas meant waters beyond 200 nm from shore (OPSAR 2008 Ardron 2009)

3 Consider MPA distribution according to depth As for all these analyses perform these

tests first for the whole region then for each of the three broad ecoregions north

central and south and finally according to national boundaries

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 21

a Depth statistics what is the average (arithmetic mean) depth of RAMPAO

MPAs What is the range of values What is the standard deviation How do

these numbers compare with the overall RAMPAO region

b Depth zones consider the following eight general depth zones and what

percentage of each zone is within the current MPA network 0-25 m

(shallow) 25-50 m (photic) 50-100m (upper shelf) 100-200 m (lower shelf)

200-400 m (upper slope) 400-800 m (mid-slope) 800-1600 m (lower slope)

1600-3200 m or greater (abyssal plain)5

Technical amp data requirements data as per the previous test plus bathymetry The

easiest and fastest way to perform these statistics is to convert the MPA shapefile

(and if it is not already the bathymetry) into a raster grid and do grid analyses

Rationale depth is widely recognised as one of the key variables that describes

biotic communities in a give region and as such is a very basic measure of

representativity This analysis could be improved by combining surficial sediment

data with depth to make simple seafloor sediment-depth classes if available

4 Consider MPA distribution according to existent shoreline habitat classification

Although the whole RAMPAO shoreline is likely not classified certain features such

as estuaries or mangroves may already largely be identified Taking these shoreline

features that are either readily available or readily digitised consider what

percentage of each of these feature types are within the current MPA network

Consider what percentage of the MPA network lies outside of these readily

identifiable shoreline features Consider also according to ecoregions and national

boundaries

Technical amp data requirements any available shoreline features such as estuaries

and mangroves If the data are good enough each of these features could be sub-

divided eg large medium and small estuaries If geophysical shoreline type data

are missing basic categories such as cliff rock and sandmud shores can often be

visually estimated and hand digitised by looking at terrestrial topographic data along

the shoreline combined with nearshore bathymetry if available

5 These log2 depth classes are admittedly somewhat arbitrary (25 2

i) and could be refined either by

considering a regional biological classification histogram of the distribution of depths or natural breaks in the

data It is our understanding however that no bio-physical classification has been performed for the region

For an initial test these somewhat arbitrary depth classes are sufficient to point out general gaps and reflect

the generally logarithmic scale of decreasing resolution (increasing breadth of classes) with depth

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 22

Rationale since the RAMPAO MPA network is currently shoreline-based this test is

suggested before considering other physical features further offshore This test is

designed to give a rough idea of shoreline representativity

5 Consider the RAMPAO network according to rare threatened and endangered

species and habitats (features) for which data are available Perform the same sort

of tests as in the test above using available data for rare threatened and

endangered features Consider what percentage of each of these feature types are

within the current MPA network Consider what percentage of the MPA network lies

outside of these features Consider also according to ecoregions and national

boundaries

Technical amp data requirements there are modelling techniques to predict the

potential habitat of species but these techniques are advanced and would fall under

the long-term timeframe For this initial analysis only available data should be

considered If the data appear to be very incomplete then they should not be used

Recognising that such data can be sub-regionally incomplete some sections of the

network may have to be left out of this analysis marked as ldquono datardquo areas on the

maps

Rationale rare threatened and endangered features are often protected by law

and also often of interest to researchers There is usually some information on them

though not always digital data and may instead be in the form of expert opinion

Ecologically there are three different types of rare threatened and endangered

features each requiring a different management response 1) features that have

always been rare 2) features that used to be common but are now rare due to

human pressures (ie threatened and endangered) 3) features that are on the edge

of their range and a) this range is steady or b ) this range is shifting (expanding

contracting moving away entering the region) due to climate change or other

environmental changes It would be best to perform this test separately for the three

different classes and associated sub-classes of rare threatened and endangered

features taking into account their population trends However for an initial test

such refinements should be seen as optional depending on information availability

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 23

Medium term gap analyses The following analyses are recommended for consideration in the medium-term (June 2010

to Dec 2011) with choice largely driven by data availability Due to the somewhat longer

time period fewer details are provided here than in the section above allowing for further

elaborations during the 2nd Mission when more is known They are arranged according to

the CBD MPA network criteria (IX20 Annex 2)

In addition to the tests outlined below others that were developed for the OSPAR Regional

Seas Convention for the Northeast Atlantic are listed in Annex 6 Thirty additional

assessments These are also well-suited to the medium-term and medium-quality data

Note that the four OSPAR MPA network criteria overlap four of the five CBD criteria

Ecologically and biologically significant areas (EBSAs)

If specific EBSAs are known consideration should be given to their possible inclusion in the

MPA network Not all EBSAs need necessarily become MPAs for some EBSAs non-spatial

management may be more appropriate It is difficult to do proper gaps assessment on

EBSAs because the distribution of all EBSAs of a given type is usually not known and hence

there is little context by which to judge a given site Thus the rule of thumb is that all EBSAs

if not in the MPA network should be treated as possible gaps and reviewed one at a time

for possible inclusion

The CBD is in the process of developing further guidance on the selection of EBSAs in the

open oceans and deep seas and much of this guidance is also applicable to shallower

nearshore systems Because this guidance is not yet accepted by the CBD we refer you

instead to a background report that was written for the CBD Ottawa Expert Workshop that

discussed these issues 29 Sept ndash 02 Oct 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant

areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations (Ardron

et al 2009) is a report in two parts Both parts are included with this report and are

recommended here as guidance on selecting CBD EBSAs

First gathering information from local residents and experts on places they sense to be

important can go far in identifying key EBSAs The ldquorecognition heuristicrdquo (Gigerenzer 1999)

is a powerful way to quickly locate longstanding ecologically significant areas in a given

region and we note that NGOs such as WWF have already done such work in the past and

that this work could be readily updated and built upon

Representativity

Many tests for representativity can be developed based on available data Listed below are

some of the more likely approaches

Seascapes identify the main shoreline topographic (benthic) and oceanographic

(pelagic) features of the region and check to see what percentage of each is included

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 24

in the MPA network Typical benthic seascape features would include canyons

seamounts reefs etc Typical pelagic features include frontal systems upwellings

gyres See also Annex 5 GIS data priorities

Topographic complexity using only bathymetry a surrogate measure of benthic

complexity can be developed (Ardron 2002) This measure can help highlight areas of

likely increased benthic richness amongst other traits

Biogeographic classification system whereas seascapes focus on physical features

a biogeographic attempts to also include information on biology such that the

system divides an area according to broad ecological communities based on physical

proxies The creation of a biogeographic classification should include both pelagic

and benthic realms is labour- and data- intensive and requires extensive peer

review

Biogeographic components instead of attempting a full biogeographic classification

system certain aspects can be developed separately For example depth strata can

be combined with sea floor sediment data to make a basic sea bottom classification

These can then be nested within the broad bioregions of the RAMPAO area

Likewise exposure wave energy can be combined with shoreline types to create

another basic classification Creating components such as these can be further

explored in the 2nd Mission once it is better known what data information are

available

Connectivity

This is the CBD criterion most difficult to assess with few options for the medium-term

except for looking at distances between sites (see short-term test above) Several academic

modelling exercises have been attempted with mixed levels of success in areas with much

better data than exist in West Africa We would caution RAMPAO in spending too much

time on such modelling exercises In general nearshore sites require closer spacing than

sites further offshore (OSPAR 2007) If it is known that certain areas provide larvae or

juveniles to other places then these ldquosourcerdquo areas should be considered for protection

Note that such areas could also fall under the EBSA criterion for productivity

Replication

At its most basic level this criterion asks that there be more than one MPA for every feature

in the network In practice this is usually considered using available information on

representativity (see above) and whatever biological data may also be available This

criterion can be assessed very simply initially by testing to see if there is more than one MPA

in each broad zone such as distance from shore or depth zone as described in the previous

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 25

section on short-term assessments Assessing replication can become more refined as more

MPAs are designated and better data become available

Adequacy viability

Ideally MPA sites should be monitored to ensure that their aims are being met In cases

where this is occurring the monitoring results should be used to determine if the individual

sitersquos size location and shape is adequate Where monitoring is not occurring or is

incomplete or too recent to determine trends other measures will have to be used Size is

probably the most commonly discussed measure and yet it remains also probably the most

controversial (Fahig 2001) Nonetheless even in an absence of consensus on this issue by

looking at possible ranges of sizes a sense can still be gained if the sites are or are not

likely to be meeting their aims A full assessment of site size which is outside the scope of

this report should take into account the species life-history population structure quality of

the habitat the quality of the surrounding areas and possible connectivity to other sites

(Lindeboom amp Baumlck 2005) However in many cases the scientific knowledge about a feature

will be insufficient to determine this very exactly Even if the life history of a species is well

know for example it is usually not known how much the surrounding area can be expected

to play a role in supporting the healthy functioning of that species Nonetheless it is

generally true that heavily impacted surrounding areas will provide less of a supporting role

to protected features than pristine ones In data-poor situations often it is still possible to

use expert opinion to specify a range of sizes which would likely be appropriate for the

adequate protection of a given feature (text adapted from OSPAR 2007)

For the RAMPAO network expert assessments of the efficacy of individual MPA sites is

probably the best way to consider the adequacy aspect of the criterion and we note the

work that has already been done by RAMPAO on this regard as well as the IUCN on

assessing management effectiveness (2007 2008a 2008b)

Relative viability can also be inferred from a threats pressures analysis In performing a

population density analysis proximity to human settlements can be used as a first indication

of how much anthropomorphic stress a protected area may be experiencing Looking

further at the composition of sensitive and threatened species within a given area can

further refine this initial threats analysis

Long term gap analyses In many cases analyses that got delayed in the medium term would be still valuable in the

longer term (2011 to 2014) However for the longer-term we would also hope that

RAMPAO activities would begin to focus on the filling of already-identified ecological and

management gaps

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 26

MarZone and MaxEnt

As an MPA network develops so does the need for more sophisticated analyses MarZone

(Marxan with Zones) has received positive attention recently and is a good tool for zoning

multiple activities with various levels of conservation restrictions In order to use a tool like

Marxan broad representativity data (ldquocoarse filterrdquo) and biological data (ldquofine filterrdquo) are

required and in order to use a zoning tool like MarZone broad coverage human use data

are additionally required One big advantage of MarxanMarZone is the user community

that has grown up around it and the good practices that continue to be developed

To get broad scale species distributions usually point occurrence data are fitted to physical

chemical environmental variables producing a predictive habitat model Good success has

been attained using the MaxEnt model (httpwwwcsprincetonedu~schapiremaxent)

though many other approaches also exist The construction of species-habitat predictive

models can take time and acquiring combining the environmental data also takes much

work In order to not bias the Marxan MarZone analysis several species-habitat models

would have to be created for several different key species from a variety of taxonomic

families trophic levels and feeding guilds This would be clearly a long-term project and

can only be justified if the RAMPAO MPA network has reached a level of sophistication to

demand such an analysis

Climate change modelling

Conservation network planning for climate change can also involved complicated modelling

(eg Fuller et al 2008) However again these approaches are data-intensive and require

advanced technical abilities

Ongoing adaptive approach

It is unlikely that the above advanced modelling approaches would be worth their

considerable effort and instead it is suggested that much more can be achieved through

good cooperation with stakeholders scientific expertise and some ldquocommon senserdquo

Recognising that no plan is perfect planning should be seen as an ongoing process of

refinement Paramount will be the ability to be flexible and adapt to changing ecological and

social conditions To do so will require governance structures from local to international

levels ndashlikewise matched to adapt quickly and effectively

While it is relatively easy to point out gaps in an MPA network at ever-increasing levels of

sophistication it is much harder to fill those gaps even on the most rudimentary level

Therefore we urge RAMPAO to act in the long term on addressing the gaps that are readily

apparent through basic tests such as the ones outlined in this document

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 27

Possible activities of the 2nd Mission

This report and the two-part background report prepared for the CBD (also included in this

submission ndashArdron et al 2009) offer a lot of information We expect that as RAMPAO staff

sifts through this guidance questions will arise We see the 2nd Mission as one that could be

devoted to

answering questions that arise from the 1st Mission guidance ndashprocess ecological

and technical

elaborating medium-term gap analyses once more is known about data availability

and technical capacity within RAMPAO and its partner organisations

providing assistance in data collection in Europe and North America

doing joint GIS analyses there could be benefit in working together on some of the

GIS analyses such as the analysis of topographic complexity

presenting initial results we also believe that it will be important to present some

short-term gap analysis results to RAMPAO members and partners

participating in the Third Meeting of the RAMPAO General Assembly we suggest that the 2nd Mission coincide with the RAMPAO General Assembly and include

o a presentation of initial results to the General Assembly and o an expert side-meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and

analyses

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 28

References

Ardron JA 2002 A Recipe for Determining Benthic Complexity An Indicator of Species Richness In Marine Geography GIS for the Oceans and Seas (ch 23 pp 196-175) Joe Breman (ed) Redlands CA USA ESRI Press

Ardron JA 2009 Three initial OSPAR tests of ecological coherence heuristics in a data-limited situation ICES Journal of Marine Research 658 1527-1533

Ardron JA Dunn D Corrigan C Gjerde K Halpin P Rice J Vanden Berghe E Vierros M 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations A background document for the CBD expert workshop Ottawa Canada 29 September ndash 2 October 2009 37 pp + 73 pp Annex 1

BALANCE 2008 Ecological coherence and principles MPA assessment selection and design Technical Summary Report 34 httpbalance-euorgxpdfbalance-technical-summary-report-no-3-4pdf

FAO 2009 International guidelines for the management of deep-sea fisheries in the high seas Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations Rome

Fahrig 2001 How much Habitat is enough Biological Conservation 100 (1) 65-74

Fuller T Morton DP Sarkar S 2008 Incorporating uncertainty about speciesrsquo potential distributions under climate change into the selection of conservation areas with a case study from the Arctic Coastal Plain of Alaska Biological Conservation 141 1547-1559

Gigerenzer G Todd P M and the ABC Research Group 1999 Simple heuristics that make us smart Oxford University Press New York

IUCNBRAO 2007 Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parc de Guineacutee Bissau

IUCNPACO 2008a Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees aires proteacutegeacutees de la Reacutepublique de Guineacutee

IUCNBRAO 2008b Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parcs et reacuteserves de Mauritanie

Lindeboom HJ and Baumlck S 2005 Establishing coastal and marine reserves- with the emphasis on fisheries Pages 103-118 In Managing European Coasts Past Present and Future J Vermaat LBouwer KTurner WSalomons (Eds) Springer-Verlag

OSPAR 2007 Background document to support the Assessment of whether the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is Ecologically Coherent OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic Publication Number 2007320 wwwosparorg

OSPAR 2008 Three initial spatial tests looking at the ecological coherence of the OSPAR marine protected area (MPA) network OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic 3602008 wwwosparorg 17 pp

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 29

Annex 1 Calendar of meetings 1st Mission 5-12 Sept 2009

Lundi

FIBA

Charlotte Karibuhoye

Coordinatrice

Souadou Ndiaye

SIG RAMPAO

Julien Semelin Appui agrave la creacuteation de nouvelles AMP et renforcement de lrsquoefficaciteacute des AMP

UICN Racine Kane AMP transfrontaliegravere

16h par teacuteleacutephone

PRCM Ahmed Senhoury

Directeur

Mardi

8h30 WWF Mamadou Diallo

Chargeacute de mission espegraveces et habitats

mdialowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 641 13 84

Paul Siegel Conseiller en environnement marin psiegelwwfsenegalorg 221 869 37 00

10h30

CSE centre de suivi eacutecologique Ministegravere de lrsquoenvironnement

Taibou Ba Cartes donneacutees

15h Wetland international Africa

Emma GREATRIX

Network for biodiversiteacute (BIOMAC network) Manatee Waterbirds Mangroves

egeatrix]wetlandssn +221 33 869 1681

Mercredi

10h SI NEPAD David Njiki Njiki

Coordinateur environnement njikinjikiyahoocom 221 33 842 73 11

12h WWF Ibrahima Niamadio

Officier pecircche durable iniamadiowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 567 53 16

15h par teacuteleacutephone

UICN Mathieu Ducroq

Coordinateur du programme marin et cocirctier de lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoouest central

+ 222 662 40 82 portable 0022 529 09 77 bureau

16h par teacuteleacutephone

RAMPAO Alfredo da Silva

Preacutesident du RAMPAO Directeur IBAP Ancien coordinateur du reacuteseau de gestion des zones cocirctiegraveres

00245 580 38 48 ou 00 245

UNESCO Isabelle Niang

Projet GEF drsquoadaptation au changement climatique en Afrique de lrsquoouest Erosion cocirctiegravere

Jeudi

9h UICN Guineacutee Bissau

Pierre Campredon

Ancien responsable du PRCM Pierrecampredoniucnorg 0033 630340088

11h30 Convention drsquoAbidjan

Nassere Kaba 0022520211183

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 30

13h CRODTCNDO ODINAFRICA

Anis Diallo Aquaculture et directeur du CNDO adialloordinafricanet 22133832826465 221 77 631 15 95

15h CSRP

M Hamadi Diop

En charge du deacutepartement laquo recherche et systegraveme drsquoinformation raquo

hamadidiopgmailcom

Philippe Tous Projet AFD ndash inteacutegration des AMP dans les politiques de pecircche

philipetousgmailcom (Skype Phil_tous)

Renaud Bailleux

Contrat UICN sur la gestion de lrsquoaccegraves aux ressources halieutiques dans la reacutegion - accords de pecircche ndash gouvernance partageacutee dans les AMP (financement PRCM)

M Dop mika Programme requins de la FIBA mika_dfryahoofr

Vendredi

9H IRD Luis Tito de Morais

Peumlcheeacutecologie des peuplements de poissons

titoirdsn 221 33 849 3658

11h UICN Mamadou Sow

Chef de projet mangrove Mamadousowuicnorg 221 33 869 0286

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 31

Annex 2 CBD criteria for ecologically significant areas

CBD Decision IX20 Annex 1

SCIENTIFIC CRITERIA FOR IDENTIFYING ECOLOGICALLY OR BIOLOGICALLY SIGNIFICANT MARINE AREAS IN NEED OF PROTECTION IN OPEN-

OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS

Criteria Definition Rationale Examples Consideration in application

Uniqueness or

rarity

Area contains

either (i) unique (ldquothe

only one of its kindrdquo) rare

(ldquooccurs only in few

locationsrdquo) or endemic

species populations or

communities andor (ii)

unique rare or distinct

habitats or ecosystems

andor (iii) unique or

unusual geomorphological

or oceanographic features

Irreplaceable

Loss would mean the probable permanent disappearance of diversity or a feature or reduction of the diversity at any level

Open ocean waters

Sargasso Sea Taylor column

persistent polynyas

Deep-sea habitats

endemic communities around

submerged atolls hydrothermal

vents sea mounts pseudo-

abyssal depression

Risk of biased-view of the perceived uniqueness depending on the information availability

Scale dependency of features such that unique features at one scale may be typical at another thus a global and regional perspective must be taken

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 32

Special

importance for

life-history

stages of

species

Areas that are required for

a population to survive and

thrive

Various biotic and abiotic

conditions coupled with

species-specific

physiological constraints

and preferences tend to

make some parts of marine

regions more suitable to

particular life-stages and

functions than other parts

Area containing (i) breeding grounds

spawning areas nursery areas juvenile

habitat or other areas important for life

history stages of species or (ii) habitats of

migratory species (feeding wintering or

resting areas breeding moulting

migratory routes)

Connectivity between life-history stages and linkages between areas trophic interactions physical transport physical oceanography life history of species

Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data Vessel monitoring system (VMS) data

Spatial and temporal distribution andor aggregation of the species

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 33

Importance for

threatened

endangered or

declining

species andor

habitats

Area containing habitat for

the survival and recovery

of endangered threatened

declining species or area

with significant

assemblages of such

species

To ensure the restoration

and recovery of such species

and habitats

Areas critical for threatened endangered

or declining species andor habitats

containing (i) breeding grounds spawning

areas nursery areas juvenile habitat or

other areas important for life history

stages of species or (ii) habitats of

migratory species (feeding wintering or

resting areas breeding moulting

migratory routes)

Includes species with very large geographic ranges

In many cases recovery will require reestablishment of the species in areas of its historic range

Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data vessel-monitoring system (VMS) data

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 34

Vulnerability

Fragility

Sensitivity or

Slow recovery

Areas that contain a

relatively high proportion

of sensitive habitats

biotopes or species that

are functionally fragile

(highly susceptible to

degradation or depletion

by human activity or by

natural events) or with

slow recovery

The criteria indicate the

degree of risk that will be

incurred if human activities

or natural events in the area

or component cannot be

managed effectively or are

pursued at an unsustainable

rate

Vulnerability of species

Inferred from the history of how species or populations in other similar areas responded to perturbations

Species of low fecundity slow growth long time to sexual maturity longevity (eg sharks etc)

Species with structures providing biogenic habitats such as deepwater corals sponges and bryozoans deep-water species

Vulnerability of habitats

Ice-covered areas susceptible to ship-based pollution

Ocean acidification can make deep sea habitats more vulnerable to others and increase susceptibility to human induced changes

Interactions between vulnerability to human impacts and natural events

Existing definition emphasizes site specific ideas and requires consideration for highly mobile species

Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 35

Biological

productivity

Area containing species

populations or

communities with

comparatively higher

natural biological

productivity

Important role in fuelling

ecosystems and increasing

the growth rates of

organisms and their capacity

for reproduction

Frontal areas

Upwellings

Hydrothermal vents

Seamounts polynyas

Can be measured as the rate of growth of marine organisms and their populations either through the fixation of inorganic carbon by photosynthesis chemosynthesis or through the ingestion of prey dissolved organic matter or particulate organic matter

Can be inferred from remote-sensed products eg ocean colour or process-based models

Time-series fisheries data can be used but caution is required

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 36

Biological

diversity

Area contains

comparatively higher

diversity of ecosystems

habitats communities or

species or has higher

genetic diversity

Important for evolution and

maintaining the resilience of

marine species and

ecosystems

Sea-mounts

Fronts and convergence zones

Cold coral communities

Deep-water sponge communities

Diversity needs to be seen in relation to the surrounding environment

Diversity indices are indifferent to species substitutions

Diversity indices are indifferent to which species may be contributing to the value of the index and hence would not pick up areas important to species of special concern such as endangered species

Can be inferred from habitat heterogeneity or diversity as a surrogate for species diversity in areas where biodiversity has not been sampled intensively

Naturalness Area with a comparatively

higher degree of

naturalness as a result of

the lack of or low level of

human-induced

disturbance or

degradation

To protect areas with near natural structure processes and functions

To maintain these areas as reference sites

To safeguard and enhance ecosystem resilience

Most ecosystems and habitats have

examples with varying levels of

naturalness and the intent is that the

more natural examples should be

selected

Priority should be given to areas having a low level of disturbance relative to their surroundings

In areas where no natural areas remain areas that have successfully recovered including reestablishment of species should be

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 37

considered

Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 38

Annex 3 CBD criteria for MPA networks

Decision IX20 Annex II SCIENTIFIC GUIDANCE FOR SELECTING AREAS TO ESTABLISH A REPRESENTATIVE NETWORK OF MARINE PROTECTED AREAS INCLUDING IN

OPEN OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS

Required network properties and

components Definition Applicable site specific considerations (inter alia)

Ecologically and biologically significant areas

Ecologically and biologically significant areas are geographically or oceanographically discrete areas that provide important services to one or more speciespopulations of an ecosystem or to the ecosystem as a whole compared to other surrounding areas or areas of similar ecological characteristics or otherwise meet the criteria as identified in annex I to decision IX20

Uniqueness or rarity

Special importance for life history stages of species

Importance for threatened endangered or declining species andor habitats

Vulnerability fragility sensitivity or slow recovery

Biological productivity

Biological diversity

Naturalness

Representativity Representativity is captured in a network when it consists of areas representing the different biogeographical subdivisions of the global oceans and regional seas that reasonably reflect the full range of ecosystems including the biotic and habitat diversity of those marine ecosystems

A full range of examples across a biogeographic habitat or community classification relative health of species and communities relative intactness of habitat(s) naturalness

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 39

Connectivity Connectivity in the design of a network allows for linkages whereby protected sites benefit from larval andor species exchanges and functional linkages from other network sites In a connected network individual sites benefit one another

Currents gyres physical bottlenecks migration routes species dispersal detritus functional linkages Isolated sites such as isolated seamount communities may also be included

Replicated ecological features Replication of ecological features means that more than one site shall contain examples of a given feature in the given biogeographic area The term ―features means ―species habitats and ecological processes that naturally occur in the given biogeographic area

Accounting for uncertainty natural variation and the possibility of catastrophic events Features that exhibit less natural variation or are precisely defined may require less replication than features that are inherently highly variable or are only very generally defined

Adequate and viable sites Adequate and viable sites indicate that all sites within a network should have size and protection sufficient to ensure the ecological viability and integrity of the feature(s) for which they were selected

Adequacy and viability will depend on size shape buffers persistence of features threats surrounding environment (context) physical constraints scale of featuresprocesses spillovercompactness

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 40

Annex 4 Data sources highlighted in discussions during the 1st Mission

Thegravemes Organisme ressources Personnes ressources Sites internet ressources et bases de donneacutees

Donneacutees bibliographiques

IRD Linus base bibliographique (httpiacaprodc3eduvsqfrlinus)

CRODT Catalogue des publications du CRODT

Donneacutees geacuteneacuterales

PRCMFIBA SIG Reacutegional Catalogue drsquoInformations pour lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoOuest (CIAO) wwwolmmrciao

OdinAfrica African marine atlas ndash voir OdinAfrica

OBIS httpwwwiobisorg

Guineacutee Bissau SIG Guineacutee Bissau au 200 000 egraveme sur toute la zone cocirctiegravere et 50 000 egraveme sur les Bijagos voir Franccedilois Gourmelonuniv-brestfr ou Emmanuel Ginaudet

Cap vert Systegraveme national SIG pour toutes les donneacutees du Cap vert

Bathymeacutetrie

Navy Londres Africa Pilot Volume 1 Hydrographer of the Navy London 1967

SHOM Carte SHOM ndeg6815 INT14 au 110 000 000egraveme Voir site wwwshomfr - catalogue

Cf Canada Carte au CSE

CND0 CD des donneacutees bathymeacutetriques de la sous-reacutegion

Donneacutees oceacuteanographiques geacuteneacuterales

OdinAfrica Points focaux des pays agrave voir sur site internet drsquoOdinAfrica

ordinafricanet Atelier national OdinAfrica ndash voir sur le site CNDO Aller sur le site OdinAfrica reacutecupeacuterer les shapefiles (httpwwwodinafricaorg) et sur httpwwwafricanmarineatlasnet

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 41

IRDlaboratoire LOCEAN-IPSL (Universiteacute Paris 6) LPAOSF (Lab de Physique de lAtmosphegravere et de lOceacutean de agrave lEacutecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique-UCAD

Alban Lazar (IRD) Simeacuteon Fongang (Ecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique) Raymond Lahaye (IRDLEMAR)

Circulation oceacuteanique le long des cocirctes seacuteneacutegalaises (structures variabiliteacute meacutecanismes de lrsquoupwelling des courants cocirctiers des tempeacuteratures et des saliniteacutes) et les couplages oceacutean-atmosphegravere

FAO Merete TANDSTAD Projets CCLEM et GCLME

NEPAD Projet GCLME

PRCM et IMROP + autres

Faire lrsquoinventaire des socieacuteteacutes qui ont fait de la prospection peacutetroliegravere et voir leurs donneacutees et eacutetudes drsquoimpact eacutetude Woodside ou Dana petroleum voir PRCM et IMROP

Universiteacute Rapport master de lrsquouniversiteacute sur la modeacutelisation de la circulation et des tempeacuteratures sur la haute mer (demander CNDO)

Upwellings Odiafrica Donneacutees upwellings sur Odinafrica

IRD P CURY et N BEZ

Geacuteologie seacutediemntologie et Nature des fonds

2 thegraveses sur le plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais sud et nord

IRD carte de Domain (IRDORSTOM) carte des seacutediments du plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais)

carte de Barusso

Travaux de Lachance et Mc Master

Odinafirca Plateau continental ndash carte digitaliseacutee sur la nature des fonds ndash voir sur ordinafrica

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 42

Annex 5 GIS data priorities

Explanation of ranking system

Term short-term bullbullbull medium-term bullbull long-term bull Estimated Ease of acquiring data easy bullbullbull moderatebullbull difficult bull

Importance high bullbullbull moderate bullbull low bull Term Ease Import

Base layers

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 coastline(s)

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 2 ecological regions

bullbullbull bull bullbullbull 3 bathymetry

bullbullbull bullbull bull 4 topography (for land ndashcan help with shoreline classifications)

Physical and oceanographic

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 estuaries rivers

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 shoreline type (cliff rocky sandy muddy etc)

bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 surficial sediment (bottom type)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 seafloor topographic complexity ruggedness (can be created from bathymetry)

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 5 seamounts (can also be identified through bathymetry)

6 other seascape features eg

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull canyons

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 43

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull ridges

bullbull bullbullbull bullbull hydrothermal vents

bullbull bull bullbull seeps

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull banks

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull rocky reefs

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull estuaries (sub-classes)

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull lagoons

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull upwellings

bull bullbull bull 7 ocean currents tides

bull bullbull bullbull 8 sea surface temperature

bull bullbull bullbull 9 salinity

bull bull bull 10 photosynthetically available radiation (PAR)

bull bull bull 11 coastal erosion sediment transport

bull bull bullbull 12 climate change trends eg movement of upwellings

Biological habitat

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 1 threatened or endangered species (amp spawning nursery areas etc)

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 threatened or endangered habitats

bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 habitat classification (if one exists regionally)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 biogenic features eg

warm water coral reefs

cold water coral ldquoforestsrdquo

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 44

mangroves (sub-classes)

bullbull bull bullbullbull 5 Key commercial species eg

crustaceans molluscs (crabs shrimps oysters etc)

pelagic large fishes (eg tunas)

pelagic small fishes

demersal fishes

bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 primary productivity (usually satellite colour images chlorophyll_a)

bullbull bull bullbull 7 secondary productivity (eg an estimate of carbon flux)

bullbull bull bullbull 8 migration of invasive species

Human use management

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 marine protected areas

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 year-round fisheries closures

bullbull bullbull bull 3 other seasonal fisheries closures

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 4 cities towns villages (with populations)

bullbull bullbull bull 5 local community boundaries

bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 traditional use boundaries (eg artisanal fisheries)

bull bullbull bull 7 migrant land use grazing

bullbull bull bullbullbull 8 areas of cultural spiritual importance

bullbull bullbullbull bullbull 9 roads (can help with understanding remoteness amp shoreline access)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 10 shipping routes and harbours

bullbull bullbull bull 11 land use particularly agriculture (can be combined into an analysis of rivers to estimate runoff)

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 45

bullbull bull bullbullbull 12 fishing

a artisanal by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)

b industrial by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 13 offshore oil amp gas licences exploratory wells installations (platforms pipelines shore based)

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 14 sand amp gravel mining

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 15 tourism shoreline development resorts marinas

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 46

Annex 6 Thirty additional assessments

Excerpted and adapted from the 54 page report by the OSPAR Regional seas convention for

the Northeast Atlantic (2007) Background document to support the assessment of whether

the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is ecologically coherent6

Assessment Criterion 1 Adequacy Viability

1 Assessment Guideline One should expect the sizes of network sites (for a given feature) to be

distributed throughout or exceed the estimated range of sizes necessary to sustain a viable

population or community

2 Assessment Guideline Sites that are heavily impacted andor surrounded by heavily impacted

areas should be larger than otherwise

3 Assessment Guideline Features of ecological significance should receive greater protection

than normal

4 Assessment Guideline Location and geography can be used to indicate adequate protection

such that

a Protection of pelagic features should generally be reflected with the implementation of

larger sites than those for benthic features

b In regions constrained by physical geography (eg fjords bays bights passages straits)

the adequate sizes of individual sites will generally be smaller than areas without such

physical constraints (eg regional seas open ocean)

c Offshore andor deeper sites will generally require larger areas than for nearshore andor

shallow sites (However the exceptions of certain deep sea benthic features such as

hydrothermal vents and cold seeps are noted)

5 Assessment Guideline in a given region the adequate spatial protection of most OSPAR

features and the overall network can be expected to conform to the scientific literature and

fall within the range commonly found within that literature It is recognized that this is an

evolving field of study

6 Assessment Guideline Owing to the multiplicity of its objectives the OSPAR network can be

expected to contain a variety of reserve sizes and corresponding spacing between sites

7 Assessment Guideline If a site is at the small end of the expected viability range for a given

feature then compact sites are preferable If on the other hand a given site is at the large end

of the estimated viability range then a less compact shape would allow for greater spill-over

and benefits outside of the reserve

a The Compactness of a given site can be calculated using a GIS and the following

formula C = (4πAp2)

05 Where C is the Compactness A is the area of the site and p is

its perimeter

8 Assessment Guideline A broad MPA network such as the OSPAR network with a wide

variety of features can be expected to have a wide variety of reserve shapes and sizes

6 Jeff Ardron is the primary author of this OSPAR report

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 47

a The combined size and compactness of a site be readily calculated using a GIS and the

following formula SSC = ln (PA) Where SSC is here labelled as the site size-

compactness P is the perimeter of the site and A is the area

9 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA electronic database lists the aims and ecological

criteria on a site by site basis Thus as a preliminary assessment these can be compiled to get

an indication of how well they are being met across the network

10 Assessment Guideline A list inventory of features within a region that (are known or

believed to) meet the OSPAR aims and ecological criteria is required in order to fully assess if

the existing MPA sites are likely adequate

11 Assessment Guideline Features that are common and widely distributed will generally require

less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are rare andor sparsely

distributed

Assessment Criterion 2 Representativity

12 Assessment Guideline OSPAR MPAs should be checked to ensure that they are broadly

distributed across biogeographic regions In such an assessment there is no need to restrict the

assessment to just one biogeographic classification system So long as they appear to be

rigorous (eg peer-reviewed) the use of a variety of systems is encouraged

13 Assessment Guideline Each of the Dinter [OSPAR] bioregions should be adequately

protected

14 Assessment Guideline National classifications can be very helpful in assessing

representativity at a national level based on national categories and should be used where they

exist

15 Assessment Guideline In the absence of full biological surveys or full classification systems

(such as EUNIS) simple surrogates should be used to check that representativity is possibly

being achieved Benthic and pelagic realms should be considered

16 Assessment Guideline Representative features that are very common and widely distributed

will likely require less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are just

somewhat common

As a rule of thumb within a given feature class representative protection can be

compared to a normalized distribution For example if the areal distribution of

representative classes can be normalised through a square-root transformation then

protected area distribution could be expected to be roughly proportional to the square-

root of the ratio of the representative feature classesrsquo overall areas

17 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA nomination database should be checked to ensure

that the idea of the ldquobestrdquo features was taken into account across feature types and regions

18 Assessment Guideline Features that best represent their type can be expected to be

characterized by most or all of these indicators

a Typical morphology

b High density abundance

c High degree of health naturalness

d Persistence (temporal and spatial) and

e Strong functional linkages

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 48

Assessment Criterion 3 Replication

19 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area more than one example of each feature

should be protected

20 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features protected in areas susceptible

to catastrophic events require greater replication than those in low-risk areas

21 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area where no better data exist natural

variation can be assumed to be greatest between sites that are furthest apart

22 Assessment Guideline Features that are very specifically defined will exhibit less variation

and hence require less replication than features which are very general or ldquocatch-allrdquo categories

23 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area scientific requirements may require

replicate sites for differing purposes If these requirements are not known it can be assumed

that replicate sites that are a moderate distance apart (neither immediate neighbours nor at

extreme ends of the biogeographic area) will satisfy most scientific requirements

24 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features for which there are weak or

incomplete or modelled data require greater replication than those features for which better data

are available

Assessment Criterion 4 Connectivity

25 Assessment Guideline If an area is known or suspected to be important to connectivity then it

should be represented in the MPA network

26 Assessment Guideline Reserves in areas where there are known currents (eg many coastal

areas) should be more closely spaced than otherwise In order to maintain connectivity for most

short to moderate larval dispersing species when specific data are lacking such nearshore sites

should be spaced not further than 50 km apart

27 Assessment Guideline Connectivity between seabird sites can be measured in straight lines

28 Assessment Guideline Connectivity for marine species can be assumed to be greater along

lines of similar habitat than across them

29 Assessment Guideline The density of marine reserves can be used as a way to group areas of

likely connectivity Likewise it can also define gaps where connectivity has probably not been

achieved

30 Assessment Guideline In the absence of dispersal data connectivity may be approximated by

ensuring the MPA network is well distributed in space reflecting the scale of its surroundings

Page 5: A Suggested Approach for Gap Analyses of the RAMPAO Marine ...€¦ · A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 2 Recommendation re outreach: 1) regional contact

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 3

Recommendation re five initial gap analyses 1 Visually consider the distribution of protected areas 2 Using GIS procedures consider in greater depth the distribution of protected areas 3 Consider MPA distribution according to depth 4 Consider MPA distribution according to existent shoreline habitat classification 5 Consider the RAMPAO network according to rare threatened and endangered

species and habitats

The following six steps outline the key tasks that we suggest would need to be done

between now and June 2010 in order to set this project in motion

1 establishment of the projectrsquos terms of reference and recruitment of the project officer

2 outreach and coordination including informational presentations at various meetings

3 initial data collection focussing on readily available information 4 initial gaps analyses 5 presentation of initial results to the RAMPAO General Assembly 6 expert meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and analyses (likely

as a side-meeting to the General Assembly

Possible analyses for the medium term are discussed with an outlook for the long-term For

the medium-term approaches that consider more closely adequacy viability

representativity replication and connectivity are provided For the long-term complex

analyses such as Marxan MarZone and MaxEnt as well as climate change considerations

are noted However for the purposes of this project it is felt that in the long-term time and

resources would probably be better spent taking an adaptive planning approach working on

getting places established that address the major gaps first and then making refinements

Annexes 2 and 3 provide the CBD criteria adopted in 2008 Annex 4 notes datasets that

were highlighted in discussions during the 1st Mission Annex 5 lists common data sets and

ranks them according to timeframe ease of acquisition and importance Annex 6 lists thirty

additional MPA network design considerations accepted by OSPAR for consideration

Regarding a 2nd Mission we suggest that it coincide with the Third Meeting of the RAMPAO General Assembly mid-2010 Possible activities for the 2nd Mission could include

answering questions that arise from the 1st Mission

elaborating upon medium-term gap analyses

providing assistance in data collection in Europe and North America

joint GIS analyses working together on some of the GIS analyses

presenting initial results to RAMPAO members and partners

participating in an expert meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and analyses

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 4

Propositions meacutethodologiques pour lrsquoanalyse des lacunes du reacuteseau drsquoaires marines proteacutegeacutees du RAMPAO

Reacutesumeacute exeacutecutif

Les objectifs de cette premiegravere mission eacutetaient les suivants 1) deacutefinir les principes

opeacuterationnels de lrsquoanalyse des lacunes du reacuteseau drsquoAMP du RAMPAO 2) revoir les travaux

deacutejagrave reacutealiseacutes et les informations existantes et identifier les manques 3) apporter un support

meacutethodologique au processus et 4) proposer un programme de travail

Ce rapport fait les recommandations suivantes

Recommandation concernant lrsquoanalyse des lacunes (gaps analysis) lrsquoanalyse des lacunes

ayant eacuteteacute reconnue par la plupart des partenaires comme neacutecessaire pour compleacuteter et

actualiser le reacuteseau actuel la mission recommande que le projet soit deacuteveloppeacute avec tous

les moyens financiers humains et mateacuteriels neacutecessaires

Recommandation concernant les critegraveres eacutecologiques les principes et les critegraveres

eacutecologiques agrave retenir doivent ecirctre ceux recommandeacutes par la convention sur la biodiversiteacute

(CBD) agrave la fois dans lrsquoidentification des sites drsquoimportance eacutecologique (IX20 Annex 1) et agrave

lrsquoeacutechelle du reacuteseau (IX20 Annexe 1) en suivant les recommandations de la CBD en terme

drsquoapplication de ces critegraveres

Recommandation concernant les lacunes sur la haute mer lrsquoabsence drsquoAMP en haute mer

en particulier dans la ZEE (12-200 miles nautiques) des pays membres du RAMPAO doit ecirctre

reconnue par tous comme une lacune importante du reacuteseau que le projet devra

rapidement consideacuterer

Recommandation concernant les pecirccheries consideacuterant leur importance et leur complexiteacute

les pecirccheries et leurs interactions avec les AMP existantes et potentielles devront faire

lrsquoobjet drsquoune attention particuliegravere Nous recommandons la constitution drsquoun groupe speacutecial

AMP-Pecircches comportant les organismes compeacutetents comme la CSRP et autres afin de

travailler sur les lacunes de protection des zones importantes pour les ressources

halieutiques (CBD IX20 Annex 1) Des critegraveres propres aux pecirccheries comme ceux de la

FAO pour la gestion des pecircches profondes (2009) devront eacutegalement ecirctre pris en

consideacuteration

Recommandation pour un travail partenarial consideacuterant lrsquoampleur de ce projet des

besoins en donneacutees et en analyses le secreacutetariat du RAMPAO devra renforcer et srsquoappuyer

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 5

sur les relations avec ses partenaires nationaux reacutegionaux et internationaux des accords

de collaborations devront ecirctre signeacutes avec les principaux partenaires en premier lieu afin de

srsquoaccorder sur les modaliteacutes de partage des donneacutees neacutecessaires au projet voire de partage

du travail drsquoanalyse Devront eacutegalement ecirctre envisageacutees le cas eacutecheacuteant les consideacuterations

techniques comme la compatibiliteacute ou lrsquointeropeacuterabiliteacute des bases de donneacutees et si

neacutecessaire le renforcement des capaciteacutesla formation

Recommandation pour la mise en place drsquoun chargeacute de projet consideacuterant lrsquoimportance du

travail et la speacutecificiteacute de certains de ses aspects un assistant au projet doit ecirctre recruteacute Ses

missions seront 1) drsquoassister le secreacutetariat du RAMPAO (Charlotte Karibuhoye chef de

projet) dans ses relations avec les points focaux nationaux et les partenaires (appui agrave la

reacutedaction des accords de collaboration au deacuteveloppement des groupes de travail) 2)

superviser et apporter son appui au technicien SIG (Souadou Ndiaye) lorsque cela sera

neacutecessaire notamment pour ce qui concerne les aspects plus analytiques du travail 3)

superviser et compleacuteter la collecte des donneacutees et le travail technique (SIG)

Recommandation concernant lrsquoinformation et la sensibilisation 1) les points focaux

nationaux devront ecirctre informeacutes sur le projet et les reacutesultats de cette mission leur rocircle

devra leur ecirctre clairement speacutecifieacute 2) une plaquette recto-verso deacutecrivant les objectifs du

projet les reacutesultats attendus et preacutesentant les attentes du RAMPAO en matiegravere de

coopeacuteration avec les autres organismes devra ecirctre produite 3 ) le site internet du RAMPAO

devra comporter un espace deacutedieacute speacutecifiquement agrave ce projet 4) des lettres de suivi

devraient ecirctre envoyeacutes aux contacts cleacutes rencontreacutes au cours de la premiegravere mission afin de

les informer des reacutesultats de la mission et des eacutetapes suivantes et le cas eacutecheacuteant en leur

proposant de coopeacuterer collaborer 5) on profitera des diffeacuterentes reacuteunions au niveau

national et reacutegional pour preacutesenter le projet et les collaborations qui sont attendues

Recommandation pour la collecte des donneacutees et informations 1) la collecte des donneacutees

doit deacutebuter degraves agrave preacutesent en eacutetroite coordination avec les activiteacutes drsquoinformation et de

sensibilisation des partenaires 2) Par ordre de prioriteacute on rassemblera les donneacutees (a)

faciles agrave collecter et b) neacutecessaires aux analyses agrave court terme 3) Les listes des sources de

donneacutees des contacts et les dates auxquels ils ont eacuteteacute rencontreacutes doivent ecirctre conserveacutes car

ils permettront de suivre lrsquoavancement du travail 4) la prochaine reacuteunion geacuteneacuterale du

RAMPAO devra inscrire agrave son ordre du jour la collaboration sur la collecte de donneacutees 5)

apregraves le deacutemarrage de la collecte des donneacutees (dans 3-6 mois) une reacuteunion devra ecirctre

organiseacutee pour faire un point (reacuteunion pour la collecte des donneacutees ou reacuteunion drsquoexperts

theacutematiques)

Recommandation concernant la recherche Consideacuterant lampleur des sujets de recherche

possibles nous recommandons au RAMPAO de travailler avec les instituts de recherche

comme lrsquoIRD et les instituts nationaux afin de combler de faccedilon strateacutegique les lacunes

essentielles dans les connaissances Les prioriteacutes devront ecirctre deacutefinies sur la base de 3

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 6

critegraveres 1) pertinence pour cerner et combler les lacunes 2) les chances raisonnables

qursquoont ces questions de trouver des reacuteponses (en tenant compte des budgets et des

contraintes scientifiques) et 3) selon la vitesse de leurs reacutesultats a) rapidement (2010) b)

dans le moyen terme (2011) et c) agrave plus long terme (gt 2011)

Recommandation concernant la prise en compte des eacuteleacutements traditionnels et culturels

outre les critegraveres biologiques et eacutecologiques nous recommandons que lrsquoanalyse des lacunes

considegravere eacutegalement les eacuteleacutements traditionnels lorsqursquoils sont disponibles et les eacuteleacutements

culturels de gestion des espaces et des ressources srsquoils sont approprieacutes

Recommandation concernant les reacutesultats agrave court moyen et long terme certaines donneacutees

seront plus facilement accessibles que dautres et certaines analyses sont plus faciles agrave

deacutevelopper que dautres nous recommandons donc une approche par eacutetapes avec des

analyses sur le court terme le moyen terme et le long terme Ainsi des deacutecisions pourront

ecirctre eacutegalement prises et des actions engageacutees agrave court moyen et long terme sans attendre

drsquoavoir lrsquoensemble des reacutesultats

Recommandation concernant les analyses preacuteliminaires lanalyse des lacunes doit

commencer sur la base drsquoinformations facilement accessibles et de tests de base faciles agrave

engager et agrave comprendre Ensuite des analyses plus complexes pourront ecirctre reacutealiseacutees avec

des donneacutees suppleacutementaires au fur et agrave mesure de leur disponibiliteacute Ces analyses initiales

devront ecirctre seacutelectionneacutees en vue de produire des reacutesultats qui peuvent agrave eux seuls eacuteclairer

les premiegraveres prises de deacutecisions

Recommandation concernant cinq analyses initiales de lacunes 1 Consideacuterer visuellement la distribution des aires proteacutegeacutees 2 Sur la base de proceacutedures SIG examiner plus en profondeur la reacutepartition des zones

proteacutegeacutees 3 Etudier la distribution des AMP en fonction de la profondeur 4 Etudier la distribution des AMP en fonction de la classification existante des habitats

cocirctiers 5 Consideacuterer le reacuteseau des AMP selon les espegraveces et les habitats rares menaceacutes et en voie

de disparition

Recommandations sur la mise en œuvre du projet plus qursquoun projet lrsquoanalyse des lacunes

est un processus continu dont les reacutesultats devront ecirctre affineacutes au fur et agrave mesure des

connaissances sur une base adaptative Comme recommandeacute ci-dessus une approche agrave

court moyen et long terme devra ecirctre consideacutereacutee

Court-terme (entre maintenant et juin 2010) les tacircches suivantes seront engageacutees 1 eacutetablissement des termes de reacutefeacuterence et recrutement du chargeacute de projet 2 sensibilisation y compris preacutesentations du projet et des attentes lors de diverses

reacuteunions

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 7

3 recueil initial des donneacutees en se concentrant sur les informations facilement disponibles

4 analyse initiale des lacunes 5 preacutesentation des premiers reacutesultats agrave lAssembleacutee geacuteneacuterale RAMPAO 6 reacuteunion dexperts pour discuter des prochaines eacutetapes agrave moyen terme des donneacutees

compleacutementaires agrave collecter et des analyses agrave poursuivre (probablement dans une

reacuteunion speacuteciale durant lAssembleacutee geacuteneacuterale du RAMPAO

En outre les analyses possibles pour le moyen terme et une preacutevision pour le long terme

sont proposeacutees

Moyen terme collecte des donneacutees plus difficiles agrave obtenir analyses plus compliqueacutees

(identification des aires drsquoimportance eacutecologique et biologiques repreacutesentativiteacute

connectiviteacute reacutepliquas adeacutequationviabiliteacute)

Long terme compleacutements eacuteventuels avec des approches plus complexes de modeacutelisation

(MarZone MaxEnt) prise en consideacuteration du changement climatique hellip Toutefois dans le

cadre de ce projet agrave long terme il semble qursquoil serait preacutefeacuterable drsquoutiliser les ressources agrave

de la planification adaptative en se concentrant en premier sur les sites qui permettent de

combler les principales lacunes et ensuite drsquoaffiner lrsquoanalyse

En annexes sont proposeacutes

Les critegraveres de la CBD agrave lrsquoeacutechelle des sites (annexe 2) et agrave lrsquoeacutechelle des reacuteseaux (annexe 3)

Les sources de donneacutees issues des discussions avec les partenaires lors de la 1egravere mission (annexe 4)

lrsquoinventaire des donneacutees de base classeacutees suivant les deacutelais souhaitables drsquoacquisition la faciliteacute dacquisition et leur importance (annexe 5)

un certain nombre drsquoautres eacuteleacutements agrave consideacuterer dans la conception du reacuteseau dAMPs

issus de lrsquoexpeacuterience drsquoOSPAR (annexe 6)

Poursuite de la collaboration Sil eacutetait deacutecideacute de poursuivre la collaboration avec les

consultants et qursquoune deuxiegraveme mission soit programmeacutee nous suggeacuterons quelle coiumlncide

avec la troisiegraveme reacuteunion de lAssembleacutee geacuteneacuterale RAMPAO agrave la mi-2010 Les activiteacutes

possibles pour la 2egraveme mission pourraient comprendre

les reacuteponses aux questions qui se posent dans la phase 1

les reacuteflexions sur le deacuteveloppement de la phase 2 (moyen terme)

lrsquoassistance agrave la collecte de donneacutees en Europe et en Ameacuterique du Nord

lrsquoassistance aux analyses SIG (travailler en commun sur certaines analyses)

assistance agrave la preacutesentation des premiers reacutesultats RAMPAO aux membres et partenaires

participation agrave la reacuteunion dexperts pour discuter des prochaines eacutetapes (moyen terme) des donneacutees et analyses compleacutementaires

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 8

Terms of reference (summarised)

This project is planned to consist of three separate missions this is the report from the first

of these The overarching objectives of the entire project are

To support the RAMPAO in defining operational principles and precise and realistic

targets for the MPA network by the year 2012 notably as regards

representativeness practicality coherence and resilience of the network

Assist in the definition of the degree of protection of the marine and coastal

biodiversity and key-sites identified in the seven countries of the ecoregion

Assist in the identification of existing shortcomings particularly at the ecological and

socio-economic levels the management of MPAs of the RAMPAO using the available

information for decision-making

Assist in the definitiondesign of strategy aimed at minimizing the priority

shortcomings and making the network more coherent and practical with a view to

attain the objectives of the RAMPAO

Activities of this first mission are

1 Support the RAMPAO Secretariat in defining operational principles and targets

regarding key habitat representativeness as well as the RAMPAO functionality

coherence and resilience

2 Review the activities already carried out and available information about the degree

of protection of biodiversity in the ecoregion and the assessment of missing key-

information

3 Provide methodological support to RAMPAO for synthesizing the gap analysis

process particularly for the review of implemented activities and existing

information on the level of biodiversity protection in the ecoregion and for the

identification of gaps in key information

4 Suggest a programme of work for the next steps of the process

This report is structured according to the above four activities with a particular focus on the

last two

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 9

Review of activities and available information

Our first Mission Report provides details of our conversations with various key players in the

region as well as many preliminary observations and action points We suggest it be used

side-by-side this report A calendar of meetings we attended during the 1st Mission is listed

in Annex 1 A preliminary list of data sources highlighted in these discussions is provided in

Annex 4 to this report

In our discussions several repeating ideas about gaps analyses emerged

necessity gaps analyses are believed to be necessary and valuable

ecology gap analyses should focus on ecological aspects first setting aside

management considerations for the time being

management management and community involvement was emphasized in several

discussions as being essential after gaps are identified and the discussions turn to

how gaps could be filled

cultural considerations the work required to also take account of social traditional

and sacred concerns should be assessed

the offshore open sea (containing eg upwellings seamounts canyons cold water

corals etc) is an integral part of the marine environment but has to date not been

included in MPA discussions and represents a major obvious gap

site versus network criteria site level MPA criteria and network level criteria were

often discussed together as though they were all the same and thus greater clarity is

required on how these two complementary sets of criteria fit together into larger

gaps analyses

cooperation gaps analyses will require strong partnerships and cooperation both

within West Africa and abroad and further work should be done to strengthen these

partnerships through memorandums of understanding and other agreements Many

people noted that acquiring and combining data can use up much time and

resources

fisheries were recognised to encompass activities with the broadest geography and

largest ecological impacts as well as the most complicated social considerations

While MPAs are seen as a good tool for the conservation of biodiversity their use as

a fisheries management tool was seen as applicable in some but not all fisheries It

was pointed out that fisheries science has traditionally been carried out separately

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 10

from other scientific disciplines though acceptance of the ecosystem approach to

fisheries is changing this

ecological research and analyses people noted that while some good initial work

had often been started the coverage was often patchy and considerable work was

still required hence care is required to focus on what can be done with existing

information and to identify a few key research priorities out of the many

The following recommendations flow out of the above discussions

Recommendation re gap analysis considering that all the partners and parties

interviewed supported the need for a gaps analysis we recommend that the Gaps

Analysis Project proceed with the necessary funding personnel and institutional support

Recommendation re offshore gaps the lack of MPAs offshore particularly in the EEZs (12 -

200 nautical miles) of RAMPAO countries should be recognised by members as a serious

gap in the RAMPAO MPA network requiring immediate attention

Recommendation re fisheries considering their size and complexity special attention

should be given to fisheries and their interactions with existing and potential MPAs We

recommend a special Fisheries-MPA working group be set up with relevant institutions

such as CSRP and others1 to consider possible gaps in spatial fish protections as per the

CBD IX20 Annex 1 criteria noted above Additional fisheries relevant criteria such as the

FAO guidelines for the management of deep-sea fisheries (2009) could be applied as

appropriate

Recommendation re ecosystem research considering the breadth of possible research

topics we recommend that RAMPAO work cooperatively with research institutions such

as IRD and others to address critical knowledge gaps in a strategic fashion We

recommend prioritising research questions on three general criteria 1) relevance to

identifying and filling gaps 2) likelihood that these questions can realistically be answered

(considering budgets and scientific constraints) and 3) according to the speed of their

results a) quickly (ie 2010) b) in the medium-term (2011) and c) in the longer-term

(gt2011)

Recommendation re project officer considering the extent of the work a project officer

should be designated This officer should a) support the RAMPAO Secretariat (through

1 Because we were unable to interview representatives from the two relevant Large Marine Ecosystem (LME)

projects (which look at broad scale effects of fisheries) we are uncertain on how they would (or would not)

wish to participate An informal discussion with Merete Tandstad (FAO) while at another meeting suggests that

the Canary Current LME is still in early stages of development However we do suggest that both the LME

Secretariats and the FAO still be approached to gauge their interest

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 11

Charlotte Karibuhoye) in outreach to regional contact points and partners especially in

the development of project agreements such as MoUs and working groups b) supervise

and assist RAMPAOrsquos GIS technician (Souadou Ndiaye) as required c) oversee and

complete as required the data collection and technicalGIS work

Regarding the recommendation above we recognise that the Project Officer will require

additional funding to that which was originally envisioned in this project If funding for such

a position is not possible we would suggest that additional help be sought through

partners and specific contracts To the degree possible we have outlined the various

aspects of work that will need to be done as discreet pieces so as to allow for them to be

performed separately as funding permits

Recommendation re MoUs considering the broad scope and data requirements of this

project the RAMPAO Secretariat should continue to build upon its good relationships

within and outside of West Africa through the development of Memorandums of

Understanding (MoUs) or similar agreements These MoUs (or similar agreements) should

primarily consider data sharing arrangements andor the sharing of relevant analytical

work Additionally they may consider technical issues such as database compatibility and

also human capacity building training as appropriate

We believe that the Regional Contact Points could play an important role in facilitating

relationships agreements and access to regional data information and expertise

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 12

Ecological principles and targets

There is a broad literature concerning marine protected area (MPA) ecological principles

and criteria As noted at the Second General Assembly of RAMPAO the latest thinking on

this topic is captured in Decision XI20 of the Convention on Biological Diversity (CBD)

Adopted in June 2008 this Decision provides seven criteria for identifying ecologically and

biologically significant areas (IX20 Annex 1) and five criteria for MPA networks (IX20

Annex2) Thus the CBD recognised that site criteria and network criteria while strongly

linked are different Recently the CBD held an expert meeting in Ottawa Canada where

the seven site criteria were further discussed and guidance was drafted for their

implementation2

We find the CBD criteria to be sound and note that there will be an ongoing development

of global support and capacity building surrounding their implementation We therefore

recommend that RAMPAO base its operational principles and targets on these CBD criteria

and associated guidance

Recommendation re ecological criteria RAMPAOrsquos ecological principles and targets

should be based the CBD criteria for identifying ecologically significant sites (IX20 Annex

1) and MPA networks (IX20 Annex 2) taking into account additional CBD guidance as it is

developed

The full annexes of CBD Decision IX20 are appended to this report as Annexes 2 and 3 Briefly the seven CBD criteria for identifying ecologically and biologically significant areas are

1 Uniqueness or rarity 2 Special importance for life history of species 3 Importance for threatened endangered or declining species andor habitats 4 Vulnerability fragility sensitivity slow recovery 5 Biological productivity 6 Biological diversity 7 Naturalness

The five CBD MPA network criteria are 1 Ecologically and biologically significant areas (ie based on the 7 site criteria above) 2 Representativity 3 Connectivity 4 Replicated ecological features 5 Adequate and viable sites

2 Report of the expert workshop on ecological criteria and biogeographic classification systems for marine

areas in need of protection This guidance will go through the CBD review process and assuming it goes well

will be presented for acceptance at the Tenth Conference of Parties in October 2010

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 13

Methodology

Approach We view pragmatism modularity and flexibility as being necessary ingredients to an

approach that would best ensure success

Pragmatism The methodology should reflect an approach that will allow progress to

proceed despite imperfect data or other problems For example analyses should be done in

areas where data are available or where there is social political acceptance without the

(sometimes considerable) delay of waiting for data or acceptance from other neighbouring

areas within an ecological region3

Modularity Individual gap analyses should be able stand on their own while also fitting

together with others to form a fuller picture Analysis results should be fairly easy to explain

Flexibility Related to pragmatism above the methodology should follow good practices

while still remaining flexible to alternatives that are not ideal but which can allow for

progress For example when some data are not available other less-than-ideal ldquoproxiesrdquo

may have to be used as substitutes

Boundaries Ecological analyses should when possible be stratified according to accepted ecological

regions and sub-regions (eg Marine Ecosystems of the World ndashMEOW) However given

that in this project various areas have varying degrees of data availability we also see the

need for flexibility in the approach and recognise that some analyses may have to be

bounded according to boundaries that reflect where the data were collected Or in some

instances instead of ecological boundaries it may be appropriate to use traditional cultural

boundaries such as for artisanal fisheries

Timeframes Recommendation re short- medium- and long-term results given that some data will be

more readily available than others and that some analyses are easier to perform than

others we are recommending that a staged approach to delivering results be taken with

analyses planned for the short-term medium-term and long-term This will allow for

decisions and actions to also be taken in the short- medium- and long- term

3 However one must be careful to avoid transferring all gaps and attention to only those places that have data

or are willing to participate For it must be said that those places with few data and little protection are

usually the biggest gaps of all Maps should reflect low- and no-data areas clearly so that the reader

understands the limits of the analysis

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 14

We suggest the timeframe for delivering these short- medium- and long-term results could

be June 2010 (the next RAMPAO General Assembly) December 2011 (the end of this

project period) and December 2014 (the next project period) respectively These timelines

should dovetail with those of the recommendation re ecosystem research above when

appropriate These activities are further outlined in the suggested programme of work in

the section below

Initial tests Preliminary analyses should address basic gaps while later analyses could look at more

nuanced questions The unexpected availability (or unavailability) of data may sometimes

change the planned ordering of analyses If for some reason a particular analysis cannot be

done it should be skipped for the time being and not hold up further work If a preliminary

analysis indicates a significant gap it is unlikely any additional analyses will overturn that

finding and hence decision-making should in most cases proceed based on the results

from the initial basic tests without the delays associated with waiting for more data

Decisions can be refined however as more data become available In general coarse or

incomplete data demand greater precaution in decision-making This can create an

incentive for stakeholders to provide additional data that will allow for refinements

Recommendation re initial tests the gaps analysis should start with readily available

information and basic tests that are relatively easy to understand Later more complex

analyses can be performed with additional data as they become available The initial

basic gaps tests should be selected to provide results that can on their own inform

decision-making

A list of five such tests is outlined in the next section

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 15

Suggested programme of work

Short-term steps The following six steps outline the key tasks that we suggest would need to be done

between now and June 2010 in order to set this project in motion These steps are further

explained in the subsequent sections

1 Establishment of the projectrsquos terms of reference and recruitment of the project officer

2 outreach and coordination including informational presentations at various meetings

3 initial data collection focussing on readily available information 4 initial gaps analyses 5 presentation of initial results to the RAMPAO General Assembly 6 expert meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and analyses (likely

as a side-meeting to the General Assembly

Outreach amp coordination An ecosystem-level gaps analysis will require cooperation from a number of experts

agencies and institutions across all RAMPAO countries Hence outreach and coordination

will be important An introductory description of the project should be developed and

widely distributed as well as a web site page with up to date information on the project A

letter of introduction signed by a senior official(s) can also be important in terms of

establishing legitimacy Presentations introducing the project should be made at national

and regional level meetings as opportunity permits

Our meetings during the first mission proved to be very friendly and helpful These meetings

now require follow-up actions to each of the people contacted (see 1st Mission Report)

Because the people we met were mostly based in Senegal further work will be required

through the regional contact points for other countries

Areas of overlap with other activities (eg the Wetlands International implementation gaps

project) should be highlighted and discussions with these players begun to sort out how to

best cooperate and coordinate efforts

While outreach will be most intensive at the beginning of the project coordination will

continue throughout the projectrsquos duration

Recommendation re outreach 1) regional contact points should be updated on this

project and their help solicited 2) a clear one-page project description should be written

outlining the aims of the project and how cooperation with other bodies is being sought

3) a clear project web page should be developed 4) follow-up letters should sent to key

contacts we have already spoken to outlining next steps and where appropriate

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 16

proposing cooperation collaboration 5) presentations introducing the project should be

made at national and regional level meetings as opportunity permits

Acquisition of data amp information Central to this project will be identifying sources of information and data coordinating with

these experts data repositories and providers and ultimately acquiring the information or

data This will consume more time than any other task and probably more time than all the

other tasks combined

Steps

In the general case data acquisition will require the following steps some which may be

iterative (ie cycle around a few times)

searches ndashinternet list-serves libraries literature and through colleagues

informal emails calls and discussions with the expert or data custodian as to

what data may be available

formal letter(s) of introduction to the project signed by senior authorities and

usually addressed to mid- and senior-level people

face-to-face meetings in order to 1) gain permission to use the data and 2) to

learn about details and proper use of the data These two requirements may

mean two separate meetings

MoU drafting and signing andor data agreement andor formal letter of

request

logistics of how the data will be delivered and if any fees or restrictions are

involved

technical and scientific follow-up calls for assistance andor clarification on

interpretation or use of the data

The above steps have not been numbered because the order can vary from situation to

situation with some situations being informal and skipping steps while others are very

formal requiring prolonged discussions and additional steps that build trust

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 17

Three elements of success

Three elements of successful data acquisition are persistence practicality and

prioritisation

Persistence While most experts are usually happy to share their knowledge the sharing of

their data is often another matter The process can take weeks months or even years

Therefore in order to keep progress steady it is best to make a little time available every

day (say two hours) for data searches and follow-up politely reminding contacts from time

to time that you have not yet heard back from them That said do not waste time on data

that are only of marginal interest in the bigger picture It is easy to become lost in details

Practicality Often it is better to identify what data are readily available and to request

those data first This can help build trust and also allows for progress without getting stuck

Subsequently the provider can be approached again to discuss the other more difficult

data sets Thus the above steps can occur more than once with the same data provider

Again as noted above keeping the bigger picture in mind will help to focus data-gathering

activities on the most practical data sets

Prioritisation In an ecosystem-level analysis all kinds of data are interesting That said

some data are more helpful or urgent than others In the analyses outlined in the sections

below the general data requirements are listed The data requirements of the short-term

gap analyses should take priority over the medium-term ones which in turn should take

priority over the long-term analyses

Annex 5 GIS data priorities lists various common categories of data with their estimated

timeframe for usage (short- medium- long-term) availability and priority for this project

Strategies for acquiring difficult data

Sometimes data may be considered proprietary andor too sensitive to show and providers

usually assume they cannot be shared However with patience sometimes agreements can

be found whereby the data may be used ldquobehind the scenesrdquo in analyses so long as the

data are not displayed on final maps ndashonly the combined results which do not reveal the

data In other situations when the provider is an active participant the provider should be

invited to be a formal partner in the project and this may also ease data restrictions Finally

agreeing to perform joint-analyses or even contracting out certain analyses to the expert

can also allow the data to be used However in this latter case it may be difficult to do

quality control and hence the results can sometimes be puzzling or not what was required

If certain data are simply unavailable metadata can still be requested though metadata

often do not exist (In practice metadata if supplied are many times custom-created for

the particular request)

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 18

Meetings

General meetings A large forum like the RAMPAO General Assembly can be an excellent

opportunity to introduce interested parties to the project It may even be possible to get

general agreement around sharing data However such a general agreement if it can be

found would probably still not replace the need for MoUs and similar bilateral agreements

with specific agencies and institutions

In addition to regional meetings presentations should be made to national meetings

introducing the project as opportunity permits

Data meetings regional data meetings with database managers could help speed up the

process of data collection though this can vary from place to place In many cases it is

better to first approach people one-on-one Later after some data have already been

acquired a meeting can be used to discuss how to best merge data together and to

encourage others to also provide information data if they have not already done so

Expert meetings bringing together experts of a particular species or habitat can be a very

good way to identify available expertise information data and gaps Expert knowledge can

also be collected at such meetings drawn on maps etc but this requires prior training

preparation and processing afterwards In general expert meetings are most valuable after

a ldquodesktop studyrdquo where basic gaps have been identified and there are now specific

questions that have been identified as needing answers Targeted expert meetings can be

valuable at different times throughout a process as different issues need addressing Their

main drawback is the expense and work required A badly run meeting can also turn opinion

against a project and so care has to be taken to do a good job

Recommendation re data information collection 1) The process of collecting data should

begin immediately This will require close coordination with outreach activities 2) Priority

should be given to collecting data that are a) easily acquired and b) required for the initial

short-term analyses 3) Lists of data sources contact information and what dates they

were approached should be kept to track progress 4) Data collaboration should be on the

agenda of the next RAMPAO General Assembly meeting 5) After an initial (eg 3-6

month) period of data collection the need for data meetings andor expert meetings

should be assessed

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 19

Five initial gap analyses The following analyses are recommended as initial tests that should be done in the short-

term (present to June 2010) and when possible in the order presented However we

acknowledge that data availability can alter the ordering of the tests and even what tests

are undertaken ndashincluding developing new ones not listed here These basic tests can be

followed up with more complex analyses such as outlined in the next sections of this report

1 Visually consider the distribution of protected areas Is the network spatially well

distributed without more than a few major gaps If not what gaps can a person

immediately see Consider along-shore gaps and gaps moving out towards the offshore

Consider the northern central and southern thirds of the RAMPAO area Consider

national boundaries

Technical amp data requirements no GIS or GIS data are required A basic paper map

showing the protected areas and national boundaries is sufficient

Rationale this simple assessment is deceptively powerful Simplicity should not be seen

as detracting from its value The human eye can see many patterns and gaps that are

difficult to quantify into statistics When most people agree on a visual gap this

indicates that it is likely valid and worthy of serious consideration

Connectivity and representativity are two of the five agreed-upon CBD criteria for

assessing MPA networks (IX20 Annex 2) If the network is generally not well distributed

in space then it is unlikely to exhibit characteristics of connectivity or representativity

and thus is very unlikely to be ecologically coherent Note that if a network is well-

distributed in space this does not necessarily ensure that these criteria are being met

and further tests will still be required

2 Using GIS procedures consider in greater depth the distribution of protected areas For

this test and all the other tests below perform it first for the whole region then for

each of the three broad ecoregions north central and south4 and finally according to

national boundaries

a Zones offshore Consider coverage within four basic zones i the shorelines (0-5

nautical miles offshore) ii nearshore (~5-15 nm) iii mid-offshore (~15-50 nm)

and iv far offshore (~50 -200 nm) What percentage of each of these broad

zones has MPAs

b Distance from shore statistics what is the average (arithmetic mean) extent that

RAMPAO MPAs extend offshore What is the range of these values What is the

4 This could include the MEOW (Marine Ecoregions Of the World) classification or other similar ecoregions

accepted by RAMPAO partners

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 20

standard deviation Considering that RAMPOA waters extend approximately 200

nm offshore what do these distance-offshore statistics suggest

c Nearest neighbour distance in each of the above zones calculate ldquonearest

neighbourrdquo statistics between MPAs noting the range of MPA spacing the

arithmetic mean of the spacing and the standard deviation of spacing between

sites In this test and all others displaying the histogram of results can be very

informative and is recommended

Technical amp data requirements GIS files are required for shoreline data MPAs

ecoregions national boundaries These three tests (a) ndash (c) get progressively more

technically advanced in the use of GIS However it is outside the scope of this report to

fully describe the GIS methods If a minimum separation distance is chosen as a network

criterion (see comments below) then an easier GIS analysis would be to buffer the

MPAs by a value of half that distance to identify which areas that ldquotouchrdquo and which do

not

Rationale these analyses put some numbers to the first visual test In most ways

however the visual test is simpler and easier to understand That said numbers in

tables can help rank gaps according to basic properties

Unfortunately the GIS methods can be a bit difficult for a beginner If parts of this test

are too difficult they can be skipped since the visual assessment already tells us a lot

Setting explicit quantitative targets for spacing can be controversial and difficult to

support scientifically What is adequate for some species will still be inadequate for

others That said for a basic initial test ldquorules of thumbrdquo have been proposed The

BALANCE project in the Baltic Sea suggested 25 km as an ideal maximum spacing

between shoreline sites (2008) Instead of looking at the ideal situation the OSPAR

Convention for the Northeast Atlantic took a different approach considering the very

longest spacing that could be considered contributing anything at all towards ecological

coherence of the MPA network ie a theoretical ldquoworst caserdquo The OSPAR guidelines for

this worst case are nearshore ~250 km (linear shoreline distance) offshore ~200 000

km2 (which is about equivalent to a ~500 km diameter circle) high seas ~1 000 000 km2

(equivalent to a square with ~1000 km sides) For OSPAR nearshore meant shoreline

and territorial waters out to 12 nm offshore meant EEZ waters (12-200 nm) and high

seas meant waters beyond 200 nm from shore (OPSAR 2008 Ardron 2009)

3 Consider MPA distribution according to depth As for all these analyses perform these

tests first for the whole region then for each of the three broad ecoregions north

central and south and finally according to national boundaries

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 21

a Depth statistics what is the average (arithmetic mean) depth of RAMPAO

MPAs What is the range of values What is the standard deviation How do

these numbers compare with the overall RAMPAO region

b Depth zones consider the following eight general depth zones and what

percentage of each zone is within the current MPA network 0-25 m

(shallow) 25-50 m (photic) 50-100m (upper shelf) 100-200 m (lower shelf)

200-400 m (upper slope) 400-800 m (mid-slope) 800-1600 m (lower slope)

1600-3200 m or greater (abyssal plain)5

Technical amp data requirements data as per the previous test plus bathymetry The

easiest and fastest way to perform these statistics is to convert the MPA shapefile

(and if it is not already the bathymetry) into a raster grid and do grid analyses

Rationale depth is widely recognised as one of the key variables that describes

biotic communities in a give region and as such is a very basic measure of

representativity This analysis could be improved by combining surficial sediment

data with depth to make simple seafloor sediment-depth classes if available

4 Consider MPA distribution according to existent shoreline habitat classification

Although the whole RAMPAO shoreline is likely not classified certain features such

as estuaries or mangroves may already largely be identified Taking these shoreline

features that are either readily available or readily digitised consider what

percentage of each of these feature types are within the current MPA network

Consider what percentage of the MPA network lies outside of these readily

identifiable shoreline features Consider also according to ecoregions and national

boundaries

Technical amp data requirements any available shoreline features such as estuaries

and mangroves If the data are good enough each of these features could be sub-

divided eg large medium and small estuaries If geophysical shoreline type data

are missing basic categories such as cliff rock and sandmud shores can often be

visually estimated and hand digitised by looking at terrestrial topographic data along

the shoreline combined with nearshore bathymetry if available

5 These log2 depth classes are admittedly somewhat arbitrary (25 2

i) and could be refined either by

considering a regional biological classification histogram of the distribution of depths or natural breaks in the

data It is our understanding however that no bio-physical classification has been performed for the region

For an initial test these somewhat arbitrary depth classes are sufficient to point out general gaps and reflect

the generally logarithmic scale of decreasing resolution (increasing breadth of classes) with depth

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 22

Rationale since the RAMPAO MPA network is currently shoreline-based this test is

suggested before considering other physical features further offshore This test is

designed to give a rough idea of shoreline representativity

5 Consider the RAMPAO network according to rare threatened and endangered

species and habitats (features) for which data are available Perform the same sort

of tests as in the test above using available data for rare threatened and

endangered features Consider what percentage of each of these feature types are

within the current MPA network Consider what percentage of the MPA network lies

outside of these features Consider also according to ecoregions and national

boundaries

Technical amp data requirements there are modelling techniques to predict the

potential habitat of species but these techniques are advanced and would fall under

the long-term timeframe For this initial analysis only available data should be

considered If the data appear to be very incomplete then they should not be used

Recognising that such data can be sub-regionally incomplete some sections of the

network may have to be left out of this analysis marked as ldquono datardquo areas on the

maps

Rationale rare threatened and endangered features are often protected by law

and also often of interest to researchers There is usually some information on them

though not always digital data and may instead be in the form of expert opinion

Ecologically there are three different types of rare threatened and endangered

features each requiring a different management response 1) features that have

always been rare 2) features that used to be common but are now rare due to

human pressures (ie threatened and endangered) 3) features that are on the edge

of their range and a) this range is steady or b ) this range is shifting (expanding

contracting moving away entering the region) due to climate change or other

environmental changes It would be best to perform this test separately for the three

different classes and associated sub-classes of rare threatened and endangered

features taking into account their population trends However for an initial test

such refinements should be seen as optional depending on information availability

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 23

Medium term gap analyses The following analyses are recommended for consideration in the medium-term (June 2010

to Dec 2011) with choice largely driven by data availability Due to the somewhat longer

time period fewer details are provided here than in the section above allowing for further

elaborations during the 2nd Mission when more is known They are arranged according to

the CBD MPA network criteria (IX20 Annex 2)

In addition to the tests outlined below others that were developed for the OSPAR Regional

Seas Convention for the Northeast Atlantic are listed in Annex 6 Thirty additional

assessments These are also well-suited to the medium-term and medium-quality data

Note that the four OSPAR MPA network criteria overlap four of the five CBD criteria

Ecologically and biologically significant areas (EBSAs)

If specific EBSAs are known consideration should be given to their possible inclusion in the

MPA network Not all EBSAs need necessarily become MPAs for some EBSAs non-spatial

management may be more appropriate It is difficult to do proper gaps assessment on

EBSAs because the distribution of all EBSAs of a given type is usually not known and hence

there is little context by which to judge a given site Thus the rule of thumb is that all EBSAs

if not in the MPA network should be treated as possible gaps and reviewed one at a time

for possible inclusion

The CBD is in the process of developing further guidance on the selection of EBSAs in the

open oceans and deep seas and much of this guidance is also applicable to shallower

nearshore systems Because this guidance is not yet accepted by the CBD we refer you

instead to a background report that was written for the CBD Ottawa Expert Workshop that

discussed these issues 29 Sept ndash 02 Oct 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant

areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations (Ardron

et al 2009) is a report in two parts Both parts are included with this report and are

recommended here as guidance on selecting CBD EBSAs

First gathering information from local residents and experts on places they sense to be

important can go far in identifying key EBSAs The ldquorecognition heuristicrdquo (Gigerenzer 1999)

is a powerful way to quickly locate longstanding ecologically significant areas in a given

region and we note that NGOs such as WWF have already done such work in the past and

that this work could be readily updated and built upon

Representativity

Many tests for representativity can be developed based on available data Listed below are

some of the more likely approaches

Seascapes identify the main shoreline topographic (benthic) and oceanographic

(pelagic) features of the region and check to see what percentage of each is included

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 24

in the MPA network Typical benthic seascape features would include canyons

seamounts reefs etc Typical pelagic features include frontal systems upwellings

gyres See also Annex 5 GIS data priorities

Topographic complexity using only bathymetry a surrogate measure of benthic

complexity can be developed (Ardron 2002) This measure can help highlight areas of

likely increased benthic richness amongst other traits

Biogeographic classification system whereas seascapes focus on physical features

a biogeographic attempts to also include information on biology such that the

system divides an area according to broad ecological communities based on physical

proxies The creation of a biogeographic classification should include both pelagic

and benthic realms is labour- and data- intensive and requires extensive peer

review

Biogeographic components instead of attempting a full biogeographic classification

system certain aspects can be developed separately For example depth strata can

be combined with sea floor sediment data to make a basic sea bottom classification

These can then be nested within the broad bioregions of the RAMPAO area

Likewise exposure wave energy can be combined with shoreline types to create

another basic classification Creating components such as these can be further

explored in the 2nd Mission once it is better known what data information are

available

Connectivity

This is the CBD criterion most difficult to assess with few options for the medium-term

except for looking at distances between sites (see short-term test above) Several academic

modelling exercises have been attempted with mixed levels of success in areas with much

better data than exist in West Africa We would caution RAMPAO in spending too much

time on such modelling exercises In general nearshore sites require closer spacing than

sites further offshore (OSPAR 2007) If it is known that certain areas provide larvae or

juveniles to other places then these ldquosourcerdquo areas should be considered for protection

Note that such areas could also fall under the EBSA criterion for productivity

Replication

At its most basic level this criterion asks that there be more than one MPA for every feature

in the network In practice this is usually considered using available information on

representativity (see above) and whatever biological data may also be available This

criterion can be assessed very simply initially by testing to see if there is more than one MPA

in each broad zone such as distance from shore or depth zone as described in the previous

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 25

section on short-term assessments Assessing replication can become more refined as more

MPAs are designated and better data become available

Adequacy viability

Ideally MPA sites should be monitored to ensure that their aims are being met In cases

where this is occurring the monitoring results should be used to determine if the individual

sitersquos size location and shape is adequate Where monitoring is not occurring or is

incomplete or too recent to determine trends other measures will have to be used Size is

probably the most commonly discussed measure and yet it remains also probably the most

controversial (Fahig 2001) Nonetheless even in an absence of consensus on this issue by

looking at possible ranges of sizes a sense can still be gained if the sites are or are not

likely to be meeting their aims A full assessment of site size which is outside the scope of

this report should take into account the species life-history population structure quality of

the habitat the quality of the surrounding areas and possible connectivity to other sites

(Lindeboom amp Baumlck 2005) However in many cases the scientific knowledge about a feature

will be insufficient to determine this very exactly Even if the life history of a species is well

know for example it is usually not known how much the surrounding area can be expected

to play a role in supporting the healthy functioning of that species Nonetheless it is

generally true that heavily impacted surrounding areas will provide less of a supporting role

to protected features than pristine ones In data-poor situations often it is still possible to

use expert opinion to specify a range of sizes which would likely be appropriate for the

adequate protection of a given feature (text adapted from OSPAR 2007)

For the RAMPAO network expert assessments of the efficacy of individual MPA sites is

probably the best way to consider the adequacy aspect of the criterion and we note the

work that has already been done by RAMPAO on this regard as well as the IUCN on

assessing management effectiveness (2007 2008a 2008b)

Relative viability can also be inferred from a threats pressures analysis In performing a

population density analysis proximity to human settlements can be used as a first indication

of how much anthropomorphic stress a protected area may be experiencing Looking

further at the composition of sensitive and threatened species within a given area can

further refine this initial threats analysis

Long term gap analyses In many cases analyses that got delayed in the medium term would be still valuable in the

longer term (2011 to 2014) However for the longer-term we would also hope that

RAMPAO activities would begin to focus on the filling of already-identified ecological and

management gaps

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 26

MarZone and MaxEnt

As an MPA network develops so does the need for more sophisticated analyses MarZone

(Marxan with Zones) has received positive attention recently and is a good tool for zoning

multiple activities with various levels of conservation restrictions In order to use a tool like

Marxan broad representativity data (ldquocoarse filterrdquo) and biological data (ldquofine filterrdquo) are

required and in order to use a zoning tool like MarZone broad coverage human use data

are additionally required One big advantage of MarxanMarZone is the user community

that has grown up around it and the good practices that continue to be developed

To get broad scale species distributions usually point occurrence data are fitted to physical

chemical environmental variables producing a predictive habitat model Good success has

been attained using the MaxEnt model (httpwwwcsprincetonedu~schapiremaxent)

though many other approaches also exist The construction of species-habitat predictive

models can take time and acquiring combining the environmental data also takes much

work In order to not bias the Marxan MarZone analysis several species-habitat models

would have to be created for several different key species from a variety of taxonomic

families trophic levels and feeding guilds This would be clearly a long-term project and

can only be justified if the RAMPAO MPA network has reached a level of sophistication to

demand such an analysis

Climate change modelling

Conservation network planning for climate change can also involved complicated modelling

(eg Fuller et al 2008) However again these approaches are data-intensive and require

advanced technical abilities

Ongoing adaptive approach

It is unlikely that the above advanced modelling approaches would be worth their

considerable effort and instead it is suggested that much more can be achieved through

good cooperation with stakeholders scientific expertise and some ldquocommon senserdquo

Recognising that no plan is perfect planning should be seen as an ongoing process of

refinement Paramount will be the ability to be flexible and adapt to changing ecological and

social conditions To do so will require governance structures from local to international

levels ndashlikewise matched to adapt quickly and effectively

While it is relatively easy to point out gaps in an MPA network at ever-increasing levels of

sophistication it is much harder to fill those gaps even on the most rudimentary level

Therefore we urge RAMPAO to act in the long term on addressing the gaps that are readily

apparent through basic tests such as the ones outlined in this document

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 27

Possible activities of the 2nd Mission

This report and the two-part background report prepared for the CBD (also included in this

submission ndashArdron et al 2009) offer a lot of information We expect that as RAMPAO staff

sifts through this guidance questions will arise We see the 2nd Mission as one that could be

devoted to

answering questions that arise from the 1st Mission guidance ndashprocess ecological

and technical

elaborating medium-term gap analyses once more is known about data availability

and technical capacity within RAMPAO and its partner organisations

providing assistance in data collection in Europe and North America

doing joint GIS analyses there could be benefit in working together on some of the

GIS analyses such as the analysis of topographic complexity

presenting initial results we also believe that it will be important to present some

short-term gap analysis results to RAMPAO members and partners

participating in the Third Meeting of the RAMPAO General Assembly we suggest that the 2nd Mission coincide with the RAMPAO General Assembly and include

o a presentation of initial results to the General Assembly and o an expert side-meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and

analyses

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 28

References

Ardron JA 2002 A Recipe for Determining Benthic Complexity An Indicator of Species Richness In Marine Geography GIS for the Oceans and Seas (ch 23 pp 196-175) Joe Breman (ed) Redlands CA USA ESRI Press

Ardron JA 2009 Three initial OSPAR tests of ecological coherence heuristics in a data-limited situation ICES Journal of Marine Research 658 1527-1533

Ardron JA Dunn D Corrigan C Gjerde K Halpin P Rice J Vanden Berghe E Vierros M 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations A background document for the CBD expert workshop Ottawa Canada 29 September ndash 2 October 2009 37 pp + 73 pp Annex 1

BALANCE 2008 Ecological coherence and principles MPA assessment selection and design Technical Summary Report 34 httpbalance-euorgxpdfbalance-technical-summary-report-no-3-4pdf

FAO 2009 International guidelines for the management of deep-sea fisheries in the high seas Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations Rome

Fahrig 2001 How much Habitat is enough Biological Conservation 100 (1) 65-74

Fuller T Morton DP Sarkar S 2008 Incorporating uncertainty about speciesrsquo potential distributions under climate change into the selection of conservation areas with a case study from the Arctic Coastal Plain of Alaska Biological Conservation 141 1547-1559

Gigerenzer G Todd P M and the ABC Research Group 1999 Simple heuristics that make us smart Oxford University Press New York

IUCNBRAO 2007 Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parc de Guineacutee Bissau

IUCNPACO 2008a Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees aires proteacutegeacutees de la Reacutepublique de Guineacutee

IUCNBRAO 2008b Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parcs et reacuteserves de Mauritanie

Lindeboom HJ and Baumlck S 2005 Establishing coastal and marine reserves- with the emphasis on fisheries Pages 103-118 In Managing European Coasts Past Present and Future J Vermaat LBouwer KTurner WSalomons (Eds) Springer-Verlag

OSPAR 2007 Background document to support the Assessment of whether the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is Ecologically Coherent OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic Publication Number 2007320 wwwosparorg

OSPAR 2008 Three initial spatial tests looking at the ecological coherence of the OSPAR marine protected area (MPA) network OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic 3602008 wwwosparorg 17 pp

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 29

Annex 1 Calendar of meetings 1st Mission 5-12 Sept 2009

Lundi

FIBA

Charlotte Karibuhoye

Coordinatrice

Souadou Ndiaye

SIG RAMPAO

Julien Semelin Appui agrave la creacuteation de nouvelles AMP et renforcement de lrsquoefficaciteacute des AMP

UICN Racine Kane AMP transfrontaliegravere

16h par teacuteleacutephone

PRCM Ahmed Senhoury

Directeur

Mardi

8h30 WWF Mamadou Diallo

Chargeacute de mission espegraveces et habitats

mdialowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 641 13 84

Paul Siegel Conseiller en environnement marin psiegelwwfsenegalorg 221 869 37 00

10h30

CSE centre de suivi eacutecologique Ministegravere de lrsquoenvironnement

Taibou Ba Cartes donneacutees

15h Wetland international Africa

Emma GREATRIX

Network for biodiversiteacute (BIOMAC network) Manatee Waterbirds Mangroves

egeatrix]wetlandssn +221 33 869 1681

Mercredi

10h SI NEPAD David Njiki Njiki

Coordinateur environnement njikinjikiyahoocom 221 33 842 73 11

12h WWF Ibrahima Niamadio

Officier pecircche durable iniamadiowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 567 53 16

15h par teacuteleacutephone

UICN Mathieu Ducroq

Coordinateur du programme marin et cocirctier de lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoouest central

+ 222 662 40 82 portable 0022 529 09 77 bureau

16h par teacuteleacutephone

RAMPAO Alfredo da Silva

Preacutesident du RAMPAO Directeur IBAP Ancien coordinateur du reacuteseau de gestion des zones cocirctiegraveres

00245 580 38 48 ou 00 245

UNESCO Isabelle Niang

Projet GEF drsquoadaptation au changement climatique en Afrique de lrsquoouest Erosion cocirctiegravere

Jeudi

9h UICN Guineacutee Bissau

Pierre Campredon

Ancien responsable du PRCM Pierrecampredoniucnorg 0033 630340088

11h30 Convention drsquoAbidjan

Nassere Kaba 0022520211183

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 30

13h CRODTCNDO ODINAFRICA

Anis Diallo Aquaculture et directeur du CNDO adialloordinafricanet 22133832826465 221 77 631 15 95

15h CSRP

M Hamadi Diop

En charge du deacutepartement laquo recherche et systegraveme drsquoinformation raquo

hamadidiopgmailcom

Philippe Tous Projet AFD ndash inteacutegration des AMP dans les politiques de pecircche

philipetousgmailcom (Skype Phil_tous)

Renaud Bailleux

Contrat UICN sur la gestion de lrsquoaccegraves aux ressources halieutiques dans la reacutegion - accords de pecircche ndash gouvernance partageacutee dans les AMP (financement PRCM)

M Dop mika Programme requins de la FIBA mika_dfryahoofr

Vendredi

9H IRD Luis Tito de Morais

Peumlcheeacutecologie des peuplements de poissons

titoirdsn 221 33 849 3658

11h UICN Mamadou Sow

Chef de projet mangrove Mamadousowuicnorg 221 33 869 0286

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 31

Annex 2 CBD criteria for ecologically significant areas

CBD Decision IX20 Annex 1

SCIENTIFIC CRITERIA FOR IDENTIFYING ECOLOGICALLY OR BIOLOGICALLY SIGNIFICANT MARINE AREAS IN NEED OF PROTECTION IN OPEN-

OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS

Criteria Definition Rationale Examples Consideration in application

Uniqueness or

rarity

Area contains

either (i) unique (ldquothe

only one of its kindrdquo) rare

(ldquooccurs only in few

locationsrdquo) or endemic

species populations or

communities andor (ii)

unique rare or distinct

habitats or ecosystems

andor (iii) unique or

unusual geomorphological

or oceanographic features

Irreplaceable

Loss would mean the probable permanent disappearance of diversity or a feature or reduction of the diversity at any level

Open ocean waters

Sargasso Sea Taylor column

persistent polynyas

Deep-sea habitats

endemic communities around

submerged atolls hydrothermal

vents sea mounts pseudo-

abyssal depression

Risk of biased-view of the perceived uniqueness depending on the information availability

Scale dependency of features such that unique features at one scale may be typical at another thus a global and regional perspective must be taken

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 32

Special

importance for

life-history

stages of

species

Areas that are required for

a population to survive and

thrive

Various biotic and abiotic

conditions coupled with

species-specific

physiological constraints

and preferences tend to

make some parts of marine

regions more suitable to

particular life-stages and

functions than other parts

Area containing (i) breeding grounds

spawning areas nursery areas juvenile

habitat or other areas important for life

history stages of species or (ii) habitats of

migratory species (feeding wintering or

resting areas breeding moulting

migratory routes)

Connectivity between life-history stages and linkages between areas trophic interactions physical transport physical oceanography life history of species

Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data Vessel monitoring system (VMS) data

Spatial and temporal distribution andor aggregation of the species

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 33

Importance for

threatened

endangered or

declining

species andor

habitats

Area containing habitat for

the survival and recovery

of endangered threatened

declining species or area

with significant

assemblages of such

species

To ensure the restoration

and recovery of such species

and habitats

Areas critical for threatened endangered

or declining species andor habitats

containing (i) breeding grounds spawning

areas nursery areas juvenile habitat or

other areas important for life history

stages of species or (ii) habitats of

migratory species (feeding wintering or

resting areas breeding moulting

migratory routes)

Includes species with very large geographic ranges

In many cases recovery will require reestablishment of the species in areas of its historic range

Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data vessel-monitoring system (VMS) data

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 34

Vulnerability

Fragility

Sensitivity or

Slow recovery

Areas that contain a

relatively high proportion

of sensitive habitats

biotopes or species that

are functionally fragile

(highly susceptible to

degradation or depletion

by human activity or by

natural events) or with

slow recovery

The criteria indicate the

degree of risk that will be

incurred if human activities

or natural events in the area

or component cannot be

managed effectively or are

pursued at an unsustainable

rate

Vulnerability of species

Inferred from the history of how species or populations in other similar areas responded to perturbations

Species of low fecundity slow growth long time to sexual maturity longevity (eg sharks etc)

Species with structures providing biogenic habitats such as deepwater corals sponges and bryozoans deep-water species

Vulnerability of habitats

Ice-covered areas susceptible to ship-based pollution

Ocean acidification can make deep sea habitats more vulnerable to others and increase susceptibility to human induced changes

Interactions between vulnerability to human impacts and natural events

Existing definition emphasizes site specific ideas and requires consideration for highly mobile species

Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 35

Biological

productivity

Area containing species

populations or

communities with

comparatively higher

natural biological

productivity

Important role in fuelling

ecosystems and increasing

the growth rates of

organisms and their capacity

for reproduction

Frontal areas

Upwellings

Hydrothermal vents

Seamounts polynyas

Can be measured as the rate of growth of marine organisms and their populations either through the fixation of inorganic carbon by photosynthesis chemosynthesis or through the ingestion of prey dissolved organic matter or particulate organic matter

Can be inferred from remote-sensed products eg ocean colour or process-based models

Time-series fisheries data can be used but caution is required

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 36

Biological

diversity

Area contains

comparatively higher

diversity of ecosystems

habitats communities or

species or has higher

genetic diversity

Important for evolution and

maintaining the resilience of

marine species and

ecosystems

Sea-mounts

Fronts and convergence zones

Cold coral communities

Deep-water sponge communities

Diversity needs to be seen in relation to the surrounding environment

Diversity indices are indifferent to species substitutions

Diversity indices are indifferent to which species may be contributing to the value of the index and hence would not pick up areas important to species of special concern such as endangered species

Can be inferred from habitat heterogeneity or diversity as a surrogate for species diversity in areas where biodiversity has not been sampled intensively

Naturalness Area with a comparatively

higher degree of

naturalness as a result of

the lack of or low level of

human-induced

disturbance or

degradation

To protect areas with near natural structure processes and functions

To maintain these areas as reference sites

To safeguard and enhance ecosystem resilience

Most ecosystems and habitats have

examples with varying levels of

naturalness and the intent is that the

more natural examples should be

selected

Priority should be given to areas having a low level of disturbance relative to their surroundings

In areas where no natural areas remain areas that have successfully recovered including reestablishment of species should be

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 37

considered

Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 38

Annex 3 CBD criteria for MPA networks

Decision IX20 Annex II SCIENTIFIC GUIDANCE FOR SELECTING AREAS TO ESTABLISH A REPRESENTATIVE NETWORK OF MARINE PROTECTED AREAS INCLUDING IN

OPEN OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS

Required network properties and

components Definition Applicable site specific considerations (inter alia)

Ecologically and biologically significant areas

Ecologically and biologically significant areas are geographically or oceanographically discrete areas that provide important services to one or more speciespopulations of an ecosystem or to the ecosystem as a whole compared to other surrounding areas or areas of similar ecological characteristics or otherwise meet the criteria as identified in annex I to decision IX20

Uniqueness or rarity

Special importance for life history stages of species

Importance for threatened endangered or declining species andor habitats

Vulnerability fragility sensitivity or slow recovery

Biological productivity

Biological diversity

Naturalness

Representativity Representativity is captured in a network when it consists of areas representing the different biogeographical subdivisions of the global oceans and regional seas that reasonably reflect the full range of ecosystems including the biotic and habitat diversity of those marine ecosystems

A full range of examples across a biogeographic habitat or community classification relative health of species and communities relative intactness of habitat(s) naturalness

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 39

Connectivity Connectivity in the design of a network allows for linkages whereby protected sites benefit from larval andor species exchanges and functional linkages from other network sites In a connected network individual sites benefit one another

Currents gyres physical bottlenecks migration routes species dispersal detritus functional linkages Isolated sites such as isolated seamount communities may also be included

Replicated ecological features Replication of ecological features means that more than one site shall contain examples of a given feature in the given biogeographic area The term ―features means ―species habitats and ecological processes that naturally occur in the given biogeographic area

Accounting for uncertainty natural variation and the possibility of catastrophic events Features that exhibit less natural variation or are precisely defined may require less replication than features that are inherently highly variable or are only very generally defined

Adequate and viable sites Adequate and viable sites indicate that all sites within a network should have size and protection sufficient to ensure the ecological viability and integrity of the feature(s) for which they were selected

Adequacy and viability will depend on size shape buffers persistence of features threats surrounding environment (context) physical constraints scale of featuresprocesses spillovercompactness

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 40

Annex 4 Data sources highlighted in discussions during the 1st Mission

Thegravemes Organisme ressources Personnes ressources Sites internet ressources et bases de donneacutees

Donneacutees bibliographiques

IRD Linus base bibliographique (httpiacaprodc3eduvsqfrlinus)

CRODT Catalogue des publications du CRODT

Donneacutees geacuteneacuterales

PRCMFIBA SIG Reacutegional Catalogue drsquoInformations pour lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoOuest (CIAO) wwwolmmrciao

OdinAfrica African marine atlas ndash voir OdinAfrica

OBIS httpwwwiobisorg

Guineacutee Bissau SIG Guineacutee Bissau au 200 000 egraveme sur toute la zone cocirctiegravere et 50 000 egraveme sur les Bijagos voir Franccedilois Gourmelonuniv-brestfr ou Emmanuel Ginaudet

Cap vert Systegraveme national SIG pour toutes les donneacutees du Cap vert

Bathymeacutetrie

Navy Londres Africa Pilot Volume 1 Hydrographer of the Navy London 1967

SHOM Carte SHOM ndeg6815 INT14 au 110 000 000egraveme Voir site wwwshomfr - catalogue

Cf Canada Carte au CSE

CND0 CD des donneacutees bathymeacutetriques de la sous-reacutegion

Donneacutees oceacuteanographiques geacuteneacuterales

OdinAfrica Points focaux des pays agrave voir sur site internet drsquoOdinAfrica

ordinafricanet Atelier national OdinAfrica ndash voir sur le site CNDO Aller sur le site OdinAfrica reacutecupeacuterer les shapefiles (httpwwwodinafricaorg) et sur httpwwwafricanmarineatlasnet

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 41

IRDlaboratoire LOCEAN-IPSL (Universiteacute Paris 6) LPAOSF (Lab de Physique de lAtmosphegravere et de lOceacutean de agrave lEacutecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique-UCAD

Alban Lazar (IRD) Simeacuteon Fongang (Ecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique) Raymond Lahaye (IRDLEMAR)

Circulation oceacuteanique le long des cocirctes seacuteneacutegalaises (structures variabiliteacute meacutecanismes de lrsquoupwelling des courants cocirctiers des tempeacuteratures et des saliniteacutes) et les couplages oceacutean-atmosphegravere

FAO Merete TANDSTAD Projets CCLEM et GCLME

NEPAD Projet GCLME

PRCM et IMROP + autres

Faire lrsquoinventaire des socieacuteteacutes qui ont fait de la prospection peacutetroliegravere et voir leurs donneacutees et eacutetudes drsquoimpact eacutetude Woodside ou Dana petroleum voir PRCM et IMROP

Universiteacute Rapport master de lrsquouniversiteacute sur la modeacutelisation de la circulation et des tempeacuteratures sur la haute mer (demander CNDO)

Upwellings Odiafrica Donneacutees upwellings sur Odinafrica

IRD P CURY et N BEZ

Geacuteologie seacutediemntologie et Nature des fonds

2 thegraveses sur le plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais sud et nord

IRD carte de Domain (IRDORSTOM) carte des seacutediments du plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais)

carte de Barusso

Travaux de Lachance et Mc Master

Odinafirca Plateau continental ndash carte digitaliseacutee sur la nature des fonds ndash voir sur ordinafrica

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 42

Annex 5 GIS data priorities

Explanation of ranking system

Term short-term bullbullbull medium-term bullbull long-term bull Estimated Ease of acquiring data easy bullbullbull moderatebullbull difficult bull

Importance high bullbullbull moderate bullbull low bull Term Ease Import

Base layers

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 coastline(s)

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 2 ecological regions

bullbullbull bull bullbullbull 3 bathymetry

bullbullbull bullbull bull 4 topography (for land ndashcan help with shoreline classifications)

Physical and oceanographic

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 estuaries rivers

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 shoreline type (cliff rocky sandy muddy etc)

bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 surficial sediment (bottom type)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 seafloor topographic complexity ruggedness (can be created from bathymetry)

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 5 seamounts (can also be identified through bathymetry)

6 other seascape features eg

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull canyons

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 43

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull ridges

bullbull bullbullbull bullbull hydrothermal vents

bullbull bull bullbull seeps

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull banks

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull rocky reefs

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull estuaries (sub-classes)

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull lagoons

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull upwellings

bull bullbull bull 7 ocean currents tides

bull bullbull bullbull 8 sea surface temperature

bull bullbull bullbull 9 salinity

bull bull bull 10 photosynthetically available radiation (PAR)

bull bull bull 11 coastal erosion sediment transport

bull bull bullbull 12 climate change trends eg movement of upwellings

Biological habitat

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 1 threatened or endangered species (amp spawning nursery areas etc)

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 threatened or endangered habitats

bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 habitat classification (if one exists regionally)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 biogenic features eg

warm water coral reefs

cold water coral ldquoforestsrdquo

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 44

mangroves (sub-classes)

bullbull bull bullbullbull 5 Key commercial species eg

crustaceans molluscs (crabs shrimps oysters etc)

pelagic large fishes (eg tunas)

pelagic small fishes

demersal fishes

bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 primary productivity (usually satellite colour images chlorophyll_a)

bullbull bull bullbull 7 secondary productivity (eg an estimate of carbon flux)

bullbull bull bullbull 8 migration of invasive species

Human use management

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 marine protected areas

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 year-round fisheries closures

bullbull bullbull bull 3 other seasonal fisheries closures

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 4 cities towns villages (with populations)

bullbull bullbull bull 5 local community boundaries

bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 traditional use boundaries (eg artisanal fisheries)

bull bullbull bull 7 migrant land use grazing

bullbull bull bullbullbull 8 areas of cultural spiritual importance

bullbull bullbullbull bullbull 9 roads (can help with understanding remoteness amp shoreline access)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 10 shipping routes and harbours

bullbull bullbull bull 11 land use particularly agriculture (can be combined into an analysis of rivers to estimate runoff)

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 45

bullbull bull bullbullbull 12 fishing

a artisanal by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)

b industrial by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 13 offshore oil amp gas licences exploratory wells installations (platforms pipelines shore based)

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 14 sand amp gravel mining

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 15 tourism shoreline development resorts marinas

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 46

Annex 6 Thirty additional assessments

Excerpted and adapted from the 54 page report by the OSPAR Regional seas convention for

the Northeast Atlantic (2007) Background document to support the assessment of whether

the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is ecologically coherent6

Assessment Criterion 1 Adequacy Viability

1 Assessment Guideline One should expect the sizes of network sites (for a given feature) to be

distributed throughout or exceed the estimated range of sizes necessary to sustain a viable

population or community

2 Assessment Guideline Sites that are heavily impacted andor surrounded by heavily impacted

areas should be larger than otherwise

3 Assessment Guideline Features of ecological significance should receive greater protection

than normal

4 Assessment Guideline Location and geography can be used to indicate adequate protection

such that

a Protection of pelagic features should generally be reflected with the implementation of

larger sites than those for benthic features

b In regions constrained by physical geography (eg fjords bays bights passages straits)

the adequate sizes of individual sites will generally be smaller than areas without such

physical constraints (eg regional seas open ocean)

c Offshore andor deeper sites will generally require larger areas than for nearshore andor

shallow sites (However the exceptions of certain deep sea benthic features such as

hydrothermal vents and cold seeps are noted)

5 Assessment Guideline in a given region the adequate spatial protection of most OSPAR

features and the overall network can be expected to conform to the scientific literature and

fall within the range commonly found within that literature It is recognized that this is an

evolving field of study

6 Assessment Guideline Owing to the multiplicity of its objectives the OSPAR network can be

expected to contain a variety of reserve sizes and corresponding spacing between sites

7 Assessment Guideline If a site is at the small end of the expected viability range for a given

feature then compact sites are preferable If on the other hand a given site is at the large end

of the estimated viability range then a less compact shape would allow for greater spill-over

and benefits outside of the reserve

a The Compactness of a given site can be calculated using a GIS and the following

formula C = (4πAp2)

05 Where C is the Compactness A is the area of the site and p is

its perimeter

8 Assessment Guideline A broad MPA network such as the OSPAR network with a wide

variety of features can be expected to have a wide variety of reserve shapes and sizes

6 Jeff Ardron is the primary author of this OSPAR report

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 47

a The combined size and compactness of a site be readily calculated using a GIS and the

following formula SSC = ln (PA) Where SSC is here labelled as the site size-

compactness P is the perimeter of the site and A is the area

9 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA electronic database lists the aims and ecological

criteria on a site by site basis Thus as a preliminary assessment these can be compiled to get

an indication of how well they are being met across the network

10 Assessment Guideline A list inventory of features within a region that (are known or

believed to) meet the OSPAR aims and ecological criteria is required in order to fully assess if

the existing MPA sites are likely adequate

11 Assessment Guideline Features that are common and widely distributed will generally require

less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are rare andor sparsely

distributed

Assessment Criterion 2 Representativity

12 Assessment Guideline OSPAR MPAs should be checked to ensure that they are broadly

distributed across biogeographic regions In such an assessment there is no need to restrict the

assessment to just one biogeographic classification system So long as they appear to be

rigorous (eg peer-reviewed) the use of a variety of systems is encouraged

13 Assessment Guideline Each of the Dinter [OSPAR] bioregions should be adequately

protected

14 Assessment Guideline National classifications can be very helpful in assessing

representativity at a national level based on national categories and should be used where they

exist

15 Assessment Guideline In the absence of full biological surveys or full classification systems

(such as EUNIS) simple surrogates should be used to check that representativity is possibly

being achieved Benthic and pelagic realms should be considered

16 Assessment Guideline Representative features that are very common and widely distributed

will likely require less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are just

somewhat common

As a rule of thumb within a given feature class representative protection can be

compared to a normalized distribution For example if the areal distribution of

representative classes can be normalised through a square-root transformation then

protected area distribution could be expected to be roughly proportional to the square-

root of the ratio of the representative feature classesrsquo overall areas

17 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA nomination database should be checked to ensure

that the idea of the ldquobestrdquo features was taken into account across feature types and regions

18 Assessment Guideline Features that best represent their type can be expected to be

characterized by most or all of these indicators

a Typical morphology

b High density abundance

c High degree of health naturalness

d Persistence (temporal and spatial) and

e Strong functional linkages

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 48

Assessment Criterion 3 Replication

19 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area more than one example of each feature

should be protected

20 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features protected in areas susceptible

to catastrophic events require greater replication than those in low-risk areas

21 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area where no better data exist natural

variation can be assumed to be greatest between sites that are furthest apart

22 Assessment Guideline Features that are very specifically defined will exhibit less variation

and hence require less replication than features which are very general or ldquocatch-allrdquo categories

23 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area scientific requirements may require

replicate sites for differing purposes If these requirements are not known it can be assumed

that replicate sites that are a moderate distance apart (neither immediate neighbours nor at

extreme ends of the biogeographic area) will satisfy most scientific requirements

24 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features for which there are weak or

incomplete or modelled data require greater replication than those features for which better data

are available

Assessment Criterion 4 Connectivity

25 Assessment Guideline If an area is known or suspected to be important to connectivity then it

should be represented in the MPA network

26 Assessment Guideline Reserves in areas where there are known currents (eg many coastal

areas) should be more closely spaced than otherwise In order to maintain connectivity for most

short to moderate larval dispersing species when specific data are lacking such nearshore sites

should be spaced not further than 50 km apart

27 Assessment Guideline Connectivity between seabird sites can be measured in straight lines

28 Assessment Guideline Connectivity for marine species can be assumed to be greater along

lines of similar habitat than across them

29 Assessment Guideline The density of marine reserves can be used as a way to group areas of

likely connectivity Likewise it can also define gaps where connectivity has probably not been

achieved

30 Assessment Guideline In the absence of dispersal data connectivity may be approximated by

ensuring the MPA network is well distributed in space reflecting the scale of its surroundings

Page 6: A Suggested Approach for Gap Analyses of the RAMPAO Marine ...€¦ · A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 2 Recommendation re outreach: 1) regional contact

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 4

Propositions meacutethodologiques pour lrsquoanalyse des lacunes du reacuteseau drsquoaires marines proteacutegeacutees du RAMPAO

Reacutesumeacute exeacutecutif

Les objectifs de cette premiegravere mission eacutetaient les suivants 1) deacutefinir les principes

opeacuterationnels de lrsquoanalyse des lacunes du reacuteseau drsquoAMP du RAMPAO 2) revoir les travaux

deacutejagrave reacutealiseacutes et les informations existantes et identifier les manques 3) apporter un support

meacutethodologique au processus et 4) proposer un programme de travail

Ce rapport fait les recommandations suivantes

Recommandation concernant lrsquoanalyse des lacunes (gaps analysis) lrsquoanalyse des lacunes

ayant eacuteteacute reconnue par la plupart des partenaires comme neacutecessaire pour compleacuteter et

actualiser le reacuteseau actuel la mission recommande que le projet soit deacuteveloppeacute avec tous

les moyens financiers humains et mateacuteriels neacutecessaires

Recommandation concernant les critegraveres eacutecologiques les principes et les critegraveres

eacutecologiques agrave retenir doivent ecirctre ceux recommandeacutes par la convention sur la biodiversiteacute

(CBD) agrave la fois dans lrsquoidentification des sites drsquoimportance eacutecologique (IX20 Annex 1) et agrave

lrsquoeacutechelle du reacuteseau (IX20 Annexe 1) en suivant les recommandations de la CBD en terme

drsquoapplication de ces critegraveres

Recommandation concernant les lacunes sur la haute mer lrsquoabsence drsquoAMP en haute mer

en particulier dans la ZEE (12-200 miles nautiques) des pays membres du RAMPAO doit ecirctre

reconnue par tous comme une lacune importante du reacuteseau que le projet devra

rapidement consideacuterer

Recommandation concernant les pecirccheries consideacuterant leur importance et leur complexiteacute

les pecirccheries et leurs interactions avec les AMP existantes et potentielles devront faire

lrsquoobjet drsquoune attention particuliegravere Nous recommandons la constitution drsquoun groupe speacutecial

AMP-Pecircches comportant les organismes compeacutetents comme la CSRP et autres afin de

travailler sur les lacunes de protection des zones importantes pour les ressources

halieutiques (CBD IX20 Annex 1) Des critegraveres propres aux pecirccheries comme ceux de la

FAO pour la gestion des pecircches profondes (2009) devront eacutegalement ecirctre pris en

consideacuteration

Recommandation pour un travail partenarial consideacuterant lrsquoampleur de ce projet des

besoins en donneacutees et en analyses le secreacutetariat du RAMPAO devra renforcer et srsquoappuyer

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 5

sur les relations avec ses partenaires nationaux reacutegionaux et internationaux des accords

de collaborations devront ecirctre signeacutes avec les principaux partenaires en premier lieu afin de

srsquoaccorder sur les modaliteacutes de partage des donneacutees neacutecessaires au projet voire de partage

du travail drsquoanalyse Devront eacutegalement ecirctre envisageacutees le cas eacutecheacuteant les consideacuterations

techniques comme la compatibiliteacute ou lrsquointeropeacuterabiliteacute des bases de donneacutees et si

neacutecessaire le renforcement des capaciteacutesla formation

Recommandation pour la mise en place drsquoun chargeacute de projet consideacuterant lrsquoimportance du

travail et la speacutecificiteacute de certains de ses aspects un assistant au projet doit ecirctre recruteacute Ses

missions seront 1) drsquoassister le secreacutetariat du RAMPAO (Charlotte Karibuhoye chef de

projet) dans ses relations avec les points focaux nationaux et les partenaires (appui agrave la

reacutedaction des accords de collaboration au deacuteveloppement des groupes de travail) 2)

superviser et apporter son appui au technicien SIG (Souadou Ndiaye) lorsque cela sera

neacutecessaire notamment pour ce qui concerne les aspects plus analytiques du travail 3)

superviser et compleacuteter la collecte des donneacutees et le travail technique (SIG)

Recommandation concernant lrsquoinformation et la sensibilisation 1) les points focaux

nationaux devront ecirctre informeacutes sur le projet et les reacutesultats de cette mission leur rocircle

devra leur ecirctre clairement speacutecifieacute 2) une plaquette recto-verso deacutecrivant les objectifs du

projet les reacutesultats attendus et preacutesentant les attentes du RAMPAO en matiegravere de

coopeacuteration avec les autres organismes devra ecirctre produite 3 ) le site internet du RAMPAO

devra comporter un espace deacutedieacute speacutecifiquement agrave ce projet 4) des lettres de suivi

devraient ecirctre envoyeacutes aux contacts cleacutes rencontreacutes au cours de la premiegravere mission afin de

les informer des reacutesultats de la mission et des eacutetapes suivantes et le cas eacutecheacuteant en leur

proposant de coopeacuterer collaborer 5) on profitera des diffeacuterentes reacuteunions au niveau

national et reacutegional pour preacutesenter le projet et les collaborations qui sont attendues

Recommandation pour la collecte des donneacutees et informations 1) la collecte des donneacutees

doit deacutebuter degraves agrave preacutesent en eacutetroite coordination avec les activiteacutes drsquoinformation et de

sensibilisation des partenaires 2) Par ordre de prioriteacute on rassemblera les donneacutees (a)

faciles agrave collecter et b) neacutecessaires aux analyses agrave court terme 3) Les listes des sources de

donneacutees des contacts et les dates auxquels ils ont eacuteteacute rencontreacutes doivent ecirctre conserveacutes car

ils permettront de suivre lrsquoavancement du travail 4) la prochaine reacuteunion geacuteneacuterale du

RAMPAO devra inscrire agrave son ordre du jour la collaboration sur la collecte de donneacutees 5)

apregraves le deacutemarrage de la collecte des donneacutees (dans 3-6 mois) une reacuteunion devra ecirctre

organiseacutee pour faire un point (reacuteunion pour la collecte des donneacutees ou reacuteunion drsquoexperts

theacutematiques)

Recommandation concernant la recherche Consideacuterant lampleur des sujets de recherche

possibles nous recommandons au RAMPAO de travailler avec les instituts de recherche

comme lrsquoIRD et les instituts nationaux afin de combler de faccedilon strateacutegique les lacunes

essentielles dans les connaissances Les prioriteacutes devront ecirctre deacutefinies sur la base de 3

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 6

critegraveres 1) pertinence pour cerner et combler les lacunes 2) les chances raisonnables

qursquoont ces questions de trouver des reacuteponses (en tenant compte des budgets et des

contraintes scientifiques) et 3) selon la vitesse de leurs reacutesultats a) rapidement (2010) b)

dans le moyen terme (2011) et c) agrave plus long terme (gt 2011)

Recommandation concernant la prise en compte des eacuteleacutements traditionnels et culturels

outre les critegraveres biologiques et eacutecologiques nous recommandons que lrsquoanalyse des lacunes

considegravere eacutegalement les eacuteleacutements traditionnels lorsqursquoils sont disponibles et les eacuteleacutements

culturels de gestion des espaces et des ressources srsquoils sont approprieacutes

Recommandation concernant les reacutesultats agrave court moyen et long terme certaines donneacutees

seront plus facilement accessibles que dautres et certaines analyses sont plus faciles agrave

deacutevelopper que dautres nous recommandons donc une approche par eacutetapes avec des

analyses sur le court terme le moyen terme et le long terme Ainsi des deacutecisions pourront

ecirctre eacutegalement prises et des actions engageacutees agrave court moyen et long terme sans attendre

drsquoavoir lrsquoensemble des reacutesultats

Recommandation concernant les analyses preacuteliminaires lanalyse des lacunes doit

commencer sur la base drsquoinformations facilement accessibles et de tests de base faciles agrave

engager et agrave comprendre Ensuite des analyses plus complexes pourront ecirctre reacutealiseacutees avec

des donneacutees suppleacutementaires au fur et agrave mesure de leur disponibiliteacute Ces analyses initiales

devront ecirctre seacutelectionneacutees en vue de produire des reacutesultats qui peuvent agrave eux seuls eacuteclairer

les premiegraveres prises de deacutecisions

Recommandation concernant cinq analyses initiales de lacunes 1 Consideacuterer visuellement la distribution des aires proteacutegeacutees 2 Sur la base de proceacutedures SIG examiner plus en profondeur la reacutepartition des zones

proteacutegeacutees 3 Etudier la distribution des AMP en fonction de la profondeur 4 Etudier la distribution des AMP en fonction de la classification existante des habitats

cocirctiers 5 Consideacuterer le reacuteseau des AMP selon les espegraveces et les habitats rares menaceacutes et en voie

de disparition

Recommandations sur la mise en œuvre du projet plus qursquoun projet lrsquoanalyse des lacunes

est un processus continu dont les reacutesultats devront ecirctre affineacutes au fur et agrave mesure des

connaissances sur une base adaptative Comme recommandeacute ci-dessus une approche agrave

court moyen et long terme devra ecirctre consideacutereacutee

Court-terme (entre maintenant et juin 2010) les tacircches suivantes seront engageacutees 1 eacutetablissement des termes de reacutefeacuterence et recrutement du chargeacute de projet 2 sensibilisation y compris preacutesentations du projet et des attentes lors de diverses

reacuteunions

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 7

3 recueil initial des donneacutees en se concentrant sur les informations facilement disponibles

4 analyse initiale des lacunes 5 preacutesentation des premiers reacutesultats agrave lAssembleacutee geacuteneacuterale RAMPAO 6 reacuteunion dexperts pour discuter des prochaines eacutetapes agrave moyen terme des donneacutees

compleacutementaires agrave collecter et des analyses agrave poursuivre (probablement dans une

reacuteunion speacuteciale durant lAssembleacutee geacuteneacuterale du RAMPAO

En outre les analyses possibles pour le moyen terme et une preacutevision pour le long terme

sont proposeacutees

Moyen terme collecte des donneacutees plus difficiles agrave obtenir analyses plus compliqueacutees

(identification des aires drsquoimportance eacutecologique et biologiques repreacutesentativiteacute

connectiviteacute reacutepliquas adeacutequationviabiliteacute)

Long terme compleacutements eacuteventuels avec des approches plus complexes de modeacutelisation

(MarZone MaxEnt) prise en consideacuteration du changement climatique hellip Toutefois dans le

cadre de ce projet agrave long terme il semble qursquoil serait preacutefeacuterable drsquoutiliser les ressources agrave

de la planification adaptative en se concentrant en premier sur les sites qui permettent de

combler les principales lacunes et ensuite drsquoaffiner lrsquoanalyse

En annexes sont proposeacutes

Les critegraveres de la CBD agrave lrsquoeacutechelle des sites (annexe 2) et agrave lrsquoeacutechelle des reacuteseaux (annexe 3)

Les sources de donneacutees issues des discussions avec les partenaires lors de la 1egravere mission (annexe 4)

lrsquoinventaire des donneacutees de base classeacutees suivant les deacutelais souhaitables drsquoacquisition la faciliteacute dacquisition et leur importance (annexe 5)

un certain nombre drsquoautres eacuteleacutements agrave consideacuterer dans la conception du reacuteseau dAMPs

issus de lrsquoexpeacuterience drsquoOSPAR (annexe 6)

Poursuite de la collaboration Sil eacutetait deacutecideacute de poursuivre la collaboration avec les

consultants et qursquoune deuxiegraveme mission soit programmeacutee nous suggeacuterons quelle coiumlncide

avec la troisiegraveme reacuteunion de lAssembleacutee geacuteneacuterale RAMPAO agrave la mi-2010 Les activiteacutes

possibles pour la 2egraveme mission pourraient comprendre

les reacuteponses aux questions qui se posent dans la phase 1

les reacuteflexions sur le deacuteveloppement de la phase 2 (moyen terme)

lrsquoassistance agrave la collecte de donneacutees en Europe et en Ameacuterique du Nord

lrsquoassistance aux analyses SIG (travailler en commun sur certaines analyses)

assistance agrave la preacutesentation des premiers reacutesultats RAMPAO aux membres et partenaires

participation agrave la reacuteunion dexperts pour discuter des prochaines eacutetapes (moyen terme) des donneacutees et analyses compleacutementaires

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 8

Terms of reference (summarised)

This project is planned to consist of three separate missions this is the report from the first

of these The overarching objectives of the entire project are

To support the RAMPAO in defining operational principles and precise and realistic

targets for the MPA network by the year 2012 notably as regards

representativeness practicality coherence and resilience of the network

Assist in the definition of the degree of protection of the marine and coastal

biodiversity and key-sites identified in the seven countries of the ecoregion

Assist in the identification of existing shortcomings particularly at the ecological and

socio-economic levels the management of MPAs of the RAMPAO using the available

information for decision-making

Assist in the definitiondesign of strategy aimed at minimizing the priority

shortcomings and making the network more coherent and practical with a view to

attain the objectives of the RAMPAO

Activities of this first mission are

1 Support the RAMPAO Secretariat in defining operational principles and targets

regarding key habitat representativeness as well as the RAMPAO functionality

coherence and resilience

2 Review the activities already carried out and available information about the degree

of protection of biodiversity in the ecoregion and the assessment of missing key-

information

3 Provide methodological support to RAMPAO for synthesizing the gap analysis

process particularly for the review of implemented activities and existing

information on the level of biodiversity protection in the ecoregion and for the

identification of gaps in key information

4 Suggest a programme of work for the next steps of the process

This report is structured according to the above four activities with a particular focus on the

last two

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 9

Review of activities and available information

Our first Mission Report provides details of our conversations with various key players in the

region as well as many preliminary observations and action points We suggest it be used

side-by-side this report A calendar of meetings we attended during the 1st Mission is listed

in Annex 1 A preliminary list of data sources highlighted in these discussions is provided in

Annex 4 to this report

In our discussions several repeating ideas about gaps analyses emerged

necessity gaps analyses are believed to be necessary and valuable

ecology gap analyses should focus on ecological aspects first setting aside

management considerations for the time being

management management and community involvement was emphasized in several

discussions as being essential after gaps are identified and the discussions turn to

how gaps could be filled

cultural considerations the work required to also take account of social traditional

and sacred concerns should be assessed

the offshore open sea (containing eg upwellings seamounts canyons cold water

corals etc) is an integral part of the marine environment but has to date not been

included in MPA discussions and represents a major obvious gap

site versus network criteria site level MPA criteria and network level criteria were

often discussed together as though they were all the same and thus greater clarity is

required on how these two complementary sets of criteria fit together into larger

gaps analyses

cooperation gaps analyses will require strong partnerships and cooperation both

within West Africa and abroad and further work should be done to strengthen these

partnerships through memorandums of understanding and other agreements Many

people noted that acquiring and combining data can use up much time and

resources

fisheries were recognised to encompass activities with the broadest geography and

largest ecological impacts as well as the most complicated social considerations

While MPAs are seen as a good tool for the conservation of biodiversity their use as

a fisheries management tool was seen as applicable in some but not all fisheries It

was pointed out that fisheries science has traditionally been carried out separately

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 10

from other scientific disciplines though acceptance of the ecosystem approach to

fisheries is changing this

ecological research and analyses people noted that while some good initial work

had often been started the coverage was often patchy and considerable work was

still required hence care is required to focus on what can be done with existing

information and to identify a few key research priorities out of the many

The following recommendations flow out of the above discussions

Recommendation re gap analysis considering that all the partners and parties

interviewed supported the need for a gaps analysis we recommend that the Gaps

Analysis Project proceed with the necessary funding personnel and institutional support

Recommendation re offshore gaps the lack of MPAs offshore particularly in the EEZs (12 -

200 nautical miles) of RAMPAO countries should be recognised by members as a serious

gap in the RAMPAO MPA network requiring immediate attention

Recommendation re fisheries considering their size and complexity special attention

should be given to fisheries and their interactions with existing and potential MPAs We

recommend a special Fisheries-MPA working group be set up with relevant institutions

such as CSRP and others1 to consider possible gaps in spatial fish protections as per the

CBD IX20 Annex 1 criteria noted above Additional fisheries relevant criteria such as the

FAO guidelines for the management of deep-sea fisheries (2009) could be applied as

appropriate

Recommendation re ecosystem research considering the breadth of possible research

topics we recommend that RAMPAO work cooperatively with research institutions such

as IRD and others to address critical knowledge gaps in a strategic fashion We

recommend prioritising research questions on three general criteria 1) relevance to

identifying and filling gaps 2) likelihood that these questions can realistically be answered

(considering budgets and scientific constraints) and 3) according to the speed of their

results a) quickly (ie 2010) b) in the medium-term (2011) and c) in the longer-term

(gt2011)

Recommendation re project officer considering the extent of the work a project officer

should be designated This officer should a) support the RAMPAO Secretariat (through

1 Because we were unable to interview representatives from the two relevant Large Marine Ecosystem (LME)

projects (which look at broad scale effects of fisheries) we are uncertain on how they would (or would not)

wish to participate An informal discussion with Merete Tandstad (FAO) while at another meeting suggests that

the Canary Current LME is still in early stages of development However we do suggest that both the LME

Secretariats and the FAO still be approached to gauge their interest

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 11

Charlotte Karibuhoye) in outreach to regional contact points and partners especially in

the development of project agreements such as MoUs and working groups b) supervise

and assist RAMPAOrsquos GIS technician (Souadou Ndiaye) as required c) oversee and

complete as required the data collection and technicalGIS work

Regarding the recommendation above we recognise that the Project Officer will require

additional funding to that which was originally envisioned in this project If funding for such

a position is not possible we would suggest that additional help be sought through

partners and specific contracts To the degree possible we have outlined the various

aspects of work that will need to be done as discreet pieces so as to allow for them to be

performed separately as funding permits

Recommendation re MoUs considering the broad scope and data requirements of this

project the RAMPAO Secretariat should continue to build upon its good relationships

within and outside of West Africa through the development of Memorandums of

Understanding (MoUs) or similar agreements These MoUs (or similar agreements) should

primarily consider data sharing arrangements andor the sharing of relevant analytical

work Additionally they may consider technical issues such as database compatibility and

also human capacity building training as appropriate

We believe that the Regional Contact Points could play an important role in facilitating

relationships agreements and access to regional data information and expertise

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 12

Ecological principles and targets

There is a broad literature concerning marine protected area (MPA) ecological principles

and criteria As noted at the Second General Assembly of RAMPAO the latest thinking on

this topic is captured in Decision XI20 of the Convention on Biological Diversity (CBD)

Adopted in June 2008 this Decision provides seven criteria for identifying ecologically and

biologically significant areas (IX20 Annex 1) and five criteria for MPA networks (IX20

Annex2) Thus the CBD recognised that site criteria and network criteria while strongly

linked are different Recently the CBD held an expert meeting in Ottawa Canada where

the seven site criteria were further discussed and guidance was drafted for their

implementation2

We find the CBD criteria to be sound and note that there will be an ongoing development

of global support and capacity building surrounding their implementation We therefore

recommend that RAMPAO base its operational principles and targets on these CBD criteria

and associated guidance

Recommendation re ecological criteria RAMPAOrsquos ecological principles and targets

should be based the CBD criteria for identifying ecologically significant sites (IX20 Annex

1) and MPA networks (IX20 Annex 2) taking into account additional CBD guidance as it is

developed

The full annexes of CBD Decision IX20 are appended to this report as Annexes 2 and 3 Briefly the seven CBD criteria for identifying ecologically and biologically significant areas are

1 Uniqueness or rarity 2 Special importance for life history of species 3 Importance for threatened endangered or declining species andor habitats 4 Vulnerability fragility sensitivity slow recovery 5 Biological productivity 6 Biological diversity 7 Naturalness

The five CBD MPA network criteria are 1 Ecologically and biologically significant areas (ie based on the 7 site criteria above) 2 Representativity 3 Connectivity 4 Replicated ecological features 5 Adequate and viable sites

2 Report of the expert workshop on ecological criteria and biogeographic classification systems for marine

areas in need of protection This guidance will go through the CBD review process and assuming it goes well

will be presented for acceptance at the Tenth Conference of Parties in October 2010

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 13

Methodology

Approach We view pragmatism modularity and flexibility as being necessary ingredients to an

approach that would best ensure success

Pragmatism The methodology should reflect an approach that will allow progress to

proceed despite imperfect data or other problems For example analyses should be done in

areas where data are available or where there is social political acceptance without the

(sometimes considerable) delay of waiting for data or acceptance from other neighbouring

areas within an ecological region3

Modularity Individual gap analyses should be able stand on their own while also fitting

together with others to form a fuller picture Analysis results should be fairly easy to explain

Flexibility Related to pragmatism above the methodology should follow good practices

while still remaining flexible to alternatives that are not ideal but which can allow for

progress For example when some data are not available other less-than-ideal ldquoproxiesrdquo

may have to be used as substitutes

Boundaries Ecological analyses should when possible be stratified according to accepted ecological

regions and sub-regions (eg Marine Ecosystems of the World ndashMEOW) However given

that in this project various areas have varying degrees of data availability we also see the

need for flexibility in the approach and recognise that some analyses may have to be

bounded according to boundaries that reflect where the data were collected Or in some

instances instead of ecological boundaries it may be appropriate to use traditional cultural

boundaries such as for artisanal fisheries

Timeframes Recommendation re short- medium- and long-term results given that some data will be

more readily available than others and that some analyses are easier to perform than

others we are recommending that a staged approach to delivering results be taken with

analyses planned for the short-term medium-term and long-term This will allow for

decisions and actions to also be taken in the short- medium- and long- term

3 However one must be careful to avoid transferring all gaps and attention to only those places that have data

or are willing to participate For it must be said that those places with few data and little protection are

usually the biggest gaps of all Maps should reflect low- and no-data areas clearly so that the reader

understands the limits of the analysis

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 14

We suggest the timeframe for delivering these short- medium- and long-term results could

be June 2010 (the next RAMPAO General Assembly) December 2011 (the end of this

project period) and December 2014 (the next project period) respectively These timelines

should dovetail with those of the recommendation re ecosystem research above when

appropriate These activities are further outlined in the suggested programme of work in

the section below

Initial tests Preliminary analyses should address basic gaps while later analyses could look at more

nuanced questions The unexpected availability (or unavailability) of data may sometimes

change the planned ordering of analyses If for some reason a particular analysis cannot be

done it should be skipped for the time being and not hold up further work If a preliminary

analysis indicates a significant gap it is unlikely any additional analyses will overturn that

finding and hence decision-making should in most cases proceed based on the results

from the initial basic tests without the delays associated with waiting for more data

Decisions can be refined however as more data become available In general coarse or

incomplete data demand greater precaution in decision-making This can create an

incentive for stakeholders to provide additional data that will allow for refinements

Recommendation re initial tests the gaps analysis should start with readily available

information and basic tests that are relatively easy to understand Later more complex

analyses can be performed with additional data as they become available The initial

basic gaps tests should be selected to provide results that can on their own inform

decision-making

A list of five such tests is outlined in the next section

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 15

Suggested programme of work

Short-term steps The following six steps outline the key tasks that we suggest would need to be done

between now and June 2010 in order to set this project in motion These steps are further

explained in the subsequent sections

1 Establishment of the projectrsquos terms of reference and recruitment of the project officer

2 outreach and coordination including informational presentations at various meetings

3 initial data collection focussing on readily available information 4 initial gaps analyses 5 presentation of initial results to the RAMPAO General Assembly 6 expert meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and analyses (likely

as a side-meeting to the General Assembly

Outreach amp coordination An ecosystem-level gaps analysis will require cooperation from a number of experts

agencies and institutions across all RAMPAO countries Hence outreach and coordination

will be important An introductory description of the project should be developed and

widely distributed as well as a web site page with up to date information on the project A

letter of introduction signed by a senior official(s) can also be important in terms of

establishing legitimacy Presentations introducing the project should be made at national

and regional level meetings as opportunity permits

Our meetings during the first mission proved to be very friendly and helpful These meetings

now require follow-up actions to each of the people contacted (see 1st Mission Report)

Because the people we met were mostly based in Senegal further work will be required

through the regional contact points for other countries

Areas of overlap with other activities (eg the Wetlands International implementation gaps

project) should be highlighted and discussions with these players begun to sort out how to

best cooperate and coordinate efforts

While outreach will be most intensive at the beginning of the project coordination will

continue throughout the projectrsquos duration

Recommendation re outreach 1) regional contact points should be updated on this

project and their help solicited 2) a clear one-page project description should be written

outlining the aims of the project and how cooperation with other bodies is being sought

3) a clear project web page should be developed 4) follow-up letters should sent to key

contacts we have already spoken to outlining next steps and where appropriate

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 16

proposing cooperation collaboration 5) presentations introducing the project should be

made at national and regional level meetings as opportunity permits

Acquisition of data amp information Central to this project will be identifying sources of information and data coordinating with

these experts data repositories and providers and ultimately acquiring the information or

data This will consume more time than any other task and probably more time than all the

other tasks combined

Steps

In the general case data acquisition will require the following steps some which may be

iterative (ie cycle around a few times)

searches ndashinternet list-serves libraries literature and through colleagues

informal emails calls and discussions with the expert or data custodian as to

what data may be available

formal letter(s) of introduction to the project signed by senior authorities and

usually addressed to mid- and senior-level people

face-to-face meetings in order to 1) gain permission to use the data and 2) to

learn about details and proper use of the data These two requirements may

mean two separate meetings

MoU drafting and signing andor data agreement andor formal letter of

request

logistics of how the data will be delivered and if any fees or restrictions are

involved

technical and scientific follow-up calls for assistance andor clarification on

interpretation or use of the data

The above steps have not been numbered because the order can vary from situation to

situation with some situations being informal and skipping steps while others are very

formal requiring prolonged discussions and additional steps that build trust

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 17

Three elements of success

Three elements of successful data acquisition are persistence practicality and

prioritisation

Persistence While most experts are usually happy to share their knowledge the sharing of

their data is often another matter The process can take weeks months or even years

Therefore in order to keep progress steady it is best to make a little time available every

day (say two hours) for data searches and follow-up politely reminding contacts from time

to time that you have not yet heard back from them That said do not waste time on data

that are only of marginal interest in the bigger picture It is easy to become lost in details

Practicality Often it is better to identify what data are readily available and to request

those data first This can help build trust and also allows for progress without getting stuck

Subsequently the provider can be approached again to discuss the other more difficult

data sets Thus the above steps can occur more than once with the same data provider

Again as noted above keeping the bigger picture in mind will help to focus data-gathering

activities on the most practical data sets

Prioritisation In an ecosystem-level analysis all kinds of data are interesting That said

some data are more helpful or urgent than others In the analyses outlined in the sections

below the general data requirements are listed The data requirements of the short-term

gap analyses should take priority over the medium-term ones which in turn should take

priority over the long-term analyses

Annex 5 GIS data priorities lists various common categories of data with their estimated

timeframe for usage (short- medium- long-term) availability and priority for this project

Strategies for acquiring difficult data

Sometimes data may be considered proprietary andor too sensitive to show and providers

usually assume they cannot be shared However with patience sometimes agreements can

be found whereby the data may be used ldquobehind the scenesrdquo in analyses so long as the

data are not displayed on final maps ndashonly the combined results which do not reveal the

data In other situations when the provider is an active participant the provider should be

invited to be a formal partner in the project and this may also ease data restrictions Finally

agreeing to perform joint-analyses or even contracting out certain analyses to the expert

can also allow the data to be used However in this latter case it may be difficult to do

quality control and hence the results can sometimes be puzzling or not what was required

If certain data are simply unavailable metadata can still be requested though metadata

often do not exist (In practice metadata if supplied are many times custom-created for

the particular request)

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 18

Meetings

General meetings A large forum like the RAMPAO General Assembly can be an excellent

opportunity to introduce interested parties to the project It may even be possible to get

general agreement around sharing data However such a general agreement if it can be

found would probably still not replace the need for MoUs and similar bilateral agreements

with specific agencies and institutions

In addition to regional meetings presentations should be made to national meetings

introducing the project as opportunity permits

Data meetings regional data meetings with database managers could help speed up the

process of data collection though this can vary from place to place In many cases it is

better to first approach people one-on-one Later after some data have already been

acquired a meeting can be used to discuss how to best merge data together and to

encourage others to also provide information data if they have not already done so

Expert meetings bringing together experts of a particular species or habitat can be a very

good way to identify available expertise information data and gaps Expert knowledge can

also be collected at such meetings drawn on maps etc but this requires prior training

preparation and processing afterwards In general expert meetings are most valuable after

a ldquodesktop studyrdquo where basic gaps have been identified and there are now specific

questions that have been identified as needing answers Targeted expert meetings can be

valuable at different times throughout a process as different issues need addressing Their

main drawback is the expense and work required A badly run meeting can also turn opinion

against a project and so care has to be taken to do a good job

Recommendation re data information collection 1) The process of collecting data should

begin immediately This will require close coordination with outreach activities 2) Priority

should be given to collecting data that are a) easily acquired and b) required for the initial

short-term analyses 3) Lists of data sources contact information and what dates they

were approached should be kept to track progress 4) Data collaboration should be on the

agenda of the next RAMPAO General Assembly meeting 5) After an initial (eg 3-6

month) period of data collection the need for data meetings andor expert meetings

should be assessed

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 19

Five initial gap analyses The following analyses are recommended as initial tests that should be done in the short-

term (present to June 2010) and when possible in the order presented However we

acknowledge that data availability can alter the ordering of the tests and even what tests

are undertaken ndashincluding developing new ones not listed here These basic tests can be

followed up with more complex analyses such as outlined in the next sections of this report

1 Visually consider the distribution of protected areas Is the network spatially well

distributed without more than a few major gaps If not what gaps can a person

immediately see Consider along-shore gaps and gaps moving out towards the offshore

Consider the northern central and southern thirds of the RAMPAO area Consider

national boundaries

Technical amp data requirements no GIS or GIS data are required A basic paper map

showing the protected areas and national boundaries is sufficient

Rationale this simple assessment is deceptively powerful Simplicity should not be seen

as detracting from its value The human eye can see many patterns and gaps that are

difficult to quantify into statistics When most people agree on a visual gap this

indicates that it is likely valid and worthy of serious consideration

Connectivity and representativity are two of the five agreed-upon CBD criteria for

assessing MPA networks (IX20 Annex 2) If the network is generally not well distributed

in space then it is unlikely to exhibit characteristics of connectivity or representativity

and thus is very unlikely to be ecologically coherent Note that if a network is well-

distributed in space this does not necessarily ensure that these criteria are being met

and further tests will still be required

2 Using GIS procedures consider in greater depth the distribution of protected areas For

this test and all the other tests below perform it first for the whole region then for

each of the three broad ecoregions north central and south4 and finally according to

national boundaries

a Zones offshore Consider coverage within four basic zones i the shorelines (0-5

nautical miles offshore) ii nearshore (~5-15 nm) iii mid-offshore (~15-50 nm)

and iv far offshore (~50 -200 nm) What percentage of each of these broad

zones has MPAs

b Distance from shore statistics what is the average (arithmetic mean) extent that

RAMPAO MPAs extend offshore What is the range of these values What is the

4 This could include the MEOW (Marine Ecoregions Of the World) classification or other similar ecoregions

accepted by RAMPAO partners

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 20

standard deviation Considering that RAMPOA waters extend approximately 200

nm offshore what do these distance-offshore statistics suggest

c Nearest neighbour distance in each of the above zones calculate ldquonearest

neighbourrdquo statistics between MPAs noting the range of MPA spacing the

arithmetic mean of the spacing and the standard deviation of spacing between

sites In this test and all others displaying the histogram of results can be very

informative and is recommended

Technical amp data requirements GIS files are required for shoreline data MPAs

ecoregions national boundaries These three tests (a) ndash (c) get progressively more

technically advanced in the use of GIS However it is outside the scope of this report to

fully describe the GIS methods If a minimum separation distance is chosen as a network

criterion (see comments below) then an easier GIS analysis would be to buffer the

MPAs by a value of half that distance to identify which areas that ldquotouchrdquo and which do

not

Rationale these analyses put some numbers to the first visual test In most ways

however the visual test is simpler and easier to understand That said numbers in

tables can help rank gaps according to basic properties

Unfortunately the GIS methods can be a bit difficult for a beginner If parts of this test

are too difficult they can be skipped since the visual assessment already tells us a lot

Setting explicit quantitative targets for spacing can be controversial and difficult to

support scientifically What is adequate for some species will still be inadequate for

others That said for a basic initial test ldquorules of thumbrdquo have been proposed The

BALANCE project in the Baltic Sea suggested 25 km as an ideal maximum spacing

between shoreline sites (2008) Instead of looking at the ideal situation the OSPAR

Convention for the Northeast Atlantic took a different approach considering the very

longest spacing that could be considered contributing anything at all towards ecological

coherence of the MPA network ie a theoretical ldquoworst caserdquo The OSPAR guidelines for

this worst case are nearshore ~250 km (linear shoreline distance) offshore ~200 000

km2 (which is about equivalent to a ~500 km diameter circle) high seas ~1 000 000 km2

(equivalent to a square with ~1000 km sides) For OSPAR nearshore meant shoreline

and territorial waters out to 12 nm offshore meant EEZ waters (12-200 nm) and high

seas meant waters beyond 200 nm from shore (OPSAR 2008 Ardron 2009)

3 Consider MPA distribution according to depth As for all these analyses perform these

tests first for the whole region then for each of the three broad ecoregions north

central and south and finally according to national boundaries

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 21

a Depth statistics what is the average (arithmetic mean) depth of RAMPAO

MPAs What is the range of values What is the standard deviation How do

these numbers compare with the overall RAMPAO region

b Depth zones consider the following eight general depth zones and what

percentage of each zone is within the current MPA network 0-25 m

(shallow) 25-50 m (photic) 50-100m (upper shelf) 100-200 m (lower shelf)

200-400 m (upper slope) 400-800 m (mid-slope) 800-1600 m (lower slope)

1600-3200 m or greater (abyssal plain)5

Technical amp data requirements data as per the previous test plus bathymetry The

easiest and fastest way to perform these statistics is to convert the MPA shapefile

(and if it is not already the bathymetry) into a raster grid and do grid analyses

Rationale depth is widely recognised as one of the key variables that describes

biotic communities in a give region and as such is a very basic measure of

representativity This analysis could be improved by combining surficial sediment

data with depth to make simple seafloor sediment-depth classes if available

4 Consider MPA distribution according to existent shoreline habitat classification

Although the whole RAMPAO shoreline is likely not classified certain features such

as estuaries or mangroves may already largely be identified Taking these shoreline

features that are either readily available or readily digitised consider what

percentage of each of these feature types are within the current MPA network

Consider what percentage of the MPA network lies outside of these readily

identifiable shoreline features Consider also according to ecoregions and national

boundaries

Technical amp data requirements any available shoreline features such as estuaries

and mangroves If the data are good enough each of these features could be sub-

divided eg large medium and small estuaries If geophysical shoreline type data

are missing basic categories such as cliff rock and sandmud shores can often be

visually estimated and hand digitised by looking at terrestrial topographic data along

the shoreline combined with nearshore bathymetry if available

5 These log2 depth classes are admittedly somewhat arbitrary (25 2

i) and could be refined either by

considering a regional biological classification histogram of the distribution of depths or natural breaks in the

data It is our understanding however that no bio-physical classification has been performed for the region

For an initial test these somewhat arbitrary depth classes are sufficient to point out general gaps and reflect

the generally logarithmic scale of decreasing resolution (increasing breadth of classes) with depth

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 22

Rationale since the RAMPAO MPA network is currently shoreline-based this test is

suggested before considering other physical features further offshore This test is

designed to give a rough idea of shoreline representativity

5 Consider the RAMPAO network according to rare threatened and endangered

species and habitats (features) for which data are available Perform the same sort

of tests as in the test above using available data for rare threatened and

endangered features Consider what percentage of each of these feature types are

within the current MPA network Consider what percentage of the MPA network lies

outside of these features Consider also according to ecoregions and national

boundaries

Technical amp data requirements there are modelling techniques to predict the

potential habitat of species but these techniques are advanced and would fall under

the long-term timeframe For this initial analysis only available data should be

considered If the data appear to be very incomplete then they should not be used

Recognising that such data can be sub-regionally incomplete some sections of the

network may have to be left out of this analysis marked as ldquono datardquo areas on the

maps

Rationale rare threatened and endangered features are often protected by law

and also often of interest to researchers There is usually some information on them

though not always digital data and may instead be in the form of expert opinion

Ecologically there are three different types of rare threatened and endangered

features each requiring a different management response 1) features that have

always been rare 2) features that used to be common but are now rare due to

human pressures (ie threatened and endangered) 3) features that are on the edge

of their range and a) this range is steady or b ) this range is shifting (expanding

contracting moving away entering the region) due to climate change or other

environmental changes It would be best to perform this test separately for the three

different classes and associated sub-classes of rare threatened and endangered

features taking into account their population trends However for an initial test

such refinements should be seen as optional depending on information availability

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 23

Medium term gap analyses The following analyses are recommended for consideration in the medium-term (June 2010

to Dec 2011) with choice largely driven by data availability Due to the somewhat longer

time period fewer details are provided here than in the section above allowing for further

elaborations during the 2nd Mission when more is known They are arranged according to

the CBD MPA network criteria (IX20 Annex 2)

In addition to the tests outlined below others that were developed for the OSPAR Regional

Seas Convention for the Northeast Atlantic are listed in Annex 6 Thirty additional

assessments These are also well-suited to the medium-term and medium-quality data

Note that the four OSPAR MPA network criteria overlap four of the five CBD criteria

Ecologically and biologically significant areas (EBSAs)

If specific EBSAs are known consideration should be given to their possible inclusion in the

MPA network Not all EBSAs need necessarily become MPAs for some EBSAs non-spatial

management may be more appropriate It is difficult to do proper gaps assessment on

EBSAs because the distribution of all EBSAs of a given type is usually not known and hence

there is little context by which to judge a given site Thus the rule of thumb is that all EBSAs

if not in the MPA network should be treated as possible gaps and reviewed one at a time

for possible inclusion

The CBD is in the process of developing further guidance on the selection of EBSAs in the

open oceans and deep seas and much of this guidance is also applicable to shallower

nearshore systems Because this guidance is not yet accepted by the CBD we refer you

instead to a background report that was written for the CBD Ottawa Expert Workshop that

discussed these issues 29 Sept ndash 02 Oct 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant

areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations (Ardron

et al 2009) is a report in two parts Both parts are included with this report and are

recommended here as guidance on selecting CBD EBSAs

First gathering information from local residents and experts on places they sense to be

important can go far in identifying key EBSAs The ldquorecognition heuristicrdquo (Gigerenzer 1999)

is a powerful way to quickly locate longstanding ecologically significant areas in a given

region and we note that NGOs such as WWF have already done such work in the past and

that this work could be readily updated and built upon

Representativity

Many tests for representativity can be developed based on available data Listed below are

some of the more likely approaches

Seascapes identify the main shoreline topographic (benthic) and oceanographic

(pelagic) features of the region and check to see what percentage of each is included

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 24

in the MPA network Typical benthic seascape features would include canyons

seamounts reefs etc Typical pelagic features include frontal systems upwellings

gyres See also Annex 5 GIS data priorities

Topographic complexity using only bathymetry a surrogate measure of benthic

complexity can be developed (Ardron 2002) This measure can help highlight areas of

likely increased benthic richness amongst other traits

Biogeographic classification system whereas seascapes focus on physical features

a biogeographic attempts to also include information on biology such that the

system divides an area according to broad ecological communities based on physical

proxies The creation of a biogeographic classification should include both pelagic

and benthic realms is labour- and data- intensive and requires extensive peer

review

Biogeographic components instead of attempting a full biogeographic classification

system certain aspects can be developed separately For example depth strata can

be combined with sea floor sediment data to make a basic sea bottom classification

These can then be nested within the broad bioregions of the RAMPAO area

Likewise exposure wave energy can be combined with shoreline types to create

another basic classification Creating components such as these can be further

explored in the 2nd Mission once it is better known what data information are

available

Connectivity

This is the CBD criterion most difficult to assess with few options for the medium-term

except for looking at distances between sites (see short-term test above) Several academic

modelling exercises have been attempted with mixed levels of success in areas with much

better data than exist in West Africa We would caution RAMPAO in spending too much

time on such modelling exercises In general nearshore sites require closer spacing than

sites further offshore (OSPAR 2007) If it is known that certain areas provide larvae or

juveniles to other places then these ldquosourcerdquo areas should be considered for protection

Note that such areas could also fall under the EBSA criterion for productivity

Replication

At its most basic level this criterion asks that there be more than one MPA for every feature

in the network In practice this is usually considered using available information on

representativity (see above) and whatever biological data may also be available This

criterion can be assessed very simply initially by testing to see if there is more than one MPA

in each broad zone such as distance from shore or depth zone as described in the previous

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 25

section on short-term assessments Assessing replication can become more refined as more

MPAs are designated and better data become available

Adequacy viability

Ideally MPA sites should be monitored to ensure that their aims are being met In cases

where this is occurring the monitoring results should be used to determine if the individual

sitersquos size location and shape is adequate Where monitoring is not occurring or is

incomplete or too recent to determine trends other measures will have to be used Size is

probably the most commonly discussed measure and yet it remains also probably the most

controversial (Fahig 2001) Nonetheless even in an absence of consensus on this issue by

looking at possible ranges of sizes a sense can still be gained if the sites are or are not

likely to be meeting their aims A full assessment of site size which is outside the scope of

this report should take into account the species life-history population structure quality of

the habitat the quality of the surrounding areas and possible connectivity to other sites

(Lindeboom amp Baumlck 2005) However in many cases the scientific knowledge about a feature

will be insufficient to determine this very exactly Even if the life history of a species is well

know for example it is usually not known how much the surrounding area can be expected

to play a role in supporting the healthy functioning of that species Nonetheless it is

generally true that heavily impacted surrounding areas will provide less of a supporting role

to protected features than pristine ones In data-poor situations often it is still possible to

use expert opinion to specify a range of sizes which would likely be appropriate for the

adequate protection of a given feature (text adapted from OSPAR 2007)

For the RAMPAO network expert assessments of the efficacy of individual MPA sites is

probably the best way to consider the adequacy aspect of the criterion and we note the

work that has already been done by RAMPAO on this regard as well as the IUCN on

assessing management effectiveness (2007 2008a 2008b)

Relative viability can also be inferred from a threats pressures analysis In performing a

population density analysis proximity to human settlements can be used as a first indication

of how much anthropomorphic stress a protected area may be experiencing Looking

further at the composition of sensitive and threatened species within a given area can

further refine this initial threats analysis

Long term gap analyses In many cases analyses that got delayed in the medium term would be still valuable in the

longer term (2011 to 2014) However for the longer-term we would also hope that

RAMPAO activities would begin to focus on the filling of already-identified ecological and

management gaps

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 26

MarZone and MaxEnt

As an MPA network develops so does the need for more sophisticated analyses MarZone

(Marxan with Zones) has received positive attention recently and is a good tool for zoning

multiple activities with various levels of conservation restrictions In order to use a tool like

Marxan broad representativity data (ldquocoarse filterrdquo) and biological data (ldquofine filterrdquo) are

required and in order to use a zoning tool like MarZone broad coverage human use data

are additionally required One big advantage of MarxanMarZone is the user community

that has grown up around it and the good practices that continue to be developed

To get broad scale species distributions usually point occurrence data are fitted to physical

chemical environmental variables producing a predictive habitat model Good success has

been attained using the MaxEnt model (httpwwwcsprincetonedu~schapiremaxent)

though many other approaches also exist The construction of species-habitat predictive

models can take time and acquiring combining the environmental data also takes much

work In order to not bias the Marxan MarZone analysis several species-habitat models

would have to be created for several different key species from a variety of taxonomic

families trophic levels and feeding guilds This would be clearly a long-term project and

can only be justified if the RAMPAO MPA network has reached a level of sophistication to

demand such an analysis

Climate change modelling

Conservation network planning for climate change can also involved complicated modelling

(eg Fuller et al 2008) However again these approaches are data-intensive and require

advanced technical abilities

Ongoing adaptive approach

It is unlikely that the above advanced modelling approaches would be worth their

considerable effort and instead it is suggested that much more can be achieved through

good cooperation with stakeholders scientific expertise and some ldquocommon senserdquo

Recognising that no plan is perfect planning should be seen as an ongoing process of

refinement Paramount will be the ability to be flexible and adapt to changing ecological and

social conditions To do so will require governance structures from local to international

levels ndashlikewise matched to adapt quickly and effectively

While it is relatively easy to point out gaps in an MPA network at ever-increasing levels of

sophistication it is much harder to fill those gaps even on the most rudimentary level

Therefore we urge RAMPAO to act in the long term on addressing the gaps that are readily

apparent through basic tests such as the ones outlined in this document

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 27

Possible activities of the 2nd Mission

This report and the two-part background report prepared for the CBD (also included in this

submission ndashArdron et al 2009) offer a lot of information We expect that as RAMPAO staff

sifts through this guidance questions will arise We see the 2nd Mission as one that could be

devoted to

answering questions that arise from the 1st Mission guidance ndashprocess ecological

and technical

elaborating medium-term gap analyses once more is known about data availability

and technical capacity within RAMPAO and its partner organisations

providing assistance in data collection in Europe and North America

doing joint GIS analyses there could be benefit in working together on some of the

GIS analyses such as the analysis of topographic complexity

presenting initial results we also believe that it will be important to present some

short-term gap analysis results to RAMPAO members and partners

participating in the Third Meeting of the RAMPAO General Assembly we suggest that the 2nd Mission coincide with the RAMPAO General Assembly and include

o a presentation of initial results to the General Assembly and o an expert side-meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and

analyses

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 28

References

Ardron JA 2002 A Recipe for Determining Benthic Complexity An Indicator of Species Richness In Marine Geography GIS for the Oceans and Seas (ch 23 pp 196-175) Joe Breman (ed) Redlands CA USA ESRI Press

Ardron JA 2009 Three initial OSPAR tests of ecological coherence heuristics in a data-limited situation ICES Journal of Marine Research 658 1527-1533

Ardron JA Dunn D Corrigan C Gjerde K Halpin P Rice J Vanden Berghe E Vierros M 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations A background document for the CBD expert workshop Ottawa Canada 29 September ndash 2 October 2009 37 pp + 73 pp Annex 1

BALANCE 2008 Ecological coherence and principles MPA assessment selection and design Technical Summary Report 34 httpbalance-euorgxpdfbalance-technical-summary-report-no-3-4pdf

FAO 2009 International guidelines for the management of deep-sea fisheries in the high seas Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations Rome

Fahrig 2001 How much Habitat is enough Biological Conservation 100 (1) 65-74

Fuller T Morton DP Sarkar S 2008 Incorporating uncertainty about speciesrsquo potential distributions under climate change into the selection of conservation areas with a case study from the Arctic Coastal Plain of Alaska Biological Conservation 141 1547-1559

Gigerenzer G Todd P M and the ABC Research Group 1999 Simple heuristics that make us smart Oxford University Press New York

IUCNBRAO 2007 Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parc de Guineacutee Bissau

IUCNPACO 2008a Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees aires proteacutegeacutees de la Reacutepublique de Guineacutee

IUCNBRAO 2008b Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parcs et reacuteserves de Mauritanie

Lindeboom HJ and Baumlck S 2005 Establishing coastal and marine reserves- with the emphasis on fisheries Pages 103-118 In Managing European Coasts Past Present and Future J Vermaat LBouwer KTurner WSalomons (Eds) Springer-Verlag

OSPAR 2007 Background document to support the Assessment of whether the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is Ecologically Coherent OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic Publication Number 2007320 wwwosparorg

OSPAR 2008 Three initial spatial tests looking at the ecological coherence of the OSPAR marine protected area (MPA) network OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic 3602008 wwwosparorg 17 pp

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 29

Annex 1 Calendar of meetings 1st Mission 5-12 Sept 2009

Lundi

FIBA

Charlotte Karibuhoye

Coordinatrice

Souadou Ndiaye

SIG RAMPAO

Julien Semelin Appui agrave la creacuteation de nouvelles AMP et renforcement de lrsquoefficaciteacute des AMP

UICN Racine Kane AMP transfrontaliegravere

16h par teacuteleacutephone

PRCM Ahmed Senhoury

Directeur

Mardi

8h30 WWF Mamadou Diallo

Chargeacute de mission espegraveces et habitats

mdialowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 641 13 84

Paul Siegel Conseiller en environnement marin psiegelwwfsenegalorg 221 869 37 00

10h30

CSE centre de suivi eacutecologique Ministegravere de lrsquoenvironnement

Taibou Ba Cartes donneacutees

15h Wetland international Africa

Emma GREATRIX

Network for biodiversiteacute (BIOMAC network) Manatee Waterbirds Mangroves

egeatrix]wetlandssn +221 33 869 1681

Mercredi

10h SI NEPAD David Njiki Njiki

Coordinateur environnement njikinjikiyahoocom 221 33 842 73 11

12h WWF Ibrahima Niamadio

Officier pecircche durable iniamadiowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 567 53 16

15h par teacuteleacutephone

UICN Mathieu Ducroq

Coordinateur du programme marin et cocirctier de lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoouest central

+ 222 662 40 82 portable 0022 529 09 77 bureau

16h par teacuteleacutephone

RAMPAO Alfredo da Silva

Preacutesident du RAMPAO Directeur IBAP Ancien coordinateur du reacuteseau de gestion des zones cocirctiegraveres

00245 580 38 48 ou 00 245

UNESCO Isabelle Niang

Projet GEF drsquoadaptation au changement climatique en Afrique de lrsquoouest Erosion cocirctiegravere

Jeudi

9h UICN Guineacutee Bissau

Pierre Campredon

Ancien responsable du PRCM Pierrecampredoniucnorg 0033 630340088

11h30 Convention drsquoAbidjan

Nassere Kaba 0022520211183

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 30

13h CRODTCNDO ODINAFRICA

Anis Diallo Aquaculture et directeur du CNDO adialloordinafricanet 22133832826465 221 77 631 15 95

15h CSRP

M Hamadi Diop

En charge du deacutepartement laquo recherche et systegraveme drsquoinformation raquo

hamadidiopgmailcom

Philippe Tous Projet AFD ndash inteacutegration des AMP dans les politiques de pecircche

philipetousgmailcom (Skype Phil_tous)

Renaud Bailleux

Contrat UICN sur la gestion de lrsquoaccegraves aux ressources halieutiques dans la reacutegion - accords de pecircche ndash gouvernance partageacutee dans les AMP (financement PRCM)

M Dop mika Programme requins de la FIBA mika_dfryahoofr

Vendredi

9H IRD Luis Tito de Morais

Peumlcheeacutecologie des peuplements de poissons

titoirdsn 221 33 849 3658

11h UICN Mamadou Sow

Chef de projet mangrove Mamadousowuicnorg 221 33 869 0286

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 31

Annex 2 CBD criteria for ecologically significant areas

CBD Decision IX20 Annex 1

SCIENTIFIC CRITERIA FOR IDENTIFYING ECOLOGICALLY OR BIOLOGICALLY SIGNIFICANT MARINE AREAS IN NEED OF PROTECTION IN OPEN-

OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS

Criteria Definition Rationale Examples Consideration in application

Uniqueness or

rarity

Area contains

either (i) unique (ldquothe

only one of its kindrdquo) rare

(ldquooccurs only in few

locationsrdquo) or endemic

species populations or

communities andor (ii)

unique rare or distinct

habitats or ecosystems

andor (iii) unique or

unusual geomorphological

or oceanographic features

Irreplaceable

Loss would mean the probable permanent disappearance of diversity or a feature or reduction of the diversity at any level

Open ocean waters

Sargasso Sea Taylor column

persistent polynyas

Deep-sea habitats

endemic communities around

submerged atolls hydrothermal

vents sea mounts pseudo-

abyssal depression

Risk of biased-view of the perceived uniqueness depending on the information availability

Scale dependency of features such that unique features at one scale may be typical at another thus a global and regional perspective must be taken

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 32

Special

importance for

life-history

stages of

species

Areas that are required for

a population to survive and

thrive

Various biotic and abiotic

conditions coupled with

species-specific

physiological constraints

and preferences tend to

make some parts of marine

regions more suitable to

particular life-stages and

functions than other parts

Area containing (i) breeding grounds

spawning areas nursery areas juvenile

habitat or other areas important for life

history stages of species or (ii) habitats of

migratory species (feeding wintering or

resting areas breeding moulting

migratory routes)

Connectivity between life-history stages and linkages between areas trophic interactions physical transport physical oceanography life history of species

Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data Vessel monitoring system (VMS) data

Spatial and temporal distribution andor aggregation of the species

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 33

Importance for

threatened

endangered or

declining

species andor

habitats

Area containing habitat for

the survival and recovery

of endangered threatened

declining species or area

with significant

assemblages of such

species

To ensure the restoration

and recovery of such species

and habitats

Areas critical for threatened endangered

or declining species andor habitats

containing (i) breeding grounds spawning

areas nursery areas juvenile habitat or

other areas important for life history

stages of species or (ii) habitats of

migratory species (feeding wintering or

resting areas breeding moulting

migratory routes)

Includes species with very large geographic ranges

In many cases recovery will require reestablishment of the species in areas of its historic range

Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data vessel-monitoring system (VMS) data

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 34

Vulnerability

Fragility

Sensitivity or

Slow recovery

Areas that contain a

relatively high proportion

of sensitive habitats

biotopes or species that

are functionally fragile

(highly susceptible to

degradation or depletion

by human activity or by

natural events) or with

slow recovery

The criteria indicate the

degree of risk that will be

incurred if human activities

or natural events in the area

or component cannot be

managed effectively or are

pursued at an unsustainable

rate

Vulnerability of species

Inferred from the history of how species or populations in other similar areas responded to perturbations

Species of low fecundity slow growth long time to sexual maturity longevity (eg sharks etc)

Species with structures providing biogenic habitats such as deepwater corals sponges and bryozoans deep-water species

Vulnerability of habitats

Ice-covered areas susceptible to ship-based pollution

Ocean acidification can make deep sea habitats more vulnerable to others and increase susceptibility to human induced changes

Interactions between vulnerability to human impacts and natural events

Existing definition emphasizes site specific ideas and requires consideration for highly mobile species

Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 35

Biological

productivity

Area containing species

populations or

communities with

comparatively higher

natural biological

productivity

Important role in fuelling

ecosystems and increasing

the growth rates of

organisms and their capacity

for reproduction

Frontal areas

Upwellings

Hydrothermal vents

Seamounts polynyas

Can be measured as the rate of growth of marine organisms and their populations either through the fixation of inorganic carbon by photosynthesis chemosynthesis or through the ingestion of prey dissolved organic matter or particulate organic matter

Can be inferred from remote-sensed products eg ocean colour or process-based models

Time-series fisheries data can be used but caution is required

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 36

Biological

diversity

Area contains

comparatively higher

diversity of ecosystems

habitats communities or

species or has higher

genetic diversity

Important for evolution and

maintaining the resilience of

marine species and

ecosystems

Sea-mounts

Fronts and convergence zones

Cold coral communities

Deep-water sponge communities

Diversity needs to be seen in relation to the surrounding environment

Diversity indices are indifferent to species substitutions

Diversity indices are indifferent to which species may be contributing to the value of the index and hence would not pick up areas important to species of special concern such as endangered species

Can be inferred from habitat heterogeneity or diversity as a surrogate for species diversity in areas where biodiversity has not been sampled intensively

Naturalness Area with a comparatively

higher degree of

naturalness as a result of

the lack of or low level of

human-induced

disturbance or

degradation

To protect areas with near natural structure processes and functions

To maintain these areas as reference sites

To safeguard and enhance ecosystem resilience

Most ecosystems and habitats have

examples with varying levels of

naturalness and the intent is that the

more natural examples should be

selected

Priority should be given to areas having a low level of disturbance relative to their surroundings

In areas where no natural areas remain areas that have successfully recovered including reestablishment of species should be

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 37

considered

Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 38

Annex 3 CBD criteria for MPA networks

Decision IX20 Annex II SCIENTIFIC GUIDANCE FOR SELECTING AREAS TO ESTABLISH A REPRESENTATIVE NETWORK OF MARINE PROTECTED AREAS INCLUDING IN

OPEN OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS

Required network properties and

components Definition Applicable site specific considerations (inter alia)

Ecologically and biologically significant areas

Ecologically and biologically significant areas are geographically or oceanographically discrete areas that provide important services to one or more speciespopulations of an ecosystem or to the ecosystem as a whole compared to other surrounding areas or areas of similar ecological characteristics or otherwise meet the criteria as identified in annex I to decision IX20

Uniqueness or rarity

Special importance for life history stages of species

Importance for threatened endangered or declining species andor habitats

Vulnerability fragility sensitivity or slow recovery

Biological productivity

Biological diversity

Naturalness

Representativity Representativity is captured in a network when it consists of areas representing the different biogeographical subdivisions of the global oceans and regional seas that reasonably reflect the full range of ecosystems including the biotic and habitat diversity of those marine ecosystems

A full range of examples across a biogeographic habitat or community classification relative health of species and communities relative intactness of habitat(s) naturalness

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 39

Connectivity Connectivity in the design of a network allows for linkages whereby protected sites benefit from larval andor species exchanges and functional linkages from other network sites In a connected network individual sites benefit one another

Currents gyres physical bottlenecks migration routes species dispersal detritus functional linkages Isolated sites such as isolated seamount communities may also be included

Replicated ecological features Replication of ecological features means that more than one site shall contain examples of a given feature in the given biogeographic area The term ―features means ―species habitats and ecological processes that naturally occur in the given biogeographic area

Accounting for uncertainty natural variation and the possibility of catastrophic events Features that exhibit less natural variation or are precisely defined may require less replication than features that are inherently highly variable or are only very generally defined

Adequate and viable sites Adequate and viable sites indicate that all sites within a network should have size and protection sufficient to ensure the ecological viability and integrity of the feature(s) for which they were selected

Adequacy and viability will depend on size shape buffers persistence of features threats surrounding environment (context) physical constraints scale of featuresprocesses spillovercompactness

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 40

Annex 4 Data sources highlighted in discussions during the 1st Mission

Thegravemes Organisme ressources Personnes ressources Sites internet ressources et bases de donneacutees

Donneacutees bibliographiques

IRD Linus base bibliographique (httpiacaprodc3eduvsqfrlinus)

CRODT Catalogue des publications du CRODT

Donneacutees geacuteneacuterales

PRCMFIBA SIG Reacutegional Catalogue drsquoInformations pour lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoOuest (CIAO) wwwolmmrciao

OdinAfrica African marine atlas ndash voir OdinAfrica

OBIS httpwwwiobisorg

Guineacutee Bissau SIG Guineacutee Bissau au 200 000 egraveme sur toute la zone cocirctiegravere et 50 000 egraveme sur les Bijagos voir Franccedilois Gourmelonuniv-brestfr ou Emmanuel Ginaudet

Cap vert Systegraveme national SIG pour toutes les donneacutees du Cap vert

Bathymeacutetrie

Navy Londres Africa Pilot Volume 1 Hydrographer of the Navy London 1967

SHOM Carte SHOM ndeg6815 INT14 au 110 000 000egraveme Voir site wwwshomfr - catalogue

Cf Canada Carte au CSE

CND0 CD des donneacutees bathymeacutetriques de la sous-reacutegion

Donneacutees oceacuteanographiques geacuteneacuterales

OdinAfrica Points focaux des pays agrave voir sur site internet drsquoOdinAfrica

ordinafricanet Atelier national OdinAfrica ndash voir sur le site CNDO Aller sur le site OdinAfrica reacutecupeacuterer les shapefiles (httpwwwodinafricaorg) et sur httpwwwafricanmarineatlasnet

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 41

IRDlaboratoire LOCEAN-IPSL (Universiteacute Paris 6) LPAOSF (Lab de Physique de lAtmosphegravere et de lOceacutean de agrave lEacutecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique-UCAD

Alban Lazar (IRD) Simeacuteon Fongang (Ecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique) Raymond Lahaye (IRDLEMAR)

Circulation oceacuteanique le long des cocirctes seacuteneacutegalaises (structures variabiliteacute meacutecanismes de lrsquoupwelling des courants cocirctiers des tempeacuteratures et des saliniteacutes) et les couplages oceacutean-atmosphegravere

FAO Merete TANDSTAD Projets CCLEM et GCLME

NEPAD Projet GCLME

PRCM et IMROP + autres

Faire lrsquoinventaire des socieacuteteacutes qui ont fait de la prospection peacutetroliegravere et voir leurs donneacutees et eacutetudes drsquoimpact eacutetude Woodside ou Dana petroleum voir PRCM et IMROP

Universiteacute Rapport master de lrsquouniversiteacute sur la modeacutelisation de la circulation et des tempeacuteratures sur la haute mer (demander CNDO)

Upwellings Odiafrica Donneacutees upwellings sur Odinafrica

IRD P CURY et N BEZ

Geacuteologie seacutediemntologie et Nature des fonds

2 thegraveses sur le plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais sud et nord

IRD carte de Domain (IRDORSTOM) carte des seacutediments du plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais)

carte de Barusso

Travaux de Lachance et Mc Master

Odinafirca Plateau continental ndash carte digitaliseacutee sur la nature des fonds ndash voir sur ordinafrica

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 42

Annex 5 GIS data priorities

Explanation of ranking system

Term short-term bullbullbull medium-term bullbull long-term bull Estimated Ease of acquiring data easy bullbullbull moderatebullbull difficult bull

Importance high bullbullbull moderate bullbull low bull Term Ease Import

Base layers

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 coastline(s)

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 2 ecological regions

bullbullbull bull bullbullbull 3 bathymetry

bullbullbull bullbull bull 4 topography (for land ndashcan help with shoreline classifications)

Physical and oceanographic

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 estuaries rivers

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 shoreline type (cliff rocky sandy muddy etc)

bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 surficial sediment (bottom type)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 seafloor topographic complexity ruggedness (can be created from bathymetry)

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 5 seamounts (can also be identified through bathymetry)

6 other seascape features eg

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull canyons

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 43

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull ridges

bullbull bullbullbull bullbull hydrothermal vents

bullbull bull bullbull seeps

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull banks

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull rocky reefs

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull estuaries (sub-classes)

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull lagoons

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull upwellings

bull bullbull bull 7 ocean currents tides

bull bullbull bullbull 8 sea surface temperature

bull bullbull bullbull 9 salinity

bull bull bull 10 photosynthetically available radiation (PAR)

bull bull bull 11 coastal erosion sediment transport

bull bull bullbull 12 climate change trends eg movement of upwellings

Biological habitat

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 1 threatened or endangered species (amp spawning nursery areas etc)

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 threatened or endangered habitats

bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 habitat classification (if one exists regionally)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 biogenic features eg

warm water coral reefs

cold water coral ldquoforestsrdquo

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 44

mangroves (sub-classes)

bullbull bull bullbullbull 5 Key commercial species eg

crustaceans molluscs (crabs shrimps oysters etc)

pelagic large fishes (eg tunas)

pelagic small fishes

demersal fishes

bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 primary productivity (usually satellite colour images chlorophyll_a)

bullbull bull bullbull 7 secondary productivity (eg an estimate of carbon flux)

bullbull bull bullbull 8 migration of invasive species

Human use management

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 marine protected areas

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 year-round fisheries closures

bullbull bullbull bull 3 other seasonal fisheries closures

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 4 cities towns villages (with populations)

bullbull bullbull bull 5 local community boundaries

bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 traditional use boundaries (eg artisanal fisheries)

bull bullbull bull 7 migrant land use grazing

bullbull bull bullbullbull 8 areas of cultural spiritual importance

bullbull bullbullbull bullbull 9 roads (can help with understanding remoteness amp shoreline access)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 10 shipping routes and harbours

bullbull bullbull bull 11 land use particularly agriculture (can be combined into an analysis of rivers to estimate runoff)

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 45

bullbull bull bullbullbull 12 fishing

a artisanal by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)

b industrial by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 13 offshore oil amp gas licences exploratory wells installations (platforms pipelines shore based)

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 14 sand amp gravel mining

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 15 tourism shoreline development resorts marinas

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 46

Annex 6 Thirty additional assessments

Excerpted and adapted from the 54 page report by the OSPAR Regional seas convention for

the Northeast Atlantic (2007) Background document to support the assessment of whether

the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is ecologically coherent6

Assessment Criterion 1 Adequacy Viability

1 Assessment Guideline One should expect the sizes of network sites (for a given feature) to be

distributed throughout or exceed the estimated range of sizes necessary to sustain a viable

population or community

2 Assessment Guideline Sites that are heavily impacted andor surrounded by heavily impacted

areas should be larger than otherwise

3 Assessment Guideline Features of ecological significance should receive greater protection

than normal

4 Assessment Guideline Location and geography can be used to indicate adequate protection

such that

a Protection of pelagic features should generally be reflected with the implementation of

larger sites than those for benthic features

b In regions constrained by physical geography (eg fjords bays bights passages straits)

the adequate sizes of individual sites will generally be smaller than areas without such

physical constraints (eg regional seas open ocean)

c Offshore andor deeper sites will generally require larger areas than for nearshore andor

shallow sites (However the exceptions of certain deep sea benthic features such as

hydrothermal vents and cold seeps are noted)

5 Assessment Guideline in a given region the adequate spatial protection of most OSPAR

features and the overall network can be expected to conform to the scientific literature and

fall within the range commonly found within that literature It is recognized that this is an

evolving field of study

6 Assessment Guideline Owing to the multiplicity of its objectives the OSPAR network can be

expected to contain a variety of reserve sizes and corresponding spacing between sites

7 Assessment Guideline If a site is at the small end of the expected viability range for a given

feature then compact sites are preferable If on the other hand a given site is at the large end

of the estimated viability range then a less compact shape would allow for greater spill-over

and benefits outside of the reserve

a The Compactness of a given site can be calculated using a GIS and the following

formula C = (4πAp2)

05 Where C is the Compactness A is the area of the site and p is

its perimeter

8 Assessment Guideline A broad MPA network such as the OSPAR network with a wide

variety of features can be expected to have a wide variety of reserve shapes and sizes

6 Jeff Ardron is the primary author of this OSPAR report

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 47

a The combined size and compactness of a site be readily calculated using a GIS and the

following formula SSC = ln (PA) Where SSC is here labelled as the site size-

compactness P is the perimeter of the site and A is the area

9 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA electronic database lists the aims and ecological

criteria on a site by site basis Thus as a preliminary assessment these can be compiled to get

an indication of how well they are being met across the network

10 Assessment Guideline A list inventory of features within a region that (are known or

believed to) meet the OSPAR aims and ecological criteria is required in order to fully assess if

the existing MPA sites are likely adequate

11 Assessment Guideline Features that are common and widely distributed will generally require

less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are rare andor sparsely

distributed

Assessment Criterion 2 Representativity

12 Assessment Guideline OSPAR MPAs should be checked to ensure that they are broadly

distributed across biogeographic regions In such an assessment there is no need to restrict the

assessment to just one biogeographic classification system So long as they appear to be

rigorous (eg peer-reviewed) the use of a variety of systems is encouraged

13 Assessment Guideline Each of the Dinter [OSPAR] bioregions should be adequately

protected

14 Assessment Guideline National classifications can be very helpful in assessing

representativity at a national level based on national categories and should be used where they

exist

15 Assessment Guideline In the absence of full biological surveys or full classification systems

(such as EUNIS) simple surrogates should be used to check that representativity is possibly

being achieved Benthic and pelagic realms should be considered

16 Assessment Guideline Representative features that are very common and widely distributed

will likely require less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are just

somewhat common

As a rule of thumb within a given feature class representative protection can be

compared to a normalized distribution For example if the areal distribution of

representative classes can be normalised through a square-root transformation then

protected area distribution could be expected to be roughly proportional to the square-

root of the ratio of the representative feature classesrsquo overall areas

17 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA nomination database should be checked to ensure

that the idea of the ldquobestrdquo features was taken into account across feature types and regions

18 Assessment Guideline Features that best represent their type can be expected to be

characterized by most or all of these indicators

a Typical morphology

b High density abundance

c High degree of health naturalness

d Persistence (temporal and spatial) and

e Strong functional linkages

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 48

Assessment Criterion 3 Replication

19 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area more than one example of each feature

should be protected

20 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features protected in areas susceptible

to catastrophic events require greater replication than those in low-risk areas

21 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area where no better data exist natural

variation can be assumed to be greatest between sites that are furthest apart

22 Assessment Guideline Features that are very specifically defined will exhibit less variation

and hence require less replication than features which are very general or ldquocatch-allrdquo categories

23 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area scientific requirements may require

replicate sites for differing purposes If these requirements are not known it can be assumed

that replicate sites that are a moderate distance apart (neither immediate neighbours nor at

extreme ends of the biogeographic area) will satisfy most scientific requirements

24 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features for which there are weak or

incomplete or modelled data require greater replication than those features for which better data

are available

Assessment Criterion 4 Connectivity

25 Assessment Guideline If an area is known or suspected to be important to connectivity then it

should be represented in the MPA network

26 Assessment Guideline Reserves in areas where there are known currents (eg many coastal

areas) should be more closely spaced than otherwise In order to maintain connectivity for most

short to moderate larval dispersing species when specific data are lacking such nearshore sites

should be spaced not further than 50 km apart

27 Assessment Guideline Connectivity between seabird sites can be measured in straight lines

28 Assessment Guideline Connectivity for marine species can be assumed to be greater along

lines of similar habitat than across them

29 Assessment Guideline The density of marine reserves can be used as a way to group areas of

likely connectivity Likewise it can also define gaps where connectivity has probably not been

achieved

30 Assessment Guideline In the absence of dispersal data connectivity may be approximated by

ensuring the MPA network is well distributed in space reflecting the scale of its surroundings

Page 7: A Suggested Approach for Gap Analyses of the RAMPAO Marine ...€¦ · A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 2 Recommendation re outreach: 1) regional contact

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 5

sur les relations avec ses partenaires nationaux reacutegionaux et internationaux des accords

de collaborations devront ecirctre signeacutes avec les principaux partenaires en premier lieu afin de

srsquoaccorder sur les modaliteacutes de partage des donneacutees neacutecessaires au projet voire de partage

du travail drsquoanalyse Devront eacutegalement ecirctre envisageacutees le cas eacutecheacuteant les consideacuterations

techniques comme la compatibiliteacute ou lrsquointeropeacuterabiliteacute des bases de donneacutees et si

neacutecessaire le renforcement des capaciteacutesla formation

Recommandation pour la mise en place drsquoun chargeacute de projet consideacuterant lrsquoimportance du

travail et la speacutecificiteacute de certains de ses aspects un assistant au projet doit ecirctre recruteacute Ses

missions seront 1) drsquoassister le secreacutetariat du RAMPAO (Charlotte Karibuhoye chef de

projet) dans ses relations avec les points focaux nationaux et les partenaires (appui agrave la

reacutedaction des accords de collaboration au deacuteveloppement des groupes de travail) 2)

superviser et apporter son appui au technicien SIG (Souadou Ndiaye) lorsque cela sera

neacutecessaire notamment pour ce qui concerne les aspects plus analytiques du travail 3)

superviser et compleacuteter la collecte des donneacutees et le travail technique (SIG)

Recommandation concernant lrsquoinformation et la sensibilisation 1) les points focaux

nationaux devront ecirctre informeacutes sur le projet et les reacutesultats de cette mission leur rocircle

devra leur ecirctre clairement speacutecifieacute 2) une plaquette recto-verso deacutecrivant les objectifs du

projet les reacutesultats attendus et preacutesentant les attentes du RAMPAO en matiegravere de

coopeacuteration avec les autres organismes devra ecirctre produite 3 ) le site internet du RAMPAO

devra comporter un espace deacutedieacute speacutecifiquement agrave ce projet 4) des lettres de suivi

devraient ecirctre envoyeacutes aux contacts cleacutes rencontreacutes au cours de la premiegravere mission afin de

les informer des reacutesultats de la mission et des eacutetapes suivantes et le cas eacutecheacuteant en leur

proposant de coopeacuterer collaborer 5) on profitera des diffeacuterentes reacuteunions au niveau

national et reacutegional pour preacutesenter le projet et les collaborations qui sont attendues

Recommandation pour la collecte des donneacutees et informations 1) la collecte des donneacutees

doit deacutebuter degraves agrave preacutesent en eacutetroite coordination avec les activiteacutes drsquoinformation et de

sensibilisation des partenaires 2) Par ordre de prioriteacute on rassemblera les donneacutees (a)

faciles agrave collecter et b) neacutecessaires aux analyses agrave court terme 3) Les listes des sources de

donneacutees des contacts et les dates auxquels ils ont eacuteteacute rencontreacutes doivent ecirctre conserveacutes car

ils permettront de suivre lrsquoavancement du travail 4) la prochaine reacuteunion geacuteneacuterale du

RAMPAO devra inscrire agrave son ordre du jour la collaboration sur la collecte de donneacutees 5)

apregraves le deacutemarrage de la collecte des donneacutees (dans 3-6 mois) une reacuteunion devra ecirctre

organiseacutee pour faire un point (reacuteunion pour la collecte des donneacutees ou reacuteunion drsquoexperts

theacutematiques)

Recommandation concernant la recherche Consideacuterant lampleur des sujets de recherche

possibles nous recommandons au RAMPAO de travailler avec les instituts de recherche

comme lrsquoIRD et les instituts nationaux afin de combler de faccedilon strateacutegique les lacunes

essentielles dans les connaissances Les prioriteacutes devront ecirctre deacutefinies sur la base de 3

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 6

critegraveres 1) pertinence pour cerner et combler les lacunes 2) les chances raisonnables

qursquoont ces questions de trouver des reacuteponses (en tenant compte des budgets et des

contraintes scientifiques) et 3) selon la vitesse de leurs reacutesultats a) rapidement (2010) b)

dans le moyen terme (2011) et c) agrave plus long terme (gt 2011)

Recommandation concernant la prise en compte des eacuteleacutements traditionnels et culturels

outre les critegraveres biologiques et eacutecologiques nous recommandons que lrsquoanalyse des lacunes

considegravere eacutegalement les eacuteleacutements traditionnels lorsqursquoils sont disponibles et les eacuteleacutements

culturels de gestion des espaces et des ressources srsquoils sont approprieacutes

Recommandation concernant les reacutesultats agrave court moyen et long terme certaines donneacutees

seront plus facilement accessibles que dautres et certaines analyses sont plus faciles agrave

deacutevelopper que dautres nous recommandons donc une approche par eacutetapes avec des

analyses sur le court terme le moyen terme et le long terme Ainsi des deacutecisions pourront

ecirctre eacutegalement prises et des actions engageacutees agrave court moyen et long terme sans attendre

drsquoavoir lrsquoensemble des reacutesultats

Recommandation concernant les analyses preacuteliminaires lanalyse des lacunes doit

commencer sur la base drsquoinformations facilement accessibles et de tests de base faciles agrave

engager et agrave comprendre Ensuite des analyses plus complexes pourront ecirctre reacutealiseacutees avec

des donneacutees suppleacutementaires au fur et agrave mesure de leur disponibiliteacute Ces analyses initiales

devront ecirctre seacutelectionneacutees en vue de produire des reacutesultats qui peuvent agrave eux seuls eacuteclairer

les premiegraveres prises de deacutecisions

Recommandation concernant cinq analyses initiales de lacunes 1 Consideacuterer visuellement la distribution des aires proteacutegeacutees 2 Sur la base de proceacutedures SIG examiner plus en profondeur la reacutepartition des zones

proteacutegeacutees 3 Etudier la distribution des AMP en fonction de la profondeur 4 Etudier la distribution des AMP en fonction de la classification existante des habitats

cocirctiers 5 Consideacuterer le reacuteseau des AMP selon les espegraveces et les habitats rares menaceacutes et en voie

de disparition

Recommandations sur la mise en œuvre du projet plus qursquoun projet lrsquoanalyse des lacunes

est un processus continu dont les reacutesultats devront ecirctre affineacutes au fur et agrave mesure des

connaissances sur une base adaptative Comme recommandeacute ci-dessus une approche agrave

court moyen et long terme devra ecirctre consideacutereacutee

Court-terme (entre maintenant et juin 2010) les tacircches suivantes seront engageacutees 1 eacutetablissement des termes de reacutefeacuterence et recrutement du chargeacute de projet 2 sensibilisation y compris preacutesentations du projet et des attentes lors de diverses

reacuteunions

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 7

3 recueil initial des donneacutees en se concentrant sur les informations facilement disponibles

4 analyse initiale des lacunes 5 preacutesentation des premiers reacutesultats agrave lAssembleacutee geacuteneacuterale RAMPAO 6 reacuteunion dexperts pour discuter des prochaines eacutetapes agrave moyen terme des donneacutees

compleacutementaires agrave collecter et des analyses agrave poursuivre (probablement dans une

reacuteunion speacuteciale durant lAssembleacutee geacuteneacuterale du RAMPAO

En outre les analyses possibles pour le moyen terme et une preacutevision pour le long terme

sont proposeacutees

Moyen terme collecte des donneacutees plus difficiles agrave obtenir analyses plus compliqueacutees

(identification des aires drsquoimportance eacutecologique et biologiques repreacutesentativiteacute

connectiviteacute reacutepliquas adeacutequationviabiliteacute)

Long terme compleacutements eacuteventuels avec des approches plus complexes de modeacutelisation

(MarZone MaxEnt) prise en consideacuteration du changement climatique hellip Toutefois dans le

cadre de ce projet agrave long terme il semble qursquoil serait preacutefeacuterable drsquoutiliser les ressources agrave

de la planification adaptative en se concentrant en premier sur les sites qui permettent de

combler les principales lacunes et ensuite drsquoaffiner lrsquoanalyse

En annexes sont proposeacutes

Les critegraveres de la CBD agrave lrsquoeacutechelle des sites (annexe 2) et agrave lrsquoeacutechelle des reacuteseaux (annexe 3)

Les sources de donneacutees issues des discussions avec les partenaires lors de la 1egravere mission (annexe 4)

lrsquoinventaire des donneacutees de base classeacutees suivant les deacutelais souhaitables drsquoacquisition la faciliteacute dacquisition et leur importance (annexe 5)

un certain nombre drsquoautres eacuteleacutements agrave consideacuterer dans la conception du reacuteseau dAMPs

issus de lrsquoexpeacuterience drsquoOSPAR (annexe 6)

Poursuite de la collaboration Sil eacutetait deacutecideacute de poursuivre la collaboration avec les

consultants et qursquoune deuxiegraveme mission soit programmeacutee nous suggeacuterons quelle coiumlncide

avec la troisiegraveme reacuteunion de lAssembleacutee geacuteneacuterale RAMPAO agrave la mi-2010 Les activiteacutes

possibles pour la 2egraveme mission pourraient comprendre

les reacuteponses aux questions qui se posent dans la phase 1

les reacuteflexions sur le deacuteveloppement de la phase 2 (moyen terme)

lrsquoassistance agrave la collecte de donneacutees en Europe et en Ameacuterique du Nord

lrsquoassistance aux analyses SIG (travailler en commun sur certaines analyses)

assistance agrave la preacutesentation des premiers reacutesultats RAMPAO aux membres et partenaires

participation agrave la reacuteunion dexperts pour discuter des prochaines eacutetapes (moyen terme) des donneacutees et analyses compleacutementaires

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 8

Terms of reference (summarised)

This project is planned to consist of three separate missions this is the report from the first

of these The overarching objectives of the entire project are

To support the RAMPAO in defining operational principles and precise and realistic

targets for the MPA network by the year 2012 notably as regards

representativeness practicality coherence and resilience of the network

Assist in the definition of the degree of protection of the marine and coastal

biodiversity and key-sites identified in the seven countries of the ecoregion

Assist in the identification of existing shortcomings particularly at the ecological and

socio-economic levels the management of MPAs of the RAMPAO using the available

information for decision-making

Assist in the definitiondesign of strategy aimed at minimizing the priority

shortcomings and making the network more coherent and practical with a view to

attain the objectives of the RAMPAO

Activities of this first mission are

1 Support the RAMPAO Secretariat in defining operational principles and targets

regarding key habitat representativeness as well as the RAMPAO functionality

coherence and resilience

2 Review the activities already carried out and available information about the degree

of protection of biodiversity in the ecoregion and the assessment of missing key-

information

3 Provide methodological support to RAMPAO for synthesizing the gap analysis

process particularly for the review of implemented activities and existing

information on the level of biodiversity protection in the ecoregion and for the

identification of gaps in key information

4 Suggest a programme of work for the next steps of the process

This report is structured according to the above four activities with a particular focus on the

last two

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 9

Review of activities and available information

Our first Mission Report provides details of our conversations with various key players in the

region as well as many preliminary observations and action points We suggest it be used

side-by-side this report A calendar of meetings we attended during the 1st Mission is listed

in Annex 1 A preliminary list of data sources highlighted in these discussions is provided in

Annex 4 to this report

In our discussions several repeating ideas about gaps analyses emerged

necessity gaps analyses are believed to be necessary and valuable

ecology gap analyses should focus on ecological aspects first setting aside

management considerations for the time being

management management and community involvement was emphasized in several

discussions as being essential after gaps are identified and the discussions turn to

how gaps could be filled

cultural considerations the work required to also take account of social traditional

and sacred concerns should be assessed

the offshore open sea (containing eg upwellings seamounts canyons cold water

corals etc) is an integral part of the marine environment but has to date not been

included in MPA discussions and represents a major obvious gap

site versus network criteria site level MPA criteria and network level criteria were

often discussed together as though they were all the same and thus greater clarity is

required on how these two complementary sets of criteria fit together into larger

gaps analyses

cooperation gaps analyses will require strong partnerships and cooperation both

within West Africa and abroad and further work should be done to strengthen these

partnerships through memorandums of understanding and other agreements Many

people noted that acquiring and combining data can use up much time and

resources

fisheries were recognised to encompass activities with the broadest geography and

largest ecological impacts as well as the most complicated social considerations

While MPAs are seen as a good tool for the conservation of biodiversity their use as

a fisheries management tool was seen as applicable in some but not all fisheries It

was pointed out that fisheries science has traditionally been carried out separately

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 10

from other scientific disciplines though acceptance of the ecosystem approach to

fisheries is changing this

ecological research and analyses people noted that while some good initial work

had often been started the coverage was often patchy and considerable work was

still required hence care is required to focus on what can be done with existing

information and to identify a few key research priorities out of the many

The following recommendations flow out of the above discussions

Recommendation re gap analysis considering that all the partners and parties

interviewed supported the need for a gaps analysis we recommend that the Gaps

Analysis Project proceed with the necessary funding personnel and institutional support

Recommendation re offshore gaps the lack of MPAs offshore particularly in the EEZs (12 -

200 nautical miles) of RAMPAO countries should be recognised by members as a serious

gap in the RAMPAO MPA network requiring immediate attention

Recommendation re fisheries considering their size and complexity special attention

should be given to fisheries and their interactions with existing and potential MPAs We

recommend a special Fisheries-MPA working group be set up with relevant institutions

such as CSRP and others1 to consider possible gaps in spatial fish protections as per the

CBD IX20 Annex 1 criteria noted above Additional fisheries relevant criteria such as the

FAO guidelines for the management of deep-sea fisheries (2009) could be applied as

appropriate

Recommendation re ecosystem research considering the breadth of possible research

topics we recommend that RAMPAO work cooperatively with research institutions such

as IRD and others to address critical knowledge gaps in a strategic fashion We

recommend prioritising research questions on three general criteria 1) relevance to

identifying and filling gaps 2) likelihood that these questions can realistically be answered

(considering budgets and scientific constraints) and 3) according to the speed of their

results a) quickly (ie 2010) b) in the medium-term (2011) and c) in the longer-term

(gt2011)

Recommendation re project officer considering the extent of the work a project officer

should be designated This officer should a) support the RAMPAO Secretariat (through

1 Because we were unable to interview representatives from the two relevant Large Marine Ecosystem (LME)

projects (which look at broad scale effects of fisheries) we are uncertain on how they would (or would not)

wish to participate An informal discussion with Merete Tandstad (FAO) while at another meeting suggests that

the Canary Current LME is still in early stages of development However we do suggest that both the LME

Secretariats and the FAO still be approached to gauge their interest

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 11

Charlotte Karibuhoye) in outreach to regional contact points and partners especially in

the development of project agreements such as MoUs and working groups b) supervise

and assist RAMPAOrsquos GIS technician (Souadou Ndiaye) as required c) oversee and

complete as required the data collection and technicalGIS work

Regarding the recommendation above we recognise that the Project Officer will require

additional funding to that which was originally envisioned in this project If funding for such

a position is not possible we would suggest that additional help be sought through

partners and specific contracts To the degree possible we have outlined the various

aspects of work that will need to be done as discreet pieces so as to allow for them to be

performed separately as funding permits

Recommendation re MoUs considering the broad scope and data requirements of this

project the RAMPAO Secretariat should continue to build upon its good relationships

within and outside of West Africa through the development of Memorandums of

Understanding (MoUs) or similar agreements These MoUs (or similar agreements) should

primarily consider data sharing arrangements andor the sharing of relevant analytical

work Additionally they may consider technical issues such as database compatibility and

also human capacity building training as appropriate

We believe that the Regional Contact Points could play an important role in facilitating

relationships agreements and access to regional data information and expertise

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 12

Ecological principles and targets

There is a broad literature concerning marine protected area (MPA) ecological principles

and criteria As noted at the Second General Assembly of RAMPAO the latest thinking on

this topic is captured in Decision XI20 of the Convention on Biological Diversity (CBD)

Adopted in June 2008 this Decision provides seven criteria for identifying ecologically and

biologically significant areas (IX20 Annex 1) and five criteria for MPA networks (IX20

Annex2) Thus the CBD recognised that site criteria and network criteria while strongly

linked are different Recently the CBD held an expert meeting in Ottawa Canada where

the seven site criteria were further discussed and guidance was drafted for their

implementation2

We find the CBD criteria to be sound and note that there will be an ongoing development

of global support and capacity building surrounding their implementation We therefore

recommend that RAMPAO base its operational principles and targets on these CBD criteria

and associated guidance

Recommendation re ecological criteria RAMPAOrsquos ecological principles and targets

should be based the CBD criteria for identifying ecologically significant sites (IX20 Annex

1) and MPA networks (IX20 Annex 2) taking into account additional CBD guidance as it is

developed

The full annexes of CBD Decision IX20 are appended to this report as Annexes 2 and 3 Briefly the seven CBD criteria for identifying ecologically and biologically significant areas are

1 Uniqueness or rarity 2 Special importance for life history of species 3 Importance for threatened endangered or declining species andor habitats 4 Vulnerability fragility sensitivity slow recovery 5 Biological productivity 6 Biological diversity 7 Naturalness

The five CBD MPA network criteria are 1 Ecologically and biologically significant areas (ie based on the 7 site criteria above) 2 Representativity 3 Connectivity 4 Replicated ecological features 5 Adequate and viable sites

2 Report of the expert workshop on ecological criteria and biogeographic classification systems for marine

areas in need of protection This guidance will go through the CBD review process and assuming it goes well

will be presented for acceptance at the Tenth Conference of Parties in October 2010

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 13

Methodology

Approach We view pragmatism modularity and flexibility as being necessary ingredients to an

approach that would best ensure success

Pragmatism The methodology should reflect an approach that will allow progress to

proceed despite imperfect data or other problems For example analyses should be done in

areas where data are available or where there is social political acceptance without the

(sometimes considerable) delay of waiting for data or acceptance from other neighbouring

areas within an ecological region3

Modularity Individual gap analyses should be able stand on their own while also fitting

together with others to form a fuller picture Analysis results should be fairly easy to explain

Flexibility Related to pragmatism above the methodology should follow good practices

while still remaining flexible to alternatives that are not ideal but which can allow for

progress For example when some data are not available other less-than-ideal ldquoproxiesrdquo

may have to be used as substitutes

Boundaries Ecological analyses should when possible be stratified according to accepted ecological

regions and sub-regions (eg Marine Ecosystems of the World ndashMEOW) However given

that in this project various areas have varying degrees of data availability we also see the

need for flexibility in the approach and recognise that some analyses may have to be

bounded according to boundaries that reflect where the data were collected Or in some

instances instead of ecological boundaries it may be appropriate to use traditional cultural

boundaries such as for artisanal fisheries

Timeframes Recommendation re short- medium- and long-term results given that some data will be

more readily available than others and that some analyses are easier to perform than

others we are recommending that a staged approach to delivering results be taken with

analyses planned for the short-term medium-term and long-term This will allow for

decisions and actions to also be taken in the short- medium- and long- term

3 However one must be careful to avoid transferring all gaps and attention to only those places that have data

or are willing to participate For it must be said that those places with few data and little protection are

usually the biggest gaps of all Maps should reflect low- and no-data areas clearly so that the reader

understands the limits of the analysis

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 14

We suggest the timeframe for delivering these short- medium- and long-term results could

be June 2010 (the next RAMPAO General Assembly) December 2011 (the end of this

project period) and December 2014 (the next project period) respectively These timelines

should dovetail with those of the recommendation re ecosystem research above when

appropriate These activities are further outlined in the suggested programme of work in

the section below

Initial tests Preliminary analyses should address basic gaps while later analyses could look at more

nuanced questions The unexpected availability (or unavailability) of data may sometimes

change the planned ordering of analyses If for some reason a particular analysis cannot be

done it should be skipped for the time being and not hold up further work If a preliminary

analysis indicates a significant gap it is unlikely any additional analyses will overturn that

finding and hence decision-making should in most cases proceed based on the results

from the initial basic tests without the delays associated with waiting for more data

Decisions can be refined however as more data become available In general coarse or

incomplete data demand greater precaution in decision-making This can create an

incentive for stakeholders to provide additional data that will allow for refinements

Recommendation re initial tests the gaps analysis should start with readily available

information and basic tests that are relatively easy to understand Later more complex

analyses can be performed with additional data as they become available The initial

basic gaps tests should be selected to provide results that can on their own inform

decision-making

A list of five such tests is outlined in the next section

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 15

Suggested programme of work

Short-term steps The following six steps outline the key tasks that we suggest would need to be done

between now and June 2010 in order to set this project in motion These steps are further

explained in the subsequent sections

1 Establishment of the projectrsquos terms of reference and recruitment of the project officer

2 outreach and coordination including informational presentations at various meetings

3 initial data collection focussing on readily available information 4 initial gaps analyses 5 presentation of initial results to the RAMPAO General Assembly 6 expert meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and analyses (likely

as a side-meeting to the General Assembly

Outreach amp coordination An ecosystem-level gaps analysis will require cooperation from a number of experts

agencies and institutions across all RAMPAO countries Hence outreach and coordination

will be important An introductory description of the project should be developed and

widely distributed as well as a web site page with up to date information on the project A

letter of introduction signed by a senior official(s) can also be important in terms of

establishing legitimacy Presentations introducing the project should be made at national

and regional level meetings as opportunity permits

Our meetings during the first mission proved to be very friendly and helpful These meetings

now require follow-up actions to each of the people contacted (see 1st Mission Report)

Because the people we met were mostly based in Senegal further work will be required

through the regional contact points for other countries

Areas of overlap with other activities (eg the Wetlands International implementation gaps

project) should be highlighted and discussions with these players begun to sort out how to

best cooperate and coordinate efforts

While outreach will be most intensive at the beginning of the project coordination will

continue throughout the projectrsquos duration

Recommendation re outreach 1) regional contact points should be updated on this

project and their help solicited 2) a clear one-page project description should be written

outlining the aims of the project and how cooperation with other bodies is being sought

3) a clear project web page should be developed 4) follow-up letters should sent to key

contacts we have already spoken to outlining next steps and where appropriate

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 16

proposing cooperation collaboration 5) presentations introducing the project should be

made at national and regional level meetings as opportunity permits

Acquisition of data amp information Central to this project will be identifying sources of information and data coordinating with

these experts data repositories and providers and ultimately acquiring the information or

data This will consume more time than any other task and probably more time than all the

other tasks combined

Steps

In the general case data acquisition will require the following steps some which may be

iterative (ie cycle around a few times)

searches ndashinternet list-serves libraries literature and through colleagues

informal emails calls and discussions with the expert or data custodian as to

what data may be available

formal letter(s) of introduction to the project signed by senior authorities and

usually addressed to mid- and senior-level people

face-to-face meetings in order to 1) gain permission to use the data and 2) to

learn about details and proper use of the data These two requirements may

mean two separate meetings

MoU drafting and signing andor data agreement andor formal letter of

request

logistics of how the data will be delivered and if any fees or restrictions are

involved

technical and scientific follow-up calls for assistance andor clarification on

interpretation or use of the data

The above steps have not been numbered because the order can vary from situation to

situation with some situations being informal and skipping steps while others are very

formal requiring prolonged discussions and additional steps that build trust

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 17

Three elements of success

Three elements of successful data acquisition are persistence practicality and

prioritisation

Persistence While most experts are usually happy to share their knowledge the sharing of

their data is often another matter The process can take weeks months or even years

Therefore in order to keep progress steady it is best to make a little time available every

day (say two hours) for data searches and follow-up politely reminding contacts from time

to time that you have not yet heard back from them That said do not waste time on data

that are only of marginal interest in the bigger picture It is easy to become lost in details

Practicality Often it is better to identify what data are readily available and to request

those data first This can help build trust and also allows for progress without getting stuck

Subsequently the provider can be approached again to discuss the other more difficult

data sets Thus the above steps can occur more than once with the same data provider

Again as noted above keeping the bigger picture in mind will help to focus data-gathering

activities on the most practical data sets

Prioritisation In an ecosystem-level analysis all kinds of data are interesting That said

some data are more helpful or urgent than others In the analyses outlined in the sections

below the general data requirements are listed The data requirements of the short-term

gap analyses should take priority over the medium-term ones which in turn should take

priority over the long-term analyses

Annex 5 GIS data priorities lists various common categories of data with their estimated

timeframe for usage (short- medium- long-term) availability and priority for this project

Strategies for acquiring difficult data

Sometimes data may be considered proprietary andor too sensitive to show and providers

usually assume they cannot be shared However with patience sometimes agreements can

be found whereby the data may be used ldquobehind the scenesrdquo in analyses so long as the

data are not displayed on final maps ndashonly the combined results which do not reveal the

data In other situations when the provider is an active participant the provider should be

invited to be a formal partner in the project and this may also ease data restrictions Finally

agreeing to perform joint-analyses or even contracting out certain analyses to the expert

can also allow the data to be used However in this latter case it may be difficult to do

quality control and hence the results can sometimes be puzzling or not what was required

If certain data are simply unavailable metadata can still be requested though metadata

often do not exist (In practice metadata if supplied are many times custom-created for

the particular request)

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 18

Meetings

General meetings A large forum like the RAMPAO General Assembly can be an excellent

opportunity to introduce interested parties to the project It may even be possible to get

general agreement around sharing data However such a general agreement if it can be

found would probably still not replace the need for MoUs and similar bilateral agreements

with specific agencies and institutions

In addition to regional meetings presentations should be made to national meetings

introducing the project as opportunity permits

Data meetings regional data meetings with database managers could help speed up the

process of data collection though this can vary from place to place In many cases it is

better to first approach people one-on-one Later after some data have already been

acquired a meeting can be used to discuss how to best merge data together and to

encourage others to also provide information data if they have not already done so

Expert meetings bringing together experts of a particular species or habitat can be a very

good way to identify available expertise information data and gaps Expert knowledge can

also be collected at such meetings drawn on maps etc but this requires prior training

preparation and processing afterwards In general expert meetings are most valuable after

a ldquodesktop studyrdquo where basic gaps have been identified and there are now specific

questions that have been identified as needing answers Targeted expert meetings can be

valuable at different times throughout a process as different issues need addressing Their

main drawback is the expense and work required A badly run meeting can also turn opinion

against a project and so care has to be taken to do a good job

Recommendation re data information collection 1) The process of collecting data should

begin immediately This will require close coordination with outreach activities 2) Priority

should be given to collecting data that are a) easily acquired and b) required for the initial

short-term analyses 3) Lists of data sources contact information and what dates they

were approached should be kept to track progress 4) Data collaboration should be on the

agenda of the next RAMPAO General Assembly meeting 5) After an initial (eg 3-6

month) period of data collection the need for data meetings andor expert meetings

should be assessed

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 19

Five initial gap analyses The following analyses are recommended as initial tests that should be done in the short-

term (present to June 2010) and when possible in the order presented However we

acknowledge that data availability can alter the ordering of the tests and even what tests

are undertaken ndashincluding developing new ones not listed here These basic tests can be

followed up with more complex analyses such as outlined in the next sections of this report

1 Visually consider the distribution of protected areas Is the network spatially well

distributed without more than a few major gaps If not what gaps can a person

immediately see Consider along-shore gaps and gaps moving out towards the offshore

Consider the northern central and southern thirds of the RAMPAO area Consider

national boundaries

Technical amp data requirements no GIS or GIS data are required A basic paper map

showing the protected areas and national boundaries is sufficient

Rationale this simple assessment is deceptively powerful Simplicity should not be seen

as detracting from its value The human eye can see many patterns and gaps that are

difficult to quantify into statistics When most people agree on a visual gap this

indicates that it is likely valid and worthy of serious consideration

Connectivity and representativity are two of the five agreed-upon CBD criteria for

assessing MPA networks (IX20 Annex 2) If the network is generally not well distributed

in space then it is unlikely to exhibit characteristics of connectivity or representativity

and thus is very unlikely to be ecologically coherent Note that if a network is well-

distributed in space this does not necessarily ensure that these criteria are being met

and further tests will still be required

2 Using GIS procedures consider in greater depth the distribution of protected areas For

this test and all the other tests below perform it first for the whole region then for

each of the three broad ecoregions north central and south4 and finally according to

national boundaries

a Zones offshore Consider coverage within four basic zones i the shorelines (0-5

nautical miles offshore) ii nearshore (~5-15 nm) iii mid-offshore (~15-50 nm)

and iv far offshore (~50 -200 nm) What percentage of each of these broad

zones has MPAs

b Distance from shore statistics what is the average (arithmetic mean) extent that

RAMPAO MPAs extend offshore What is the range of these values What is the

4 This could include the MEOW (Marine Ecoregions Of the World) classification or other similar ecoregions

accepted by RAMPAO partners

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 20

standard deviation Considering that RAMPOA waters extend approximately 200

nm offshore what do these distance-offshore statistics suggest

c Nearest neighbour distance in each of the above zones calculate ldquonearest

neighbourrdquo statistics between MPAs noting the range of MPA spacing the

arithmetic mean of the spacing and the standard deviation of spacing between

sites In this test and all others displaying the histogram of results can be very

informative and is recommended

Technical amp data requirements GIS files are required for shoreline data MPAs

ecoregions national boundaries These three tests (a) ndash (c) get progressively more

technically advanced in the use of GIS However it is outside the scope of this report to

fully describe the GIS methods If a minimum separation distance is chosen as a network

criterion (see comments below) then an easier GIS analysis would be to buffer the

MPAs by a value of half that distance to identify which areas that ldquotouchrdquo and which do

not

Rationale these analyses put some numbers to the first visual test In most ways

however the visual test is simpler and easier to understand That said numbers in

tables can help rank gaps according to basic properties

Unfortunately the GIS methods can be a bit difficult for a beginner If parts of this test

are too difficult they can be skipped since the visual assessment already tells us a lot

Setting explicit quantitative targets for spacing can be controversial and difficult to

support scientifically What is adequate for some species will still be inadequate for

others That said for a basic initial test ldquorules of thumbrdquo have been proposed The

BALANCE project in the Baltic Sea suggested 25 km as an ideal maximum spacing

between shoreline sites (2008) Instead of looking at the ideal situation the OSPAR

Convention for the Northeast Atlantic took a different approach considering the very

longest spacing that could be considered contributing anything at all towards ecological

coherence of the MPA network ie a theoretical ldquoworst caserdquo The OSPAR guidelines for

this worst case are nearshore ~250 km (linear shoreline distance) offshore ~200 000

km2 (which is about equivalent to a ~500 km diameter circle) high seas ~1 000 000 km2

(equivalent to a square with ~1000 km sides) For OSPAR nearshore meant shoreline

and territorial waters out to 12 nm offshore meant EEZ waters (12-200 nm) and high

seas meant waters beyond 200 nm from shore (OPSAR 2008 Ardron 2009)

3 Consider MPA distribution according to depth As for all these analyses perform these

tests first for the whole region then for each of the three broad ecoregions north

central and south and finally according to national boundaries

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 21

a Depth statistics what is the average (arithmetic mean) depth of RAMPAO

MPAs What is the range of values What is the standard deviation How do

these numbers compare with the overall RAMPAO region

b Depth zones consider the following eight general depth zones and what

percentage of each zone is within the current MPA network 0-25 m

(shallow) 25-50 m (photic) 50-100m (upper shelf) 100-200 m (lower shelf)

200-400 m (upper slope) 400-800 m (mid-slope) 800-1600 m (lower slope)

1600-3200 m or greater (abyssal plain)5

Technical amp data requirements data as per the previous test plus bathymetry The

easiest and fastest way to perform these statistics is to convert the MPA shapefile

(and if it is not already the bathymetry) into a raster grid and do grid analyses

Rationale depth is widely recognised as one of the key variables that describes

biotic communities in a give region and as such is a very basic measure of

representativity This analysis could be improved by combining surficial sediment

data with depth to make simple seafloor sediment-depth classes if available

4 Consider MPA distribution according to existent shoreline habitat classification

Although the whole RAMPAO shoreline is likely not classified certain features such

as estuaries or mangroves may already largely be identified Taking these shoreline

features that are either readily available or readily digitised consider what

percentage of each of these feature types are within the current MPA network

Consider what percentage of the MPA network lies outside of these readily

identifiable shoreline features Consider also according to ecoregions and national

boundaries

Technical amp data requirements any available shoreline features such as estuaries

and mangroves If the data are good enough each of these features could be sub-

divided eg large medium and small estuaries If geophysical shoreline type data

are missing basic categories such as cliff rock and sandmud shores can often be

visually estimated and hand digitised by looking at terrestrial topographic data along

the shoreline combined with nearshore bathymetry if available

5 These log2 depth classes are admittedly somewhat arbitrary (25 2

i) and could be refined either by

considering a regional biological classification histogram of the distribution of depths or natural breaks in the

data It is our understanding however that no bio-physical classification has been performed for the region

For an initial test these somewhat arbitrary depth classes are sufficient to point out general gaps and reflect

the generally logarithmic scale of decreasing resolution (increasing breadth of classes) with depth

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 22

Rationale since the RAMPAO MPA network is currently shoreline-based this test is

suggested before considering other physical features further offshore This test is

designed to give a rough idea of shoreline representativity

5 Consider the RAMPAO network according to rare threatened and endangered

species and habitats (features) for which data are available Perform the same sort

of tests as in the test above using available data for rare threatened and

endangered features Consider what percentage of each of these feature types are

within the current MPA network Consider what percentage of the MPA network lies

outside of these features Consider also according to ecoregions and national

boundaries

Technical amp data requirements there are modelling techniques to predict the

potential habitat of species but these techniques are advanced and would fall under

the long-term timeframe For this initial analysis only available data should be

considered If the data appear to be very incomplete then they should not be used

Recognising that such data can be sub-regionally incomplete some sections of the

network may have to be left out of this analysis marked as ldquono datardquo areas on the

maps

Rationale rare threatened and endangered features are often protected by law

and also often of interest to researchers There is usually some information on them

though not always digital data and may instead be in the form of expert opinion

Ecologically there are three different types of rare threatened and endangered

features each requiring a different management response 1) features that have

always been rare 2) features that used to be common but are now rare due to

human pressures (ie threatened and endangered) 3) features that are on the edge

of their range and a) this range is steady or b ) this range is shifting (expanding

contracting moving away entering the region) due to climate change or other

environmental changes It would be best to perform this test separately for the three

different classes and associated sub-classes of rare threatened and endangered

features taking into account their population trends However for an initial test

such refinements should be seen as optional depending on information availability

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 23

Medium term gap analyses The following analyses are recommended for consideration in the medium-term (June 2010

to Dec 2011) with choice largely driven by data availability Due to the somewhat longer

time period fewer details are provided here than in the section above allowing for further

elaborations during the 2nd Mission when more is known They are arranged according to

the CBD MPA network criteria (IX20 Annex 2)

In addition to the tests outlined below others that were developed for the OSPAR Regional

Seas Convention for the Northeast Atlantic are listed in Annex 6 Thirty additional

assessments These are also well-suited to the medium-term and medium-quality data

Note that the four OSPAR MPA network criteria overlap four of the five CBD criteria

Ecologically and biologically significant areas (EBSAs)

If specific EBSAs are known consideration should be given to their possible inclusion in the

MPA network Not all EBSAs need necessarily become MPAs for some EBSAs non-spatial

management may be more appropriate It is difficult to do proper gaps assessment on

EBSAs because the distribution of all EBSAs of a given type is usually not known and hence

there is little context by which to judge a given site Thus the rule of thumb is that all EBSAs

if not in the MPA network should be treated as possible gaps and reviewed one at a time

for possible inclusion

The CBD is in the process of developing further guidance on the selection of EBSAs in the

open oceans and deep seas and much of this guidance is also applicable to shallower

nearshore systems Because this guidance is not yet accepted by the CBD we refer you

instead to a background report that was written for the CBD Ottawa Expert Workshop that

discussed these issues 29 Sept ndash 02 Oct 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant

areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations (Ardron

et al 2009) is a report in two parts Both parts are included with this report and are

recommended here as guidance on selecting CBD EBSAs

First gathering information from local residents and experts on places they sense to be

important can go far in identifying key EBSAs The ldquorecognition heuristicrdquo (Gigerenzer 1999)

is a powerful way to quickly locate longstanding ecologically significant areas in a given

region and we note that NGOs such as WWF have already done such work in the past and

that this work could be readily updated and built upon

Representativity

Many tests for representativity can be developed based on available data Listed below are

some of the more likely approaches

Seascapes identify the main shoreline topographic (benthic) and oceanographic

(pelagic) features of the region and check to see what percentage of each is included

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 24

in the MPA network Typical benthic seascape features would include canyons

seamounts reefs etc Typical pelagic features include frontal systems upwellings

gyres See also Annex 5 GIS data priorities

Topographic complexity using only bathymetry a surrogate measure of benthic

complexity can be developed (Ardron 2002) This measure can help highlight areas of

likely increased benthic richness amongst other traits

Biogeographic classification system whereas seascapes focus on physical features

a biogeographic attempts to also include information on biology such that the

system divides an area according to broad ecological communities based on physical

proxies The creation of a biogeographic classification should include both pelagic

and benthic realms is labour- and data- intensive and requires extensive peer

review

Biogeographic components instead of attempting a full biogeographic classification

system certain aspects can be developed separately For example depth strata can

be combined with sea floor sediment data to make a basic sea bottom classification

These can then be nested within the broad bioregions of the RAMPAO area

Likewise exposure wave energy can be combined with shoreline types to create

another basic classification Creating components such as these can be further

explored in the 2nd Mission once it is better known what data information are

available

Connectivity

This is the CBD criterion most difficult to assess with few options for the medium-term

except for looking at distances between sites (see short-term test above) Several academic

modelling exercises have been attempted with mixed levels of success in areas with much

better data than exist in West Africa We would caution RAMPAO in spending too much

time on such modelling exercises In general nearshore sites require closer spacing than

sites further offshore (OSPAR 2007) If it is known that certain areas provide larvae or

juveniles to other places then these ldquosourcerdquo areas should be considered for protection

Note that such areas could also fall under the EBSA criterion for productivity

Replication

At its most basic level this criterion asks that there be more than one MPA for every feature

in the network In practice this is usually considered using available information on

representativity (see above) and whatever biological data may also be available This

criterion can be assessed very simply initially by testing to see if there is more than one MPA

in each broad zone such as distance from shore or depth zone as described in the previous

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 25

section on short-term assessments Assessing replication can become more refined as more

MPAs are designated and better data become available

Adequacy viability

Ideally MPA sites should be monitored to ensure that their aims are being met In cases

where this is occurring the monitoring results should be used to determine if the individual

sitersquos size location and shape is adequate Where monitoring is not occurring or is

incomplete or too recent to determine trends other measures will have to be used Size is

probably the most commonly discussed measure and yet it remains also probably the most

controversial (Fahig 2001) Nonetheless even in an absence of consensus on this issue by

looking at possible ranges of sizes a sense can still be gained if the sites are or are not

likely to be meeting their aims A full assessment of site size which is outside the scope of

this report should take into account the species life-history population structure quality of

the habitat the quality of the surrounding areas and possible connectivity to other sites

(Lindeboom amp Baumlck 2005) However in many cases the scientific knowledge about a feature

will be insufficient to determine this very exactly Even if the life history of a species is well

know for example it is usually not known how much the surrounding area can be expected

to play a role in supporting the healthy functioning of that species Nonetheless it is

generally true that heavily impacted surrounding areas will provide less of a supporting role

to protected features than pristine ones In data-poor situations often it is still possible to

use expert opinion to specify a range of sizes which would likely be appropriate for the

adequate protection of a given feature (text adapted from OSPAR 2007)

For the RAMPAO network expert assessments of the efficacy of individual MPA sites is

probably the best way to consider the adequacy aspect of the criterion and we note the

work that has already been done by RAMPAO on this regard as well as the IUCN on

assessing management effectiveness (2007 2008a 2008b)

Relative viability can also be inferred from a threats pressures analysis In performing a

population density analysis proximity to human settlements can be used as a first indication

of how much anthropomorphic stress a protected area may be experiencing Looking

further at the composition of sensitive and threatened species within a given area can

further refine this initial threats analysis

Long term gap analyses In many cases analyses that got delayed in the medium term would be still valuable in the

longer term (2011 to 2014) However for the longer-term we would also hope that

RAMPAO activities would begin to focus on the filling of already-identified ecological and

management gaps

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 26

MarZone and MaxEnt

As an MPA network develops so does the need for more sophisticated analyses MarZone

(Marxan with Zones) has received positive attention recently and is a good tool for zoning

multiple activities with various levels of conservation restrictions In order to use a tool like

Marxan broad representativity data (ldquocoarse filterrdquo) and biological data (ldquofine filterrdquo) are

required and in order to use a zoning tool like MarZone broad coverage human use data

are additionally required One big advantage of MarxanMarZone is the user community

that has grown up around it and the good practices that continue to be developed

To get broad scale species distributions usually point occurrence data are fitted to physical

chemical environmental variables producing a predictive habitat model Good success has

been attained using the MaxEnt model (httpwwwcsprincetonedu~schapiremaxent)

though many other approaches also exist The construction of species-habitat predictive

models can take time and acquiring combining the environmental data also takes much

work In order to not bias the Marxan MarZone analysis several species-habitat models

would have to be created for several different key species from a variety of taxonomic

families trophic levels and feeding guilds This would be clearly a long-term project and

can only be justified if the RAMPAO MPA network has reached a level of sophistication to

demand such an analysis

Climate change modelling

Conservation network planning for climate change can also involved complicated modelling

(eg Fuller et al 2008) However again these approaches are data-intensive and require

advanced technical abilities

Ongoing adaptive approach

It is unlikely that the above advanced modelling approaches would be worth their

considerable effort and instead it is suggested that much more can be achieved through

good cooperation with stakeholders scientific expertise and some ldquocommon senserdquo

Recognising that no plan is perfect planning should be seen as an ongoing process of

refinement Paramount will be the ability to be flexible and adapt to changing ecological and

social conditions To do so will require governance structures from local to international

levels ndashlikewise matched to adapt quickly and effectively

While it is relatively easy to point out gaps in an MPA network at ever-increasing levels of

sophistication it is much harder to fill those gaps even on the most rudimentary level

Therefore we urge RAMPAO to act in the long term on addressing the gaps that are readily

apparent through basic tests such as the ones outlined in this document

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 27

Possible activities of the 2nd Mission

This report and the two-part background report prepared for the CBD (also included in this

submission ndashArdron et al 2009) offer a lot of information We expect that as RAMPAO staff

sifts through this guidance questions will arise We see the 2nd Mission as one that could be

devoted to

answering questions that arise from the 1st Mission guidance ndashprocess ecological

and technical

elaborating medium-term gap analyses once more is known about data availability

and technical capacity within RAMPAO and its partner organisations

providing assistance in data collection in Europe and North America

doing joint GIS analyses there could be benefit in working together on some of the

GIS analyses such as the analysis of topographic complexity

presenting initial results we also believe that it will be important to present some

short-term gap analysis results to RAMPAO members and partners

participating in the Third Meeting of the RAMPAO General Assembly we suggest that the 2nd Mission coincide with the RAMPAO General Assembly and include

o a presentation of initial results to the General Assembly and o an expert side-meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and

analyses

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 28

References

Ardron JA 2002 A Recipe for Determining Benthic Complexity An Indicator of Species Richness In Marine Geography GIS for the Oceans and Seas (ch 23 pp 196-175) Joe Breman (ed) Redlands CA USA ESRI Press

Ardron JA 2009 Three initial OSPAR tests of ecological coherence heuristics in a data-limited situation ICES Journal of Marine Research 658 1527-1533

Ardron JA Dunn D Corrigan C Gjerde K Halpin P Rice J Vanden Berghe E Vierros M 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations A background document for the CBD expert workshop Ottawa Canada 29 September ndash 2 October 2009 37 pp + 73 pp Annex 1

BALANCE 2008 Ecological coherence and principles MPA assessment selection and design Technical Summary Report 34 httpbalance-euorgxpdfbalance-technical-summary-report-no-3-4pdf

FAO 2009 International guidelines for the management of deep-sea fisheries in the high seas Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations Rome

Fahrig 2001 How much Habitat is enough Biological Conservation 100 (1) 65-74

Fuller T Morton DP Sarkar S 2008 Incorporating uncertainty about speciesrsquo potential distributions under climate change into the selection of conservation areas with a case study from the Arctic Coastal Plain of Alaska Biological Conservation 141 1547-1559

Gigerenzer G Todd P M and the ABC Research Group 1999 Simple heuristics that make us smart Oxford University Press New York

IUCNBRAO 2007 Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parc de Guineacutee Bissau

IUCNPACO 2008a Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees aires proteacutegeacutees de la Reacutepublique de Guineacutee

IUCNBRAO 2008b Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parcs et reacuteserves de Mauritanie

Lindeboom HJ and Baumlck S 2005 Establishing coastal and marine reserves- with the emphasis on fisheries Pages 103-118 In Managing European Coasts Past Present and Future J Vermaat LBouwer KTurner WSalomons (Eds) Springer-Verlag

OSPAR 2007 Background document to support the Assessment of whether the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is Ecologically Coherent OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic Publication Number 2007320 wwwosparorg

OSPAR 2008 Three initial spatial tests looking at the ecological coherence of the OSPAR marine protected area (MPA) network OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic 3602008 wwwosparorg 17 pp

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 29

Annex 1 Calendar of meetings 1st Mission 5-12 Sept 2009

Lundi

FIBA

Charlotte Karibuhoye

Coordinatrice

Souadou Ndiaye

SIG RAMPAO

Julien Semelin Appui agrave la creacuteation de nouvelles AMP et renforcement de lrsquoefficaciteacute des AMP

UICN Racine Kane AMP transfrontaliegravere

16h par teacuteleacutephone

PRCM Ahmed Senhoury

Directeur

Mardi

8h30 WWF Mamadou Diallo

Chargeacute de mission espegraveces et habitats

mdialowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 641 13 84

Paul Siegel Conseiller en environnement marin psiegelwwfsenegalorg 221 869 37 00

10h30

CSE centre de suivi eacutecologique Ministegravere de lrsquoenvironnement

Taibou Ba Cartes donneacutees

15h Wetland international Africa

Emma GREATRIX

Network for biodiversiteacute (BIOMAC network) Manatee Waterbirds Mangroves

egeatrix]wetlandssn +221 33 869 1681

Mercredi

10h SI NEPAD David Njiki Njiki

Coordinateur environnement njikinjikiyahoocom 221 33 842 73 11

12h WWF Ibrahima Niamadio

Officier pecircche durable iniamadiowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 567 53 16

15h par teacuteleacutephone

UICN Mathieu Ducroq

Coordinateur du programme marin et cocirctier de lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoouest central

+ 222 662 40 82 portable 0022 529 09 77 bureau

16h par teacuteleacutephone

RAMPAO Alfredo da Silva

Preacutesident du RAMPAO Directeur IBAP Ancien coordinateur du reacuteseau de gestion des zones cocirctiegraveres

00245 580 38 48 ou 00 245

UNESCO Isabelle Niang

Projet GEF drsquoadaptation au changement climatique en Afrique de lrsquoouest Erosion cocirctiegravere

Jeudi

9h UICN Guineacutee Bissau

Pierre Campredon

Ancien responsable du PRCM Pierrecampredoniucnorg 0033 630340088

11h30 Convention drsquoAbidjan

Nassere Kaba 0022520211183

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 30

13h CRODTCNDO ODINAFRICA

Anis Diallo Aquaculture et directeur du CNDO adialloordinafricanet 22133832826465 221 77 631 15 95

15h CSRP

M Hamadi Diop

En charge du deacutepartement laquo recherche et systegraveme drsquoinformation raquo

hamadidiopgmailcom

Philippe Tous Projet AFD ndash inteacutegration des AMP dans les politiques de pecircche

philipetousgmailcom (Skype Phil_tous)

Renaud Bailleux

Contrat UICN sur la gestion de lrsquoaccegraves aux ressources halieutiques dans la reacutegion - accords de pecircche ndash gouvernance partageacutee dans les AMP (financement PRCM)

M Dop mika Programme requins de la FIBA mika_dfryahoofr

Vendredi

9H IRD Luis Tito de Morais

Peumlcheeacutecologie des peuplements de poissons

titoirdsn 221 33 849 3658

11h UICN Mamadou Sow

Chef de projet mangrove Mamadousowuicnorg 221 33 869 0286

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 31

Annex 2 CBD criteria for ecologically significant areas

CBD Decision IX20 Annex 1

SCIENTIFIC CRITERIA FOR IDENTIFYING ECOLOGICALLY OR BIOLOGICALLY SIGNIFICANT MARINE AREAS IN NEED OF PROTECTION IN OPEN-

OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS

Criteria Definition Rationale Examples Consideration in application

Uniqueness or

rarity

Area contains

either (i) unique (ldquothe

only one of its kindrdquo) rare

(ldquooccurs only in few

locationsrdquo) or endemic

species populations or

communities andor (ii)

unique rare or distinct

habitats or ecosystems

andor (iii) unique or

unusual geomorphological

or oceanographic features

Irreplaceable

Loss would mean the probable permanent disappearance of diversity or a feature or reduction of the diversity at any level

Open ocean waters

Sargasso Sea Taylor column

persistent polynyas

Deep-sea habitats

endemic communities around

submerged atolls hydrothermal

vents sea mounts pseudo-

abyssal depression

Risk of biased-view of the perceived uniqueness depending on the information availability

Scale dependency of features such that unique features at one scale may be typical at another thus a global and regional perspective must be taken

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 32

Special

importance for

life-history

stages of

species

Areas that are required for

a population to survive and

thrive

Various biotic and abiotic

conditions coupled with

species-specific

physiological constraints

and preferences tend to

make some parts of marine

regions more suitable to

particular life-stages and

functions than other parts

Area containing (i) breeding grounds

spawning areas nursery areas juvenile

habitat or other areas important for life

history stages of species or (ii) habitats of

migratory species (feeding wintering or

resting areas breeding moulting

migratory routes)

Connectivity between life-history stages and linkages between areas trophic interactions physical transport physical oceanography life history of species

Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data Vessel monitoring system (VMS) data

Spatial and temporal distribution andor aggregation of the species

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 33

Importance for

threatened

endangered or

declining

species andor

habitats

Area containing habitat for

the survival and recovery

of endangered threatened

declining species or area

with significant

assemblages of such

species

To ensure the restoration

and recovery of such species

and habitats

Areas critical for threatened endangered

or declining species andor habitats

containing (i) breeding grounds spawning

areas nursery areas juvenile habitat or

other areas important for life history

stages of species or (ii) habitats of

migratory species (feeding wintering or

resting areas breeding moulting

migratory routes)

Includes species with very large geographic ranges

In many cases recovery will require reestablishment of the species in areas of its historic range

Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data vessel-monitoring system (VMS) data

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 34

Vulnerability

Fragility

Sensitivity or

Slow recovery

Areas that contain a

relatively high proportion

of sensitive habitats

biotopes or species that

are functionally fragile

(highly susceptible to

degradation or depletion

by human activity or by

natural events) or with

slow recovery

The criteria indicate the

degree of risk that will be

incurred if human activities

or natural events in the area

or component cannot be

managed effectively or are

pursued at an unsustainable

rate

Vulnerability of species

Inferred from the history of how species or populations in other similar areas responded to perturbations

Species of low fecundity slow growth long time to sexual maturity longevity (eg sharks etc)

Species with structures providing biogenic habitats such as deepwater corals sponges and bryozoans deep-water species

Vulnerability of habitats

Ice-covered areas susceptible to ship-based pollution

Ocean acidification can make deep sea habitats more vulnerable to others and increase susceptibility to human induced changes

Interactions between vulnerability to human impacts and natural events

Existing definition emphasizes site specific ideas and requires consideration for highly mobile species

Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 35

Biological

productivity

Area containing species

populations or

communities with

comparatively higher

natural biological

productivity

Important role in fuelling

ecosystems and increasing

the growth rates of

organisms and their capacity

for reproduction

Frontal areas

Upwellings

Hydrothermal vents

Seamounts polynyas

Can be measured as the rate of growth of marine organisms and their populations either through the fixation of inorganic carbon by photosynthesis chemosynthesis or through the ingestion of prey dissolved organic matter or particulate organic matter

Can be inferred from remote-sensed products eg ocean colour or process-based models

Time-series fisheries data can be used but caution is required

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 36

Biological

diversity

Area contains

comparatively higher

diversity of ecosystems

habitats communities or

species or has higher

genetic diversity

Important for evolution and

maintaining the resilience of

marine species and

ecosystems

Sea-mounts

Fronts and convergence zones

Cold coral communities

Deep-water sponge communities

Diversity needs to be seen in relation to the surrounding environment

Diversity indices are indifferent to species substitutions

Diversity indices are indifferent to which species may be contributing to the value of the index and hence would not pick up areas important to species of special concern such as endangered species

Can be inferred from habitat heterogeneity or diversity as a surrogate for species diversity in areas where biodiversity has not been sampled intensively

Naturalness Area with a comparatively

higher degree of

naturalness as a result of

the lack of or low level of

human-induced

disturbance or

degradation

To protect areas with near natural structure processes and functions

To maintain these areas as reference sites

To safeguard and enhance ecosystem resilience

Most ecosystems and habitats have

examples with varying levels of

naturalness and the intent is that the

more natural examples should be

selected

Priority should be given to areas having a low level of disturbance relative to their surroundings

In areas where no natural areas remain areas that have successfully recovered including reestablishment of species should be

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 37

considered

Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 38

Annex 3 CBD criteria for MPA networks

Decision IX20 Annex II SCIENTIFIC GUIDANCE FOR SELECTING AREAS TO ESTABLISH A REPRESENTATIVE NETWORK OF MARINE PROTECTED AREAS INCLUDING IN

OPEN OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS

Required network properties and

components Definition Applicable site specific considerations (inter alia)

Ecologically and biologically significant areas

Ecologically and biologically significant areas are geographically or oceanographically discrete areas that provide important services to one or more speciespopulations of an ecosystem or to the ecosystem as a whole compared to other surrounding areas or areas of similar ecological characteristics or otherwise meet the criteria as identified in annex I to decision IX20

Uniqueness or rarity

Special importance for life history stages of species

Importance for threatened endangered or declining species andor habitats

Vulnerability fragility sensitivity or slow recovery

Biological productivity

Biological diversity

Naturalness

Representativity Representativity is captured in a network when it consists of areas representing the different biogeographical subdivisions of the global oceans and regional seas that reasonably reflect the full range of ecosystems including the biotic and habitat diversity of those marine ecosystems

A full range of examples across a biogeographic habitat or community classification relative health of species and communities relative intactness of habitat(s) naturalness

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 39

Connectivity Connectivity in the design of a network allows for linkages whereby protected sites benefit from larval andor species exchanges and functional linkages from other network sites In a connected network individual sites benefit one another

Currents gyres physical bottlenecks migration routes species dispersal detritus functional linkages Isolated sites such as isolated seamount communities may also be included

Replicated ecological features Replication of ecological features means that more than one site shall contain examples of a given feature in the given biogeographic area The term ―features means ―species habitats and ecological processes that naturally occur in the given biogeographic area

Accounting for uncertainty natural variation and the possibility of catastrophic events Features that exhibit less natural variation or are precisely defined may require less replication than features that are inherently highly variable or are only very generally defined

Adequate and viable sites Adequate and viable sites indicate that all sites within a network should have size and protection sufficient to ensure the ecological viability and integrity of the feature(s) for which they were selected

Adequacy and viability will depend on size shape buffers persistence of features threats surrounding environment (context) physical constraints scale of featuresprocesses spillovercompactness

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 40

Annex 4 Data sources highlighted in discussions during the 1st Mission

Thegravemes Organisme ressources Personnes ressources Sites internet ressources et bases de donneacutees

Donneacutees bibliographiques

IRD Linus base bibliographique (httpiacaprodc3eduvsqfrlinus)

CRODT Catalogue des publications du CRODT

Donneacutees geacuteneacuterales

PRCMFIBA SIG Reacutegional Catalogue drsquoInformations pour lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoOuest (CIAO) wwwolmmrciao

OdinAfrica African marine atlas ndash voir OdinAfrica

OBIS httpwwwiobisorg

Guineacutee Bissau SIG Guineacutee Bissau au 200 000 egraveme sur toute la zone cocirctiegravere et 50 000 egraveme sur les Bijagos voir Franccedilois Gourmelonuniv-brestfr ou Emmanuel Ginaudet

Cap vert Systegraveme national SIG pour toutes les donneacutees du Cap vert

Bathymeacutetrie

Navy Londres Africa Pilot Volume 1 Hydrographer of the Navy London 1967

SHOM Carte SHOM ndeg6815 INT14 au 110 000 000egraveme Voir site wwwshomfr - catalogue

Cf Canada Carte au CSE

CND0 CD des donneacutees bathymeacutetriques de la sous-reacutegion

Donneacutees oceacuteanographiques geacuteneacuterales

OdinAfrica Points focaux des pays agrave voir sur site internet drsquoOdinAfrica

ordinafricanet Atelier national OdinAfrica ndash voir sur le site CNDO Aller sur le site OdinAfrica reacutecupeacuterer les shapefiles (httpwwwodinafricaorg) et sur httpwwwafricanmarineatlasnet

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 41

IRDlaboratoire LOCEAN-IPSL (Universiteacute Paris 6) LPAOSF (Lab de Physique de lAtmosphegravere et de lOceacutean de agrave lEacutecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique-UCAD

Alban Lazar (IRD) Simeacuteon Fongang (Ecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique) Raymond Lahaye (IRDLEMAR)

Circulation oceacuteanique le long des cocirctes seacuteneacutegalaises (structures variabiliteacute meacutecanismes de lrsquoupwelling des courants cocirctiers des tempeacuteratures et des saliniteacutes) et les couplages oceacutean-atmosphegravere

FAO Merete TANDSTAD Projets CCLEM et GCLME

NEPAD Projet GCLME

PRCM et IMROP + autres

Faire lrsquoinventaire des socieacuteteacutes qui ont fait de la prospection peacutetroliegravere et voir leurs donneacutees et eacutetudes drsquoimpact eacutetude Woodside ou Dana petroleum voir PRCM et IMROP

Universiteacute Rapport master de lrsquouniversiteacute sur la modeacutelisation de la circulation et des tempeacuteratures sur la haute mer (demander CNDO)

Upwellings Odiafrica Donneacutees upwellings sur Odinafrica

IRD P CURY et N BEZ

Geacuteologie seacutediemntologie et Nature des fonds

2 thegraveses sur le plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais sud et nord

IRD carte de Domain (IRDORSTOM) carte des seacutediments du plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais)

carte de Barusso

Travaux de Lachance et Mc Master

Odinafirca Plateau continental ndash carte digitaliseacutee sur la nature des fonds ndash voir sur ordinafrica

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 42

Annex 5 GIS data priorities

Explanation of ranking system

Term short-term bullbullbull medium-term bullbull long-term bull Estimated Ease of acquiring data easy bullbullbull moderatebullbull difficult bull

Importance high bullbullbull moderate bullbull low bull Term Ease Import

Base layers

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 coastline(s)

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 2 ecological regions

bullbullbull bull bullbullbull 3 bathymetry

bullbullbull bullbull bull 4 topography (for land ndashcan help with shoreline classifications)

Physical and oceanographic

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 estuaries rivers

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 shoreline type (cliff rocky sandy muddy etc)

bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 surficial sediment (bottom type)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 seafloor topographic complexity ruggedness (can be created from bathymetry)

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 5 seamounts (can also be identified through bathymetry)

6 other seascape features eg

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull canyons

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 43

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull ridges

bullbull bullbullbull bullbull hydrothermal vents

bullbull bull bullbull seeps

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull banks

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull rocky reefs

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull estuaries (sub-classes)

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull lagoons

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull upwellings

bull bullbull bull 7 ocean currents tides

bull bullbull bullbull 8 sea surface temperature

bull bullbull bullbull 9 salinity

bull bull bull 10 photosynthetically available radiation (PAR)

bull bull bull 11 coastal erosion sediment transport

bull bull bullbull 12 climate change trends eg movement of upwellings

Biological habitat

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 1 threatened or endangered species (amp spawning nursery areas etc)

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 threatened or endangered habitats

bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 habitat classification (if one exists regionally)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 biogenic features eg

warm water coral reefs

cold water coral ldquoforestsrdquo

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 44

mangroves (sub-classes)

bullbull bull bullbullbull 5 Key commercial species eg

crustaceans molluscs (crabs shrimps oysters etc)

pelagic large fishes (eg tunas)

pelagic small fishes

demersal fishes

bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 primary productivity (usually satellite colour images chlorophyll_a)

bullbull bull bullbull 7 secondary productivity (eg an estimate of carbon flux)

bullbull bull bullbull 8 migration of invasive species

Human use management

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 marine protected areas

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 year-round fisheries closures

bullbull bullbull bull 3 other seasonal fisheries closures

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 4 cities towns villages (with populations)

bullbull bullbull bull 5 local community boundaries

bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 traditional use boundaries (eg artisanal fisheries)

bull bullbull bull 7 migrant land use grazing

bullbull bull bullbullbull 8 areas of cultural spiritual importance

bullbull bullbullbull bullbull 9 roads (can help with understanding remoteness amp shoreline access)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 10 shipping routes and harbours

bullbull bullbull bull 11 land use particularly agriculture (can be combined into an analysis of rivers to estimate runoff)

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 45

bullbull bull bullbullbull 12 fishing

a artisanal by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)

b industrial by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 13 offshore oil amp gas licences exploratory wells installations (platforms pipelines shore based)

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 14 sand amp gravel mining

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 15 tourism shoreline development resorts marinas

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 46

Annex 6 Thirty additional assessments

Excerpted and adapted from the 54 page report by the OSPAR Regional seas convention for

the Northeast Atlantic (2007) Background document to support the assessment of whether

the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is ecologically coherent6

Assessment Criterion 1 Adequacy Viability

1 Assessment Guideline One should expect the sizes of network sites (for a given feature) to be

distributed throughout or exceed the estimated range of sizes necessary to sustain a viable

population or community

2 Assessment Guideline Sites that are heavily impacted andor surrounded by heavily impacted

areas should be larger than otherwise

3 Assessment Guideline Features of ecological significance should receive greater protection

than normal

4 Assessment Guideline Location and geography can be used to indicate adequate protection

such that

a Protection of pelagic features should generally be reflected with the implementation of

larger sites than those for benthic features

b In regions constrained by physical geography (eg fjords bays bights passages straits)

the adequate sizes of individual sites will generally be smaller than areas without such

physical constraints (eg regional seas open ocean)

c Offshore andor deeper sites will generally require larger areas than for nearshore andor

shallow sites (However the exceptions of certain deep sea benthic features such as

hydrothermal vents and cold seeps are noted)

5 Assessment Guideline in a given region the adequate spatial protection of most OSPAR

features and the overall network can be expected to conform to the scientific literature and

fall within the range commonly found within that literature It is recognized that this is an

evolving field of study

6 Assessment Guideline Owing to the multiplicity of its objectives the OSPAR network can be

expected to contain a variety of reserve sizes and corresponding spacing between sites

7 Assessment Guideline If a site is at the small end of the expected viability range for a given

feature then compact sites are preferable If on the other hand a given site is at the large end

of the estimated viability range then a less compact shape would allow for greater spill-over

and benefits outside of the reserve

a The Compactness of a given site can be calculated using a GIS and the following

formula C = (4πAp2)

05 Where C is the Compactness A is the area of the site and p is

its perimeter

8 Assessment Guideline A broad MPA network such as the OSPAR network with a wide

variety of features can be expected to have a wide variety of reserve shapes and sizes

6 Jeff Ardron is the primary author of this OSPAR report

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 47

a The combined size and compactness of a site be readily calculated using a GIS and the

following formula SSC = ln (PA) Where SSC is here labelled as the site size-

compactness P is the perimeter of the site and A is the area

9 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA electronic database lists the aims and ecological

criteria on a site by site basis Thus as a preliminary assessment these can be compiled to get

an indication of how well they are being met across the network

10 Assessment Guideline A list inventory of features within a region that (are known or

believed to) meet the OSPAR aims and ecological criteria is required in order to fully assess if

the existing MPA sites are likely adequate

11 Assessment Guideline Features that are common and widely distributed will generally require

less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are rare andor sparsely

distributed

Assessment Criterion 2 Representativity

12 Assessment Guideline OSPAR MPAs should be checked to ensure that they are broadly

distributed across biogeographic regions In such an assessment there is no need to restrict the

assessment to just one biogeographic classification system So long as they appear to be

rigorous (eg peer-reviewed) the use of a variety of systems is encouraged

13 Assessment Guideline Each of the Dinter [OSPAR] bioregions should be adequately

protected

14 Assessment Guideline National classifications can be very helpful in assessing

representativity at a national level based on national categories and should be used where they

exist

15 Assessment Guideline In the absence of full biological surveys or full classification systems

(such as EUNIS) simple surrogates should be used to check that representativity is possibly

being achieved Benthic and pelagic realms should be considered

16 Assessment Guideline Representative features that are very common and widely distributed

will likely require less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are just

somewhat common

As a rule of thumb within a given feature class representative protection can be

compared to a normalized distribution For example if the areal distribution of

representative classes can be normalised through a square-root transformation then

protected area distribution could be expected to be roughly proportional to the square-

root of the ratio of the representative feature classesrsquo overall areas

17 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA nomination database should be checked to ensure

that the idea of the ldquobestrdquo features was taken into account across feature types and regions

18 Assessment Guideline Features that best represent their type can be expected to be

characterized by most or all of these indicators

a Typical morphology

b High density abundance

c High degree of health naturalness

d Persistence (temporal and spatial) and

e Strong functional linkages

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 48

Assessment Criterion 3 Replication

19 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area more than one example of each feature

should be protected

20 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features protected in areas susceptible

to catastrophic events require greater replication than those in low-risk areas

21 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area where no better data exist natural

variation can be assumed to be greatest between sites that are furthest apart

22 Assessment Guideline Features that are very specifically defined will exhibit less variation

and hence require less replication than features which are very general or ldquocatch-allrdquo categories

23 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area scientific requirements may require

replicate sites for differing purposes If these requirements are not known it can be assumed

that replicate sites that are a moderate distance apart (neither immediate neighbours nor at

extreme ends of the biogeographic area) will satisfy most scientific requirements

24 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features for which there are weak or

incomplete or modelled data require greater replication than those features for which better data

are available

Assessment Criterion 4 Connectivity

25 Assessment Guideline If an area is known or suspected to be important to connectivity then it

should be represented in the MPA network

26 Assessment Guideline Reserves in areas where there are known currents (eg many coastal

areas) should be more closely spaced than otherwise In order to maintain connectivity for most

short to moderate larval dispersing species when specific data are lacking such nearshore sites

should be spaced not further than 50 km apart

27 Assessment Guideline Connectivity between seabird sites can be measured in straight lines

28 Assessment Guideline Connectivity for marine species can be assumed to be greater along

lines of similar habitat than across them

29 Assessment Guideline The density of marine reserves can be used as a way to group areas of

likely connectivity Likewise it can also define gaps where connectivity has probably not been

achieved

30 Assessment Guideline In the absence of dispersal data connectivity may be approximated by

ensuring the MPA network is well distributed in space reflecting the scale of its surroundings

Page 8: A Suggested Approach for Gap Analyses of the RAMPAO Marine ...€¦ · A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 2 Recommendation re outreach: 1) regional contact

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 6

critegraveres 1) pertinence pour cerner et combler les lacunes 2) les chances raisonnables

qursquoont ces questions de trouver des reacuteponses (en tenant compte des budgets et des

contraintes scientifiques) et 3) selon la vitesse de leurs reacutesultats a) rapidement (2010) b)

dans le moyen terme (2011) et c) agrave plus long terme (gt 2011)

Recommandation concernant la prise en compte des eacuteleacutements traditionnels et culturels

outre les critegraveres biologiques et eacutecologiques nous recommandons que lrsquoanalyse des lacunes

considegravere eacutegalement les eacuteleacutements traditionnels lorsqursquoils sont disponibles et les eacuteleacutements

culturels de gestion des espaces et des ressources srsquoils sont approprieacutes

Recommandation concernant les reacutesultats agrave court moyen et long terme certaines donneacutees

seront plus facilement accessibles que dautres et certaines analyses sont plus faciles agrave

deacutevelopper que dautres nous recommandons donc une approche par eacutetapes avec des

analyses sur le court terme le moyen terme et le long terme Ainsi des deacutecisions pourront

ecirctre eacutegalement prises et des actions engageacutees agrave court moyen et long terme sans attendre

drsquoavoir lrsquoensemble des reacutesultats

Recommandation concernant les analyses preacuteliminaires lanalyse des lacunes doit

commencer sur la base drsquoinformations facilement accessibles et de tests de base faciles agrave

engager et agrave comprendre Ensuite des analyses plus complexes pourront ecirctre reacutealiseacutees avec

des donneacutees suppleacutementaires au fur et agrave mesure de leur disponibiliteacute Ces analyses initiales

devront ecirctre seacutelectionneacutees en vue de produire des reacutesultats qui peuvent agrave eux seuls eacuteclairer

les premiegraveres prises de deacutecisions

Recommandation concernant cinq analyses initiales de lacunes 1 Consideacuterer visuellement la distribution des aires proteacutegeacutees 2 Sur la base de proceacutedures SIG examiner plus en profondeur la reacutepartition des zones

proteacutegeacutees 3 Etudier la distribution des AMP en fonction de la profondeur 4 Etudier la distribution des AMP en fonction de la classification existante des habitats

cocirctiers 5 Consideacuterer le reacuteseau des AMP selon les espegraveces et les habitats rares menaceacutes et en voie

de disparition

Recommandations sur la mise en œuvre du projet plus qursquoun projet lrsquoanalyse des lacunes

est un processus continu dont les reacutesultats devront ecirctre affineacutes au fur et agrave mesure des

connaissances sur une base adaptative Comme recommandeacute ci-dessus une approche agrave

court moyen et long terme devra ecirctre consideacutereacutee

Court-terme (entre maintenant et juin 2010) les tacircches suivantes seront engageacutees 1 eacutetablissement des termes de reacutefeacuterence et recrutement du chargeacute de projet 2 sensibilisation y compris preacutesentations du projet et des attentes lors de diverses

reacuteunions

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 7

3 recueil initial des donneacutees en se concentrant sur les informations facilement disponibles

4 analyse initiale des lacunes 5 preacutesentation des premiers reacutesultats agrave lAssembleacutee geacuteneacuterale RAMPAO 6 reacuteunion dexperts pour discuter des prochaines eacutetapes agrave moyen terme des donneacutees

compleacutementaires agrave collecter et des analyses agrave poursuivre (probablement dans une

reacuteunion speacuteciale durant lAssembleacutee geacuteneacuterale du RAMPAO

En outre les analyses possibles pour le moyen terme et une preacutevision pour le long terme

sont proposeacutees

Moyen terme collecte des donneacutees plus difficiles agrave obtenir analyses plus compliqueacutees

(identification des aires drsquoimportance eacutecologique et biologiques repreacutesentativiteacute

connectiviteacute reacutepliquas adeacutequationviabiliteacute)

Long terme compleacutements eacuteventuels avec des approches plus complexes de modeacutelisation

(MarZone MaxEnt) prise en consideacuteration du changement climatique hellip Toutefois dans le

cadre de ce projet agrave long terme il semble qursquoil serait preacutefeacuterable drsquoutiliser les ressources agrave

de la planification adaptative en se concentrant en premier sur les sites qui permettent de

combler les principales lacunes et ensuite drsquoaffiner lrsquoanalyse

En annexes sont proposeacutes

Les critegraveres de la CBD agrave lrsquoeacutechelle des sites (annexe 2) et agrave lrsquoeacutechelle des reacuteseaux (annexe 3)

Les sources de donneacutees issues des discussions avec les partenaires lors de la 1egravere mission (annexe 4)

lrsquoinventaire des donneacutees de base classeacutees suivant les deacutelais souhaitables drsquoacquisition la faciliteacute dacquisition et leur importance (annexe 5)

un certain nombre drsquoautres eacuteleacutements agrave consideacuterer dans la conception du reacuteseau dAMPs

issus de lrsquoexpeacuterience drsquoOSPAR (annexe 6)

Poursuite de la collaboration Sil eacutetait deacutecideacute de poursuivre la collaboration avec les

consultants et qursquoune deuxiegraveme mission soit programmeacutee nous suggeacuterons quelle coiumlncide

avec la troisiegraveme reacuteunion de lAssembleacutee geacuteneacuterale RAMPAO agrave la mi-2010 Les activiteacutes

possibles pour la 2egraveme mission pourraient comprendre

les reacuteponses aux questions qui se posent dans la phase 1

les reacuteflexions sur le deacuteveloppement de la phase 2 (moyen terme)

lrsquoassistance agrave la collecte de donneacutees en Europe et en Ameacuterique du Nord

lrsquoassistance aux analyses SIG (travailler en commun sur certaines analyses)

assistance agrave la preacutesentation des premiers reacutesultats RAMPAO aux membres et partenaires

participation agrave la reacuteunion dexperts pour discuter des prochaines eacutetapes (moyen terme) des donneacutees et analyses compleacutementaires

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 8

Terms of reference (summarised)

This project is planned to consist of three separate missions this is the report from the first

of these The overarching objectives of the entire project are

To support the RAMPAO in defining operational principles and precise and realistic

targets for the MPA network by the year 2012 notably as regards

representativeness practicality coherence and resilience of the network

Assist in the definition of the degree of protection of the marine and coastal

biodiversity and key-sites identified in the seven countries of the ecoregion

Assist in the identification of existing shortcomings particularly at the ecological and

socio-economic levels the management of MPAs of the RAMPAO using the available

information for decision-making

Assist in the definitiondesign of strategy aimed at minimizing the priority

shortcomings and making the network more coherent and practical with a view to

attain the objectives of the RAMPAO

Activities of this first mission are

1 Support the RAMPAO Secretariat in defining operational principles and targets

regarding key habitat representativeness as well as the RAMPAO functionality

coherence and resilience

2 Review the activities already carried out and available information about the degree

of protection of biodiversity in the ecoregion and the assessment of missing key-

information

3 Provide methodological support to RAMPAO for synthesizing the gap analysis

process particularly for the review of implemented activities and existing

information on the level of biodiversity protection in the ecoregion and for the

identification of gaps in key information

4 Suggest a programme of work for the next steps of the process

This report is structured according to the above four activities with a particular focus on the

last two

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 9

Review of activities and available information

Our first Mission Report provides details of our conversations with various key players in the

region as well as many preliminary observations and action points We suggest it be used

side-by-side this report A calendar of meetings we attended during the 1st Mission is listed

in Annex 1 A preliminary list of data sources highlighted in these discussions is provided in

Annex 4 to this report

In our discussions several repeating ideas about gaps analyses emerged

necessity gaps analyses are believed to be necessary and valuable

ecology gap analyses should focus on ecological aspects first setting aside

management considerations for the time being

management management and community involvement was emphasized in several

discussions as being essential after gaps are identified and the discussions turn to

how gaps could be filled

cultural considerations the work required to also take account of social traditional

and sacred concerns should be assessed

the offshore open sea (containing eg upwellings seamounts canyons cold water

corals etc) is an integral part of the marine environment but has to date not been

included in MPA discussions and represents a major obvious gap

site versus network criteria site level MPA criteria and network level criteria were

often discussed together as though they were all the same and thus greater clarity is

required on how these two complementary sets of criteria fit together into larger

gaps analyses

cooperation gaps analyses will require strong partnerships and cooperation both

within West Africa and abroad and further work should be done to strengthen these

partnerships through memorandums of understanding and other agreements Many

people noted that acquiring and combining data can use up much time and

resources

fisheries were recognised to encompass activities with the broadest geography and

largest ecological impacts as well as the most complicated social considerations

While MPAs are seen as a good tool for the conservation of biodiversity their use as

a fisheries management tool was seen as applicable in some but not all fisheries It

was pointed out that fisheries science has traditionally been carried out separately

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 10

from other scientific disciplines though acceptance of the ecosystem approach to

fisheries is changing this

ecological research and analyses people noted that while some good initial work

had often been started the coverage was often patchy and considerable work was

still required hence care is required to focus on what can be done with existing

information and to identify a few key research priorities out of the many

The following recommendations flow out of the above discussions

Recommendation re gap analysis considering that all the partners and parties

interviewed supported the need for a gaps analysis we recommend that the Gaps

Analysis Project proceed with the necessary funding personnel and institutional support

Recommendation re offshore gaps the lack of MPAs offshore particularly in the EEZs (12 -

200 nautical miles) of RAMPAO countries should be recognised by members as a serious

gap in the RAMPAO MPA network requiring immediate attention

Recommendation re fisheries considering their size and complexity special attention

should be given to fisheries and their interactions with existing and potential MPAs We

recommend a special Fisheries-MPA working group be set up with relevant institutions

such as CSRP and others1 to consider possible gaps in spatial fish protections as per the

CBD IX20 Annex 1 criteria noted above Additional fisheries relevant criteria such as the

FAO guidelines for the management of deep-sea fisheries (2009) could be applied as

appropriate

Recommendation re ecosystem research considering the breadth of possible research

topics we recommend that RAMPAO work cooperatively with research institutions such

as IRD and others to address critical knowledge gaps in a strategic fashion We

recommend prioritising research questions on three general criteria 1) relevance to

identifying and filling gaps 2) likelihood that these questions can realistically be answered

(considering budgets and scientific constraints) and 3) according to the speed of their

results a) quickly (ie 2010) b) in the medium-term (2011) and c) in the longer-term

(gt2011)

Recommendation re project officer considering the extent of the work a project officer

should be designated This officer should a) support the RAMPAO Secretariat (through

1 Because we were unable to interview representatives from the two relevant Large Marine Ecosystem (LME)

projects (which look at broad scale effects of fisheries) we are uncertain on how they would (or would not)

wish to participate An informal discussion with Merete Tandstad (FAO) while at another meeting suggests that

the Canary Current LME is still in early stages of development However we do suggest that both the LME

Secretariats and the FAO still be approached to gauge their interest

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 11

Charlotte Karibuhoye) in outreach to regional contact points and partners especially in

the development of project agreements such as MoUs and working groups b) supervise

and assist RAMPAOrsquos GIS technician (Souadou Ndiaye) as required c) oversee and

complete as required the data collection and technicalGIS work

Regarding the recommendation above we recognise that the Project Officer will require

additional funding to that which was originally envisioned in this project If funding for such

a position is not possible we would suggest that additional help be sought through

partners and specific contracts To the degree possible we have outlined the various

aspects of work that will need to be done as discreet pieces so as to allow for them to be

performed separately as funding permits

Recommendation re MoUs considering the broad scope and data requirements of this

project the RAMPAO Secretariat should continue to build upon its good relationships

within and outside of West Africa through the development of Memorandums of

Understanding (MoUs) or similar agreements These MoUs (or similar agreements) should

primarily consider data sharing arrangements andor the sharing of relevant analytical

work Additionally they may consider technical issues such as database compatibility and

also human capacity building training as appropriate

We believe that the Regional Contact Points could play an important role in facilitating

relationships agreements and access to regional data information and expertise

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 12

Ecological principles and targets

There is a broad literature concerning marine protected area (MPA) ecological principles

and criteria As noted at the Second General Assembly of RAMPAO the latest thinking on

this topic is captured in Decision XI20 of the Convention on Biological Diversity (CBD)

Adopted in June 2008 this Decision provides seven criteria for identifying ecologically and

biologically significant areas (IX20 Annex 1) and five criteria for MPA networks (IX20

Annex2) Thus the CBD recognised that site criteria and network criteria while strongly

linked are different Recently the CBD held an expert meeting in Ottawa Canada where

the seven site criteria were further discussed and guidance was drafted for their

implementation2

We find the CBD criteria to be sound and note that there will be an ongoing development

of global support and capacity building surrounding their implementation We therefore

recommend that RAMPAO base its operational principles and targets on these CBD criteria

and associated guidance

Recommendation re ecological criteria RAMPAOrsquos ecological principles and targets

should be based the CBD criteria for identifying ecologically significant sites (IX20 Annex

1) and MPA networks (IX20 Annex 2) taking into account additional CBD guidance as it is

developed

The full annexes of CBD Decision IX20 are appended to this report as Annexes 2 and 3 Briefly the seven CBD criteria for identifying ecologically and biologically significant areas are

1 Uniqueness or rarity 2 Special importance for life history of species 3 Importance for threatened endangered or declining species andor habitats 4 Vulnerability fragility sensitivity slow recovery 5 Biological productivity 6 Biological diversity 7 Naturalness

The five CBD MPA network criteria are 1 Ecologically and biologically significant areas (ie based on the 7 site criteria above) 2 Representativity 3 Connectivity 4 Replicated ecological features 5 Adequate and viable sites

2 Report of the expert workshop on ecological criteria and biogeographic classification systems for marine

areas in need of protection This guidance will go through the CBD review process and assuming it goes well

will be presented for acceptance at the Tenth Conference of Parties in October 2010

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 13

Methodology

Approach We view pragmatism modularity and flexibility as being necessary ingredients to an

approach that would best ensure success

Pragmatism The methodology should reflect an approach that will allow progress to

proceed despite imperfect data or other problems For example analyses should be done in

areas where data are available or where there is social political acceptance without the

(sometimes considerable) delay of waiting for data or acceptance from other neighbouring

areas within an ecological region3

Modularity Individual gap analyses should be able stand on their own while also fitting

together with others to form a fuller picture Analysis results should be fairly easy to explain

Flexibility Related to pragmatism above the methodology should follow good practices

while still remaining flexible to alternatives that are not ideal but which can allow for

progress For example when some data are not available other less-than-ideal ldquoproxiesrdquo

may have to be used as substitutes

Boundaries Ecological analyses should when possible be stratified according to accepted ecological

regions and sub-regions (eg Marine Ecosystems of the World ndashMEOW) However given

that in this project various areas have varying degrees of data availability we also see the

need for flexibility in the approach and recognise that some analyses may have to be

bounded according to boundaries that reflect where the data were collected Or in some

instances instead of ecological boundaries it may be appropriate to use traditional cultural

boundaries such as for artisanal fisheries

Timeframes Recommendation re short- medium- and long-term results given that some data will be

more readily available than others and that some analyses are easier to perform than

others we are recommending that a staged approach to delivering results be taken with

analyses planned for the short-term medium-term and long-term This will allow for

decisions and actions to also be taken in the short- medium- and long- term

3 However one must be careful to avoid transferring all gaps and attention to only those places that have data

or are willing to participate For it must be said that those places with few data and little protection are

usually the biggest gaps of all Maps should reflect low- and no-data areas clearly so that the reader

understands the limits of the analysis

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 14

We suggest the timeframe for delivering these short- medium- and long-term results could

be June 2010 (the next RAMPAO General Assembly) December 2011 (the end of this

project period) and December 2014 (the next project period) respectively These timelines

should dovetail with those of the recommendation re ecosystem research above when

appropriate These activities are further outlined in the suggested programme of work in

the section below

Initial tests Preliminary analyses should address basic gaps while later analyses could look at more

nuanced questions The unexpected availability (or unavailability) of data may sometimes

change the planned ordering of analyses If for some reason a particular analysis cannot be

done it should be skipped for the time being and not hold up further work If a preliminary

analysis indicates a significant gap it is unlikely any additional analyses will overturn that

finding and hence decision-making should in most cases proceed based on the results

from the initial basic tests without the delays associated with waiting for more data

Decisions can be refined however as more data become available In general coarse or

incomplete data demand greater precaution in decision-making This can create an

incentive for stakeholders to provide additional data that will allow for refinements

Recommendation re initial tests the gaps analysis should start with readily available

information and basic tests that are relatively easy to understand Later more complex

analyses can be performed with additional data as they become available The initial

basic gaps tests should be selected to provide results that can on their own inform

decision-making

A list of five such tests is outlined in the next section

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 15

Suggested programme of work

Short-term steps The following six steps outline the key tasks that we suggest would need to be done

between now and June 2010 in order to set this project in motion These steps are further

explained in the subsequent sections

1 Establishment of the projectrsquos terms of reference and recruitment of the project officer

2 outreach and coordination including informational presentations at various meetings

3 initial data collection focussing on readily available information 4 initial gaps analyses 5 presentation of initial results to the RAMPAO General Assembly 6 expert meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and analyses (likely

as a side-meeting to the General Assembly

Outreach amp coordination An ecosystem-level gaps analysis will require cooperation from a number of experts

agencies and institutions across all RAMPAO countries Hence outreach and coordination

will be important An introductory description of the project should be developed and

widely distributed as well as a web site page with up to date information on the project A

letter of introduction signed by a senior official(s) can also be important in terms of

establishing legitimacy Presentations introducing the project should be made at national

and regional level meetings as opportunity permits

Our meetings during the first mission proved to be very friendly and helpful These meetings

now require follow-up actions to each of the people contacted (see 1st Mission Report)

Because the people we met were mostly based in Senegal further work will be required

through the regional contact points for other countries

Areas of overlap with other activities (eg the Wetlands International implementation gaps

project) should be highlighted and discussions with these players begun to sort out how to

best cooperate and coordinate efforts

While outreach will be most intensive at the beginning of the project coordination will

continue throughout the projectrsquos duration

Recommendation re outreach 1) regional contact points should be updated on this

project and their help solicited 2) a clear one-page project description should be written

outlining the aims of the project and how cooperation with other bodies is being sought

3) a clear project web page should be developed 4) follow-up letters should sent to key

contacts we have already spoken to outlining next steps and where appropriate

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 16

proposing cooperation collaboration 5) presentations introducing the project should be

made at national and regional level meetings as opportunity permits

Acquisition of data amp information Central to this project will be identifying sources of information and data coordinating with

these experts data repositories and providers and ultimately acquiring the information or

data This will consume more time than any other task and probably more time than all the

other tasks combined

Steps

In the general case data acquisition will require the following steps some which may be

iterative (ie cycle around a few times)

searches ndashinternet list-serves libraries literature and through colleagues

informal emails calls and discussions with the expert or data custodian as to

what data may be available

formal letter(s) of introduction to the project signed by senior authorities and

usually addressed to mid- and senior-level people

face-to-face meetings in order to 1) gain permission to use the data and 2) to

learn about details and proper use of the data These two requirements may

mean two separate meetings

MoU drafting and signing andor data agreement andor formal letter of

request

logistics of how the data will be delivered and if any fees or restrictions are

involved

technical and scientific follow-up calls for assistance andor clarification on

interpretation or use of the data

The above steps have not been numbered because the order can vary from situation to

situation with some situations being informal and skipping steps while others are very

formal requiring prolonged discussions and additional steps that build trust

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 17

Three elements of success

Three elements of successful data acquisition are persistence practicality and

prioritisation

Persistence While most experts are usually happy to share their knowledge the sharing of

their data is often another matter The process can take weeks months or even years

Therefore in order to keep progress steady it is best to make a little time available every

day (say two hours) for data searches and follow-up politely reminding contacts from time

to time that you have not yet heard back from them That said do not waste time on data

that are only of marginal interest in the bigger picture It is easy to become lost in details

Practicality Often it is better to identify what data are readily available and to request

those data first This can help build trust and also allows for progress without getting stuck

Subsequently the provider can be approached again to discuss the other more difficult

data sets Thus the above steps can occur more than once with the same data provider

Again as noted above keeping the bigger picture in mind will help to focus data-gathering

activities on the most practical data sets

Prioritisation In an ecosystem-level analysis all kinds of data are interesting That said

some data are more helpful or urgent than others In the analyses outlined in the sections

below the general data requirements are listed The data requirements of the short-term

gap analyses should take priority over the medium-term ones which in turn should take

priority over the long-term analyses

Annex 5 GIS data priorities lists various common categories of data with their estimated

timeframe for usage (short- medium- long-term) availability and priority for this project

Strategies for acquiring difficult data

Sometimes data may be considered proprietary andor too sensitive to show and providers

usually assume they cannot be shared However with patience sometimes agreements can

be found whereby the data may be used ldquobehind the scenesrdquo in analyses so long as the

data are not displayed on final maps ndashonly the combined results which do not reveal the

data In other situations when the provider is an active participant the provider should be

invited to be a formal partner in the project and this may also ease data restrictions Finally

agreeing to perform joint-analyses or even contracting out certain analyses to the expert

can also allow the data to be used However in this latter case it may be difficult to do

quality control and hence the results can sometimes be puzzling or not what was required

If certain data are simply unavailable metadata can still be requested though metadata

often do not exist (In practice metadata if supplied are many times custom-created for

the particular request)

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 18

Meetings

General meetings A large forum like the RAMPAO General Assembly can be an excellent

opportunity to introduce interested parties to the project It may even be possible to get

general agreement around sharing data However such a general agreement if it can be

found would probably still not replace the need for MoUs and similar bilateral agreements

with specific agencies and institutions

In addition to regional meetings presentations should be made to national meetings

introducing the project as opportunity permits

Data meetings regional data meetings with database managers could help speed up the

process of data collection though this can vary from place to place In many cases it is

better to first approach people one-on-one Later after some data have already been

acquired a meeting can be used to discuss how to best merge data together and to

encourage others to also provide information data if they have not already done so

Expert meetings bringing together experts of a particular species or habitat can be a very

good way to identify available expertise information data and gaps Expert knowledge can

also be collected at such meetings drawn on maps etc but this requires prior training

preparation and processing afterwards In general expert meetings are most valuable after

a ldquodesktop studyrdquo where basic gaps have been identified and there are now specific

questions that have been identified as needing answers Targeted expert meetings can be

valuable at different times throughout a process as different issues need addressing Their

main drawback is the expense and work required A badly run meeting can also turn opinion

against a project and so care has to be taken to do a good job

Recommendation re data information collection 1) The process of collecting data should

begin immediately This will require close coordination with outreach activities 2) Priority

should be given to collecting data that are a) easily acquired and b) required for the initial

short-term analyses 3) Lists of data sources contact information and what dates they

were approached should be kept to track progress 4) Data collaboration should be on the

agenda of the next RAMPAO General Assembly meeting 5) After an initial (eg 3-6

month) period of data collection the need for data meetings andor expert meetings

should be assessed

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 19

Five initial gap analyses The following analyses are recommended as initial tests that should be done in the short-

term (present to June 2010) and when possible in the order presented However we

acknowledge that data availability can alter the ordering of the tests and even what tests

are undertaken ndashincluding developing new ones not listed here These basic tests can be

followed up with more complex analyses such as outlined in the next sections of this report

1 Visually consider the distribution of protected areas Is the network spatially well

distributed without more than a few major gaps If not what gaps can a person

immediately see Consider along-shore gaps and gaps moving out towards the offshore

Consider the northern central and southern thirds of the RAMPAO area Consider

national boundaries

Technical amp data requirements no GIS or GIS data are required A basic paper map

showing the protected areas and national boundaries is sufficient

Rationale this simple assessment is deceptively powerful Simplicity should not be seen

as detracting from its value The human eye can see many patterns and gaps that are

difficult to quantify into statistics When most people agree on a visual gap this

indicates that it is likely valid and worthy of serious consideration

Connectivity and representativity are two of the five agreed-upon CBD criteria for

assessing MPA networks (IX20 Annex 2) If the network is generally not well distributed

in space then it is unlikely to exhibit characteristics of connectivity or representativity

and thus is very unlikely to be ecologically coherent Note that if a network is well-

distributed in space this does not necessarily ensure that these criteria are being met

and further tests will still be required

2 Using GIS procedures consider in greater depth the distribution of protected areas For

this test and all the other tests below perform it first for the whole region then for

each of the three broad ecoregions north central and south4 and finally according to

national boundaries

a Zones offshore Consider coverage within four basic zones i the shorelines (0-5

nautical miles offshore) ii nearshore (~5-15 nm) iii mid-offshore (~15-50 nm)

and iv far offshore (~50 -200 nm) What percentage of each of these broad

zones has MPAs

b Distance from shore statistics what is the average (arithmetic mean) extent that

RAMPAO MPAs extend offshore What is the range of these values What is the

4 This could include the MEOW (Marine Ecoregions Of the World) classification or other similar ecoregions

accepted by RAMPAO partners

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 20

standard deviation Considering that RAMPOA waters extend approximately 200

nm offshore what do these distance-offshore statistics suggest

c Nearest neighbour distance in each of the above zones calculate ldquonearest

neighbourrdquo statistics between MPAs noting the range of MPA spacing the

arithmetic mean of the spacing and the standard deviation of spacing between

sites In this test and all others displaying the histogram of results can be very

informative and is recommended

Technical amp data requirements GIS files are required for shoreline data MPAs

ecoregions national boundaries These three tests (a) ndash (c) get progressively more

technically advanced in the use of GIS However it is outside the scope of this report to

fully describe the GIS methods If a minimum separation distance is chosen as a network

criterion (see comments below) then an easier GIS analysis would be to buffer the

MPAs by a value of half that distance to identify which areas that ldquotouchrdquo and which do

not

Rationale these analyses put some numbers to the first visual test In most ways

however the visual test is simpler and easier to understand That said numbers in

tables can help rank gaps according to basic properties

Unfortunately the GIS methods can be a bit difficult for a beginner If parts of this test

are too difficult they can be skipped since the visual assessment already tells us a lot

Setting explicit quantitative targets for spacing can be controversial and difficult to

support scientifically What is adequate for some species will still be inadequate for

others That said for a basic initial test ldquorules of thumbrdquo have been proposed The

BALANCE project in the Baltic Sea suggested 25 km as an ideal maximum spacing

between shoreline sites (2008) Instead of looking at the ideal situation the OSPAR

Convention for the Northeast Atlantic took a different approach considering the very

longest spacing that could be considered contributing anything at all towards ecological

coherence of the MPA network ie a theoretical ldquoworst caserdquo The OSPAR guidelines for

this worst case are nearshore ~250 km (linear shoreline distance) offshore ~200 000

km2 (which is about equivalent to a ~500 km diameter circle) high seas ~1 000 000 km2

(equivalent to a square with ~1000 km sides) For OSPAR nearshore meant shoreline

and territorial waters out to 12 nm offshore meant EEZ waters (12-200 nm) and high

seas meant waters beyond 200 nm from shore (OPSAR 2008 Ardron 2009)

3 Consider MPA distribution according to depth As for all these analyses perform these

tests first for the whole region then for each of the three broad ecoregions north

central and south and finally according to national boundaries

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 21

a Depth statistics what is the average (arithmetic mean) depth of RAMPAO

MPAs What is the range of values What is the standard deviation How do

these numbers compare with the overall RAMPAO region

b Depth zones consider the following eight general depth zones and what

percentage of each zone is within the current MPA network 0-25 m

(shallow) 25-50 m (photic) 50-100m (upper shelf) 100-200 m (lower shelf)

200-400 m (upper slope) 400-800 m (mid-slope) 800-1600 m (lower slope)

1600-3200 m or greater (abyssal plain)5

Technical amp data requirements data as per the previous test plus bathymetry The

easiest and fastest way to perform these statistics is to convert the MPA shapefile

(and if it is not already the bathymetry) into a raster grid and do grid analyses

Rationale depth is widely recognised as one of the key variables that describes

biotic communities in a give region and as such is a very basic measure of

representativity This analysis could be improved by combining surficial sediment

data with depth to make simple seafloor sediment-depth classes if available

4 Consider MPA distribution according to existent shoreline habitat classification

Although the whole RAMPAO shoreline is likely not classified certain features such

as estuaries or mangroves may already largely be identified Taking these shoreline

features that are either readily available or readily digitised consider what

percentage of each of these feature types are within the current MPA network

Consider what percentage of the MPA network lies outside of these readily

identifiable shoreline features Consider also according to ecoregions and national

boundaries

Technical amp data requirements any available shoreline features such as estuaries

and mangroves If the data are good enough each of these features could be sub-

divided eg large medium and small estuaries If geophysical shoreline type data

are missing basic categories such as cliff rock and sandmud shores can often be

visually estimated and hand digitised by looking at terrestrial topographic data along

the shoreline combined with nearshore bathymetry if available

5 These log2 depth classes are admittedly somewhat arbitrary (25 2

i) and could be refined either by

considering a regional biological classification histogram of the distribution of depths or natural breaks in the

data It is our understanding however that no bio-physical classification has been performed for the region

For an initial test these somewhat arbitrary depth classes are sufficient to point out general gaps and reflect

the generally logarithmic scale of decreasing resolution (increasing breadth of classes) with depth

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 22

Rationale since the RAMPAO MPA network is currently shoreline-based this test is

suggested before considering other physical features further offshore This test is

designed to give a rough idea of shoreline representativity

5 Consider the RAMPAO network according to rare threatened and endangered

species and habitats (features) for which data are available Perform the same sort

of tests as in the test above using available data for rare threatened and

endangered features Consider what percentage of each of these feature types are

within the current MPA network Consider what percentage of the MPA network lies

outside of these features Consider also according to ecoregions and national

boundaries

Technical amp data requirements there are modelling techniques to predict the

potential habitat of species but these techniques are advanced and would fall under

the long-term timeframe For this initial analysis only available data should be

considered If the data appear to be very incomplete then they should not be used

Recognising that such data can be sub-regionally incomplete some sections of the

network may have to be left out of this analysis marked as ldquono datardquo areas on the

maps

Rationale rare threatened and endangered features are often protected by law

and also often of interest to researchers There is usually some information on them

though not always digital data and may instead be in the form of expert opinion

Ecologically there are three different types of rare threatened and endangered

features each requiring a different management response 1) features that have

always been rare 2) features that used to be common but are now rare due to

human pressures (ie threatened and endangered) 3) features that are on the edge

of their range and a) this range is steady or b ) this range is shifting (expanding

contracting moving away entering the region) due to climate change or other

environmental changes It would be best to perform this test separately for the three

different classes and associated sub-classes of rare threatened and endangered

features taking into account their population trends However for an initial test

such refinements should be seen as optional depending on information availability

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 23

Medium term gap analyses The following analyses are recommended for consideration in the medium-term (June 2010

to Dec 2011) with choice largely driven by data availability Due to the somewhat longer

time period fewer details are provided here than in the section above allowing for further

elaborations during the 2nd Mission when more is known They are arranged according to

the CBD MPA network criteria (IX20 Annex 2)

In addition to the tests outlined below others that were developed for the OSPAR Regional

Seas Convention for the Northeast Atlantic are listed in Annex 6 Thirty additional

assessments These are also well-suited to the medium-term and medium-quality data

Note that the four OSPAR MPA network criteria overlap four of the five CBD criteria

Ecologically and biologically significant areas (EBSAs)

If specific EBSAs are known consideration should be given to their possible inclusion in the

MPA network Not all EBSAs need necessarily become MPAs for some EBSAs non-spatial

management may be more appropriate It is difficult to do proper gaps assessment on

EBSAs because the distribution of all EBSAs of a given type is usually not known and hence

there is little context by which to judge a given site Thus the rule of thumb is that all EBSAs

if not in the MPA network should be treated as possible gaps and reviewed one at a time

for possible inclusion

The CBD is in the process of developing further guidance on the selection of EBSAs in the

open oceans and deep seas and much of this guidance is also applicable to shallower

nearshore systems Because this guidance is not yet accepted by the CBD we refer you

instead to a background report that was written for the CBD Ottawa Expert Workshop that

discussed these issues 29 Sept ndash 02 Oct 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant

areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations (Ardron

et al 2009) is a report in two parts Both parts are included with this report and are

recommended here as guidance on selecting CBD EBSAs

First gathering information from local residents and experts on places they sense to be

important can go far in identifying key EBSAs The ldquorecognition heuristicrdquo (Gigerenzer 1999)

is a powerful way to quickly locate longstanding ecologically significant areas in a given

region and we note that NGOs such as WWF have already done such work in the past and

that this work could be readily updated and built upon

Representativity

Many tests for representativity can be developed based on available data Listed below are

some of the more likely approaches

Seascapes identify the main shoreline topographic (benthic) and oceanographic

(pelagic) features of the region and check to see what percentage of each is included

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 24

in the MPA network Typical benthic seascape features would include canyons

seamounts reefs etc Typical pelagic features include frontal systems upwellings

gyres See also Annex 5 GIS data priorities

Topographic complexity using only bathymetry a surrogate measure of benthic

complexity can be developed (Ardron 2002) This measure can help highlight areas of

likely increased benthic richness amongst other traits

Biogeographic classification system whereas seascapes focus on physical features

a biogeographic attempts to also include information on biology such that the

system divides an area according to broad ecological communities based on physical

proxies The creation of a biogeographic classification should include both pelagic

and benthic realms is labour- and data- intensive and requires extensive peer

review

Biogeographic components instead of attempting a full biogeographic classification

system certain aspects can be developed separately For example depth strata can

be combined with sea floor sediment data to make a basic sea bottom classification

These can then be nested within the broad bioregions of the RAMPAO area

Likewise exposure wave energy can be combined with shoreline types to create

another basic classification Creating components such as these can be further

explored in the 2nd Mission once it is better known what data information are

available

Connectivity

This is the CBD criterion most difficult to assess with few options for the medium-term

except for looking at distances between sites (see short-term test above) Several academic

modelling exercises have been attempted with mixed levels of success in areas with much

better data than exist in West Africa We would caution RAMPAO in spending too much

time on such modelling exercises In general nearshore sites require closer spacing than

sites further offshore (OSPAR 2007) If it is known that certain areas provide larvae or

juveniles to other places then these ldquosourcerdquo areas should be considered for protection

Note that such areas could also fall under the EBSA criterion for productivity

Replication

At its most basic level this criterion asks that there be more than one MPA for every feature

in the network In practice this is usually considered using available information on

representativity (see above) and whatever biological data may also be available This

criterion can be assessed very simply initially by testing to see if there is more than one MPA

in each broad zone such as distance from shore or depth zone as described in the previous

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 25

section on short-term assessments Assessing replication can become more refined as more

MPAs are designated and better data become available

Adequacy viability

Ideally MPA sites should be monitored to ensure that their aims are being met In cases

where this is occurring the monitoring results should be used to determine if the individual

sitersquos size location and shape is adequate Where monitoring is not occurring or is

incomplete or too recent to determine trends other measures will have to be used Size is

probably the most commonly discussed measure and yet it remains also probably the most

controversial (Fahig 2001) Nonetheless even in an absence of consensus on this issue by

looking at possible ranges of sizes a sense can still be gained if the sites are or are not

likely to be meeting their aims A full assessment of site size which is outside the scope of

this report should take into account the species life-history population structure quality of

the habitat the quality of the surrounding areas and possible connectivity to other sites

(Lindeboom amp Baumlck 2005) However in many cases the scientific knowledge about a feature

will be insufficient to determine this very exactly Even if the life history of a species is well

know for example it is usually not known how much the surrounding area can be expected

to play a role in supporting the healthy functioning of that species Nonetheless it is

generally true that heavily impacted surrounding areas will provide less of a supporting role

to protected features than pristine ones In data-poor situations often it is still possible to

use expert opinion to specify a range of sizes which would likely be appropriate for the

adequate protection of a given feature (text adapted from OSPAR 2007)

For the RAMPAO network expert assessments of the efficacy of individual MPA sites is

probably the best way to consider the adequacy aspect of the criterion and we note the

work that has already been done by RAMPAO on this regard as well as the IUCN on

assessing management effectiveness (2007 2008a 2008b)

Relative viability can also be inferred from a threats pressures analysis In performing a

population density analysis proximity to human settlements can be used as a first indication

of how much anthropomorphic stress a protected area may be experiencing Looking

further at the composition of sensitive and threatened species within a given area can

further refine this initial threats analysis

Long term gap analyses In many cases analyses that got delayed in the medium term would be still valuable in the

longer term (2011 to 2014) However for the longer-term we would also hope that

RAMPAO activities would begin to focus on the filling of already-identified ecological and

management gaps

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 26

MarZone and MaxEnt

As an MPA network develops so does the need for more sophisticated analyses MarZone

(Marxan with Zones) has received positive attention recently and is a good tool for zoning

multiple activities with various levels of conservation restrictions In order to use a tool like

Marxan broad representativity data (ldquocoarse filterrdquo) and biological data (ldquofine filterrdquo) are

required and in order to use a zoning tool like MarZone broad coverage human use data

are additionally required One big advantage of MarxanMarZone is the user community

that has grown up around it and the good practices that continue to be developed

To get broad scale species distributions usually point occurrence data are fitted to physical

chemical environmental variables producing a predictive habitat model Good success has

been attained using the MaxEnt model (httpwwwcsprincetonedu~schapiremaxent)

though many other approaches also exist The construction of species-habitat predictive

models can take time and acquiring combining the environmental data also takes much

work In order to not bias the Marxan MarZone analysis several species-habitat models

would have to be created for several different key species from a variety of taxonomic

families trophic levels and feeding guilds This would be clearly a long-term project and

can only be justified if the RAMPAO MPA network has reached a level of sophistication to

demand such an analysis

Climate change modelling

Conservation network planning for climate change can also involved complicated modelling

(eg Fuller et al 2008) However again these approaches are data-intensive and require

advanced technical abilities

Ongoing adaptive approach

It is unlikely that the above advanced modelling approaches would be worth their

considerable effort and instead it is suggested that much more can be achieved through

good cooperation with stakeholders scientific expertise and some ldquocommon senserdquo

Recognising that no plan is perfect planning should be seen as an ongoing process of

refinement Paramount will be the ability to be flexible and adapt to changing ecological and

social conditions To do so will require governance structures from local to international

levels ndashlikewise matched to adapt quickly and effectively

While it is relatively easy to point out gaps in an MPA network at ever-increasing levels of

sophistication it is much harder to fill those gaps even on the most rudimentary level

Therefore we urge RAMPAO to act in the long term on addressing the gaps that are readily

apparent through basic tests such as the ones outlined in this document

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 27

Possible activities of the 2nd Mission

This report and the two-part background report prepared for the CBD (also included in this

submission ndashArdron et al 2009) offer a lot of information We expect that as RAMPAO staff

sifts through this guidance questions will arise We see the 2nd Mission as one that could be

devoted to

answering questions that arise from the 1st Mission guidance ndashprocess ecological

and technical

elaborating medium-term gap analyses once more is known about data availability

and technical capacity within RAMPAO and its partner organisations

providing assistance in data collection in Europe and North America

doing joint GIS analyses there could be benefit in working together on some of the

GIS analyses such as the analysis of topographic complexity

presenting initial results we also believe that it will be important to present some

short-term gap analysis results to RAMPAO members and partners

participating in the Third Meeting of the RAMPAO General Assembly we suggest that the 2nd Mission coincide with the RAMPAO General Assembly and include

o a presentation of initial results to the General Assembly and o an expert side-meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and

analyses

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 28

References

Ardron JA 2002 A Recipe for Determining Benthic Complexity An Indicator of Species Richness In Marine Geography GIS for the Oceans and Seas (ch 23 pp 196-175) Joe Breman (ed) Redlands CA USA ESRI Press

Ardron JA 2009 Three initial OSPAR tests of ecological coherence heuristics in a data-limited situation ICES Journal of Marine Research 658 1527-1533

Ardron JA Dunn D Corrigan C Gjerde K Halpin P Rice J Vanden Berghe E Vierros M 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations A background document for the CBD expert workshop Ottawa Canada 29 September ndash 2 October 2009 37 pp + 73 pp Annex 1

BALANCE 2008 Ecological coherence and principles MPA assessment selection and design Technical Summary Report 34 httpbalance-euorgxpdfbalance-technical-summary-report-no-3-4pdf

FAO 2009 International guidelines for the management of deep-sea fisheries in the high seas Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations Rome

Fahrig 2001 How much Habitat is enough Biological Conservation 100 (1) 65-74

Fuller T Morton DP Sarkar S 2008 Incorporating uncertainty about speciesrsquo potential distributions under climate change into the selection of conservation areas with a case study from the Arctic Coastal Plain of Alaska Biological Conservation 141 1547-1559

Gigerenzer G Todd P M and the ABC Research Group 1999 Simple heuristics that make us smart Oxford University Press New York

IUCNBRAO 2007 Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parc de Guineacutee Bissau

IUCNPACO 2008a Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees aires proteacutegeacutees de la Reacutepublique de Guineacutee

IUCNBRAO 2008b Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parcs et reacuteserves de Mauritanie

Lindeboom HJ and Baumlck S 2005 Establishing coastal and marine reserves- with the emphasis on fisheries Pages 103-118 In Managing European Coasts Past Present and Future J Vermaat LBouwer KTurner WSalomons (Eds) Springer-Verlag

OSPAR 2007 Background document to support the Assessment of whether the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is Ecologically Coherent OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic Publication Number 2007320 wwwosparorg

OSPAR 2008 Three initial spatial tests looking at the ecological coherence of the OSPAR marine protected area (MPA) network OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic 3602008 wwwosparorg 17 pp

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 29

Annex 1 Calendar of meetings 1st Mission 5-12 Sept 2009

Lundi

FIBA

Charlotte Karibuhoye

Coordinatrice

Souadou Ndiaye

SIG RAMPAO

Julien Semelin Appui agrave la creacuteation de nouvelles AMP et renforcement de lrsquoefficaciteacute des AMP

UICN Racine Kane AMP transfrontaliegravere

16h par teacuteleacutephone

PRCM Ahmed Senhoury

Directeur

Mardi

8h30 WWF Mamadou Diallo

Chargeacute de mission espegraveces et habitats

mdialowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 641 13 84

Paul Siegel Conseiller en environnement marin psiegelwwfsenegalorg 221 869 37 00

10h30

CSE centre de suivi eacutecologique Ministegravere de lrsquoenvironnement

Taibou Ba Cartes donneacutees

15h Wetland international Africa

Emma GREATRIX

Network for biodiversiteacute (BIOMAC network) Manatee Waterbirds Mangroves

egeatrix]wetlandssn +221 33 869 1681

Mercredi

10h SI NEPAD David Njiki Njiki

Coordinateur environnement njikinjikiyahoocom 221 33 842 73 11

12h WWF Ibrahima Niamadio

Officier pecircche durable iniamadiowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 567 53 16

15h par teacuteleacutephone

UICN Mathieu Ducroq

Coordinateur du programme marin et cocirctier de lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoouest central

+ 222 662 40 82 portable 0022 529 09 77 bureau

16h par teacuteleacutephone

RAMPAO Alfredo da Silva

Preacutesident du RAMPAO Directeur IBAP Ancien coordinateur du reacuteseau de gestion des zones cocirctiegraveres

00245 580 38 48 ou 00 245

UNESCO Isabelle Niang

Projet GEF drsquoadaptation au changement climatique en Afrique de lrsquoouest Erosion cocirctiegravere

Jeudi

9h UICN Guineacutee Bissau

Pierre Campredon

Ancien responsable du PRCM Pierrecampredoniucnorg 0033 630340088

11h30 Convention drsquoAbidjan

Nassere Kaba 0022520211183

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 30

13h CRODTCNDO ODINAFRICA

Anis Diallo Aquaculture et directeur du CNDO adialloordinafricanet 22133832826465 221 77 631 15 95

15h CSRP

M Hamadi Diop

En charge du deacutepartement laquo recherche et systegraveme drsquoinformation raquo

hamadidiopgmailcom

Philippe Tous Projet AFD ndash inteacutegration des AMP dans les politiques de pecircche

philipetousgmailcom (Skype Phil_tous)

Renaud Bailleux

Contrat UICN sur la gestion de lrsquoaccegraves aux ressources halieutiques dans la reacutegion - accords de pecircche ndash gouvernance partageacutee dans les AMP (financement PRCM)

M Dop mika Programme requins de la FIBA mika_dfryahoofr

Vendredi

9H IRD Luis Tito de Morais

Peumlcheeacutecologie des peuplements de poissons

titoirdsn 221 33 849 3658

11h UICN Mamadou Sow

Chef de projet mangrove Mamadousowuicnorg 221 33 869 0286

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 31

Annex 2 CBD criteria for ecologically significant areas

CBD Decision IX20 Annex 1

SCIENTIFIC CRITERIA FOR IDENTIFYING ECOLOGICALLY OR BIOLOGICALLY SIGNIFICANT MARINE AREAS IN NEED OF PROTECTION IN OPEN-

OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS

Criteria Definition Rationale Examples Consideration in application

Uniqueness or

rarity

Area contains

either (i) unique (ldquothe

only one of its kindrdquo) rare

(ldquooccurs only in few

locationsrdquo) or endemic

species populations or

communities andor (ii)

unique rare or distinct

habitats or ecosystems

andor (iii) unique or

unusual geomorphological

or oceanographic features

Irreplaceable

Loss would mean the probable permanent disappearance of diversity or a feature or reduction of the diversity at any level

Open ocean waters

Sargasso Sea Taylor column

persistent polynyas

Deep-sea habitats

endemic communities around

submerged atolls hydrothermal

vents sea mounts pseudo-

abyssal depression

Risk of biased-view of the perceived uniqueness depending on the information availability

Scale dependency of features such that unique features at one scale may be typical at another thus a global and regional perspective must be taken

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 32

Special

importance for

life-history

stages of

species

Areas that are required for

a population to survive and

thrive

Various biotic and abiotic

conditions coupled with

species-specific

physiological constraints

and preferences tend to

make some parts of marine

regions more suitable to

particular life-stages and

functions than other parts

Area containing (i) breeding grounds

spawning areas nursery areas juvenile

habitat or other areas important for life

history stages of species or (ii) habitats of

migratory species (feeding wintering or

resting areas breeding moulting

migratory routes)

Connectivity between life-history stages and linkages between areas trophic interactions physical transport physical oceanography life history of species

Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data Vessel monitoring system (VMS) data

Spatial and temporal distribution andor aggregation of the species

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 33

Importance for

threatened

endangered or

declining

species andor

habitats

Area containing habitat for

the survival and recovery

of endangered threatened

declining species or area

with significant

assemblages of such

species

To ensure the restoration

and recovery of such species

and habitats

Areas critical for threatened endangered

or declining species andor habitats

containing (i) breeding grounds spawning

areas nursery areas juvenile habitat or

other areas important for life history

stages of species or (ii) habitats of

migratory species (feeding wintering or

resting areas breeding moulting

migratory routes)

Includes species with very large geographic ranges

In many cases recovery will require reestablishment of the species in areas of its historic range

Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data vessel-monitoring system (VMS) data

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 34

Vulnerability

Fragility

Sensitivity or

Slow recovery

Areas that contain a

relatively high proportion

of sensitive habitats

biotopes or species that

are functionally fragile

(highly susceptible to

degradation or depletion

by human activity or by

natural events) or with

slow recovery

The criteria indicate the

degree of risk that will be

incurred if human activities

or natural events in the area

or component cannot be

managed effectively or are

pursued at an unsustainable

rate

Vulnerability of species

Inferred from the history of how species or populations in other similar areas responded to perturbations

Species of low fecundity slow growth long time to sexual maturity longevity (eg sharks etc)

Species with structures providing biogenic habitats such as deepwater corals sponges and bryozoans deep-water species

Vulnerability of habitats

Ice-covered areas susceptible to ship-based pollution

Ocean acidification can make deep sea habitats more vulnerable to others and increase susceptibility to human induced changes

Interactions between vulnerability to human impacts and natural events

Existing definition emphasizes site specific ideas and requires consideration for highly mobile species

Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 35

Biological

productivity

Area containing species

populations or

communities with

comparatively higher

natural biological

productivity

Important role in fuelling

ecosystems and increasing

the growth rates of

organisms and their capacity

for reproduction

Frontal areas

Upwellings

Hydrothermal vents

Seamounts polynyas

Can be measured as the rate of growth of marine organisms and their populations either through the fixation of inorganic carbon by photosynthesis chemosynthesis or through the ingestion of prey dissolved organic matter or particulate organic matter

Can be inferred from remote-sensed products eg ocean colour or process-based models

Time-series fisheries data can be used but caution is required

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 36

Biological

diversity

Area contains

comparatively higher

diversity of ecosystems

habitats communities or

species or has higher

genetic diversity

Important for evolution and

maintaining the resilience of

marine species and

ecosystems

Sea-mounts

Fronts and convergence zones

Cold coral communities

Deep-water sponge communities

Diversity needs to be seen in relation to the surrounding environment

Diversity indices are indifferent to species substitutions

Diversity indices are indifferent to which species may be contributing to the value of the index and hence would not pick up areas important to species of special concern such as endangered species

Can be inferred from habitat heterogeneity or diversity as a surrogate for species diversity in areas where biodiversity has not been sampled intensively

Naturalness Area with a comparatively

higher degree of

naturalness as a result of

the lack of or low level of

human-induced

disturbance or

degradation

To protect areas with near natural structure processes and functions

To maintain these areas as reference sites

To safeguard and enhance ecosystem resilience

Most ecosystems and habitats have

examples with varying levels of

naturalness and the intent is that the

more natural examples should be

selected

Priority should be given to areas having a low level of disturbance relative to their surroundings

In areas where no natural areas remain areas that have successfully recovered including reestablishment of species should be

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 37

considered

Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 38

Annex 3 CBD criteria for MPA networks

Decision IX20 Annex II SCIENTIFIC GUIDANCE FOR SELECTING AREAS TO ESTABLISH A REPRESENTATIVE NETWORK OF MARINE PROTECTED AREAS INCLUDING IN

OPEN OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS

Required network properties and

components Definition Applicable site specific considerations (inter alia)

Ecologically and biologically significant areas

Ecologically and biologically significant areas are geographically or oceanographically discrete areas that provide important services to one or more speciespopulations of an ecosystem or to the ecosystem as a whole compared to other surrounding areas or areas of similar ecological characteristics or otherwise meet the criteria as identified in annex I to decision IX20

Uniqueness or rarity

Special importance for life history stages of species

Importance for threatened endangered or declining species andor habitats

Vulnerability fragility sensitivity or slow recovery

Biological productivity

Biological diversity

Naturalness

Representativity Representativity is captured in a network when it consists of areas representing the different biogeographical subdivisions of the global oceans and regional seas that reasonably reflect the full range of ecosystems including the biotic and habitat diversity of those marine ecosystems

A full range of examples across a biogeographic habitat or community classification relative health of species and communities relative intactness of habitat(s) naturalness

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 39

Connectivity Connectivity in the design of a network allows for linkages whereby protected sites benefit from larval andor species exchanges and functional linkages from other network sites In a connected network individual sites benefit one another

Currents gyres physical bottlenecks migration routes species dispersal detritus functional linkages Isolated sites such as isolated seamount communities may also be included

Replicated ecological features Replication of ecological features means that more than one site shall contain examples of a given feature in the given biogeographic area The term ―features means ―species habitats and ecological processes that naturally occur in the given biogeographic area

Accounting for uncertainty natural variation and the possibility of catastrophic events Features that exhibit less natural variation or are precisely defined may require less replication than features that are inherently highly variable or are only very generally defined

Adequate and viable sites Adequate and viable sites indicate that all sites within a network should have size and protection sufficient to ensure the ecological viability and integrity of the feature(s) for which they were selected

Adequacy and viability will depend on size shape buffers persistence of features threats surrounding environment (context) physical constraints scale of featuresprocesses spillovercompactness

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 40

Annex 4 Data sources highlighted in discussions during the 1st Mission

Thegravemes Organisme ressources Personnes ressources Sites internet ressources et bases de donneacutees

Donneacutees bibliographiques

IRD Linus base bibliographique (httpiacaprodc3eduvsqfrlinus)

CRODT Catalogue des publications du CRODT

Donneacutees geacuteneacuterales

PRCMFIBA SIG Reacutegional Catalogue drsquoInformations pour lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoOuest (CIAO) wwwolmmrciao

OdinAfrica African marine atlas ndash voir OdinAfrica

OBIS httpwwwiobisorg

Guineacutee Bissau SIG Guineacutee Bissau au 200 000 egraveme sur toute la zone cocirctiegravere et 50 000 egraveme sur les Bijagos voir Franccedilois Gourmelonuniv-brestfr ou Emmanuel Ginaudet

Cap vert Systegraveme national SIG pour toutes les donneacutees du Cap vert

Bathymeacutetrie

Navy Londres Africa Pilot Volume 1 Hydrographer of the Navy London 1967

SHOM Carte SHOM ndeg6815 INT14 au 110 000 000egraveme Voir site wwwshomfr - catalogue

Cf Canada Carte au CSE

CND0 CD des donneacutees bathymeacutetriques de la sous-reacutegion

Donneacutees oceacuteanographiques geacuteneacuterales

OdinAfrica Points focaux des pays agrave voir sur site internet drsquoOdinAfrica

ordinafricanet Atelier national OdinAfrica ndash voir sur le site CNDO Aller sur le site OdinAfrica reacutecupeacuterer les shapefiles (httpwwwodinafricaorg) et sur httpwwwafricanmarineatlasnet

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 41

IRDlaboratoire LOCEAN-IPSL (Universiteacute Paris 6) LPAOSF (Lab de Physique de lAtmosphegravere et de lOceacutean de agrave lEacutecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique-UCAD

Alban Lazar (IRD) Simeacuteon Fongang (Ecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique) Raymond Lahaye (IRDLEMAR)

Circulation oceacuteanique le long des cocirctes seacuteneacutegalaises (structures variabiliteacute meacutecanismes de lrsquoupwelling des courants cocirctiers des tempeacuteratures et des saliniteacutes) et les couplages oceacutean-atmosphegravere

FAO Merete TANDSTAD Projets CCLEM et GCLME

NEPAD Projet GCLME

PRCM et IMROP + autres

Faire lrsquoinventaire des socieacuteteacutes qui ont fait de la prospection peacutetroliegravere et voir leurs donneacutees et eacutetudes drsquoimpact eacutetude Woodside ou Dana petroleum voir PRCM et IMROP

Universiteacute Rapport master de lrsquouniversiteacute sur la modeacutelisation de la circulation et des tempeacuteratures sur la haute mer (demander CNDO)

Upwellings Odiafrica Donneacutees upwellings sur Odinafrica

IRD P CURY et N BEZ

Geacuteologie seacutediemntologie et Nature des fonds

2 thegraveses sur le plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais sud et nord

IRD carte de Domain (IRDORSTOM) carte des seacutediments du plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais)

carte de Barusso

Travaux de Lachance et Mc Master

Odinafirca Plateau continental ndash carte digitaliseacutee sur la nature des fonds ndash voir sur ordinafrica

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 42

Annex 5 GIS data priorities

Explanation of ranking system

Term short-term bullbullbull medium-term bullbull long-term bull Estimated Ease of acquiring data easy bullbullbull moderatebullbull difficult bull

Importance high bullbullbull moderate bullbull low bull Term Ease Import

Base layers

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 coastline(s)

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 2 ecological regions

bullbullbull bull bullbullbull 3 bathymetry

bullbullbull bullbull bull 4 topography (for land ndashcan help with shoreline classifications)

Physical and oceanographic

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 estuaries rivers

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 shoreline type (cliff rocky sandy muddy etc)

bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 surficial sediment (bottom type)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 seafloor topographic complexity ruggedness (can be created from bathymetry)

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 5 seamounts (can also be identified through bathymetry)

6 other seascape features eg

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull canyons

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 43

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull ridges

bullbull bullbullbull bullbull hydrothermal vents

bullbull bull bullbull seeps

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull banks

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull rocky reefs

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull estuaries (sub-classes)

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull lagoons

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull upwellings

bull bullbull bull 7 ocean currents tides

bull bullbull bullbull 8 sea surface temperature

bull bullbull bullbull 9 salinity

bull bull bull 10 photosynthetically available radiation (PAR)

bull bull bull 11 coastal erosion sediment transport

bull bull bullbull 12 climate change trends eg movement of upwellings

Biological habitat

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 1 threatened or endangered species (amp spawning nursery areas etc)

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 threatened or endangered habitats

bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 habitat classification (if one exists regionally)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 biogenic features eg

warm water coral reefs

cold water coral ldquoforestsrdquo

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 44

mangroves (sub-classes)

bullbull bull bullbullbull 5 Key commercial species eg

crustaceans molluscs (crabs shrimps oysters etc)

pelagic large fishes (eg tunas)

pelagic small fishes

demersal fishes

bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 primary productivity (usually satellite colour images chlorophyll_a)

bullbull bull bullbull 7 secondary productivity (eg an estimate of carbon flux)

bullbull bull bullbull 8 migration of invasive species

Human use management

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 marine protected areas

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 year-round fisheries closures

bullbull bullbull bull 3 other seasonal fisheries closures

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 4 cities towns villages (with populations)

bullbull bullbull bull 5 local community boundaries

bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 traditional use boundaries (eg artisanal fisheries)

bull bullbull bull 7 migrant land use grazing

bullbull bull bullbullbull 8 areas of cultural spiritual importance

bullbull bullbullbull bullbull 9 roads (can help with understanding remoteness amp shoreline access)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 10 shipping routes and harbours

bullbull bullbull bull 11 land use particularly agriculture (can be combined into an analysis of rivers to estimate runoff)

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 45

bullbull bull bullbullbull 12 fishing

a artisanal by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)

b industrial by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 13 offshore oil amp gas licences exploratory wells installations (platforms pipelines shore based)

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 14 sand amp gravel mining

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 15 tourism shoreline development resorts marinas

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 46

Annex 6 Thirty additional assessments

Excerpted and adapted from the 54 page report by the OSPAR Regional seas convention for

the Northeast Atlantic (2007) Background document to support the assessment of whether

the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is ecologically coherent6

Assessment Criterion 1 Adequacy Viability

1 Assessment Guideline One should expect the sizes of network sites (for a given feature) to be

distributed throughout or exceed the estimated range of sizes necessary to sustain a viable

population or community

2 Assessment Guideline Sites that are heavily impacted andor surrounded by heavily impacted

areas should be larger than otherwise

3 Assessment Guideline Features of ecological significance should receive greater protection

than normal

4 Assessment Guideline Location and geography can be used to indicate adequate protection

such that

a Protection of pelagic features should generally be reflected with the implementation of

larger sites than those for benthic features

b In regions constrained by physical geography (eg fjords bays bights passages straits)

the adequate sizes of individual sites will generally be smaller than areas without such

physical constraints (eg regional seas open ocean)

c Offshore andor deeper sites will generally require larger areas than for nearshore andor

shallow sites (However the exceptions of certain deep sea benthic features such as

hydrothermal vents and cold seeps are noted)

5 Assessment Guideline in a given region the adequate spatial protection of most OSPAR

features and the overall network can be expected to conform to the scientific literature and

fall within the range commonly found within that literature It is recognized that this is an

evolving field of study

6 Assessment Guideline Owing to the multiplicity of its objectives the OSPAR network can be

expected to contain a variety of reserve sizes and corresponding spacing between sites

7 Assessment Guideline If a site is at the small end of the expected viability range for a given

feature then compact sites are preferable If on the other hand a given site is at the large end

of the estimated viability range then a less compact shape would allow for greater spill-over

and benefits outside of the reserve

a The Compactness of a given site can be calculated using a GIS and the following

formula C = (4πAp2)

05 Where C is the Compactness A is the area of the site and p is

its perimeter

8 Assessment Guideline A broad MPA network such as the OSPAR network with a wide

variety of features can be expected to have a wide variety of reserve shapes and sizes

6 Jeff Ardron is the primary author of this OSPAR report

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 47

a The combined size and compactness of a site be readily calculated using a GIS and the

following formula SSC = ln (PA) Where SSC is here labelled as the site size-

compactness P is the perimeter of the site and A is the area

9 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA electronic database lists the aims and ecological

criteria on a site by site basis Thus as a preliminary assessment these can be compiled to get

an indication of how well they are being met across the network

10 Assessment Guideline A list inventory of features within a region that (are known or

believed to) meet the OSPAR aims and ecological criteria is required in order to fully assess if

the existing MPA sites are likely adequate

11 Assessment Guideline Features that are common and widely distributed will generally require

less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are rare andor sparsely

distributed

Assessment Criterion 2 Representativity

12 Assessment Guideline OSPAR MPAs should be checked to ensure that they are broadly

distributed across biogeographic regions In such an assessment there is no need to restrict the

assessment to just one biogeographic classification system So long as they appear to be

rigorous (eg peer-reviewed) the use of a variety of systems is encouraged

13 Assessment Guideline Each of the Dinter [OSPAR] bioregions should be adequately

protected

14 Assessment Guideline National classifications can be very helpful in assessing

representativity at a national level based on national categories and should be used where they

exist

15 Assessment Guideline In the absence of full biological surveys or full classification systems

(such as EUNIS) simple surrogates should be used to check that representativity is possibly

being achieved Benthic and pelagic realms should be considered

16 Assessment Guideline Representative features that are very common and widely distributed

will likely require less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are just

somewhat common

As a rule of thumb within a given feature class representative protection can be

compared to a normalized distribution For example if the areal distribution of

representative classes can be normalised through a square-root transformation then

protected area distribution could be expected to be roughly proportional to the square-

root of the ratio of the representative feature classesrsquo overall areas

17 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA nomination database should be checked to ensure

that the idea of the ldquobestrdquo features was taken into account across feature types and regions

18 Assessment Guideline Features that best represent their type can be expected to be

characterized by most or all of these indicators

a Typical morphology

b High density abundance

c High degree of health naturalness

d Persistence (temporal and spatial) and

e Strong functional linkages

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 48

Assessment Criterion 3 Replication

19 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area more than one example of each feature

should be protected

20 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features protected in areas susceptible

to catastrophic events require greater replication than those in low-risk areas

21 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area where no better data exist natural

variation can be assumed to be greatest between sites that are furthest apart

22 Assessment Guideline Features that are very specifically defined will exhibit less variation

and hence require less replication than features which are very general or ldquocatch-allrdquo categories

23 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area scientific requirements may require

replicate sites for differing purposes If these requirements are not known it can be assumed

that replicate sites that are a moderate distance apart (neither immediate neighbours nor at

extreme ends of the biogeographic area) will satisfy most scientific requirements

24 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features for which there are weak or

incomplete or modelled data require greater replication than those features for which better data

are available

Assessment Criterion 4 Connectivity

25 Assessment Guideline If an area is known or suspected to be important to connectivity then it

should be represented in the MPA network

26 Assessment Guideline Reserves in areas where there are known currents (eg many coastal

areas) should be more closely spaced than otherwise In order to maintain connectivity for most

short to moderate larval dispersing species when specific data are lacking such nearshore sites

should be spaced not further than 50 km apart

27 Assessment Guideline Connectivity between seabird sites can be measured in straight lines

28 Assessment Guideline Connectivity for marine species can be assumed to be greater along

lines of similar habitat than across them

29 Assessment Guideline The density of marine reserves can be used as a way to group areas of

likely connectivity Likewise it can also define gaps where connectivity has probably not been

achieved

30 Assessment Guideline In the absence of dispersal data connectivity may be approximated by

ensuring the MPA network is well distributed in space reflecting the scale of its surroundings

Page 9: A Suggested Approach for Gap Analyses of the RAMPAO Marine ...€¦ · A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 2 Recommendation re outreach: 1) regional contact

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 7

3 recueil initial des donneacutees en se concentrant sur les informations facilement disponibles

4 analyse initiale des lacunes 5 preacutesentation des premiers reacutesultats agrave lAssembleacutee geacuteneacuterale RAMPAO 6 reacuteunion dexperts pour discuter des prochaines eacutetapes agrave moyen terme des donneacutees

compleacutementaires agrave collecter et des analyses agrave poursuivre (probablement dans une

reacuteunion speacuteciale durant lAssembleacutee geacuteneacuterale du RAMPAO

En outre les analyses possibles pour le moyen terme et une preacutevision pour le long terme

sont proposeacutees

Moyen terme collecte des donneacutees plus difficiles agrave obtenir analyses plus compliqueacutees

(identification des aires drsquoimportance eacutecologique et biologiques repreacutesentativiteacute

connectiviteacute reacutepliquas adeacutequationviabiliteacute)

Long terme compleacutements eacuteventuels avec des approches plus complexes de modeacutelisation

(MarZone MaxEnt) prise en consideacuteration du changement climatique hellip Toutefois dans le

cadre de ce projet agrave long terme il semble qursquoil serait preacutefeacuterable drsquoutiliser les ressources agrave

de la planification adaptative en se concentrant en premier sur les sites qui permettent de

combler les principales lacunes et ensuite drsquoaffiner lrsquoanalyse

En annexes sont proposeacutes

Les critegraveres de la CBD agrave lrsquoeacutechelle des sites (annexe 2) et agrave lrsquoeacutechelle des reacuteseaux (annexe 3)

Les sources de donneacutees issues des discussions avec les partenaires lors de la 1egravere mission (annexe 4)

lrsquoinventaire des donneacutees de base classeacutees suivant les deacutelais souhaitables drsquoacquisition la faciliteacute dacquisition et leur importance (annexe 5)

un certain nombre drsquoautres eacuteleacutements agrave consideacuterer dans la conception du reacuteseau dAMPs

issus de lrsquoexpeacuterience drsquoOSPAR (annexe 6)

Poursuite de la collaboration Sil eacutetait deacutecideacute de poursuivre la collaboration avec les

consultants et qursquoune deuxiegraveme mission soit programmeacutee nous suggeacuterons quelle coiumlncide

avec la troisiegraveme reacuteunion de lAssembleacutee geacuteneacuterale RAMPAO agrave la mi-2010 Les activiteacutes

possibles pour la 2egraveme mission pourraient comprendre

les reacuteponses aux questions qui se posent dans la phase 1

les reacuteflexions sur le deacuteveloppement de la phase 2 (moyen terme)

lrsquoassistance agrave la collecte de donneacutees en Europe et en Ameacuterique du Nord

lrsquoassistance aux analyses SIG (travailler en commun sur certaines analyses)

assistance agrave la preacutesentation des premiers reacutesultats RAMPAO aux membres et partenaires

participation agrave la reacuteunion dexperts pour discuter des prochaines eacutetapes (moyen terme) des donneacutees et analyses compleacutementaires

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 8

Terms of reference (summarised)

This project is planned to consist of three separate missions this is the report from the first

of these The overarching objectives of the entire project are

To support the RAMPAO in defining operational principles and precise and realistic

targets for the MPA network by the year 2012 notably as regards

representativeness practicality coherence and resilience of the network

Assist in the definition of the degree of protection of the marine and coastal

biodiversity and key-sites identified in the seven countries of the ecoregion

Assist in the identification of existing shortcomings particularly at the ecological and

socio-economic levels the management of MPAs of the RAMPAO using the available

information for decision-making

Assist in the definitiondesign of strategy aimed at minimizing the priority

shortcomings and making the network more coherent and practical with a view to

attain the objectives of the RAMPAO

Activities of this first mission are

1 Support the RAMPAO Secretariat in defining operational principles and targets

regarding key habitat representativeness as well as the RAMPAO functionality

coherence and resilience

2 Review the activities already carried out and available information about the degree

of protection of biodiversity in the ecoregion and the assessment of missing key-

information

3 Provide methodological support to RAMPAO for synthesizing the gap analysis

process particularly for the review of implemented activities and existing

information on the level of biodiversity protection in the ecoregion and for the

identification of gaps in key information

4 Suggest a programme of work for the next steps of the process

This report is structured according to the above four activities with a particular focus on the

last two

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 9

Review of activities and available information

Our first Mission Report provides details of our conversations with various key players in the

region as well as many preliminary observations and action points We suggest it be used

side-by-side this report A calendar of meetings we attended during the 1st Mission is listed

in Annex 1 A preliminary list of data sources highlighted in these discussions is provided in

Annex 4 to this report

In our discussions several repeating ideas about gaps analyses emerged

necessity gaps analyses are believed to be necessary and valuable

ecology gap analyses should focus on ecological aspects first setting aside

management considerations for the time being

management management and community involvement was emphasized in several

discussions as being essential after gaps are identified and the discussions turn to

how gaps could be filled

cultural considerations the work required to also take account of social traditional

and sacred concerns should be assessed

the offshore open sea (containing eg upwellings seamounts canyons cold water

corals etc) is an integral part of the marine environment but has to date not been

included in MPA discussions and represents a major obvious gap

site versus network criteria site level MPA criteria and network level criteria were

often discussed together as though they were all the same and thus greater clarity is

required on how these two complementary sets of criteria fit together into larger

gaps analyses

cooperation gaps analyses will require strong partnerships and cooperation both

within West Africa and abroad and further work should be done to strengthen these

partnerships through memorandums of understanding and other agreements Many

people noted that acquiring and combining data can use up much time and

resources

fisheries were recognised to encompass activities with the broadest geography and

largest ecological impacts as well as the most complicated social considerations

While MPAs are seen as a good tool for the conservation of biodiversity their use as

a fisheries management tool was seen as applicable in some but not all fisheries It

was pointed out that fisheries science has traditionally been carried out separately

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 10

from other scientific disciplines though acceptance of the ecosystem approach to

fisheries is changing this

ecological research and analyses people noted that while some good initial work

had often been started the coverage was often patchy and considerable work was

still required hence care is required to focus on what can be done with existing

information and to identify a few key research priorities out of the many

The following recommendations flow out of the above discussions

Recommendation re gap analysis considering that all the partners and parties

interviewed supported the need for a gaps analysis we recommend that the Gaps

Analysis Project proceed with the necessary funding personnel and institutional support

Recommendation re offshore gaps the lack of MPAs offshore particularly in the EEZs (12 -

200 nautical miles) of RAMPAO countries should be recognised by members as a serious

gap in the RAMPAO MPA network requiring immediate attention

Recommendation re fisheries considering their size and complexity special attention

should be given to fisheries and their interactions with existing and potential MPAs We

recommend a special Fisheries-MPA working group be set up with relevant institutions

such as CSRP and others1 to consider possible gaps in spatial fish protections as per the

CBD IX20 Annex 1 criteria noted above Additional fisheries relevant criteria such as the

FAO guidelines for the management of deep-sea fisheries (2009) could be applied as

appropriate

Recommendation re ecosystem research considering the breadth of possible research

topics we recommend that RAMPAO work cooperatively with research institutions such

as IRD and others to address critical knowledge gaps in a strategic fashion We

recommend prioritising research questions on three general criteria 1) relevance to

identifying and filling gaps 2) likelihood that these questions can realistically be answered

(considering budgets and scientific constraints) and 3) according to the speed of their

results a) quickly (ie 2010) b) in the medium-term (2011) and c) in the longer-term

(gt2011)

Recommendation re project officer considering the extent of the work a project officer

should be designated This officer should a) support the RAMPAO Secretariat (through

1 Because we were unable to interview representatives from the two relevant Large Marine Ecosystem (LME)

projects (which look at broad scale effects of fisheries) we are uncertain on how they would (or would not)

wish to participate An informal discussion with Merete Tandstad (FAO) while at another meeting suggests that

the Canary Current LME is still in early stages of development However we do suggest that both the LME

Secretariats and the FAO still be approached to gauge their interest

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 11

Charlotte Karibuhoye) in outreach to regional contact points and partners especially in

the development of project agreements such as MoUs and working groups b) supervise

and assist RAMPAOrsquos GIS technician (Souadou Ndiaye) as required c) oversee and

complete as required the data collection and technicalGIS work

Regarding the recommendation above we recognise that the Project Officer will require

additional funding to that which was originally envisioned in this project If funding for such

a position is not possible we would suggest that additional help be sought through

partners and specific contracts To the degree possible we have outlined the various

aspects of work that will need to be done as discreet pieces so as to allow for them to be

performed separately as funding permits

Recommendation re MoUs considering the broad scope and data requirements of this

project the RAMPAO Secretariat should continue to build upon its good relationships

within and outside of West Africa through the development of Memorandums of

Understanding (MoUs) or similar agreements These MoUs (or similar agreements) should

primarily consider data sharing arrangements andor the sharing of relevant analytical

work Additionally they may consider technical issues such as database compatibility and

also human capacity building training as appropriate

We believe that the Regional Contact Points could play an important role in facilitating

relationships agreements and access to regional data information and expertise

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 12

Ecological principles and targets

There is a broad literature concerning marine protected area (MPA) ecological principles

and criteria As noted at the Second General Assembly of RAMPAO the latest thinking on

this topic is captured in Decision XI20 of the Convention on Biological Diversity (CBD)

Adopted in June 2008 this Decision provides seven criteria for identifying ecologically and

biologically significant areas (IX20 Annex 1) and five criteria for MPA networks (IX20

Annex2) Thus the CBD recognised that site criteria and network criteria while strongly

linked are different Recently the CBD held an expert meeting in Ottawa Canada where

the seven site criteria were further discussed and guidance was drafted for their

implementation2

We find the CBD criteria to be sound and note that there will be an ongoing development

of global support and capacity building surrounding their implementation We therefore

recommend that RAMPAO base its operational principles and targets on these CBD criteria

and associated guidance

Recommendation re ecological criteria RAMPAOrsquos ecological principles and targets

should be based the CBD criteria for identifying ecologically significant sites (IX20 Annex

1) and MPA networks (IX20 Annex 2) taking into account additional CBD guidance as it is

developed

The full annexes of CBD Decision IX20 are appended to this report as Annexes 2 and 3 Briefly the seven CBD criteria for identifying ecologically and biologically significant areas are

1 Uniqueness or rarity 2 Special importance for life history of species 3 Importance for threatened endangered or declining species andor habitats 4 Vulnerability fragility sensitivity slow recovery 5 Biological productivity 6 Biological diversity 7 Naturalness

The five CBD MPA network criteria are 1 Ecologically and biologically significant areas (ie based on the 7 site criteria above) 2 Representativity 3 Connectivity 4 Replicated ecological features 5 Adequate and viable sites

2 Report of the expert workshop on ecological criteria and biogeographic classification systems for marine

areas in need of protection This guidance will go through the CBD review process and assuming it goes well

will be presented for acceptance at the Tenth Conference of Parties in October 2010

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 13

Methodology

Approach We view pragmatism modularity and flexibility as being necessary ingredients to an

approach that would best ensure success

Pragmatism The methodology should reflect an approach that will allow progress to

proceed despite imperfect data or other problems For example analyses should be done in

areas where data are available or where there is social political acceptance without the

(sometimes considerable) delay of waiting for data or acceptance from other neighbouring

areas within an ecological region3

Modularity Individual gap analyses should be able stand on their own while also fitting

together with others to form a fuller picture Analysis results should be fairly easy to explain

Flexibility Related to pragmatism above the methodology should follow good practices

while still remaining flexible to alternatives that are not ideal but which can allow for

progress For example when some data are not available other less-than-ideal ldquoproxiesrdquo

may have to be used as substitutes

Boundaries Ecological analyses should when possible be stratified according to accepted ecological

regions and sub-regions (eg Marine Ecosystems of the World ndashMEOW) However given

that in this project various areas have varying degrees of data availability we also see the

need for flexibility in the approach and recognise that some analyses may have to be

bounded according to boundaries that reflect where the data were collected Or in some

instances instead of ecological boundaries it may be appropriate to use traditional cultural

boundaries such as for artisanal fisheries

Timeframes Recommendation re short- medium- and long-term results given that some data will be

more readily available than others and that some analyses are easier to perform than

others we are recommending that a staged approach to delivering results be taken with

analyses planned for the short-term medium-term and long-term This will allow for

decisions and actions to also be taken in the short- medium- and long- term

3 However one must be careful to avoid transferring all gaps and attention to only those places that have data

or are willing to participate For it must be said that those places with few data and little protection are

usually the biggest gaps of all Maps should reflect low- and no-data areas clearly so that the reader

understands the limits of the analysis

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 14

We suggest the timeframe for delivering these short- medium- and long-term results could

be June 2010 (the next RAMPAO General Assembly) December 2011 (the end of this

project period) and December 2014 (the next project period) respectively These timelines

should dovetail with those of the recommendation re ecosystem research above when

appropriate These activities are further outlined in the suggested programme of work in

the section below

Initial tests Preliminary analyses should address basic gaps while later analyses could look at more

nuanced questions The unexpected availability (or unavailability) of data may sometimes

change the planned ordering of analyses If for some reason a particular analysis cannot be

done it should be skipped for the time being and not hold up further work If a preliminary

analysis indicates a significant gap it is unlikely any additional analyses will overturn that

finding and hence decision-making should in most cases proceed based on the results

from the initial basic tests without the delays associated with waiting for more data

Decisions can be refined however as more data become available In general coarse or

incomplete data demand greater precaution in decision-making This can create an

incentive for stakeholders to provide additional data that will allow for refinements

Recommendation re initial tests the gaps analysis should start with readily available

information and basic tests that are relatively easy to understand Later more complex

analyses can be performed with additional data as they become available The initial

basic gaps tests should be selected to provide results that can on their own inform

decision-making

A list of five such tests is outlined in the next section

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 15

Suggested programme of work

Short-term steps The following six steps outline the key tasks that we suggest would need to be done

between now and June 2010 in order to set this project in motion These steps are further

explained in the subsequent sections

1 Establishment of the projectrsquos terms of reference and recruitment of the project officer

2 outreach and coordination including informational presentations at various meetings

3 initial data collection focussing on readily available information 4 initial gaps analyses 5 presentation of initial results to the RAMPAO General Assembly 6 expert meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and analyses (likely

as a side-meeting to the General Assembly

Outreach amp coordination An ecosystem-level gaps analysis will require cooperation from a number of experts

agencies and institutions across all RAMPAO countries Hence outreach and coordination

will be important An introductory description of the project should be developed and

widely distributed as well as a web site page with up to date information on the project A

letter of introduction signed by a senior official(s) can also be important in terms of

establishing legitimacy Presentations introducing the project should be made at national

and regional level meetings as opportunity permits

Our meetings during the first mission proved to be very friendly and helpful These meetings

now require follow-up actions to each of the people contacted (see 1st Mission Report)

Because the people we met were mostly based in Senegal further work will be required

through the regional contact points for other countries

Areas of overlap with other activities (eg the Wetlands International implementation gaps

project) should be highlighted and discussions with these players begun to sort out how to

best cooperate and coordinate efforts

While outreach will be most intensive at the beginning of the project coordination will

continue throughout the projectrsquos duration

Recommendation re outreach 1) regional contact points should be updated on this

project and their help solicited 2) a clear one-page project description should be written

outlining the aims of the project and how cooperation with other bodies is being sought

3) a clear project web page should be developed 4) follow-up letters should sent to key

contacts we have already spoken to outlining next steps and where appropriate

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 16

proposing cooperation collaboration 5) presentations introducing the project should be

made at national and regional level meetings as opportunity permits

Acquisition of data amp information Central to this project will be identifying sources of information and data coordinating with

these experts data repositories and providers and ultimately acquiring the information or

data This will consume more time than any other task and probably more time than all the

other tasks combined

Steps

In the general case data acquisition will require the following steps some which may be

iterative (ie cycle around a few times)

searches ndashinternet list-serves libraries literature and through colleagues

informal emails calls and discussions with the expert or data custodian as to

what data may be available

formal letter(s) of introduction to the project signed by senior authorities and

usually addressed to mid- and senior-level people

face-to-face meetings in order to 1) gain permission to use the data and 2) to

learn about details and proper use of the data These two requirements may

mean two separate meetings

MoU drafting and signing andor data agreement andor formal letter of

request

logistics of how the data will be delivered and if any fees or restrictions are

involved

technical and scientific follow-up calls for assistance andor clarification on

interpretation or use of the data

The above steps have not been numbered because the order can vary from situation to

situation with some situations being informal and skipping steps while others are very

formal requiring prolonged discussions and additional steps that build trust

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 17

Three elements of success

Three elements of successful data acquisition are persistence practicality and

prioritisation

Persistence While most experts are usually happy to share their knowledge the sharing of

their data is often another matter The process can take weeks months or even years

Therefore in order to keep progress steady it is best to make a little time available every

day (say two hours) for data searches and follow-up politely reminding contacts from time

to time that you have not yet heard back from them That said do not waste time on data

that are only of marginal interest in the bigger picture It is easy to become lost in details

Practicality Often it is better to identify what data are readily available and to request

those data first This can help build trust and also allows for progress without getting stuck

Subsequently the provider can be approached again to discuss the other more difficult

data sets Thus the above steps can occur more than once with the same data provider

Again as noted above keeping the bigger picture in mind will help to focus data-gathering

activities on the most practical data sets

Prioritisation In an ecosystem-level analysis all kinds of data are interesting That said

some data are more helpful or urgent than others In the analyses outlined in the sections

below the general data requirements are listed The data requirements of the short-term

gap analyses should take priority over the medium-term ones which in turn should take

priority over the long-term analyses

Annex 5 GIS data priorities lists various common categories of data with their estimated

timeframe for usage (short- medium- long-term) availability and priority for this project

Strategies for acquiring difficult data

Sometimes data may be considered proprietary andor too sensitive to show and providers

usually assume they cannot be shared However with patience sometimes agreements can

be found whereby the data may be used ldquobehind the scenesrdquo in analyses so long as the

data are not displayed on final maps ndashonly the combined results which do not reveal the

data In other situations when the provider is an active participant the provider should be

invited to be a formal partner in the project and this may also ease data restrictions Finally

agreeing to perform joint-analyses or even contracting out certain analyses to the expert

can also allow the data to be used However in this latter case it may be difficult to do

quality control and hence the results can sometimes be puzzling or not what was required

If certain data are simply unavailable metadata can still be requested though metadata

often do not exist (In practice metadata if supplied are many times custom-created for

the particular request)

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 18

Meetings

General meetings A large forum like the RAMPAO General Assembly can be an excellent

opportunity to introduce interested parties to the project It may even be possible to get

general agreement around sharing data However such a general agreement if it can be

found would probably still not replace the need for MoUs and similar bilateral agreements

with specific agencies and institutions

In addition to regional meetings presentations should be made to national meetings

introducing the project as opportunity permits

Data meetings regional data meetings with database managers could help speed up the

process of data collection though this can vary from place to place In many cases it is

better to first approach people one-on-one Later after some data have already been

acquired a meeting can be used to discuss how to best merge data together and to

encourage others to also provide information data if they have not already done so

Expert meetings bringing together experts of a particular species or habitat can be a very

good way to identify available expertise information data and gaps Expert knowledge can

also be collected at such meetings drawn on maps etc but this requires prior training

preparation and processing afterwards In general expert meetings are most valuable after

a ldquodesktop studyrdquo where basic gaps have been identified and there are now specific

questions that have been identified as needing answers Targeted expert meetings can be

valuable at different times throughout a process as different issues need addressing Their

main drawback is the expense and work required A badly run meeting can also turn opinion

against a project and so care has to be taken to do a good job

Recommendation re data information collection 1) The process of collecting data should

begin immediately This will require close coordination with outreach activities 2) Priority

should be given to collecting data that are a) easily acquired and b) required for the initial

short-term analyses 3) Lists of data sources contact information and what dates they

were approached should be kept to track progress 4) Data collaboration should be on the

agenda of the next RAMPAO General Assembly meeting 5) After an initial (eg 3-6

month) period of data collection the need for data meetings andor expert meetings

should be assessed

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 19

Five initial gap analyses The following analyses are recommended as initial tests that should be done in the short-

term (present to June 2010) and when possible in the order presented However we

acknowledge that data availability can alter the ordering of the tests and even what tests

are undertaken ndashincluding developing new ones not listed here These basic tests can be

followed up with more complex analyses such as outlined in the next sections of this report

1 Visually consider the distribution of protected areas Is the network spatially well

distributed without more than a few major gaps If not what gaps can a person

immediately see Consider along-shore gaps and gaps moving out towards the offshore

Consider the northern central and southern thirds of the RAMPAO area Consider

national boundaries

Technical amp data requirements no GIS or GIS data are required A basic paper map

showing the protected areas and national boundaries is sufficient

Rationale this simple assessment is deceptively powerful Simplicity should not be seen

as detracting from its value The human eye can see many patterns and gaps that are

difficult to quantify into statistics When most people agree on a visual gap this

indicates that it is likely valid and worthy of serious consideration

Connectivity and representativity are two of the five agreed-upon CBD criteria for

assessing MPA networks (IX20 Annex 2) If the network is generally not well distributed

in space then it is unlikely to exhibit characteristics of connectivity or representativity

and thus is very unlikely to be ecologically coherent Note that if a network is well-

distributed in space this does not necessarily ensure that these criteria are being met

and further tests will still be required

2 Using GIS procedures consider in greater depth the distribution of protected areas For

this test and all the other tests below perform it first for the whole region then for

each of the three broad ecoregions north central and south4 and finally according to

national boundaries

a Zones offshore Consider coverage within four basic zones i the shorelines (0-5

nautical miles offshore) ii nearshore (~5-15 nm) iii mid-offshore (~15-50 nm)

and iv far offshore (~50 -200 nm) What percentage of each of these broad

zones has MPAs

b Distance from shore statistics what is the average (arithmetic mean) extent that

RAMPAO MPAs extend offshore What is the range of these values What is the

4 This could include the MEOW (Marine Ecoregions Of the World) classification or other similar ecoregions

accepted by RAMPAO partners

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 20

standard deviation Considering that RAMPOA waters extend approximately 200

nm offshore what do these distance-offshore statistics suggest

c Nearest neighbour distance in each of the above zones calculate ldquonearest

neighbourrdquo statistics between MPAs noting the range of MPA spacing the

arithmetic mean of the spacing and the standard deviation of spacing between

sites In this test and all others displaying the histogram of results can be very

informative and is recommended

Technical amp data requirements GIS files are required for shoreline data MPAs

ecoregions national boundaries These three tests (a) ndash (c) get progressively more

technically advanced in the use of GIS However it is outside the scope of this report to

fully describe the GIS methods If a minimum separation distance is chosen as a network

criterion (see comments below) then an easier GIS analysis would be to buffer the

MPAs by a value of half that distance to identify which areas that ldquotouchrdquo and which do

not

Rationale these analyses put some numbers to the first visual test In most ways

however the visual test is simpler and easier to understand That said numbers in

tables can help rank gaps according to basic properties

Unfortunately the GIS methods can be a bit difficult for a beginner If parts of this test

are too difficult they can be skipped since the visual assessment already tells us a lot

Setting explicit quantitative targets for spacing can be controversial and difficult to

support scientifically What is adequate for some species will still be inadequate for

others That said for a basic initial test ldquorules of thumbrdquo have been proposed The

BALANCE project in the Baltic Sea suggested 25 km as an ideal maximum spacing

between shoreline sites (2008) Instead of looking at the ideal situation the OSPAR

Convention for the Northeast Atlantic took a different approach considering the very

longest spacing that could be considered contributing anything at all towards ecological

coherence of the MPA network ie a theoretical ldquoworst caserdquo The OSPAR guidelines for

this worst case are nearshore ~250 km (linear shoreline distance) offshore ~200 000

km2 (which is about equivalent to a ~500 km diameter circle) high seas ~1 000 000 km2

(equivalent to a square with ~1000 km sides) For OSPAR nearshore meant shoreline

and territorial waters out to 12 nm offshore meant EEZ waters (12-200 nm) and high

seas meant waters beyond 200 nm from shore (OPSAR 2008 Ardron 2009)

3 Consider MPA distribution according to depth As for all these analyses perform these

tests first for the whole region then for each of the three broad ecoregions north

central and south and finally according to national boundaries

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 21

a Depth statistics what is the average (arithmetic mean) depth of RAMPAO

MPAs What is the range of values What is the standard deviation How do

these numbers compare with the overall RAMPAO region

b Depth zones consider the following eight general depth zones and what

percentage of each zone is within the current MPA network 0-25 m

(shallow) 25-50 m (photic) 50-100m (upper shelf) 100-200 m (lower shelf)

200-400 m (upper slope) 400-800 m (mid-slope) 800-1600 m (lower slope)

1600-3200 m or greater (abyssal plain)5

Technical amp data requirements data as per the previous test plus bathymetry The

easiest and fastest way to perform these statistics is to convert the MPA shapefile

(and if it is not already the bathymetry) into a raster grid and do grid analyses

Rationale depth is widely recognised as one of the key variables that describes

biotic communities in a give region and as such is a very basic measure of

representativity This analysis could be improved by combining surficial sediment

data with depth to make simple seafloor sediment-depth classes if available

4 Consider MPA distribution according to existent shoreline habitat classification

Although the whole RAMPAO shoreline is likely not classified certain features such

as estuaries or mangroves may already largely be identified Taking these shoreline

features that are either readily available or readily digitised consider what

percentage of each of these feature types are within the current MPA network

Consider what percentage of the MPA network lies outside of these readily

identifiable shoreline features Consider also according to ecoregions and national

boundaries

Technical amp data requirements any available shoreline features such as estuaries

and mangroves If the data are good enough each of these features could be sub-

divided eg large medium and small estuaries If geophysical shoreline type data

are missing basic categories such as cliff rock and sandmud shores can often be

visually estimated and hand digitised by looking at terrestrial topographic data along

the shoreline combined with nearshore bathymetry if available

5 These log2 depth classes are admittedly somewhat arbitrary (25 2

i) and could be refined either by

considering a regional biological classification histogram of the distribution of depths or natural breaks in the

data It is our understanding however that no bio-physical classification has been performed for the region

For an initial test these somewhat arbitrary depth classes are sufficient to point out general gaps and reflect

the generally logarithmic scale of decreasing resolution (increasing breadth of classes) with depth

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 22

Rationale since the RAMPAO MPA network is currently shoreline-based this test is

suggested before considering other physical features further offshore This test is

designed to give a rough idea of shoreline representativity

5 Consider the RAMPAO network according to rare threatened and endangered

species and habitats (features) for which data are available Perform the same sort

of tests as in the test above using available data for rare threatened and

endangered features Consider what percentage of each of these feature types are

within the current MPA network Consider what percentage of the MPA network lies

outside of these features Consider also according to ecoregions and national

boundaries

Technical amp data requirements there are modelling techniques to predict the

potential habitat of species but these techniques are advanced and would fall under

the long-term timeframe For this initial analysis only available data should be

considered If the data appear to be very incomplete then they should not be used

Recognising that such data can be sub-regionally incomplete some sections of the

network may have to be left out of this analysis marked as ldquono datardquo areas on the

maps

Rationale rare threatened and endangered features are often protected by law

and also often of interest to researchers There is usually some information on them

though not always digital data and may instead be in the form of expert opinion

Ecologically there are three different types of rare threatened and endangered

features each requiring a different management response 1) features that have

always been rare 2) features that used to be common but are now rare due to

human pressures (ie threatened and endangered) 3) features that are on the edge

of their range and a) this range is steady or b ) this range is shifting (expanding

contracting moving away entering the region) due to climate change or other

environmental changes It would be best to perform this test separately for the three

different classes and associated sub-classes of rare threatened and endangered

features taking into account their population trends However for an initial test

such refinements should be seen as optional depending on information availability

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 23

Medium term gap analyses The following analyses are recommended for consideration in the medium-term (June 2010

to Dec 2011) with choice largely driven by data availability Due to the somewhat longer

time period fewer details are provided here than in the section above allowing for further

elaborations during the 2nd Mission when more is known They are arranged according to

the CBD MPA network criteria (IX20 Annex 2)

In addition to the tests outlined below others that were developed for the OSPAR Regional

Seas Convention for the Northeast Atlantic are listed in Annex 6 Thirty additional

assessments These are also well-suited to the medium-term and medium-quality data

Note that the four OSPAR MPA network criteria overlap four of the five CBD criteria

Ecologically and biologically significant areas (EBSAs)

If specific EBSAs are known consideration should be given to their possible inclusion in the

MPA network Not all EBSAs need necessarily become MPAs for some EBSAs non-spatial

management may be more appropriate It is difficult to do proper gaps assessment on

EBSAs because the distribution of all EBSAs of a given type is usually not known and hence

there is little context by which to judge a given site Thus the rule of thumb is that all EBSAs

if not in the MPA network should be treated as possible gaps and reviewed one at a time

for possible inclusion

The CBD is in the process of developing further guidance on the selection of EBSAs in the

open oceans and deep seas and much of this guidance is also applicable to shallower

nearshore systems Because this guidance is not yet accepted by the CBD we refer you

instead to a background report that was written for the CBD Ottawa Expert Workshop that

discussed these issues 29 Sept ndash 02 Oct 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant

areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations (Ardron

et al 2009) is a report in two parts Both parts are included with this report and are

recommended here as guidance on selecting CBD EBSAs

First gathering information from local residents and experts on places they sense to be

important can go far in identifying key EBSAs The ldquorecognition heuristicrdquo (Gigerenzer 1999)

is a powerful way to quickly locate longstanding ecologically significant areas in a given

region and we note that NGOs such as WWF have already done such work in the past and

that this work could be readily updated and built upon

Representativity

Many tests for representativity can be developed based on available data Listed below are

some of the more likely approaches

Seascapes identify the main shoreline topographic (benthic) and oceanographic

(pelagic) features of the region and check to see what percentage of each is included

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 24

in the MPA network Typical benthic seascape features would include canyons

seamounts reefs etc Typical pelagic features include frontal systems upwellings

gyres See also Annex 5 GIS data priorities

Topographic complexity using only bathymetry a surrogate measure of benthic

complexity can be developed (Ardron 2002) This measure can help highlight areas of

likely increased benthic richness amongst other traits

Biogeographic classification system whereas seascapes focus on physical features

a biogeographic attempts to also include information on biology such that the

system divides an area according to broad ecological communities based on physical

proxies The creation of a biogeographic classification should include both pelagic

and benthic realms is labour- and data- intensive and requires extensive peer

review

Biogeographic components instead of attempting a full biogeographic classification

system certain aspects can be developed separately For example depth strata can

be combined with sea floor sediment data to make a basic sea bottom classification

These can then be nested within the broad bioregions of the RAMPAO area

Likewise exposure wave energy can be combined with shoreline types to create

another basic classification Creating components such as these can be further

explored in the 2nd Mission once it is better known what data information are

available

Connectivity

This is the CBD criterion most difficult to assess with few options for the medium-term

except for looking at distances between sites (see short-term test above) Several academic

modelling exercises have been attempted with mixed levels of success in areas with much

better data than exist in West Africa We would caution RAMPAO in spending too much

time on such modelling exercises In general nearshore sites require closer spacing than

sites further offshore (OSPAR 2007) If it is known that certain areas provide larvae or

juveniles to other places then these ldquosourcerdquo areas should be considered for protection

Note that such areas could also fall under the EBSA criterion for productivity

Replication

At its most basic level this criterion asks that there be more than one MPA for every feature

in the network In practice this is usually considered using available information on

representativity (see above) and whatever biological data may also be available This

criterion can be assessed very simply initially by testing to see if there is more than one MPA

in each broad zone such as distance from shore or depth zone as described in the previous

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 25

section on short-term assessments Assessing replication can become more refined as more

MPAs are designated and better data become available

Adequacy viability

Ideally MPA sites should be monitored to ensure that their aims are being met In cases

where this is occurring the monitoring results should be used to determine if the individual

sitersquos size location and shape is adequate Where monitoring is not occurring or is

incomplete or too recent to determine trends other measures will have to be used Size is

probably the most commonly discussed measure and yet it remains also probably the most

controversial (Fahig 2001) Nonetheless even in an absence of consensus on this issue by

looking at possible ranges of sizes a sense can still be gained if the sites are or are not

likely to be meeting their aims A full assessment of site size which is outside the scope of

this report should take into account the species life-history population structure quality of

the habitat the quality of the surrounding areas and possible connectivity to other sites

(Lindeboom amp Baumlck 2005) However in many cases the scientific knowledge about a feature

will be insufficient to determine this very exactly Even if the life history of a species is well

know for example it is usually not known how much the surrounding area can be expected

to play a role in supporting the healthy functioning of that species Nonetheless it is

generally true that heavily impacted surrounding areas will provide less of a supporting role

to protected features than pristine ones In data-poor situations often it is still possible to

use expert opinion to specify a range of sizes which would likely be appropriate for the

adequate protection of a given feature (text adapted from OSPAR 2007)

For the RAMPAO network expert assessments of the efficacy of individual MPA sites is

probably the best way to consider the adequacy aspect of the criterion and we note the

work that has already been done by RAMPAO on this regard as well as the IUCN on

assessing management effectiveness (2007 2008a 2008b)

Relative viability can also be inferred from a threats pressures analysis In performing a

population density analysis proximity to human settlements can be used as a first indication

of how much anthropomorphic stress a protected area may be experiencing Looking

further at the composition of sensitive and threatened species within a given area can

further refine this initial threats analysis

Long term gap analyses In many cases analyses that got delayed in the medium term would be still valuable in the

longer term (2011 to 2014) However for the longer-term we would also hope that

RAMPAO activities would begin to focus on the filling of already-identified ecological and

management gaps

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 26

MarZone and MaxEnt

As an MPA network develops so does the need for more sophisticated analyses MarZone

(Marxan with Zones) has received positive attention recently and is a good tool for zoning

multiple activities with various levels of conservation restrictions In order to use a tool like

Marxan broad representativity data (ldquocoarse filterrdquo) and biological data (ldquofine filterrdquo) are

required and in order to use a zoning tool like MarZone broad coverage human use data

are additionally required One big advantage of MarxanMarZone is the user community

that has grown up around it and the good practices that continue to be developed

To get broad scale species distributions usually point occurrence data are fitted to physical

chemical environmental variables producing a predictive habitat model Good success has

been attained using the MaxEnt model (httpwwwcsprincetonedu~schapiremaxent)

though many other approaches also exist The construction of species-habitat predictive

models can take time and acquiring combining the environmental data also takes much

work In order to not bias the Marxan MarZone analysis several species-habitat models

would have to be created for several different key species from a variety of taxonomic

families trophic levels and feeding guilds This would be clearly a long-term project and

can only be justified if the RAMPAO MPA network has reached a level of sophistication to

demand such an analysis

Climate change modelling

Conservation network planning for climate change can also involved complicated modelling

(eg Fuller et al 2008) However again these approaches are data-intensive and require

advanced technical abilities

Ongoing adaptive approach

It is unlikely that the above advanced modelling approaches would be worth their

considerable effort and instead it is suggested that much more can be achieved through

good cooperation with stakeholders scientific expertise and some ldquocommon senserdquo

Recognising that no plan is perfect planning should be seen as an ongoing process of

refinement Paramount will be the ability to be flexible and adapt to changing ecological and

social conditions To do so will require governance structures from local to international

levels ndashlikewise matched to adapt quickly and effectively

While it is relatively easy to point out gaps in an MPA network at ever-increasing levels of

sophistication it is much harder to fill those gaps even on the most rudimentary level

Therefore we urge RAMPAO to act in the long term on addressing the gaps that are readily

apparent through basic tests such as the ones outlined in this document

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 27

Possible activities of the 2nd Mission

This report and the two-part background report prepared for the CBD (also included in this

submission ndashArdron et al 2009) offer a lot of information We expect that as RAMPAO staff

sifts through this guidance questions will arise We see the 2nd Mission as one that could be

devoted to

answering questions that arise from the 1st Mission guidance ndashprocess ecological

and technical

elaborating medium-term gap analyses once more is known about data availability

and technical capacity within RAMPAO and its partner organisations

providing assistance in data collection in Europe and North America

doing joint GIS analyses there could be benefit in working together on some of the

GIS analyses such as the analysis of topographic complexity

presenting initial results we also believe that it will be important to present some

short-term gap analysis results to RAMPAO members and partners

participating in the Third Meeting of the RAMPAO General Assembly we suggest that the 2nd Mission coincide with the RAMPAO General Assembly and include

o a presentation of initial results to the General Assembly and o an expert side-meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and

analyses

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 28

References

Ardron JA 2002 A Recipe for Determining Benthic Complexity An Indicator of Species Richness In Marine Geography GIS for the Oceans and Seas (ch 23 pp 196-175) Joe Breman (ed) Redlands CA USA ESRI Press

Ardron JA 2009 Three initial OSPAR tests of ecological coherence heuristics in a data-limited situation ICES Journal of Marine Research 658 1527-1533

Ardron JA Dunn D Corrigan C Gjerde K Halpin P Rice J Vanden Berghe E Vierros M 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations A background document for the CBD expert workshop Ottawa Canada 29 September ndash 2 October 2009 37 pp + 73 pp Annex 1

BALANCE 2008 Ecological coherence and principles MPA assessment selection and design Technical Summary Report 34 httpbalance-euorgxpdfbalance-technical-summary-report-no-3-4pdf

FAO 2009 International guidelines for the management of deep-sea fisheries in the high seas Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations Rome

Fahrig 2001 How much Habitat is enough Biological Conservation 100 (1) 65-74

Fuller T Morton DP Sarkar S 2008 Incorporating uncertainty about speciesrsquo potential distributions under climate change into the selection of conservation areas with a case study from the Arctic Coastal Plain of Alaska Biological Conservation 141 1547-1559

Gigerenzer G Todd P M and the ABC Research Group 1999 Simple heuristics that make us smart Oxford University Press New York

IUCNBRAO 2007 Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parc de Guineacutee Bissau

IUCNPACO 2008a Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees aires proteacutegeacutees de la Reacutepublique de Guineacutee

IUCNBRAO 2008b Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parcs et reacuteserves de Mauritanie

Lindeboom HJ and Baumlck S 2005 Establishing coastal and marine reserves- with the emphasis on fisheries Pages 103-118 In Managing European Coasts Past Present and Future J Vermaat LBouwer KTurner WSalomons (Eds) Springer-Verlag

OSPAR 2007 Background document to support the Assessment of whether the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is Ecologically Coherent OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic Publication Number 2007320 wwwosparorg

OSPAR 2008 Three initial spatial tests looking at the ecological coherence of the OSPAR marine protected area (MPA) network OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic 3602008 wwwosparorg 17 pp

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 29

Annex 1 Calendar of meetings 1st Mission 5-12 Sept 2009

Lundi

FIBA

Charlotte Karibuhoye

Coordinatrice

Souadou Ndiaye

SIG RAMPAO

Julien Semelin Appui agrave la creacuteation de nouvelles AMP et renforcement de lrsquoefficaciteacute des AMP

UICN Racine Kane AMP transfrontaliegravere

16h par teacuteleacutephone

PRCM Ahmed Senhoury

Directeur

Mardi

8h30 WWF Mamadou Diallo

Chargeacute de mission espegraveces et habitats

mdialowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 641 13 84

Paul Siegel Conseiller en environnement marin psiegelwwfsenegalorg 221 869 37 00

10h30

CSE centre de suivi eacutecologique Ministegravere de lrsquoenvironnement

Taibou Ba Cartes donneacutees

15h Wetland international Africa

Emma GREATRIX

Network for biodiversiteacute (BIOMAC network) Manatee Waterbirds Mangroves

egeatrix]wetlandssn +221 33 869 1681

Mercredi

10h SI NEPAD David Njiki Njiki

Coordinateur environnement njikinjikiyahoocom 221 33 842 73 11

12h WWF Ibrahima Niamadio

Officier pecircche durable iniamadiowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 567 53 16

15h par teacuteleacutephone

UICN Mathieu Ducroq

Coordinateur du programme marin et cocirctier de lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoouest central

+ 222 662 40 82 portable 0022 529 09 77 bureau

16h par teacuteleacutephone

RAMPAO Alfredo da Silva

Preacutesident du RAMPAO Directeur IBAP Ancien coordinateur du reacuteseau de gestion des zones cocirctiegraveres

00245 580 38 48 ou 00 245

UNESCO Isabelle Niang

Projet GEF drsquoadaptation au changement climatique en Afrique de lrsquoouest Erosion cocirctiegravere

Jeudi

9h UICN Guineacutee Bissau

Pierre Campredon

Ancien responsable du PRCM Pierrecampredoniucnorg 0033 630340088

11h30 Convention drsquoAbidjan

Nassere Kaba 0022520211183

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 30

13h CRODTCNDO ODINAFRICA

Anis Diallo Aquaculture et directeur du CNDO adialloordinafricanet 22133832826465 221 77 631 15 95

15h CSRP

M Hamadi Diop

En charge du deacutepartement laquo recherche et systegraveme drsquoinformation raquo

hamadidiopgmailcom

Philippe Tous Projet AFD ndash inteacutegration des AMP dans les politiques de pecircche

philipetousgmailcom (Skype Phil_tous)

Renaud Bailleux

Contrat UICN sur la gestion de lrsquoaccegraves aux ressources halieutiques dans la reacutegion - accords de pecircche ndash gouvernance partageacutee dans les AMP (financement PRCM)

M Dop mika Programme requins de la FIBA mika_dfryahoofr

Vendredi

9H IRD Luis Tito de Morais

Peumlcheeacutecologie des peuplements de poissons

titoirdsn 221 33 849 3658

11h UICN Mamadou Sow

Chef de projet mangrove Mamadousowuicnorg 221 33 869 0286

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 31

Annex 2 CBD criteria for ecologically significant areas

CBD Decision IX20 Annex 1

SCIENTIFIC CRITERIA FOR IDENTIFYING ECOLOGICALLY OR BIOLOGICALLY SIGNIFICANT MARINE AREAS IN NEED OF PROTECTION IN OPEN-

OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS

Criteria Definition Rationale Examples Consideration in application

Uniqueness or

rarity

Area contains

either (i) unique (ldquothe

only one of its kindrdquo) rare

(ldquooccurs only in few

locationsrdquo) or endemic

species populations or

communities andor (ii)

unique rare or distinct

habitats or ecosystems

andor (iii) unique or

unusual geomorphological

or oceanographic features

Irreplaceable

Loss would mean the probable permanent disappearance of diversity or a feature or reduction of the diversity at any level

Open ocean waters

Sargasso Sea Taylor column

persistent polynyas

Deep-sea habitats

endemic communities around

submerged atolls hydrothermal

vents sea mounts pseudo-

abyssal depression

Risk of biased-view of the perceived uniqueness depending on the information availability

Scale dependency of features such that unique features at one scale may be typical at another thus a global and regional perspective must be taken

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 32

Special

importance for

life-history

stages of

species

Areas that are required for

a population to survive and

thrive

Various biotic and abiotic

conditions coupled with

species-specific

physiological constraints

and preferences tend to

make some parts of marine

regions more suitable to

particular life-stages and

functions than other parts

Area containing (i) breeding grounds

spawning areas nursery areas juvenile

habitat or other areas important for life

history stages of species or (ii) habitats of

migratory species (feeding wintering or

resting areas breeding moulting

migratory routes)

Connectivity between life-history stages and linkages between areas trophic interactions physical transport physical oceanography life history of species

Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data Vessel monitoring system (VMS) data

Spatial and temporal distribution andor aggregation of the species

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 33

Importance for

threatened

endangered or

declining

species andor

habitats

Area containing habitat for

the survival and recovery

of endangered threatened

declining species or area

with significant

assemblages of such

species

To ensure the restoration

and recovery of such species

and habitats

Areas critical for threatened endangered

or declining species andor habitats

containing (i) breeding grounds spawning

areas nursery areas juvenile habitat or

other areas important for life history

stages of species or (ii) habitats of

migratory species (feeding wintering or

resting areas breeding moulting

migratory routes)

Includes species with very large geographic ranges

In many cases recovery will require reestablishment of the species in areas of its historic range

Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data vessel-monitoring system (VMS) data

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 34

Vulnerability

Fragility

Sensitivity or

Slow recovery

Areas that contain a

relatively high proportion

of sensitive habitats

biotopes or species that

are functionally fragile

(highly susceptible to

degradation or depletion

by human activity or by

natural events) or with

slow recovery

The criteria indicate the

degree of risk that will be

incurred if human activities

or natural events in the area

or component cannot be

managed effectively or are

pursued at an unsustainable

rate

Vulnerability of species

Inferred from the history of how species or populations in other similar areas responded to perturbations

Species of low fecundity slow growth long time to sexual maturity longevity (eg sharks etc)

Species with structures providing biogenic habitats such as deepwater corals sponges and bryozoans deep-water species

Vulnerability of habitats

Ice-covered areas susceptible to ship-based pollution

Ocean acidification can make deep sea habitats more vulnerable to others and increase susceptibility to human induced changes

Interactions between vulnerability to human impacts and natural events

Existing definition emphasizes site specific ideas and requires consideration for highly mobile species

Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 35

Biological

productivity

Area containing species

populations or

communities with

comparatively higher

natural biological

productivity

Important role in fuelling

ecosystems and increasing

the growth rates of

organisms and their capacity

for reproduction

Frontal areas

Upwellings

Hydrothermal vents

Seamounts polynyas

Can be measured as the rate of growth of marine organisms and their populations either through the fixation of inorganic carbon by photosynthesis chemosynthesis or through the ingestion of prey dissolved organic matter or particulate organic matter

Can be inferred from remote-sensed products eg ocean colour or process-based models

Time-series fisheries data can be used but caution is required

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 36

Biological

diversity

Area contains

comparatively higher

diversity of ecosystems

habitats communities or

species or has higher

genetic diversity

Important for evolution and

maintaining the resilience of

marine species and

ecosystems

Sea-mounts

Fronts and convergence zones

Cold coral communities

Deep-water sponge communities

Diversity needs to be seen in relation to the surrounding environment

Diversity indices are indifferent to species substitutions

Diversity indices are indifferent to which species may be contributing to the value of the index and hence would not pick up areas important to species of special concern such as endangered species

Can be inferred from habitat heterogeneity or diversity as a surrogate for species diversity in areas where biodiversity has not been sampled intensively

Naturalness Area with a comparatively

higher degree of

naturalness as a result of

the lack of or low level of

human-induced

disturbance or

degradation

To protect areas with near natural structure processes and functions

To maintain these areas as reference sites

To safeguard and enhance ecosystem resilience

Most ecosystems and habitats have

examples with varying levels of

naturalness and the intent is that the

more natural examples should be

selected

Priority should be given to areas having a low level of disturbance relative to their surroundings

In areas where no natural areas remain areas that have successfully recovered including reestablishment of species should be

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 37

considered

Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 38

Annex 3 CBD criteria for MPA networks

Decision IX20 Annex II SCIENTIFIC GUIDANCE FOR SELECTING AREAS TO ESTABLISH A REPRESENTATIVE NETWORK OF MARINE PROTECTED AREAS INCLUDING IN

OPEN OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS

Required network properties and

components Definition Applicable site specific considerations (inter alia)

Ecologically and biologically significant areas

Ecologically and biologically significant areas are geographically or oceanographically discrete areas that provide important services to one or more speciespopulations of an ecosystem or to the ecosystem as a whole compared to other surrounding areas or areas of similar ecological characteristics or otherwise meet the criteria as identified in annex I to decision IX20

Uniqueness or rarity

Special importance for life history stages of species

Importance for threatened endangered or declining species andor habitats

Vulnerability fragility sensitivity or slow recovery

Biological productivity

Biological diversity

Naturalness

Representativity Representativity is captured in a network when it consists of areas representing the different biogeographical subdivisions of the global oceans and regional seas that reasonably reflect the full range of ecosystems including the biotic and habitat diversity of those marine ecosystems

A full range of examples across a biogeographic habitat or community classification relative health of species and communities relative intactness of habitat(s) naturalness

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 39

Connectivity Connectivity in the design of a network allows for linkages whereby protected sites benefit from larval andor species exchanges and functional linkages from other network sites In a connected network individual sites benefit one another

Currents gyres physical bottlenecks migration routes species dispersal detritus functional linkages Isolated sites such as isolated seamount communities may also be included

Replicated ecological features Replication of ecological features means that more than one site shall contain examples of a given feature in the given biogeographic area The term ―features means ―species habitats and ecological processes that naturally occur in the given biogeographic area

Accounting for uncertainty natural variation and the possibility of catastrophic events Features that exhibit less natural variation or are precisely defined may require less replication than features that are inherently highly variable or are only very generally defined

Adequate and viable sites Adequate and viable sites indicate that all sites within a network should have size and protection sufficient to ensure the ecological viability and integrity of the feature(s) for which they were selected

Adequacy and viability will depend on size shape buffers persistence of features threats surrounding environment (context) physical constraints scale of featuresprocesses spillovercompactness

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 40

Annex 4 Data sources highlighted in discussions during the 1st Mission

Thegravemes Organisme ressources Personnes ressources Sites internet ressources et bases de donneacutees

Donneacutees bibliographiques

IRD Linus base bibliographique (httpiacaprodc3eduvsqfrlinus)

CRODT Catalogue des publications du CRODT

Donneacutees geacuteneacuterales

PRCMFIBA SIG Reacutegional Catalogue drsquoInformations pour lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoOuest (CIAO) wwwolmmrciao

OdinAfrica African marine atlas ndash voir OdinAfrica

OBIS httpwwwiobisorg

Guineacutee Bissau SIG Guineacutee Bissau au 200 000 egraveme sur toute la zone cocirctiegravere et 50 000 egraveme sur les Bijagos voir Franccedilois Gourmelonuniv-brestfr ou Emmanuel Ginaudet

Cap vert Systegraveme national SIG pour toutes les donneacutees du Cap vert

Bathymeacutetrie

Navy Londres Africa Pilot Volume 1 Hydrographer of the Navy London 1967

SHOM Carte SHOM ndeg6815 INT14 au 110 000 000egraveme Voir site wwwshomfr - catalogue

Cf Canada Carte au CSE

CND0 CD des donneacutees bathymeacutetriques de la sous-reacutegion

Donneacutees oceacuteanographiques geacuteneacuterales

OdinAfrica Points focaux des pays agrave voir sur site internet drsquoOdinAfrica

ordinafricanet Atelier national OdinAfrica ndash voir sur le site CNDO Aller sur le site OdinAfrica reacutecupeacuterer les shapefiles (httpwwwodinafricaorg) et sur httpwwwafricanmarineatlasnet

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 41

IRDlaboratoire LOCEAN-IPSL (Universiteacute Paris 6) LPAOSF (Lab de Physique de lAtmosphegravere et de lOceacutean de agrave lEacutecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique-UCAD

Alban Lazar (IRD) Simeacuteon Fongang (Ecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique) Raymond Lahaye (IRDLEMAR)

Circulation oceacuteanique le long des cocirctes seacuteneacutegalaises (structures variabiliteacute meacutecanismes de lrsquoupwelling des courants cocirctiers des tempeacuteratures et des saliniteacutes) et les couplages oceacutean-atmosphegravere

FAO Merete TANDSTAD Projets CCLEM et GCLME

NEPAD Projet GCLME

PRCM et IMROP + autres

Faire lrsquoinventaire des socieacuteteacutes qui ont fait de la prospection peacutetroliegravere et voir leurs donneacutees et eacutetudes drsquoimpact eacutetude Woodside ou Dana petroleum voir PRCM et IMROP

Universiteacute Rapport master de lrsquouniversiteacute sur la modeacutelisation de la circulation et des tempeacuteratures sur la haute mer (demander CNDO)

Upwellings Odiafrica Donneacutees upwellings sur Odinafrica

IRD P CURY et N BEZ

Geacuteologie seacutediemntologie et Nature des fonds

2 thegraveses sur le plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais sud et nord

IRD carte de Domain (IRDORSTOM) carte des seacutediments du plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais)

carte de Barusso

Travaux de Lachance et Mc Master

Odinafirca Plateau continental ndash carte digitaliseacutee sur la nature des fonds ndash voir sur ordinafrica

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 42

Annex 5 GIS data priorities

Explanation of ranking system

Term short-term bullbullbull medium-term bullbull long-term bull Estimated Ease of acquiring data easy bullbullbull moderatebullbull difficult bull

Importance high bullbullbull moderate bullbull low bull Term Ease Import

Base layers

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 coastline(s)

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 2 ecological regions

bullbullbull bull bullbullbull 3 bathymetry

bullbullbull bullbull bull 4 topography (for land ndashcan help with shoreline classifications)

Physical and oceanographic

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 estuaries rivers

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 shoreline type (cliff rocky sandy muddy etc)

bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 surficial sediment (bottom type)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 seafloor topographic complexity ruggedness (can be created from bathymetry)

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 5 seamounts (can also be identified through bathymetry)

6 other seascape features eg

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull canyons

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 43

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull ridges

bullbull bullbullbull bullbull hydrothermal vents

bullbull bull bullbull seeps

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull banks

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull rocky reefs

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull estuaries (sub-classes)

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull lagoons

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull upwellings

bull bullbull bull 7 ocean currents tides

bull bullbull bullbull 8 sea surface temperature

bull bullbull bullbull 9 salinity

bull bull bull 10 photosynthetically available radiation (PAR)

bull bull bull 11 coastal erosion sediment transport

bull bull bullbull 12 climate change trends eg movement of upwellings

Biological habitat

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 1 threatened or endangered species (amp spawning nursery areas etc)

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 threatened or endangered habitats

bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 habitat classification (if one exists regionally)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 biogenic features eg

warm water coral reefs

cold water coral ldquoforestsrdquo

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 44

mangroves (sub-classes)

bullbull bull bullbullbull 5 Key commercial species eg

crustaceans molluscs (crabs shrimps oysters etc)

pelagic large fishes (eg tunas)

pelagic small fishes

demersal fishes

bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 primary productivity (usually satellite colour images chlorophyll_a)

bullbull bull bullbull 7 secondary productivity (eg an estimate of carbon flux)

bullbull bull bullbull 8 migration of invasive species

Human use management

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 marine protected areas

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 year-round fisheries closures

bullbull bullbull bull 3 other seasonal fisheries closures

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 4 cities towns villages (with populations)

bullbull bullbull bull 5 local community boundaries

bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 traditional use boundaries (eg artisanal fisheries)

bull bullbull bull 7 migrant land use grazing

bullbull bull bullbullbull 8 areas of cultural spiritual importance

bullbull bullbullbull bullbull 9 roads (can help with understanding remoteness amp shoreline access)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 10 shipping routes and harbours

bullbull bullbull bull 11 land use particularly agriculture (can be combined into an analysis of rivers to estimate runoff)

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 45

bullbull bull bullbullbull 12 fishing

a artisanal by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)

b industrial by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 13 offshore oil amp gas licences exploratory wells installations (platforms pipelines shore based)

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 14 sand amp gravel mining

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 15 tourism shoreline development resorts marinas

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 46

Annex 6 Thirty additional assessments

Excerpted and adapted from the 54 page report by the OSPAR Regional seas convention for

the Northeast Atlantic (2007) Background document to support the assessment of whether

the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is ecologically coherent6

Assessment Criterion 1 Adequacy Viability

1 Assessment Guideline One should expect the sizes of network sites (for a given feature) to be

distributed throughout or exceed the estimated range of sizes necessary to sustain a viable

population or community

2 Assessment Guideline Sites that are heavily impacted andor surrounded by heavily impacted

areas should be larger than otherwise

3 Assessment Guideline Features of ecological significance should receive greater protection

than normal

4 Assessment Guideline Location and geography can be used to indicate adequate protection

such that

a Protection of pelagic features should generally be reflected with the implementation of

larger sites than those for benthic features

b In regions constrained by physical geography (eg fjords bays bights passages straits)

the adequate sizes of individual sites will generally be smaller than areas without such

physical constraints (eg regional seas open ocean)

c Offshore andor deeper sites will generally require larger areas than for nearshore andor

shallow sites (However the exceptions of certain deep sea benthic features such as

hydrothermal vents and cold seeps are noted)

5 Assessment Guideline in a given region the adequate spatial protection of most OSPAR

features and the overall network can be expected to conform to the scientific literature and

fall within the range commonly found within that literature It is recognized that this is an

evolving field of study

6 Assessment Guideline Owing to the multiplicity of its objectives the OSPAR network can be

expected to contain a variety of reserve sizes and corresponding spacing between sites

7 Assessment Guideline If a site is at the small end of the expected viability range for a given

feature then compact sites are preferable If on the other hand a given site is at the large end

of the estimated viability range then a less compact shape would allow for greater spill-over

and benefits outside of the reserve

a The Compactness of a given site can be calculated using a GIS and the following

formula C = (4πAp2)

05 Where C is the Compactness A is the area of the site and p is

its perimeter

8 Assessment Guideline A broad MPA network such as the OSPAR network with a wide

variety of features can be expected to have a wide variety of reserve shapes and sizes

6 Jeff Ardron is the primary author of this OSPAR report

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 47

a The combined size and compactness of a site be readily calculated using a GIS and the

following formula SSC = ln (PA) Where SSC is here labelled as the site size-

compactness P is the perimeter of the site and A is the area

9 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA electronic database lists the aims and ecological

criteria on a site by site basis Thus as a preliminary assessment these can be compiled to get

an indication of how well they are being met across the network

10 Assessment Guideline A list inventory of features within a region that (are known or

believed to) meet the OSPAR aims and ecological criteria is required in order to fully assess if

the existing MPA sites are likely adequate

11 Assessment Guideline Features that are common and widely distributed will generally require

less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are rare andor sparsely

distributed

Assessment Criterion 2 Representativity

12 Assessment Guideline OSPAR MPAs should be checked to ensure that they are broadly

distributed across biogeographic regions In such an assessment there is no need to restrict the

assessment to just one biogeographic classification system So long as they appear to be

rigorous (eg peer-reviewed) the use of a variety of systems is encouraged

13 Assessment Guideline Each of the Dinter [OSPAR] bioregions should be adequately

protected

14 Assessment Guideline National classifications can be very helpful in assessing

representativity at a national level based on national categories and should be used where they

exist

15 Assessment Guideline In the absence of full biological surveys or full classification systems

(such as EUNIS) simple surrogates should be used to check that representativity is possibly

being achieved Benthic and pelagic realms should be considered

16 Assessment Guideline Representative features that are very common and widely distributed

will likely require less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are just

somewhat common

As a rule of thumb within a given feature class representative protection can be

compared to a normalized distribution For example if the areal distribution of

representative classes can be normalised through a square-root transformation then

protected area distribution could be expected to be roughly proportional to the square-

root of the ratio of the representative feature classesrsquo overall areas

17 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA nomination database should be checked to ensure

that the idea of the ldquobestrdquo features was taken into account across feature types and regions

18 Assessment Guideline Features that best represent their type can be expected to be

characterized by most or all of these indicators

a Typical morphology

b High density abundance

c High degree of health naturalness

d Persistence (temporal and spatial) and

e Strong functional linkages

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 48

Assessment Criterion 3 Replication

19 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area more than one example of each feature

should be protected

20 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features protected in areas susceptible

to catastrophic events require greater replication than those in low-risk areas

21 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area where no better data exist natural

variation can be assumed to be greatest between sites that are furthest apart

22 Assessment Guideline Features that are very specifically defined will exhibit less variation

and hence require less replication than features which are very general or ldquocatch-allrdquo categories

23 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area scientific requirements may require

replicate sites for differing purposes If these requirements are not known it can be assumed

that replicate sites that are a moderate distance apart (neither immediate neighbours nor at

extreme ends of the biogeographic area) will satisfy most scientific requirements

24 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features for which there are weak or

incomplete or modelled data require greater replication than those features for which better data

are available

Assessment Criterion 4 Connectivity

25 Assessment Guideline If an area is known or suspected to be important to connectivity then it

should be represented in the MPA network

26 Assessment Guideline Reserves in areas where there are known currents (eg many coastal

areas) should be more closely spaced than otherwise In order to maintain connectivity for most

short to moderate larval dispersing species when specific data are lacking such nearshore sites

should be spaced not further than 50 km apart

27 Assessment Guideline Connectivity between seabird sites can be measured in straight lines

28 Assessment Guideline Connectivity for marine species can be assumed to be greater along

lines of similar habitat than across them

29 Assessment Guideline The density of marine reserves can be used as a way to group areas of

likely connectivity Likewise it can also define gaps where connectivity has probably not been

achieved

30 Assessment Guideline In the absence of dispersal data connectivity may be approximated by

ensuring the MPA network is well distributed in space reflecting the scale of its surroundings

Page 10: A Suggested Approach for Gap Analyses of the RAMPAO Marine ...€¦ · A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 2 Recommendation re outreach: 1) regional contact

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 8

Terms of reference (summarised)

This project is planned to consist of three separate missions this is the report from the first

of these The overarching objectives of the entire project are

To support the RAMPAO in defining operational principles and precise and realistic

targets for the MPA network by the year 2012 notably as regards

representativeness practicality coherence and resilience of the network

Assist in the definition of the degree of protection of the marine and coastal

biodiversity and key-sites identified in the seven countries of the ecoregion

Assist in the identification of existing shortcomings particularly at the ecological and

socio-economic levels the management of MPAs of the RAMPAO using the available

information for decision-making

Assist in the definitiondesign of strategy aimed at minimizing the priority

shortcomings and making the network more coherent and practical with a view to

attain the objectives of the RAMPAO

Activities of this first mission are

1 Support the RAMPAO Secretariat in defining operational principles and targets

regarding key habitat representativeness as well as the RAMPAO functionality

coherence and resilience

2 Review the activities already carried out and available information about the degree

of protection of biodiversity in the ecoregion and the assessment of missing key-

information

3 Provide methodological support to RAMPAO for synthesizing the gap analysis

process particularly for the review of implemented activities and existing

information on the level of biodiversity protection in the ecoregion and for the

identification of gaps in key information

4 Suggest a programme of work for the next steps of the process

This report is structured according to the above four activities with a particular focus on the

last two

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 9

Review of activities and available information

Our first Mission Report provides details of our conversations with various key players in the

region as well as many preliminary observations and action points We suggest it be used

side-by-side this report A calendar of meetings we attended during the 1st Mission is listed

in Annex 1 A preliminary list of data sources highlighted in these discussions is provided in

Annex 4 to this report

In our discussions several repeating ideas about gaps analyses emerged

necessity gaps analyses are believed to be necessary and valuable

ecology gap analyses should focus on ecological aspects first setting aside

management considerations for the time being

management management and community involvement was emphasized in several

discussions as being essential after gaps are identified and the discussions turn to

how gaps could be filled

cultural considerations the work required to also take account of social traditional

and sacred concerns should be assessed

the offshore open sea (containing eg upwellings seamounts canyons cold water

corals etc) is an integral part of the marine environment but has to date not been

included in MPA discussions and represents a major obvious gap

site versus network criteria site level MPA criteria and network level criteria were

often discussed together as though they were all the same and thus greater clarity is

required on how these two complementary sets of criteria fit together into larger

gaps analyses

cooperation gaps analyses will require strong partnerships and cooperation both

within West Africa and abroad and further work should be done to strengthen these

partnerships through memorandums of understanding and other agreements Many

people noted that acquiring and combining data can use up much time and

resources

fisheries were recognised to encompass activities with the broadest geography and

largest ecological impacts as well as the most complicated social considerations

While MPAs are seen as a good tool for the conservation of biodiversity their use as

a fisheries management tool was seen as applicable in some but not all fisheries It

was pointed out that fisheries science has traditionally been carried out separately

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 10

from other scientific disciplines though acceptance of the ecosystem approach to

fisheries is changing this

ecological research and analyses people noted that while some good initial work

had often been started the coverage was often patchy and considerable work was

still required hence care is required to focus on what can be done with existing

information and to identify a few key research priorities out of the many

The following recommendations flow out of the above discussions

Recommendation re gap analysis considering that all the partners and parties

interviewed supported the need for a gaps analysis we recommend that the Gaps

Analysis Project proceed with the necessary funding personnel and institutional support

Recommendation re offshore gaps the lack of MPAs offshore particularly in the EEZs (12 -

200 nautical miles) of RAMPAO countries should be recognised by members as a serious

gap in the RAMPAO MPA network requiring immediate attention

Recommendation re fisheries considering their size and complexity special attention

should be given to fisheries and their interactions with existing and potential MPAs We

recommend a special Fisheries-MPA working group be set up with relevant institutions

such as CSRP and others1 to consider possible gaps in spatial fish protections as per the

CBD IX20 Annex 1 criteria noted above Additional fisheries relevant criteria such as the

FAO guidelines for the management of deep-sea fisheries (2009) could be applied as

appropriate

Recommendation re ecosystem research considering the breadth of possible research

topics we recommend that RAMPAO work cooperatively with research institutions such

as IRD and others to address critical knowledge gaps in a strategic fashion We

recommend prioritising research questions on three general criteria 1) relevance to

identifying and filling gaps 2) likelihood that these questions can realistically be answered

(considering budgets and scientific constraints) and 3) according to the speed of their

results a) quickly (ie 2010) b) in the medium-term (2011) and c) in the longer-term

(gt2011)

Recommendation re project officer considering the extent of the work a project officer

should be designated This officer should a) support the RAMPAO Secretariat (through

1 Because we were unable to interview representatives from the two relevant Large Marine Ecosystem (LME)

projects (which look at broad scale effects of fisheries) we are uncertain on how they would (or would not)

wish to participate An informal discussion with Merete Tandstad (FAO) while at another meeting suggests that

the Canary Current LME is still in early stages of development However we do suggest that both the LME

Secretariats and the FAO still be approached to gauge their interest

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 11

Charlotte Karibuhoye) in outreach to regional contact points and partners especially in

the development of project agreements such as MoUs and working groups b) supervise

and assist RAMPAOrsquos GIS technician (Souadou Ndiaye) as required c) oversee and

complete as required the data collection and technicalGIS work

Regarding the recommendation above we recognise that the Project Officer will require

additional funding to that which was originally envisioned in this project If funding for such

a position is not possible we would suggest that additional help be sought through

partners and specific contracts To the degree possible we have outlined the various

aspects of work that will need to be done as discreet pieces so as to allow for them to be

performed separately as funding permits

Recommendation re MoUs considering the broad scope and data requirements of this

project the RAMPAO Secretariat should continue to build upon its good relationships

within and outside of West Africa through the development of Memorandums of

Understanding (MoUs) or similar agreements These MoUs (or similar agreements) should

primarily consider data sharing arrangements andor the sharing of relevant analytical

work Additionally they may consider technical issues such as database compatibility and

also human capacity building training as appropriate

We believe that the Regional Contact Points could play an important role in facilitating

relationships agreements and access to regional data information and expertise

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 12

Ecological principles and targets

There is a broad literature concerning marine protected area (MPA) ecological principles

and criteria As noted at the Second General Assembly of RAMPAO the latest thinking on

this topic is captured in Decision XI20 of the Convention on Biological Diversity (CBD)

Adopted in June 2008 this Decision provides seven criteria for identifying ecologically and

biologically significant areas (IX20 Annex 1) and five criteria for MPA networks (IX20

Annex2) Thus the CBD recognised that site criteria and network criteria while strongly

linked are different Recently the CBD held an expert meeting in Ottawa Canada where

the seven site criteria were further discussed and guidance was drafted for their

implementation2

We find the CBD criteria to be sound and note that there will be an ongoing development

of global support and capacity building surrounding their implementation We therefore

recommend that RAMPAO base its operational principles and targets on these CBD criteria

and associated guidance

Recommendation re ecological criteria RAMPAOrsquos ecological principles and targets

should be based the CBD criteria for identifying ecologically significant sites (IX20 Annex

1) and MPA networks (IX20 Annex 2) taking into account additional CBD guidance as it is

developed

The full annexes of CBD Decision IX20 are appended to this report as Annexes 2 and 3 Briefly the seven CBD criteria for identifying ecologically and biologically significant areas are

1 Uniqueness or rarity 2 Special importance for life history of species 3 Importance for threatened endangered or declining species andor habitats 4 Vulnerability fragility sensitivity slow recovery 5 Biological productivity 6 Biological diversity 7 Naturalness

The five CBD MPA network criteria are 1 Ecologically and biologically significant areas (ie based on the 7 site criteria above) 2 Representativity 3 Connectivity 4 Replicated ecological features 5 Adequate and viable sites

2 Report of the expert workshop on ecological criteria and biogeographic classification systems for marine

areas in need of protection This guidance will go through the CBD review process and assuming it goes well

will be presented for acceptance at the Tenth Conference of Parties in October 2010

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 13

Methodology

Approach We view pragmatism modularity and flexibility as being necessary ingredients to an

approach that would best ensure success

Pragmatism The methodology should reflect an approach that will allow progress to

proceed despite imperfect data or other problems For example analyses should be done in

areas where data are available or where there is social political acceptance without the

(sometimes considerable) delay of waiting for data or acceptance from other neighbouring

areas within an ecological region3

Modularity Individual gap analyses should be able stand on their own while also fitting

together with others to form a fuller picture Analysis results should be fairly easy to explain

Flexibility Related to pragmatism above the methodology should follow good practices

while still remaining flexible to alternatives that are not ideal but which can allow for

progress For example when some data are not available other less-than-ideal ldquoproxiesrdquo

may have to be used as substitutes

Boundaries Ecological analyses should when possible be stratified according to accepted ecological

regions and sub-regions (eg Marine Ecosystems of the World ndashMEOW) However given

that in this project various areas have varying degrees of data availability we also see the

need for flexibility in the approach and recognise that some analyses may have to be

bounded according to boundaries that reflect where the data were collected Or in some

instances instead of ecological boundaries it may be appropriate to use traditional cultural

boundaries such as for artisanal fisheries

Timeframes Recommendation re short- medium- and long-term results given that some data will be

more readily available than others and that some analyses are easier to perform than

others we are recommending that a staged approach to delivering results be taken with

analyses planned for the short-term medium-term and long-term This will allow for

decisions and actions to also be taken in the short- medium- and long- term

3 However one must be careful to avoid transferring all gaps and attention to only those places that have data

or are willing to participate For it must be said that those places with few data and little protection are

usually the biggest gaps of all Maps should reflect low- and no-data areas clearly so that the reader

understands the limits of the analysis

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 14

We suggest the timeframe for delivering these short- medium- and long-term results could

be June 2010 (the next RAMPAO General Assembly) December 2011 (the end of this

project period) and December 2014 (the next project period) respectively These timelines

should dovetail with those of the recommendation re ecosystem research above when

appropriate These activities are further outlined in the suggested programme of work in

the section below

Initial tests Preliminary analyses should address basic gaps while later analyses could look at more

nuanced questions The unexpected availability (or unavailability) of data may sometimes

change the planned ordering of analyses If for some reason a particular analysis cannot be

done it should be skipped for the time being and not hold up further work If a preliminary

analysis indicates a significant gap it is unlikely any additional analyses will overturn that

finding and hence decision-making should in most cases proceed based on the results

from the initial basic tests without the delays associated with waiting for more data

Decisions can be refined however as more data become available In general coarse or

incomplete data demand greater precaution in decision-making This can create an

incentive for stakeholders to provide additional data that will allow for refinements

Recommendation re initial tests the gaps analysis should start with readily available

information and basic tests that are relatively easy to understand Later more complex

analyses can be performed with additional data as they become available The initial

basic gaps tests should be selected to provide results that can on their own inform

decision-making

A list of five such tests is outlined in the next section

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 15

Suggested programme of work

Short-term steps The following six steps outline the key tasks that we suggest would need to be done

between now and June 2010 in order to set this project in motion These steps are further

explained in the subsequent sections

1 Establishment of the projectrsquos terms of reference and recruitment of the project officer

2 outreach and coordination including informational presentations at various meetings

3 initial data collection focussing on readily available information 4 initial gaps analyses 5 presentation of initial results to the RAMPAO General Assembly 6 expert meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and analyses (likely

as a side-meeting to the General Assembly

Outreach amp coordination An ecosystem-level gaps analysis will require cooperation from a number of experts

agencies and institutions across all RAMPAO countries Hence outreach and coordination

will be important An introductory description of the project should be developed and

widely distributed as well as a web site page with up to date information on the project A

letter of introduction signed by a senior official(s) can also be important in terms of

establishing legitimacy Presentations introducing the project should be made at national

and regional level meetings as opportunity permits

Our meetings during the first mission proved to be very friendly and helpful These meetings

now require follow-up actions to each of the people contacted (see 1st Mission Report)

Because the people we met were mostly based in Senegal further work will be required

through the regional contact points for other countries

Areas of overlap with other activities (eg the Wetlands International implementation gaps

project) should be highlighted and discussions with these players begun to sort out how to

best cooperate and coordinate efforts

While outreach will be most intensive at the beginning of the project coordination will

continue throughout the projectrsquos duration

Recommendation re outreach 1) regional contact points should be updated on this

project and their help solicited 2) a clear one-page project description should be written

outlining the aims of the project and how cooperation with other bodies is being sought

3) a clear project web page should be developed 4) follow-up letters should sent to key

contacts we have already spoken to outlining next steps and where appropriate

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 16

proposing cooperation collaboration 5) presentations introducing the project should be

made at national and regional level meetings as opportunity permits

Acquisition of data amp information Central to this project will be identifying sources of information and data coordinating with

these experts data repositories and providers and ultimately acquiring the information or

data This will consume more time than any other task and probably more time than all the

other tasks combined

Steps

In the general case data acquisition will require the following steps some which may be

iterative (ie cycle around a few times)

searches ndashinternet list-serves libraries literature and through colleagues

informal emails calls and discussions with the expert or data custodian as to

what data may be available

formal letter(s) of introduction to the project signed by senior authorities and

usually addressed to mid- and senior-level people

face-to-face meetings in order to 1) gain permission to use the data and 2) to

learn about details and proper use of the data These two requirements may

mean two separate meetings

MoU drafting and signing andor data agreement andor formal letter of

request

logistics of how the data will be delivered and if any fees or restrictions are

involved

technical and scientific follow-up calls for assistance andor clarification on

interpretation or use of the data

The above steps have not been numbered because the order can vary from situation to

situation with some situations being informal and skipping steps while others are very

formal requiring prolonged discussions and additional steps that build trust

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 17

Three elements of success

Three elements of successful data acquisition are persistence practicality and

prioritisation

Persistence While most experts are usually happy to share their knowledge the sharing of

their data is often another matter The process can take weeks months or even years

Therefore in order to keep progress steady it is best to make a little time available every

day (say two hours) for data searches and follow-up politely reminding contacts from time

to time that you have not yet heard back from them That said do not waste time on data

that are only of marginal interest in the bigger picture It is easy to become lost in details

Practicality Often it is better to identify what data are readily available and to request

those data first This can help build trust and also allows for progress without getting stuck

Subsequently the provider can be approached again to discuss the other more difficult

data sets Thus the above steps can occur more than once with the same data provider

Again as noted above keeping the bigger picture in mind will help to focus data-gathering

activities on the most practical data sets

Prioritisation In an ecosystem-level analysis all kinds of data are interesting That said

some data are more helpful or urgent than others In the analyses outlined in the sections

below the general data requirements are listed The data requirements of the short-term

gap analyses should take priority over the medium-term ones which in turn should take

priority over the long-term analyses

Annex 5 GIS data priorities lists various common categories of data with their estimated

timeframe for usage (short- medium- long-term) availability and priority for this project

Strategies for acquiring difficult data

Sometimes data may be considered proprietary andor too sensitive to show and providers

usually assume they cannot be shared However with patience sometimes agreements can

be found whereby the data may be used ldquobehind the scenesrdquo in analyses so long as the

data are not displayed on final maps ndashonly the combined results which do not reveal the

data In other situations when the provider is an active participant the provider should be

invited to be a formal partner in the project and this may also ease data restrictions Finally

agreeing to perform joint-analyses or even contracting out certain analyses to the expert

can also allow the data to be used However in this latter case it may be difficult to do

quality control and hence the results can sometimes be puzzling or not what was required

If certain data are simply unavailable metadata can still be requested though metadata

often do not exist (In practice metadata if supplied are many times custom-created for

the particular request)

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 18

Meetings

General meetings A large forum like the RAMPAO General Assembly can be an excellent

opportunity to introduce interested parties to the project It may even be possible to get

general agreement around sharing data However such a general agreement if it can be

found would probably still not replace the need for MoUs and similar bilateral agreements

with specific agencies and institutions

In addition to regional meetings presentations should be made to national meetings

introducing the project as opportunity permits

Data meetings regional data meetings with database managers could help speed up the

process of data collection though this can vary from place to place In many cases it is

better to first approach people one-on-one Later after some data have already been

acquired a meeting can be used to discuss how to best merge data together and to

encourage others to also provide information data if they have not already done so

Expert meetings bringing together experts of a particular species or habitat can be a very

good way to identify available expertise information data and gaps Expert knowledge can

also be collected at such meetings drawn on maps etc but this requires prior training

preparation and processing afterwards In general expert meetings are most valuable after

a ldquodesktop studyrdquo where basic gaps have been identified and there are now specific

questions that have been identified as needing answers Targeted expert meetings can be

valuable at different times throughout a process as different issues need addressing Their

main drawback is the expense and work required A badly run meeting can also turn opinion

against a project and so care has to be taken to do a good job

Recommendation re data information collection 1) The process of collecting data should

begin immediately This will require close coordination with outreach activities 2) Priority

should be given to collecting data that are a) easily acquired and b) required for the initial

short-term analyses 3) Lists of data sources contact information and what dates they

were approached should be kept to track progress 4) Data collaboration should be on the

agenda of the next RAMPAO General Assembly meeting 5) After an initial (eg 3-6

month) period of data collection the need for data meetings andor expert meetings

should be assessed

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 19

Five initial gap analyses The following analyses are recommended as initial tests that should be done in the short-

term (present to June 2010) and when possible in the order presented However we

acknowledge that data availability can alter the ordering of the tests and even what tests

are undertaken ndashincluding developing new ones not listed here These basic tests can be

followed up with more complex analyses such as outlined in the next sections of this report

1 Visually consider the distribution of protected areas Is the network spatially well

distributed without more than a few major gaps If not what gaps can a person

immediately see Consider along-shore gaps and gaps moving out towards the offshore

Consider the northern central and southern thirds of the RAMPAO area Consider

national boundaries

Technical amp data requirements no GIS or GIS data are required A basic paper map

showing the protected areas and national boundaries is sufficient

Rationale this simple assessment is deceptively powerful Simplicity should not be seen

as detracting from its value The human eye can see many patterns and gaps that are

difficult to quantify into statistics When most people agree on a visual gap this

indicates that it is likely valid and worthy of serious consideration

Connectivity and representativity are two of the five agreed-upon CBD criteria for

assessing MPA networks (IX20 Annex 2) If the network is generally not well distributed

in space then it is unlikely to exhibit characteristics of connectivity or representativity

and thus is very unlikely to be ecologically coherent Note that if a network is well-

distributed in space this does not necessarily ensure that these criteria are being met

and further tests will still be required

2 Using GIS procedures consider in greater depth the distribution of protected areas For

this test and all the other tests below perform it first for the whole region then for

each of the three broad ecoregions north central and south4 and finally according to

national boundaries

a Zones offshore Consider coverage within four basic zones i the shorelines (0-5

nautical miles offshore) ii nearshore (~5-15 nm) iii mid-offshore (~15-50 nm)

and iv far offshore (~50 -200 nm) What percentage of each of these broad

zones has MPAs

b Distance from shore statistics what is the average (arithmetic mean) extent that

RAMPAO MPAs extend offshore What is the range of these values What is the

4 This could include the MEOW (Marine Ecoregions Of the World) classification or other similar ecoregions

accepted by RAMPAO partners

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 20

standard deviation Considering that RAMPOA waters extend approximately 200

nm offshore what do these distance-offshore statistics suggest

c Nearest neighbour distance in each of the above zones calculate ldquonearest

neighbourrdquo statistics between MPAs noting the range of MPA spacing the

arithmetic mean of the spacing and the standard deviation of spacing between

sites In this test and all others displaying the histogram of results can be very

informative and is recommended

Technical amp data requirements GIS files are required for shoreline data MPAs

ecoregions national boundaries These three tests (a) ndash (c) get progressively more

technically advanced in the use of GIS However it is outside the scope of this report to

fully describe the GIS methods If a minimum separation distance is chosen as a network

criterion (see comments below) then an easier GIS analysis would be to buffer the

MPAs by a value of half that distance to identify which areas that ldquotouchrdquo and which do

not

Rationale these analyses put some numbers to the first visual test In most ways

however the visual test is simpler and easier to understand That said numbers in

tables can help rank gaps according to basic properties

Unfortunately the GIS methods can be a bit difficult for a beginner If parts of this test

are too difficult they can be skipped since the visual assessment already tells us a lot

Setting explicit quantitative targets for spacing can be controversial and difficult to

support scientifically What is adequate for some species will still be inadequate for

others That said for a basic initial test ldquorules of thumbrdquo have been proposed The

BALANCE project in the Baltic Sea suggested 25 km as an ideal maximum spacing

between shoreline sites (2008) Instead of looking at the ideal situation the OSPAR

Convention for the Northeast Atlantic took a different approach considering the very

longest spacing that could be considered contributing anything at all towards ecological

coherence of the MPA network ie a theoretical ldquoworst caserdquo The OSPAR guidelines for

this worst case are nearshore ~250 km (linear shoreline distance) offshore ~200 000

km2 (which is about equivalent to a ~500 km diameter circle) high seas ~1 000 000 km2

(equivalent to a square with ~1000 km sides) For OSPAR nearshore meant shoreline

and territorial waters out to 12 nm offshore meant EEZ waters (12-200 nm) and high

seas meant waters beyond 200 nm from shore (OPSAR 2008 Ardron 2009)

3 Consider MPA distribution according to depth As for all these analyses perform these

tests first for the whole region then for each of the three broad ecoregions north

central and south and finally according to national boundaries

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 21

a Depth statistics what is the average (arithmetic mean) depth of RAMPAO

MPAs What is the range of values What is the standard deviation How do

these numbers compare with the overall RAMPAO region

b Depth zones consider the following eight general depth zones and what

percentage of each zone is within the current MPA network 0-25 m

(shallow) 25-50 m (photic) 50-100m (upper shelf) 100-200 m (lower shelf)

200-400 m (upper slope) 400-800 m (mid-slope) 800-1600 m (lower slope)

1600-3200 m or greater (abyssal plain)5

Technical amp data requirements data as per the previous test plus bathymetry The

easiest and fastest way to perform these statistics is to convert the MPA shapefile

(and if it is not already the bathymetry) into a raster grid and do grid analyses

Rationale depth is widely recognised as one of the key variables that describes

biotic communities in a give region and as such is a very basic measure of

representativity This analysis could be improved by combining surficial sediment

data with depth to make simple seafloor sediment-depth classes if available

4 Consider MPA distribution according to existent shoreline habitat classification

Although the whole RAMPAO shoreline is likely not classified certain features such

as estuaries or mangroves may already largely be identified Taking these shoreline

features that are either readily available or readily digitised consider what

percentage of each of these feature types are within the current MPA network

Consider what percentage of the MPA network lies outside of these readily

identifiable shoreline features Consider also according to ecoregions and national

boundaries

Technical amp data requirements any available shoreline features such as estuaries

and mangroves If the data are good enough each of these features could be sub-

divided eg large medium and small estuaries If geophysical shoreline type data

are missing basic categories such as cliff rock and sandmud shores can often be

visually estimated and hand digitised by looking at terrestrial topographic data along

the shoreline combined with nearshore bathymetry if available

5 These log2 depth classes are admittedly somewhat arbitrary (25 2

i) and could be refined either by

considering a regional biological classification histogram of the distribution of depths or natural breaks in the

data It is our understanding however that no bio-physical classification has been performed for the region

For an initial test these somewhat arbitrary depth classes are sufficient to point out general gaps and reflect

the generally logarithmic scale of decreasing resolution (increasing breadth of classes) with depth

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 22

Rationale since the RAMPAO MPA network is currently shoreline-based this test is

suggested before considering other physical features further offshore This test is

designed to give a rough idea of shoreline representativity

5 Consider the RAMPAO network according to rare threatened and endangered

species and habitats (features) for which data are available Perform the same sort

of tests as in the test above using available data for rare threatened and

endangered features Consider what percentage of each of these feature types are

within the current MPA network Consider what percentage of the MPA network lies

outside of these features Consider also according to ecoregions and national

boundaries

Technical amp data requirements there are modelling techniques to predict the

potential habitat of species but these techniques are advanced and would fall under

the long-term timeframe For this initial analysis only available data should be

considered If the data appear to be very incomplete then they should not be used

Recognising that such data can be sub-regionally incomplete some sections of the

network may have to be left out of this analysis marked as ldquono datardquo areas on the

maps

Rationale rare threatened and endangered features are often protected by law

and also often of interest to researchers There is usually some information on them

though not always digital data and may instead be in the form of expert opinion

Ecologically there are three different types of rare threatened and endangered

features each requiring a different management response 1) features that have

always been rare 2) features that used to be common but are now rare due to

human pressures (ie threatened and endangered) 3) features that are on the edge

of their range and a) this range is steady or b ) this range is shifting (expanding

contracting moving away entering the region) due to climate change or other

environmental changes It would be best to perform this test separately for the three

different classes and associated sub-classes of rare threatened and endangered

features taking into account their population trends However for an initial test

such refinements should be seen as optional depending on information availability

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 23

Medium term gap analyses The following analyses are recommended for consideration in the medium-term (June 2010

to Dec 2011) with choice largely driven by data availability Due to the somewhat longer

time period fewer details are provided here than in the section above allowing for further

elaborations during the 2nd Mission when more is known They are arranged according to

the CBD MPA network criteria (IX20 Annex 2)

In addition to the tests outlined below others that were developed for the OSPAR Regional

Seas Convention for the Northeast Atlantic are listed in Annex 6 Thirty additional

assessments These are also well-suited to the medium-term and medium-quality data

Note that the four OSPAR MPA network criteria overlap four of the five CBD criteria

Ecologically and biologically significant areas (EBSAs)

If specific EBSAs are known consideration should be given to their possible inclusion in the

MPA network Not all EBSAs need necessarily become MPAs for some EBSAs non-spatial

management may be more appropriate It is difficult to do proper gaps assessment on

EBSAs because the distribution of all EBSAs of a given type is usually not known and hence

there is little context by which to judge a given site Thus the rule of thumb is that all EBSAs

if not in the MPA network should be treated as possible gaps and reviewed one at a time

for possible inclusion

The CBD is in the process of developing further guidance on the selection of EBSAs in the

open oceans and deep seas and much of this guidance is also applicable to shallower

nearshore systems Because this guidance is not yet accepted by the CBD we refer you

instead to a background report that was written for the CBD Ottawa Expert Workshop that

discussed these issues 29 Sept ndash 02 Oct 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant

areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations (Ardron

et al 2009) is a report in two parts Both parts are included with this report and are

recommended here as guidance on selecting CBD EBSAs

First gathering information from local residents and experts on places they sense to be

important can go far in identifying key EBSAs The ldquorecognition heuristicrdquo (Gigerenzer 1999)

is a powerful way to quickly locate longstanding ecologically significant areas in a given

region and we note that NGOs such as WWF have already done such work in the past and

that this work could be readily updated and built upon

Representativity

Many tests for representativity can be developed based on available data Listed below are

some of the more likely approaches

Seascapes identify the main shoreline topographic (benthic) and oceanographic

(pelagic) features of the region and check to see what percentage of each is included

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 24

in the MPA network Typical benthic seascape features would include canyons

seamounts reefs etc Typical pelagic features include frontal systems upwellings

gyres See also Annex 5 GIS data priorities

Topographic complexity using only bathymetry a surrogate measure of benthic

complexity can be developed (Ardron 2002) This measure can help highlight areas of

likely increased benthic richness amongst other traits

Biogeographic classification system whereas seascapes focus on physical features

a biogeographic attempts to also include information on biology such that the

system divides an area according to broad ecological communities based on physical

proxies The creation of a biogeographic classification should include both pelagic

and benthic realms is labour- and data- intensive and requires extensive peer

review

Biogeographic components instead of attempting a full biogeographic classification

system certain aspects can be developed separately For example depth strata can

be combined with sea floor sediment data to make a basic sea bottom classification

These can then be nested within the broad bioregions of the RAMPAO area

Likewise exposure wave energy can be combined with shoreline types to create

another basic classification Creating components such as these can be further

explored in the 2nd Mission once it is better known what data information are

available

Connectivity

This is the CBD criterion most difficult to assess with few options for the medium-term

except for looking at distances between sites (see short-term test above) Several academic

modelling exercises have been attempted with mixed levels of success in areas with much

better data than exist in West Africa We would caution RAMPAO in spending too much

time on such modelling exercises In general nearshore sites require closer spacing than

sites further offshore (OSPAR 2007) If it is known that certain areas provide larvae or

juveniles to other places then these ldquosourcerdquo areas should be considered for protection

Note that such areas could also fall under the EBSA criterion for productivity

Replication

At its most basic level this criterion asks that there be more than one MPA for every feature

in the network In practice this is usually considered using available information on

representativity (see above) and whatever biological data may also be available This

criterion can be assessed very simply initially by testing to see if there is more than one MPA

in each broad zone such as distance from shore or depth zone as described in the previous

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 25

section on short-term assessments Assessing replication can become more refined as more

MPAs are designated and better data become available

Adequacy viability

Ideally MPA sites should be monitored to ensure that their aims are being met In cases

where this is occurring the monitoring results should be used to determine if the individual

sitersquos size location and shape is adequate Where monitoring is not occurring or is

incomplete or too recent to determine trends other measures will have to be used Size is

probably the most commonly discussed measure and yet it remains also probably the most

controversial (Fahig 2001) Nonetheless even in an absence of consensus on this issue by

looking at possible ranges of sizes a sense can still be gained if the sites are or are not

likely to be meeting their aims A full assessment of site size which is outside the scope of

this report should take into account the species life-history population structure quality of

the habitat the quality of the surrounding areas and possible connectivity to other sites

(Lindeboom amp Baumlck 2005) However in many cases the scientific knowledge about a feature

will be insufficient to determine this very exactly Even if the life history of a species is well

know for example it is usually not known how much the surrounding area can be expected

to play a role in supporting the healthy functioning of that species Nonetheless it is

generally true that heavily impacted surrounding areas will provide less of a supporting role

to protected features than pristine ones In data-poor situations often it is still possible to

use expert opinion to specify a range of sizes which would likely be appropriate for the

adequate protection of a given feature (text adapted from OSPAR 2007)

For the RAMPAO network expert assessments of the efficacy of individual MPA sites is

probably the best way to consider the adequacy aspect of the criterion and we note the

work that has already been done by RAMPAO on this regard as well as the IUCN on

assessing management effectiveness (2007 2008a 2008b)

Relative viability can also be inferred from a threats pressures analysis In performing a

population density analysis proximity to human settlements can be used as a first indication

of how much anthropomorphic stress a protected area may be experiencing Looking

further at the composition of sensitive and threatened species within a given area can

further refine this initial threats analysis

Long term gap analyses In many cases analyses that got delayed in the medium term would be still valuable in the

longer term (2011 to 2014) However for the longer-term we would also hope that

RAMPAO activities would begin to focus on the filling of already-identified ecological and

management gaps

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 26

MarZone and MaxEnt

As an MPA network develops so does the need for more sophisticated analyses MarZone

(Marxan with Zones) has received positive attention recently and is a good tool for zoning

multiple activities with various levels of conservation restrictions In order to use a tool like

Marxan broad representativity data (ldquocoarse filterrdquo) and biological data (ldquofine filterrdquo) are

required and in order to use a zoning tool like MarZone broad coverage human use data

are additionally required One big advantage of MarxanMarZone is the user community

that has grown up around it and the good practices that continue to be developed

To get broad scale species distributions usually point occurrence data are fitted to physical

chemical environmental variables producing a predictive habitat model Good success has

been attained using the MaxEnt model (httpwwwcsprincetonedu~schapiremaxent)

though many other approaches also exist The construction of species-habitat predictive

models can take time and acquiring combining the environmental data also takes much

work In order to not bias the Marxan MarZone analysis several species-habitat models

would have to be created for several different key species from a variety of taxonomic

families trophic levels and feeding guilds This would be clearly a long-term project and

can only be justified if the RAMPAO MPA network has reached a level of sophistication to

demand such an analysis

Climate change modelling

Conservation network planning for climate change can also involved complicated modelling

(eg Fuller et al 2008) However again these approaches are data-intensive and require

advanced technical abilities

Ongoing adaptive approach

It is unlikely that the above advanced modelling approaches would be worth their

considerable effort and instead it is suggested that much more can be achieved through

good cooperation with stakeholders scientific expertise and some ldquocommon senserdquo

Recognising that no plan is perfect planning should be seen as an ongoing process of

refinement Paramount will be the ability to be flexible and adapt to changing ecological and

social conditions To do so will require governance structures from local to international

levels ndashlikewise matched to adapt quickly and effectively

While it is relatively easy to point out gaps in an MPA network at ever-increasing levels of

sophistication it is much harder to fill those gaps even on the most rudimentary level

Therefore we urge RAMPAO to act in the long term on addressing the gaps that are readily

apparent through basic tests such as the ones outlined in this document

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 27

Possible activities of the 2nd Mission

This report and the two-part background report prepared for the CBD (also included in this

submission ndashArdron et al 2009) offer a lot of information We expect that as RAMPAO staff

sifts through this guidance questions will arise We see the 2nd Mission as one that could be

devoted to

answering questions that arise from the 1st Mission guidance ndashprocess ecological

and technical

elaborating medium-term gap analyses once more is known about data availability

and technical capacity within RAMPAO and its partner organisations

providing assistance in data collection in Europe and North America

doing joint GIS analyses there could be benefit in working together on some of the

GIS analyses such as the analysis of topographic complexity

presenting initial results we also believe that it will be important to present some

short-term gap analysis results to RAMPAO members and partners

participating in the Third Meeting of the RAMPAO General Assembly we suggest that the 2nd Mission coincide with the RAMPAO General Assembly and include

o a presentation of initial results to the General Assembly and o an expert side-meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and

analyses

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 28

References

Ardron JA 2002 A Recipe for Determining Benthic Complexity An Indicator of Species Richness In Marine Geography GIS for the Oceans and Seas (ch 23 pp 196-175) Joe Breman (ed) Redlands CA USA ESRI Press

Ardron JA 2009 Three initial OSPAR tests of ecological coherence heuristics in a data-limited situation ICES Journal of Marine Research 658 1527-1533

Ardron JA Dunn D Corrigan C Gjerde K Halpin P Rice J Vanden Berghe E Vierros M 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations A background document for the CBD expert workshop Ottawa Canada 29 September ndash 2 October 2009 37 pp + 73 pp Annex 1

BALANCE 2008 Ecological coherence and principles MPA assessment selection and design Technical Summary Report 34 httpbalance-euorgxpdfbalance-technical-summary-report-no-3-4pdf

FAO 2009 International guidelines for the management of deep-sea fisheries in the high seas Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations Rome

Fahrig 2001 How much Habitat is enough Biological Conservation 100 (1) 65-74

Fuller T Morton DP Sarkar S 2008 Incorporating uncertainty about speciesrsquo potential distributions under climate change into the selection of conservation areas with a case study from the Arctic Coastal Plain of Alaska Biological Conservation 141 1547-1559

Gigerenzer G Todd P M and the ABC Research Group 1999 Simple heuristics that make us smart Oxford University Press New York

IUCNBRAO 2007 Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parc de Guineacutee Bissau

IUCNPACO 2008a Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees aires proteacutegeacutees de la Reacutepublique de Guineacutee

IUCNBRAO 2008b Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parcs et reacuteserves de Mauritanie

Lindeboom HJ and Baumlck S 2005 Establishing coastal and marine reserves- with the emphasis on fisheries Pages 103-118 In Managing European Coasts Past Present and Future J Vermaat LBouwer KTurner WSalomons (Eds) Springer-Verlag

OSPAR 2007 Background document to support the Assessment of whether the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is Ecologically Coherent OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic Publication Number 2007320 wwwosparorg

OSPAR 2008 Three initial spatial tests looking at the ecological coherence of the OSPAR marine protected area (MPA) network OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic 3602008 wwwosparorg 17 pp

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 29

Annex 1 Calendar of meetings 1st Mission 5-12 Sept 2009

Lundi

FIBA

Charlotte Karibuhoye

Coordinatrice

Souadou Ndiaye

SIG RAMPAO

Julien Semelin Appui agrave la creacuteation de nouvelles AMP et renforcement de lrsquoefficaciteacute des AMP

UICN Racine Kane AMP transfrontaliegravere

16h par teacuteleacutephone

PRCM Ahmed Senhoury

Directeur

Mardi

8h30 WWF Mamadou Diallo

Chargeacute de mission espegraveces et habitats

mdialowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 641 13 84

Paul Siegel Conseiller en environnement marin psiegelwwfsenegalorg 221 869 37 00

10h30

CSE centre de suivi eacutecologique Ministegravere de lrsquoenvironnement

Taibou Ba Cartes donneacutees

15h Wetland international Africa

Emma GREATRIX

Network for biodiversiteacute (BIOMAC network) Manatee Waterbirds Mangroves

egeatrix]wetlandssn +221 33 869 1681

Mercredi

10h SI NEPAD David Njiki Njiki

Coordinateur environnement njikinjikiyahoocom 221 33 842 73 11

12h WWF Ibrahima Niamadio

Officier pecircche durable iniamadiowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 567 53 16

15h par teacuteleacutephone

UICN Mathieu Ducroq

Coordinateur du programme marin et cocirctier de lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoouest central

+ 222 662 40 82 portable 0022 529 09 77 bureau

16h par teacuteleacutephone

RAMPAO Alfredo da Silva

Preacutesident du RAMPAO Directeur IBAP Ancien coordinateur du reacuteseau de gestion des zones cocirctiegraveres

00245 580 38 48 ou 00 245

UNESCO Isabelle Niang

Projet GEF drsquoadaptation au changement climatique en Afrique de lrsquoouest Erosion cocirctiegravere

Jeudi

9h UICN Guineacutee Bissau

Pierre Campredon

Ancien responsable du PRCM Pierrecampredoniucnorg 0033 630340088

11h30 Convention drsquoAbidjan

Nassere Kaba 0022520211183

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 30

13h CRODTCNDO ODINAFRICA

Anis Diallo Aquaculture et directeur du CNDO adialloordinafricanet 22133832826465 221 77 631 15 95

15h CSRP

M Hamadi Diop

En charge du deacutepartement laquo recherche et systegraveme drsquoinformation raquo

hamadidiopgmailcom

Philippe Tous Projet AFD ndash inteacutegration des AMP dans les politiques de pecircche

philipetousgmailcom (Skype Phil_tous)

Renaud Bailleux

Contrat UICN sur la gestion de lrsquoaccegraves aux ressources halieutiques dans la reacutegion - accords de pecircche ndash gouvernance partageacutee dans les AMP (financement PRCM)

M Dop mika Programme requins de la FIBA mika_dfryahoofr

Vendredi

9H IRD Luis Tito de Morais

Peumlcheeacutecologie des peuplements de poissons

titoirdsn 221 33 849 3658

11h UICN Mamadou Sow

Chef de projet mangrove Mamadousowuicnorg 221 33 869 0286

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 31

Annex 2 CBD criteria for ecologically significant areas

CBD Decision IX20 Annex 1

SCIENTIFIC CRITERIA FOR IDENTIFYING ECOLOGICALLY OR BIOLOGICALLY SIGNIFICANT MARINE AREAS IN NEED OF PROTECTION IN OPEN-

OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS

Criteria Definition Rationale Examples Consideration in application

Uniqueness or

rarity

Area contains

either (i) unique (ldquothe

only one of its kindrdquo) rare

(ldquooccurs only in few

locationsrdquo) or endemic

species populations or

communities andor (ii)

unique rare or distinct

habitats or ecosystems

andor (iii) unique or

unusual geomorphological

or oceanographic features

Irreplaceable

Loss would mean the probable permanent disappearance of diversity or a feature or reduction of the diversity at any level

Open ocean waters

Sargasso Sea Taylor column

persistent polynyas

Deep-sea habitats

endemic communities around

submerged atolls hydrothermal

vents sea mounts pseudo-

abyssal depression

Risk of biased-view of the perceived uniqueness depending on the information availability

Scale dependency of features such that unique features at one scale may be typical at another thus a global and regional perspective must be taken

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 32

Special

importance for

life-history

stages of

species

Areas that are required for

a population to survive and

thrive

Various biotic and abiotic

conditions coupled with

species-specific

physiological constraints

and preferences tend to

make some parts of marine

regions more suitable to

particular life-stages and

functions than other parts

Area containing (i) breeding grounds

spawning areas nursery areas juvenile

habitat or other areas important for life

history stages of species or (ii) habitats of

migratory species (feeding wintering or

resting areas breeding moulting

migratory routes)

Connectivity between life-history stages and linkages between areas trophic interactions physical transport physical oceanography life history of species

Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data Vessel monitoring system (VMS) data

Spatial and temporal distribution andor aggregation of the species

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 33

Importance for

threatened

endangered or

declining

species andor

habitats

Area containing habitat for

the survival and recovery

of endangered threatened

declining species or area

with significant

assemblages of such

species

To ensure the restoration

and recovery of such species

and habitats

Areas critical for threatened endangered

or declining species andor habitats

containing (i) breeding grounds spawning

areas nursery areas juvenile habitat or

other areas important for life history

stages of species or (ii) habitats of

migratory species (feeding wintering or

resting areas breeding moulting

migratory routes)

Includes species with very large geographic ranges

In many cases recovery will require reestablishment of the species in areas of its historic range

Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data vessel-monitoring system (VMS) data

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 34

Vulnerability

Fragility

Sensitivity or

Slow recovery

Areas that contain a

relatively high proportion

of sensitive habitats

biotopes or species that

are functionally fragile

(highly susceptible to

degradation or depletion

by human activity or by

natural events) or with

slow recovery

The criteria indicate the

degree of risk that will be

incurred if human activities

or natural events in the area

or component cannot be

managed effectively or are

pursued at an unsustainable

rate

Vulnerability of species

Inferred from the history of how species or populations in other similar areas responded to perturbations

Species of low fecundity slow growth long time to sexual maturity longevity (eg sharks etc)

Species with structures providing biogenic habitats such as deepwater corals sponges and bryozoans deep-water species

Vulnerability of habitats

Ice-covered areas susceptible to ship-based pollution

Ocean acidification can make deep sea habitats more vulnerable to others and increase susceptibility to human induced changes

Interactions between vulnerability to human impacts and natural events

Existing definition emphasizes site specific ideas and requires consideration for highly mobile species

Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 35

Biological

productivity

Area containing species

populations or

communities with

comparatively higher

natural biological

productivity

Important role in fuelling

ecosystems and increasing

the growth rates of

organisms and their capacity

for reproduction

Frontal areas

Upwellings

Hydrothermal vents

Seamounts polynyas

Can be measured as the rate of growth of marine organisms and their populations either through the fixation of inorganic carbon by photosynthesis chemosynthesis or through the ingestion of prey dissolved organic matter or particulate organic matter

Can be inferred from remote-sensed products eg ocean colour or process-based models

Time-series fisheries data can be used but caution is required

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 36

Biological

diversity

Area contains

comparatively higher

diversity of ecosystems

habitats communities or

species or has higher

genetic diversity

Important for evolution and

maintaining the resilience of

marine species and

ecosystems

Sea-mounts

Fronts and convergence zones

Cold coral communities

Deep-water sponge communities

Diversity needs to be seen in relation to the surrounding environment

Diversity indices are indifferent to species substitutions

Diversity indices are indifferent to which species may be contributing to the value of the index and hence would not pick up areas important to species of special concern such as endangered species

Can be inferred from habitat heterogeneity or diversity as a surrogate for species diversity in areas where biodiversity has not been sampled intensively

Naturalness Area with a comparatively

higher degree of

naturalness as a result of

the lack of or low level of

human-induced

disturbance or

degradation

To protect areas with near natural structure processes and functions

To maintain these areas as reference sites

To safeguard and enhance ecosystem resilience

Most ecosystems and habitats have

examples with varying levels of

naturalness and the intent is that the

more natural examples should be

selected

Priority should be given to areas having a low level of disturbance relative to their surroundings

In areas where no natural areas remain areas that have successfully recovered including reestablishment of species should be

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 37

considered

Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 38

Annex 3 CBD criteria for MPA networks

Decision IX20 Annex II SCIENTIFIC GUIDANCE FOR SELECTING AREAS TO ESTABLISH A REPRESENTATIVE NETWORK OF MARINE PROTECTED AREAS INCLUDING IN

OPEN OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS

Required network properties and

components Definition Applicable site specific considerations (inter alia)

Ecologically and biologically significant areas

Ecologically and biologically significant areas are geographically or oceanographically discrete areas that provide important services to one or more speciespopulations of an ecosystem or to the ecosystem as a whole compared to other surrounding areas or areas of similar ecological characteristics or otherwise meet the criteria as identified in annex I to decision IX20

Uniqueness or rarity

Special importance for life history stages of species

Importance for threatened endangered or declining species andor habitats

Vulnerability fragility sensitivity or slow recovery

Biological productivity

Biological diversity

Naturalness

Representativity Representativity is captured in a network when it consists of areas representing the different biogeographical subdivisions of the global oceans and regional seas that reasonably reflect the full range of ecosystems including the biotic and habitat diversity of those marine ecosystems

A full range of examples across a biogeographic habitat or community classification relative health of species and communities relative intactness of habitat(s) naturalness

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 39

Connectivity Connectivity in the design of a network allows for linkages whereby protected sites benefit from larval andor species exchanges and functional linkages from other network sites In a connected network individual sites benefit one another

Currents gyres physical bottlenecks migration routes species dispersal detritus functional linkages Isolated sites such as isolated seamount communities may also be included

Replicated ecological features Replication of ecological features means that more than one site shall contain examples of a given feature in the given biogeographic area The term ―features means ―species habitats and ecological processes that naturally occur in the given biogeographic area

Accounting for uncertainty natural variation and the possibility of catastrophic events Features that exhibit less natural variation or are precisely defined may require less replication than features that are inherently highly variable or are only very generally defined

Adequate and viable sites Adequate and viable sites indicate that all sites within a network should have size and protection sufficient to ensure the ecological viability and integrity of the feature(s) for which they were selected

Adequacy and viability will depend on size shape buffers persistence of features threats surrounding environment (context) physical constraints scale of featuresprocesses spillovercompactness

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 40

Annex 4 Data sources highlighted in discussions during the 1st Mission

Thegravemes Organisme ressources Personnes ressources Sites internet ressources et bases de donneacutees

Donneacutees bibliographiques

IRD Linus base bibliographique (httpiacaprodc3eduvsqfrlinus)

CRODT Catalogue des publications du CRODT

Donneacutees geacuteneacuterales

PRCMFIBA SIG Reacutegional Catalogue drsquoInformations pour lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoOuest (CIAO) wwwolmmrciao

OdinAfrica African marine atlas ndash voir OdinAfrica

OBIS httpwwwiobisorg

Guineacutee Bissau SIG Guineacutee Bissau au 200 000 egraveme sur toute la zone cocirctiegravere et 50 000 egraveme sur les Bijagos voir Franccedilois Gourmelonuniv-brestfr ou Emmanuel Ginaudet

Cap vert Systegraveme national SIG pour toutes les donneacutees du Cap vert

Bathymeacutetrie

Navy Londres Africa Pilot Volume 1 Hydrographer of the Navy London 1967

SHOM Carte SHOM ndeg6815 INT14 au 110 000 000egraveme Voir site wwwshomfr - catalogue

Cf Canada Carte au CSE

CND0 CD des donneacutees bathymeacutetriques de la sous-reacutegion

Donneacutees oceacuteanographiques geacuteneacuterales

OdinAfrica Points focaux des pays agrave voir sur site internet drsquoOdinAfrica

ordinafricanet Atelier national OdinAfrica ndash voir sur le site CNDO Aller sur le site OdinAfrica reacutecupeacuterer les shapefiles (httpwwwodinafricaorg) et sur httpwwwafricanmarineatlasnet

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 41

IRDlaboratoire LOCEAN-IPSL (Universiteacute Paris 6) LPAOSF (Lab de Physique de lAtmosphegravere et de lOceacutean de agrave lEacutecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique-UCAD

Alban Lazar (IRD) Simeacuteon Fongang (Ecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique) Raymond Lahaye (IRDLEMAR)

Circulation oceacuteanique le long des cocirctes seacuteneacutegalaises (structures variabiliteacute meacutecanismes de lrsquoupwelling des courants cocirctiers des tempeacuteratures et des saliniteacutes) et les couplages oceacutean-atmosphegravere

FAO Merete TANDSTAD Projets CCLEM et GCLME

NEPAD Projet GCLME

PRCM et IMROP + autres

Faire lrsquoinventaire des socieacuteteacutes qui ont fait de la prospection peacutetroliegravere et voir leurs donneacutees et eacutetudes drsquoimpact eacutetude Woodside ou Dana petroleum voir PRCM et IMROP

Universiteacute Rapport master de lrsquouniversiteacute sur la modeacutelisation de la circulation et des tempeacuteratures sur la haute mer (demander CNDO)

Upwellings Odiafrica Donneacutees upwellings sur Odinafrica

IRD P CURY et N BEZ

Geacuteologie seacutediemntologie et Nature des fonds

2 thegraveses sur le plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais sud et nord

IRD carte de Domain (IRDORSTOM) carte des seacutediments du plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais)

carte de Barusso

Travaux de Lachance et Mc Master

Odinafirca Plateau continental ndash carte digitaliseacutee sur la nature des fonds ndash voir sur ordinafrica

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 42

Annex 5 GIS data priorities

Explanation of ranking system

Term short-term bullbullbull medium-term bullbull long-term bull Estimated Ease of acquiring data easy bullbullbull moderatebullbull difficult bull

Importance high bullbullbull moderate bullbull low bull Term Ease Import

Base layers

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 coastline(s)

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 2 ecological regions

bullbullbull bull bullbullbull 3 bathymetry

bullbullbull bullbull bull 4 topography (for land ndashcan help with shoreline classifications)

Physical and oceanographic

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 estuaries rivers

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 shoreline type (cliff rocky sandy muddy etc)

bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 surficial sediment (bottom type)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 seafloor topographic complexity ruggedness (can be created from bathymetry)

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 5 seamounts (can also be identified through bathymetry)

6 other seascape features eg

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull canyons

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 43

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull ridges

bullbull bullbullbull bullbull hydrothermal vents

bullbull bull bullbull seeps

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull banks

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull rocky reefs

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull estuaries (sub-classes)

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull lagoons

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull upwellings

bull bullbull bull 7 ocean currents tides

bull bullbull bullbull 8 sea surface temperature

bull bullbull bullbull 9 salinity

bull bull bull 10 photosynthetically available radiation (PAR)

bull bull bull 11 coastal erosion sediment transport

bull bull bullbull 12 climate change trends eg movement of upwellings

Biological habitat

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 1 threatened or endangered species (amp spawning nursery areas etc)

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 threatened or endangered habitats

bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 habitat classification (if one exists regionally)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 biogenic features eg

warm water coral reefs

cold water coral ldquoforestsrdquo

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 44

mangroves (sub-classes)

bullbull bull bullbullbull 5 Key commercial species eg

crustaceans molluscs (crabs shrimps oysters etc)

pelagic large fishes (eg tunas)

pelagic small fishes

demersal fishes

bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 primary productivity (usually satellite colour images chlorophyll_a)

bullbull bull bullbull 7 secondary productivity (eg an estimate of carbon flux)

bullbull bull bullbull 8 migration of invasive species

Human use management

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 marine protected areas

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 year-round fisheries closures

bullbull bullbull bull 3 other seasonal fisheries closures

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 4 cities towns villages (with populations)

bullbull bullbull bull 5 local community boundaries

bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 traditional use boundaries (eg artisanal fisheries)

bull bullbull bull 7 migrant land use grazing

bullbull bull bullbullbull 8 areas of cultural spiritual importance

bullbull bullbullbull bullbull 9 roads (can help with understanding remoteness amp shoreline access)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 10 shipping routes and harbours

bullbull bullbull bull 11 land use particularly agriculture (can be combined into an analysis of rivers to estimate runoff)

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 45

bullbull bull bullbullbull 12 fishing

a artisanal by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)

b industrial by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 13 offshore oil amp gas licences exploratory wells installations (platforms pipelines shore based)

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 14 sand amp gravel mining

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 15 tourism shoreline development resorts marinas

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 46

Annex 6 Thirty additional assessments

Excerpted and adapted from the 54 page report by the OSPAR Regional seas convention for

the Northeast Atlantic (2007) Background document to support the assessment of whether

the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is ecologically coherent6

Assessment Criterion 1 Adequacy Viability

1 Assessment Guideline One should expect the sizes of network sites (for a given feature) to be

distributed throughout or exceed the estimated range of sizes necessary to sustain a viable

population or community

2 Assessment Guideline Sites that are heavily impacted andor surrounded by heavily impacted

areas should be larger than otherwise

3 Assessment Guideline Features of ecological significance should receive greater protection

than normal

4 Assessment Guideline Location and geography can be used to indicate adequate protection

such that

a Protection of pelagic features should generally be reflected with the implementation of

larger sites than those for benthic features

b In regions constrained by physical geography (eg fjords bays bights passages straits)

the adequate sizes of individual sites will generally be smaller than areas without such

physical constraints (eg regional seas open ocean)

c Offshore andor deeper sites will generally require larger areas than for nearshore andor

shallow sites (However the exceptions of certain deep sea benthic features such as

hydrothermal vents and cold seeps are noted)

5 Assessment Guideline in a given region the adequate spatial protection of most OSPAR

features and the overall network can be expected to conform to the scientific literature and

fall within the range commonly found within that literature It is recognized that this is an

evolving field of study

6 Assessment Guideline Owing to the multiplicity of its objectives the OSPAR network can be

expected to contain a variety of reserve sizes and corresponding spacing between sites

7 Assessment Guideline If a site is at the small end of the expected viability range for a given

feature then compact sites are preferable If on the other hand a given site is at the large end

of the estimated viability range then a less compact shape would allow for greater spill-over

and benefits outside of the reserve

a The Compactness of a given site can be calculated using a GIS and the following

formula C = (4πAp2)

05 Where C is the Compactness A is the area of the site and p is

its perimeter

8 Assessment Guideline A broad MPA network such as the OSPAR network with a wide

variety of features can be expected to have a wide variety of reserve shapes and sizes

6 Jeff Ardron is the primary author of this OSPAR report

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 47

a The combined size and compactness of a site be readily calculated using a GIS and the

following formula SSC = ln (PA) Where SSC is here labelled as the site size-

compactness P is the perimeter of the site and A is the area

9 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA electronic database lists the aims and ecological

criteria on a site by site basis Thus as a preliminary assessment these can be compiled to get

an indication of how well they are being met across the network

10 Assessment Guideline A list inventory of features within a region that (are known or

believed to) meet the OSPAR aims and ecological criteria is required in order to fully assess if

the existing MPA sites are likely adequate

11 Assessment Guideline Features that are common and widely distributed will generally require

less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are rare andor sparsely

distributed

Assessment Criterion 2 Representativity

12 Assessment Guideline OSPAR MPAs should be checked to ensure that they are broadly

distributed across biogeographic regions In such an assessment there is no need to restrict the

assessment to just one biogeographic classification system So long as they appear to be

rigorous (eg peer-reviewed) the use of a variety of systems is encouraged

13 Assessment Guideline Each of the Dinter [OSPAR] bioregions should be adequately

protected

14 Assessment Guideline National classifications can be very helpful in assessing

representativity at a national level based on national categories and should be used where they

exist

15 Assessment Guideline In the absence of full biological surveys or full classification systems

(such as EUNIS) simple surrogates should be used to check that representativity is possibly

being achieved Benthic and pelagic realms should be considered

16 Assessment Guideline Representative features that are very common and widely distributed

will likely require less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are just

somewhat common

As a rule of thumb within a given feature class representative protection can be

compared to a normalized distribution For example if the areal distribution of

representative classes can be normalised through a square-root transformation then

protected area distribution could be expected to be roughly proportional to the square-

root of the ratio of the representative feature classesrsquo overall areas

17 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA nomination database should be checked to ensure

that the idea of the ldquobestrdquo features was taken into account across feature types and regions

18 Assessment Guideline Features that best represent their type can be expected to be

characterized by most or all of these indicators

a Typical morphology

b High density abundance

c High degree of health naturalness

d Persistence (temporal and spatial) and

e Strong functional linkages

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 48

Assessment Criterion 3 Replication

19 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area more than one example of each feature

should be protected

20 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features protected in areas susceptible

to catastrophic events require greater replication than those in low-risk areas

21 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area where no better data exist natural

variation can be assumed to be greatest between sites that are furthest apart

22 Assessment Guideline Features that are very specifically defined will exhibit less variation

and hence require less replication than features which are very general or ldquocatch-allrdquo categories

23 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area scientific requirements may require

replicate sites for differing purposes If these requirements are not known it can be assumed

that replicate sites that are a moderate distance apart (neither immediate neighbours nor at

extreme ends of the biogeographic area) will satisfy most scientific requirements

24 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features for which there are weak or

incomplete or modelled data require greater replication than those features for which better data

are available

Assessment Criterion 4 Connectivity

25 Assessment Guideline If an area is known or suspected to be important to connectivity then it

should be represented in the MPA network

26 Assessment Guideline Reserves in areas where there are known currents (eg many coastal

areas) should be more closely spaced than otherwise In order to maintain connectivity for most

short to moderate larval dispersing species when specific data are lacking such nearshore sites

should be spaced not further than 50 km apart

27 Assessment Guideline Connectivity between seabird sites can be measured in straight lines

28 Assessment Guideline Connectivity for marine species can be assumed to be greater along

lines of similar habitat than across them

29 Assessment Guideline The density of marine reserves can be used as a way to group areas of

likely connectivity Likewise it can also define gaps where connectivity has probably not been

achieved

30 Assessment Guideline In the absence of dispersal data connectivity may be approximated by

ensuring the MPA network is well distributed in space reflecting the scale of its surroundings

Page 11: A Suggested Approach for Gap Analyses of the RAMPAO Marine ...€¦ · A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 2 Recommendation re outreach: 1) regional contact

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 9

Review of activities and available information

Our first Mission Report provides details of our conversations with various key players in the

region as well as many preliminary observations and action points We suggest it be used

side-by-side this report A calendar of meetings we attended during the 1st Mission is listed

in Annex 1 A preliminary list of data sources highlighted in these discussions is provided in

Annex 4 to this report

In our discussions several repeating ideas about gaps analyses emerged

necessity gaps analyses are believed to be necessary and valuable

ecology gap analyses should focus on ecological aspects first setting aside

management considerations for the time being

management management and community involvement was emphasized in several

discussions as being essential after gaps are identified and the discussions turn to

how gaps could be filled

cultural considerations the work required to also take account of social traditional

and sacred concerns should be assessed

the offshore open sea (containing eg upwellings seamounts canyons cold water

corals etc) is an integral part of the marine environment but has to date not been

included in MPA discussions and represents a major obvious gap

site versus network criteria site level MPA criteria and network level criteria were

often discussed together as though they were all the same and thus greater clarity is

required on how these two complementary sets of criteria fit together into larger

gaps analyses

cooperation gaps analyses will require strong partnerships and cooperation both

within West Africa and abroad and further work should be done to strengthen these

partnerships through memorandums of understanding and other agreements Many

people noted that acquiring and combining data can use up much time and

resources

fisheries were recognised to encompass activities with the broadest geography and

largest ecological impacts as well as the most complicated social considerations

While MPAs are seen as a good tool for the conservation of biodiversity their use as

a fisheries management tool was seen as applicable in some but not all fisheries It

was pointed out that fisheries science has traditionally been carried out separately

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 10

from other scientific disciplines though acceptance of the ecosystem approach to

fisheries is changing this

ecological research and analyses people noted that while some good initial work

had often been started the coverage was often patchy and considerable work was

still required hence care is required to focus on what can be done with existing

information and to identify a few key research priorities out of the many

The following recommendations flow out of the above discussions

Recommendation re gap analysis considering that all the partners and parties

interviewed supported the need for a gaps analysis we recommend that the Gaps

Analysis Project proceed with the necessary funding personnel and institutional support

Recommendation re offshore gaps the lack of MPAs offshore particularly in the EEZs (12 -

200 nautical miles) of RAMPAO countries should be recognised by members as a serious

gap in the RAMPAO MPA network requiring immediate attention

Recommendation re fisheries considering their size and complexity special attention

should be given to fisheries and their interactions with existing and potential MPAs We

recommend a special Fisheries-MPA working group be set up with relevant institutions

such as CSRP and others1 to consider possible gaps in spatial fish protections as per the

CBD IX20 Annex 1 criteria noted above Additional fisheries relevant criteria such as the

FAO guidelines for the management of deep-sea fisheries (2009) could be applied as

appropriate

Recommendation re ecosystem research considering the breadth of possible research

topics we recommend that RAMPAO work cooperatively with research institutions such

as IRD and others to address critical knowledge gaps in a strategic fashion We

recommend prioritising research questions on three general criteria 1) relevance to

identifying and filling gaps 2) likelihood that these questions can realistically be answered

(considering budgets and scientific constraints) and 3) according to the speed of their

results a) quickly (ie 2010) b) in the medium-term (2011) and c) in the longer-term

(gt2011)

Recommendation re project officer considering the extent of the work a project officer

should be designated This officer should a) support the RAMPAO Secretariat (through

1 Because we were unable to interview representatives from the two relevant Large Marine Ecosystem (LME)

projects (which look at broad scale effects of fisheries) we are uncertain on how they would (or would not)

wish to participate An informal discussion with Merete Tandstad (FAO) while at another meeting suggests that

the Canary Current LME is still in early stages of development However we do suggest that both the LME

Secretariats and the FAO still be approached to gauge their interest

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 11

Charlotte Karibuhoye) in outreach to regional contact points and partners especially in

the development of project agreements such as MoUs and working groups b) supervise

and assist RAMPAOrsquos GIS technician (Souadou Ndiaye) as required c) oversee and

complete as required the data collection and technicalGIS work

Regarding the recommendation above we recognise that the Project Officer will require

additional funding to that which was originally envisioned in this project If funding for such

a position is not possible we would suggest that additional help be sought through

partners and specific contracts To the degree possible we have outlined the various

aspects of work that will need to be done as discreet pieces so as to allow for them to be

performed separately as funding permits

Recommendation re MoUs considering the broad scope and data requirements of this

project the RAMPAO Secretariat should continue to build upon its good relationships

within and outside of West Africa through the development of Memorandums of

Understanding (MoUs) or similar agreements These MoUs (or similar agreements) should

primarily consider data sharing arrangements andor the sharing of relevant analytical

work Additionally they may consider technical issues such as database compatibility and

also human capacity building training as appropriate

We believe that the Regional Contact Points could play an important role in facilitating

relationships agreements and access to regional data information and expertise

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 12

Ecological principles and targets

There is a broad literature concerning marine protected area (MPA) ecological principles

and criteria As noted at the Second General Assembly of RAMPAO the latest thinking on

this topic is captured in Decision XI20 of the Convention on Biological Diversity (CBD)

Adopted in June 2008 this Decision provides seven criteria for identifying ecologically and

biologically significant areas (IX20 Annex 1) and five criteria for MPA networks (IX20

Annex2) Thus the CBD recognised that site criteria and network criteria while strongly

linked are different Recently the CBD held an expert meeting in Ottawa Canada where

the seven site criteria were further discussed and guidance was drafted for their

implementation2

We find the CBD criteria to be sound and note that there will be an ongoing development

of global support and capacity building surrounding their implementation We therefore

recommend that RAMPAO base its operational principles and targets on these CBD criteria

and associated guidance

Recommendation re ecological criteria RAMPAOrsquos ecological principles and targets

should be based the CBD criteria for identifying ecologically significant sites (IX20 Annex

1) and MPA networks (IX20 Annex 2) taking into account additional CBD guidance as it is

developed

The full annexes of CBD Decision IX20 are appended to this report as Annexes 2 and 3 Briefly the seven CBD criteria for identifying ecologically and biologically significant areas are

1 Uniqueness or rarity 2 Special importance for life history of species 3 Importance for threatened endangered or declining species andor habitats 4 Vulnerability fragility sensitivity slow recovery 5 Biological productivity 6 Biological diversity 7 Naturalness

The five CBD MPA network criteria are 1 Ecologically and biologically significant areas (ie based on the 7 site criteria above) 2 Representativity 3 Connectivity 4 Replicated ecological features 5 Adequate and viable sites

2 Report of the expert workshop on ecological criteria and biogeographic classification systems for marine

areas in need of protection This guidance will go through the CBD review process and assuming it goes well

will be presented for acceptance at the Tenth Conference of Parties in October 2010

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 13

Methodology

Approach We view pragmatism modularity and flexibility as being necessary ingredients to an

approach that would best ensure success

Pragmatism The methodology should reflect an approach that will allow progress to

proceed despite imperfect data or other problems For example analyses should be done in

areas where data are available or where there is social political acceptance without the

(sometimes considerable) delay of waiting for data or acceptance from other neighbouring

areas within an ecological region3

Modularity Individual gap analyses should be able stand on their own while also fitting

together with others to form a fuller picture Analysis results should be fairly easy to explain

Flexibility Related to pragmatism above the methodology should follow good practices

while still remaining flexible to alternatives that are not ideal but which can allow for

progress For example when some data are not available other less-than-ideal ldquoproxiesrdquo

may have to be used as substitutes

Boundaries Ecological analyses should when possible be stratified according to accepted ecological

regions and sub-regions (eg Marine Ecosystems of the World ndashMEOW) However given

that in this project various areas have varying degrees of data availability we also see the

need for flexibility in the approach and recognise that some analyses may have to be

bounded according to boundaries that reflect where the data were collected Or in some

instances instead of ecological boundaries it may be appropriate to use traditional cultural

boundaries such as for artisanal fisheries

Timeframes Recommendation re short- medium- and long-term results given that some data will be

more readily available than others and that some analyses are easier to perform than

others we are recommending that a staged approach to delivering results be taken with

analyses planned for the short-term medium-term and long-term This will allow for

decisions and actions to also be taken in the short- medium- and long- term

3 However one must be careful to avoid transferring all gaps and attention to only those places that have data

or are willing to participate For it must be said that those places with few data and little protection are

usually the biggest gaps of all Maps should reflect low- and no-data areas clearly so that the reader

understands the limits of the analysis

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 14

We suggest the timeframe for delivering these short- medium- and long-term results could

be June 2010 (the next RAMPAO General Assembly) December 2011 (the end of this

project period) and December 2014 (the next project period) respectively These timelines

should dovetail with those of the recommendation re ecosystem research above when

appropriate These activities are further outlined in the suggested programme of work in

the section below

Initial tests Preliminary analyses should address basic gaps while later analyses could look at more

nuanced questions The unexpected availability (or unavailability) of data may sometimes

change the planned ordering of analyses If for some reason a particular analysis cannot be

done it should be skipped for the time being and not hold up further work If a preliminary

analysis indicates a significant gap it is unlikely any additional analyses will overturn that

finding and hence decision-making should in most cases proceed based on the results

from the initial basic tests without the delays associated with waiting for more data

Decisions can be refined however as more data become available In general coarse or

incomplete data demand greater precaution in decision-making This can create an

incentive for stakeholders to provide additional data that will allow for refinements

Recommendation re initial tests the gaps analysis should start with readily available

information and basic tests that are relatively easy to understand Later more complex

analyses can be performed with additional data as they become available The initial

basic gaps tests should be selected to provide results that can on their own inform

decision-making

A list of five such tests is outlined in the next section

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 15

Suggested programme of work

Short-term steps The following six steps outline the key tasks that we suggest would need to be done

between now and June 2010 in order to set this project in motion These steps are further

explained in the subsequent sections

1 Establishment of the projectrsquos terms of reference and recruitment of the project officer

2 outreach and coordination including informational presentations at various meetings

3 initial data collection focussing on readily available information 4 initial gaps analyses 5 presentation of initial results to the RAMPAO General Assembly 6 expert meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and analyses (likely

as a side-meeting to the General Assembly

Outreach amp coordination An ecosystem-level gaps analysis will require cooperation from a number of experts

agencies and institutions across all RAMPAO countries Hence outreach and coordination

will be important An introductory description of the project should be developed and

widely distributed as well as a web site page with up to date information on the project A

letter of introduction signed by a senior official(s) can also be important in terms of

establishing legitimacy Presentations introducing the project should be made at national

and regional level meetings as opportunity permits

Our meetings during the first mission proved to be very friendly and helpful These meetings

now require follow-up actions to each of the people contacted (see 1st Mission Report)

Because the people we met were mostly based in Senegal further work will be required

through the regional contact points for other countries

Areas of overlap with other activities (eg the Wetlands International implementation gaps

project) should be highlighted and discussions with these players begun to sort out how to

best cooperate and coordinate efforts

While outreach will be most intensive at the beginning of the project coordination will

continue throughout the projectrsquos duration

Recommendation re outreach 1) regional contact points should be updated on this

project and their help solicited 2) a clear one-page project description should be written

outlining the aims of the project and how cooperation with other bodies is being sought

3) a clear project web page should be developed 4) follow-up letters should sent to key

contacts we have already spoken to outlining next steps and where appropriate

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 16

proposing cooperation collaboration 5) presentations introducing the project should be

made at national and regional level meetings as opportunity permits

Acquisition of data amp information Central to this project will be identifying sources of information and data coordinating with

these experts data repositories and providers and ultimately acquiring the information or

data This will consume more time than any other task and probably more time than all the

other tasks combined

Steps

In the general case data acquisition will require the following steps some which may be

iterative (ie cycle around a few times)

searches ndashinternet list-serves libraries literature and through colleagues

informal emails calls and discussions with the expert or data custodian as to

what data may be available

formal letter(s) of introduction to the project signed by senior authorities and

usually addressed to mid- and senior-level people

face-to-face meetings in order to 1) gain permission to use the data and 2) to

learn about details and proper use of the data These two requirements may

mean two separate meetings

MoU drafting and signing andor data agreement andor formal letter of

request

logistics of how the data will be delivered and if any fees or restrictions are

involved

technical and scientific follow-up calls for assistance andor clarification on

interpretation or use of the data

The above steps have not been numbered because the order can vary from situation to

situation with some situations being informal and skipping steps while others are very

formal requiring prolonged discussions and additional steps that build trust

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 17

Three elements of success

Three elements of successful data acquisition are persistence practicality and

prioritisation

Persistence While most experts are usually happy to share their knowledge the sharing of

their data is often another matter The process can take weeks months or even years

Therefore in order to keep progress steady it is best to make a little time available every

day (say two hours) for data searches and follow-up politely reminding contacts from time

to time that you have not yet heard back from them That said do not waste time on data

that are only of marginal interest in the bigger picture It is easy to become lost in details

Practicality Often it is better to identify what data are readily available and to request

those data first This can help build trust and also allows for progress without getting stuck

Subsequently the provider can be approached again to discuss the other more difficult

data sets Thus the above steps can occur more than once with the same data provider

Again as noted above keeping the bigger picture in mind will help to focus data-gathering

activities on the most practical data sets

Prioritisation In an ecosystem-level analysis all kinds of data are interesting That said

some data are more helpful or urgent than others In the analyses outlined in the sections

below the general data requirements are listed The data requirements of the short-term

gap analyses should take priority over the medium-term ones which in turn should take

priority over the long-term analyses

Annex 5 GIS data priorities lists various common categories of data with their estimated

timeframe for usage (short- medium- long-term) availability and priority for this project

Strategies for acquiring difficult data

Sometimes data may be considered proprietary andor too sensitive to show and providers

usually assume they cannot be shared However with patience sometimes agreements can

be found whereby the data may be used ldquobehind the scenesrdquo in analyses so long as the

data are not displayed on final maps ndashonly the combined results which do not reveal the

data In other situations when the provider is an active participant the provider should be

invited to be a formal partner in the project and this may also ease data restrictions Finally

agreeing to perform joint-analyses or even contracting out certain analyses to the expert

can also allow the data to be used However in this latter case it may be difficult to do

quality control and hence the results can sometimes be puzzling or not what was required

If certain data are simply unavailable metadata can still be requested though metadata

often do not exist (In practice metadata if supplied are many times custom-created for

the particular request)

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 18

Meetings

General meetings A large forum like the RAMPAO General Assembly can be an excellent

opportunity to introduce interested parties to the project It may even be possible to get

general agreement around sharing data However such a general agreement if it can be

found would probably still not replace the need for MoUs and similar bilateral agreements

with specific agencies and institutions

In addition to regional meetings presentations should be made to national meetings

introducing the project as opportunity permits

Data meetings regional data meetings with database managers could help speed up the

process of data collection though this can vary from place to place In many cases it is

better to first approach people one-on-one Later after some data have already been

acquired a meeting can be used to discuss how to best merge data together and to

encourage others to also provide information data if they have not already done so

Expert meetings bringing together experts of a particular species or habitat can be a very

good way to identify available expertise information data and gaps Expert knowledge can

also be collected at such meetings drawn on maps etc but this requires prior training

preparation and processing afterwards In general expert meetings are most valuable after

a ldquodesktop studyrdquo where basic gaps have been identified and there are now specific

questions that have been identified as needing answers Targeted expert meetings can be

valuable at different times throughout a process as different issues need addressing Their

main drawback is the expense and work required A badly run meeting can also turn opinion

against a project and so care has to be taken to do a good job

Recommendation re data information collection 1) The process of collecting data should

begin immediately This will require close coordination with outreach activities 2) Priority

should be given to collecting data that are a) easily acquired and b) required for the initial

short-term analyses 3) Lists of data sources contact information and what dates they

were approached should be kept to track progress 4) Data collaboration should be on the

agenda of the next RAMPAO General Assembly meeting 5) After an initial (eg 3-6

month) period of data collection the need for data meetings andor expert meetings

should be assessed

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 19

Five initial gap analyses The following analyses are recommended as initial tests that should be done in the short-

term (present to June 2010) and when possible in the order presented However we

acknowledge that data availability can alter the ordering of the tests and even what tests

are undertaken ndashincluding developing new ones not listed here These basic tests can be

followed up with more complex analyses such as outlined in the next sections of this report

1 Visually consider the distribution of protected areas Is the network spatially well

distributed without more than a few major gaps If not what gaps can a person

immediately see Consider along-shore gaps and gaps moving out towards the offshore

Consider the northern central and southern thirds of the RAMPAO area Consider

national boundaries

Technical amp data requirements no GIS or GIS data are required A basic paper map

showing the protected areas and national boundaries is sufficient

Rationale this simple assessment is deceptively powerful Simplicity should not be seen

as detracting from its value The human eye can see many patterns and gaps that are

difficult to quantify into statistics When most people agree on a visual gap this

indicates that it is likely valid and worthy of serious consideration

Connectivity and representativity are two of the five agreed-upon CBD criteria for

assessing MPA networks (IX20 Annex 2) If the network is generally not well distributed

in space then it is unlikely to exhibit characteristics of connectivity or representativity

and thus is very unlikely to be ecologically coherent Note that if a network is well-

distributed in space this does not necessarily ensure that these criteria are being met

and further tests will still be required

2 Using GIS procedures consider in greater depth the distribution of protected areas For

this test and all the other tests below perform it first for the whole region then for

each of the three broad ecoregions north central and south4 and finally according to

national boundaries

a Zones offshore Consider coverage within four basic zones i the shorelines (0-5

nautical miles offshore) ii nearshore (~5-15 nm) iii mid-offshore (~15-50 nm)

and iv far offshore (~50 -200 nm) What percentage of each of these broad

zones has MPAs

b Distance from shore statistics what is the average (arithmetic mean) extent that

RAMPAO MPAs extend offshore What is the range of these values What is the

4 This could include the MEOW (Marine Ecoregions Of the World) classification or other similar ecoregions

accepted by RAMPAO partners

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 20

standard deviation Considering that RAMPOA waters extend approximately 200

nm offshore what do these distance-offshore statistics suggest

c Nearest neighbour distance in each of the above zones calculate ldquonearest

neighbourrdquo statistics between MPAs noting the range of MPA spacing the

arithmetic mean of the spacing and the standard deviation of spacing between

sites In this test and all others displaying the histogram of results can be very

informative and is recommended

Technical amp data requirements GIS files are required for shoreline data MPAs

ecoregions national boundaries These three tests (a) ndash (c) get progressively more

technically advanced in the use of GIS However it is outside the scope of this report to

fully describe the GIS methods If a minimum separation distance is chosen as a network

criterion (see comments below) then an easier GIS analysis would be to buffer the

MPAs by a value of half that distance to identify which areas that ldquotouchrdquo and which do

not

Rationale these analyses put some numbers to the first visual test In most ways

however the visual test is simpler and easier to understand That said numbers in

tables can help rank gaps according to basic properties

Unfortunately the GIS methods can be a bit difficult for a beginner If parts of this test

are too difficult they can be skipped since the visual assessment already tells us a lot

Setting explicit quantitative targets for spacing can be controversial and difficult to

support scientifically What is adequate for some species will still be inadequate for

others That said for a basic initial test ldquorules of thumbrdquo have been proposed The

BALANCE project in the Baltic Sea suggested 25 km as an ideal maximum spacing

between shoreline sites (2008) Instead of looking at the ideal situation the OSPAR

Convention for the Northeast Atlantic took a different approach considering the very

longest spacing that could be considered contributing anything at all towards ecological

coherence of the MPA network ie a theoretical ldquoworst caserdquo The OSPAR guidelines for

this worst case are nearshore ~250 km (linear shoreline distance) offshore ~200 000

km2 (which is about equivalent to a ~500 km diameter circle) high seas ~1 000 000 km2

(equivalent to a square with ~1000 km sides) For OSPAR nearshore meant shoreline

and territorial waters out to 12 nm offshore meant EEZ waters (12-200 nm) and high

seas meant waters beyond 200 nm from shore (OPSAR 2008 Ardron 2009)

3 Consider MPA distribution according to depth As for all these analyses perform these

tests first for the whole region then for each of the three broad ecoregions north

central and south and finally according to national boundaries

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 21

a Depth statistics what is the average (arithmetic mean) depth of RAMPAO

MPAs What is the range of values What is the standard deviation How do

these numbers compare with the overall RAMPAO region

b Depth zones consider the following eight general depth zones and what

percentage of each zone is within the current MPA network 0-25 m

(shallow) 25-50 m (photic) 50-100m (upper shelf) 100-200 m (lower shelf)

200-400 m (upper slope) 400-800 m (mid-slope) 800-1600 m (lower slope)

1600-3200 m or greater (abyssal plain)5

Technical amp data requirements data as per the previous test plus bathymetry The

easiest and fastest way to perform these statistics is to convert the MPA shapefile

(and if it is not already the bathymetry) into a raster grid and do grid analyses

Rationale depth is widely recognised as one of the key variables that describes

biotic communities in a give region and as such is a very basic measure of

representativity This analysis could be improved by combining surficial sediment

data with depth to make simple seafloor sediment-depth classes if available

4 Consider MPA distribution according to existent shoreline habitat classification

Although the whole RAMPAO shoreline is likely not classified certain features such

as estuaries or mangroves may already largely be identified Taking these shoreline

features that are either readily available or readily digitised consider what

percentage of each of these feature types are within the current MPA network

Consider what percentage of the MPA network lies outside of these readily

identifiable shoreline features Consider also according to ecoregions and national

boundaries

Technical amp data requirements any available shoreline features such as estuaries

and mangroves If the data are good enough each of these features could be sub-

divided eg large medium and small estuaries If geophysical shoreline type data

are missing basic categories such as cliff rock and sandmud shores can often be

visually estimated and hand digitised by looking at terrestrial topographic data along

the shoreline combined with nearshore bathymetry if available

5 These log2 depth classes are admittedly somewhat arbitrary (25 2

i) and could be refined either by

considering a regional biological classification histogram of the distribution of depths or natural breaks in the

data It is our understanding however that no bio-physical classification has been performed for the region

For an initial test these somewhat arbitrary depth classes are sufficient to point out general gaps and reflect

the generally logarithmic scale of decreasing resolution (increasing breadth of classes) with depth

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 22

Rationale since the RAMPAO MPA network is currently shoreline-based this test is

suggested before considering other physical features further offshore This test is

designed to give a rough idea of shoreline representativity

5 Consider the RAMPAO network according to rare threatened and endangered

species and habitats (features) for which data are available Perform the same sort

of tests as in the test above using available data for rare threatened and

endangered features Consider what percentage of each of these feature types are

within the current MPA network Consider what percentage of the MPA network lies

outside of these features Consider also according to ecoregions and national

boundaries

Technical amp data requirements there are modelling techniques to predict the

potential habitat of species but these techniques are advanced and would fall under

the long-term timeframe For this initial analysis only available data should be

considered If the data appear to be very incomplete then they should not be used

Recognising that such data can be sub-regionally incomplete some sections of the

network may have to be left out of this analysis marked as ldquono datardquo areas on the

maps

Rationale rare threatened and endangered features are often protected by law

and also often of interest to researchers There is usually some information on them

though not always digital data and may instead be in the form of expert opinion

Ecologically there are three different types of rare threatened and endangered

features each requiring a different management response 1) features that have

always been rare 2) features that used to be common but are now rare due to

human pressures (ie threatened and endangered) 3) features that are on the edge

of their range and a) this range is steady or b ) this range is shifting (expanding

contracting moving away entering the region) due to climate change or other

environmental changes It would be best to perform this test separately for the three

different classes and associated sub-classes of rare threatened and endangered

features taking into account their population trends However for an initial test

such refinements should be seen as optional depending on information availability

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 23

Medium term gap analyses The following analyses are recommended for consideration in the medium-term (June 2010

to Dec 2011) with choice largely driven by data availability Due to the somewhat longer

time period fewer details are provided here than in the section above allowing for further

elaborations during the 2nd Mission when more is known They are arranged according to

the CBD MPA network criteria (IX20 Annex 2)

In addition to the tests outlined below others that were developed for the OSPAR Regional

Seas Convention for the Northeast Atlantic are listed in Annex 6 Thirty additional

assessments These are also well-suited to the medium-term and medium-quality data

Note that the four OSPAR MPA network criteria overlap four of the five CBD criteria

Ecologically and biologically significant areas (EBSAs)

If specific EBSAs are known consideration should be given to their possible inclusion in the

MPA network Not all EBSAs need necessarily become MPAs for some EBSAs non-spatial

management may be more appropriate It is difficult to do proper gaps assessment on

EBSAs because the distribution of all EBSAs of a given type is usually not known and hence

there is little context by which to judge a given site Thus the rule of thumb is that all EBSAs

if not in the MPA network should be treated as possible gaps and reviewed one at a time

for possible inclusion

The CBD is in the process of developing further guidance on the selection of EBSAs in the

open oceans and deep seas and much of this guidance is also applicable to shallower

nearshore systems Because this guidance is not yet accepted by the CBD we refer you

instead to a background report that was written for the CBD Ottawa Expert Workshop that

discussed these issues 29 Sept ndash 02 Oct 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant

areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations (Ardron

et al 2009) is a report in two parts Both parts are included with this report and are

recommended here as guidance on selecting CBD EBSAs

First gathering information from local residents and experts on places they sense to be

important can go far in identifying key EBSAs The ldquorecognition heuristicrdquo (Gigerenzer 1999)

is a powerful way to quickly locate longstanding ecologically significant areas in a given

region and we note that NGOs such as WWF have already done such work in the past and

that this work could be readily updated and built upon

Representativity

Many tests for representativity can be developed based on available data Listed below are

some of the more likely approaches

Seascapes identify the main shoreline topographic (benthic) and oceanographic

(pelagic) features of the region and check to see what percentage of each is included

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 24

in the MPA network Typical benthic seascape features would include canyons

seamounts reefs etc Typical pelagic features include frontal systems upwellings

gyres See also Annex 5 GIS data priorities

Topographic complexity using only bathymetry a surrogate measure of benthic

complexity can be developed (Ardron 2002) This measure can help highlight areas of

likely increased benthic richness amongst other traits

Biogeographic classification system whereas seascapes focus on physical features

a biogeographic attempts to also include information on biology such that the

system divides an area according to broad ecological communities based on physical

proxies The creation of a biogeographic classification should include both pelagic

and benthic realms is labour- and data- intensive and requires extensive peer

review

Biogeographic components instead of attempting a full biogeographic classification

system certain aspects can be developed separately For example depth strata can

be combined with sea floor sediment data to make a basic sea bottom classification

These can then be nested within the broad bioregions of the RAMPAO area

Likewise exposure wave energy can be combined with shoreline types to create

another basic classification Creating components such as these can be further

explored in the 2nd Mission once it is better known what data information are

available

Connectivity

This is the CBD criterion most difficult to assess with few options for the medium-term

except for looking at distances between sites (see short-term test above) Several academic

modelling exercises have been attempted with mixed levels of success in areas with much

better data than exist in West Africa We would caution RAMPAO in spending too much

time on such modelling exercises In general nearshore sites require closer spacing than

sites further offshore (OSPAR 2007) If it is known that certain areas provide larvae or

juveniles to other places then these ldquosourcerdquo areas should be considered for protection

Note that such areas could also fall under the EBSA criterion for productivity

Replication

At its most basic level this criterion asks that there be more than one MPA for every feature

in the network In practice this is usually considered using available information on

representativity (see above) and whatever biological data may also be available This

criterion can be assessed very simply initially by testing to see if there is more than one MPA

in each broad zone such as distance from shore or depth zone as described in the previous

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 25

section on short-term assessments Assessing replication can become more refined as more

MPAs are designated and better data become available

Adequacy viability

Ideally MPA sites should be monitored to ensure that their aims are being met In cases

where this is occurring the monitoring results should be used to determine if the individual

sitersquos size location and shape is adequate Where monitoring is not occurring or is

incomplete or too recent to determine trends other measures will have to be used Size is

probably the most commonly discussed measure and yet it remains also probably the most

controversial (Fahig 2001) Nonetheless even in an absence of consensus on this issue by

looking at possible ranges of sizes a sense can still be gained if the sites are or are not

likely to be meeting their aims A full assessment of site size which is outside the scope of

this report should take into account the species life-history population structure quality of

the habitat the quality of the surrounding areas and possible connectivity to other sites

(Lindeboom amp Baumlck 2005) However in many cases the scientific knowledge about a feature

will be insufficient to determine this very exactly Even if the life history of a species is well

know for example it is usually not known how much the surrounding area can be expected

to play a role in supporting the healthy functioning of that species Nonetheless it is

generally true that heavily impacted surrounding areas will provide less of a supporting role

to protected features than pristine ones In data-poor situations often it is still possible to

use expert opinion to specify a range of sizes which would likely be appropriate for the

adequate protection of a given feature (text adapted from OSPAR 2007)

For the RAMPAO network expert assessments of the efficacy of individual MPA sites is

probably the best way to consider the adequacy aspect of the criterion and we note the

work that has already been done by RAMPAO on this regard as well as the IUCN on

assessing management effectiveness (2007 2008a 2008b)

Relative viability can also be inferred from a threats pressures analysis In performing a

population density analysis proximity to human settlements can be used as a first indication

of how much anthropomorphic stress a protected area may be experiencing Looking

further at the composition of sensitive and threatened species within a given area can

further refine this initial threats analysis

Long term gap analyses In many cases analyses that got delayed in the medium term would be still valuable in the

longer term (2011 to 2014) However for the longer-term we would also hope that

RAMPAO activities would begin to focus on the filling of already-identified ecological and

management gaps

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 26

MarZone and MaxEnt

As an MPA network develops so does the need for more sophisticated analyses MarZone

(Marxan with Zones) has received positive attention recently and is a good tool for zoning

multiple activities with various levels of conservation restrictions In order to use a tool like

Marxan broad representativity data (ldquocoarse filterrdquo) and biological data (ldquofine filterrdquo) are

required and in order to use a zoning tool like MarZone broad coverage human use data

are additionally required One big advantage of MarxanMarZone is the user community

that has grown up around it and the good practices that continue to be developed

To get broad scale species distributions usually point occurrence data are fitted to physical

chemical environmental variables producing a predictive habitat model Good success has

been attained using the MaxEnt model (httpwwwcsprincetonedu~schapiremaxent)

though many other approaches also exist The construction of species-habitat predictive

models can take time and acquiring combining the environmental data also takes much

work In order to not bias the Marxan MarZone analysis several species-habitat models

would have to be created for several different key species from a variety of taxonomic

families trophic levels and feeding guilds This would be clearly a long-term project and

can only be justified if the RAMPAO MPA network has reached a level of sophistication to

demand such an analysis

Climate change modelling

Conservation network planning for climate change can also involved complicated modelling

(eg Fuller et al 2008) However again these approaches are data-intensive and require

advanced technical abilities

Ongoing adaptive approach

It is unlikely that the above advanced modelling approaches would be worth their

considerable effort and instead it is suggested that much more can be achieved through

good cooperation with stakeholders scientific expertise and some ldquocommon senserdquo

Recognising that no plan is perfect planning should be seen as an ongoing process of

refinement Paramount will be the ability to be flexible and adapt to changing ecological and

social conditions To do so will require governance structures from local to international

levels ndashlikewise matched to adapt quickly and effectively

While it is relatively easy to point out gaps in an MPA network at ever-increasing levels of

sophistication it is much harder to fill those gaps even on the most rudimentary level

Therefore we urge RAMPAO to act in the long term on addressing the gaps that are readily

apparent through basic tests such as the ones outlined in this document

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 27

Possible activities of the 2nd Mission

This report and the two-part background report prepared for the CBD (also included in this

submission ndashArdron et al 2009) offer a lot of information We expect that as RAMPAO staff

sifts through this guidance questions will arise We see the 2nd Mission as one that could be

devoted to

answering questions that arise from the 1st Mission guidance ndashprocess ecological

and technical

elaborating medium-term gap analyses once more is known about data availability

and technical capacity within RAMPAO and its partner organisations

providing assistance in data collection in Europe and North America

doing joint GIS analyses there could be benefit in working together on some of the

GIS analyses such as the analysis of topographic complexity

presenting initial results we also believe that it will be important to present some

short-term gap analysis results to RAMPAO members and partners

participating in the Third Meeting of the RAMPAO General Assembly we suggest that the 2nd Mission coincide with the RAMPAO General Assembly and include

o a presentation of initial results to the General Assembly and o an expert side-meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and

analyses

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 28

References

Ardron JA 2002 A Recipe for Determining Benthic Complexity An Indicator of Species Richness In Marine Geography GIS for the Oceans and Seas (ch 23 pp 196-175) Joe Breman (ed) Redlands CA USA ESRI Press

Ardron JA 2009 Three initial OSPAR tests of ecological coherence heuristics in a data-limited situation ICES Journal of Marine Research 658 1527-1533

Ardron JA Dunn D Corrigan C Gjerde K Halpin P Rice J Vanden Berghe E Vierros M 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations A background document for the CBD expert workshop Ottawa Canada 29 September ndash 2 October 2009 37 pp + 73 pp Annex 1

BALANCE 2008 Ecological coherence and principles MPA assessment selection and design Technical Summary Report 34 httpbalance-euorgxpdfbalance-technical-summary-report-no-3-4pdf

FAO 2009 International guidelines for the management of deep-sea fisheries in the high seas Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations Rome

Fahrig 2001 How much Habitat is enough Biological Conservation 100 (1) 65-74

Fuller T Morton DP Sarkar S 2008 Incorporating uncertainty about speciesrsquo potential distributions under climate change into the selection of conservation areas with a case study from the Arctic Coastal Plain of Alaska Biological Conservation 141 1547-1559

Gigerenzer G Todd P M and the ABC Research Group 1999 Simple heuristics that make us smart Oxford University Press New York

IUCNBRAO 2007 Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parc de Guineacutee Bissau

IUCNPACO 2008a Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees aires proteacutegeacutees de la Reacutepublique de Guineacutee

IUCNBRAO 2008b Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parcs et reacuteserves de Mauritanie

Lindeboom HJ and Baumlck S 2005 Establishing coastal and marine reserves- with the emphasis on fisheries Pages 103-118 In Managing European Coasts Past Present and Future J Vermaat LBouwer KTurner WSalomons (Eds) Springer-Verlag

OSPAR 2007 Background document to support the Assessment of whether the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is Ecologically Coherent OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic Publication Number 2007320 wwwosparorg

OSPAR 2008 Three initial spatial tests looking at the ecological coherence of the OSPAR marine protected area (MPA) network OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic 3602008 wwwosparorg 17 pp

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 29

Annex 1 Calendar of meetings 1st Mission 5-12 Sept 2009

Lundi

FIBA

Charlotte Karibuhoye

Coordinatrice

Souadou Ndiaye

SIG RAMPAO

Julien Semelin Appui agrave la creacuteation de nouvelles AMP et renforcement de lrsquoefficaciteacute des AMP

UICN Racine Kane AMP transfrontaliegravere

16h par teacuteleacutephone

PRCM Ahmed Senhoury

Directeur

Mardi

8h30 WWF Mamadou Diallo

Chargeacute de mission espegraveces et habitats

mdialowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 641 13 84

Paul Siegel Conseiller en environnement marin psiegelwwfsenegalorg 221 869 37 00

10h30

CSE centre de suivi eacutecologique Ministegravere de lrsquoenvironnement

Taibou Ba Cartes donneacutees

15h Wetland international Africa

Emma GREATRIX

Network for biodiversiteacute (BIOMAC network) Manatee Waterbirds Mangroves

egeatrix]wetlandssn +221 33 869 1681

Mercredi

10h SI NEPAD David Njiki Njiki

Coordinateur environnement njikinjikiyahoocom 221 33 842 73 11

12h WWF Ibrahima Niamadio

Officier pecircche durable iniamadiowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 567 53 16

15h par teacuteleacutephone

UICN Mathieu Ducroq

Coordinateur du programme marin et cocirctier de lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoouest central

+ 222 662 40 82 portable 0022 529 09 77 bureau

16h par teacuteleacutephone

RAMPAO Alfredo da Silva

Preacutesident du RAMPAO Directeur IBAP Ancien coordinateur du reacuteseau de gestion des zones cocirctiegraveres

00245 580 38 48 ou 00 245

UNESCO Isabelle Niang

Projet GEF drsquoadaptation au changement climatique en Afrique de lrsquoouest Erosion cocirctiegravere

Jeudi

9h UICN Guineacutee Bissau

Pierre Campredon

Ancien responsable du PRCM Pierrecampredoniucnorg 0033 630340088

11h30 Convention drsquoAbidjan

Nassere Kaba 0022520211183

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 30

13h CRODTCNDO ODINAFRICA

Anis Diallo Aquaculture et directeur du CNDO adialloordinafricanet 22133832826465 221 77 631 15 95

15h CSRP

M Hamadi Diop

En charge du deacutepartement laquo recherche et systegraveme drsquoinformation raquo

hamadidiopgmailcom

Philippe Tous Projet AFD ndash inteacutegration des AMP dans les politiques de pecircche

philipetousgmailcom (Skype Phil_tous)

Renaud Bailleux

Contrat UICN sur la gestion de lrsquoaccegraves aux ressources halieutiques dans la reacutegion - accords de pecircche ndash gouvernance partageacutee dans les AMP (financement PRCM)

M Dop mika Programme requins de la FIBA mika_dfryahoofr

Vendredi

9H IRD Luis Tito de Morais

Peumlcheeacutecologie des peuplements de poissons

titoirdsn 221 33 849 3658

11h UICN Mamadou Sow

Chef de projet mangrove Mamadousowuicnorg 221 33 869 0286

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 31

Annex 2 CBD criteria for ecologically significant areas

CBD Decision IX20 Annex 1

SCIENTIFIC CRITERIA FOR IDENTIFYING ECOLOGICALLY OR BIOLOGICALLY SIGNIFICANT MARINE AREAS IN NEED OF PROTECTION IN OPEN-

OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS

Criteria Definition Rationale Examples Consideration in application

Uniqueness or

rarity

Area contains

either (i) unique (ldquothe

only one of its kindrdquo) rare

(ldquooccurs only in few

locationsrdquo) or endemic

species populations or

communities andor (ii)

unique rare or distinct

habitats or ecosystems

andor (iii) unique or

unusual geomorphological

or oceanographic features

Irreplaceable

Loss would mean the probable permanent disappearance of diversity or a feature or reduction of the diversity at any level

Open ocean waters

Sargasso Sea Taylor column

persistent polynyas

Deep-sea habitats

endemic communities around

submerged atolls hydrothermal

vents sea mounts pseudo-

abyssal depression

Risk of biased-view of the perceived uniqueness depending on the information availability

Scale dependency of features such that unique features at one scale may be typical at another thus a global and regional perspective must be taken

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 32

Special

importance for

life-history

stages of

species

Areas that are required for

a population to survive and

thrive

Various biotic and abiotic

conditions coupled with

species-specific

physiological constraints

and preferences tend to

make some parts of marine

regions more suitable to

particular life-stages and

functions than other parts

Area containing (i) breeding grounds

spawning areas nursery areas juvenile

habitat or other areas important for life

history stages of species or (ii) habitats of

migratory species (feeding wintering or

resting areas breeding moulting

migratory routes)

Connectivity between life-history stages and linkages between areas trophic interactions physical transport physical oceanography life history of species

Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data Vessel monitoring system (VMS) data

Spatial and temporal distribution andor aggregation of the species

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 33

Importance for

threatened

endangered or

declining

species andor

habitats

Area containing habitat for

the survival and recovery

of endangered threatened

declining species or area

with significant

assemblages of such

species

To ensure the restoration

and recovery of such species

and habitats

Areas critical for threatened endangered

or declining species andor habitats

containing (i) breeding grounds spawning

areas nursery areas juvenile habitat or

other areas important for life history

stages of species or (ii) habitats of

migratory species (feeding wintering or

resting areas breeding moulting

migratory routes)

Includes species with very large geographic ranges

In many cases recovery will require reestablishment of the species in areas of its historic range

Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data vessel-monitoring system (VMS) data

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 34

Vulnerability

Fragility

Sensitivity or

Slow recovery

Areas that contain a

relatively high proportion

of sensitive habitats

biotopes or species that

are functionally fragile

(highly susceptible to

degradation or depletion

by human activity or by

natural events) or with

slow recovery

The criteria indicate the

degree of risk that will be

incurred if human activities

or natural events in the area

or component cannot be

managed effectively or are

pursued at an unsustainable

rate

Vulnerability of species

Inferred from the history of how species or populations in other similar areas responded to perturbations

Species of low fecundity slow growth long time to sexual maturity longevity (eg sharks etc)

Species with structures providing biogenic habitats such as deepwater corals sponges and bryozoans deep-water species

Vulnerability of habitats

Ice-covered areas susceptible to ship-based pollution

Ocean acidification can make deep sea habitats more vulnerable to others and increase susceptibility to human induced changes

Interactions between vulnerability to human impacts and natural events

Existing definition emphasizes site specific ideas and requires consideration for highly mobile species

Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 35

Biological

productivity

Area containing species

populations or

communities with

comparatively higher

natural biological

productivity

Important role in fuelling

ecosystems and increasing

the growth rates of

organisms and their capacity

for reproduction

Frontal areas

Upwellings

Hydrothermal vents

Seamounts polynyas

Can be measured as the rate of growth of marine organisms and their populations either through the fixation of inorganic carbon by photosynthesis chemosynthesis or through the ingestion of prey dissolved organic matter or particulate organic matter

Can be inferred from remote-sensed products eg ocean colour or process-based models

Time-series fisheries data can be used but caution is required

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 36

Biological

diversity

Area contains

comparatively higher

diversity of ecosystems

habitats communities or

species or has higher

genetic diversity

Important for evolution and

maintaining the resilience of

marine species and

ecosystems

Sea-mounts

Fronts and convergence zones

Cold coral communities

Deep-water sponge communities

Diversity needs to be seen in relation to the surrounding environment

Diversity indices are indifferent to species substitutions

Diversity indices are indifferent to which species may be contributing to the value of the index and hence would not pick up areas important to species of special concern such as endangered species

Can be inferred from habitat heterogeneity or diversity as a surrogate for species diversity in areas where biodiversity has not been sampled intensively

Naturalness Area with a comparatively

higher degree of

naturalness as a result of

the lack of or low level of

human-induced

disturbance or

degradation

To protect areas with near natural structure processes and functions

To maintain these areas as reference sites

To safeguard and enhance ecosystem resilience

Most ecosystems and habitats have

examples with varying levels of

naturalness and the intent is that the

more natural examples should be

selected

Priority should be given to areas having a low level of disturbance relative to their surroundings

In areas where no natural areas remain areas that have successfully recovered including reestablishment of species should be

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 37

considered

Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 38

Annex 3 CBD criteria for MPA networks

Decision IX20 Annex II SCIENTIFIC GUIDANCE FOR SELECTING AREAS TO ESTABLISH A REPRESENTATIVE NETWORK OF MARINE PROTECTED AREAS INCLUDING IN

OPEN OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS

Required network properties and

components Definition Applicable site specific considerations (inter alia)

Ecologically and biologically significant areas

Ecologically and biologically significant areas are geographically or oceanographically discrete areas that provide important services to one or more speciespopulations of an ecosystem or to the ecosystem as a whole compared to other surrounding areas or areas of similar ecological characteristics or otherwise meet the criteria as identified in annex I to decision IX20

Uniqueness or rarity

Special importance for life history stages of species

Importance for threatened endangered or declining species andor habitats

Vulnerability fragility sensitivity or slow recovery

Biological productivity

Biological diversity

Naturalness

Representativity Representativity is captured in a network when it consists of areas representing the different biogeographical subdivisions of the global oceans and regional seas that reasonably reflect the full range of ecosystems including the biotic and habitat diversity of those marine ecosystems

A full range of examples across a biogeographic habitat or community classification relative health of species and communities relative intactness of habitat(s) naturalness

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 39

Connectivity Connectivity in the design of a network allows for linkages whereby protected sites benefit from larval andor species exchanges and functional linkages from other network sites In a connected network individual sites benefit one another

Currents gyres physical bottlenecks migration routes species dispersal detritus functional linkages Isolated sites such as isolated seamount communities may also be included

Replicated ecological features Replication of ecological features means that more than one site shall contain examples of a given feature in the given biogeographic area The term ―features means ―species habitats and ecological processes that naturally occur in the given biogeographic area

Accounting for uncertainty natural variation and the possibility of catastrophic events Features that exhibit less natural variation or are precisely defined may require less replication than features that are inherently highly variable or are only very generally defined

Adequate and viable sites Adequate and viable sites indicate that all sites within a network should have size and protection sufficient to ensure the ecological viability and integrity of the feature(s) for which they were selected

Adequacy and viability will depend on size shape buffers persistence of features threats surrounding environment (context) physical constraints scale of featuresprocesses spillovercompactness

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 40

Annex 4 Data sources highlighted in discussions during the 1st Mission

Thegravemes Organisme ressources Personnes ressources Sites internet ressources et bases de donneacutees

Donneacutees bibliographiques

IRD Linus base bibliographique (httpiacaprodc3eduvsqfrlinus)

CRODT Catalogue des publications du CRODT

Donneacutees geacuteneacuterales

PRCMFIBA SIG Reacutegional Catalogue drsquoInformations pour lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoOuest (CIAO) wwwolmmrciao

OdinAfrica African marine atlas ndash voir OdinAfrica

OBIS httpwwwiobisorg

Guineacutee Bissau SIG Guineacutee Bissau au 200 000 egraveme sur toute la zone cocirctiegravere et 50 000 egraveme sur les Bijagos voir Franccedilois Gourmelonuniv-brestfr ou Emmanuel Ginaudet

Cap vert Systegraveme national SIG pour toutes les donneacutees du Cap vert

Bathymeacutetrie

Navy Londres Africa Pilot Volume 1 Hydrographer of the Navy London 1967

SHOM Carte SHOM ndeg6815 INT14 au 110 000 000egraveme Voir site wwwshomfr - catalogue

Cf Canada Carte au CSE

CND0 CD des donneacutees bathymeacutetriques de la sous-reacutegion

Donneacutees oceacuteanographiques geacuteneacuterales

OdinAfrica Points focaux des pays agrave voir sur site internet drsquoOdinAfrica

ordinafricanet Atelier national OdinAfrica ndash voir sur le site CNDO Aller sur le site OdinAfrica reacutecupeacuterer les shapefiles (httpwwwodinafricaorg) et sur httpwwwafricanmarineatlasnet

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 41

IRDlaboratoire LOCEAN-IPSL (Universiteacute Paris 6) LPAOSF (Lab de Physique de lAtmosphegravere et de lOceacutean de agrave lEacutecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique-UCAD

Alban Lazar (IRD) Simeacuteon Fongang (Ecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique) Raymond Lahaye (IRDLEMAR)

Circulation oceacuteanique le long des cocirctes seacuteneacutegalaises (structures variabiliteacute meacutecanismes de lrsquoupwelling des courants cocirctiers des tempeacuteratures et des saliniteacutes) et les couplages oceacutean-atmosphegravere

FAO Merete TANDSTAD Projets CCLEM et GCLME

NEPAD Projet GCLME

PRCM et IMROP + autres

Faire lrsquoinventaire des socieacuteteacutes qui ont fait de la prospection peacutetroliegravere et voir leurs donneacutees et eacutetudes drsquoimpact eacutetude Woodside ou Dana petroleum voir PRCM et IMROP

Universiteacute Rapport master de lrsquouniversiteacute sur la modeacutelisation de la circulation et des tempeacuteratures sur la haute mer (demander CNDO)

Upwellings Odiafrica Donneacutees upwellings sur Odinafrica

IRD P CURY et N BEZ

Geacuteologie seacutediemntologie et Nature des fonds

2 thegraveses sur le plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais sud et nord

IRD carte de Domain (IRDORSTOM) carte des seacutediments du plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais)

carte de Barusso

Travaux de Lachance et Mc Master

Odinafirca Plateau continental ndash carte digitaliseacutee sur la nature des fonds ndash voir sur ordinafrica

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 42

Annex 5 GIS data priorities

Explanation of ranking system

Term short-term bullbullbull medium-term bullbull long-term bull Estimated Ease of acquiring data easy bullbullbull moderatebullbull difficult bull

Importance high bullbullbull moderate bullbull low bull Term Ease Import

Base layers

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 coastline(s)

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 2 ecological regions

bullbullbull bull bullbullbull 3 bathymetry

bullbullbull bullbull bull 4 topography (for land ndashcan help with shoreline classifications)

Physical and oceanographic

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 estuaries rivers

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 shoreline type (cliff rocky sandy muddy etc)

bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 surficial sediment (bottom type)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 seafloor topographic complexity ruggedness (can be created from bathymetry)

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 5 seamounts (can also be identified through bathymetry)

6 other seascape features eg

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull canyons

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 43

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull ridges

bullbull bullbullbull bullbull hydrothermal vents

bullbull bull bullbull seeps

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull banks

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull rocky reefs

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull estuaries (sub-classes)

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull lagoons

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull upwellings

bull bullbull bull 7 ocean currents tides

bull bullbull bullbull 8 sea surface temperature

bull bullbull bullbull 9 salinity

bull bull bull 10 photosynthetically available radiation (PAR)

bull bull bull 11 coastal erosion sediment transport

bull bull bullbull 12 climate change trends eg movement of upwellings

Biological habitat

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 1 threatened or endangered species (amp spawning nursery areas etc)

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 threatened or endangered habitats

bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 habitat classification (if one exists regionally)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 biogenic features eg

warm water coral reefs

cold water coral ldquoforestsrdquo

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 44

mangroves (sub-classes)

bullbull bull bullbullbull 5 Key commercial species eg

crustaceans molluscs (crabs shrimps oysters etc)

pelagic large fishes (eg tunas)

pelagic small fishes

demersal fishes

bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 primary productivity (usually satellite colour images chlorophyll_a)

bullbull bull bullbull 7 secondary productivity (eg an estimate of carbon flux)

bullbull bull bullbull 8 migration of invasive species

Human use management

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 marine protected areas

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 year-round fisheries closures

bullbull bullbull bull 3 other seasonal fisheries closures

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 4 cities towns villages (with populations)

bullbull bullbull bull 5 local community boundaries

bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 traditional use boundaries (eg artisanal fisheries)

bull bullbull bull 7 migrant land use grazing

bullbull bull bullbullbull 8 areas of cultural spiritual importance

bullbull bullbullbull bullbull 9 roads (can help with understanding remoteness amp shoreline access)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 10 shipping routes and harbours

bullbull bullbull bull 11 land use particularly agriculture (can be combined into an analysis of rivers to estimate runoff)

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 45

bullbull bull bullbullbull 12 fishing

a artisanal by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)

b industrial by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 13 offshore oil amp gas licences exploratory wells installations (platforms pipelines shore based)

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 14 sand amp gravel mining

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 15 tourism shoreline development resorts marinas

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 46

Annex 6 Thirty additional assessments

Excerpted and adapted from the 54 page report by the OSPAR Regional seas convention for

the Northeast Atlantic (2007) Background document to support the assessment of whether

the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is ecologically coherent6

Assessment Criterion 1 Adequacy Viability

1 Assessment Guideline One should expect the sizes of network sites (for a given feature) to be

distributed throughout or exceed the estimated range of sizes necessary to sustain a viable

population or community

2 Assessment Guideline Sites that are heavily impacted andor surrounded by heavily impacted

areas should be larger than otherwise

3 Assessment Guideline Features of ecological significance should receive greater protection

than normal

4 Assessment Guideline Location and geography can be used to indicate adequate protection

such that

a Protection of pelagic features should generally be reflected with the implementation of

larger sites than those for benthic features

b In regions constrained by physical geography (eg fjords bays bights passages straits)

the adequate sizes of individual sites will generally be smaller than areas without such

physical constraints (eg regional seas open ocean)

c Offshore andor deeper sites will generally require larger areas than for nearshore andor

shallow sites (However the exceptions of certain deep sea benthic features such as

hydrothermal vents and cold seeps are noted)

5 Assessment Guideline in a given region the adequate spatial protection of most OSPAR

features and the overall network can be expected to conform to the scientific literature and

fall within the range commonly found within that literature It is recognized that this is an

evolving field of study

6 Assessment Guideline Owing to the multiplicity of its objectives the OSPAR network can be

expected to contain a variety of reserve sizes and corresponding spacing between sites

7 Assessment Guideline If a site is at the small end of the expected viability range for a given

feature then compact sites are preferable If on the other hand a given site is at the large end

of the estimated viability range then a less compact shape would allow for greater spill-over

and benefits outside of the reserve

a The Compactness of a given site can be calculated using a GIS and the following

formula C = (4πAp2)

05 Where C is the Compactness A is the area of the site and p is

its perimeter

8 Assessment Guideline A broad MPA network such as the OSPAR network with a wide

variety of features can be expected to have a wide variety of reserve shapes and sizes

6 Jeff Ardron is the primary author of this OSPAR report

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 47

a The combined size and compactness of a site be readily calculated using a GIS and the

following formula SSC = ln (PA) Where SSC is here labelled as the site size-

compactness P is the perimeter of the site and A is the area

9 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA electronic database lists the aims and ecological

criteria on a site by site basis Thus as a preliminary assessment these can be compiled to get

an indication of how well they are being met across the network

10 Assessment Guideline A list inventory of features within a region that (are known or

believed to) meet the OSPAR aims and ecological criteria is required in order to fully assess if

the existing MPA sites are likely adequate

11 Assessment Guideline Features that are common and widely distributed will generally require

less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are rare andor sparsely

distributed

Assessment Criterion 2 Representativity

12 Assessment Guideline OSPAR MPAs should be checked to ensure that they are broadly

distributed across biogeographic regions In such an assessment there is no need to restrict the

assessment to just one biogeographic classification system So long as they appear to be

rigorous (eg peer-reviewed) the use of a variety of systems is encouraged

13 Assessment Guideline Each of the Dinter [OSPAR] bioregions should be adequately

protected

14 Assessment Guideline National classifications can be very helpful in assessing

representativity at a national level based on national categories and should be used where they

exist

15 Assessment Guideline In the absence of full biological surveys or full classification systems

(such as EUNIS) simple surrogates should be used to check that representativity is possibly

being achieved Benthic and pelagic realms should be considered

16 Assessment Guideline Representative features that are very common and widely distributed

will likely require less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are just

somewhat common

As a rule of thumb within a given feature class representative protection can be

compared to a normalized distribution For example if the areal distribution of

representative classes can be normalised through a square-root transformation then

protected area distribution could be expected to be roughly proportional to the square-

root of the ratio of the representative feature classesrsquo overall areas

17 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA nomination database should be checked to ensure

that the idea of the ldquobestrdquo features was taken into account across feature types and regions

18 Assessment Guideline Features that best represent their type can be expected to be

characterized by most or all of these indicators

a Typical morphology

b High density abundance

c High degree of health naturalness

d Persistence (temporal and spatial) and

e Strong functional linkages

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 48

Assessment Criterion 3 Replication

19 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area more than one example of each feature

should be protected

20 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features protected in areas susceptible

to catastrophic events require greater replication than those in low-risk areas

21 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area where no better data exist natural

variation can be assumed to be greatest between sites that are furthest apart

22 Assessment Guideline Features that are very specifically defined will exhibit less variation

and hence require less replication than features which are very general or ldquocatch-allrdquo categories

23 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area scientific requirements may require

replicate sites for differing purposes If these requirements are not known it can be assumed

that replicate sites that are a moderate distance apart (neither immediate neighbours nor at

extreme ends of the biogeographic area) will satisfy most scientific requirements

24 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features for which there are weak or

incomplete or modelled data require greater replication than those features for which better data

are available

Assessment Criterion 4 Connectivity

25 Assessment Guideline If an area is known or suspected to be important to connectivity then it

should be represented in the MPA network

26 Assessment Guideline Reserves in areas where there are known currents (eg many coastal

areas) should be more closely spaced than otherwise In order to maintain connectivity for most

short to moderate larval dispersing species when specific data are lacking such nearshore sites

should be spaced not further than 50 km apart

27 Assessment Guideline Connectivity between seabird sites can be measured in straight lines

28 Assessment Guideline Connectivity for marine species can be assumed to be greater along

lines of similar habitat than across them

29 Assessment Guideline The density of marine reserves can be used as a way to group areas of

likely connectivity Likewise it can also define gaps where connectivity has probably not been

achieved

30 Assessment Guideline In the absence of dispersal data connectivity may be approximated by

ensuring the MPA network is well distributed in space reflecting the scale of its surroundings

Page 12: A Suggested Approach for Gap Analyses of the RAMPAO Marine ...€¦ · A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 2 Recommendation re outreach: 1) regional contact

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 10

from other scientific disciplines though acceptance of the ecosystem approach to

fisheries is changing this

ecological research and analyses people noted that while some good initial work

had often been started the coverage was often patchy and considerable work was

still required hence care is required to focus on what can be done with existing

information and to identify a few key research priorities out of the many

The following recommendations flow out of the above discussions

Recommendation re gap analysis considering that all the partners and parties

interviewed supported the need for a gaps analysis we recommend that the Gaps

Analysis Project proceed with the necessary funding personnel and institutional support

Recommendation re offshore gaps the lack of MPAs offshore particularly in the EEZs (12 -

200 nautical miles) of RAMPAO countries should be recognised by members as a serious

gap in the RAMPAO MPA network requiring immediate attention

Recommendation re fisheries considering their size and complexity special attention

should be given to fisheries and their interactions with existing and potential MPAs We

recommend a special Fisheries-MPA working group be set up with relevant institutions

such as CSRP and others1 to consider possible gaps in spatial fish protections as per the

CBD IX20 Annex 1 criteria noted above Additional fisheries relevant criteria such as the

FAO guidelines for the management of deep-sea fisheries (2009) could be applied as

appropriate

Recommendation re ecosystem research considering the breadth of possible research

topics we recommend that RAMPAO work cooperatively with research institutions such

as IRD and others to address critical knowledge gaps in a strategic fashion We

recommend prioritising research questions on three general criteria 1) relevance to

identifying and filling gaps 2) likelihood that these questions can realistically be answered

(considering budgets and scientific constraints) and 3) according to the speed of their

results a) quickly (ie 2010) b) in the medium-term (2011) and c) in the longer-term

(gt2011)

Recommendation re project officer considering the extent of the work a project officer

should be designated This officer should a) support the RAMPAO Secretariat (through

1 Because we were unable to interview representatives from the two relevant Large Marine Ecosystem (LME)

projects (which look at broad scale effects of fisheries) we are uncertain on how they would (or would not)

wish to participate An informal discussion with Merete Tandstad (FAO) while at another meeting suggests that

the Canary Current LME is still in early stages of development However we do suggest that both the LME

Secretariats and the FAO still be approached to gauge their interest

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 11

Charlotte Karibuhoye) in outreach to regional contact points and partners especially in

the development of project agreements such as MoUs and working groups b) supervise

and assist RAMPAOrsquos GIS technician (Souadou Ndiaye) as required c) oversee and

complete as required the data collection and technicalGIS work

Regarding the recommendation above we recognise that the Project Officer will require

additional funding to that which was originally envisioned in this project If funding for such

a position is not possible we would suggest that additional help be sought through

partners and specific contracts To the degree possible we have outlined the various

aspects of work that will need to be done as discreet pieces so as to allow for them to be

performed separately as funding permits

Recommendation re MoUs considering the broad scope and data requirements of this

project the RAMPAO Secretariat should continue to build upon its good relationships

within and outside of West Africa through the development of Memorandums of

Understanding (MoUs) or similar agreements These MoUs (or similar agreements) should

primarily consider data sharing arrangements andor the sharing of relevant analytical

work Additionally they may consider technical issues such as database compatibility and

also human capacity building training as appropriate

We believe that the Regional Contact Points could play an important role in facilitating

relationships agreements and access to regional data information and expertise

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 12

Ecological principles and targets

There is a broad literature concerning marine protected area (MPA) ecological principles

and criteria As noted at the Second General Assembly of RAMPAO the latest thinking on

this topic is captured in Decision XI20 of the Convention on Biological Diversity (CBD)

Adopted in June 2008 this Decision provides seven criteria for identifying ecologically and

biologically significant areas (IX20 Annex 1) and five criteria for MPA networks (IX20

Annex2) Thus the CBD recognised that site criteria and network criteria while strongly

linked are different Recently the CBD held an expert meeting in Ottawa Canada where

the seven site criteria were further discussed and guidance was drafted for their

implementation2

We find the CBD criteria to be sound and note that there will be an ongoing development

of global support and capacity building surrounding their implementation We therefore

recommend that RAMPAO base its operational principles and targets on these CBD criteria

and associated guidance

Recommendation re ecological criteria RAMPAOrsquos ecological principles and targets

should be based the CBD criteria for identifying ecologically significant sites (IX20 Annex

1) and MPA networks (IX20 Annex 2) taking into account additional CBD guidance as it is

developed

The full annexes of CBD Decision IX20 are appended to this report as Annexes 2 and 3 Briefly the seven CBD criteria for identifying ecologically and biologically significant areas are

1 Uniqueness or rarity 2 Special importance for life history of species 3 Importance for threatened endangered or declining species andor habitats 4 Vulnerability fragility sensitivity slow recovery 5 Biological productivity 6 Biological diversity 7 Naturalness

The five CBD MPA network criteria are 1 Ecologically and biologically significant areas (ie based on the 7 site criteria above) 2 Representativity 3 Connectivity 4 Replicated ecological features 5 Adequate and viable sites

2 Report of the expert workshop on ecological criteria and biogeographic classification systems for marine

areas in need of protection This guidance will go through the CBD review process and assuming it goes well

will be presented for acceptance at the Tenth Conference of Parties in October 2010

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 13

Methodology

Approach We view pragmatism modularity and flexibility as being necessary ingredients to an

approach that would best ensure success

Pragmatism The methodology should reflect an approach that will allow progress to

proceed despite imperfect data or other problems For example analyses should be done in

areas where data are available or where there is social political acceptance without the

(sometimes considerable) delay of waiting for data or acceptance from other neighbouring

areas within an ecological region3

Modularity Individual gap analyses should be able stand on their own while also fitting

together with others to form a fuller picture Analysis results should be fairly easy to explain

Flexibility Related to pragmatism above the methodology should follow good practices

while still remaining flexible to alternatives that are not ideal but which can allow for

progress For example when some data are not available other less-than-ideal ldquoproxiesrdquo

may have to be used as substitutes

Boundaries Ecological analyses should when possible be stratified according to accepted ecological

regions and sub-regions (eg Marine Ecosystems of the World ndashMEOW) However given

that in this project various areas have varying degrees of data availability we also see the

need for flexibility in the approach and recognise that some analyses may have to be

bounded according to boundaries that reflect where the data were collected Or in some

instances instead of ecological boundaries it may be appropriate to use traditional cultural

boundaries such as for artisanal fisheries

Timeframes Recommendation re short- medium- and long-term results given that some data will be

more readily available than others and that some analyses are easier to perform than

others we are recommending that a staged approach to delivering results be taken with

analyses planned for the short-term medium-term and long-term This will allow for

decisions and actions to also be taken in the short- medium- and long- term

3 However one must be careful to avoid transferring all gaps and attention to only those places that have data

or are willing to participate For it must be said that those places with few data and little protection are

usually the biggest gaps of all Maps should reflect low- and no-data areas clearly so that the reader

understands the limits of the analysis

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 14

We suggest the timeframe for delivering these short- medium- and long-term results could

be June 2010 (the next RAMPAO General Assembly) December 2011 (the end of this

project period) and December 2014 (the next project period) respectively These timelines

should dovetail with those of the recommendation re ecosystem research above when

appropriate These activities are further outlined in the suggested programme of work in

the section below

Initial tests Preliminary analyses should address basic gaps while later analyses could look at more

nuanced questions The unexpected availability (or unavailability) of data may sometimes

change the planned ordering of analyses If for some reason a particular analysis cannot be

done it should be skipped for the time being and not hold up further work If a preliminary

analysis indicates a significant gap it is unlikely any additional analyses will overturn that

finding and hence decision-making should in most cases proceed based on the results

from the initial basic tests without the delays associated with waiting for more data

Decisions can be refined however as more data become available In general coarse or

incomplete data demand greater precaution in decision-making This can create an

incentive for stakeholders to provide additional data that will allow for refinements

Recommendation re initial tests the gaps analysis should start with readily available

information and basic tests that are relatively easy to understand Later more complex

analyses can be performed with additional data as they become available The initial

basic gaps tests should be selected to provide results that can on their own inform

decision-making

A list of five such tests is outlined in the next section

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 15

Suggested programme of work

Short-term steps The following six steps outline the key tasks that we suggest would need to be done

between now and June 2010 in order to set this project in motion These steps are further

explained in the subsequent sections

1 Establishment of the projectrsquos terms of reference and recruitment of the project officer

2 outreach and coordination including informational presentations at various meetings

3 initial data collection focussing on readily available information 4 initial gaps analyses 5 presentation of initial results to the RAMPAO General Assembly 6 expert meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and analyses (likely

as a side-meeting to the General Assembly

Outreach amp coordination An ecosystem-level gaps analysis will require cooperation from a number of experts

agencies and institutions across all RAMPAO countries Hence outreach and coordination

will be important An introductory description of the project should be developed and

widely distributed as well as a web site page with up to date information on the project A

letter of introduction signed by a senior official(s) can also be important in terms of

establishing legitimacy Presentations introducing the project should be made at national

and regional level meetings as opportunity permits

Our meetings during the first mission proved to be very friendly and helpful These meetings

now require follow-up actions to each of the people contacted (see 1st Mission Report)

Because the people we met were mostly based in Senegal further work will be required

through the regional contact points for other countries

Areas of overlap with other activities (eg the Wetlands International implementation gaps

project) should be highlighted and discussions with these players begun to sort out how to

best cooperate and coordinate efforts

While outreach will be most intensive at the beginning of the project coordination will

continue throughout the projectrsquos duration

Recommendation re outreach 1) regional contact points should be updated on this

project and their help solicited 2) a clear one-page project description should be written

outlining the aims of the project and how cooperation with other bodies is being sought

3) a clear project web page should be developed 4) follow-up letters should sent to key

contacts we have already spoken to outlining next steps and where appropriate

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 16

proposing cooperation collaboration 5) presentations introducing the project should be

made at national and regional level meetings as opportunity permits

Acquisition of data amp information Central to this project will be identifying sources of information and data coordinating with

these experts data repositories and providers and ultimately acquiring the information or

data This will consume more time than any other task and probably more time than all the

other tasks combined

Steps

In the general case data acquisition will require the following steps some which may be

iterative (ie cycle around a few times)

searches ndashinternet list-serves libraries literature and through colleagues

informal emails calls and discussions with the expert or data custodian as to

what data may be available

formal letter(s) of introduction to the project signed by senior authorities and

usually addressed to mid- and senior-level people

face-to-face meetings in order to 1) gain permission to use the data and 2) to

learn about details and proper use of the data These two requirements may

mean two separate meetings

MoU drafting and signing andor data agreement andor formal letter of

request

logistics of how the data will be delivered and if any fees or restrictions are

involved

technical and scientific follow-up calls for assistance andor clarification on

interpretation or use of the data

The above steps have not been numbered because the order can vary from situation to

situation with some situations being informal and skipping steps while others are very

formal requiring prolonged discussions and additional steps that build trust

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 17

Three elements of success

Three elements of successful data acquisition are persistence practicality and

prioritisation

Persistence While most experts are usually happy to share their knowledge the sharing of

their data is often another matter The process can take weeks months or even years

Therefore in order to keep progress steady it is best to make a little time available every

day (say two hours) for data searches and follow-up politely reminding contacts from time

to time that you have not yet heard back from them That said do not waste time on data

that are only of marginal interest in the bigger picture It is easy to become lost in details

Practicality Often it is better to identify what data are readily available and to request

those data first This can help build trust and also allows for progress without getting stuck

Subsequently the provider can be approached again to discuss the other more difficult

data sets Thus the above steps can occur more than once with the same data provider

Again as noted above keeping the bigger picture in mind will help to focus data-gathering

activities on the most practical data sets

Prioritisation In an ecosystem-level analysis all kinds of data are interesting That said

some data are more helpful or urgent than others In the analyses outlined in the sections

below the general data requirements are listed The data requirements of the short-term

gap analyses should take priority over the medium-term ones which in turn should take

priority over the long-term analyses

Annex 5 GIS data priorities lists various common categories of data with their estimated

timeframe for usage (short- medium- long-term) availability and priority for this project

Strategies for acquiring difficult data

Sometimes data may be considered proprietary andor too sensitive to show and providers

usually assume they cannot be shared However with patience sometimes agreements can

be found whereby the data may be used ldquobehind the scenesrdquo in analyses so long as the

data are not displayed on final maps ndashonly the combined results which do not reveal the

data In other situations when the provider is an active participant the provider should be

invited to be a formal partner in the project and this may also ease data restrictions Finally

agreeing to perform joint-analyses or even contracting out certain analyses to the expert

can also allow the data to be used However in this latter case it may be difficult to do

quality control and hence the results can sometimes be puzzling or not what was required

If certain data are simply unavailable metadata can still be requested though metadata

often do not exist (In practice metadata if supplied are many times custom-created for

the particular request)

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 18

Meetings

General meetings A large forum like the RAMPAO General Assembly can be an excellent

opportunity to introduce interested parties to the project It may even be possible to get

general agreement around sharing data However such a general agreement if it can be

found would probably still not replace the need for MoUs and similar bilateral agreements

with specific agencies and institutions

In addition to regional meetings presentations should be made to national meetings

introducing the project as opportunity permits

Data meetings regional data meetings with database managers could help speed up the

process of data collection though this can vary from place to place In many cases it is

better to first approach people one-on-one Later after some data have already been

acquired a meeting can be used to discuss how to best merge data together and to

encourage others to also provide information data if they have not already done so

Expert meetings bringing together experts of a particular species or habitat can be a very

good way to identify available expertise information data and gaps Expert knowledge can

also be collected at such meetings drawn on maps etc but this requires prior training

preparation and processing afterwards In general expert meetings are most valuable after

a ldquodesktop studyrdquo where basic gaps have been identified and there are now specific

questions that have been identified as needing answers Targeted expert meetings can be

valuable at different times throughout a process as different issues need addressing Their

main drawback is the expense and work required A badly run meeting can also turn opinion

against a project and so care has to be taken to do a good job

Recommendation re data information collection 1) The process of collecting data should

begin immediately This will require close coordination with outreach activities 2) Priority

should be given to collecting data that are a) easily acquired and b) required for the initial

short-term analyses 3) Lists of data sources contact information and what dates they

were approached should be kept to track progress 4) Data collaboration should be on the

agenda of the next RAMPAO General Assembly meeting 5) After an initial (eg 3-6

month) period of data collection the need for data meetings andor expert meetings

should be assessed

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 19

Five initial gap analyses The following analyses are recommended as initial tests that should be done in the short-

term (present to June 2010) and when possible in the order presented However we

acknowledge that data availability can alter the ordering of the tests and even what tests

are undertaken ndashincluding developing new ones not listed here These basic tests can be

followed up with more complex analyses such as outlined in the next sections of this report

1 Visually consider the distribution of protected areas Is the network spatially well

distributed without more than a few major gaps If not what gaps can a person

immediately see Consider along-shore gaps and gaps moving out towards the offshore

Consider the northern central and southern thirds of the RAMPAO area Consider

national boundaries

Technical amp data requirements no GIS or GIS data are required A basic paper map

showing the protected areas and national boundaries is sufficient

Rationale this simple assessment is deceptively powerful Simplicity should not be seen

as detracting from its value The human eye can see many patterns and gaps that are

difficult to quantify into statistics When most people agree on a visual gap this

indicates that it is likely valid and worthy of serious consideration

Connectivity and representativity are two of the five agreed-upon CBD criteria for

assessing MPA networks (IX20 Annex 2) If the network is generally not well distributed

in space then it is unlikely to exhibit characteristics of connectivity or representativity

and thus is very unlikely to be ecologically coherent Note that if a network is well-

distributed in space this does not necessarily ensure that these criteria are being met

and further tests will still be required

2 Using GIS procedures consider in greater depth the distribution of protected areas For

this test and all the other tests below perform it first for the whole region then for

each of the three broad ecoregions north central and south4 and finally according to

national boundaries

a Zones offshore Consider coverage within four basic zones i the shorelines (0-5

nautical miles offshore) ii nearshore (~5-15 nm) iii mid-offshore (~15-50 nm)

and iv far offshore (~50 -200 nm) What percentage of each of these broad

zones has MPAs

b Distance from shore statistics what is the average (arithmetic mean) extent that

RAMPAO MPAs extend offshore What is the range of these values What is the

4 This could include the MEOW (Marine Ecoregions Of the World) classification or other similar ecoregions

accepted by RAMPAO partners

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 20

standard deviation Considering that RAMPOA waters extend approximately 200

nm offshore what do these distance-offshore statistics suggest

c Nearest neighbour distance in each of the above zones calculate ldquonearest

neighbourrdquo statistics between MPAs noting the range of MPA spacing the

arithmetic mean of the spacing and the standard deviation of spacing between

sites In this test and all others displaying the histogram of results can be very

informative and is recommended

Technical amp data requirements GIS files are required for shoreline data MPAs

ecoregions national boundaries These three tests (a) ndash (c) get progressively more

technically advanced in the use of GIS However it is outside the scope of this report to

fully describe the GIS methods If a minimum separation distance is chosen as a network

criterion (see comments below) then an easier GIS analysis would be to buffer the

MPAs by a value of half that distance to identify which areas that ldquotouchrdquo and which do

not

Rationale these analyses put some numbers to the first visual test In most ways

however the visual test is simpler and easier to understand That said numbers in

tables can help rank gaps according to basic properties

Unfortunately the GIS methods can be a bit difficult for a beginner If parts of this test

are too difficult they can be skipped since the visual assessment already tells us a lot

Setting explicit quantitative targets for spacing can be controversial and difficult to

support scientifically What is adequate for some species will still be inadequate for

others That said for a basic initial test ldquorules of thumbrdquo have been proposed The

BALANCE project in the Baltic Sea suggested 25 km as an ideal maximum spacing

between shoreline sites (2008) Instead of looking at the ideal situation the OSPAR

Convention for the Northeast Atlantic took a different approach considering the very

longest spacing that could be considered contributing anything at all towards ecological

coherence of the MPA network ie a theoretical ldquoworst caserdquo The OSPAR guidelines for

this worst case are nearshore ~250 km (linear shoreline distance) offshore ~200 000

km2 (which is about equivalent to a ~500 km diameter circle) high seas ~1 000 000 km2

(equivalent to a square with ~1000 km sides) For OSPAR nearshore meant shoreline

and territorial waters out to 12 nm offshore meant EEZ waters (12-200 nm) and high

seas meant waters beyond 200 nm from shore (OPSAR 2008 Ardron 2009)

3 Consider MPA distribution according to depth As for all these analyses perform these

tests first for the whole region then for each of the three broad ecoregions north

central and south and finally according to national boundaries

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 21

a Depth statistics what is the average (arithmetic mean) depth of RAMPAO

MPAs What is the range of values What is the standard deviation How do

these numbers compare with the overall RAMPAO region

b Depth zones consider the following eight general depth zones and what

percentage of each zone is within the current MPA network 0-25 m

(shallow) 25-50 m (photic) 50-100m (upper shelf) 100-200 m (lower shelf)

200-400 m (upper slope) 400-800 m (mid-slope) 800-1600 m (lower slope)

1600-3200 m or greater (abyssal plain)5

Technical amp data requirements data as per the previous test plus bathymetry The

easiest and fastest way to perform these statistics is to convert the MPA shapefile

(and if it is not already the bathymetry) into a raster grid and do grid analyses

Rationale depth is widely recognised as one of the key variables that describes

biotic communities in a give region and as such is a very basic measure of

representativity This analysis could be improved by combining surficial sediment

data with depth to make simple seafloor sediment-depth classes if available

4 Consider MPA distribution according to existent shoreline habitat classification

Although the whole RAMPAO shoreline is likely not classified certain features such

as estuaries or mangroves may already largely be identified Taking these shoreline

features that are either readily available or readily digitised consider what

percentage of each of these feature types are within the current MPA network

Consider what percentage of the MPA network lies outside of these readily

identifiable shoreline features Consider also according to ecoregions and national

boundaries

Technical amp data requirements any available shoreline features such as estuaries

and mangroves If the data are good enough each of these features could be sub-

divided eg large medium and small estuaries If geophysical shoreline type data

are missing basic categories such as cliff rock and sandmud shores can often be

visually estimated and hand digitised by looking at terrestrial topographic data along

the shoreline combined with nearshore bathymetry if available

5 These log2 depth classes are admittedly somewhat arbitrary (25 2

i) and could be refined either by

considering a regional biological classification histogram of the distribution of depths or natural breaks in the

data It is our understanding however that no bio-physical classification has been performed for the region

For an initial test these somewhat arbitrary depth classes are sufficient to point out general gaps and reflect

the generally logarithmic scale of decreasing resolution (increasing breadth of classes) with depth

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 22

Rationale since the RAMPAO MPA network is currently shoreline-based this test is

suggested before considering other physical features further offshore This test is

designed to give a rough idea of shoreline representativity

5 Consider the RAMPAO network according to rare threatened and endangered

species and habitats (features) for which data are available Perform the same sort

of tests as in the test above using available data for rare threatened and

endangered features Consider what percentage of each of these feature types are

within the current MPA network Consider what percentage of the MPA network lies

outside of these features Consider also according to ecoregions and national

boundaries

Technical amp data requirements there are modelling techniques to predict the

potential habitat of species but these techniques are advanced and would fall under

the long-term timeframe For this initial analysis only available data should be

considered If the data appear to be very incomplete then they should not be used

Recognising that such data can be sub-regionally incomplete some sections of the

network may have to be left out of this analysis marked as ldquono datardquo areas on the

maps

Rationale rare threatened and endangered features are often protected by law

and also often of interest to researchers There is usually some information on them

though not always digital data and may instead be in the form of expert opinion

Ecologically there are three different types of rare threatened and endangered

features each requiring a different management response 1) features that have

always been rare 2) features that used to be common but are now rare due to

human pressures (ie threatened and endangered) 3) features that are on the edge

of their range and a) this range is steady or b ) this range is shifting (expanding

contracting moving away entering the region) due to climate change or other

environmental changes It would be best to perform this test separately for the three

different classes and associated sub-classes of rare threatened and endangered

features taking into account their population trends However for an initial test

such refinements should be seen as optional depending on information availability

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 23

Medium term gap analyses The following analyses are recommended for consideration in the medium-term (June 2010

to Dec 2011) with choice largely driven by data availability Due to the somewhat longer

time period fewer details are provided here than in the section above allowing for further

elaborations during the 2nd Mission when more is known They are arranged according to

the CBD MPA network criteria (IX20 Annex 2)

In addition to the tests outlined below others that were developed for the OSPAR Regional

Seas Convention for the Northeast Atlantic are listed in Annex 6 Thirty additional

assessments These are also well-suited to the medium-term and medium-quality data

Note that the four OSPAR MPA network criteria overlap four of the five CBD criteria

Ecologically and biologically significant areas (EBSAs)

If specific EBSAs are known consideration should be given to their possible inclusion in the

MPA network Not all EBSAs need necessarily become MPAs for some EBSAs non-spatial

management may be more appropriate It is difficult to do proper gaps assessment on

EBSAs because the distribution of all EBSAs of a given type is usually not known and hence

there is little context by which to judge a given site Thus the rule of thumb is that all EBSAs

if not in the MPA network should be treated as possible gaps and reviewed one at a time

for possible inclusion

The CBD is in the process of developing further guidance on the selection of EBSAs in the

open oceans and deep seas and much of this guidance is also applicable to shallower

nearshore systems Because this guidance is not yet accepted by the CBD we refer you

instead to a background report that was written for the CBD Ottawa Expert Workshop that

discussed these issues 29 Sept ndash 02 Oct 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant

areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations (Ardron

et al 2009) is a report in two parts Both parts are included with this report and are

recommended here as guidance on selecting CBD EBSAs

First gathering information from local residents and experts on places they sense to be

important can go far in identifying key EBSAs The ldquorecognition heuristicrdquo (Gigerenzer 1999)

is a powerful way to quickly locate longstanding ecologically significant areas in a given

region and we note that NGOs such as WWF have already done such work in the past and

that this work could be readily updated and built upon

Representativity

Many tests for representativity can be developed based on available data Listed below are

some of the more likely approaches

Seascapes identify the main shoreline topographic (benthic) and oceanographic

(pelagic) features of the region and check to see what percentage of each is included

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 24

in the MPA network Typical benthic seascape features would include canyons

seamounts reefs etc Typical pelagic features include frontal systems upwellings

gyres See also Annex 5 GIS data priorities

Topographic complexity using only bathymetry a surrogate measure of benthic

complexity can be developed (Ardron 2002) This measure can help highlight areas of

likely increased benthic richness amongst other traits

Biogeographic classification system whereas seascapes focus on physical features

a biogeographic attempts to also include information on biology such that the

system divides an area according to broad ecological communities based on physical

proxies The creation of a biogeographic classification should include both pelagic

and benthic realms is labour- and data- intensive and requires extensive peer

review

Biogeographic components instead of attempting a full biogeographic classification

system certain aspects can be developed separately For example depth strata can

be combined with sea floor sediment data to make a basic sea bottom classification

These can then be nested within the broad bioregions of the RAMPAO area

Likewise exposure wave energy can be combined with shoreline types to create

another basic classification Creating components such as these can be further

explored in the 2nd Mission once it is better known what data information are

available

Connectivity

This is the CBD criterion most difficult to assess with few options for the medium-term

except for looking at distances between sites (see short-term test above) Several academic

modelling exercises have been attempted with mixed levels of success in areas with much

better data than exist in West Africa We would caution RAMPAO in spending too much

time on such modelling exercises In general nearshore sites require closer spacing than

sites further offshore (OSPAR 2007) If it is known that certain areas provide larvae or

juveniles to other places then these ldquosourcerdquo areas should be considered for protection

Note that such areas could also fall under the EBSA criterion for productivity

Replication

At its most basic level this criterion asks that there be more than one MPA for every feature

in the network In practice this is usually considered using available information on

representativity (see above) and whatever biological data may also be available This

criterion can be assessed very simply initially by testing to see if there is more than one MPA

in each broad zone such as distance from shore or depth zone as described in the previous

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 25

section on short-term assessments Assessing replication can become more refined as more

MPAs are designated and better data become available

Adequacy viability

Ideally MPA sites should be monitored to ensure that their aims are being met In cases

where this is occurring the monitoring results should be used to determine if the individual

sitersquos size location and shape is adequate Where monitoring is not occurring or is

incomplete or too recent to determine trends other measures will have to be used Size is

probably the most commonly discussed measure and yet it remains also probably the most

controversial (Fahig 2001) Nonetheless even in an absence of consensus on this issue by

looking at possible ranges of sizes a sense can still be gained if the sites are or are not

likely to be meeting their aims A full assessment of site size which is outside the scope of

this report should take into account the species life-history population structure quality of

the habitat the quality of the surrounding areas and possible connectivity to other sites

(Lindeboom amp Baumlck 2005) However in many cases the scientific knowledge about a feature

will be insufficient to determine this very exactly Even if the life history of a species is well

know for example it is usually not known how much the surrounding area can be expected

to play a role in supporting the healthy functioning of that species Nonetheless it is

generally true that heavily impacted surrounding areas will provide less of a supporting role

to protected features than pristine ones In data-poor situations often it is still possible to

use expert opinion to specify a range of sizes which would likely be appropriate for the

adequate protection of a given feature (text adapted from OSPAR 2007)

For the RAMPAO network expert assessments of the efficacy of individual MPA sites is

probably the best way to consider the adequacy aspect of the criterion and we note the

work that has already been done by RAMPAO on this regard as well as the IUCN on

assessing management effectiveness (2007 2008a 2008b)

Relative viability can also be inferred from a threats pressures analysis In performing a

population density analysis proximity to human settlements can be used as a first indication

of how much anthropomorphic stress a protected area may be experiencing Looking

further at the composition of sensitive and threatened species within a given area can

further refine this initial threats analysis

Long term gap analyses In many cases analyses that got delayed in the medium term would be still valuable in the

longer term (2011 to 2014) However for the longer-term we would also hope that

RAMPAO activities would begin to focus on the filling of already-identified ecological and

management gaps

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 26

MarZone and MaxEnt

As an MPA network develops so does the need for more sophisticated analyses MarZone

(Marxan with Zones) has received positive attention recently and is a good tool for zoning

multiple activities with various levels of conservation restrictions In order to use a tool like

Marxan broad representativity data (ldquocoarse filterrdquo) and biological data (ldquofine filterrdquo) are

required and in order to use a zoning tool like MarZone broad coverage human use data

are additionally required One big advantage of MarxanMarZone is the user community

that has grown up around it and the good practices that continue to be developed

To get broad scale species distributions usually point occurrence data are fitted to physical

chemical environmental variables producing a predictive habitat model Good success has

been attained using the MaxEnt model (httpwwwcsprincetonedu~schapiremaxent)

though many other approaches also exist The construction of species-habitat predictive

models can take time and acquiring combining the environmental data also takes much

work In order to not bias the Marxan MarZone analysis several species-habitat models

would have to be created for several different key species from a variety of taxonomic

families trophic levels and feeding guilds This would be clearly a long-term project and

can only be justified if the RAMPAO MPA network has reached a level of sophistication to

demand such an analysis

Climate change modelling

Conservation network planning for climate change can also involved complicated modelling

(eg Fuller et al 2008) However again these approaches are data-intensive and require

advanced technical abilities

Ongoing adaptive approach

It is unlikely that the above advanced modelling approaches would be worth their

considerable effort and instead it is suggested that much more can be achieved through

good cooperation with stakeholders scientific expertise and some ldquocommon senserdquo

Recognising that no plan is perfect planning should be seen as an ongoing process of

refinement Paramount will be the ability to be flexible and adapt to changing ecological and

social conditions To do so will require governance structures from local to international

levels ndashlikewise matched to adapt quickly and effectively

While it is relatively easy to point out gaps in an MPA network at ever-increasing levels of

sophistication it is much harder to fill those gaps even on the most rudimentary level

Therefore we urge RAMPAO to act in the long term on addressing the gaps that are readily

apparent through basic tests such as the ones outlined in this document

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 27

Possible activities of the 2nd Mission

This report and the two-part background report prepared for the CBD (also included in this

submission ndashArdron et al 2009) offer a lot of information We expect that as RAMPAO staff

sifts through this guidance questions will arise We see the 2nd Mission as one that could be

devoted to

answering questions that arise from the 1st Mission guidance ndashprocess ecological

and technical

elaborating medium-term gap analyses once more is known about data availability

and technical capacity within RAMPAO and its partner organisations

providing assistance in data collection in Europe and North America

doing joint GIS analyses there could be benefit in working together on some of the

GIS analyses such as the analysis of topographic complexity

presenting initial results we also believe that it will be important to present some

short-term gap analysis results to RAMPAO members and partners

participating in the Third Meeting of the RAMPAO General Assembly we suggest that the 2nd Mission coincide with the RAMPAO General Assembly and include

o a presentation of initial results to the General Assembly and o an expert side-meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and

analyses

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 28

References

Ardron JA 2002 A Recipe for Determining Benthic Complexity An Indicator of Species Richness In Marine Geography GIS for the Oceans and Seas (ch 23 pp 196-175) Joe Breman (ed) Redlands CA USA ESRI Press

Ardron JA 2009 Three initial OSPAR tests of ecological coherence heuristics in a data-limited situation ICES Journal of Marine Research 658 1527-1533

Ardron JA Dunn D Corrigan C Gjerde K Halpin P Rice J Vanden Berghe E Vierros M 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations A background document for the CBD expert workshop Ottawa Canada 29 September ndash 2 October 2009 37 pp + 73 pp Annex 1

BALANCE 2008 Ecological coherence and principles MPA assessment selection and design Technical Summary Report 34 httpbalance-euorgxpdfbalance-technical-summary-report-no-3-4pdf

FAO 2009 International guidelines for the management of deep-sea fisheries in the high seas Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations Rome

Fahrig 2001 How much Habitat is enough Biological Conservation 100 (1) 65-74

Fuller T Morton DP Sarkar S 2008 Incorporating uncertainty about speciesrsquo potential distributions under climate change into the selection of conservation areas with a case study from the Arctic Coastal Plain of Alaska Biological Conservation 141 1547-1559

Gigerenzer G Todd P M and the ABC Research Group 1999 Simple heuristics that make us smart Oxford University Press New York

IUCNBRAO 2007 Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parc de Guineacutee Bissau

IUCNPACO 2008a Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees aires proteacutegeacutees de la Reacutepublique de Guineacutee

IUCNBRAO 2008b Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parcs et reacuteserves de Mauritanie

Lindeboom HJ and Baumlck S 2005 Establishing coastal and marine reserves- with the emphasis on fisheries Pages 103-118 In Managing European Coasts Past Present and Future J Vermaat LBouwer KTurner WSalomons (Eds) Springer-Verlag

OSPAR 2007 Background document to support the Assessment of whether the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is Ecologically Coherent OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic Publication Number 2007320 wwwosparorg

OSPAR 2008 Three initial spatial tests looking at the ecological coherence of the OSPAR marine protected area (MPA) network OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic 3602008 wwwosparorg 17 pp

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 29

Annex 1 Calendar of meetings 1st Mission 5-12 Sept 2009

Lundi

FIBA

Charlotte Karibuhoye

Coordinatrice

Souadou Ndiaye

SIG RAMPAO

Julien Semelin Appui agrave la creacuteation de nouvelles AMP et renforcement de lrsquoefficaciteacute des AMP

UICN Racine Kane AMP transfrontaliegravere

16h par teacuteleacutephone

PRCM Ahmed Senhoury

Directeur

Mardi

8h30 WWF Mamadou Diallo

Chargeacute de mission espegraveces et habitats

mdialowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 641 13 84

Paul Siegel Conseiller en environnement marin psiegelwwfsenegalorg 221 869 37 00

10h30

CSE centre de suivi eacutecologique Ministegravere de lrsquoenvironnement

Taibou Ba Cartes donneacutees

15h Wetland international Africa

Emma GREATRIX

Network for biodiversiteacute (BIOMAC network) Manatee Waterbirds Mangroves

egeatrix]wetlandssn +221 33 869 1681

Mercredi

10h SI NEPAD David Njiki Njiki

Coordinateur environnement njikinjikiyahoocom 221 33 842 73 11

12h WWF Ibrahima Niamadio

Officier pecircche durable iniamadiowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 567 53 16

15h par teacuteleacutephone

UICN Mathieu Ducroq

Coordinateur du programme marin et cocirctier de lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoouest central

+ 222 662 40 82 portable 0022 529 09 77 bureau

16h par teacuteleacutephone

RAMPAO Alfredo da Silva

Preacutesident du RAMPAO Directeur IBAP Ancien coordinateur du reacuteseau de gestion des zones cocirctiegraveres

00245 580 38 48 ou 00 245

UNESCO Isabelle Niang

Projet GEF drsquoadaptation au changement climatique en Afrique de lrsquoouest Erosion cocirctiegravere

Jeudi

9h UICN Guineacutee Bissau

Pierre Campredon

Ancien responsable du PRCM Pierrecampredoniucnorg 0033 630340088

11h30 Convention drsquoAbidjan

Nassere Kaba 0022520211183

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 30

13h CRODTCNDO ODINAFRICA

Anis Diallo Aquaculture et directeur du CNDO adialloordinafricanet 22133832826465 221 77 631 15 95

15h CSRP

M Hamadi Diop

En charge du deacutepartement laquo recherche et systegraveme drsquoinformation raquo

hamadidiopgmailcom

Philippe Tous Projet AFD ndash inteacutegration des AMP dans les politiques de pecircche

philipetousgmailcom (Skype Phil_tous)

Renaud Bailleux

Contrat UICN sur la gestion de lrsquoaccegraves aux ressources halieutiques dans la reacutegion - accords de pecircche ndash gouvernance partageacutee dans les AMP (financement PRCM)

M Dop mika Programme requins de la FIBA mika_dfryahoofr

Vendredi

9H IRD Luis Tito de Morais

Peumlcheeacutecologie des peuplements de poissons

titoirdsn 221 33 849 3658

11h UICN Mamadou Sow

Chef de projet mangrove Mamadousowuicnorg 221 33 869 0286

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 31

Annex 2 CBD criteria for ecologically significant areas

CBD Decision IX20 Annex 1

SCIENTIFIC CRITERIA FOR IDENTIFYING ECOLOGICALLY OR BIOLOGICALLY SIGNIFICANT MARINE AREAS IN NEED OF PROTECTION IN OPEN-

OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS

Criteria Definition Rationale Examples Consideration in application

Uniqueness or

rarity

Area contains

either (i) unique (ldquothe

only one of its kindrdquo) rare

(ldquooccurs only in few

locationsrdquo) or endemic

species populations or

communities andor (ii)

unique rare or distinct

habitats or ecosystems

andor (iii) unique or

unusual geomorphological

or oceanographic features

Irreplaceable

Loss would mean the probable permanent disappearance of diversity or a feature or reduction of the diversity at any level

Open ocean waters

Sargasso Sea Taylor column

persistent polynyas

Deep-sea habitats

endemic communities around

submerged atolls hydrothermal

vents sea mounts pseudo-

abyssal depression

Risk of biased-view of the perceived uniqueness depending on the information availability

Scale dependency of features such that unique features at one scale may be typical at another thus a global and regional perspective must be taken

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 32

Special

importance for

life-history

stages of

species

Areas that are required for

a population to survive and

thrive

Various biotic and abiotic

conditions coupled with

species-specific

physiological constraints

and preferences tend to

make some parts of marine

regions more suitable to

particular life-stages and

functions than other parts

Area containing (i) breeding grounds

spawning areas nursery areas juvenile

habitat or other areas important for life

history stages of species or (ii) habitats of

migratory species (feeding wintering or

resting areas breeding moulting

migratory routes)

Connectivity between life-history stages and linkages between areas trophic interactions physical transport physical oceanography life history of species

Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data Vessel monitoring system (VMS) data

Spatial and temporal distribution andor aggregation of the species

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 33

Importance for

threatened

endangered or

declining

species andor

habitats

Area containing habitat for

the survival and recovery

of endangered threatened

declining species or area

with significant

assemblages of such

species

To ensure the restoration

and recovery of such species

and habitats

Areas critical for threatened endangered

or declining species andor habitats

containing (i) breeding grounds spawning

areas nursery areas juvenile habitat or

other areas important for life history

stages of species or (ii) habitats of

migratory species (feeding wintering or

resting areas breeding moulting

migratory routes)

Includes species with very large geographic ranges

In many cases recovery will require reestablishment of the species in areas of its historic range

Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data vessel-monitoring system (VMS) data

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 34

Vulnerability

Fragility

Sensitivity or

Slow recovery

Areas that contain a

relatively high proportion

of sensitive habitats

biotopes or species that

are functionally fragile

(highly susceptible to

degradation or depletion

by human activity or by

natural events) or with

slow recovery

The criteria indicate the

degree of risk that will be

incurred if human activities

or natural events in the area

or component cannot be

managed effectively or are

pursued at an unsustainable

rate

Vulnerability of species

Inferred from the history of how species or populations in other similar areas responded to perturbations

Species of low fecundity slow growth long time to sexual maturity longevity (eg sharks etc)

Species with structures providing biogenic habitats such as deepwater corals sponges and bryozoans deep-water species

Vulnerability of habitats

Ice-covered areas susceptible to ship-based pollution

Ocean acidification can make deep sea habitats more vulnerable to others and increase susceptibility to human induced changes

Interactions between vulnerability to human impacts and natural events

Existing definition emphasizes site specific ideas and requires consideration for highly mobile species

Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 35

Biological

productivity

Area containing species

populations or

communities with

comparatively higher

natural biological

productivity

Important role in fuelling

ecosystems and increasing

the growth rates of

organisms and their capacity

for reproduction

Frontal areas

Upwellings

Hydrothermal vents

Seamounts polynyas

Can be measured as the rate of growth of marine organisms and their populations either through the fixation of inorganic carbon by photosynthesis chemosynthesis or through the ingestion of prey dissolved organic matter or particulate organic matter

Can be inferred from remote-sensed products eg ocean colour or process-based models

Time-series fisheries data can be used but caution is required

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 36

Biological

diversity

Area contains

comparatively higher

diversity of ecosystems

habitats communities or

species or has higher

genetic diversity

Important for evolution and

maintaining the resilience of

marine species and

ecosystems

Sea-mounts

Fronts and convergence zones

Cold coral communities

Deep-water sponge communities

Diversity needs to be seen in relation to the surrounding environment

Diversity indices are indifferent to species substitutions

Diversity indices are indifferent to which species may be contributing to the value of the index and hence would not pick up areas important to species of special concern such as endangered species

Can be inferred from habitat heterogeneity or diversity as a surrogate for species diversity in areas where biodiversity has not been sampled intensively

Naturalness Area with a comparatively

higher degree of

naturalness as a result of

the lack of or low level of

human-induced

disturbance or

degradation

To protect areas with near natural structure processes and functions

To maintain these areas as reference sites

To safeguard and enhance ecosystem resilience

Most ecosystems and habitats have

examples with varying levels of

naturalness and the intent is that the

more natural examples should be

selected

Priority should be given to areas having a low level of disturbance relative to their surroundings

In areas where no natural areas remain areas that have successfully recovered including reestablishment of species should be

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 37

considered

Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 38

Annex 3 CBD criteria for MPA networks

Decision IX20 Annex II SCIENTIFIC GUIDANCE FOR SELECTING AREAS TO ESTABLISH A REPRESENTATIVE NETWORK OF MARINE PROTECTED AREAS INCLUDING IN

OPEN OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS

Required network properties and

components Definition Applicable site specific considerations (inter alia)

Ecologically and biologically significant areas

Ecologically and biologically significant areas are geographically or oceanographically discrete areas that provide important services to one or more speciespopulations of an ecosystem or to the ecosystem as a whole compared to other surrounding areas or areas of similar ecological characteristics or otherwise meet the criteria as identified in annex I to decision IX20

Uniqueness or rarity

Special importance for life history stages of species

Importance for threatened endangered or declining species andor habitats

Vulnerability fragility sensitivity or slow recovery

Biological productivity

Biological diversity

Naturalness

Representativity Representativity is captured in a network when it consists of areas representing the different biogeographical subdivisions of the global oceans and regional seas that reasonably reflect the full range of ecosystems including the biotic and habitat diversity of those marine ecosystems

A full range of examples across a biogeographic habitat or community classification relative health of species and communities relative intactness of habitat(s) naturalness

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 39

Connectivity Connectivity in the design of a network allows for linkages whereby protected sites benefit from larval andor species exchanges and functional linkages from other network sites In a connected network individual sites benefit one another

Currents gyres physical bottlenecks migration routes species dispersal detritus functional linkages Isolated sites such as isolated seamount communities may also be included

Replicated ecological features Replication of ecological features means that more than one site shall contain examples of a given feature in the given biogeographic area The term ―features means ―species habitats and ecological processes that naturally occur in the given biogeographic area

Accounting for uncertainty natural variation and the possibility of catastrophic events Features that exhibit less natural variation or are precisely defined may require less replication than features that are inherently highly variable or are only very generally defined

Adequate and viable sites Adequate and viable sites indicate that all sites within a network should have size and protection sufficient to ensure the ecological viability and integrity of the feature(s) for which they were selected

Adequacy and viability will depend on size shape buffers persistence of features threats surrounding environment (context) physical constraints scale of featuresprocesses spillovercompactness

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 40

Annex 4 Data sources highlighted in discussions during the 1st Mission

Thegravemes Organisme ressources Personnes ressources Sites internet ressources et bases de donneacutees

Donneacutees bibliographiques

IRD Linus base bibliographique (httpiacaprodc3eduvsqfrlinus)

CRODT Catalogue des publications du CRODT

Donneacutees geacuteneacuterales

PRCMFIBA SIG Reacutegional Catalogue drsquoInformations pour lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoOuest (CIAO) wwwolmmrciao

OdinAfrica African marine atlas ndash voir OdinAfrica

OBIS httpwwwiobisorg

Guineacutee Bissau SIG Guineacutee Bissau au 200 000 egraveme sur toute la zone cocirctiegravere et 50 000 egraveme sur les Bijagos voir Franccedilois Gourmelonuniv-brestfr ou Emmanuel Ginaudet

Cap vert Systegraveme national SIG pour toutes les donneacutees du Cap vert

Bathymeacutetrie

Navy Londres Africa Pilot Volume 1 Hydrographer of the Navy London 1967

SHOM Carte SHOM ndeg6815 INT14 au 110 000 000egraveme Voir site wwwshomfr - catalogue

Cf Canada Carte au CSE

CND0 CD des donneacutees bathymeacutetriques de la sous-reacutegion

Donneacutees oceacuteanographiques geacuteneacuterales

OdinAfrica Points focaux des pays agrave voir sur site internet drsquoOdinAfrica

ordinafricanet Atelier national OdinAfrica ndash voir sur le site CNDO Aller sur le site OdinAfrica reacutecupeacuterer les shapefiles (httpwwwodinafricaorg) et sur httpwwwafricanmarineatlasnet

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 41

IRDlaboratoire LOCEAN-IPSL (Universiteacute Paris 6) LPAOSF (Lab de Physique de lAtmosphegravere et de lOceacutean de agrave lEacutecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique-UCAD

Alban Lazar (IRD) Simeacuteon Fongang (Ecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique) Raymond Lahaye (IRDLEMAR)

Circulation oceacuteanique le long des cocirctes seacuteneacutegalaises (structures variabiliteacute meacutecanismes de lrsquoupwelling des courants cocirctiers des tempeacuteratures et des saliniteacutes) et les couplages oceacutean-atmosphegravere

FAO Merete TANDSTAD Projets CCLEM et GCLME

NEPAD Projet GCLME

PRCM et IMROP + autres

Faire lrsquoinventaire des socieacuteteacutes qui ont fait de la prospection peacutetroliegravere et voir leurs donneacutees et eacutetudes drsquoimpact eacutetude Woodside ou Dana petroleum voir PRCM et IMROP

Universiteacute Rapport master de lrsquouniversiteacute sur la modeacutelisation de la circulation et des tempeacuteratures sur la haute mer (demander CNDO)

Upwellings Odiafrica Donneacutees upwellings sur Odinafrica

IRD P CURY et N BEZ

Geacuteologie seacutediemntologie et Nature des fonds

2 thegraveses sur le plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais sud et nord

IRD carte de Domain (IRDORSTOM) carte des seacutediments du plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais)

carte de Barusso

Travaux de Lachance et Mc Master

Odinafirca Plateau continental ndash carte digitaliseacutee sur la nature des fonds ndash voir sur ordinafrica

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 42

Annex 5 GIS data priorities

Explanation of ranking system

Term short-term bullbullbull medium-term bullbull long-term bull Estimated Ease of acquiring data easy bullbullbull moderatebullbull difficult bull

Importance high bullbullbull moderate bullbull low bull Term Ease Import

Base layers

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 coastline(s)

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 2 ecological regions

bullbullbull bull bullbullbull 3 bathymetry

bullbullbull bullbull bull 4 topography (for land ndashcan help with shoreline classifications)

Physical and oceanographic

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 estuaries rivers

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 shoreline type (cliff rocky sandy muddy etc)

bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 surficial sediment (bottom type)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 seafloor topographic complexity ruggedness (can be created from bathymetry)

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 5 seamounts (can also be identified through bathymetry)

6 other seascape features eg

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull canyons

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 43

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull ridges

bullbull bullbullbull bullbull hydrothermal vents

bullbull bull bullbull seeps

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull banks

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull rocky reefs

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull estuaries (sub-classes)

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull lagoons

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull upwellings

bull bullbull bull 7 ocean currents tides

bull bullbull bullbull 8 sea surface temperature

bull bullbull bullbull 9 salinity

bull bull bull 10 photosynthetically available radiation (PAR)

bull bull bull 11 coastal erosion sediment transport

bull bull bullbull 12 climate change trends eg movement of upwellings

Biological habitat

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 1 threatened or endangered species (amp spawning nursery areas etc)

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 threatened or endangered habitats

bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 habitat classification (if one exists regionally)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 biogenic features eg

warm water coral reefs

cold water coral ldquoforestsrdquo

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 44

mangroves (sub-classes)

bullbull bull bullbullbull 5 Key commercial species eg

crustaceans molluscs (crabs shrimps oysters etc)

pelagic large fishes (eg tunas)

pelagic small fishes

demersal fishes

bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 primary productivity (usually satellite colour images chlorophyll_a)

bullbull bull bullbull 7 secondary productivity (eg an estimate of carbon flux)

bullbull bull bullbull 8 migration of invasive species

Human use management

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 marine protected areas

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 year-round fisheries closures

bullbull bullbull bull 3 other seasonal fisheries closures

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 4 cities towns villages (with populations)

bullbull bullbull bull 5 local community boundaries

bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 traditional use boundaries (eg artisanal fisheries)

bull bullbull bull 7 migrant land use grazing

bullbull bull bullbullbull 8 areas of cultural spiritual importance

bullbull bullbullbull bullbull 9 roads (can help with understanding remoteness amp shoreline access)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 10 shipping routes and harbours

bullbull bullbull bull 11 land use particularly agriculture (can be combined into an analysis of rivers to estimate runoff)

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 45

bullbull bull bullbullbull 12 fishing

a artisanal by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)

b industrial by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 13 offshore oil amp gas licences exploratory wells installations (platforms pipelines shore based)

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 14 sand amp gravel mining

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 15 tourism shoreline development resorts marinas

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 46

Annex 6 Thirty additional assessments

Excerpted and adapted from the 54 page report by the OSPAR Regional seas convention for

the Northeast Atlantic (2007) Background document to support the assessment of whether

the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is ecologically coherent6

Assessment Criterion 1 Adequacy Viability

1 Assessment Guideline One should expect the sizes of network sites (for a given feature) to be

distributed throughout or exceed the estimated range of sizes necessary to sustain a viable

population or community

2 Assessment Guideline Sites that are heavily impacted andor surrounded by heavily impacted

areas should be larger than otherwise

3 Assessment Guideline Features of ecological significance should receive greater protection

than normal

4 Assessment Guideline Location and geography can be used to indicate adequate protection

such that

a Protection of pelagic features should generally be reflected with the implementation of

larger sites than those for benthic features

b In regions constrained by physical geography (eg fjords bays bights passages straits)

the adequate sizes of individual sites will generally be smaller than areas without such

physical constraints (eg regional seas open ocean)

c Offshore andor deeper sites will generally require larger areas than for nearshore andor

shallow sites (However the exceptions of certain deep sea benthic features such as

hydrothermal vents and cold seeps are noted)

5 Assessment Guideline in a given region the adequate spatial protection of most OSPAR

features and the overall network can be expected to conform to the scientific literature and

fall within the range commonly found within that literature It is recognized that this is an

evolving field of study

6 Assessment Guideline Owing to the multiplicity of its objectives the OSPAR network can be

expected to contain a variety of reserve sizes and corresponding spacing between sites

7 Assessment Guideline If a site is at the small end of the expected viability range for a given

feature then compact sites are preferable If on the other hand a given site is at the large end

of the estimated viability range then a less compact shape would allow for greater spill-over

and benefits outside of the reserve

a The Compactness of a given site can be calculated using a GIS and the following

formula C = (4πAp2)

05 Where C is the Compactness A is the area of the site and p is

its perimeter

8 Assessment Guideline A broad MPA network such as the OSPAR network with a wide

variety of features can be expected to have a wide variety of reserve shapes and sizes

6 Jeff Ardron is the primary author of this OSPAR report

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 47

a The combined size and compactness of a site be readily calculated using a GIS and the

following formula SSC = ln (PA) Where SSC is here labelled as the site size-

compactness P is the perimeter of the site and A is the area

9 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA electronic database lists the aims and ecological

criteria on a site by site basis Thus as a preliminary assessment these can be compiled to get

an indication of how well they are being met across the network

10 Assessment Guideline A list inventory of features within a region that (are known or

believed to) meet the OSPAR aims and ecological criteria is required in order to fully assess if

the existing MPA sites are likely adequate

11 Assessment Guideline Features that are common and widely distributed will generally require

less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are rare andor sparsely

distributed

Assessment Criterion 2 Representativity

12 Assessment Guideline OSPAR MPAs should be checked to ensure that they are broadly

distributed across biogeographic regions In such an assessment there is no need to restrict the

assessment to just one biogeographic classification system So long as they appear to be

rigorous (eg peer-reviewed) the use of a variety of systems is encouraged

13 Assessment Guideline Each of the Dinter [OSPAR] bioregions should be adequately

protected

14 Assessment Guideline National classifications can be very helpful in assessing

representativity at a national level based on national categories and should be used where they

exist

15 Assessment Guideline In the absence of full biological surveys or full classification systems

(such as EUNIS) simple surrogates should be used to check that representativity is possibly

being achieved Benthic and pelagic realms should be considered

16 Assessment Guideline Representative features that are very common and widely distributed

will likely require less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are just

somewhat common

As a rule of thumb within a given feature class representative protection can be

compared to a normalized distribution For example if the areal distribution of

representative classes can be normalised through a square-root transformation then

protected area distribution could be expected to be roughly proportional to the square-

root of the ratio of the representative feature classesrsquo overall areas

17 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA nomination database should be checked to ensure

that the idea of the ldquobestrdquo features was taken into account across feature types and regions

18 Assessment Guideline Features that best represent their type can be expected to be

characterized by most or all of these indicators

a Typical morphology

b High density abundance

c High degree of health naturalness

d Persistence (temporal and spatial) and

e Strong functional linkages

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 48

Assessment Criterion 3 Replication

19 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area more than one example of each feature

should be protected

20 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features protected in areas susceptible

to catastrophic events require greater replication than those in low-risk areas

21 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area where no better data exist natural

variation can be assumed to be greatest between sites that are furthest apart

22 Assessment Guideline Features that are very specifically defined will exhibit less variation

and hence require less replication than features which are very general or ldquocatch-allrdquo categories

23 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area scientific requirements may require

replicate sites for differing purposes If these requirements are not known it can be assumed

that replicate sites that are a moderate distance apart (neither immediate neighbours nor at

extreme ends of the biogeographic area) will satisfy most scientific requirements

24 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features for which there are weak or

incomplete or modelled data require greater replication than those features for which better data

are available

Assessment Criterion 4 Connectivity

25 Assessment Guideline If an area is known or suspected to be important to connectivity then it

should be represented in the MPA network

26 Assessment Guideline Reserves in areas where there are known currents (eg many coastal

areas) should be more closely spaced than otherwise In order to maintain connectivity for most

short to moderate larval dispersing species when specific data are lacking such nearshore sites

should be spaced not further than 50 km apart

27 Assessment Guideline Connectivity between seabird sites can be measured in straight lines

28 Assessment Guideline Connectivity for marine species can be assumed to be greater along

lines of similar habitat than across them

29 Assessment Guideline The density of marine reserves can be used as a way to group areas of

likely connectivity Likewise it can also define gaps where connectivity has probably not been

achieved

30 Assessment Guideline In the absence of dispersal data connectivity may be approximated by

ensuring the MPA network is well distributed in space reflecting the scale of its surroundings

Page 13: A Suggested Approach for Gap Analyses of the RAMPAO Marine ...€¦ · A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 2 Recommendation re outreach: 1) regional contact

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 11

Charlotte Karibuhoye) in outreach to regional contact points and partners especially in

the development of project agreements such as MoUs and working groups b) supervise

and assist RAMPAOrsquos GIS technician (Souadou Ndiaye) as required c) oversee and

complete as required the data collection and technicalGIS work

Regarding the recommendation above we recognise that the Project Officer will require

additional funding to that which was originally envisioned in this project If funding for such

a position is not possible we would suggest that additional help be sought through

partners and specific contracts To the degree possible we have outlined the various

aspects of work that will need to be done as discreet pieces so as to allow for them to be

performed separately as funding permits

Recommendation re MoUs considering the broad scope and data requirements of this

project the RAMPAO Secretariat should continue to build upon its good relationships

within and outside of West Africa through the development of Memorandums of

Understanding (MoUs) or similar agreements These MoUs (or similar agreements) should

primarily consider data sharing arrangements andor the sharing of relevant analytical

work Additionally they may consider technical issues such as database compatibility and

also human capacity building training as appropriate

We believe that the Regional Contact Points could play an important role in facilitating

relationships agreements and access to regional data information and expertise

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 12

Ecological principles and targets

There is a broad literature concerning marine protected area (MPA) ecological principles

and criteria As noted at the Second General Assembly of RAMPAO the latest thinking on

this topic is captured in Decision XI20 of the Convention on Biological Diversity (CBD)

Adopted in June 2008 this Decision provides seven criteria for identifying ecologically and

biologically significant areas (IX20 Annex 1) and five criteria for MPA networks (IX20

Annex2) Thus the CBD recognised that site criteria and network criteria while strongly

linked are different Recently the CBD held an expert meeting in Ottawa Canada where

the seven site criteria were further discussed and guidance was drafted for their

implementation2

We find the CBD criteria to be sound and note that there will be an ongoing development

of global support and capacity building surrounding their implementation We therefore

recommend that RAMPAO base its operational principles and targets on these CBD criteria

and associated guidance

Recommendation re ecological criteria RAMPAOrsquos ecological principles and targets

should be based the CBD criteria for identifying ecologically significant sites (IX20 Annex

1) and MPA networks (IX20 Annex 2) taking into account additional CBD guidance as it is

developed

The full annexes of CBD Decision IX20 are appended to this report as Annexes 2 and 3 Briefly the seven CBD criteria for identifying ecologically and biologically significant areas are

1 Uniqueness or rarity 2 Special importance for life history of species 3 Importance for threatened endangered or declining species andor habitats 4 Vulnerability fragility sensitivity slow recovery 5 Biological productivity 6 Biological diversity 7 Naturalness

The five CBD MPA network criteria are 1 Ecologically and biologically significant areas (ie based on the 7 site criteria above) 2 Representativity 3 Connectivity 4 Replicated ecological features 5 Adequate and viable sites

2 Report of the expert workshop on ecological criteria and biogeographic classification systems for marine

areas in need of protection This guidance will go through the CBD review process and assuming it goes well

will be presented for acceptance at the Tenth Conference of Parties in October 2010

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 13

Methodology

Approach We view pragmatism modularity and flexibility as being necessary ingredients to an

approach that would best ensure success

Pragmatism The methodology should reflect an approach that will allow progress to

proceed despite imperfect data or other problems For example analyses should be done in

areas where data are available or where there is social political acceptance without the

(sometimes considerable) delay of waiting for data or acceptance from other neighbouring

areas within an ecological region3

Modularity Individual gap analyses should be able stand on their own while also fitting

together with others to form a fuller picture Analysis results should be fairly easy to explain

Flexibility Related to pragmatism above the methodology should follow good practices

while still remaining flexible to alternatives that are not ideal but which can allow for

progress For example when some data are not available other less-than-ideal ldquoproxiesrdquo

may have to be used as substitutes

Boundaries Ecological analyses should when possible be stratified according to accepted ecological

regions and sub-regions (eg Marine Ecosystems of the World ndashMEOW) However given

that in this project various areas have varying degrees of data availability we also see the

need for flexibility in the approach and recognise that some analyses may have to be

bounded according to boundaries that reflect where the data were collected Or in some

instances instead of ecological boundaries it may be appropriate to use traditional cultural

boundaries such as for artisanal fisheries

Timeframes Recommendation re short- medium- and long-term results given that some data will be

more readily available than others and that some analyses are easier to perform than

others we are recommending that a staged approach to delivering results be taken with

analyses planned for the short-term medium-term and long-term This will allow for

decisions and actions to also be taken in the short- medium- and long- term

3 However one must be careful to avoid transferring all gaps and attention to only those places that have data

or are willing to participate For it must be said that those places with few data and little protection are

usually the biggest gaps of all Maps should reflect low- and no-data areas clearly so that the reader

understands the limits of the analysis

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 14

We suggest the timeframe for delivering these short- medium- and long-term results could

be June 2010 (the next RAMPAO General Assembly) December 2011 (the end of this

project period) and December 2014 (the next project period) respectively These timelines

should dovetail with those of the recommendation re ecosystem research above when

appropriate These activities are further outlined in the suggested programme of work in

the section below

Initial tests Preliminary analyses should address basic gaps while later analyses could look at more

nuanced questions The unexpected availability (or unavailability) of data may sometimes

change the planned ordering of analyses If for some reason a particular analysis cannot be

done it should be skipped for the time being and not hold up further work If a preliminary

analysis indicates a significant gap it is unlikely any additional analyses will overturn that

finding and hence decision-making should in most cases proceed based on the results

from the initial basic tests without the delays associated with waiting for more data

Decisions can be refined however as more data become available In general coarse or

incomplete data demand greater precaution in decision-making This can create an

incentive for stakeholders to provide additional data that will allow for refinements

Recommendation re initial tests the gaps analysis should start with readily available

information and basic tests that are relatively easy to understand Later more complex

analyses can be performed with additional data as they become available The initial

basic gaps tests should be selected to provide results that can on their own inform

decision-making

A list of five such tests is outlined in the next section

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 15

Suggested programme of work

Short-term steps The following six steps outline the key tasks that we suggest would need to be done

between now and June 2010 in order to set this project in motion These steps are further

explained in the subsequent sections

1 Establishment of the projectrsquos terms of reference and recruitment of the project officer

2 outreach and coordination including informational presentations at various meetings

3 initial data collection focussing on readily available information 4 initial gaps analyses 5 presentation of initial results to the RAMPAO General Assembly 6 expert meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and analyses (likely

as a side-meeting to the General Assembly

Outreach amp coordination An ecosystem-level gaps analysis will require cooperation from a number of experts

agencies and institutions across all RAMPAO countries Hence outreach and coordination

will be important An introductory description of the project should be developed and

widely distributed as well as a web site page with up to date information on the project A

letter of introduction signed by a senior official(s) can also be important in terms of

establishing legitimacy Presentations introducing the project should be made at national

and regional level meetings as opportunity permits

Our meetings during the first mission proved to be very friendly and helpful These meetings

now require follow-up actions to each of the people contacted (see 1st Mission Report)

Because the people we met were mostly based in Senegal further work will be required

through the regional contact points for other countries

Areas of overlap with other activities (eg the Wetlands International implementation gaps

project) should be highlighted and discussions with these players begun to sort out how to

best cooperate and coordinate efforts

While outreach will be most intensive at the beginning of the project coordination will

continue throughout the projectrsquos duration

Recommendation re outreach 1) regional contact points should be updated on this

project and their help solicited 2) a clear one-page project description should be written

outlining the aims of the project and how cooperation with other bodies is being sought

3) a clear project web page should be developed 4) follow-up letters should sent to key

contacts we have already spoken to outlining next steps and where appropriate

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 16

proposing cooperation collaboration 5) presentations introducing the project should be

made at national and regional level meetings as opportunity permits

Acquisition of data amp information Central to this project will be identifying sources of information and data coordinating with

these experts data repositories and providers and ultimately acquiring the information or

data This will consume more time than any other task and probably more time than all the

other tasks combined

Steps

In the general case data acquisition will require the following steps some which may be

iterative (ie cycle around a few times)

searches ndashinternet list-serves libraries literature and through colleagues

informal emails calls and discussions with the expert or data custodian as to

what data may be available

formal letter(s) of introduction to the project signed by senior authorities and

usually addressed to mid- and senior-level people

face-to-face meetings in order to 1) gain permission to use the data and 2) to

learn about details and proper use of the data These two requirements may

mean two separate meetings

MoU drafting and signing andor data agreement andor formal letter of

request

logistics of how the data will be delivered and if any fees or restrictions are

involved

technical and scientific follow-up calls for assistance andor clarification on

interpretation or use of the data

The above steps have not been numbered because the order can vary from situation to

situation with some situations being informal and skipping steps while others are very

formal requiring prolonged discussions and additional steps that build trust

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 17

Three elements of success

Three elements of successful data acquisition are persistence practicality and

prioritisation

Persistence While most experts are usually happy to share their knowledge the sharing of

their data is often another matter The process can take weeks months or even years

Therefore in order to keep progress steady it is best to make a little time available every

day (say two hours) for data searches and follow-up politely reminding contacts from time

to time that you have not yet heard back from them That said do not waste time on data

that are only of marginal interest in the bigger picture It is easy to become lost in details

Practicality Often it is better to identify what data are readily available and to request

those data first This can help build trust and also allows for progress without getting stuck

Subsequently the provider can be approached again to discuss the other more difficult

data sets Thus the above steps can occur more than once with the same data provider

Again as noted above keeping the bigger picture in mind will help to focus data-gathering

activities on the most practical data sets

Prioritisation In an ecosystem-level analysis all kinds of data are interesting That said

some data are more helpful or urgent than others In the analyses outlined in the sections

below the general data requirements are listed The data requirements of the short-term

gap analyses should take priority over the medium-term ones which in turn should take

priority over the long-term analyses

Annex 5 GIS data priorities lists various common categories of data with their estimated

timeframe for usage (short- medium- long-term) availability and priority for this project

Strategies for acquiring difficult data

Sometimes data may be considered proprietary andor too sensitive to show and providers

usually assume they cannot be shared However with patience sometimes agreements can

be found whereby the data may be used ldquobehind the scenesrdquo in analyses so long as the

data are not displayed on final maps ndashonly the combined results which do not reveal the

data In other situations when the provider is an active participant the provider should be

invited to be a formal partner in the project and this may also ease data restrictions Finally

agreeing to perform joint-analyses or even contracting out certain analyses to the expert

can also allow the data to be used However in this latter case it may be difficult to do

quality control and hence the results can sometimes be puzzling or not what was required

If certain data are simply unavailable metadata can still be requested though metadata

often do not exist (In practice metadata if supplied are many times custom-created for

the particular request)

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 18

Meetings

General meetings A large forum like the RAMPAO General Assembly can be an excellent

opportunity to introduce interested parties to the project It may even be possible to get

general agreement around sharing data However such a general agreement if it can be

found would probably still not replace the need for MoUs and similar bilateral agreements

with specific agencies and institutions

In addition to regional meetings presentations should be made to national meetings

introducing the project as opportunity permits

Data meetings regional data meetings with database managers could help speed up the

process of data collection though this can vary from place to place In many cases it is

better to first approach people one-on-one Later after some data have already been

acquired a meeting can be used to discuss how to best merge data together and to

encourage others to also provide information data if they have not already done so

Expert meetings bringing together experts of a particular species or habitat can be a very

good way to identify available expertise information data and gaps Expert knowledge can

also be collected at such meetings drawn on maps etc but this requires prior training

preparation and processing afterwards In general expert meetings are most valuable after

a ldquodesktop studyrdquo where basic gaps have been identified and there are now specific

questions that have been identified as needing answers Targeted expert meetings can be

valuable at different times throughout a process as different issues need addressing Their

main drawback is the expense and work required A badly run meeting can also turn opinion

against a project and so care has to be taken to do a good job

Recommendation re data information collection 1) The process of collecting data should

begin immediately This will require close coordination with outreach activities 2) Priority

should be given to collecting data that are a) easily acquired and b) required for the initial

short-term analyses 3) Lists of data sources contact information and what dates they

were approached should be kept to track progress 4) Data collaboration should be on the

agenda of the next RAMPAO General Assembly meeting 5) After an initial (eg 3-6

month) period of data collection the need for data meetings andor expert meetings

should be assessed

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 19

Five initial gap analyses The following analyses are recommended as initial tests that should be done in the short-

term (present to June 2010) and when possible in the order presented However we

acknowledge that data availability can alter the ordering of the tests and even what tests

are undertaken ndashincluding developing new ones not listed here These basic tests can be

followed up with more complex analyses such as outlined in the next sections of this report

1 Visually consider the distribution of protected areas Is the network spatially well

distributed without more than a few major gaps If not what gaps can a person

immediately see Consider along-shore gaps and gaps moving out towards the offshore

Consider the northern central and southern thirds of the RAMPAO area Consider

national boundaries

Technical amp data requirements no GIS or GIS data are required A basic paper map

showing the protected areas and national boundaries is sufficient

Rationale this simple assessment is deceptively powerful Simplicity should not be seen

as detracting from its value The human eye can see many patterns and gaps that are

difficult to quantify into statistics When most people agree on a visual gap this

indicates that it is likely valid and worthy of serious consideration

Connectivity and representativity are two of the five agreed-upon CBD criteria for

assessing MPA networks (IX20 Annex 2) If the network is generally not well distributed

in space then it is unlikely to exhibit characteristics of connectivity or representativity

and thus is very unlikely to be ecologically coherent Note that if a network is well-

distributed in space this does not necessarily ensure that these criteria are being met

and further tests will still be required

2 Using GIS procedures consider in greater depth the distribution of protected areas For

this test and all the other tests below perform it first for the whole region then for

each of the three broad ecoregions north central and south4 and finally according to

national boundaries

a Zones offshore Consider coverage within four basic zones i the shorelines (0-5

nautical miles offshore) ii nearshore (~5-15 nm) iii mid-offshore (~15-50 nm)

and iv far offshore (~50 -200 nm) What percentage of each of these broad

zones has MPAs

b Distance from shore statistics what is the average (arithmetic mean) extent that

RAMPAO MPAs extend offshore What is the range of these values What is the

4 This could include the MEOW (Marine Ecoregions Of the World) classification or other similar ecoregions

accepted by RAMPAO partners

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 20

standard deviation Considering that RAMPOA waters extend approximately 200

nm offshore what do these distance-offshore statistics suggest

c Nearest neighbour distance in each of the above zones calculate ldquonearest

neighbourrdquo statistics between MPAs noting the range of MPA spacing the

arithmetic mean of the spacing and the standard deviation of spacing between

sites In this test and all others displaying the histogram of results can be very

informative and is recommended

Technical amp data requirements GIS files are required for shoreline data MPAs

ecoregions national boundaries These three tests (a) ndash (c) get progressively more

technically advanced in the use of GIS However it is outside the scope of this report to

fully describe the GIS methods If a minimum separation distance is chosen as a network

criterion (see comments below) then an easier GIS analysis would be to buffer the

MPAs by a value of half that distance to identify which areas that ldquotouchrdquo and which do

not

Rationale these analyses put some numbers to the first visual test In most ways

however the visual test is simpler and easier to understand That said numbers in

tables can help rank gaps according to basic properties

Unfortunately the GIS methods can be a bit difficult for a beginner If parts of this test

are too difficult they can be skipped since the visual assessment already tells us a lot

Setting explicit quantitative targets for spacing can be controversial and difficult to

support scientifically What is adequate for some species will still be inadequate for

others That said for a basic initial test ldquorules of thumbrdquo have been proposed The

BALANCE project in the Baltic Sea suggested 25 km as an ideal maximum spacing

between shoreline sites (2008) Instead of looking at the ideal situation the OSPAR

Convention for the Northeast Atlantic took a different approach considering the very

longest spacing that could be considered contributing anything at all towards ecological

coherence of the MPA network ie a theoretical ldquoworst caserdquo The OSPAR guidelines for

this worst case are nearshore ~250 km (linear shoreline distance) offshore ~200 000

km2 (which is about equivalent to a ~500 km diameter circle) high seas ~1 000 000 km2

(equivalent to a square with ~1000 km sides) For OSPAR nearshore meant shoreline

and territorial waters out to 12 nm offshore meant EEZ waters (12-200 nm) and high

seas meant waters beyond 200 nm from shore (OPSAR 2008 Ardron 2009)

3 Consider MPA distribution according to depth As for all these analyses perform these

tests first for the whole region then for each of the three broad ecoregions north

central and south and finally according to national boundaries

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 21

a Depth statistics what is the average (arithmetic mean) depth of RAMPAO

MPAs What is the range of values What is the standard deviation How do

these numbers compare with the overall RAMPAO region

b Depth zones consider the following eight general depth zones and what

percentage of each zone is within the current MPA network 0-25 m

(shallow) 25-50 m (photic) 50-100m (upper shelf) 100-200 m (lower shelf)

200-400 m (upper slope) 400-800 m (mid-slope) 800-1600 m (lower slope)

1600-3200 m or greater (abyssal plain)5

Technical amp data requirements data as per the previous test plus bathymetry The

easiest and fastest way to perform these statistics is to convert the MPA shapefile

(and if it is not already the bathymetry) into a raster grid and do grid analyses

Rationale depth is widely recognised as one of the key variables that describes

biotic communities in a give region and as such is a very basic measure of

representativity This analysis could be improved by combining surficial sediment

data with depth to make simple seafloor sediment-depth classes if available

4 Consider MPA distribution according to existent shoreline habitat classification

Although the whole RAMPAO shoreline is likely not classified certain features such

as estuaries or mangroves may already largely be identified Taking these shoreline

features that are either readily available or readily digitised consider what

percentage of each of these feature types are within the current MPA network

Consider what percentage of the MPA network lies outside of these readily

identifiable shoreline features Consider also according to ecoregions and national

boundaries

Technical amp data requirements any available shoreline features such as estuaries

and mangroves If the data are good enough each of these features could be sub-

divided eg large medium and small estuaries If geophysical shoreline type data

are missing basic categories such as cliff rock and sandmud shores can often be

visually estimated and hand digitised by looking at terrestrial topographic data along

the shoreline combined with nearshore bathymetry if available

5 These log2 depth classes are admittedly somewhat arbitrary (25 2

i) and could be refined either by

considering a regional biological classification histogram of the distribution of depths or natural breaks in the

data It is our understanding however that no bio-physical classification has been performed for the region

For an initial test these somewhat arbitrary depth classes are sufficient to point out general gaps and reflect

the generally logarithmic scale of decreasing resolution (increasing breadth of classes) with depth

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 22

Rationale since the RAMPAO MPA network is currently shoreline-based this test is

suggested before considering other physical features further offshore This test is

designed to give a rough idea of shoreline representativity

5 Consider the RAMPAO network according to rare threatened and endangered

species and habitats (features) for which data are available Perform the same sort

of tests as in the test above using available data for rare threatened and

endangered features Consider what percentage of each of these feature types are

within the current MPA network Consider what percentage of the MPA network lies

outside of these features Consider also according to ecoregions and national

boundaries

Technical amp data requirements there are modelling techniques to predict the

potential habitat of species but these techniques are advanced and would fall under

the long-term timeframe For this initial analysis only available data should be

considered If the data appear to be very incomplete then they should not be used

Recognising that such data can be sub-regionally incomplete some sections of the

network may have to be left out of this analysis marked as ldquono datardquo areas on the

maps

Rationale rare threatened and endangered features are often protected by law

and also often of interest to researchers There is usually some information on them

though not always digital data and may instead be in the form of expert opinion

Ecologically there are three different types of rare threatened and endangered

features each requiring a different management response 1) features that have

always been rare 2) features that used to be common but are now rare due to

human pressures (ie threatened and endangered) 3) features that are on the edge

of their range and a) this range is steady or b ) this range is shifting (expanding

contracting moving away entering the region) due to climate change or other

environmental changes It would be best to perform this test separately for the three

different classes and associated sub-classes of rare threatened and endangered

features taking into account their population trends However for an initial test

such refinements should be seen as optional depending on information availability

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 23

Medium term gap analyses The following analyses are recommended for consideration in the medium-term (June 2010

to Dec 2011) with choice largely driven by data availability Due to the somewhat longer

time period fewer details are provided here than in the section above allowing for further

elaborations during the 2nd Mission when more is known They are arranged according to

the CBD MPA network criteria (IX20 Annex 2)

In addition to the tests outlined below others that were developed for the OSPAR Regional

Seas Convention for the Northeast Atlantic are listed in Annex 6 Thirty additional

assessments These are also well-suited to the medium-term and medium-quality data

Note that the four OSPAR MPA network criteria overlap four of the five CBD criteria

Ecologically and biologically significant areas (EBSAs)

If specific EBSAs are known consideration should be given to their possible inclusion in the

MPA network Not all EBSAs need necessarily become MPAs for some EBSAs non-spatial

management may be more appropriate It is difficult to do proper gaps assessment on

EBSAs because the distribution of all EBSAs of a given type is usually not known and hence

there is little context by which to judge a given site Thus the rule of thumb is that all EBSAs

if not in the MPA network should be treated as possible gaps and reviewed one at a time

for possible inclusion

The CBD is in the process of developing further guidance on the selection of EBSAs in the

open oceans and deep seas and much of this guidance is also applicable to shallower

nearshore systems Because this guidance is not yet accepted by the CBD we refer you

instead to a background report that was written for the CBD Ottawa Expert Workshop that

discussed these issues 29 Sept ndash 02 Oct 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant

areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations (Ardron

et al 2009) is a report in two parts Both parts are included with this report and are

recommended here as guidance on selecting CBD EBSAs

First gathering information from local residents and experts on places they sense to be

important can go far in identifying key EBSAs The ldquorecognition heuristicrdquo (Gigerenzer 1999)

is a powerful way to quickly locate longstanding ecologically significant areas in a given

region and we note that NGOs such as WWF have already done such work in the past and

that this work could be readily updated and built upon

Representativity

Many tests for representativity can be developed based on available data Listed below are

some of the more likely approaches

Seascapes identify the main shoreline topographic (benthic) and oceanographic

(pelagic) features of the region and check to see what percentage of each is included

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 24

in the MPA network Typical benthic seascape features would include canyons

seamounts reefs etc Typical pelagic features include frontal systems upwellings

gyres See also Annex 5 GIS data priorities

Topographic complexity using only bathymetry a surrogate measure of benthic

complexity can be developed (Ardron 2002) This measure can help highlight areas of

likely increased benthic richness amongst other traits

Biogeographic classification system whereas seascapes focus on physical features

a biogeographic attempts to also include information on biology such that the

system divides an area according to broad ecological communities based on physical

proxies The creation of a biogeographic classification should include both pelagic

and benthic realms is labour- and data- intensive and requires extensive peer

review

Biogeographic components instead of attempting a full biogeographic classification

system certain aspects can be developed separately For example depth strata can

be combined with sea floor sediment data to make a basic sea bottom classification

These can then be nested within the broad bioregions of the RAMPAO area

Likewise exposure wave energy can be combined with shoreline types to create

another basic classification Creating components such as these can be further

explored in the 2nd Mission once it is better known what data information are

available

Connectivity

This is the CBD criterion most difficult to assess with few options for the medium-term

except for looking at distances between sites (see short-term test above) Several academic

modelling exercises have been attempted with mixed levels of success in areas with much

better data than exist in West Africa We would caution RAMPAO in spending too much

time on such modelling exercises In general nearshore sites require closer spacing than

sites further offshore (OSPAR 2007) If it is known that certain areas provide larvae or

juveniles to other places then these ldquosourcerdquo areas should be considered for protection

Note that such areas could also fall under the EBSA criterion for productivity

Replication

At its most basic level this criterion asks that there be more than one MPA for every feature

in the network In practice this is usually considered using available information on

representativity (see above) and whatever biological data may also be available This

criterion can be assessed very simply initially by testing to see if there is more than one MPA

in each broad zone such as distance from shore or depth zone as described in the previous

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 25

section on short-term assessments Assessing replication can become more refined as more

MPAs are designated and better data become available

Adequacy viability

Ideally MPA sites should be monitored to ensure that their aims are being met In cases

where this is occurring the monitoring results should be used to determine if the individual

sitersquos size location and shape is adequate Where monitoring is not occurring or is

incomplete or too recent to determine trends other measures will have to be used Size is

probably the most commonly discussed measure and yet it remains also probably the most

controversial (Fahig 2001) Nonetheless even in an absence of consensus on this issue by

looking at possible ranges of sizes a sense can still be gained if the sites are or are not

likely to be meeting their aims A full assessment of site size which is outside the scope of

this report should take into account the species life-history population structure quality of

the habitat the quality of the surrounding areas and possible connectivity to other sites

(Lindeboom amp Baumlck 2005) However in many cases the scientific knowledge about a feature

will be insufficient to determine this very exactly Even if the life history of a species is well

know for example it is usually not known how much the surrounding area can be expected

to play a role in supporting the healthy functioning of that species Nonetheless it is

generally true that heavily impacted surrounding areas will provide less of a supporting role

to protected features than pristine ones In data-poor situations often it is still possible to

use expert opinion to specify a range of sizes which would likely be appropriate for the

adequate protection of a given feature (text adapted from OSPAR 2007)

For the RAMPAO network expert assessments of the efficacy of individual MPA sites is

probably the best way to consider the adequacy aspect of the criterion and we note the

work that has already been done by RAMPAO on this regard as well as the IUCN on

assessing management effectiveness (2007 2008a 2008b)

Relative viability can also be inferred from a threats pressures analysis In performing a

population density analysis proximity to human settlements can be used as a first indication

of how much anthropomorphic stress a protected area may be experiencing Looking

further at the composition of sensitive and threatened species within a given area can

further refine this initial threats analysis

Long term gap analyses In many cases analyses that got delayed in the medium term would be still valuable in the

longer term (2011 to 2014) However for the longer-term we would also hope that

RAMPAO activities would begin to focus on the filling of already-identified ecological and

management gaps

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 26

MarZone and MaxEnt

As an MPA network develops so does the need for more sophisticated analyses MarZone

(Marxan with Zones) has received positive attention recently and is a good tool for zoning

multiple activities with various levels of conservation restrictions In order to use a tool like

Marxan broad representativity data (ldquocoarse filterrdquo) and biological data (ldquofine filterrdquo) are

required and in order to use a zoning tool like MarZone broad coverage human use data

are additionally required One big advantage of MarxanMarZone is the user community

that has grown up around it and the good practices that continue to be developed

To get broad scale species distributions usually point occurrence data are fitted to physical

chemical environmental variables producing a predictive habitat model Good success has

been attained using the MaxEnt model (httpwwwcsprincetonedu~schapiremaxent)

though many other approaches also exist The construction of species-habitat predictive

models can take time and acquiring combining the environmental data also takes much

work In order to not bias the Marxan MarZone analysis several species-habitat models

would have to be created for several different key species from a variety of taxonomic

families trophic levels and feeding guilds This would be clearly a long-term project and

can only be justified if the RAMPAO MPA network has reached a level of sophistication to

demand such an analysis

Climate change modelling

Conservation network planning for climate change can also involved complicated modelling

(eg Fuller et al 2008) However again these approaches are data-intensive and require

advanced technical abilities

Ongoing adaptive approach

It is unlikely that the above advanced modelling approaches would be worth their

considerable effort and instead it is suggested that much more can be achieved through

good cooperation with stakeholders scientific expertise and some ldquocommon senserdquo

Recognising that no plan is perfect planning should be seen as an ongoing process of

refinement Paramount will be the ability to be flexible and adapt to changing ecological and

social conditions To do so will require governance structures from local to international

levels ndashlikewise matched to adapt quickly and effectively

While it is relatively easy to point out gaps in an MPA network at ever-increasing levels of

sophistication it is much harder to fill those gaps even on the most rudimentary level

Therefore we urge RAMPAO to act in the long term on addressing the gaps that are readily

apparent through basic tests such as the ones outlined in this document

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 27

Possible activities of the 2nd Mission

This report and the two-part background report prepared for the CBD (also included in this

submission ndashArdron et al 2009) offer a lot of information We expect that as RAMPAO staff

sifts through this guidance questions will arise We see the 2nd Mission as one that could be

devoted to

answering questions that arise from the 1st Mission guidance ndashprocess ecological

and technical

elaborating medium-term gap analyses once more is known about data availability

and technical capacity within RAMPAO and its partner organisations

providing assistance in data collection in Europe and North America

doing joint GIS analyses there could be benefit in working together on some of the

GIS analyses such as the analysis of topographic complexity

presenting initial results we also believe that it will be important to present some

short-term gap analysis results to RAMPAO members and partners

participating in the Third Meeting of the RAMPAO General Assembly we suggest that the 2nd Mission coincide with the RAMPAO General Assembly and include

o a presentation of initial results to the General Assembly and o an expert side-meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and

analyses

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 28

References

Ardron JA 2002 A Recipe for Determining Benthic Complexity An Indicator of Species Richness In Marine Geography GIS for the Oceans and Seas (ch 23 pp 196-175) Joe Breman (ed) Redlands CA USA ESRI Press

Ardron JA 2009 Three initial OSPAR tests of ecological coherence heuristics in a data-limited situation ICES Journal of Marine Research 658 1527-1533

Ardron JA Dunn D Corrigan C Gjerde K Halpin P Rice J Vanden Berghe E Vierros M 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations A background document for the CBD expert workshop Ottawa Canada 29 September ndash 2 October 2009 37 pp + 73 pp Annex 1

BALANCE 2008 Ecological coherence and principles MPA assessment selection and design Technical Summary Report 34 httpbalance-euorgxpdfbalance-technical-summary-report-no-3-4pdf

FAO 2009 International guidelines for the management of deep-sea fisheries in the high seas Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations Rome

Fahrig 2001 How much Habitat is enough Biological Conservation 100 (1) 65-74

Fuller T Morton DP Sarkar S 2008 Incorporating uncertainty about speciesrsquo potential distributions under climate change into the selection of conservation areas with a case study from the Arctic Coastal Plain of Alaska Biological Conservation 141 1547-1559

Gigerenzer G Todd P M and the ABC Research Group 1999 Simple heuristics that make us smart Oxford University Press New York

IUCNBRAO 2007 Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parc de Guineacutee Bissau

IUCNPACO 2008a Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees aires proteacutegeacutees de la Reacutepublique de Guineacutee

IUCNBRAO 2008b Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parcs et reacuteserves de Mauritanie

Lindeboom HJ and Baumlck S 2005 Establishing coastal and marine reserves- with the emphasis on fisheries Pages 103-118 In Managing European Coasts Past Present and Future J Vermaat LBouwer KTurner WSalomons (Eds) Springer-Verlag

OSPAR 2007 Background document to support the Assessment of whether the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is Ecologically Coherent OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic Publication Number 2007320 wwwosparorg

OSPAR 2008 Three initial spatial tests looking at the ecological coherence of the OSPAR marine protected area (MPA) network OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic 3602008 wwwosparorg 17 pp

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 29

Annex 1 Calendar of meetings 1st Mission 5-12 Sept 2009

Lundi

FIBA

Charlotte Karibuhoye

Coordinatrice

Souadou Ndiaye

SIG RAMPAO

Julien Semelin Appui agrave la creacuteation de nouvelles AMP et renforcement de lrsquoefficaciteacute des AMP

UICN Racine Kane AMP transfrontaliegravere

16h par teacuteleacutephone

PRCM Ahmed Senhoury

Directeur

Mardi

8h30 WWF Mamadou Diallo

Chargeacute de mission espegraveces et habitats

mdialowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 641 13 84

Paul Siegel Conseiller en environnement marin psiegelwwfsenegalorg 221 869 37 00

10h30

CSE centre de suivi eacutecologique Ministegravere de lrsquoenvironnement

Taibou Ba Cartes donneacutees

15h Wetland international Africa

Emma GREATRIX

Network for biodiversiteacute (BIOMAC network) Manatee Waterbirds Mangroves

egeatrix]wetlandssn +221 33 869 1681

Mercredi

10h SI NEPAD David Njiki Njiki

Coordinateur environnement njikinjikiyahoocom 221 33 842 73 11

12h WWF Ibrahima Niamadio

Officier pecircche durable iniamadiowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 567 53 16

15h par teacuteleacutephone

UICN Mathieu Ducroq

Coordinateur du programme marin et cocirctier de lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoouest central

+ 222 662 40 82 portable 0022 529 09 77 bureau

16h par teacuteleacutephone

RAMPAO Alfredo da Silva

Preacutesident du RAMPAO Directeur IBAP Ancien coordinateur du reacuteseau de gestion des zones cocirctiegraveres

00245 580 38 48 ou 00 245

UNESCO Isabelle Niang

Projet GEF drsquoadaptation au changement climatique en Afrique de lrsquoouest Erosion cocirctiegravere

Jeudi

9h UICN Guineacutee Bissau

Pierre Campredon

Ancien responsable du PRCM Pierrecampredoniucnorg 0033 630340088

11h30 Convention drsquoAbidjan

Nassere Kaba 0022520211183

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 30

13h CRODTCNDO ODINAFRICA

Anis Diallo Aquaculture et directeur du CNDO adialloordinafricanet 22133832826465 221 77 631 15 95

15h CSRP

M Hamadi Diop

En charge du deacutepartement laquo recherche et systegraveme drsquoinformation raquo

hamadidiopgmailcom

Philippe Tous Projet AFD ndash inteacutegration des AMP dans les politiques de pecircche

philipetousgmailcom (Skype Phil_tous)

Renaud Bailleux

Contrat UICN sur la gestion de lrsquoaccegraves aux ressources halieutiques dans la reacutegion - accords de pecircche ndash gouvernance partageacutee dans les AMP (financement PRCM)

M Dop mika Programme requins de la FIBA mika_dfryahoofr

Vendredi

9H IRD Luis Tito de Morais

Peumlcheeacutecologie des peuplements de poissons

titoirdsn 221 33 849 3658

11h UICN Mamadou Sow

Chef de projet mangrove Mamadousowuicnorg 221 33 869 0286

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 31

Annex 2 CBD criteria for ecologically significant areas

CBD Decision IX20 Annex 1

SCIENTIFIC CRITERIA FOR IDENTIFYING ECOLOGICALLY OR BIOLOGICALLY SIGNIFICANT MARINE AREAS IN NEED OF PROTECTION IN OPEN-

OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS

Criteria Definition Rationale Examples Consideration in application

Uniqueness or

rarity

Area contains

either (i) unique (ldquothe

only one of its kindrdquo) rare

(ldquooccurs only in few

locationsrdquo) or endemic

species populations or

communities andor (ii)

unique rare or distinct

habitats or ecosystems

andor (iii) unique or

unusual geomorphological

or oceanographic features

Irreplaceable

Loss would mean the probable permanent disappearance of diversity or a feature or reduction of the diversity at any level

Open ocean waters

Sargasso Sea Taylor column

persistent polynyas

Deep-sea habitats

endemic communities around

submerged atolls hydrothermal

vents sea mounts pseudo-

abyssal depression

Risk of biased-view of the perceived uniqueness depending on the information availability

Scale dependency of features such that unique features at one scale may be typical at another thus a global and regional perspective must be taken

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 32

Special

importance for

life-history

stages of

species

Areas that are required for

a population to survive and

thrive

Various biotic and abiotic

conditions coupled with

species-specific

physiological constraints

and preferences tend to

make some parts of marine

regions more suitable to

particular life-stages and

functions than other parts

Area containing (i) breeding grounds

spawning areas nursery areas juvenile

habitat or other areas important for life

history stages of species or (ii) habitats of

migratory species (feeding wintering or

resting areas breeding moulting

migratory routes)

Connectivity between life-history stages and linkages between areas trophic interactions physical transport physical oceanography life history of species

Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data Vessel monitoring system (VMS) data

Spatial and temporal distribution andor aggregation of the species

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 33

Importance for

threatened

endangered or

declining

species andor

habitats

Area containing habitat for

the survival and recovery

of endangered threatened

declining species or area

with significant

assemblages of such

species

To ensure the restoration

and recovery of such species

and habitats

Areas critical for threatened endangered

or declining species andor habitats

containing (i) breeding grounds spawning

areas nursery areas juvenile habitat or

other areas important for life history

stages of species or (ii) habitats of

migratory species (feeding wintering or

resting areas breeding moulting

migratory routes)

Includes species with very large geographic ranges

In many cases recovery will require reestablishment of the species in areas of its historic range

Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data vessel-monitoring system (VMS) data

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 34

Vulnerability

Fragility

Sensitivity or

Slow recovery

Areas that contain a

relatively high proportion

of sensitive habitats

biotopes or species that

are functionally fragile

(highly susceptible to

degradation or depletion

by human activity or by

natural events) or with

slow recovery

The criteria indicate the

degree of risk that will be

incurred if human activities

or natural events in the area

or component cannot be

managed effectively or are

pursued at an unsustainable

rate

Vulnerability of species

Inferred from the history of how species or populations in other similar areas responded to perturbations

Species of low fecundity slow growth long time to sexual maturity longevity (eg sharks etc)

Species with structures providing biogenic habitats such as deepwater corals sponges and bryozoans deep-water species

Vulnerability of habitats

Ice-covered areas susceptible to ship-based pollution

Ocean acidification can make deep sea habitats more vulnerable to others and increase susceptibility to human induced changes

Interactions between vulnerability to human impacts and natural events

Existing definition emphasizes site specific ideas and requires consideration for highly mobile species

Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 35

Biological

productivity

Area containing species

populations or

communities with

comparatively higher

natural biological

productivity

Important role in fuelling

ecosystems and increasing

the growth rates of

organisms and their capacity

for reproduction

Frontal areas

Upwellings

Hydrothermal vents

Seamounts polynyas

Can be measured as the rate of growth of marine organisms and their populations either through the fixation of inorganic carbon by photosynthesis chemosynthesis or through the ingestion of prey dissolved organic matter or particulate organic matter

Can be inferred from remote-sensed products eg ocean colour or process-based models

Time-series fisheries data can be used but caution is required

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 36

Biological

diversity

Area contains

comparatively higher

diversity of ecosystems

habitats communities or

species or has higher

genetic diversity

Important for evolution and

maintaining the resilience of

marine species and

ecosystems

Sea-mounts

Fronts and convergence zones

Cold coral communities

Deep-water sponge communities

Diversity needs to be seen in relation to the surrounding environment

Diversity indices are indifferent to species substitutions

Diversity indices are indifferent to which species may be contributing to the value of the index and hence would not pick up areas important to species of special concern such as endangered species

Can be inferred from habitat heterogeneity or diversity as a surrogate for species diversity in areas where biodiversity has not been sampled intensively

Naturalness Area with a comparatively

higher degree of

naturalness as a result of

the lack of or low level of

human-induced

disturbance or

degradation

To protect areas with near natural structure processes and functions

To maintain these areas as reference sites

To safeguard and enhance ecosystem resilience

Most ecosystems and habitats have

examples with varying levels of

naturalness and the intent is that the

more natural examples should be

selected

Priority should be given to areas having a low level of disturbance relative to their surroundings

In areas where no natural areas remain areas that have successfully recovered including reestablishment of species should be

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 37

considered

Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 38

Annex 3 CBD criteria for MPA networks

Decision IX20 Annex II SCIENTIFIC GUIDANCE FOR SELECTING AREAS TO ESTABLISH A REPRESENTATIVE NETWORK OF MARINE PROTECTED AREAS INCLUDING IN

OPEN OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS

Required network properties and

components Definition Applicable site specific considerations (inter alia)

Ecologically and biologically significant areas

Ecologically and biologically significant areas are geographically or oceanographically discrete areas that provide important services to one or more speciespopulations of an ecosystem or to the ecosystem as a whole compared to other surrounding areas or areas of similar ecological characteristics or otherwise meet the criteria as identified in annex I to decision IX20

Uniqueness or rarity

Special importance for life history stages of species

Importance for threatened endangered or declining species andor habitats

Vulnerability fragility sensitivity or slow recovery

Biological productivity

Biological diversity

Naturalness

Representativity Representativity is captured in a network when it consists of areas representing the different biogeographical subdivisions of the global oceans and regional seas that reasonably reflect the full range of ecosystems including the biotic and habitat diversity of those marine ecosystems

A full range of examples across a biogeographic habitat or community classification relative health of species and communities relative intactness of habitat(s) naturalness

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 39

Connectivity Connectivity in the design of a network allows for linkages whereby protected sites benefit from larval andor species exchanges and functional linkages from other network sites In a connected network individual sites benefit one another

Currents gyres physical bottlenecks migration routes species dispersal detritus functional linkages Isolated sites such as isolated seamount communities may also be included

Replicated ecological features Replication of ecological features means that more than one site shall contain examples of a given feature in the given biogeographic area The term ―features means ―species habitats and ecological processes that naturally occur in the given biogeographic area

Accounting for uncertainty natural variation and the possibility of catastrophic events Features that exhibit less natural variation or are precisely defined may require less replication than features that are inherently highly variable or are only very generally defined

Adequate and viable sites Adequate and viable sites indicate that all sites within a network should have size and protection sufficient to ensure the ecological viability and integrity of the feature(s) for which they were selected

Adequacy and viability will depend on size shape buffers persistence of features threats surrounding environment (context) physical constraints scale of featuresprocesses spillovercompactness

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 40

Annex 4 Data sources highlighted in discussions during the 1st Mission

Thegravemes Organisme ressources Personnes ressources Sites internet ressources et bases de donneacutees

Donneacutees bibliographiques

IRD Linus base bibliographique (httpiacaprodc3eduvsqfrlinus)

CRODT Catalogue des publications du CRODT

Donneacutees geacuteneacuterales

PRCMFIBA SIG Reacutegional Catalogue drsquoInformations pour lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoOuest (CIAO) wwwolmmrciao

OdinAfrica African marine atlas ndash voir OdinAfrica

OBIS httpwwwiobisorg

Guineacutee Bissau SIG Guineacutee Bissau au 200 000 egraveme sur toute la zone cocirctiegravere et 50 000 egraveme sur les Bijagos voir Franccedilois Gourmelonuniv-brestfr ou Emmanuel Ginaudet

Cap vert Systegraveme national SIG pour toutes les donneacutees du Cap vert

Bathymeacutetrie

Navy Londres Africa Pilot Volume 1 Hydrographer of the Navy London 1967

SHOM Carte SHOM ndeg6815 INT14 au 110 000 000egraveme Voir site wwwshomfr - catalogue

Cf Canada Carte au CSE

CND0 CD des donneacutees bathymeacutetriques de la sous-reacutegion

Donneacutees oceacuteanographiques geacuteneacuterales

OdinAfrica Points focaux des pays agrave voir sur site internet drsquoOdinAfrica

ordinafricanet Atelier national OdinAfrica ndash voir sur le site CNDO Aller sur le site OdinAfrica reacutecupeacuterer les shapefiles (httpwwwodinafricaorg) et sur httpwwwafricanmarineatlasnet

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 41

IRDlaboratoire LOCEAN-IPSL (Universiteacute Paris 6) LPAOSF (Lab de Physique de lAtmosphegravere et de lOceacutean de agrave lEacutecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique-UCAD

Alban Lazar (IRD) Simeacuteon Fongang (Ecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique) Raymond Lahaye (IRDLEMAR)

Circulation oceacuteanique le long des cocirctes seacuteneacutegalaises (structures variabiliteacute meacutecanismes de lrsquoupwelling des courants cocirctiers des tempeacuteratures et des saliniteacutes) et les couplages oceacutean-atmosphegravere

FAO Merete TANDSTAD Projets CCLEM et GCLME

NEPAD Projet GCLME

PRCM et IMROP + autres

Faire lrsquoinventaire des socieacuteteacutes qui ont fait de la prospection peacutetroliegravere et voir leurs donneacutees et eacutetudes drsquoimpact eacutetude Woodside ou Dana petroleum voir PRCM et IMROP

Universiteacute Rapport master de lrsquouniversiteacute sur la modeacutelisation de la circulation et des tempeacuteratures sur la haute mer (demander CNDO)

Upwellings Odiafrica Donneacutees upwellings sur Odinafrica

IRD P CURY et N BEZ

Geacuteologie seacutediemntologie et Nature des fonds

2 thegraveses sur le plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais sud et nord

IRD carte de Domain (IRDORSTOM) carte des seacutediments du plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais)

carte de Barusso

Travaux de Lachance et Mc Master

Odinafirca Plateau continental ndash carte digitaliseacutee sur la nature des fonds ndash voir sur ordinafrica

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 42

Annex 5 GIS data priorities

Explanation of ranking system

Term short-term bullbullbull medium-term bullbull long-term bull Estimated Ease of acquiring data easy bullbullbull moderatebullbull difficult bull

Importance high bullbullbull moderate bullbull low bull Term Ease Import

Base layers

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 coastline(s)

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 2 ecological regions

bullbullbull bull bullbullbull 3 bathymetry

bullbullbull bullbull bull 4 topography (for land ndashcan help with shoreline classifications)

Physical and oceanographic

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 estuaries rivers

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 shoreline type (cliff rocky sandy muddy etc)

bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 surficial sediment (bottom type)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 seafloor topographic complexity ruggedness (can be created from bathymetry)

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 5 seamounts (can also be identified through bathymetry)

6 other seascape features eg

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull canyons

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 43

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull ridges

bullbull bullbullbull bullbull hydrothermal vents

bullbull bull bullbull seeps

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull banks

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull rocky reefs

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull estuaries (sub-classes)

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull lagoons

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull upwellings

bull bullbull bull 7 ocean currents tides

bull bullbull bullbull 8 sea surface temperature

bull bullbull bullbull 9 salinity

bull bull bull 10 photosynthetically available radiation (PAR)

bull bull bull 11 coastal erosion sediment transport

bull bull bullbull 12 climate change trends eg movement of upwellings

Biological habitat

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 1 threatened or endangered species (amp spawning nursery areas etc)

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 threatened or endangered habitats

bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 habitat classification (if one exists regionally)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 biogenic features eg

warm water coral reefs

cold water coral ldquoforestsrdquo

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 44

mangroves (sub-classes)

bullbull bull bullbullbull 5 Key commercial species eg

crustaceans molluscs (crabs shrimps oysters etc)

pelagic large fishes (eg tunas)

pelagic small fishes

demersal fishes

bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 primary productivity (usually satellite colour images chlorophyll_a)

bullbull bull bullbull 7 secondary productivity (eg an estimate of carbon flux)

bullbull bull bullbull 8 migration of invasive species

Human use management

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 marine protected areas

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 year-round fisheries closures

bullbull bullbull bull 3 other seasonal fisheries closures

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 4 cities towns villages (with populations)

bullbull bullbull bull 5 local community boundaries

bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 traditional use boundaries (eg artisanal fisheries)

bull bullbull bull 7 migrant land use grazing

bullbull bull bullbullbull 8 areas of cultural spiritual importance

bullbull bullbullbull bullbull 9 roads (can help with understanding remoteness amp shoreline access)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 10 shipping routes and harbours

bullbull bullbull bull 11 land use particularly agriculture (can be combined into an analysis of rivers to estimate runoff)

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 45

bullbull bull bullbullbull 12 fishing

a artisanal by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)

b industrial by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 13 offshore oil amp gas licences exploratory wells installations (platforms pipelines shore based)

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 14 sand amp gravel mining

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 15 tourism shoreline development resorts marinas

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 46

Annex 6 Thirty additional assessments

Excerpted and adapted from the 54 page report by the OSPAR Regional seas convention for

the Northeast Atlantic (2007) Background document to support the assessment of whether

the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is ecologically coherent6

Assessment Criterion 1 Adequacy Viability

1 Assessment Guideline One should expect the sizes of network sites (for a given feature) to be

distributed throughout or exceed the estimated range of sizes necessary to sustain a viable

population or community

2 Assessment Guideline Sites that are heavily impacted andor surrounded by heavily impacted

areas should be larger than otherwise

3 Assessment Guideline Features of ecological significance should receive greater protection

than normal

4 Assessment Guideline Location and geography can be used to indicate adequate protection

such that

a Protection of pelagic features should generally be reflected with the implementation of

larger sites than those for benthic features

b In regions constrained by physical geography (eg fjords bays bights passages straits)

the adequate sizes of individual sites will generally be smaller than areas without such

physical constraints (eg regional seas open ocean)

c Offshore andor deeper sites will generally require larger areas than for nearshore andor

shallow sites (However the exceptions of certain deep sea benthic features such as

hydrothermal vents and cold seeps are noted)

5 Assessment Guideline in a given region the adequate spatial protection of most OSPAR

features and the overall network can be expected to conform to the scientific literature and

fall within the range commonly found within that literature It is recognized that this is an

evolving field of study

6 Assessment Guideline Owing to the multiplicity of its objectives the OSPAR network can be

expected to contain a variety of reserve sizes and corresponding spacing between sites

7 Assessment Guideline If a site is at the small end of the expected viability range for a given

feature then compact sites are preferable If on the other hand a given site is at the large end

of the estimated viability range then a less compact shape would allow for greater spill-over

and benefits outside of the reserve

a The Compactness of a given site can be calculated using a GIS and the following

formula C = (4πAp2)

05 Where C is the Compactness A is the area of the site and p is

its perimeter

8 Assessment Guideline A broad MPA network such as the OSPAR network with a wide

variety of features can be expected to have a wide variety of reserve shapes and sizes

6 Jeff Ardron is the primary author of this OSPAR report

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 47

a The combined size and compactness of a site be readily calculated using a GIS and the

following formula SSC = ln (PA) Where SSC is here labelled as the site size-

compactness P is the perimeter of the site and A is the area

9 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA electronic database lists the aims and ecological

criteria on a site by site basis Thus as a preliminary assessment these can be compiled to get

an indication of how well they are being met across the network

10 Assessment Guideline A list inventory of features within a region that (are known or

believed to) meet the OSPAR aims and ecological criteria is required in order to fully assess if

the existing MPA sites are likely adequate

11 Assessment Guideline Features that are common and widely distributed will generally require

less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are rare andor sparsely

distributed

Assessment Criterion 2 Representativity

12 Assessment Guideline OSPAR MPAs should be checked to ensure that they are broadly

distributed across biogeographic regions In such an assessment there is no need to restrict the

assessment to just one biogeographic classification system So long as they appear to be

rigorous (eg peer-reviewed) the use of a variety of systems is encouraged

13 Assessment Guideline Each of the Dinter [OSPAR] bioregions should be adequately

protected

14 Assessment Guideline National classifications can be very helpful in assessing

representativity at a national level based on national categories and should be used where they

exist

15 Assessment Guideline In the absence of full biological surveys or full classification systems

(such as EUNIS) simple surrogates should be used to check that representativity is possibly

being achieved Benthic and pelagic realms should be considered

16 Assessment Guideline Representative features that are very common and widely distributed

will likely require less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are just

somewhat common

As a rule of thumb within a given feature class representative protection can be

compared to a normalized distribution For example if the areal distribution of

representative classes can be normalised through a square-root transformation then

protected area distribution could be expected to be roughly proportional to the square-

root of the ratio of the representative feature classesrsquo overall areas

17 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA nomination database should be checked to ensure

that the idea of the ldquobestrdquo features was taken into account across feature types and regions

18 Assessment Guideline Features that best represent their type can be expected to be

characterized by most or all of these indicators

a Typical morphology

b High density abundance

c High degree of health naturalness

d Persistence (temporal and spatial) and

e Strong functional linkages

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 48

Assessment Criterion 3 Replication

19 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area more than one example of each feature

should be protected

20 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features protected in areas susceptible

to catastrophic events require greater replication than those in low-risk areas

21 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area where no better data exist natural

variation can be assumed to be greatest between sites that are furthest apart

22 Assessment Guideline Features that are very specifically defined will exhibit less variation

and hence require less replication than features which are very general or ldquocatch-allrdquo categories

23 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area scientific requirements may require

replicate sites for differing purposes If these requirements are not known it can be assumed

that replicate sites that are a moderate distance apart (neither immediate neighbours nor at

extreme ends of the biogeographic area) will satisfy most scientific requirements

24 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features for which there are weak or

incomplete or modelled data require greater replication than those features for which better data

are available

Assessment Criterion 4 Connectivity

25 Assessment Guideline If an area is known or suspected to be important to connectivity then it

should be represented in the MPA network

26 Assessment Guideline Reserves in areas where there are known currents (eg many coastal

areas) should be more closely spaced than otherwise In order to maintain connectivity for most

short to moderate larval dispersing species when specific data are lacking such nearshore sites

should be spaced not further than 50 km apart

27 Assessment Guideline Connectivity between seabird sites can be measured in straight lines

28 Assessment Guideline Connectivity for marine species can be assumed to be greater along

lines of similar habitat than across them

29 Assessment Guideline The density of marine reserves can be used as a way to group areas of

likely connectivity Likewise it can also define gaps where connectivity has probably not been

achieved

30 Assessment Guideline In the absence of dispersal data connectivity may be approximated by

ensuring the MPA network is well distributed in space reflecting the scale of its surroundings

Page 14: A Suggested Approach for Gap Analyses of the RAMPAO Marine ...€¦ · A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 2 Recommendation re outreach: 1) regional contact

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 12

Ecological principles and targets

There is a broad literature concerning marine protected area (MPA) ecological principles

and criteria As noted at the Second General Assembly of RAMPAO the latest thinking on

this topic is captured in Decision XI20 of the Convention on Biological Diversity (CBD)

Adopted in June 2008 this Decision provides seven criteria for identifying ecologically and

biologically significant areas (IX20 Annex 1) and five criteria for MPA networks (IX20

Annex2) Thus the CBD recognised that site criteria and network criteria while strongly

linked are different Recently the CBD held an expert meeting in Ottawa Canada where

the seven site criteria were further discussed and guidance was drafted for their

implementation2

We find the CBD criteria to be sound and note that there will be an ongoing development

of global support and capacity building surrounding their implementation We therefore

recommend that RAMPAO base its operational principles and targets on these CBD criteria

and associated guidance

Recommendation re ecological criteria RAMPAOrsquos ecological principles and targets

should be based the CBD criteria for identifying ecologically significant sites (IX20 Annex

1) and MPA networks (IX20 Annex 2) taking into account additional CBD guidance as it is

developed

The full annexes of CBD Decision IX20 are appended to this report as Annexes 2 and 3 Briefly the seven CBD criteria for identifying ecologically and biologically significant areas are

1 Uniqueness or rarity 2 Special importance for life history of species 3 Importance for threatened endangered or declining species andor habitats 4 Vulnerability fragility sensitivity slow recovery 5 Biological productivity 6 Biological diversity 7 Naturalness

The five CBD MPA network criteria are 1 Ecologically and biologically significant areas (ie based on the 7 site criteria above) 2 Representativity 3 Connectivity 4 Replicated ecological features 5 Adequate and viable sites

2 Report of the expert workshop on ecological criteria and biogeographic classification systems for marine

areas in need of protection This guidance will go through the CBD review process and assuming it goes well

will be presented for acceptance at the Tenth Conference of Parties in October 2010

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 13

Methodology

Approach We view pragmatism modularity and flexibility as being necessary ingredients to an

approach that would best ensure success

Pragmatism The methodology should reflect an approach that will allow progress to

proceed despite imperfect data or other problems For example analyses should be done in

areas where data are available or where there is social political acceptance without the

(sometimes considerable) delay of waiting for data or acceptance from other neighbouring

areas within an ecological region3

Modularity Individual gap analyses should be able stand on their own while also fitting

together with others to form a fuller picture Analysis results should be fairly easy to explain

Flexibility Related to pragmatism above the methodology should follow good practices

while still remaining flexible to alternatives that are not ideal but which can allow for

progress For example when some data are not available other less-than-ideal ldquoproxiesrdquo

may have to be used as substitutes

Boundaries Ecological analyses should when possible be stratified according to accepted ecological

regions and sub-regions (eg Marine Ecosystems of the World ndashMEOW) However given

that in this project various areas have varying degrees of data availability we also see the

need for flexibility in the approach and recognise that some analyses may have to be

bounded according to boundaries that reflect where the data were collected Or in some

instances instead of ecological boundaries it may be appropriate to use traditional cultural

boundaries such as for artisanal fisheries

Timeframes Recommendation re short- medium- and long-term results given that some data will be

more readily available than others and that some analyses are easier to perform than

others we are recommending that a staged approach to delivering results be taken with

analyses planned for the short-term medium-term and long-term This will allow for

decisions and actions to also be taken in the short- medium- and long- term

3 However one must be careful to avoid transferring all gaps and attention to only those places that have data

or are willing to participate For it must be said that those places with few data and little protection are

usually the biggest gaps of all Maps should reflect low- and no-data areas clearly so that the reader

understands the limits of the analysis

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 14

We suggest the timeframe for delivering these short- medium- and long-term results could

be June 2010 (the next RAMPAO General Assembly) December 2011 (the end of this

project period) and December 2014 (the next project period) respectively These timelines

should dovetail with those of the recommendation re ecosystem research above when

appropriate These activities are further outlined in the suggested programme of work in

the section below

Initial tests Preliminary analyses should address basic gaps while later analyses could look at more

nuanced questions The unexpected availability (or unavailability) of data may sometimes

change the planned ordering of analyses If for some reason a particular analysis cannot be

done it should be skipped for the time being and not hold up further work If a preliminary

analysis indicates a significant gap it is unlikely any additional analyses will overturn that

finding and hence decision-making should in most cases proceed based on the results

from the initial basic tests without the delays associated with waiting for more data

Decisions can be refined however as more data become available In general coarse or

incomplete data demand greater precaution in decision-making This can create an

incentive for stakeholders to provide additional data that will allow for refinements

Recommendation re initial tests the gaps analysis should start with readily available

information and basic tests that are relatively easy to understand Later more complex

analyses can be performed with additional data as they become available The initial

basic gaps tests should be selected to provide results that can on their own inform

decision-making

A list of five such tests is outlined in the next section

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 15

Suggested programme of work

Short-term steps The following six steps outline the key tasks that we suggest would need to be done

between now and June 2010 in order to set this project in motion These steps are further

explained in the subsequent sections

1 Establishment of the projectrsquos terms of reference and recruitment of the project officer

2 outreach and coordination including informational presentations at various meetings

3 initial data collection focussing on readily available information 4 initial gaps analyses 5 presentation of initial results to the RAMPAO General Assembly 6 expert meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and analyses (likely

as a side-meeting to the General Assembly

Outreach amp coordination An ecosystem-level gaps analysis will require cooperation from a number of experts

agencies and institutions across all RAMPAO countries Hence outreach and coordination

will be important An introductory description of the project should be developed and

widely distributed as well as a web site page with up to date information on the project A

letter of introduction signed by a senior official(s) can also be important in terms of

establishing legitimacy Presentations introducing the project should be made at national

and regional level meetings as opportunity permits

Our meetings during the first mission proved to be very friendly and helpful These meetings

now require follow-up actions to each of the people contacted (see 1st Mission Report)

Because the people we met were mostly based in Senegal further work will be required

through the regional contact points for other countries

Areas of overlap with other activities (eg the Wetlands International implementation gaps

project) should be highlighted and discussions with these players begun to sort out how to

best cooperate and coordinate efforts

While outreach will be most intensive at the beginning of the project coordination will

continue throughout the projectrsquos duration

Recommendation re outreach 1) regional contact points should be updated on this

project and their help solicited 2) a clear one-page project description should be written

outlining the aims of the project and how cooperation with other bodies is being sought

3) a clear project web page should be developed 4) follow-up letters should sent to key

contacts we have already spoken to outlining next steps and where appropriate

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 16

proposing cooperation collaboration 5) presentations introducing the project should be

made at national and regional level meetings as opportunity permits

Acquisition of data amp information Central to this project will be identifying sources of information and data coordinating with

these experts data repositories and providers and ultimately acquiring the information or

data This will consume more time than any other task and probably more time than all the

other tasks combined

Steps

In the general case data acquisition will require the following steps some which may be

iterative (ie cycle around a few times)

searches ndashinternet list-serves libraries literature and through colleagues

informal emails calls and discussions with the expert or data custodian as to

what data may be available

formal letter(s) of introduction to the project signed by senior authorities and

usually addressed to mid- and senior-level people

face-to-face meetings in order to 1) gain permission to use the data and 2) to

learn about details and proper use of the data These two requirements may

mean two separate meetings

MoU drafting and signing andor data agreement andor formal letter of

request

logistics of how the data will be delivered and if any fees or restrictions are

involved

technical and scientific follow-up calls for assistance andor clarification on

interpretation or use of the data

The above steps have not been numbered because the order can vary from situation to

situation with some situations being informal and skipping steps while others are very

formal requiring prolonged discussions and additional steps that build trust

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 17

Three elements of success

Three elements of successful data acquisition are persistence practicality and

prioritisation

Persistence While most experts are usually happy to share their knowledge the sharing of

their data is often another matter The process can take weeks months or even years

Therefore in order to keep progress steady it is best to make a little time available every

day (say two hours) for data searches and follow-up politely reminding contacts from time

to time that you have not yet heard back from them That said do not waste time on data

that are only of marginal interest in the bigger picture It is easy to become lost in details

Practicality Often it is better to identify what data are readily available and to request

those data first This can help build trust and also allows for progress without getting stuck

Subsequently the provider can be approached again to discuss the other more difficult

data sets Thus the above steps can occur more than once with the same data provider

Again as noted above keeping the bigger picture in mind will help to focus data-gathering

activities on the most practical data sets

Prioritisation In an ecosystem-level analysis all kinds of data are interesting That said

some data are more helpful or urgent than others In the analyses outlined in the sections

below the general data requirements are listed The data requirements of the short-term

gap analyses should take priority over the medium-term ones which in turn should take

priority over the long-term analyses

Annex 5 GIS data priorities lists various common categories of data with their estimated

timeframe for usage (short- medium- long-term) availability and priority for this project

Strategies for acquiring difficult data

Sometimes data may be considered proprietary andor too sensitive to show and providers

usually assume they cannot be shared However with patience sometimes agreements can

be found whereby the data may be used ldquobehind the scenesrdquo in analyses so long as the

data are not displayed on final maps ndashonly the combined results which do not reveal the

data In other situations when the provider is an active participant the provider should be

invited to be a formal partner in the project and this may also ease data restrictions Finally

agreeing to perform joint-analyses or even contracting out certain analyses to the expert

can also allow the data to be used However in this latter case it may be difficult to do

quality control and hence the results can sometimes be puzzling or not what was required

If certain data are simply unavailable metadata can still be requested though metadata

often do not exist (In practice metadata if supplied are many times custom-created for

the particular request)

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 18

Meetings

General meetings A large forum like the RAMPAO General Assembly can be an excellent

opportunity to introduce interested parties to the project It may even be possible to get

general agreement around sharing data However such a general agreement if it can be

found would probably still not replace the need for MoUs and similar bilateral agreements

with specific agencies and institutions

In addition to regional meetings presentations should be made to national meetings

introducing the project as opportunity permits

Data meetings regional data meetings with database managers could help speed up the

process of data collection though this can vary from place to place In many cases it is

better to first approach people one-on-one Later after some data have already been

acquired a meeting can be used to discuss how to best merge data together and to

encourage others to also provide information data if they have not already done so

Expert meetings bringing together experts of a particular species or habitat can be a very

good way to identify available expertise information data and gaps Expert knowledge can

also be collected at such meetings drawn on maps etc but this requires prior training

preparation and processing afterwards In general expert meetings are most valuable after

a ldquodesktop studyrdquo where basic gaps have been identified and there are now specific

questions that have been identified as needing answers Targeted expert meetings can be

valuable at different times throughout a process as different issues need addressing Their

main drawback is the expense and work required A badly run meeting can also turn opinion

against a project and so care has to be taken to do a good job

Recommendation re data information collection 1) The process of collecting data should

begin immediately This will require close coordination with outreach activities 2) Priority

should be given to collecting data that are a) easily acquired and b) required for the initial

short-term analyses 3) Lists of data sources contact information and what dates they

were approached should be kept to track progress 4) Data collaboration should be on the

agenda of the next RAMPAO General Assembly meeting 5) After an initial (eg 3-6

month) period of data collection the need for data meetings andor expert meetings

should be assessed

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 19

Five initial gap analyses The following analyses are recommended as initial tests that should be done in the short-

term (present to June 2010) and when possible in the order presented However we

acknowledge that data availability can alter the ordering of the tests and even what tests

are undertaken ndashincluding developing new ones not listed here These basic tests can be

followed up with more complex analyses such as outlined in the next sections of this report

1 Visually consider the distribution of protected areas Is the network spatially well

distributed without more than a few major gaps If not what gaps can a person

immediately see Consider along-shore gaps and gaps moving out towards the offshore

Consider the northern central and southern thirds of the RAMPAO area Consider

national boundaries

Technical amp data requirements no GIS or GIS data are required A basic paper map

showing the protected areas and national boundaries is sufficient

Rationale this simple assessment is deceptively powerful Simplicity should not be seen

as detracting from its value The human eye can see many patterns and gaps that are

difficult to quantify into statistics When most people agree on a visual gap this

indicates that it is likely valid and worthy of serious consideration

Connectivity and representativity are two of the five agreed-upon CBD criteria for

assessing MPA networks (IX20 Annex 2) If the network is generally not well distributed

in space then it is unlikely to exhibit characteristics of connectivity or representativity

and thus is very unlikely to be ecologically coherent Note that if a network is well-

distributed in space this does not necessarily ensure that these criteria are being met

and further tests will still be required

2 Using GIS procedures consider in greater depth the distribution of protected areas For

this test and all the other tests below perform it first for the whole region then for

each of the three broad ecoregions north central and south4 and finally according to

national boundaries

a Zones offshore Consider coverage within four basic zones i the shorelines (0-5

nautical miles offshore) ii nearshore (~5-15 nm) iii mid-offshore (~15-50 nm)

and iv far offshore (~50 -200 nm) What percentage of each of these broad

zones has MPAs

b Distance from shore statistics what is the average (arithmetic mean) extent that

RAMPAO MPAs extend offshore What is the range of these values What is the

4 This could include the MEOW (Marine Ecoregions Of the World) classification or other similar ecoregions

accepted by RAMPAO partners

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 20

standard deviation Considering that RAMPOA waters extend approximately 200

nm offshore what do these distance-offshore statistics suggest

c Nearest neighbour distance in each of the above zones calculate ldquonearest

neighbourrdquo statistics between MPAs noting the range of MPA spacing the

arithmetic mean of the spacing and the standard deviation of spacing between

sites In this test and all others displaying the histogram of results can be very

informative and is recommended

Technical amp data requirements GIS files are required for shoreline data MPAs

ecoregions national boundaries These three tests (a) ndash (c) get progressively more

technically advanced in the use of GIS However it is outside the scope of this report to

fully describe the GIS methods If a minimum separation distance is chosen as a network

criterion (see comments below) then an easier GIS analysis would be to buffer the

MPAs by a value of half that distance to identify which areas that ldquotouchrdquo and which do

not

Rationale these analyses put some numbers to the first visual test In most ways

however the visual test is simpler and easier to understand That said numbers in

tables can help rank gaps according to basic properties

Unfortunately the GIS methods can be a bit difficult for a beginner If parts of this test

are too difficult they can be skipped since the visual assessment already tells us a lot

Setting explicit quantitative targets for spacing can be controversial and difficult to

support scientifically What is adequate for some species will still be inadequate for

others That said for a basic initial test ldquorules of thumbrdquo have been proposed The

BALANCE project in the Baltic Sea suggested 25 km as an ideal maximum spacing

between shoreline sites (2008) Instead of looking at the ideal situation the OSPAR

Convention for the Northeast Atlantic took a different approach considering the very

longest spacing that could be considered contributing anything at all towards ecological

coherence of the MPA network ie a theoretical ldquoworst caserdquo The OSPAR guidelines for

this worst case are nearshore ~250 km (linear shoreline distance) offshore ~200 000

km2 (which is about equivalent to a ~500 km diameter circle) high seas ~1 000 000 km2

(equivalent to a square with ~1000 km sides) For OSPAR nearshore meant shoreline

and territorial waters out to 12 nm offshore meant EEZ waters (12-200 nm) and high

seas meant waters beyond 200 nm from shore (OPSAR 2008 Ardron 2009)

3 Consider MPA distribution according to depth As for all these analyses perform these

tests first for the whole region then for each of the three broad ecoregions north

central and south and finally according to national boundaries

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 21

a Depth statistics what is the average (arithmetic mean) depth of RAMPAO

MPAs What is the range of values What is the standard deviation How do

these numbers compare with the overall RAMPAO region

b Depth zones consider the following eight general depth zones and what

percentage of each zone is within the current MPA network 0-25 m

(shallow) 25-50 m (photic) 50-100m (upper shelf) 100-200 m (lower shelf)

200-400 m (upper slope) 400-800 m (mid-slope) 800-1600 m (lower slope)

1600-3200 m or greater (abyssal plain)5

Technical amp data requirements data as per the previous test plus bathymetry The

easiest and fastest way to perform these statistics is to convert the MPA shapefile

(and if it is not already the bathymetry) into a raster grid and do grid analyses

Rationale depth is widely recognised as one of the key variables that describes

biotic communities in a give region and as such is a very basic measure of

representativity This analysis could be improved by combining surficial sediment

data with depth to make simple seafloor sediment-depth classes if available

4 Consider MPA distribution according to existent shoreline habitat classification

Although the whole RAMPAO shoreline is likely not classified certain features such

as estuaries or mangroves may already largely be identified Taking these shoreline

features that are either readily available or readily digitised consider what

percentage of each of these feature types are within the current MPA network

Consider what percentage of the MPA network lies outside of these readily

identifiable shoreline features Consider also according to ecoregions and national

boundaries

Technical amp data requirements any available shoreline features such as estuaries

and mangroves If the data are good enough each of these features could be sub-

divided eg large medium and small estuaries If geophysical shoreline type data

are missing basic categories such as cliff rock and sandmud shores can often be

visually estimated and hand digitised by looking at terrestrial topographic data along

the shoreline combined with nearshore bathymetry if available

5 These log2 depth classes are admittedly somewhat arbitrary (25 2

i) and could be refined either by

considering a regional biological classification histogram of the distribution of depths or natural breaks in the

data It is our understanding however that no bio-physical classification has been performed for the region

For an initial test these somewhat arbitrary depth classes are sufficient to point out general gaps and reflect

the generally logarithmic scale of decreasing resolution (increasing breadth of classes) with depth

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 22

Rationale since the RAMPAO MPA network is currently shoreline-based this test is

suggested before considering other physical features further offshore This test is

designed to give a rough idea of shoreline representativity

5 Consider the RAMPAO network according to rare threatened and endangered

species and habitats (features) for which data are available Perform the same sort

of tests as in the test above using available data for rare threatened and

endangered features Consider what percentage of each of these feature types are

within the current MPA network Consider what percentage of the MPA network lies

outside of these features Consider also according to ecoregions and national

boundaries

Technical amp data requirements there are modelling techniques to predict the

potential habitat of species but these techniques are advanced and would fall under

the long-term timeframe For this initial analysis only available data should be

considered If the data appear to be very incomplete then they should not be used

Recognising that such data can be sub-regionally incomplete some sections of the

network may have to be left out of this analysis marked as ldquono datardquo areas on the

maps

Rationale rare threatened and endangered features are often protected by law

and also often of interest to researchers There is usually some information on them

though not always digital data and may instead be in the form of expert opinion

Ecologically there are three different types of rare threatened and endangered

features each requiring a different management response 1) features that have

always been rare 2) features that used to be common but are now rare due to

human pressures (ie threatened and endangered) 3) features that are on the edge

of their range and a) this range is steady or b ) this range is shifting (expanding

contracting moving away entering the region) due to climate change or other

environmental changes It would be best to perform this test separately for the three

different classes and associated sub-classes of rare threatened and endangered

features taking into account their population trends However for an initial test

such refinements should be seen as optional depending on information availability

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 23

Medium term gap analyses The following analyses are recommended for consideration in the medium-term (June 2010

to Dec 2011) with choice largely driven by data availability Due to the somewhat longer

time period fewer details are provided here than in the section above allowing for further

elaborations during the 2nd Mission when more is known They are arranged according to

the CBD MPA network criteria (IX20 Annex 2)

In addition to the tests outlined below others that were developed for the OSPAR Regional

Seas Convention for the Northeast Atlantic are listed in Annex 6 Thirty additional

assessments These are also well-suited to the medium-term and medium-quality data

Note that the four OSPAR MPA network criteria overlap four of the five CBD criteria

Ecologically and biologically significant areas (EBSAs)

If specific EBSAs are known consideration should be given to their possible inclusion in the

MPA network Not all EBSAs need necessarily become MPAs for some EBSAs non-spatial

management may be more appropriate It is difficult to do proper gaps assessment on

EBSAs because the distribution of all EBSAs of a given type is usually not known and hence

there is little context by which to judge a given site Thus the rule of thumb is that all EBSAs

if not in the MPA network should be treated as possible gaps and reviewed one at a time

for possible inclusion

The CBD is in the process of developing further guidance on the selection of EBSAs in the

open oceans and deep seas and much of this guidance is also applicable to shallower

nearshore systems Because this guidance is not yet accepted by the CBD we refer you

instead to a background report that was written for the CBD Ottawa Expert Workshop that

discussed these issues 29 Sept ndash 02 Oct 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant

areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations (Ardron

et al 2009) is a report in two parts Both parts are included with this report and are

recommended here as guidance on selecting CBD EBSAs

First gathering information from local residents and experts on places they sense to be

important can go far in identifying key EBSAs The ldquorecognition heuristicrdquo (Gigerenzer 1999)

is a powerful way to quickly locate longstanding ecologically significant areas in a given

region and we note that NGOs such as WWF have already done such work in the past and

that this work could be readily updated and built upon

Representativity

Many tests for representativity can be developed based on available data Listed below are

some of the more likely approaches

Seascapes identify the main shoreline topographic (benthic) and oceanographic

(pelagic) features of the region and check to see what percentage of each is included

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 24

in the MPA network Typical benthic seascape features would include canyons

seamounts reefs etc Typical pelagic features include frontal systems upwellings

gyres See also Annex 5 GIS data priorities

Topographic complexity using only bathymetry a surrogate measure of benthic

complexity can be developed (Ardron 2002) This measure can help highlight areas of

likely increased benthic richness amongst other traits

Biogeographic classification system whereas seascapes focus on physical features

a biogeographic attempts to also include information on biology such that the

system divides an area according to broad ecological communities based on physical

proxies The creation of a biogeographic classification should include both pelagic

and benthic realms is labour- and data- intensive and requires extensive peer

review

Biogeographic components instead of attempting a full biogeographic classification

system certain aspects can be developed separately For example depth strata can

be combined with sea floor sediment data to make a basic sea bottom classification

These can then be nested within the broad bioregions of the RAMPAO area

Likewise exposure wave energy can be combined with shoreline types to create

another basic classification Creating components such as these can be further

explored in the 2nd Mission once it is better known what data information are

available

Connectivity

This is the CBD criterion most difficult to assess with few options for the medium-term

except for looking at distances between sites (see short-term test above) Several academic

modelling exercises have been attempted with mixed levels of success in areas with much

better data than exist in West Africa We would caution RAMPAO in spending too much

time on such modelling exercises In general nearshore sites require closer spacing than

sites further offshore (OSPAR 2007) If it is known that certain areas provide larvae or

juveniles to other places then these ldquosourcerdquo areas should be considered for protection

Note that such areas could also fall under the EBSA criterion for productivity

Replication

At its most basic level this criterion asks that there be more than one MPA for every feature

in the network In practice this is usually considered using available information on

representativity (see above) and whatever biological data may also be available This

criterion can be assessed very simply initially by testing to see if there is more than one MPA

in each broad zone such as distance from shore or depth zone as described in the previous

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 25

section on short-term assessments Assessing replication can become more refined as more

MPAs are designated and better data become available

Adequacy viability

Ideally MPA sites should be monitored to ensure that their aims are being met In cases

where this is occurring the monitoring results should be used to determine if the individual

sitersquos size location and shape is adequate Where monitoring is not occurring or is

incomplete or too recent to determine trends other measures will have to be used Size is

probably the most commonly discussed measure and yet it remains also probably the most

controversial (Fahig 2001) Nonetheless even in an absence of consensus on this issue by

looking at possible ranges of sizes a sense can still be gained if the sites are or are not

likely to be meeting their aims A full assessment of site size which is outside the scope of

this report should take into account the species life-history population structure quality of

the habitat the quality of the surrounding areas and possible connectivity to other sites

(Lindeboom amp Baumlck 2005) However in many cases the scientific knowledge about a feature

will be insufficient to determine this very exactly Even if the life history of a species is well

know for example it is usually not known how much the surrounding area can be expected

to play a role in supporting the healthy functioning of that species Nonetheless it is

generally true that heavily impacted surrounding areas will provide less of a supporting role

to protected features than pristine ones In data-poor situations often it is still possible to

use expert opinion to specify a range of sizes which would likely be appropriate for the

adequate protection of a given feature (text adapted from OSPAR 2007)

For the RAMPAO network expert assessments of the efficacy of individual MPA sites is

probably the best way to consider the adequacy aspect of the criterion and we note the

work that has already been done by RAMPAO on this regard as well as the IUCN on

assessing management effectiveness (2007 2008a 2008b)

Relative viability can also be inferred from a threats pressures analysis In performing a

population density analysis proximity to human settlements can be used as a first indication

of how much anthropomorphic stress a protected area may be experiencing Looking

further at the composition of sensitive and threatened species within a given area can

further refine this initial threats analysis

Long term gap analyses In many cases analyses that got delayed in the medium term would be still valuable in the

longer term (2011 to 2014) However for the longer-term we would also hope that

RAMPAO activities would begin to focus on the filling of already-identified ecological and

management gaps

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 26

MarZone and MaxEnt

As an MPA network develops so does the need for more sophisticated analyses MarZone

(Marxan with Zones) has received positive attention recently and is a good tool for zoning

multiple activities with various levels of conservation restrictions In order to use a tool like

Marxan broad representativity data (ldquocoarse filterrdquo) and biological data (ldquofine filterrdquo) are

required and in order to use a zoning tool like MarZone broad coverage human use data

are additionally required One big advantage of MarxanMarZone is the user community

that has grown up around it and the good practices that continue to be developed

To get broad scale species distributions usually point occurrence data are fitted to physical

chemical environmental variables producing a predictive habitat model Good success has

been attained using the MaxEnt model (httpwwwcsprincetonedu~schapiremaxent)

though many other approaches also exist The construction of species-habitat predictive

models can take time and acquiring combining the environmental data also takes much

work In order to not bias the Marxan MarZone analysis several species-habitat models

would have to be created for several different key species from a variety of taxonomic

families trophic levels and feeding guilds This would be clearly a long-term project and

can only be justified if the RAMPAO MPA network has reached a level of sophistication to

demand such an analysis

Climate change modelling

Conservation network planning for climate change can also involved complicated modelling

(eg Fuller et al 2008) However again these approaches are data-intensive and require

advanced technical abilities

Ongoing adaptive approach

It is unlikely that the above advanced modelling approaches would be worth their

considerable effort and instead it is suggested that much more can be achieved through

good cooperation with stakeholders scientific expertise and some ldquocommon senserdquo

Recognising that no plan is perfect planning should be seen as an ongoing process of

refinement Paramount will be the ability to be flexible and adapt to changing ecological and

social conditions To do so will require governance structures from local to international

levels ndashlikewise matched to adapt quickly and effectively

While it is relatively easy to point out gaps in an MPA network at ever-increasing levels of

sophistication it is much harder to fill those gaps even on the most rudimentary level

Therefore we urge RAMPAO to act in the long term on addressing the gaps that are readily

apparent through basic tests such as the ones outlined in this document

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 27

Possible activities of the 2nd Mission

This report and the two-part background report prepared for the CBD (also included in this

submission ndashArdron et al 2009) offer a lot of information We expect that as RAMPAO staff

sifts through this guidance questions will arise We see the 2nd Mission as one that could be

devoted to

answering questions that arise from the 1st Mission guidance ndashprocess ecological

and technical

elaborating medium-term gap analyses once more is known about data availability

and technical capacity within RAMPAO and its partner organisations

providing assistance in data collection in Europe and North America

doing joint GIS analyses there could be benefit in working together on some of the

GIS analyses such as the analysis of topographic complexity

presenting initial results we also believe that it will be important to present some

short-term gap analysis results to RAMPAO members and partners

participating in the Third Meeting of the RAMPAO General Assembly we suggest that the 2nd Mission coincide with the RAMPAO General Assembly and include

o a presentation of initial results to the General Assembly and o an expert side-meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and

analyses

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 28

References

Ardron JA 2002 A Recipe for Determining Benthic Complexity An Indicator of Species Richness In Marine Geography GIS for the Oceans and Seas (ch 23 pp 196-175) Joe Breman (ed) Redlands CA USA ESRI Press

Ardron JA 2009 Three initial OSPAR tests of ecological coherence heuristics in a data-limited situation ICES Journal of Marine Research 658 1527-1533

Ardron JA Dunn D Corrigan C Gjerde K Halpin P Rice J Vanden Berghe E Vierros M 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations A background document for the CBD expert workshop Ottawa Canada 29 September ndash 2 October 2009 37 pp + 73 pp Annex 1

BALANCE 2008 Ecological coherence and principles MPA assessment selection and design Technical Summary Report 34 httpbalance-euorgxpdfbalance-technical-summary-report-no-3-4pdf

FAO 2009 International guidelines for the management of deep-sea fisheries in the high seas Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations Rome

Fahrig 2001 How much Habitat is enough Biological Conservation 100 (1) 65-74

Fuller T Morton DP Sarkar S 2008 Incorporating uncertainty about speciesrsquo potential distributions under climate change into the selection of conservation areas with a case study from the Arctic Coastal Plain of Alaska Biological Conservation 141 1547-1559

Gigerenzer G Todd P M and the ABC Research Group 1999 Simple heuristics that make us smart Oxford University Press New York

IUCNBRAO 2007 Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parc de Guineacutee Bissau

IUCNPACO 2008a Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees aires proteacutegeacutees de la Reacutepublique de Guineacutee

IUCNBRAO 2008b Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parcs et reacuteserves de Mauritanie

Lindeboom HJ and Baumlck S 2005 Establishing coastal and marine reserves- with the emphasis on fisheries Pages 103-118 In Managing European Coasts Past Present and Future J Vermaat LBouwer KTurner WSalomons (Eds) Springer-Verlag

OSPAR 2007 Background document to support the Assessment of whether the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is Ecologically Coherent OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic Publication Number 2007320 wwwosparorg

OSPAR 2008 Three initial spatial tests looking at the ecological coherence of the OSPAR marine protected area (MPA) network OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic 3602008 wwwosparorg 17 pp

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 29

Annex 1 Calendar of meetings 1st Mission 5-12 Sept 2009

Lundi

FIBA

Charlotte Karibuhoye

Coordinatrice

Souadou Ndiaye

SIG RAMPAO

Julien Semelin Appui agrave la creacuteation de nouvelles AMP et renforcement de lrsquoefficaciteacute des AMP

UICN Racine Kane AMP transfrontaliegravere

16h par teacuteleacutephone

PRCM Ahmed Senhoury

Directeur

Mardi

8h30 WWF Mamadou Diallo

Chargeacute de mission espegraveces et habitats

mdialowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 641 13 84

Paul Siegel Conseiller en environnement marin psiegelwwfsenegalorg 221 869 37 00

10h30

CSE centre de suivi eacutecologique Ministegravere de lrsquoenvironnement

Taibou Ba Cartes donneacutees

15h Wetland international Africa

Emma GREATRIX

Network for biodiversiteacute (BIOMAC network) Manatee Waterbirds Mangroves

egeatrix]wetlandssn +221 33 869 1681

Mercredi

10h SI NEPAD David Njiki Njiki

Coordinateur environnement njikinjikiyahoocom 221 33 842 73 11

12h WWF Ibrahima Niamadio

Officier pecircche durable iniamadiowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 567 53 16

15h par teacuteleacutephone

UICN Mathieu Ducroq

Coordinateur du programme marin et cocirctier de lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoouest central

+ 222 662 40 82 portable 0022 529 09 77 bureau

16h par teacuteleacutephone

RAMPAO Alfredo da Silva

Preacutesident du RAMPAO Directeur IBAP Ancien coordinateur du reacuteseau de gestion des zones cocirctiegraveres

00245 580 38 48 ou 00 245

UNESCO Isabelle Niang

Projet GEF drsquoadaptation au changement climatique en Afrique de lrsquoouest Erosion cocirctiegravere

Jeudi

9h UICN Guineacutee Bissau

Pierre Campredon

Ancien responsable du PRCM Pierrecampredoniucnorg 0033 630340088

11h30 Convention drsquoAbidjan

Nassere Kaba 0022520211183

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 30

13h CRODTCNDO ODINAFRICA

Anis Diallo Aquaculture et directeur du CNDO adialloordinafricanet 22133832826465 221 77 631 15 95

15h CSRP

M Hamadi Diop

En charge du deacutepartement laquo recherche et systegraveme drsquoinformation raquo

hamadidiopgmailcom

Philippe Tous Projet AFD ndash inteacutegration des AMP dans les politiques de pecircche

philipetousgmailcom (Skype Phil_tous)

Renaud Bailleux

Contrat UICN sur la gestion de lrsquoaccegraves aux ressources halieutiques dans la reacutegion - accords de pecircche ndash gouvernance partageacutee dans les AMP (financement PRCM)

M Dop mika Programme requins de la FIBA mika_dfryahoofr

Vendredi

9H IRD Luis Tito de Morais

Peumlcheeacutecologie des peuplements de poissons

titoirdsn 221 33 849 3658

11h UICN Mamadou Sow

Chef de projet mangrove Mamadousowuicnorg 221 33 869 0286

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 31

Annex 2 CBD criteria for ecologically significant areas

CBD Decision IX20 Annex 1

SCIENTIFIC CRITERIA FOR IDENTIFYING ECOLOGICALLY OR BIOLOGICALLY SIGNIFICANT MARINE AREAS IN NEED OF PROTECTION IN OPEN-

OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS

Criteria Definition Rationale Examples Consideration in application

Uniqueness or

rarity

Area contains

either (i) unique (ldquothe

only one of its kindrdquo) rare

(ldquooccurs only in few

locationsrdquo) or endemic

species populations or

communities andor (ii)

unique rare or distinct

habitats or ecosystems

andor (iii) unique or

unusual geomorphological

or oceanographic features

Irreplaceable

Loss would mean the probable permanent disappearance of diversity or a feature or reduction of the diversity at any level

Open ocean waters

Sargasso Sea Taylor column

persistent polynyas

Deep-sea habitats

endemic communities around

submerged atolls hydrothermal

vents sea mounts pseudo-

abyssal depression

Risk of biased-view of the perceived uniqueness depending on the information availability

Scale dependency of features such that unique features at one scale may be typical at another thus a global and regional perspective must be taken

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 32

Special

importance for

life-history

stages of

species

Areas that are required for

a population to survive and

thrive

Various biotic and abiotic

conditions coupled with

species-specific

physiological constraints

and preferences tend to

make some parts of marine

regions more suitable to

particular life-stages and

functions than other parts

Area containing (i) breeding grounds

spawning areas nursery areas juvenile

habitat or other areas important for life

history stages of species or (ii) habitats of

migratory species (feeding wintering or

resting areas breeding moulting

migratory routes)

Connectivity between life-history stages and linkages between areas trophic interactions physical transport physical oceanography life history of species

Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data Vessel monitoring system (VMS) data

Spatial and temporal distribution andor aggregation of the species

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 33

Importance for

threatened

endangered or

declining

species andor

habitats

Area containing habitat for

the survival and recovery

of endangered threatened

declining species or area

with significant

assemblages of such

species

To ensure the restoration

and recovery of such species

and habitats

Areas critical for threatened endangered

or declining species andor habitats

containing (i) breeding grounds spawning

areas nursery areas juvenile habitat or

other areas important for life history

stages of species or (ii) habitats of

migratory species (feeding wintering or

resting areas breeding moulting

migratory routes)

Includes species with very large geographic ranges

In many cases recovery will require reestablishment of the species in areas of its historic range

Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data vessel-monitoring system (VMS) data

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 34

Vulnerability

Fragility

Sensitivity or

Slow recovery

Areas that contain a

relatively high proportion

of sensitive habitats

biotopes or species that

are functionally fragile

(highly susceptible to

degradation or depletion

by human activity or by

natural events) or with

slow recovery

The criteria indicate the

degree of risk that will be

incurred if human activities

or natural events in the area

or component cannot be

managed effectively or are

pursued at an unsustainable

rate

Vulnerability of species

Inferred from the history of how species or populations in other similar areas responded to perturbations

Species of low fecundity slow growth long time to sexual maturity longevity (eg sharks etc)

Species with structures providing biogenic habitats such as deepwater corals sponges and bryozoans deep-water species

Vulnerability of habitats

Ice-covered areas susceptible to ship-based pollution

Ocean acidification can make deep sea habitats more vulnerable to others and increase susceptibility to human induced changes

Interactions between vulnerability to human impacts and natural events

Existing definition emphasizes site specific ideas and requires consideration for highly mobile species

Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 35

Biological

productivity

Area containing species

populations or

communities with

comparatively higher

natural biological

productivity

Important role in fuelling

ecosystems and increasing

the growth rates of

organisms and their capacity

for reproduction

Frontal areas

Upwellings

Hydrothermal vents

Seamounts polynyas

Can be measured as the rate of growth of marine organisms and their populations either through the fixation of inorganic carbon by photosynthesis chemosynthesis or through the ingestion of prey dissolved organic matter or particulate organic matter

Can be inferred from remote-sensed products eg ocean colour or process-based models

Time-series fisheries data can be used but caution is required

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 36

Biological

diversity

Area contains

comparatively higher

diversity of ecosystems

habitats communities or

species or has higher

genetic diversity

Important for evolution and

maintaining the resilience of

marine species and

ecosystems

Sea-mounts

Fronts and convergence zones

Cold coral communities

Deep-water sponge communities

Diversity needs to be seen in relation to the surrounding environment

Diversity indices are indifferent to species substitutions

Diversity indices are indifferent to which species may be contributing to the value of the index and hence would not pick up areas important to species of special concern such as endangered species

Can be inferred from habitat heterogeneity or diversity as a surrogate for species diversity in areas where biodiversity has not been sampled intensively

Naturalness Area with a comparatively

higher degree of

naturalness as a result of

the lack of or low level of

human-induced

disturbance or

degradation

To protect areas with near natural structure processes and functions

To maintain these areas as reference sites

To safeguard and enhance ecosystem resilience

Most ecosystems and habitats have

examples with varying levels of

naturalness and the intent is that the

more natural examples should be

selected

Priority should be given to areas having a low level of disturbance relative to their surroundings

In areas where no natural areas remain areas that have successfully recovered including reestablishment of species should be

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 37

considered

Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 38

Annex 3 CBD criteria for MPA networks

Decision IX20 Annex II SCIENTIFIC GUIDANCE FOR SELECTING AREAS TO ESTABLISH A REPRESENTATIVE NETWORK OF MARINE PROTECTED AREAS INCLUDING IN

OPEN OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS

Required network properties and

components Definition Applicable site specific considerations (inter alia)

Ecologically and biologically significant areas

Ecologically and biologically significant areas are geographically or oceanographically discrete areas that provide important services to one or more speciespopulations of an ecosystem or to the ecosystem as a whole compared to other surrounding areas or areas of similar ecological characteristics or otherwise meet the criteria as identified in annex I to decision IX20

Uniqueness or rarity

Special importance for life history stages of species

Importance for threatened endangered or declining species andor habitats

Vulnerability fragility sensitivity or slow recovery

Biological productivity

Biological diversity

Naturalness

Representativity Representativity is captured in a network when it consists of areas representing the different biogeographical subdivisions of the global oceans and regional seas that reasonably reflect the full range of ecosystems including the biotic and habitat diversity of those marine ecosystems

A full range of examples across a biogeographic habitat or community classification relative health of species and communities relative intactness of habitat(s) naturalness

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 39

Connectivity Connectivity in the design of a network allows for linkages whereby protected sites benefit from larval andor species exchanges and functional linkages from other network sites In a connected network individual sites benefit one another

Currents gyres physical bottlenecks migration routes species dispersal detritus functional linkages Isolated sites such as isolated seamount communities may also be included

Replicated ecological features Replication of ecological features means that more than one site shall contain examples of a given feature in the given biogeographic area The term ―features means ―species habitats and ecological processes that naturally occur in the given biogeographic area

Accounting for uncertainty natural variation and the possibility of catastrophic events Features that exhibit less natural variation or are precisely defined may require less replication than features that are inherently highly variable or are only very generally defined

Adequate and viable sites Adequate and viable sites indicate that all sites within a network should have size and protection sufficient to ensure the ecological viability and integrity of the feature(s) for which they were selected

Adequacy and viability will depend on size shape buffers persistence of features threats surrounding environment (context) physical constraints scale of featuresprocesses spillovercompactness

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 40

Annex 4 Data sources highlighted in discussions during the 1st Mission

Thegravemes Organisme ressources Personnes ressources Sites internet ressources et bases de donneacutees

Donneacutees bibliographiques

IRD Linus base bibliographique (httpiacaprodc3eduvsqfrlinus)

CRODT Catalogue des publications du CRODT

Donneacutees geacuteneacuterales

PRCMFIBA SIG Reacutegional Catalogue drsquoInformations pour lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoOuest (CIAO) wwwolmmrciao

OdinAfrica African marine atlas ndash voir OdinAfrica

OBIS httpwwwiobisorg

Guineacutee Bissau SIG Guineacutee Bissau au 200 000 egraveme sur toute la zone cocirctiegravere et 50 000 egraveme sur les Bijagos voir Franccedilois Gourmelonuniv-brestfr ou Emmanuel Ginaudet

Cap vert Systegraveme national SIG pour toutes les donneacutees du Cap vert

Bathymeacutetrie

Navy Londres Africa Pilot Volume 1 Hydrographer of the Navy London 1967

SHOM Carte SHOM ndeg6815 INT14 au 110 000 000egraveme Voir site wwwshomfr - catalogue

Cf Canada Carte au CSE

CND0 CD des donneacutees bathymeacutetriques de la sous-reacutegion

Donneacutees oceacuteanographiques geacuteneacuterales

OdinAfrica Points focaux des pays agrave voir sur site internet drsquoOdinAfrica

ordinafricanet Atelier national OdinAfrica ndash voir sur le site CNDO Aller sur le site OdinAfrica reacutecupeacuterer les shapefiles (httpwwwodinafricaorg) et sur httpwwwafricanmarineatlasnet

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 41

IRDlaboratoire LOCEAN-IPSL (Universiteacute Paris 6) LPAOSF (Lab de Physique de lAtmosphegravere et de lOceacutean de agrave lEacutecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique-UCAD

Alban Lazar (IRD) Simeacuteon Fongang (Ecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique) Raymond Lahaye (IRDLEMAR)

Circulation oceacuteanique le long des cocirctes seacuteneacutegalaises (structures variabiliteacute meacutecanismes de lrsquoupwelling des courants cocirctiers des tempeacuteratures et des saliniteacutes) et les couplages oceacutean-atmosphegravere

FAO Merete TANDSTAD Projets CCLEM et GCLME

NEPAD Projet GCLME

PRCM et IMROP + autres

Faire lrsquoinventaire des socieacuteteacutes qui ont fait de la prospection peacutetroliegravere et voir leurs donneacutees et eacutetudes drsquoimpact eacutetude Woodside ou Dana petroleum voir PRCM et IMROP

Universiteacute Rapport master de lrsquouniversiteacute sur la modeacutelisation de la circulation et des tempeacuteratures sur la haute mer (demander CNDO)

Upwellings Odiafrica Donneacutees upwellings sur Odinafrica

IRD P CURY et N BEZ

Geacuteologie seacutediemntologie et Nature des fonds

2 thegraveses sur le plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais sud et nord

IRD carte de Domain (IRDORSTOM) carte des seacutediments du plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais)

carte de Barusso

Travaux de Lachance et Mc Master

Odinafirca Plateau continental ndash carte digitaliseacutee sur la nature des fonds ndash voir sur ordinafrica

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 42

Annex 5 GIS data priorities

Explanation of ranking system

Term short-term bullbullbull medium-term bullbull long-term bull Estimated Ease of acquiring data easy bullbullbull moderatebullbull difficult bull

Importance high bullbullbull moderate bullbull low bull Term Ease Import

Base layers

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 coastline(s)

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 2 ecological regions

bullbullbull bull bullbullbull 3 bathymetry

bullbullbull bullbull bull 4 topography (for land ndashcan help with shoreline classifications)

Physical and oceanographic

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 estuaries rivers

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 shoreline type (cliff rocky sandy muddy etc)

bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 surficial sediment (bottom type)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 seafloor topographic complexity ruggedness (can be created from bathymetry)

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 5 seamounts (can also be identified through bathymetry)

6 other seascape features eg

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull canyons

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 43

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull ridges

bullbull bullbullbull bullbull hydrothermal vents

bullbull bull bullbull seeps

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull banks

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull rocky reefs

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull estuaries (sub-classes)

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull lagoons

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull upwellings

bull bullbull bull 7 ocean currents tides

bull bullbull bullbull 8 sea surface temperature

bull bullbull bullbull 9 salinity

bull bull bull 10 photosynthetically available radiation (PAR)

bull bull bull 11 coastal erosion sediment transport

bull bull bullbull 12 climate change trends eg movement of upwellings

Biological habitat

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 1 threatened or endangered species (amp spawning nursery areas etc)

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 threatened or endangered habitats

bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 habitat classification (if one exists regionally)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 biogenic features eg

warm water coral reefs

cold water coral ldquoforestsrdquo

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 44

mangroves (sub-classes)

bullbull bull bullbullbull 5 Key commercial species eg

crustaceans molluscs (crabs shrimps oysters etc)

pelagic large fishes (eg tunas)

pelagic small fishes

demersal fishes

bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 primary productivity (usually satellite colour images chlorophyll_a)

bullbull bull bullbull 7 secondary productivity (eg an estimate of carbon flux)

bullbull bull bullbull 8 migration of invasive species

Human use management

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 marine protected areas

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 year-round fisheries closures

bullbull bullbull bull 3 other seasonal fisheries closures

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 4 cities towns villages (with populations)

bullbull bullbull bull 5 local community boundaries

bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 traditional use boundaries (eg artisanal fisheries)

bull bullbull bull 7 migrant land use grazing

bullbull bull bullbullbull 8 areas of cultural spiritual importance

bullbull bullbullbull bullbull 9 roads (can help with understanding remoteness amp shoreline access)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 10 shipping routes and harbours

bullbull bullbull bull 11 land use particularly agriculture (can be combined into an analysis of rivers to estimate runoff)

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 45

bullbull bull bullbullbull 12 fishing

a artisanal by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)

b industrial by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 13 offshore oil amp gas licences exploratory wells installations (platforms pipelines shore based)

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 14 sand amp gravel mining

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 15 tourism shoreline development resorts marinas

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 46

Annex 6 Thirty additional assessments

Excerpted and adapted from the 54 page report by the OSPAR Regional seas convention for

the Northeast Atlantic (2007) Background document to support the assessment of whether

the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is ecologically coherent6

Assessment Criterion 1 Adequacy Viability

1 Assessment Guideline One should expect the sizes of network sites (for a given feature) to be

distributed throughout or exceed the estimated range of sizes necessary to sustain a viable

population or community

2 Assessment Guideline Sites that are heavily impacted andor surrounded by heavily impacted

areas should be larger than otherwise

3 Assessment Guideline Features of ecological significance should receive greater protection

than normal

4 Assessment Guideline Location and geography can be used to indicate adequate protection

such that

a Protection of pelagic features should generally be reflected with the implementation of

larger sites than those for benthic features

b In regions constrained by physical geography (eg fjords bays bights passages straits)

the adequate sizes of individual sites will generally be smaller than areas without such

physical constraints (eg regional seas open ocean)

c Offshore andor deeper sites will generally require larger areas than for nearshore andor

shallow sites (However the exceptions of certain deep sea benthic features such as

hydrothermal vents and cold seeps are noted)

5 Assessment Guideline in a given region the adequate spatial protection of most OSPAR

features and the overall network can be expected to conform to the scientific literature and

fall within the range commonly found within that literature It is recognized that this is an

evolving field of study

6 Assessment Guideline Owing to the multiplicity of its objectives the OSPAR network can be

expected to contain a variety of reserve sizes and corresponding spacing between sites

7 Assessment Guideline If a site is at the small end of the expected viability range for a given

feature then compact sites are preferable If on the other hand a given site is at the large end

of the estimated viability range then a less compact shape would allow for greater spill-over

and benefits outside of the reserve

a The Compactness of a given site can be calculated using a GIS and the following

formula C = (4πAp2)

05 Where C is the Compactness A is the area of the site and p is

its perimeter

8 Assessment Guideline A broad MPA network such as the OSPAR network with a wide

variety of features can be expected to have a wide variety of reserve shapes and sizes

6 Jeff Ardron is the primary author of this OSPAR report

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 47

a The combined size and compactness of a site be readily calculated using a GIS and the

following formula SSC = ln (PA) Where SSC is here labelled as the site size-

compactness P is the perimeter of the site and A is the area

9 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA electronic database lists the aims and ecological

criteria on a site by site basis Thus as a preliminary assessment these can be compiled to get

an indication of how well they are being met across the network

10 Assessment Guideline A list inventory of features within a region that (are known or

believed to) meet the OSPAR aims and ecological criteria is required in order to fully assess if

the existing MPA sites are likely adequate

11 Assessment Guideline Features that are common and widely distributed will generally require

less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are rare andor sparsely

distributed

Assessment Criterion 2 Representativity

12 Assessment Guideline OSPAR MPAs should be checked to ensure that they are broadly

distributed across biogeographic regions In such an assessment there is no need to restrict the

assessment to just one biogeographic classification system So long as they appear to be

rigorous (eg peer-reviewed) the use of a variety of systems is encouraged

13 Assessment Guideline Each of the Dinter [OSPAR] bioregions should be adequately

protected

14 Assessment Guideline National classifications can be very helpful in assessing

representativity at a national level based on national categories and should be used where they

exist

15 Assessment Guideline In the absence of full biological surveys or full classification systems

(such as EUNIS) simple surrogates should be used to check that representativity is possibly

being achieved Benthic and pelagic realms should be considered

16 Assessment Guideline Representative features that are very common and widely distributed

will likely require less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are just

somewhat common

As a rule of thumb within a given feature class representative protection can be

compared to a normalized distribution For example if the areal distribution of

representative classes can be normalised through a square-root transformation then

protected area distribution could be expected to be roughly proportional to the square-

root of the ratio of the representative feature classesrsquo overall areas

17 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA nomination database should be checked to ensure

that the idea of the ldquobestrdquo features was taken into account across feature types and regions

18 Assessment Guideline Features that best represent their type can be expected to be

characterized by most or all of these indicators

a Typical morphology

b High density abundance

c High degree of health naturalness

d Persistence (temporal and spatial) and

e Strong functional linkages

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 48

Assessment Criterion 3 Replication

19 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area more than one example of each feature

should be protected

20 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features protected in areas susceptible

to catastrophic events require greater replication than those in low-risk areas

21 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area where no better data exist natural

variation can be assumed to be greatest between sites that are furthest apart

22 Assessment Guideline Features that are very specifically defined will exhibit less variation

and hence require less replication than features which are very general or ldquocatch-allrdquo categories

23 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area scientific requirements may require

replicate sites for differing purposes If these requirements are not known it can be assumed

that replicate sites that are a moderate distance apart (neither immediate neighbours nor at

extreme ends of the biogeographic area) will satisfy most scientific requirements

24 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features for which there are weak or

incomplete or modelled data require greater replication than those features for which better data

are available

Assessment Criterion 4 Connectivity

25 Assessment Guideline If an area is known or suspected to be important to connectivity then it

should be represented in the MPA network

26 Assessment Guideline Reserves in areas where there are known currents (eg many coastal

areas) should be more closely spaced than otherwise In order to maintain connectivity for most

short to moderate larval dispersing species when specific data are lacking such nearshore sites

should be spaced not further than 50 km apart

27 Assessment Guideline Connectivity between seabird sites can be measured in straight lines

28 Assessment Guideline Connectivity for marine species can be assumed to be greater along

lines of similar habitat than across them

29 Assessment Guideline The density of marine reserves can be used as a way to group areas of

likely connectivity Likewise it can also define gaps where connectivity has probably not been

achieved

30 Assessment Guideline In the absence of dispersal data connectivity may be approximated by

ensuring the MPA network is well distributed in space reflecting the scale of its surroundings

Page 15: A Suggested Approach for Gap Analyses of the RAMPAO Marine ...€¦ · A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 2 Recommendation re outreach: 1) regional contact

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 13

Methodology

Approach We view pragmatism modularity and flexibility as being necessary ingredients to an

approach that would best ensure success

Pragmatism The methodology should reflect an approach that will allow progress to

proceed despite imperfect data or other problems For example analyses should be done in

areas where data are available or where there is social political acceptance without the

(sometimes considerable) delay of waiting for data or acceptance from other neighbouring

areas within an ecological region3

Modularity Individual gap analyses should be able stand on their own while also fitting

together with others to form a fuller picture Analysis results should be fairly easy to explain

Flexibility Related to pragmatism above the methodology should follow good practices

while still remaining flexible to alternatives that are not ideal but which can allow for

progress For example when some data are not available other less-than-ideal ldquoproxiesrdquo

may have to be used as substitutes

Boundaries Ecological analyses should when possible be stratified according to accepted ecological

regions and sub-regions (eg Marine Ecosystems of the World ndashMEOW) However given

that in this project various areas have varying degrees of data availability we also see the

need for flexibility in the approach and recognise that some analyses may have to be

bounded according to boundaries that reflect where the data were collected Or in some

instances instead of ecological boundaries it may be appropriate to use traditional cultural

boundaries such as for artisanal fisheries

Timeframes Recommendation re short- medium- and long-term results given that some data will be

more readily available than others and that some analyses are easier to perform than

others we are recommending that a staged approach to delivering results be taken with

analyses planned for the short-term medium-term and long-term This will allow for

decisions and actions to also be taken in the short- medium- and long- term

3 However one must be careful to avoid transferring all gaps and attention to only those places that have data

or are willing to participate For it must be said that those places with few data and little protection are

usually the biggest gaps of all Maps should reflect low- and no-data areas clearly so that the reader

understands the limits of the analysis

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 14

We suggest the timeframe for delivering these short- medium- and long-term results could

be June 2010 (the next RAMPAO General Assembly) December 2011 (the end of this

project period) and December 2014 (the next project period) respectively These timelines

should dovetail with those of the recommendation re ecosystem research above when

appropriate These activities are further outlined in the suggested programme of work in

the section below

Initial tests Preliminary analyses should address basic gaps while later analyses could look at more

nuanced questions The unexpected availability (or unavailability) of data may sometimes

change the planned ordering of analyses If for some reason a particular analysis cannot be

done it should be skipped for the time being and not hold up further work If a preliminary

analysis indicates a significant gap it is unlikely any additional analyses will overturn that

finding and hence decision-making should in most cases proceed based on the results

from the initial basic tests without the delays associated with waiting for more data

Decisions can be refined however as more data become available In general coarse or

incomplete data demand greater precaution in decision-making This can create an

incentive for stakeholders to provide additional data that will allow for refinements

Recommendation re initial tests the gaps analysis should start with readily available

information and basic tests that are relatively easy to understand Later more complex

analyses can be performed with additional data as they become available The initial

basic gaps tests should be selected to provide results that can on their own inform

decision-making

A list of five such tests is outlined in the next section

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 15

Suggested programme of work

Short-term steps The following six steps outline the key tasks that we suggest would need to be done

between now and June 2010 in order to set this project in motion These steps are further

explained in the subsequent sections

1 Establishment of the projectrsquos terms of reference and recruitment of the project officer

2 outreach and coordination including informational presentations at various meetings

3 initial data collection focussing on readily available information 4 initial gaps analyses 5 presentation of initial results to the RAMPAO General Assembly 6 expert meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and analyses (likely

as a side-meeting to the General Assembly

Outreach amp coordination An ecosystem-level gaps analysis will require cooperation from a number of experts

agencies and institutions across all RAMPAO countries Hence outreach and coordination

will be important An introductory description of the project should be developed and

widely distributed as well as a web site page with up to date information on the project A

letter of introduction signed by a senior official(s) can also be important in terms of

establishing legitimacy Presentations introducing the project should be made at national

and regional level meetings as opportunity permits

Our meetings during the first mission proved to be very friendly and helpful These meetings

now require follow-up actions to each of the people contacted (see 1st Mission Report)

Because the people we met were mostly based in Senegal further work will be required

through the regional contact points for other countries

Areas of overlap with other activities (eg the Wetlands International implementation gaps

project) should be highlighted and discussions with these players begun to sort out how to

best cooperate and coordinate efforts

While outreach will be most intensive at the beginning of the project coordination will

continue throughout the projectrsquos duration

Recommendation re outreach 1) regional contact points should be updated on this

project and their help solicited 2) a clear one-page project description should be written

outlining the aims of the project and how cooperation with other bodies is being sought

3) a clear project web page should be developed 4) follow-up letters should sent to key

contacts we have already spoken to outlining next steps and where appropriate

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 16

proposing cooperation collaboration 5) presentations introducing the project should be

made at national and regional level meetings as opportunity permits

Acquisition of data amp information Central to this project will be identifying sources of information and data coordinating with

these experts data repositories and providers and ultimately acquiring the information or

data This will consume more time than any other task and probably more time than all the

other tasks combined

Steps

In the general case data acquisition will require the following steps some which may be

iterative (ie cycle around a few times)

searches ndashinternet list-serves libraries literature and through colleagues

informal emails calls and discussions with the expert or data custodian as to

what data may be available

formal letter(s) of introduction to the project signed by senior authorities and

usually addressed to mid- and senior-level people

face-to-face meetings in order to 1) gain permission to use the data and 2) to

learn about details and proper use of the data These two requirements may

mean two separate meetings

MoU drafting and signing andor data agreement andor formal letter of

request

logistics of how the data will be delivered and if any fees or restrictions are

involved

technical and scientific follow-up calls for assistance andor clarification on

interpretation or use of the data

The above steps have not been numbered because the order can vary from situation to

situation with some situations being informal and skipping steps while others are very

formal requiring prolonged discussions and additional steps that build trust

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 17

Three elements of success

Three elements of successful data acquisition are persistence practicality and

prioritisation

Persistence While most experts are usually happy to share their knowledge the sharing of

their data is often another matter The process can take weeks months or even years

Therefore in order to keep progress steady it is best to make a little time available every

day (say two hours) for data searches and follow-up politely reminding contacts from time

to time that you have not yet heard back from them That said do not waste time on data

that are only of marginal interest in the bigger picture It is easy to become lost in details

Practicality Often it is better to identify what data are readily available and to request

those data first This can help build trust and also allows for progress without getting stuck

Subsequently the provider can be approached again to discuss the other more difficult

data sets Thus the above steps can occur more than once with the same data provider

Again as noted above keeping the bigger picture in mind will help to focus data-gathering

activities on the most practical data sets

Prioritisation In an ecosystem-level analysis all kinds of data are interesting That said

some data are more helpful or urgent than others In the analyses outlined in the sections

below the general data requirements are listed The data requirements of the short-term

gap analyses should take priority over the medium-term ones which in turn should take

priority over the long-term analyses

Annex 5 GIS data priorities lists various common categories of data with their estimated

timeframe for usage (short- medium- long-term) availability and priority for this project

Strategies for acquiring difficult data

Sometimes data may be considered proprietary andor too sensitive to show and providers

usually assume they cannot be shared However with patience sometimes agreements can

be found whereby the data may be used ldquobehind the scenesrdquo in analyses so long as the

data are not displayed on final maps ndashonly the combined results which do not reveal the

data In other situations when the provider is an active participant the provider should be

invited to be a formal partner in the project and this may also ease data restrictions Finally

agreeing to perform joint-analyses or even contracting out certain analyses to the expert

can also allow the data to be used However in this latter case it may be difficult to do

quality control and hence the results can sometimes be puzzling or not what was required

If certain data are simply unavailable metadata can still be requested though metadata

often do not exist (In practice metadata if supplied are many times custom-created for

the particular request)

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 18

Meetings

General meetings A large forum like the RAMPAO General Assembly can be an excellent

opportunity to introduce interested parties to the project It may even be possible to get

general agreement around sharing data However such a general agreement if it can be

found would probably still not replace the need for MoUs and similar bilateral agreements

with specific agencies and institutions

In addition to regional meetings presentations should be made to national meetings

introducing the project as opportunity permits

Data meetings regional data meetings with database managers could help speed up the

process of data collection though this can vary from place to place In many cases it is

better to first approach people one-on-one Later after some data have already been

acquired a meeting can be used to discuss how to best merge data together and to

encourage others to also provide information data if they have not already done so

Expert meetings bringing together experts of a particular species or habitat can be a very

good way to identify available expertise information data and gaps Expert knowledge can

also be collected at such meetings drawn on maps etc but this requires prior training

preparation and processing afterwards In general expert meetings are most valuable after

a ldquodesktop studyrdquo where basic gaps have been identified and there are now specific

questions that have been identified as needing answers Targeted expert meetings can be

valuable at different times throughout a process as different issues need addressing Their

main drawback is the expense and work required A badly run meeting can also turn opinion

against a project and so care has to be taken to do a good job

Recommendation re data information collection 1) The process of collecting data should

begin immediately This will require close coordination with outreach activities 2) Priority

should be given to collecting data that are a) easily acquired and b) required for the initial

short-term analyses 3) Lists of data sources contact information and what dates they

were approached should be kept to track progress 4) Data collaboration should be on the

agenda of the next RAMPAO General Assembly meeting 5) After an initial (eg 3-6

month) period of data collection the need for data meetings andor expert meetings

should be assessed

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 19

Five initial gap analyses The following analyses are recommended as initial tests that should be done in the short-

term (present to June 2010) and when possible in the order presented However we

acknowledge that data availability can alter the ordering of the tests and even what tests

are undertaken ndashincluding developing new ones not listed here These basic tests can be

followed up with more complex analyses such as outlined in the next sections of this report

1 Visually consider the distribution of protected areas Is the network spatially well

distributed without more than a few major gaps If not what gaps can a person

immediately see Consider along-shore gaps and gaps moving out towards the offshore

Consider the northern central and southern thirds of the RAMPAO area Consider

national boundaries

Technical amp data requirements no GIS or GIS data are required A basic paper map

showing the protected areas and national boundaries is sufficient

Rationale this simple assessment is deceptively powerful Simplicity should not be seen

as detracting from its value The human eye can see many patterns and gaps that are

difficult to quantify into statistics When most people agree on a visual gap this

indicates that it is likely valid and worthy of serious consideration

Connectivity and representativity are two of the five agreed-upon CBD criteria for

assessing MPA networks (IX20 Annex 2) If the network is generally not well distributed

in space then it is unlikely to exhibit characteristics of connectivity or representativity

and thus is very unlikely to be ecologically coherent Note that if a network is well-

distributed in space this does not necessarily ensure that these criteria are being met

and further tests will still be required

2 Using GIS procedures consider in greater depth the distribution of protected areas For

this test and all the other tests below perform it first for the whole region then for

each of the three broad ecoregions north central and south4 and finally according to

national boundaries

a Zones offshore Consider coverage within four basic zones i the shorelines (0-5

nautical miles offshore) ii nearshore (~5-15 nm) iii mid-offshore (~15-50 nm)

and iv far offshore (~50 -200 nm) What percentage of each of these broad

zones has MPAs

b Distance from shore statistics what is the average (arithmetic mean) extent that

RAMPAO MPAs extend offshore What is the range of these values What is the

4 This could include the MEOW (Marine Ecoregions Of the World) classification or other similar ecoregions

accepted by RAMPAO partners

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 20

standard deviation Considering that RAMPOA waters extend approximately 200

nm offshore what do these distance-offshore statistics suggest

c Nearest neighbour distance in each of the above zones calculate ldquonearest

neighbourrdquo statistics between MPAs noting the range of MPA spacing the

arithmetic mean of the spacing and the standard deviation of spacing between

sites In this test and all others displaying the histogram of results can be very

informative and is recommended

Technical amp data requirements GIS files are required for shoreline data MPAs

ecoregions national boundaries These three tests (a) ndash (c) get progressively more

technically advanced in the use of GIS However it is outside the scope of this report to

fully describe the GIS methods If a minimum separation distance is chosen as a network

criterion (see comments below) then an easier GIS analysis would be to buffer the

MPAs by a value of half that distance to identify which areas that ldquotouchrdquo and which do

not

Rationale these analyses put some numbers to the first visual test In most ways

however the visual test is simpler and easier to understand That said numbers in

tables can help rank gaps according to basic properties

Unfortunately the GIS methods can be a bit difficult for a beginner If parts of this test

are too difficult they can be skipped since the visual assessment already tells us a lot

Setting explicit quantitative targets for spacing can be controversial and difficult to

support scientifically What is adequate for some species will still be inadequate for

others That said for a basic initial test ldquorules of thumbrdquo have been proposed The

BALANCE project in the Baltic Sea suggested 25 km as an ideal maximum spacing

between shoreline sites (2008) Instead of looking at the ideal situation the OSPAR

Convention for the Northeast Atlantic took a different approach considering the very

longest spacing that could be considered contributing anything at all towards ecological

coherence of the MPA network ie a theoretical ldquoworst caserdquo The OSPAR guidelines for

this worst case are nearshore ~250 km (linear shoreline distance) offshore ~200 000

km2 (which is about equivalent to a ~500 km diameter circle) high seas ~1 000 000 km2

(equivalent to a square with ~1000 km sides) For OSPAR nearshore meant shoreline

and territorial waters out to 12 nm offshore meant EEZ waters (12-200 nm) and high

seas meant waters beyond 200 nm from shore (OPSAR 2008 Ardron 2009)

3 Consider MPA distribution according to depth As for all these analyses perform these

tests first for the whole region then for each of the three broad ecoregions north

central and south and finally according to national boundaries

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 21

a Depth statistics what is the average (arithmetic mean) depth of RAMPAO

MPAs What is the range of values What is the standard deviation How do

these numbers compare with the overall RAMPAO region

b Depth zones consider the following eight general depth zones and what

percentage of each zone is within the current MPA network 0-25 m

(shallow) 25-50 m (photic) 50-100m (upper shelf) 100-200 m (lower shelf)

200-400 m (upper slope) 400-800 m (mid-slope) 800-1600 m (lower slope)

1600-3200 m or greater (abyssal plain)5

Technical amp data requirements data as per the previous test plus bathymetry The

easiest and fastest way to perform these statistics is to convert the MPA shapefile

(and if it is not already the bathymetry) into a raster grid and do grid analyses

Rationale depth is widely recognised as one of the key variables that describes

biotic communities in a give region and as such is a very basic measure of

representativity This analysis could be improved by combining surficial sediment

data with depth to make simple seafloor sediment-depth classes if available

4 Consider MPA distribution according to existent shoreline habitat classification

Although the whole RAMPAO shoreline is likely not classified certain features such

as estuaries or mangroves may already largely be identified Taking these shoreline

features that are either readily available or readily digitised consider what

percentage of each of these feature types are within the current MPA network

Consider what percentage of the MPA network lies outside of these readily

identifiable shoreline features Consider also according to ecoregions and national

boundaries

Technical amp data requirements any available shoreline features such as estuaries

and mangroves If the data are good enough each of these features could be sub-

divided eg large medium and small estuaries If geophysical shoreline type data

are missing basic categories such as cliff rock and sandmud shores can often be

visually estimated and hand digitised by looking at terrestrial topographic data along

the shoreline combined with nearshore bathymetry if available

5 These log2 depth classes are admittedly somewhat arbitrary (25 2

i) and could be refined either by

considering a regional biological classification histogram of the distribution of depths or natural breaks in the

data It is our understanding however that no bio-physical classification has been performed for the region

For an initial test these somewhat arbitrary depth classes are sufficient to point out general gaps and reflect

the generally logarithmic scale of decreasing resolution (increasing breadth of classes) with depth

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 22

Rationale since the RAMPAO MPA network is currently shoreline-based this test is

suggested before considering other physical features further offshore This test is

designed to give a rough idea of shoreline representativity

5 Consider the RAMPAO network according to rare threatened and endangered

species and habitats (features) for which data are available Perform the same sort

of tests as in the test above using available data for rare threatened and

endangered features Consider what percentage of each of these feature types are

within the current MPA network Consider what percentage of the MPA network lies

outside of these features Consider also according to ecoregions and national

boundaries

Technical amp data requirements there are modelling techniques to predict the

potential habitat of species but these techniques are advanced and would fall under

the long-term timeframe For this initial analysis only available data should be

considered If the data appear to be very incomplete then they should not be used

Recognising that such data can be sub-regionally incomplete some sections of the

network may have to be left out of this analysis marked as ldquono datardquo areas on the

maps

Rationale rare threatened and endangered features are often protected by law

and also often of interest to researchers There is usually some information on them

though not always digital data and may instead be in the form of expert opinion

Ecologically there are three different types of rare threatened and endangered

features each requiring a different management response 1) features that have

always been rare 2) features that used to be common but are now rare due to

human pressures (ie threatened and endangered) 3) features that are on the edge

of their range and a) this range is steady or b ) this range is shifting (expanding

contracting moving away entering the region) due to climate change or other

environmental changes It would be best to perform this test separately for the three

different classes and associated sub-classes of rare threatened and endangered

features taking into account their population trends However for an initial test

such refinements should be seen as optional depending on information availability

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 23

Medium term gap analyses The following analyses are recommended for consideration in the medium-term (June 2010

to Dec 2011) with choice largely driven by data availability Due to the somewhat longer

time period fewer details are provided here than in the section above allowing for further

elaborations during the 2nd Mission when more is known They are arranged according to

the CBD MPA network criteria (IX20 Annex 2)

In addition to the tests outlined below others that were developed for the OSPAR Regional

Seas Convention for the Northeast Atlantic are listed in Annex 6 Thirty additional

assessments These are also well-suited to the medium-term and medium-quality data

Note that the four OSPAR MPA network criteria overlap four of the five CBD criteria

Ecologically and biologically significant areas (EBSAs)

If specific EBSAs are known consideration should be given to their possible inclusion in the

MPA network Not all EBSAs need necessarily become MPAs for some EBSAs non-spatial

management may be more appropriate It is difficult to do proper gaps assessment on

EBSAs because the distribution of all EBSAs of a given type is usually not known and hence

there is little context by which to judge a given site Thus the rule of thumb is that all EBSAs

if not in the MPA network should be treated as possible gaps and reviewed one at a time

for possible inclusion

The CBD is in the process of developing further guidance on the selection of EBSAs in the

open oceans and deep seas and much of this guidance is also applicable to shallower

nearshore systems Because this guidance is not yet accepted by the CBD we refer you

instead to a background report that was written for the CBD Ottawa Expert Workshop that

discussed these issues 29 Sept ndash 02 Oct 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant

areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations (Ardron

et al 2009) is a report in two parts Both parts are included with this report and are

recommended here as guidance on selecting CBD EBSAs

First gathering information from local residents and experts on places they sense to be

important can go far in identifying key EBSAs The ldquorecognition heuristicrdquo (Gigerenzer 1999)

is a powerful way to quickly locate longstanding ecologically significant areas in a given

region and we note that NGOs such as WWF have already done such work in the past and

that this work could be readily updated and built upon

Representativity

Many tests for representativity can be developed based on available data Listed below are

some of the more likely approaches

Seascapes identify the main shoreline topographic (benthic) and oceanographic

(pelagic) features of the region and check to see what percentage of each is included

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 24

in the MPA network Typical benthic seascape features would include canyons

seamounts reefs etc Typical pelagic features include frontal systems upwellings

gyres See also Annex 5 GIS data priorities

Topographic complexity using only bathymetry a surrogate measure of benthic

complexity can be developed (Ardron 2002) This measure can help highlight areas of

likely increased benthic richness amongst other traits

Biogeographic classification system whereas seascapes focus on physical features

a biogeographic attempts to also include information on biology such that the

system divides an area according to broad ecological communities based on physical

proxies The creation of a biogeographic classification should include both pelagic

and benthic realms is labour- and data- intensive and requires extensive peer

review

Biogeographic components instead of attempting a full biogeographic classification

system certain aspects can be developed separately For example depth strata can

be combined with sea floor sediment data to make a basic sea bottom classification

These can then be nested within the broad bioregions of the RAMPAO area

Likewise exposure wave energy can be combined with shoreline types to create

another basic classification Creating components such as these can be further

explored in the 2nd Mission once it is better known what data information are

available

Connectivity

This is the CBD criterion most difficult to assess with few options for the medium-term

except for looking at distances between sites (see short-term test above) Several academic

modelling exercises have been attempted with mixed levels of success in areas with much

better data than exist in West Africa We would caution RAMPAO in spending too much

time on such modelling exercises In general nearshore sites require closer spacing than

sites further offshore (OSPAR 2007) If it is known that certain areas provide larvae or

juveniles to other places then these ldquosourcerdquo areas should be considered for protection

Note that such areas could also fall under the EBSA criterion for productivity

Replication

At its most basic level this criterion asks that there be more than one MPA for every feature

in the network In practice this is usually considered using available information on

representativity (see above) and whatever biological data may also be available This

criterion can be assessed very simply initially by testing to see if there is more than one MPA

in each broad zone such as distance from shore or depth zone as described in the previous

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 25

section on short-term assessments Assessing replication can become more refined as more

MPAs are designated and better data become available

Adequacy viability

Ideally MPA sites should be monitored to ensure that their aims are being met In cases

where this is occurring the monitoring results should be used to determine if the individual

sitersquos size location and shape is adequate Where monitoring is not occurring or is

incomplete or too recent to determine trends other measures will have to be used Size is

probably the most commonly discussed measure and yet it remains also probably the most

controversial (Fahig 2001) Nonetheless even in an absence of consensus on this issue by

looking at possible ranges of sizes a sense can still be gained if the sites are or are not

likely to be meeting their aims A full assessment of site size which is outside the scope of

this report should take into account the species life-history population structure quality of

the habitat the quality of the surrounding areas and possible connectivity to other sites

(Lindeboom amp Baumlck 2005) However in many cases the scientific knowledge about a feature

will be insufficient to determine this very exactly Even if the life history of a species is well

know for example it is usually not known how much the surrounding area can be expected

to play a role in supporting the healthy functioning of that species Nonetheless it is

generally true that heavily impacted surrounding areas will provide less of a supporting role

to protected features than pristine ones In data-poor situations often it is still possible to

use expert opinion to specify a range of sizes which would likely be appropriate for the

adequate protection of a given feature (text adapted from OSPAR 2007)

For the RAMPAO network expert assessments of the efficacy of individual MPA sites is

probably the best way to consider the adequacy aspect of the criterion and we note the

work that has already been done by RAMPAO on this regard as well as the IUCN on

assessing management effectiveness (2007 2008a 2008b)

Relative viability can also be inferred from a threats pressures analysis In performing a

population density analysis proximity to human settlements can be used as a first indication

of how much anthropomorphic stress a protected area may be experiencing Looking

further at the composition of sensitive and threatened species within a given area can

further refine this initial threats analysis

Long term gap analyses In many cases analyses that got delayed in the medium term would be still valuable in the

longer term (2011 to 2014) However for the longer-term we would also hope that

RAMPAO activities would begin to focus on the filling of already-identified ecological and

management gaps

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 26

MarZone and MaxEnt

As an MPA network develops so does the need for more sophisticated analyses MarZone

(Marxan with Zones) has received positive attention recently and is a good tool for zoning

multiple activities with various levels of conservation restrictions In order to use a tool like

Marxan broad representativity data (ldquocoarse filterrdquo) and biological data (ldquofine filterrdquo) are

required and in order to use a zoning tool like MarZone broad coverage human use data

are additionally required One big advantage of MarxanMarZone is the user community

that has grown up around it and the good practices that continue to be developed

To get broad scale species distributions usually point occurrence data are fitted to physical

chemical environmental variables producing a predictive habitat model Good success has

been attained using the MaxEnt model (httpwwwcsprincetonedu~schapiremaxent)

though many other approaches also exist The construction of species-habitat predictive

models can take time and acquiring combining the environmental data also takes much

work In order to not bias the Marxan MarZone analysis several species-habitat models

would have to be created for several different key species from a variety of taxonomic

families trophic levels and feeding guilds This would be clearly a long-term project and

can only be justified if the RAMPAO MPA network has reached a level of sophistication to

demand such an analysis

Climate change modelling

Conservation network planning for climate change can also involved complicated modelling

(eg Fuller et al 2008) However again these approaches are data-intensive and require

advanced technical abilities

Ongoing adaptive approach

It is unlikely that the above advanced modelling approaches would be worth their

considerable effort and instead it is suggested that much more can be achieved through

good cooperation with stakeholders scientific expertise and some ldquocommon senserdquo

Recognising that no plan is perfect planning should be seen as an ongoing process of

refinement Paramount will be the ability to be flexible and adapt to changing ecological and

social conditions To do so will require governance structures from local to international

levels ndashlikewise matched to adapt quickly and effectively

While it is relatively easy to point out gaps in an MPA network at ever-increasing levels of

sophistication it is much harder to fill those gaps even on the most rudimentary level

Therefore we urge RAMPAO to act in the long term on addressing the gaps that are readily

apparent through basic tests such as the ones outlined in this document

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 27

Possible activities of the 2nd Mission

This report and the two-part background report prepared for the CBD (also included in this

submission ndashArdron et al 2009) offer a lot of information We expect that as RAMPAO staff

sifts through this guidance questions will arise We see the 2nd Mission as one that could be

devoted to

answering questions that arise from the 1st Mission guidance ndashprocess ecological

and technical

elaborating medium-term gap analyses once more is known about data availability

and technical capacity within RAMPAO and its partner organisations

providing assistance in data collection in Europe and North America

doing joint GIS analyses there could be benefit in working together on some of the

GIS analyses such as the analysis of topographic complexity

presenting initial results we also believe that it will be important to present some

short-term gap analysis results to RAMPAO members and partners

participating in the Third Meeting of the RAMPAO General Assembly we suggest that the 2nd Mission coincide with the RAMPAO General Assembly and include

o a presentation of initial results to the General Assembly and o an expert side-meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and

analyses

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 28

References

Ardron JA 2002 A Recipe for Determining Benthic Complexity An Indicator of Species Richness In Marine Geography GIS for the Oceans and Seas (ch 23 pp 196-175) Joe Breman (ed) Redlands CA USA ESRI Press

Ardron JA 2009 Three initial OSPAR tests of ecological coherence heuristics in a data-limited situation ICES Journal of Marine Research 658 1527-1533

Ardron JA Dunn D Corrigan C Gjerde K Halpin P Rice J Vanden Berghe E Vierros M 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations A background document for the CBD expert workshop Ottawa Canada 29 September ndash 2 October 2009 37 pp + 73 pp Annex 1

BALANCE 2008 Ecological coherence and principles MPA assessment selection and design Technical Summary Report 34 httpbalance-euorgxpdfbalance-technical-summary-report-no-3-4pdf

FAO 2009 International guidelines for the management of deep-sea fisheries in the high seas Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations Rome

Fahrig 2001 How much Habitat is enough Biological Conservation 100 (1) 65-74

Fuller T Morton DP Sarkar S 2008 Incorporating uncertainty about speciesrsquo potential distributions under climate change into the selection of conservation areas with a case study from the Arctic Coastal Plain of Alaska Biological Conservation 141 1547-1559

Gigerenzer G Todd P M and the ABC Research Group 1999 Simple heuristics that make us smart Oxford University Press New York

IUCNBRAO 2007 Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parc de Guineacutee Bissau

IUCNPACO 2008a Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees aires proteacutegeacutees de la Reacutepublique de Guineacutee

IUCNBRAO 2008b Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parcs et reacuteserves de Mauritanie

Lindeboom HJ and Baumlck S 2005 Establishing coastal and marine reserves- with the emphasis on fisheries Pages 103-118 In Managing European Coasts Past Present and Future J Vermaat LBouwer KTurner WSalomons (Eds) Springer-Verlag

OSPAR 2007 Background document to support the Assessment of whether the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is Ecologically Coherent OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic Publication Number 2007320 wwwosparorg

OSPAR 2008 Three initial spatial tests looking at the ecological coherence of the OSPAR marine protected area (MPA) network OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic 3602008 wwwosparorg 17 pp

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 29

Annex 1 Calendar of meetings 1st Mission 5-12 Sept 2009

Lundi

FIBA

Charlotte Karibuhoye

Coordinatrice

Souadou Ndiaye

SIG RAMPAO

Julien Semelin Appui agrave la creacuteation de nouvelles AMP et renforcement de lrsquoefficaciteacute des AMP

UICN Racine Kane AMP transfrontaliegravere

16h par teacuteleacutephone

PRCM Ahmed Senhoury

Directeur

Mardi

8h30 WWF Mamadou Diallo

Chargeacute de mission espegraveces et habitats

mdialowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 641 13 84

Paul Siegel Conseiller en environnement marin psiegelwwfsenegalorg 221 869 37 00

10h30

CSE centre de suivi eacutecologique Ministegravere de lrsquoenvironnement

Taibou Ba Cartes donneacutees

15h Wetland international Africa

Emma GREATRIX

Network for biodiversiteacute (BIOMAC network) Manatee Waterbirds Mangroves

egeatrix]wetlandssn +221 33 869 1681

Mercredi

10h SI NEPAD David Njiki Njiki

Coordinateur environnement njikinjikiyahoocom 221 33 842 73 11

12h WWF Ibrahima Niamadio

Officier pecircche durable iniamadiowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 567 53 16

15h par teacuteleacutephone

UICN Mathieu Ducroq

Coordinateur du programme marin et cocirctier de lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoouest central

+ 222 662 40 82 portable 0022 529 09 77 bureau

16h par teacuteleacutephone

RAMPAO Alfredo da Silva

Preacutesident du RAMPAO Directeur IBAP Ancien coordinateur du reacuteseau de gestion des zones cocirctiegraveres

00245 580 38 48 ou 00 245

UNESCO Isabelle Niang

Projet GEF drsquoadaptation au changement climatique en Afrique de lrsquoouest Erosion cocirctiegravere

Jeudi

9h UICN Guineacutee Bissau

Pierre Campredon

Ancien responsable du PRCM Pierrecampredoniucnorg 0033 630340088

11h30 Convention drsquoAbidjan

Nassere Kaba 0022520211183

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 30

13h CRODTCNDO ODINAFRICA

Anis Diallo Aquaculture et directeur du CNDO adialloordinafricanet 22133832826465 221 77 631 15 95

15h CSRP

M Hamadi Diop

En charge du deacutepartement laquo recherche et systegraveme drsquoinformation raquo

hamadidiopgmailcom

Philippe Tous Projet AFD ndash inteacutegration des AMP dans les politiques de pecircche

philipetousgmailcom (Skype Phil_tous)

Renaud Bailleux

Contrat UICN sur la gestion de lrsquoaccegraves aux ressources halieutiques dans la reacutegion - accords de pecircche ndash gouvernance partageacutee dans les AMP (financement PRCM)

M Dop mika Programme requins de la FIBA mika_dfryahoofr

Vendredi

9H IRD Luis Tito de Morais

Peumlcheeacutecologie des peuplements de poissons

titoirdsn 221 33 849 3658

11h UICN Mamadou Sow

Chef de projet mangrove Mamadousowuicnorg 221 33 869 0286

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 31

Annex 2 CBD criteria for ecologically significant areas

CBD Decision IX20 Annex 1

SCIENTIFIC CRITERIA FOR IDENTIFYING ECOLOGICALLY OR BIOLOGICALLY SIGNIFICANT MARINE AREAS IN NEED OF PROTECTION IN OPEN-

OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS

Criteria Definition Rationale Examples Consideration in application

Uniqueness or

rarity

Area contains

either (i) unique (ldquothe

only one of its kindrdquo) rare

(ldquooccurs only in few

locationsrdquo) or endemic

species populations or

communities andor (ii)

unique rare or distinct

habitats or ecosystems

andor (iii) unique or

unusual geomorphological

or oceanographic features

Irreplaceable

Loss would mean the probable permanent disappearance of diversity or a feature or reduction of the diversity at any level

Open ocean waters

Sargasso Sea Taylor column

persistent polynyas

Deep-sea habitats

endemic communities around

submerged atolls hydrothermal

vents sea mounts pseudo-

abyssal depression

Risk of biased-view of the perceived uniqueness depending on the information availability

Scale dependency of features such that unique features at one scale may be typical at another thus a global and regional perspective must be taken

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 32

Special

importance for

life-history

stages of

species

Areas that are required for

a population to survive and

thrive

Various biotic and abiotic

conditions coupled with

species-specific

physiological constraints

and preferences tend to

make some parts of marine

regions more suitable to

particular life-stages and

functions than other parts

Area containing (i) breeding grounds

spawning areas nursery areas juvenile

habitat or other areas important for life

history stages of species or (ii) habitats of

migratory species (feeding wintering or

resting areas breeding moulting

migratory routes)

Connectivity between life-history stages and linkages between areas trophic interactions physical transport physical oceanography life history of species

Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data Vessel monitoring system (VMS) data

Spatial and temporal distribution andor aggregation of the species

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 33

Importance for

threatened

endangered or

declining

species andor

habitats

Area containing habitat for

the survival and recovery

of endangered threatened

declining species or area

with significant

assemblages of such

species

To ensure the restoration

and recovery of such species

and habitats

Areas critical for threatened endangered

or declining species andor habitats

containing (i) breeding grounds spawning

areas nursery areas juvenile habitat or

other areas important for life history

stages of species or (ii) habitats of

migratory species (feeding wintering or

resting areas breeding moulting

migratory routes)

Includes species with very large geographic ranges

In many cases recovery will require reestablishment of the species in areas of its historic range

Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data vessel-monitoring system (VMS) data

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 34

Vulnerability

Fragility

Sensitivity or

Slow recovery

Areas that contain a

relatively high proportion

of sensitive habitats

biotopes or species that

are functionally fragile

(highly susceptible to

degradation or depletion

by human activity or by

natural events) or with

slow recovery

The criteria indicate the

degree of risk that will be

incurred if human activities

or natural events in the area

or component cannot be

managed effectively or are

pursued at an unsustainable

rate

Vulnerability of species

Inferred from the history of how species or populations in other similar areas responded to perturbations

Species of low fecundity slow growth long time to sexual maturity longevity (eg sharks etc)

Species with structures providing biogenic habitats such as deepwater corals sponges and bryozoans deep-water species

Vulnerability of habitats

Ice-covered areas susceptible to ship-based pollution

Ocean acidification can make deep sea habitats more vulnerable to others and increase susceptibility to human induced changes

Interactions between vulnerability to human impacts and natural events

Existing definition emphasizes site specific ideas and requires consideration for highly mobile species

Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 35

Biological

productivity

Area containing species

populations or

communities with

comparatively higher

natural biological

productivity

Important role in fuelling

ecosystems and increasing

the growth rates of

organisms and their capacity

for reproduction

Frontal areas

Upwellings

Hydrothermal vents

Seamounts polynyas

Can be measured as the rate of growth of marine organisms and their populations either through the fixation of inorganic carbon by photosynthesis chemosynthesis or through the ingestion of prey dissolved organic matter or particulate organic matter

Can be inferred from remote-sensed products eg ocean colour or process-based models

Time-series fisheries data can be used but caution is required

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 36

Biological

diversity

Area contains

comparatively higher

diversity of ecosystems

habitats communities or

species or has higher

genetic diversity

Important for evolution and

maintaining the resilience of

marine species and

ecosystems

Sea-mounts

Fronts and convergence zones

Cold coral communities

Deep-water sponge communities

Diversity needs to be seen in relation to the surrounding environment

Diversity indices are indifferent to species substitutions

Diversity indices are indifferent to which species may be contributing to the value of the index and hence would not pick up areas important to species of special concern such as endangered species

Can be inferred from habitat heterogeneity or diversity as a surrogate for species diversity in areas where biodiversity has not been sampled intensively

Naturalness Area with a comparatively

higher degree of

naturalness as a result of

the lack of or low level of

human-induced

disturbance or

degradation

To protect areas with near natural structure processes and functions

To maintain these areas as reference sites

To safeguard and enhance ecosystem resilience

Most ecosystems and habitats have

examples with varying levels of

naturalness and the intent is that the

more natural examples should be

selected

Priority should be given to areas having a low level of disturbance relative to their surroundings

In areas where no natural areas remain areas that have successfully recovered including reestablishment of species should be

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 37

considered

Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 38

Annex 3 CBD criteria for MPA networks

Decision IX20 Annex II SCIENTIFIC GUIDANCE FOR SELECTING AREAS TO ESTABLISH A REPRESENTATIVE NETWORK OF MARINE PROTECTED AREAS INCLUDING IN

OPEN OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS

Required network properties and

components Definition Applicable site specific considerations (inter alia)

Ecologically and biologically significant areas

Ecologically and biologically significant areas are geographically or oceanographically discrete areas that provide important services to one or more speciespopulations of an ecosystem or to the ecosystem as a whole compared to other surrounding areas or areas of similar ecological characteristics or otherwise meet the criteria as identified in annex I to decision IX20

Uniqueness or rarity

Special importance for life history stages of species

Importance for threatened endangered or declining species andor habitats

Vulnerability fragility sensitivity or slow recovery

Biological productivity

Biological diversity

Naturalness

Representativity Representativity is captured in a network when it consists of areas representing the different biogeographical subdivisions of the global oceans and regional seas that reasonably reflect the full range of ecosystems including the biotic and habitat diversity of those marine ecosystems

A full range of examples across a biogeographic habitat or community classification relative health of species and communities relative intactness of habitat(s) naturalness

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 39

Connectivity Connectivity in the design of a network allows for linkages whereby protected sites benefit from larval andor species exchanges and functional linkages from other network sites In a connected network individual sites benefit one another

Currents gyres physical bottlenecks migration routes species dispersal detritus functional linkages Isolated sites such as isolated seamount communities may also be included

Replicated ecological features Replication of ecological features means that more than one site shall contain examples of a given feature in the given biogeographic area The term ―features means ―species habitats and ecological processes that naturally occur in the given biogeographic area

Accounting for uncertainty natural variation and the possibility of catastrophic events Features that exhibit less natural variation or are precisely defined may require less replication than features that are inherently highly variable or are only very generally defined

Adequate and viable sites Adequate and viable sites indicate that all sites within a network should have size and protection sufficient to ensure the ecological viability and integrity of the feature(s) for which they were selected

Adequacy and viability will depend on size shape buffers persistence of features threats surrounding environment (context) physical constraints scale of featuresprocesses spillovercompactness

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 40

Annex 4 Data sources highlighted in discussions during the 1st Mission

Thegravemes Organisme ressources Personnes ressources Sites internet ressources et bases de donneacutees

Donneacutees bibliographiques

IRD Linus base bibliographique (httpiacaprodc3eduvsqfrlinus)

CRODT Catalogue des publications du CRODT

Donneacutees geacuteneacuterales

PRCMFIBA SIG Reacutegional Catalogue drsquoInformations pour lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoOuest (CIAO) wwwolmmrciao

OdinAfrica African marine atlas ndash voir OdinAfrica

OBIS httpwwwiobisorg

Guineacutee Bissau SIG Guineacutee Bissau au 200 000 egraveme sur toute la zone cocirctiegravere et 50 000 egraveme sur les Bijagos voir Franccedilois Gourmelonuniv-brestfr ou Emmanuel Ginaudet

Cap vert Systegraveme national SIG pour toutes les donneacutees du Cap vert

Bathymeacutetrie

Navy Londres Africa Pilot Volume 1 Hydrographer of the Navy London 1967

SHOM Carte SHOM ndeg6815 INT14 au 110 000 000egraveme Voir site wwwshomfr - catalogue

Cf Canada Carte au CSE

CND0 CD des donneacutees bathymeacutetriques de la sous-reacutegion

Donneacutees oceacuteanographiques geacuteneacuterales

OdinAfrica Points focaux des pays agrave voir sur site internet drsquoOdinAfrica

ordinafricanet Atelier national OdinAfrica ndash voir sur le site CNDO Aller sur le site OdinAfrica reacutecupeacuterer les shapefiles (httpwwwodinafricaorg) et sur httpwwwafricanmarineatlasnet

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 41

IRDlaboratoire LOCEAN-IPSL (Universiteacute Paris 6) LPAOSF (Lab de Physique de lAtmosphegravere et de lOceacutean de agrave lEacutecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique-UCAD

Alban Lazar (IRD) Simeacuteon Fongang (Ecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique) Raymond Lahaye (IRDLEMAR)

Circulation oceacuteanique le long des cocirctes seacuteneacutegalaises (structures variabiliteacute meacutecanismes de lrsquoupwelling des courants cocirctiers des tempeacuteratures et des saliniteacutes) et les couplages oceacutean-atmosphegravere

FAO Merete TANDSTAD Projets CCLEM et GCLME

NEPAD Projet GCLME

PRCM et IMROP + autres

Faire lrsquoinventaire des socieacuteteacutes qui ont fait de la prospection peacutetroliegravere et voir leurs donneacutees et eacutetudes drsquoimpact eacutetude Woodside ou Dana petroleum voir PRCM et IMROP

Universiteacute Rapport master de lrsquouniversiteacute sur la modeacutelisation de la circulation et des tempeacuteratures sur la haute mer (demander CNDO)

Upwellings Odiafrica Donneacutees upwellings sur Odinafrica

IRD P CURY et N BEZ

Geacuteologie seacutediemntologie et Nature des fonds

2 thegraveses sur le plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais sud et nord

IRD carte de Domain (IRDORSTOM) carte des seacutediments du plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais)

carte de Barusso

Travaux de Lachance et Mc Master

Odinafirca Plateau continental ndash carte digitaliseacutee sur la nature des fonds ndash voir sur ordinafrica

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 42

Annex 5 GIS data priorities

Explanation of ranking system

Term short-term bullbullbull medium-term bullbull long-term bull Estimated Ease of acquiring data easy bullbullbull moderatebullbull difficult bull

Importance high bullbullbull moderate bullbull low bull Term Ease Import

Base layers

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 coastline(s)

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 2 ecological regions

bullbullbull bull bullbullbull 3 bathymetry

bullbullbull bullbull bull 4 topography (for land ndashcan help with shoreline classifications)

Physical and oceanographic

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 estuaries rivers

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 shoreline type (cliff rocky sandy muddy etc)

bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 surficial sediment (bottom type)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 seafloor topographic complexity ruggedness (can be created from bathymetry)

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 5 seamounts (can also be identified through bathymetry)

6 other seascape features eg

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull canyons

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 43

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull ridges

bullbull bullbullbull bullbull hydrothermal vents

bullbull bull bullbull seeps

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull banks

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull rocky reefs

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull estuaries (sub-classes)

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull lagoons

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull upwellings

bull bullbull bull 7 ocean currents tides

bull bullbull bullbull 8 sea surface temperature

bull bullbull bullbull 9 salinity

bull bull bull 10 photosynthetically available radiation (PAR)

bull bull bull 11 coastal erosion sediment transport

bull bull bullbull 12 climate change trends eg movement of upwellings

Biological habitat

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 1 threatened or endangered species (amp spawning nursery areas etc)

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 threatened or endangered habitats

bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 habitat classification (if one exists regionally)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 biogenic features eg

warm water coral reefs

cold water coral ldquoforestsrdquo

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 44

mangroves (sub-classes)

bullbull bull bullbullbull 5 Key commercial species eg

crustaceans molluscs (crabs shrimps oysters etc)

pelagic large fishes (eg tunas)

pelagic small fishes

demersal fishes

bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 primary productivity (usually satellite colour images chlorophyll_a)

bullbull bull bullbull 7 secondary productivity (eg an estimate of carbon flux)

bullbull bull bullbull 8 migration of invasive species

Human use management

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 marine protected areas

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 year-round fisheries closures

bullbull bullbull bull 3 other seasonal fisheries closures

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 4 cities towns villages (with populations)

bullbull bullbull bull 5 local community boundaries

bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 traditional use boundaries (eg artisanal fisheries)

bull bullbull bull 7 migrant land use grazing

bullbull bull bullbullbull 8 areas of cultural spiritual importance

bullbull bullbullbull bullbull 9 roads (can help with understanding remoteness amp shoreline access)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 10 shipping routes and harbours

bullbull bullbull bull 11 land use particularly agriculture (can be combined into an analysis of rivers to estimate runoff)

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 45

bullbull bull bullbullbull 12 fishing

a artisanal by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)

b industrial by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 13 offshore oil amp gas licences exploratory wells installations (platforms pipelines shore based)

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 14 sand amp gravel mining

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 15 tourism shoreline development resorts marinas

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 46

Annex 6 Thirty additional assessments

Excerpted and adapted from the 54 page report by the OSPAR Regional seas convention for

the Northeast Atlantic (2007) Background document to support the assessment of whether

the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is ecologically coherent6

Assessment Criterion 1 Adequacy Viability

1 Assessment Guideline One should expect the sizes of network sites (for a given feature) to be

distributed throughout or exceed the estimated range of sizes necessary to sustain a viable

population or community

2 Assessment Guideline Sites that are heavily impacted andor surrounded by heavily impacted

areas should be larger than otherwise

3 Assessment Guideline Features of ecological significance should receive greater protection

than normal

4 Assessment Guideline Location and geography can be used to indicate adequate protection

such that

a Protection of pelagic features should generally be reflected with the implementation of

larger sites than those for benthic features

b In regions constrained by physical geography (eg fjords bays bights passages straits)

the adequate sizes of individual sites will generally be smaller than areas without such

physical constraints (eg regional seas open ocean)

c Offshore andor deeper sites will generally require larger areas than for nearshore andor

shallow sites (However the exceptions of certain deep sea benthic features such as

hydrothermal vents and cold seeps are noted)

5 Assessment Guideline in a given region the adequate spatial protection of most OSPAR

features and the overall network can be expected to conform to the scientific literature and

fall within the range commonly found within that literature It is recognized that this is an

evolving field of study

6 Assessment Guideline Owing to the multiplicity of its objectives the OSPAR network can be

expected to contain a variety of reserve sizes and corresponding spacing between sites

7 Assessment Guideline If a site is at the small end of the expected viability range for a given

feature then compact sites are preferable If on the other hand a given site is at the large end

of the estimated viability range then a less compact shape would allow for greater spill-over

and benefits outside of the reserve

a The Compactness of a given site can be calculated using a GIS and the following

formula C = (4πAp2)

05 Where C is the Compactness A is the area of the site and p is

its perimeter

8 Assessment Guideline A broad MPA network such as the OSPAR network with a wide

variety of features can be expected to have a wide variety of reserve shapes and sizes

6 Jeff Ardron is the primary author of this OSPAR report

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 47

a The combined size and compactness of a site be readily calculated using a GIS and the

following formula SSC = ln (PA) Where SSC is here labelled as the site size-

compactness P is the perimeter of the site and A is the area

9 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA electronic database lists the aims and ecological

criteria on a site by site basis Thus as a preliminary assessment these can be compiled to get

an indication of how well they are being met across the network

10 Assessment Guideline A list inventory of features within a region that (are known or

believed to) meet the OSPAR aims and ecological criteria is required in order to fully assess if

the existing MPA sites are likely adequate

11 Assessment Guideline Features that are common and widely distributed will generally require

less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are rare andor sparsely

distributed

Assessment Criterion 2 Representativity

12 Assessment Guideline OSPAR MPAs should be checked to ensure that they are broadly

distributed across biogeographic regions In such an assessment there is no need to restrict the

assessment to just one biogeographic classification system So long as they appear to be

rigorous (eg peer-reviewed) the use of a variety of systems is encouraged

13 Assessment Guideline Each of the Dinter [OSPAR] bioregions should be adequately

protected

14 Assessment Guideline National classifications can be very helpful in assessing

representativity at a national level based on national categories and should be used where they

exist

15 Assessment Guideline In the absence of full biological surveys or full classification systems

(such as EUNIS) simple surrogates should be used to check that representativity is possibly

being achieved Benthic and pelagic realms should be considered

16 Assessment Guideline Representative features that are very common and widely distributed

will likely require less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are just

somewhat common

As a rule of thumb within a given feature class representative protection can be

compared to a normalized distribution For example if the areal distribution of

representative classes can be normalised through a square-root transformation then

protected area distribution could be expected to be roughly proportional to the square-

root of the ratio of the representative feature classesrsquo overall areas

17 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA nomination database should be checked to ensure

that the idea of the ldquobestrdquo features was taken into account across feature types and regions

18 Assessment Guideline Features that best represent their type can be expected to be

characterized by most or all of these indicators

a Typical morphology

b High density abundance

c High degree of health naturalness

d Persistence (temporal and spatial) and

e Strong functional linkages

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 48

Assessment Criterion 3 Replication

19 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area more than one example of each feature

should be protected

20 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features protected in areas susceptible

to catastrophic events require greater replication than those in low-risk areas

21 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area where no better data exist natural

variation can be assumed to be greatest between sites that are furthest apart

22 Assessment Guideline Features that are very specifically defined will exhibit less variation

and hence require less replication than features which are very general or ldquocatch-allrdquo categories

23 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area scientific requirements may require

replicate sites for differing purposes If these requirements are not known it can be assumed

that replicate sites that are a moderate distance apart (neither immediate neighbours nor at

extreme ends of the biogeographic area) will satisfy most scientific requirements

24 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features for which there are weak or

incomplete or modelled data require greater replication than those features for which better data

are available

Assessment Criterion 4 Connectivity

25 Assessment Guideline If an area is known or suspected to be important to connectivity then it

should be represented in the MPA network

26 Assessment Guideline Reserves in areas where there are known currents (eg many coastal

areas) should be more closely spaced than otherwise In order to maintain connectivity for most

short to moderate larval dispersing species when specific data are lacking such nearshore sites

should be spaced not further than 50 km apart

27 Assessment Guideline Connectivity between seabird sites can be measured in straight lines

28 Assessment Guideline Connectivity for marine species can be assumed to be greater along

lines of similar habitat than across them

29 Assessment Guideline The density of marine reserves can be used as a way to group areas of

likely connectivity Likewise it can also define gaps where connectivity has probably not been

achieved

30 Assessment Guideline In the absence of dispersal data connectivity may be approximated by

ensuring the MPA network is well distributed in space reflecting the scale of its surroundings

Page 16: A Suggested Approach for Gap Analyses of the RAMPAO Marine ...€¦ · A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 2 Recommendation re outreach: 1) regional contact

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 14

We suggest the timeframe for delivering these short- medium- and long-term results could

be June 2010 (the next RAMPAO General Assembly) December 2011 (the end of this

project period) and December 2014 (the next project period) respectively These timelines

should dovetail with those of the recommendation re ecosystem research above when

appropriate These activities are further outlined in the suggested programme of work in

the section below

Initial tests Preliminary analyses should address basic gaps while later analyses could look at more

nuanced questions The unexpected availability (or unavailability) of data may sometimes

change the planned ordering of analyses If for some reason a particular analysis cannot be

done it should be skipped for the time being and not hold up further work If a preliminary

analysis indicates a significant gap it is unlikely any additional analyses will overturn that

finding and hence decision-making should in most cases proceed based on the results

from the initial basic tests without the delays associated with waiting for more data

Decisions can be refined however as more data become available In general coarse or

incomplete data demand greater precaution in decision-making This can create an

incentive for stakeholders to provide additional data that will allow for refinements

Recommendation re initial tests the gaps analysis should start with readily available

information and basic tests that are relatively easy to understand Later more complex

analyses can be performed with additional data as they become available The initial

basic gaps tests should be selected to provide results that can on their own inform

decision-making

A list of five such tests is outlined in the next section

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 15

Suggested programme of work

Short-term steps The following six steps outline the key tasks that we suggest would need to be done

between now and June 2010 in order to set this project in motion These steps are further

explained in the subsequent sections

1 Establishment of the projectrsquos terms of reference and recruitment of the project officer

2 outreach and coordination including informational presentations at various meetings

3 initial data collection focussing on readily available information 4 initial gaps analyses 5 presentation of initial results to the RAMPAO General Assembly 6 expert meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and analyses (likely

as a side-meeting to the General Assembly

Outreach amp coordination An ecosystem-level gaps analysis will require cooperation from a number of experts

agencies and institutions across all RAMPAO countries Hence outreach and coordination

will be important An introductory description of the project should be developed and

widely distributed as well as a web site page with up to date information on the project A

letter of introduction signed by a senior official(s) can also be important in terms of

establishing legitimacy Presentations introducing the project should be made at national

and regional level meetings as opportunity permits

Our meetings during the first mission proved to be very friendly and helpful These meetings

now require follow-up actions to each of the people contacted (see 1st Mission Report)

Because the people we met were mostly based in Senegal further work will be required

through the regional contact points for other countries

Areas of overlap with other activities (eg the Wetlands International implementation gaps

project) should be highlighted and discussions with these players begun to sort out how to

best cooperate and coordinate efforts

While outreach will be most intensive at the beginning of the project coordination will

continue throughout the projectrsquos duration

Recommendation re outreach 1) regional contact points should be updated on this

project and their help solicited 2) a clear one-page project description should be written

outlining the aims of the project and how cooperation with other bodies is being sought

3) a clear project web page should be developed 4) follow-up letters should sent to key

contacts we have already spoken to outlining next steps and where appropriate

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 16

proposing cooperation collaboration 5) presentations introducing the project should be

made at national and regional level meetings as opportunity permits

Acquisition of data amp information Central to this project will be identifying sources of information and data coordinating with

these experts data repositories and providers and ultimately acquiring the information or

data This will consume more time than any other task and probably more time than all the

other tasks combined

Steps

In the general case data acquisition will require the following steps some which may be

iterative (ie cycle around a few times)

searches ndashinternet list-serves libraries literature and through colleagues

informal emails calls and discussions with the expert or data custodian as to

what data may be available

formal letter(s) of introduction to the project signed by senior authorities and

usually addressed to mid- and senior-level people

face-to-face meetings in order to 1) gain permission to use the data and 2) to

learn about details and proper use of the data These two requirements may

mean two separate meetings

MoU drafting and signing andor data agreement andor formal letter of

request

logistics of how the data will be delivered and if any fees or restrictions are

involved

technical and scientific follow-up calls for assistance andor clarification on

interpretation or use of the data

The above steps have not been numbered because the order can vary from situation to

situation with some situations being informal and skipping steps while others are very

formal requiring prolonged discussions and additional steps that build trust

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 17

Three elements of success

Three elements of successful data acquisition are persistence practicality and

prioritisation

Persistence While most experts are usually happy to share their knowledge the sharing of

their data is often another matter The process can take weeks months or even years

Therefore in order to keep progress steady it is best to make a little time available every

day (say two hours) for data searches and follow-up politely reminding contacts from time

to time that you have not yet heard back from them That said do not waste time on data

that are only of marginal interest in the bigger picture It is easy to become lost in details

Practicality Often it is better to identify what data are readily available and to request

those data first This can help build trust and also allows for progress without getting stuck

Subsequently the provider can be approached again to discuss the other more difficult

data sets Thus the above steps can occur more than once with the same data provider

Again as noted above keeping the bigger picture in mind will help to focus data-gathering

activities on the most practical data sets

Prioritisation In an ecosystem-level analysis all kinds of data are interesting That said

some data are more helpful or urgent than others In the analyses outlined in the sections

below the general data requirements are listed The data requirements of the short-term

gap analyses should take priority over the medium-term ones which in turn should take

priority over the long-term analyses

Annex 5 GIS data priorities lists various common categories of data with their estimated

timeframe for usage (short- medium- long-term) availability and priority for this project

Strategies for acquiring difficult data

Sometimes data may be considered proprietary andor too sensitive to show and providers

usually assume they cannot be shared However with patience sometimes agreements can

be found whereby the data may be used ldquobehind the scenesrdquo in analyses so long as the

data are not displayed on final maps ndashonly the combined results which do not reveal the

data In other situations when the provider is an active participant the provider should be

invited to be a formal partner in the project and this may also ease data restrictions Finally

agreeing to perform joint-analyses or even contracting out certain analyses to the expert

can also allow the data to be used However in this latter case it may be difficult to do

quality control and hence the results can sometimes be puzzling or not what was required

If certain data are simply unavailable metadata can still be requested though metadata

often do not exist (In practice metadata if supplied are many times custom-created for

the particular request)

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 18

Meetings

General meetings A large forum like the RAMPAO General Assembly can be an excellent

opportunity to introduce interested parties to the project It may even be possible to get

general agreement around sharing data However such a general agreement if it can be

found would probably still not replace the need for MoUs and similar bilateral agreements

with specific agencies and institutions

In addition to regional meetings presentations should be made to national meetings

introducing the project as opportunity permits

Data meetings regional data meetings with database managers could help speed up the

process of data collection though this can vary from place to place In many cases it is

better to first approach people one-on-one Later after some data have already been

acquired a meeting can be used to discuss how to best merge data together and to

encourage others to also provide information data if they have not already done so

Expert meetings bringing together experts of a particular species or habitat can be a very

good way to identify available expertise information data and gaps Expert knowledge can

also be collected at such meetings drawn on maps etc but this requires prior training

preparation and processing afterwards In general expert meetings are most valuable after

a ldquodesktop studyrdquo where basic gaps have been identified and there are now specific

questions that have been identified as needing answers Targeted expert meetings can be

valuable at different times throughout a process as different issues need addressing Their

main drawback is the expense and work required A badly run meeting can also turn opinion

against a project and so care has to be taken to do a good job

Recommendation re data information collection 1) The process of collecting data should

begin immediately This will require close coordination with outreach activities 2) Priority

should be given to collecting data that are a) easily acquired and b) required for the initial

short-term analyses 3) Lists of data sources contact information and what dates they

were approached should be kept to track progress 4) Data collaboration should be on the

agenda of the next RAMPAO General Assembly meeting 5) After an initial (eg 3-6

month) period of data collection the need for data meetings andor expert meetings

should be assessed

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 19

Five initial gap analyses The following analyses are recommended as initial tests that should be done in the short-

term (present to June 2010) and when possible in the order presented However we

acknowledge that data availability can alter the ordering of the tests and even what tests

are undertaken ndashincluding developing new ones not listed here These basic tests can be

followed up with more complex analyses such as outlined in the next sections of this report

1 Visually consider the distribution of protected areas Is the network spatially well

distributed without more than a few major gaps If not what gaps can a person

immediately see Consider along-shore gaps and gaps moving out towards the offshore

Consider the northern central and southern thirds of the RAMPAO area Consider

national boundaries

Technical amp data requirements no GIS or GIS data are required A basic paper map

showing the protected areas and national boundaries is sufficient

Rationale this simple assessment is deceptively powerful Simplicity should not be seen

as detracting from its value The human eye can see many patterns and gaps that are

difficult to quantify into statistics When most people agree on a visual gap this

indicates that it is likely valid and worthy of serious consideration

Connectivity and representativity are two of the five agreed-upon CBD criteria for

assessing MPA networks (IX20 Annex 2) If the network is generally not well distributed

in space then it is unlikely to exhibit characteristics of connectivity or representativity

and thus is very unlikely to be ecologically coherent Note that if a network is well-

distributed in space this does not necessarily ensure that these criteria are being met

and further tests will still be required

2 Using GIS procedures consider in greater depth the distribution of protected areas For

this test and all the other tests below perform it first for the whole region then for

each of the three broad ecoregions north central and south4 and finally according to

national boundaries

a Zones offshore Consider coverage within four basic zones i the shorelines (0-5

nautical miles offshore) ii nearshore (~5-15 nm) iii mid-offshore (~15-50 nm)

and iv far offshore (~50 -200 nm) What percentage of each of these broad

zones has MPAs

b Distance from shore statistics what is the average (arithmetic mean) extent that

RAMPAO MPAs extend offshore What is the range of these values What is the

4 This could include the MEOW (Marine Ecoregions Of the World) classification or other similar ecoregions

accepted by RAMPAO partners

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 20

standard deviation Considering that RAMPOA waters extend approximately 200

nm offshore what do these distance-offshore statistics suggest

c Nearest neighbour distance in each of the above zones calculate ldquonearest

neighbourrdquo statistics between MPAs noting the range of MPA spacing the

arithmetic mean of the spacing and the standard deviation of spacing between

sites In this test and all others displaying the histogram of results can be very

informative and is recommended

Technical amp data requirements GIS files are required for shoreline data MPAs

ecoregions national boundaries These three tests (a) ndash (c) get progressively more

technically advanced in the use of GIS However it is outside the scope of this report to

fully describe the GIS methods If a minimum separation distance is chosen as a network

criterion (see comments below) then an easier GIS analysis would be to buffer the

MPAs by a value of half that distance to identify which areas that ldquotouchrdquo and which do

not

Rationale these analyses put some numbers to the first visual test In most ways

however the visual test is simpler and easier to understand That said numbers in

tables can help rank gaps according to basic properties

Unfortunately the GIS methods can be a bit difficult for a beginner If parts of this test

are too difficult they can be skipped since the visual assessment already tells us a lot

Setting explicit quantitative targets for spacing can be controversial and difficult to

support scientifically What is adequate for some species will still be inadequate for

others That said for a basic initial test ldquorules of thumbrdquo have been proposed The

BALANCE project in the Baltic Sea suggested 25 km as an ideal maximum spacing

between shoreline sites (2008) Instead of looking at the ideal situation the OSPAR

Convention for the Northeast Atlantic took a different approach considering the very

longest spacing that could be considered contributing anything at all towards ecological

coherence of the MPA network ie a theoretical ldquoworst caserdquo The OSPAR guidelines for

this worst case are nearshore ~250 km (linear shoreline distance) offshore ~200 000

km2 (which is about equivalent to a ~500 km diameter circle) high seas ~1 000 000 km2

(equivalent to a square with ~1000 km sides) For OSPAR nearshore meant shoreline

and territorial waters out to 12 nm offshore meant EEZ waters (12-200 nm) and high

seas meant waters beyond 200 nm from shore (OPSAR 2008 Ardron 2009)

3 Consider MPA distribution according to depth As for all these analyses perform these

tests first for the whole region then for each of the three broad ecoregions north

central and south and finally according to national boundaries

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 21

a Depth statistics what is the average (arithmetic mean) depth of RAMPAO

MPAs What is the range of values What is the standard deviation How do

these numbers compare with the overall RAMPAO region

b Depth zones consider the following eight general depth zones and what

percentage of each zone is within the current MPA network 0-25 m

(shallow) 25-50 m (photic) 50-100m (upper shelf) 100-200 m (lower shelf)

200-400 m (upper slope) 400-800 m (mid-slope) 800-1600 m (lower slope)

1600-3200 m or greater (abyssal plain)5

Technical amp data requirements data as per the previous test plus bathymetry The

easiest and fastest way to perform these statistics is to convert the MPA shapefile

(and if it is not already the bathymetry) into a raster grid and do grid analyses

Rationale depth is widely recognised as one of the key variables that describes

biotic communities in a give region and as such is a very basic measure of

representativity This analysis could be improved by combining surficial sediment

data with depth to make simple seafloor sediment-depth classes if available

4 Consider MPA distribution according to existent shoreline habitat classification

Although the whole RAMPAO shoreline is likely not classified certain features such

as estuaries or mangroves may already largely be identified Taking these shoreline

features that are either readily available or readily digitised consider what

percentage of each of these feature types are within the current MPA network

Consider what percentage of the MPA network lies outside of these readily

identifiable shoreline features Consider also according to ecoregions and national

boundaries

Technical amp data requirements any available shoreline features such as estuaries

and mangroves If the data are good enough each of these features could be sub-

divided eg large medium and small estuaries If geophysical shoreline type data

are missing basic categories such as cliff rock and sandmud shores can often be

visually estimated and hand digitised by looking at terrestrial topographic data along

the shoreline combined with nearshore bathymetry if available

5 These log2 depth classes are admittedly somewhat arbitrary (25 2

i) and could be refined either by

considering a regional biological classification histogram of the distribution of depths or natural breaks in the

data It is our understanding however that no bio-physical classification has been performed for the region

For an initial test these somewhat arbitrary depth classes are sufficient to point out general gaps and reflect

the generally logarithmic scale of decreasing resolution (increasing breadth of classes) with depth

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 22

Rationale since the RAMPAO MPA network is currently shoreline-based this test is

suggested before considering other physical features further offshore This test is

designed to give a rough idea of shoreline representativity

5 Consider the RAMPAO network according to rare threatened and endangered

species and habitats (features) for which data are available Perform the same sort

of tests as in the test above using available data for rare threatened and

endangered features Consider what percentage of each of these feature types are

within the current MPA network Consider what percentage of the MPA network lies

outside of these features Consider also according to ecoregions and national

boundaries

Technical amp data requirements there are modelling techniques to predict the

potential habitat of species but these techniques are advanced and would fall under

the long-term timeframe For this initial analysis only available data should be

considered If the data appear to be very incomplete then they should not be used

Recognising that such data can be sub-regionally incomplete some sections of the

network may have to be left out of this analysis marked as ldquono datardquo areas on the

maps

Rationale rare threatened and endangered features are often protected by law

and also often of interest to researchers There is usually some information on them

though not always digital data and may instead be in the form of expert opinion

Ecologically there are three different types of rare threatened and endangered

features each requiring a different management response 1) features that have

always been rare 2) features that used to be common but are now rare due to

human pressures (ie threatened and endangered) 3) features that are on the edge

of their range and a) this range is steady or b ) this range is shifting (expanding

contracting moving away entering the region) due to climate change or other

environmental changes It would be best to perform this test separately for the three

different classes and associated sub-classes of rare threatened and endangered

features taking into account their population trends However for an initial test

such refinements should be seen as optional depending on information availability

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 23

Medium term gap analyses The following analyses are recommended for consideration in the medium-term (June 2010

to Dec 2011) with choice largely driven by data availability Due to the somewhat longer

time period fewer details are provided here than in the section above allowing for further

elaborations during the 2nd Mission when more is known They are arranged according to

the CBD MPA network criteria (IX20 Annex 2)

In addition to the tests outlined below others that were developed for the OSPAR Regional

Seas Convention for the Northeast Atlantic are listed in Annex 6 Thirty additional

assessments These are also well-suited to the medium-term and medium-quality data

Note that the four OSPAR MPA network criteria overlap four of the five CBD criteria

Ecologically and biologically significant areas (EBSAs)

If specific EBSAs are known consideration should be given to their possible inclusion in the

MPA network Not all EBSAs need necessarily become MPAs for some EBSAs non-spatial

management may be more appropriate It is difficult to do proper gaps assessment on

EBSAs because the distribution of all EBSAs of a given type is usually not known and hence

there is little context by which to judge a given site Thus the rule of thumb is that all EBSAs

if not in the MPA network should be treated as possible gaps and reviewed one at a time

for possible inclusion

The CBD is in the process of developing further guidance on the selection of EBSAs in the

open oceans and deep seas and much of this guidance is also applicable to shallower

nearshore systems Because this guidance is not yet accepted by the CBD we refer you

instead to a background report that was written for the CBD Ottawa Expert Workshop that

discussed these issues 29 Sept ndash 02 Oct 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant

areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations (Ardron

et al 2009) is a report in two parts Both parts are included with this report and are

recommended here as guidance on selecting CBD EBSAs

First gathering information from local residents and experts on places they sense to be

important can go far in identifying key EBSAs The ldquorecognition heuristicrdquo (Gigerenzer 1999)

is a powerful way to quickly locate longstanding ecologically significant areas in a given

region and we note that NGOs such as WWF have already done such work in the past and

that this work could be readily updated and built upon

Representativity

Many tests for representativity can be developed based on available data Listed below are

some of the more likely approaches

Seascapes identify the main shoreline topographic (benthic) and oceanographic

(pelagic) features of the region and check to see what percentage of each is included

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 24

in the MPA network Typical benthic seascape features would include canyons

seamounts reefs etc Typical pelagic features include frontal systems upwellings

gyres See also Annex 5 GIS data priorities

Topographic complexity using only bathymetry a surrogate measure of benthic

complexity can be developed (Ardron 2002) This measure can help highlight areas of

likely increased benthic richness amongst other traits

Biogeographic classification system whereas seascapes focus on physical features

a biogeographic attempts to also include information on biology such that the

system divides an area according to broad ecological communities based on physical

proxies The creation of a biogeographic classification should include both pelagic

and benthic realms is labour- and data- intensive and requires extensive peer

review

Biogeographic components instead of attempting a full biogeographic classification

system certain aspects can be developed separately For example depth strata can

be combined with sea floor sediment data to make a basic sea bottom classification

These can then be nested within the broad bioregions of the RAMPAO area

Likewise exposure wave energy can be combined with shoreline types to create

another basic classification Creating components such as these can be further

explored in the 2nd Mission once it is better known what data information are

available

Connectivity

This is the CBD criterion most difficult to assess with few options for the medium-term

except for looking at distances between sites (see short-term test above) Several academic

modelling exercises have been attempted with mixed levels of success in areas with much

better data than exist in West Africa We would caution RAMPAO in spending too much

time on such modelling exercises In general nearshore sites require closer spacing than

sites further offshore (OSPAR 2007) If it is known that certain areas provide larvae or

juveniles to other places then these ldquosourcerdquo areas should be considered for protection

Note that such areas could also fall under the EBSA criterion for productivity

Replication

At its most basic level this criterion asks that there be more than one MPA for every feature

in the network In practice this is usually considered using available information on

representativity (see above) and whatever biological data may also be available This

criterion can be assessed very simply initially by testing to see if there is more than one MPA

in each broad zone such as distance from shore or depth zone as described in the previous

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 25

section on short-term assessments Assessing replication can become more refined as more

MPAs are designated and better data become available

Adequacy viability

Ideally MPA sites should be monitored to ensure that their aims are being met In cases

where this is occurring the monitoring results should be used to determine if the individual

sitersquos size location and shape is adequate Where monitoring is not occurring or is

incomplete or too recent to determine trends other measures will have to be used Size is

probably the most commonly discussed measure and yet it remains also probably the most

controversial (Fahig 2001) Nonetheless even in an absence of consensus on this issue by

looking at possible ranges of sizes a sense can still be gained if the sites are or are not

likely to be meeting their aims A full assessment of site size which is outside the scope of

this report should take into account the species life-history population structure quality of

the habitat the quality of the surrounding areas and possible connectivity to other sites

(Lindeboom amp Baumlck 2005) However in many cases the scientific knowledge about a feature

will be insufficient to determine this very exactly Even if the life history of a species is well

know for example it is usually not known how much the surrounding area can be expected

to play a role in supporting the healthy functioning of that species Nonetheless it is

generally true that heavily impacted surrounding areas will provide less of a supporting role

to protected features than pristine ones In data-poor situations often it is still possible to

use expert opinion to specify a range of sizes which would likely be appropriate for the

adequate protection of a given feature (text adapted from OSPAR 2007)

For the RAMPAO network expert assessments of the efficacy of individual MPA sites is

probably the best way to consider the adequacy aspect of the criterion and we note the

work that has already been done by RAMPAO on this regard as well as the IUCN on

assessing management effectiveness (2007 2008a 2008b)

Relative viability can also be inferred from a threats pressures analysis In performing a

population density analysis proximity to human settlements can be used as a first indication

of how much anthropomorphic stress a protected area may be experiencing Looking

further at the composition of sensitive and threatened species within a given area can

further refine this initial threats analysis

Long term gap analyses In many cases analyses that got delayed in the medium term would be still valuable in the

longer term (2011 to 2014) However for the longer-term we would also hope that

RAMPAO activities would begin to focus on the filling of already-identified ecological and

management gaps

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 26

MarZone and MaxEnt

As an MPA network develops so does the need for more sophisticated analyses MarZone

(Marxan with Zones) has received positive attention recently and is a good tool for zoning

multiple activities with various levels of conservation restrictions In order to use a tool like

Marxan broad representativity data (ldquocoarse filterrdquo) and biological data (ldquofine filterrdquo) are

required and in order to use a zoning tool like MarZone broad coverage human use data

are additionally required One big advantage of MarxanMarZone is the user community

that has grown up around it and the good practices that continue to be developed

To get broad scale species distributions usually point occurrence data are fitted to physical

chemical environmental variables producing a predictive habitat model Good success has

been attained using the MaxEnt model (httpwwwcsprincetonedu~schapiremaxent)

though many other approaches also exist The construction of species-habitat predictive

models can take time and acquiring combining the environmental data also takes much

work In order to not bias the Marxan MarZone analysis several species-habitat models

would have to be created for several different key species from a variety of taxonomic

families trophic levels and feeding guilds This would be clearly a long-term project and

can only be justified if the RAMPAO MPA network has reached a level of sophistication to

demand such an analysis

Climate change modelling

Conservation network planning for climate change can also involved complicated modelling

(eg Fuller et al 2008) However again these approaches are data-intensive and require

advanced technical abilities

Ongoing adaptive approach

It is unlikely that the above advanced modelling approaches would be worth their

considerable effort and instead it is suggested that much more can be achieved through

good cooperation with stakeholders scientific expertise and some ldquocommon senserdquo

Recognising that no plan is perfect planning should be seen as an ongoing process of

refinement Paramount will be the ability to be flexible and adapt to changing ecological and

social conditions To do so will require governance structures from local to international

levels ndashlikewise matched to adapt quickly and effectively

While it is relatively easy to point out gaps in an MPA network at ever-increasing levels of

sophistication it is much harder to fill those gaps even on the most rudimentary level

Therefore we urge RAMPAO to act in the long term on addressing the gaps that are readily

apparent through basic tests such as the ones outlined in this document

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 27

Possible activities of the 2nd Mission

This report and the two-part background report prepared for the CBD (also included in this

submission ndashArdron et al 2009) offer a lot of information We expect that as RAMPAO staff

sifts through this guidance questions will arise We see the 2nd Mission as one that could be

devoted to

answering questions that arise from the 1st Mission guidance ndashprocess ecological

and technical

elaborating medium-term gap analyses once more is known about data availability

and technical capacity within RAMPAO and its partner organisations

providing assistance in data collection in Europe and North America

doing joint GIS analyses there could be benefit in working together on some of the

GIS analyses such as the analysis of topographic complexity

presenting initial results we also believe that it will be important to present some

short-term gap analysis results to RAMPAO members and partners

participating in the Third Meeting of the RAMPAO General Assembly we suggest that the 2nd Mission coincide with the RAMPAO General Assembly and include

o a presentation of initial results to the General Assembly and o an expert side-meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and

analyses

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 28

References

Ardron JA 2002 A Recipe for Determining Benthic Complexity An Indicator of Species Richness In Marine Geography GIS for the Oceans and Seas (ch 23 pp 196-175) Joe Breman (ed) Redlands CA USA ESRI Press

Ardron JA 2009 Three initial OSPAR tests of ecological coherence heuristics in a data-limited situation ICES Journal of Marine Research 658 1527-1533

Ardron JA Dunn D Corrigan C Gjerde K Halpin P Rice J Vanden Berghe E Vierros M 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations A background document for the CBD expert workshop Ottawa Canada 29 September ndash 2 October 2009 37 pp + 73 pp Annex 1

BALANCE 2008 Ecological coherence and principles MPA assessment selection and design Technical Summary Report 34 httpbalance-euorgxpdfbalance-technical-summary-report-no-3-4pdf

FAO 2009 International guidelines for the management of deep-sea fisheries in the high seas Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations Rome

Fahrig 2001 How much Habitat is enough Biological Conservation 100 (1) 65-74

Fuller T Morton DP Sarkar S 2008 Incorporating uncertainty about speciesrsquo potential distributions under climate change into the selection of conservation areas with a case study from the Arctic Coastal Plain of Alaska Biological Conservation 141 1547-1559

Gigerenzer G Todd P M and the ABC Research Group 1999 Simple heuristics that make us smart Oxford University Press New York

IUCNBRAO 2007 Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parc de Guineacutee Bissau

IUCNPACO 2008a Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees aires proteacutegeacutees de la Reacutepublique de Guineacutee

IUCNBRAO 2008b Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parcs et reacuteserves de Mauritanie

Lindeboom HJ and Baumlck S 2005 Establishing coastal and marine reserves- with the emphasis on fisheries Pages 103-118 In Managing European Coasts Past Present and Future J Vermaat LBouwer KTurner WSalomons (Eds) Springer-Verlag

OSPAR 2007 Background document to support the Assessment of whether the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is Ecologically Coherent OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic Publication Number 2007320 wwwosparorg

OSPAR 2008 Three initial spatial tests looking at the ecological coherence of the OSPAR marine protected area (MPA) network OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic 3602008 wwwosparorg 17 pp

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 29

Annex 1 Calendar of meetings 1st Mission 5-12 Sept 2009

Lundi

FIBA

Charlotte Karibuhoye

Coordinatrice

Souadou Ndiaye

SIG RAMPAO

Julien Semelin Appui agrave la creacuteation de nouvelles AMP et renforcement de lrsquoefficaciteacute des AMP

UICN Racine Kane AMP transfrontaliegravere

16h par teacuteleacutephone

PRCM Ahmed Senhoury

Directeur

Mardi

8h30 WWF Mamadou Diallo

Chargeacute de mission espegraveces et habitats

mdialowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 641 13 84

Paul Siegel Conseiller en environnement marin psiegelwwfsenegalorg 221 869 37 00

10h30

CSE centre de suivi eacutecologique Ministegravere de lrsquoenvironnement

Taibou Ba Cartes donneacutees

15h Wetland international Africa

Emma GREATRIX

Network for biodiversiteacute (BIOMAC network) Manatee Waterbirds Mangroves

egeatrix]wetlandssn +221 33 869 1681

Mercredi

10h SI NEPAD David Njiki Njiki

Coordinateur environnement njikinjikiyahoocom 221 33 842 73 11

12h WWF Ibrahima Niamadio

Officier pecircche durable iniamadiowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 567 53 16

15h par teacuteleacutephone

UICN Mathieu Ducroq

Coordinateur du programme marin et cocirctier de lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoouest central

+ 222 662 40 82 portable 0022 529 09 77 bureau

16h par teacuteleacutephone

RAMPAO Alfredo da Silva

Preacutesident du RAMPAO Directeur IBAP Ancien coordinateur du reacuteseau de gestion des zones cocirctiegraveres

00245 580 38 48 ou 00 245

UNESCO Isabelle Niang

Projet GEF drsquoadaptation au changement climatique en Afrique de lrsquoouest Erosion cocirctiegravere

Jeudi

9h UICN Guineacutee Bissau

Pierre Campredon

Ancien responsable du PRCM Pierrecampredoniucnorg 0033 630340088

11h30 Convention drsquoAbidjan

Nassere Kaba 0022520211183

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 30

13h CRODTCNDO ODINAFRICA

Anis Diallo Aquaculture et directeur du CNDO adialloordinafricanet 22133832826465 221 77 631 15 95

15h CSRP

M Hamadi Diop

En charge du deacutepartement laquo recherche et systegraveme drsquoinformation raquo

hamadidiopgmailcom

Philippe Tous Projet AFD ndash inteacutegration des AMP dans les politiques de pecircche

philipetousgmailcom (Skype Phil_tous)

Renaud Bailleux

Contrat UICN sur la gestion de lrsquoaccegraves aux ressources halieutiques dans la reacutegion - accords de pecircche ndash gouvernance partageacutee dans les AMP (financement PRCM)

M Dop mika Programme requins de la FIBA mika_dfryahoofr

Vendredi

9H IRD Luis Tito de Morais

Peumlcheeacutecologie des peuplements de poissons

titoirdsn 221 33 849 3658

11h UICN Mamadou Sow

Chef de projet mangrove Mamadousowuicnorg 221 33 869 0286

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 31

Annex 2 CBD criteria for ecologically significant areas

CBD Decision IX20 Annex 1

SCIENTIFIC CRITERIA FOR IDENTIFYING ECOLOGICALLY OR BIOLOGICALLY SIGNIFICANT MARINE AREAS IN NEED OF PROTECTION IN OPEN-

OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS

Criteria Definition Rationale Examples Consideration in application

Uniqueness or

rarity

Area contains

either (i) unique (ldquothe

only one of its kindrdquo) rare

(ldquooccurs only in few

locationsrdquo) or endemic

species populations or

communities andor (ii)

unique rare or distinct

habitats or ecosystems

andor (iii) unique or

unusual geomorphological

or oceanographic features

Irreplaceable

Loss would mean the probable permanent disappearance of diversity or a feature or reduction of the diversity at any level

Open ocean waters

Sargasso Sea Taylor column

persistent polynyas

Deep-sea habitats

endemic communities around

submerged atolls hydrothermal

vents sea mounts pseudo-

abyssal depression

Risk of biased-view of the perceived uniqueness depending on the information availability

Scale dependency of features such that unique features at one scale may be typical at another thus a global and regional perspective must be taken

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 32

Special

importance for

life-history

stages of

species

Areas that are required for

a population to survive and

thrive

Various biotic and abiotic

conditions coupled with

species-specific

physiological constraints

and preferences tend to

make some parts of marine

regions more suitable to

particular life-stages and

functions than other parts

Area containing (i) breeding grounds

spawning areas nursery areas juvenile

habitat or other areas important for life

history stages of species or (ii) habitats of

migratory species (feeding wintering or

resting areas breeding moulting

migratory routes)

Connectivity between life-history stages and linkages between areas trophic interactions physical transport physical oceanography life history of species

Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data Vessel monitoring system (VMS) data

Spatial and temporal distribution andor aggregation of the species

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 33

Importance for

threatened

endangered or

declining

species andor

habitats

Area containing habitat for

the survival and recovery

of endangered threatened

declining species or area

with significant

assemblages of such

species

To ensure the restoration

and recovery of such species

and habitats

Areas critical for threatened endangered

or declining species andor habitats

containing (i) breeding grounds spawning

areas nursery areas juvenile habitat or

other areas important for life history

stages of species or (ii) habitats of

migratory species (feeding wintering or

resting areas breeding moulting

migratory routes)

Includes species with very large geographic ranges

In many cases recovery will require reestablishment of the species in areas of its historic range

Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data vessel-monitoring system (VMS) data

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 34

Vulnerability

Fragility

Sensitivity or

Slow recovery

Areas that contain a

relatively high proportion

of sensitive habitats

biotopes or species that

are functionally fragile

(highly susceptible to

degradation or depletion

by human activity or by

natural events) or with

slow recovery

The criteria indicate the

degree of risk that will be

incurred if human activities

or natural events in the area

or component cannot be

managed effectively or are

pursued at an unsustainable

rate

Vulnerability of species

Inferred from the history of how species or populations in other similar areas responded to perturbations

Species of low fecundity slow growth long time to sexual maturity longevity (eg sharks etc)

Species with structures providing biogenic habitats such as deepwater corals sponges and bryozoans deep-water species

Vulnerability of habitats

Ice-covered areas susceptible to ship-based pollution

Ocean acidification can make deep sea habitats more vulnerable to others and increase susceptibility to human induced changes

Interactions between vulnerability to human impacts and natural events

Existing definition emphasizes site specific ideas and requires consideration for highly mobile species

Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 35

Biological

productivity

Area containing species

populations or

communities with

comparatively higher

natural biological

productivity

Important role in fuelling

ecosystems and increasing

the growth rates of

organisms and their capacity

for reproduction

Frontal areas

Upwellings

Hydrothermal vents

Seamounts polynyas

Can be measured as the rate of growth of marine organisms and their populations either through the fixation of inorganic carbon by photosynthesis chemosynthesis or through the ingestion of prey dissolved organic matter or particulate organic matter

Can be inferred from remote-sensed products eg ocean colour or process-based models

Time-series fisheries data can be used but caution is required

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 36

Biological

diversity

Area contains

comparatively higher

diversity of ecosystems

habitats communities or

species or has higher

genetic diversity

Important for evolution and

maintaining the resilience of

marine species and

ecosystems

Sea-mounts

Fronts and convergence zones

Cold coral communities

Deep-water sponge communities

Diversity needs to be seen in relation to the surrounding environment

Diversity indices are indifferent to species substitutions

Diversity indices are indifferent to which species may be contributing to the value of the index and hence would not pick up areas important to species of special concern such as endangered species

Can be inferred from habitat heterogeneity or diversity as a surrogate for species diversity in areas where biodiversity has not been sampled intensively

Naturalness Area with a comparatively

higher degree of

naturalness as a result of

the lack of or low level of

human-induced

disturbance or

degradation

To protect areas with near natural structure processes and functions

To maintain these areas as reference sites

To safeguard and enhance ecosystem resilience

Most ecosystems and habitats have

examples with varying levels of

naturalness and the intent is that the

more natural examples should be

selected

Priority should be given to areas having a low level of disturbance relative to their surroundings

In areas where no natural areas remain areas that have successfully recovered including reestablishment of species should be

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 37

considered

Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 38

Annex 3 CBD criteria for MPA networks

Decision IX20 Annex II SCIENTIFIC GUIDANCE FOR SELECTING AREAS TO ESTABLISH A REPRESENTATIVE NETWORK OF MARINE PROTECTED AREAS INCLUDING IN

OPEN OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS

Required network properties and

components Definition Applicable site specific considerations (inter alia)

Ecologically and biologically significant areas

Ecologically and biologically significant areas are geographically or oceanographically discrete areas that provide important services to one or more speciespopulations of an ecosystem or to the ecosystem as a whole compared to other surrounding areas or areas of similar ecological characteristics or otherwise meet the criteria as identified in annex I to decision IX20

Uniqueness or rarity

Special importance for life history stages of species

Importance for threatened endangered or declining species andor habitats

Vulnerability fragility sensitivity or slow recovery

Biological productivity

Biological diversity

Naturalness

Representativity Representativity is captured in a network when it consists of areas representing the different biogeographical subdivisions of the global oceans and regional seas that reasonably reflect the full range of ecosystems including the biotic and habitat diversity of those marine ecosystems

A full range of examples across a biogeographic habitat or community classification relative health of species and communities relative intactness of habitat(s) naturalness

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 39

Connectivity Connectivity in the design of a network allows for linkages whereby protected sites benefit from larval andor species exchanges and functional linkages from other network sites In a connected network individual sites benefit one another

Currents gyres physical bottlenecks migration routes species dispersal detritus functional linkages Isolated sites such as isolated seamount communities may also be included

Replicated ecological features Replication of ecological features means that more than one site shall contain examples of a given feature in the given biogeographic area The term ―features means ―species habitats and ecological processes that naturally occur in the given biogeographic area

Accounting for uncertainty natural variation and the possibility of catastrophic events Features that exhibit less natural variation or are precisely defined may require less replication than features that are inherently highly variable or are only very generally defined

Adequate and viable sites Adequate and viable sites indicate that all sites within a network should have size and protection sufficient to ensure the ecological viability and integrity of the feature(s) for which they were selected

Adequacy and viability will depend on size shape buffers persistence of features threats surrounding environment (context) physical constraints scale of featuresprocesses spillovercompactness

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 40

Annex 4 Data sources highlighted in discussions during the 1st Mission

Thegravemes Organisme ressources Personnes ressources Sites internet ressources et bases de donneacutees

Donneacutees bibliographiques

IRD Linus base bibliographique (httpiacaprodc3eduvsqfrlinus)

CRODT Catalogue des publications du CRODT

Donneacutees geacuteneacuterales

PRCMFIBA SIG Reacutegional Catalogue drsquoInformations pour lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoOuest (CIAO) wwwolmmrciao

OdinAfrica African marine atlas ndash voir OdinAfrica

OBIS httpwwwiobisorg

Guineacutee Bissau SIG Guineacutee Bissau au 200 000 egraveme sur toute la zone cocirctiegravere et 50 000 egraveme sur les Bijagos voir Franccedilois Gourmelonuniv-brestfr ou Emmanuel Ginaudet

Cap vert Systegraveme national SIG pour toutes les donneacutees du Cap vert

Bathymeacutetrie

Navy Londres Africa Pilot Volume 1 Hydrographer of the Navy London 1967

SHOM Carte SHOM ndeg6815 INT14 au 110 000 000egraveme Voir site wwwshomfr - catalogue

Cf Canada Carte au CSE

CND0 CD des donneacutees bathymeacutetriques de la sous-reacutegion

Donneacutees oceacuteanographiques geacuteneacuterales

OdinAfrica Points focaux des pays agrave voir sur site internet drsquoOdinAfrica

ordinafricanet Atelier national OdinAfrica ndash voir sur le site CNDO Aller sur le site OdinAfrica reacutecupeacuterer les shapefiles (httpwwwodinafricaorg) et sur httpwwwafricanmarineatlasnet

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 41

IRDlaboratoire LOCEAN-IPSL (Universiteacute Paris 6) LPAOSF (Lab de Physique de lAtmosphegravere et de lOceacutean de agrave lEacutecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique-UCAD

Alban Lazar (IRD) Simeacuteon Fongang (Ecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique) Raymond Lahaye (IRDLEMAR)

Circulation oceacuteanique le long des cocirctes seacuteneacutegalaises (structures variabiliteacute meacutecanismes de lrsquoupwelling des courants cocirctiers des tempeacuteratures et des saliniteacutes) et les couplages oceacutean-atmosphegravere

FAO Merete TANDSTAD Projets CCLEM et GCLME

NEPAD Projet GCLME

PRCM et IMROP + autres

Faire lrsquoinventaire des socieacuteteacutes qui ont fait de la prospection peacutetroliegravere et voir leurs donneacutees et eacutetudes drsquoimpact eacutetude Woodside ou Dana petroleum voir PRCM et IMROP

Universiteacute Rapport master de lrsquouniversiteacute sur la modeacutelisation de la circulation et des tempeacuteratures sur la haute mer (demander CNDO)

Upwellings Odiafrica Donneacutees upwellings sur Odinafrica

IRD P CURY et N BEZ

Geacuteologie seacutediemntologie et Nature des fonds

2 thegraveses sur le plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais sud et nord

IRD carte de Domain (IRDORSTOM) carte des seacutediments du plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais)

carte de Barusso

Travaux de Lachance et Mc Master

Odinafirca Plateau continental ndash carte digitaliseacutee sur la nature des fonds ndash voir sur ordinafrica

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 42

Annex 5 GIS data priorities

Explanation of ranking system

Term short-term bullbullbull medium-term bullbull long-term bull Estimated Ease of acquiring data easy bullbullbull moderatebullbull difficult bull

Importance high bullbullbull moderate bullbull low bull Term Ease Import

Base layers

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 coastline(s)

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 2 ecological regions

bullbullbull bull bullbullbull 3 bathymetry

bullbullbull bullbull bull 4 topography (for land ndashcan help with shoreline classifications)

Physical and oceanographic

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 estuaries rivers

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 shoreline type (cliff rocky sandy muddy etc)

bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 surficial sediment (bottom type)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 seafloor topographic complexity ruggedness (can be created from bathymetry)

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 5 seamounts (can also be identified through bathymetry)

6 other seascape features eg

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull canyons

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 43

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull ridges

bullbull bullbullbull bullbull hydrothermal vents

bullbull bull bullbull seeps

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull banks

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull rocky reefs

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull estuaries (sub-classes)

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull lagoons

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull upwellings

bull bullbull bull 7 ocean currents tides

bull bullbull bullbull 8 sea surface temperature

bull bullbull bullbull 9 salinity

bull bull bull 10 photosynthetically available radiation (PAR)

bull bull bull 11 coastal erosion sediment transport

bull bull bullbull 12 climate change trends eg movement of upwellings

Biological habitat

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 1 threatened or endangered species (amp spawning nursery areas etc)

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 threatened or endangered habitats

bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 habitat classification (if one exists regionally)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 biogenic features eg

warm water coral reefs

cold water coral ldquoforestsrdquo

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 44

mangroves (sub-classes)

bullbull bull bullbullbull 5 Key commercial species eg

crustaceans molluscs (crabs shrimps oysters etc)

pelagic large fishes (eg tunas)

pelagic small fishes

demersal fishes

bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 primary productivity (usually satellite colour images chlorophyll_a)

bullbull bull bullbull 7 secondary productivity (eg an estimate of carbon flux)

bullbull bull bullbull 8 migration of invasive species

Human use management

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 marine protected areas

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 year-round fisheries closures

bullbull bullbull bull 3 other seasonal fisheries closures

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 4 cities towns villages (with populations)

bullbull bullbull bull 5 local community boundaries

bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 traditional use boundaries (eg artisanal fisheries)

bull bullbull bull 7 migrant land use grazing

bullbull bull bullbullbull 8 areas of cultural spiritual importance

bullbull bullbullbull bullbull 9 roads (can help with understanding remoteness amp shoreline access)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 10 shipping routes and harbours

bullbull bullbull bull 11 land use particularly agriculture (can be combined into an analysis of rivers to estimate runoff)

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 45

bullbull bull bullbullbull 12 fishing

a artisanal by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)

b industrial by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 13 offshore oil amp gas licences exploratory wells installations (platforms pipelines shore based)

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 14 sand amp gravel mining

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 15 tourism shoreline development resorts marinas

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 46

Annex 6 Thirty additional assessments

Excerpted and adapted from the 54 page report by the OSPAR Regional seas convention for

the Northeast Atlantic (2007) Background document to support the assessment of whether

the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is ecologically coherent6

Assessment Criterion 1 Adequacy Viability

1 Assessment Guideline One should expect the sizes of network sites (for a given feature) to be

distributed throughout or exceed the estimated range of sizes necessary to sustain a viable

population or community

2 Assessment Guideline Sites that are heavily impacted andor surrounded by heavily impacted

areas should be larger than otherwise

3 Assessment Guideline Features of ecological significance should receive greater protection

than normal

4 Assessment Guideline Location and geography can be used to indicate adequate protection

such that

a Protection of pelagic features should generally be reflected with the implementation of

larger sites than those for benthic features

b In regions constrained by physical geography (eg fjords bays bights passages straits)

the adequate sizes of individual sites will generally be smaller than areas without such

physical constraints (eg regional seas open ocean)

c Offshore andor deeper sites will generally require larger areas than for nearshore andor

shallow sites (However the exceptions of certain deep sea benthic features such as

hydrothermal vents and cold seeps are noted)

5 Assessment Guideline in a given region the adequate spatial protection of most OSPAR

features and the overall network can be expected to conform to the scientific literature and

fall within the range commonly found within that literature It is recognized that this is an

evolving field of study

6 Assessment Guideline Owing to the multiplicity of its objectives the OSPAR network can be

expected to contain a variety of reserve sizes and corresponding spacing between sites

7 Assessment Guideline If a site is at the small end of the expected viability range for a given

feature then compact sites are preferable If on the other hand a given site is at the large end

of the estimated viability range then a less compact shape would allow for greater spill-over

and benefits outside of the reserve

a The Compactness of a given site can be calculated using a GIS and the following

formula C = (4πAp2)

05 Where C is the Compactness A is the area of the site and p is

its perimeter

8 Assessment Guideline A broad MPA network such as the OSPAR network with a wide

variety of features can be expected to have a wide variety of reserve shapes and sizes

6 Jeff Ardron is the primary author of this OSPAR report

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 47

a The combined size and compactness of a site be readily calculated using a GIS and the

following formula SSC = ln (PA) Where SSC is here labelled as the site size-

compactness P is the perimeter of the site and A is the area

9 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA electronic database lists the aims and ecological

criteria on a site by site basis Thus as a preliminary assessment these can be compiled to get

an indication of how well they are being met across the network

10 Assessment Guideline A list inventory of features within a region that (are known or

believed to) meet the OSPAR aims and ecological criteria is required in order to fully assess if

the existing MPA sites are likely adequate

11 Assessment Guideline Features that are common and widely distributed will generally require

less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are rare andor sparsely

distributed

Assessment Criterion 2 Representativity

12 Assessment Guideline OSPAR MPAs should be checked to ensure that they are broadly

distributed across biogeographic regions In such an assessment there is no need to restrict the

assessment to just one biogeographic classification system So long as they appear to be

rigorous (eg peer-reviewed) the use of a variety of systems is encouraged

13 Assessment Guideline Each of the Dinter [OSPAR] bioregions should be adequately

protected

14 Assessment Guideline National classifications can be very helpful in assessing

representativity at a national level based on national categories and should be used where they

exist

15 Assessment Guideline In the absence of full biological surveys or full classification systems

(such as EUNIS) simple surrogates should be used to check that representativity is possibly

being achieved Benthic and pelagic realms should be considered

16 Assessment Guideline Representative features that are very common and widely distributed

will likely require less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are just

somewhat common

As a rule of thumb within a given feature class representative protection can be

compared to a normalized distribution For example if the areal distribution of

representative classes can be normalised through a square-root transformation then

protected area distribution could be expected to be roughly proportional to the square-

root of the ratio of the representative feature classesrsquo overall areas

17 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA nomination database should be checked to ensure

that the idea of the ldquobestrdquo features was taken into account across feature types and regions

18 Assessment Guideline Features that best represent their type can be expected to be

characterized by most or all of these indicators

a Typical morphology

b High density abundance

c High degree of health naturalness

d Persistence (temporal and spatial) and

e Strong functional linkages

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 48

Assessment Criterion 3 Replication

19 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area more than one example of each feature

should be protected

20 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features protected in areas susceptible

to catastrophic events require greater replication than those in low-risk areas

21 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area where no better data exist natural

variation can be assumed to be greatest between sites that are furthest apart

22 Assessment Guideline Features that are very specifically defined will exhibit less variation

and hence require less replication than features which are very general or ldquocatch-allrdquo categories

23 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area scientific requirements may require

replicate sites for differing purposes If these requirements are not known it can be assumed

that replicate sites that are a moderate distance apart (neither immediate neighbours nor at

extreme ends of the biogeographic area) will satisfy most scientific requirements

24 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features for which there are weak or

incomplete or modelled data require greater replication than those features for which better data

are available

Assessment Criterion 4 Connectivity

25 Assessment Guideline If an area is known or suspected to be important to connectivity then it

should be represented in the MPA network

26 Assessment Guideline Reserves in areas where there are known currents (eg many coastal

areas) should be more closely spaced than otherwise In order to maintain connectivity for most

short to moderate larval dispersing species when specific data are lacking such nearshore sites

should be spaced not further than 50 km apart

27 Assessment Guideline Connectivity between seabird sites can be measured in straight lines

28 Assessment Guideline Connectivity for marine species can be assumed to be greater along

lines of similar habitat than across them

29 Assessment Guideline The density of marine reserves can be used as a way to group areas of

likely connectivity Likewise it can also define gaps where connectivity has probably not been

achieved

30 Assessment Guideline In the absence of dispersal data connectivity may be approximated by

ensuring the MPA network is well distributed in space reflecting the scale of its surroundings

Page 17: A Suggested Approach for Gap Analyses of the RAMPAO Marine ...€¦ · A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 2 Recommendation re outreach: 1) regional contact

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 15

Suggested programme of work

Short-term steps The following six steps outline the key tasks that we suggest would need to be done

between now and June 2010 in order to set this project in motion These steps are further

explained in the subsequent sections

1 Establishment of the projectrsquos terms of reference and recruitment of the project officer

2 outreach and coordination including informational presentations at various meetings

3 initial data collection focussing on readily available information 4 initial gaps analyses 5 presentation of initial results to the RAMPAO General Assembly 6 expert meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and analyses (likely

as a side-meeting to the General Assembly

Outreach amp coordination An ecosystem-level gaps analysis will require cooperation from a number of experts

agencies and institutions across all RAMPAO countries Hence outreach and coordination

will be important An introductory description of the project should be developed and

widely distributed as well as a web site page with up to date information on the project A

letter of introduction signed by a senior official(s) can also be important in terms of

establishing legitimacy Presentations introducing the project should be made at national

and regional level meetings as opportunity permits

Our meetings during the first mission proved to be very friendly and helpful These meetings

now require follow-up actions to each of the people contacted (see 1st Mission Report)

Because the people we met were mostly based in Senegal further work will be required

through the regional contact points for other countries

Areas of overlap with other activities (eg the Wetlands International implementation gaps

project) should be highlighted and discussions with these players begun to sort out how to

best cooperate and coordinate efforts

While outreach will be most intensive at the beginning of the project coordination will

continue throughout the projectrsquos duration

Recommendation re outreach 1) regional contact points should be updated on this

project and their help solicited 2) a clear one-page project description should be written

outlining the aims of the project and how cooperation with other bodies is being sought

3) a clear project web page should be developed 4) follow-up letters should sent to key

contacts we have already spoken to outlining next steps and where appropriate

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 16

proposing cooperation collaboration 5) presentations introducing the project should be

made at national and regional level meetings as opportunity permits

Acquisition of data amp information Central to this project will be identifying sources of information and data coordinating with

these experts data repositories and providers and ultimately acquiring the information or

data This will consume more time than any other task and probably more time than all the

other tasks combined

Steps

In the general case data acquisition will require the following steps some which may be

iterative (ie cycle around a few times)

searches ndashinternet list-serves libraries literature and through colleagues

informal emails calls and discussions with the expert or data custodian as to

what data may be available

formal letter(s) of introduction to the project signed by senior authorities and

usually addressed to mid- and senior-level people

face-to-face meetings in order to 1) gain permission to use the data and 2) to

learn about details and proper use of the data These two requirements may

mean two separate meetings

MoU drafting and signing andor data agreement andor formal letter of

request

logistics of how the data will be delivered and if any fees or restrictions are

involved

technical and scientific follow-up calls for assistance andor clarification on

interpretation or use of the data

The above steps have not been numbered because the order can vary from situation to

situation with some situations being informal and skipping steps while others are very

formal requiring prolonged discussions and additional steps that build trust

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 17

Three elements of success

Three elements of successful data acquisition are persistence practicality and

prioritisation

Persistence While most experts are usually happy to share their knowledge the sharing of

their data is often another matter The process can take weeks months or even years

Therefore in order to keep progress steady it is best to make a little time available every

day (say two hours) for data searches and follow-up politely reminding contacts from time

to time that you have not yet heard back from them That said do not waste time on data

that are only of marginal interest in the bigger picture It is easy to become lost in details

Practicality Often it is better to identify what data are readily available and to request

those data first This can help build trust and also allows for progress without getting stuck

Subsequently the provider can be approached again to discuss the other more difficult

data sets Thus the above steps can occur more than once with the same data provider

Again as noted above keeping the bigger picture in mind will help to focus data-gathering

activities on the most practical data sets

Prioritisation In an ecosystem-level analysis all kinds of data are interesting That said

some data are more helpful or urgent than others In the analyses outlined in the sections

below the general data requirements are listed The data requirements of the short-term

gap analyses should take priority over the medium-term ones which in turn should take

priority over the long-term analyses

Annex 5 GIS data priorities lists various common categories of data with their estimated

timeframe for usage (short- medium- long-term) availability and priority for this project

Strategies for acquiring difficult data

Sometimes data may be considered proprietary andor too sensitive to show and providers

usually assume they cannot be shared However with patience sometimes agreements can

be found whereby the data may be used ldquobehind the scenesrdquo in analyses so long as the

data are not displayed on final maps ndashonly the combined results which do not reveal the

data In other situations when the provider is an active participant the provider should be

invited to be a formal partner in the project and this may also ease data restrictions Finally

agreeing to perform joint-analyses or even contracting out certain analyses to the expert

can also allow the data to be used However in this latter case it may be difficult to do

quality control and hence the results can sometimes be puzzling or not what was required

If certain data are simply unavailable metadata can still be requested though metadata

often do not exist (In practice metadata if supplied are many times custom-created for

the particular request)

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 18

Meetings

General meetings A large forum like the RAMPAO General Assembly can be an excellent

opportunity to introduce interested parties to the project It may even be possible to get

general agreement around sharing data However such a general agreement if it can be

found would probably still not replace the need for MoUs and similar bilateral agreements

with specific agencies and institutions

In addition to regional meetings presentations should be made to national meetings

introducing the project as opportunity permits

Data meetings regional data meetings with database managers could help speed up the

process of data collection though this can vary from place to place In many cases it is

better to first approach people one-on-one Later after some data have already been

acquired a meeting can be used to discuss how to best merge data together and to

encourage others to also provide information data if they have not already done so

Expert meetings bringing together experts of a particular species or habitat can be a very

good way to identify available expertise information data and gaps Expert knowledge can

also be collected at such meetings drawn on maps etc but this requires prior training

preparation and processing afterwards In general expert meetings are most valuable after

a ldquodesktop studyrdquo where basic gaps have been identified and there are now specific

questions that have been identified as needing answers Targeted expert meetings can be

valuable at different times throughout a process as different issues need addressing Their

main drawback is the expense and work required A badly run meeting can also turn opinion

against a project and so care has to be taken to do a good job

Recommendation re data information collection 1) The process of collecting data should

begin immediately This will require close coordination with outreach activities 2) Priority

should be given to collecting data that are a) easily acquired and b) required for the initial

short-term analyses 3) Lists of data sources contact information and what dates they

were approached should be kept to track progress 4) Data collaboration should be on the

agenda of the next RAMPAO General Assembly meeting 5) After an initial (eg 3-6

month) period of data collection the need for data meetings andor expert meetings

should be assessed

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 19

Five initial gap analyses The following analyses are recommended as initial tests that should be done in the short-

term (present to June 2010) and when possible in the order presented However we

acknowledge that data availability can alter the ordering of the tests and even what tests

are undertaken ndashincluding developing new ones not listed here These basic tests can be

followed up with more complex analyses such as outlined in the next sections of this report

1 Visually consider the distribution of protected areas Is the network spatially well

distributed without more than a few major gaps If not what gaps can a person

immediately see Consider along-shore gaps and gaps moving out towards the offshore

Consider the northern central and southern thirds of the RAMPAO area Consider

national boundaries

Technical amp data requirements no GIS or GIS data are required A basic paper map

showing the protected areas and national boundaries is sufficient

Rationale this simple assessment is deceptively powerful Simplicity should not be seen

as detracting from its value The human eye can see many patterns and gaps that are

difficult to quantify into statistics When most people agree on a visual gap this

indicates that it is likely valid and worthy of serious consideration

Connectivity and representativity are two of the five agreed-upon CBD criteria for

assessing MPA networks (IX20 Annex 2) If the network is generally not well distributed

in space then it is unlikely to exhibit characteristics of connectivity or representativity

and thus is very unlikely to be ecologically coherent Note that if a network is well-

distributed in space this does not necessarily ensure that these criteria are being met

and further tests will still be required

2 Using GIS procedures consider in greater depth the distribution of protected areas For

this test and all the other tests below perform it first for the whole region then for

each of the three broad ecoregions north central and south4 and finally according to

national boundaries

a Zones offshore Consider coverage within four basic zones i the shorelines (0-5

nautical miles offshore) ii nearshore (~5-15 nm) iii mid-offshore (~15-50 nm)

and iv far offshore (~50 -200 nm) What percentage of each of these broad

zones has MPAs

b Distance from shore statistics what is the average (arithmetic mean) extent that

RAMPAO MPAs extend offshore What is the range of these values What is the

4 This could include the MEOW (Marine Ecoregions Of the World) classification or other similar ecoregions

accepted by RAMPAO partners

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 20

standard deviation Considering that RAMPOA waters extend approximately 200

nm offshore what do these distance-offshore statistics suggest

c Nearest neighbour distance in each of the above zones calculate ldquonearest

neighbourrdquo statistics between MPAs noting the range of MPA spacing the

arithmetic mean of the spacing and the standard deviation of spacing between

sites In this test and all others displaying the histogram of results can be very

informative and is recommended

Technical amp data requirements GIS files are required for shoreline data MPAs

ecoregions national boundaries These three tests (a) ndash (c) get progressively more

technically advanced in the use of GIS However it is outside the scope of this report to

fully describe the GIS methods If a minimum separation distance is chosen as a network

criterion (see comments below) then an easier GIS analysis would be to buffer the

MPAs by a value of half that distance to identify which areas that ldquotouchrdquo and which do

not

Rationale these analyses put some numbers to the first visual test In most ways

however the visual test is simpler and easier to understand That said numbers in

tables can help rank gaps according to basic properties

Unfortunately the GIS methods can be a bit difficult for a beginner If parts of this test

are too difficult they can be skipped since the visual assessment already tells us a lot

Setting explicit quantitative targets for spacing can be controversial and difficult to

support scientifically What is adequate for some species will still be inadequate for

others That said for a basic initial test ldquorules of thumbrdquo have been proposed The

BALANCE project in the Baltic Sea suggested 25 km as an ideal maximum spacing

between shoreline sites (2008) Instead of looking at the ideal situation the OSPAR

Convention for the Northeast Atlantic took a different approach considering the very

longest spacing that could be considered contributing anything at all towards ecological

coherence of the MPA network ie a theoretical ldquoworst caserdquo The OSPAR guidelines for

this worst case are nearshore ~250 km (linear shoreline distance) offshore ~200 000

km2 (which is about equivalent to a ~500 km diameter circle) high seas ~1 000 000 km2

(equivalent to a square with ~1000 km sides) For OSPAR nearshore meant shoreline

and territorial waters out to 12 nm offshore meant EEZ waters (12-200 nm) and high

seas meant waters beyond 200 nm from shore (OPSAR 2008 Ardron 2009)

3 Consider MPA distribution according to depth As for all these analyses perform these

tests first for the whole region then for each of the three broad ecoregions north

central and south and finally according to national boundaries

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 21

a Depth statistics what is the average (arithmetic mean) depth of RAMPAO

MPAs What is the range of values What is the standard deviation How do

these numbers compare with the overall RAMPAO region

b Depth zones consider the following eight general depth zones and what

percentage of each zone is within the current MPA network 0-25 m

(shallow) 25-50 m (photic) 50-100m (upper shelf) 100-200 m (lower shelf)

200-400 m (upper slope) 400-800 m (mid-slope) 800-1600 m (lower slope)

1600-3200 m or greater (abyssal plain)5

Technical amp data requirements data as per the previous test plus bathymetry The

easiest and fastest way to perform these statistics is to convert the MPA shapefile

(and if it is not already the bathymetry) into a raster grid and do grid analyses

Rationale depth is widely recognised as one of the key variables that describes

biotic communities in a give region and as such is a very basic measure of

representativity This analysis could be improved by combining surficial sediment

data with depth to make simple seafloor sediment-depth classes if available

4 Consider MPA distribution according to existent shoreline habitat classification

Although the whole RAMPAO shoreline is likely not classified certain features such

as estuaries or mangroves may already largely be identified Taking these shoreline

features that are either readily available or readily digitised consider what

percentage of each of these feature types are within the current MPA network

Consider what percentage of the MPA network lies outside of these readily

identifiable shoreline features Consider also according to ecoregions and national

boundaries

Technical amp data requirements any available shoreline features such as estuaries

and mangroves If the data are good enough each of these features could be sub-

divided eg large medium and small estuaries If geophysical shoreline type data

are missing basic categories such as cliff rock and sandmud shores can often be

visually estimated and hand digitised by looking at terrestrial topographic data along

the shoreline combined with nearshore bathymetry if available

5 These log2 depth classes are admittedly somewhat arbitrary (25 2

i) and could be refined either by

considering a regional biological classification histogram of the distribution of depths or natural breaks in the

data It is our understanding however that no bio-physical classification has been performed for the region

For an initial test these somewhat arbitrary depth classes are sufficient to point out general gaps and reflect

the generally logarithmic scale of decreasing resolution (increasing breadth of classes) with depth

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 22

Rationale since the RAMPAO MPA network is currently shoreline-based this test is

suggested before considering other physical features further offshore This test is

designed to give a rough idea of shoreline representativity

5 Consider the RAMPAO network according to rare threatened and endangered

species and habitats (features) for which data are available Perform the same sort

of tests as in the test above using available data for rare threatened and

endangered features Consider what percentage of each of these feature types are

within the current MPA network Consider what percentage of the MPA network lies

outside of these features Consider also according to ecoregions and national

boundaries

Technical amp data requirements there are modelling techniques to predict the

potential habitat of species but these techniques are advanced and would fall under

the long-term timeframe For this initial analysis only available data should be

considered If the data appear to be very incomplete then they should not be used

Recognising that such data can be sub-regionally incomplete some sections of the

network may have to be left out of this analysis marked as ldquono datardquo areas on the

maps

Rationale rare threatened and endangered features are often protected by law

and also often of interest to researchers There is usually some information on them

though not always digital data and may instead be in the form of expert opinion

Ecologically there are three different types of rare threatened and endangered

features each requiring a different management response 1) features that have

always been rare 2) features that used to be common but are now rare due to

human pressures (ie threatened and endangered) 3) features that are on the edge

of their range and a) this range is steady or b ) this range is shifting (expanding

contracting moving away entering the region) due to climate change or other

environmental changes It would be best to perform this test separately for the three

different classes and associated sub-classes of rare threatened and endangered

features taking into account their population trends However for an initial test

such refinements should be seen as optional depending on information availability

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 23

Medium term gap analyses The following analyses are recommended for consideration in the medium-term (June 2010

to Dec 2011) with choice largely driven by data availability Due to the somewhat longer

time period fewer details are provided here than in the section above allowing for further

elaborations during the 2nd Mission when more is known They are arranged according to

the CBD MPA network criteria (IX20 Annex 2)

In addition to the tests outlined below others that were developed for the OSPAR Regional

Seas Convention for the Northeast Atlantic are listed in Annex 6 Thirty additional

assessments These are also well-suited to the medium-term and medium-quality data

Note that the four OSPAR MPA network criteria overlap four of the five CBD criteria

Ecologically and biologically significant areas (EBSAs)

If specific EBSAs are known consideration should be given to their possible inclusion in the

MPA network Not all EBSAs need necessarily become MPAs for some EBSAs non-spatial

management may be more appropriate It is difficult to do proper gaps assessment on

EBSAs because the distribution of all EBSAs of a given type is usually not known and hence

there is little context by which to judge a given site Thus the rule of thumb is that all EBSAs

if not in the MPA network should be treated as possible gaps and reviewed one at a time

for possible inclusion

The CBD is in the process of developing further guidance on the selection of EBSAs in the

open oceans and deep seas and much of this guidance is also applicable to shallower

nearshore systems Because this guidance is not yet accepted by the CBD we refer you

instead to a background report that was written for the CBD Ottawa Expert Workshop that

discussed these issues 29 Sept ndash 02 Oct 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant

areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations (Ardron

et al 2009) is a report in two parts Both parts are included with this report and are

recommended here as guidance on selecting CBD EBSAs

First gathering information from local residents and experts on places they sense to be

important can go far in identifying key EBSAs The ldquorecognition heuristicrdquo (Gigerenzer 1999)

is a powerful way to quickly locate longstanding ecologically significant areas in a given

region and we note that NGOs such as WWF have already done such work in the past and

that this work could be readily updated and built upon

Representativity

Many tests for representativity can be developed based on available data Listed below are

some of the more likely approaches

Seascapes identify the main shoreline topographic (benthic) and oceanographic

(pelagic) features of the region and check to see what percentage of each is included

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 24

in the MPA network Typical benthic seascape features would include canyons

seamounts reefs etc Typical pelagic features include frontal systems upwellings

gyres See also Annex 5 GIS data priorities

Topographic complexity using only bathymetry a surrogate measure of benthic

complexity can be developed (Ardron 2002) This measure can help highlight areas of

likely increased benthic richness amongst other traits

Biogeographic classification system whereas seascapes focus on physical features

a biogeographic attempts to also include information on biology such that the

system divides an area according to broad ecological communities based on physical

proxies The creation of a biogeographic classification should include both pelagic

and benthic realms is labour- and data- intensive and requires extensive peer

review

Biogeographic components instead of attempting a full biogeographic classification

system certain aspects can be developed separately For example depth strata can

be combined with sea floor sediment data to make a basic sea bottom classification

These can then be nested within the broad bioregions of the RAMPAO area

Likewise exposure wave energy can be combined with shoreline types to create

another basic classification Creating components such as these can be further

explored in the 2nd Mission once it is better known what data information are

available

Connectivity

This is the CBD criterion most difficult to assess with few options for the medium-term

except for looking at distances between sites (see short-term test above) Several academic

modelling exercises have been attempted with mixed levels of success in areas with much

better data than exist in West Africa We would caution RAMPAO in spending too much

time on such modelling exercises In general nearshore sites require closer spacing than

sites further offshore (OSPAR 2007) If it is known that certain areas provide larvae or

juveniles to other places then these ldquosourcerdquo areas should be considered for protection

Note that such areas could also fall under the EBSA criterion for productivity

Replication

At its most basic level this criterion asks that there be more than one MPA for every feature

in the network In practice this is usually considered using available information on

representativity (see above) and whatever biological data may also be available This

criterion can be assessed very simply initially by testing to see if there is more than one MPA

in each broad zone such as distance from shore or depth zone as described in the previous

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 25

section on short-term assessments Assessing replication can become more refined as more

MPAs are designated and better data become available

Adequacy viability

Ideally MPA sites should be monitored to ensure that their aims are being met In cases

where this is occurring the monitoring results should be used to determine if the individual

sitersquos size location and shape is adequate Where monitoring is not occurring or is

incomplete or too recent to determine trends other measures will have to be used Size is

probably the most commonly discussed measure and yet it remains also probably the most

controversial (Fahig 2001) Nonetheless even in an absence of consensus on this issue by

looking at possible ranges of sizes a sense can still be gained if the sites are or are not

likely to be meeting their aims A full assessment of site size which is outside the scope of

this report should take into account the species life-history population structure quality of

the habitat the quality of the surrounding areas and possible connectivity to other sites

(Lindeboom amp Baumlck 2005) However in many cases the scientific knowledge about a feature

will be insufficient to determine this very exactly Even if the life history of a species is well

know for example it is usually not known how much the surrounding area can be expected

to play a role in supporting the healthy functioning of that species Nonetheless it is

generally true that heavily impacted surrounding areas will provide less of a supporting role

to protected features than pristine ones In data-poor situations often it is still possible to

use expert opinion to specify a range of sizes which would likely be appropriate for the

adequate protection of a given feature (text adapted from OSPAR 2007)

For the RAMPAO network expert assessments of the efficacy of individual MPA sites is

probably the best way to consider the adequacy aspect of the criterion and we note the

work that has already been done by RAMPAO on this regard as well as the IUCN on

assessing management effectiveness (2007 2008a 2008b)

Relative viability can also be inferred from a threats pressures analysis In performing a

population density analysis proximity to human settlements can be used as a first indication

of how much anthropomorphic stress a protected area may be experiencing Looking

further at the composition of sensitive and threatened species within a given area can

further refine this initial threats analysis

Long term gap analyses In many cases analyses that got delayed in the medium term would be still valuable in the

longer term (2011 to 2014) However for the longer-term we would also hope that

RAMPAO activities would begin to focus on the filling of already-identified ecological and

management gaps

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 26

MarZone and MaxEnt

As an MPA network develops so does the need for more sophisticated analyses MarZone

(Marxan with Zones) has received positive attention recently and is a good tool for zoning

multiple activities with various levels of conservation restrictions In order to use a tool like

Marxan broad representativity data (ldquocoarse filterrdquo) and biological data (ldquofine filterrdquo) are

required and in order to use a zoning tool like MarZone broad coverage human use data

are additionally required One big advantage of MarxanMarZone is the user community

that has grown up around it and the good practices that continue to be developed

To get broad scale species distributions usually point occurrence data are fitted to physical

chemical environmental variables producing a predictive habitat model Good success has

been attained using the MaxEnt model (httpwwwcsprincetonedu~schapiremaxent)

though many other approaches also exist The construction of species-habitat predictive

models can take time and acquiring combining the environmental data also takes much

work In order to not bias the Marxan MarZone analysis several species-habitat models

would have to be created for several different key species from a variety of taxonomic

families trophic levels and feeding guilds This would be clearly a long-term project and

can only be justified if the RAMPAO MPA network has reached a level of sophistication to

demand such an analysis

Climate change modelling

Conservation network planning for climate change can also involved complicated modelling

(eg Fuller et al 2008) However again these approaches are data-intensive and require

advanced technical abilities

Ongoing adaptive approach

It is unlikely that the above advanced modelling approaches would be worth their

considerable effort and instead it is suggested that much more can be achieved through

good cooperation with stakeholders scientific expertise and some ldquocommon senserdquo

Recognising that no plan is perfect planning should be seen as an ongoing process of

refinement Paramount will be the ability to be flexible and adapt to changing ecological and

social conditions To do so will require governance structures from local to international

levels ndashlikewise matched to adapt quickly and effectively

While it is relatively easy to point out gaps in an MPA network at ever-increasing levels of

sophistication it is much harder to fill those gaps even on the most rudimentary level

Therefore we urge RAMPAO to act in the long term on addressing the gaps that are readily

apparent through basic tests such as the ones outlined in this document

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 27

Possible activities of the 2nd Mission

This report and the two-part background report prepared for the CBD (also included in this

submission ndashArdron et al 2009) offer a lot of information We expect that as RAMPAO staff

sifts through this guidance questions will arise We see the 2nd Mission as one that could be

devoted to

answering questions that arise from the 1st Mission guidance ndashprocess ecological

and technical

elaborating medium-term gap analyses once more is known about data availability

and technical capacity within RAMPAO and its partner organisations

providing assistance in data collection in Europe and North America

doing joint GIS analyses there could be benefit in working together on some of the

GIS analyses such as the analysis of topographic complexity

presenting initial results we also believe that it will be important to present some

short-term gap analysis results to RAMPAO members and partners

participating in the Third Meeting of the RAMPAO General Assembly we suggest that the 2nd Mission coincide with the RAMPAO General Assembly and include

o a presentation of initial results to the General Assembly and o an expert side-meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and

analyses

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 28

References

Ardron JA 2002 A Recipe for Determining Benthic Complexity An Indicator of Species Richness In Marine Geography GIS for the Oceans and Seas (ch 23 pp 196-175) Joe Breman (ed) Redlands CA USA ESRI Press

Ardron JA 2009 Three initial OSPAR tests of ecological coherence heuristics in a data-limited situation ICES Journal of Marine Research 658 1527-1533

Ardron JA Dunn D Corrigan C Gjerde K Halpin P Rice J Vanden Berghe E Vierros M 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations A background document for the CBD expert workshop Ottawa Canada 29 September ndash 2 October 2009 37 pp + 73 pp Annex 1

BALANCE 2008 Ecological coherence and principles MPA assessment selection and design Technical Summary Report 34 httpbalance-euorgxpdfbalance-technical-summary-report-no-3-4pdf

FAO 2009 International guidelines for the management of deep-sea fisheries in the high seas Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations Rome

Fahrig 2001 How much Habitat is enough Biological Conservation 100 (1) 65-74

Fuller T Morton DP Sarkar S 2008 Incorporating uncertainty about speciesrsquo potential distributions under climate change into the selection of conservation areas with a case study from the Arctic Coastal Plain of Alaska Biological Conservation 141 1547-1559

Gigerenzer G Todd P M and the ABC Research Group 1999 Simple heuristics that make us smart Oxford University Press New York

IUCNBRAO 2007 Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parc de Guineacutee Bissau

IUCNPACO 2008a Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees aires proteacutegeacutees de la Reacutepublique de Guineacutee

IUCNBRAO 2008b Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parcs et reacuteserves de Mauritanie

Lindeboom HJ and Baumlck S 2005 Establishing coastal and marine reserves- with the emphasis on fisheries Pages 103-118 In Managing European Coasts Past Present and Future J Vermaat LBouwer KTurner WSalomons (Eds) Springer-Verlag

OSPAR 2007 Background document to support the Assessment of whether the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is Ecologically Coherent OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic Publication Number 2007320 wwwosparorg

OSPAR 2008 Three initial spatial tests looking at the ecological coherence of the OSPAR marine protected area (MPA) network OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic 3602008 wwwosparorg 17 pp

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 29

Annex 1 Calendar of meetings 1st Mission 5-12 Sept 2009

Lundi

FIBA

Charlotte Karibuhoye

Coordinatrice

Souadou Ndiaye

SIG RAMPAO

Julien Semelin Appui agrave la creacuteation de nouvelles AMP et renforcement de lrsquoefficaciteacute des AMP

UICN Racine Kane AMP transfrontaliegravere

16h par teacuteleacutephone

PRCM Ahmed Senhoury

Directeur

Mardi

8h30 WWF Mamadou Diallo

Chargeacute de mission espegraveces et habitats

mdialowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 641 13 84

Paul Siegel Conseiller en environnement marin psiegelwwfsenegalorg 221 869 37 00

10h30

CSE centre de suivi eacutecologique Ministegravere de lrsquoenvironnement

Taibou Ba Cartes donneacutees

15h Wetland international Africa

Emma GREATRIX

Network for biodiversiteacute (BIOMAC network) Manatee Waterbirds Mangroves

egeatrix]wetlandssn +221 33 869 1681

Mercredi

10h SI NEPAD David Njiki Njiki

Coordinateur environnement njikinjikiyahoocom 221 33 842 73 11

12h WWF Ibrahima Niamadio

Officier pecircche durable iniamadiowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 567 53 16

15h par teacuteleacutephone

UICN Mathieu Ducroq

Coordinateur du programme marin et cocirctier de lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoouest central

+ 222 662 40 82 portable 0022 529 09 77 bureau

16h par teacuteleacutephone

RAMPAO Alfredo da Silva

Preacutesident du RAMPAO Directeur IBAP Ancien coordinateur du reacuteseau de gestion des zones cocirctiegraveres

00245 580 38 48 ou 00 245

UNESCO Isabelle Niang

Projet GEF drsquoadaptation au changement climatique en Afrique de lrsquoouest Erosion cocirctiegravere

Jeudi

9h UICN Guineacutee Bissau

Pierre Campredon

Ancien responsable du PRCM Pierrecampredoniucnorg 0033 630340088

11h30 Convention drsquoAbidjan

Nassere Kaba 0022520211183

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 30

13h CRODTCNDO ODINAFRICA

Anis Diallo Aquaculture et directeur du CNDO adialloordinafricanet 22133832826465 221 77 631 15 95

15h CSRP

M Hamadi Diop

En charge du deacutepartement laquo recherche et systegraveme drsquoinformation raquo

hamadidiopgmailcom

Philippe Tous Projet AFD ndash inteacutegration des AMP dans les politiques de pecircche

philipetousgmailcom (Skype Phil_tous)

Renaud Bailleux

Contrat UICN sur la gestion de lrsquoaccegraves aux ressources halieutiques dans la reacutegion - accords de pecircche ndash gouvernance partageacutee dans les AMP (financement PRCM)

M Dop mika Programme requins de la FIBA mika_dfryahoofr

Vendredi

9H IRD Luis Tito de Morais

Peumlcheeacutecologie des peuplements de poissons

titoirdsn 221 33 849 3658

11h UICN Mamadou Sow

Chef de projet mangrove Mamadousowuicnorg 221 33 869 0286

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 31

Annex 2 CBD criteria for ecologically significant areas

CBD Decision IX20 Annex 1

SCIENTIFIC CRITERIA FOR IDENTIFYING ECOLOGICALLY OR BIOLOGICALLY SIGNIFICANT MARINE AREAS IN NEED OF PROTECTION IN OPEN-

OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS

Criteria Definition Rationale Examples Consideration in application

Uniqueness or

rarity

Area contains

either (i) unique (ldquothe

only one of its kindrdquo) rare

(ldquooccurs only in few

locationsrdquo) or endemic

species populations or

communities andor (ii)

unique rare or distinct

habitats or ecosystems

andor (iii) unique or

unusual geomorphological

or oceanographic features

Irreplaceable

Loss would mean the probable permanent disappearance of diversity or a feature or reduction of the diversity at any level

Open ocean waters

Sargasso Sea Taylor column

persistent polynyas

Deep-sea habitats

endemic communities around

submerged atolls hydrothermal

vents sea mounts pseudo-

abyssal depression

Risk of biased-view of the perceived uniqueness depending on the information availability

Scale dependency of features such that unique features at one scale may be typical at another thus a global and regional perspective must be taken

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 32

Special

importance for

life-history

stages of

species

Areas that are required for

a population to survive and

thrive

Various biotic and abiotic

conditions coupled with

species-specific

physiological constraints

and preferences tend to

make some parts of marine

regions more suitable to

particular life-stages and

functions than other parts

Area containing (i) breeding grounds

spawning areas nursery areas juvenile

habitat or other areas important for life

history stages of species or (ii) habitats of

migratory species (feeding wintering or

resting areas breeding moulting

migratory routes)

Connectivity between life-history stages and linkages between areas trophic interactions physical transport physical oceanography life history of species

Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data Vessel monitoring system (VMS) data

Spatial and temporal distribution andor aggregation of the species

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 33

Importance for

threatened

endangered or

declining

species andor

habitats

Area containing habitat for

the survival and recovery

of endangered threatened

declining species or area

with significant

assemblages of such

species

To ensure the restoration

and recovery of such species

and habitats

Areas critical for threatened endangered

or declining species andor habitats

containing (i) breeding grounds spawning

areas nursery areas juvenile habitat or

other areas important for life history

stages of species or (ii) habitats of

migratory species (feeding wintering or

resting areas breeding moulting

migratory routes)

Includes species with very large geographic ranges

In many cases recovery will require reestablishment of the species in areas of its historic range

Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data vessel-monitoring system (VMS) data

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 34

Vulnerability

Fragility

Sensitivity or

Slow recovery

Areas that contain a

relatively high proportion

of sensitive habitats

biotopes or species that

are functionally fragile

(highly susceptible to

degradation or depletion

by human activity or by

natural events) or with

slow recovery

The criteria indicate the

degree of risk that will be

incurred if human activities

or natural events in the area

or component cannot be

managed effectively or are

pursued at an unsustainable

rate

Vulnerability of species

Inferred from the history of how species or populations in other similar areas responded to perturbations

Species of low fecundity slow growth long time to sexual maturity longevity (eg sharks etc)

Species with structures providing biogenic habitats such as deepwater corals sponges and bryozoans deep-water species

Vulnerability of habitats

Ice-covered areas susceptible to ship-based pollution

Ocean acidification can make deep sea habitats more vulnerable to others and increase susceptibility to human induced changes

Interactions between vulnerability to human impacts and natural events

Existing definition emphasizes site specific ideas and requires consideration for highly mobile species

Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 35

Biological

productivity

Area containing species

populations or

communities with

comparatively higher

natural biological

productivity

Important role in fuelling

ecosystems and increasing

the growth rates of

organisms and their capacity

for reproduction

Frontal areas

Upwellings

Hydrothermal vents

Seamounts polynyas

Can be measured as the rate of growth of marine organisms and their populations either through the fixation of inorganic carbon by photosynthesis chemosynthesis or through the ingestion of prey dissolved organic matter or particulate organic matter

Can be inferred from remote-sensed products eg ocean colour or process-based models

Time-series fisheries data can be used but caution is required

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 36

Biological

diversity

Area contains

comparatively higher

diversity of ecosystems

habitats communities or

species or has higher

genetic diversity

Important for evolution and

maintaining the resilience of

marine species and

ecosystems

Sea-mounts

Fronts and convergence zones

Cold coral communities

Deep-water sponge communities

Diversity needs to be seen in relation to the surrounding environment

Diversity indices are indifferent to species substitutions

Diversity indices are indifferent to which species may be contributing to the value of the index and hence would not pick up areas important to species of special concern such as endangered species

Can be inferred from habitat heterogeneity or diversity as a surrogate for species diversity in areas where biodiversity has not been sampled intensively

Naturalness Area with a comparatively

higher degree of

naturalness as a result of

the lack of or low level of

human-induced

disturbance or

degradation

To protect areas with near natural structure processes and functions

To maintain these areas as reference sites

To safeguard and enhance ecosystem resilience

Most ecosystems and habitats have

examples with varying levels of

naturalness and the intent is that the

more natural examples should be

selected

Priority should be given to areas having a low level of disturbance relative to their surroundings

In areas where no natural areas remain areas that have successfully recovered including reestablishment of species should be

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 37

considered

Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 38

Annex 3 CBD criteria for MPA networks

Decision IX20 Annex II SCIENTIFIC GUIDANCE FOR SELECTING AREAS TO ESTABLISH A REPRESENTATIVE NETWORK OF MARINE PROTECTED AREAS INCLUDING IN

OPEN OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS

Required network properties and

components Definition Applicable site specific considerations (inter alia)

Ecologically and biologically significant areas

Ecologically and biologically significant areas are geographically or oceanographically discrete areas that provide important services to one or more speciespopulations of an ecosystem or to the ecosystem as a whole compared to other surrounding areas or areas of similar ecological characteristics or otherwise meet the criteria as identified in annex I to decision IX20

Uniqueness or rarity

Special importance for life history stages of species

Importance for threatened endangered or declining species andor habitats

Vulnerability fragility sensitivity or slow recovery

Biological productivity

Biological diversity

Naturalness

Representativity Representativity is captured in a network when it consists of areas representing the different biogeographical subdivisions of the global oceans and regional seas that reasonably reflect the full range of ecosystems including the biotic and habitat diversity of those marine ecosystems

A full range of examples across a biogeographic habitat or community classification relative health of species and communities relative intactness of habitat(s) naturalness

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 39

Connectivity Connectivity in the design of a network allows for linkages whereby protected sites benefit from larval andor species exchanges and functional linkages from other network sites In a connected network individual sites benefit one another

Currents gyres physical bottlenecks migration routes species dispersal detritus functional linkages Isolated sites such as isolated seamount communities may also be included

Replicated ecological features Replication of ecological features means that more than one site shall contain examples of a given feature in the given biogeographic area The term ―features means ―species habitats and ecological processes that naturally occur in the given biogeographic area

Accounting for uncertainty natural variation and the possibility of catastrophic events Features that exhibit less natural variation or are precisely defined may require less replication than features that are inherently highly variable or are only very generally defined

Adequate and viable sites Adequate and viable sites indicate that all sites within a network should have size and protection sufficient to ensure the ecological viability and integrity of the feature(s) for which they were selected

Adequacy and viability will depend on size shape buffers persistence of features threats surrounding environment (context) physical constraints scale of featuresprocesses spillovercompactness

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 40

Annex 4 Data sources highlighted in discussions during the 1st Mission

Thegravemes Organisme ressources Personnes ressources Sites internet ressources et bases de donneacutees

Donneacutees bibliographiques

IRD Linus base bibliographique (httpiacaprodc3eduvsqfrlinus)

CRODT Catalogue des publications du CRODT

Donneacutees geacuteneacuterales

PRCMFIBA SIG Reacutegional Catalogue drsquoInformations pour lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoOuest (CIAO) wwwolmmrciao

OdinAfrica African marine atlas ndash voir OdinAfrica

OBIS httpwwwiobisorg

Guineacutee Bissau SIG Guineacutee Bissau au 200 000 egraveme sur toute la zone cocirctiegravere et 50 000 egraveme sur les Bijagos voir Franccedilois Gourmelonuniv-brestfr ou Emmanuel Ginaudet

Cap vert Systegraveme national SIG pour toutes les donneacutees du Cap vert

Bathymeacutetrie

Navy Londres Africa Pilot Volume 1 Hydrographer of the Navy London 1967

SHOM Carte SHOM ndeg6815 INT14 au 110 000 000egraveme Voir site wwwshomfr - catalogue

Cf Canada Carte au CSE

CND0 CD des donneacutees bathymeacutetriques de la sous-reacutegion

Donneacutees oceacuteanographiques geacuteneacuterales

OdinAfrica Points focaux des pays agrave voir sur site internet drsquoOdinAfrica

ordinafricanet Atelier national OdinAfrica ndash voir sur le site CNDO Aller sur le site OdinAfrica reacutecupeacuterer les shapefiles (httpwwwodinafricaorg) et sur httpwwwafricanmarineatlasnet

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 41

IRDlaboratoire LOCEAN-IPSL (Universiteacute Paris 6) LPAOSF (Lab de Physique de lAtmosphegravere et de lOceacutean de agrave lEacutecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique-UCAD

Alban Lazar (IRD) Simeacuteon Fongang (Ecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique) Raymond Lahaye (IRDLEMAR)

Circulation oceacuteanique le long des cocirctes seacuteneacutegalaises (structures variabiliteacute meacutecanismes de lrsquoupwelling des courants cocirctiers des tempeacuteratures et des saliniteacutes) et les couplages oceacutean-atmosphegravere

FAO Merete TANDSTAD Projets CCLEM et GCLME

NEPAD Projet GCLME

PRCM et IMROP + autres

Faire lrsquoinventaire des socieacuteteacutes qui ont fait de la prospection peacutetroliegravere et voir leurs donneacutees et eacutetudes drsquoimpact eacutetude Woodside ou Dana petroleum voir PRCM et IMROP

Universiteacute Rapport master de lrsquouniversiteacute sur la modeacutelisation de la circulation et des tempeacuteratures sur la haute mer (demander CNDO)

Upwellings Odiafrica Donneacutees upwellings sur Odinafrica

IRD P CURY et N BEZ

Geacuteologie seacutediemntologie et Nature des fonds

2 thegraveses sur le plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais sud et nord

IRD carte de Domain (IRDORSTOM) carte des seacutediments du plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais)

carte de Barusso

Travaux de Lachance et Mc Master

Odinafirca Plateau continental ndash carte digitaliseacutee sur la nature des fonds ndash voir sur ordinafrica

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 42

Annex 5 GIS data priorities

Explanation of ranking system

Term short-term bullbullbull medium-term bullbull long-term bull Estimated Ease of acquiring data easy bullbullbull moderatebullbull difficult bull

Importance high bullbullbull moderate bullbull low bull Term Ease Import

Base layers

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 coastline(s)

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 2 ecological regions

bullbullbull bull bullbullbull 3 bathymetry

bullbullbull bullbull bull 4 topography (for land ndashcan help with shoreline classifications)

Physical and oceanographic

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 estuaries rivers

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 shoreline type (cliff rocky sandy muddy etc)

bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 surficial sediment (bottom type)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 seafloor topographic complexity ruggedness (can be created from bathymetry)

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 5 seamounts (can also be identified through bathymetry)

6 other seascape features eg

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull canyons

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 43

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull ridges

bullbull bullbullbull bullbull hydrothermal vents

bullbull bull bullbull seeps

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull banks

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull rocky reefs

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull estuaries (sub-classes)

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull lagoons

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull upwellings

bull bullbull bull 7 ocean currents tides

bull bullbull bullbull 8 sea surface temperature

bull bullbull bullbull 9 salinity

bull bull bull 10 photosynthetically available radiation (PAR)

bull bull bull 11 coastal erosion sediment transport

bull bull bullbull 12 climate change trends eg movement of upwellings

Biological habitat

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 1 threatened or endangered species (amp spawning nursery areas etc)

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 threatened or endangered habitats

bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 habitat classification (if one exists regionally)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 biogenic features eg

warm water coral reefs

cold water coral ldquoforestsrdquo

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 44

mangroves (sub-classes)

bullbull bull bullbullbull 5 Key commercial species eg

crustaceans molluscs (crabs shrimps oysters etc)

pelagic large fishes (eg tunas)

pelagic small fishes

demersal fishes

bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 primary productivity (usually satellite colour images chlorophyll_a)

bullbull bull bullbull 7 secondary productivity (eg an estimate of carbon flux)

bullbull bull bullbull 8 migration of invasive species

Human use management

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 marine protected areas

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 year-round fisheries closures

bullbull bullbull bull 3 other seasonal fisheries closures

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 4 cities towns villages (with populations)

bullbull bullbull bull 5 local community boundaries

bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 traditional use boundaries (eg artisanal fisheries)

bull bullbull bull 7 migrant land use grazing

bullbull bull bullbullbull 8 areas of cultural spiritual importance

bullbull bullbullbull bullbull 9 roads (can help with understanding remoteness amp shoreline access)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 10 shipping routes and harbours

bullbull bullbull bull 11 land use particularly agriculture (can be combined into an analysis of rivers to estimate runoff)

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 45

bullbull bull bullbullbull 12 fishing

a artisanal by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)

b industrial by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 13 offshore oil amp gas licences exploratory wells installations (platforms pipelines shore based)

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 14 sand amp gravel mining

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 15 tourism shoreline development resorts marinas

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 46

Annex 6 Thirty additional assessments

Excerpted and adapted from the 54 page report by the OSPAR Regional seas convention for

the Northeast Atlantic (2007) Background document to support the assessment of whether

the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is ecologically coherent6

Assessment Criterion 1 Adequacy Viability

1 Assessment Guideline One should expect the sizes of network sites (for a given feature) to be

distributed throughout or exceed the estimated range of sizes necessary to sustain a viable

population or community

2 Assessment Guideline Sites that are heavily impacted andor surrounded by heavily impacted

areas should be larger than otherwise

3 Assessment Guideline Features of ecological significance should receive greater protection

than normal

4 Assessment Guideline Location and geography can be used to indicate adequate protection

such that

a Protection of pelagic features should generally be reflected with the implementation of

larger sites than those for benthic features

b In regions constrained by physical geography (eg fjords bays bights passages straits)

the adequate sizes of individual sites will generally be smaller than areas without such

physical constraints (eg regional seas open ocean)

c Offshore andor deeper sites will generally require larger areas than for nearshore andor

shallow sites (However the exceptions of certain deep sea benthic features such as

hydrothermal vents and cold seeps are noted)

5 Assessment Guideline in a given region the adequate spatial protection of most OSPAR

features and the overall network can be expected to conform to the scientific literature and

fall within the range commonly found within that literature It is recognized that this is an

evolving field of study

6 Assessment Guideline Owing to the multiplicity of its objectives the OSPAR network can be

expected to contain a variety of reserve sizes and corresponding spacing between sites

7 Assessment Guideline If a site is at the small end of the expected viability range for a given

feature then compact sites are preferable If on the other hand a given site is at the large end

of the estimated viability range then a less compact shape would allow for greater spill-over

and benefits outside of the reserve

a The Compactness of a given site can be calculated using a GIS and the following

formula C = (4πAp2)

05 Where C is the Compactness A is the area of the site and p is

its perimeter

8 Assessment Guideline A broad MPA network such as the OSPAR network with a wide

variety of features can be expected to have a wide variety of reserve shapes and sizes

6 Jeff Ardron is the primary author of this OSPAR report

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 47

a The combined size and compactness of a site be readily calculated using a GIS and the

following formula SSC = ln (PA) Where SSC is here labelled as the site size-

compactness P is the perimeter of the site and A is the area

9 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA electronic database lists the aims and ecological

criteria on a site by site basis Thus as a preliminary assessment these can be compiled to get

an indication of how well they are being met across the network

10 Assessment Guideline A list inventory of features within a region that (are known or

believed to) meet the OSPAR aims and ecological criteria is required in order to fully assess if

the existing MPA sites are likely adequate

11 Assessment Guideline Features that are common and widely distributed will generally require

less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are rare andor sparsely

distributed

Assessment Criterion 2 Representativity

12 Assessment Guideline OSPAR MPAs should be checked to ensure that they are broadly

distributed across biogeographic regions In such an assessment there is no need to restrict the

assessment to just one biogeographic classification system So long as they appear to be

rigorous (eg peer-reviewed) the use of a variety of systems is encouraged

13 Assessment Guideline Each of the Dinter [OSPAR] bioregions should be adequately

protected

14 Assessment Guideline National classifications can be very helpful in assessing

representativity at a national level based on national categories and should be used where they

exist

15 Assessment Guideline In the absence of full biological surveys or full classification systems

(such as EUNIS) simple surrogates should be used to check that representativity is possibly

being achieved Benthic and pelagic realms should be considered

16 Assessment Guideline Representative features that are very common and widely distributed

will likely require less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are just

somewhat common

As a rule of thumb within a given feature class representative protection can be

compared to a normalized distribution For example if the areal distribution of

representative classes can be normalised through a square-root transformation then

protected area distribution could be expected to be roughly proportional to the square-

root of the ratio of the representative feature classesrsquo overall areas

17 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA nomination database should be checked to ensure

that the idea of the ldquobestrdquo features was taken into account across feature types and regions

18 Assessment Guideline Features that best represent their type can be expected to be

characterized by most or all of these indicators

a Typical morphology

b High density abundance

c High degree of health naturalness

d Persistence (temporal and spatial) and

e Strong functional linkages

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 48

Assessment Criterion 3 Replication

19 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area more than one example of each feature

should be protected

20 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features protected in areas susceptible

to catastrophic events require greater replication than those in low-risk areas

21 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area where no better data exist natural

variation can be assumed to be greatest between sites that are furthest apart

22 Assessment Guideline Features that are very specifically defined will exhibit less variation

and hence require less replication than features which are very general or ldquocatch-allrdquo categories

23 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area scientific requirements may require

replicate sites for differing purposes If these requirements are not known it can be assumed

that replicate sites that are a moderate distance apart (neither immediate neighbours nor at

extreme ends of the biogeographic area) will satisfy most scientific requirements

24 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features for which there are weak or

incomplete or modelled data require greater replication than those features for which better data

are available

Assessment Criterion 4 Connectivity

25 Assessment Guideline If an area is known or suspected to be important to connectivity then it

should be represented in the MPA network

26 Assessment Guideline Reserves in areas where there are known currents (eg many coastal

areas) should be more closely spaced than otherwise In order to maintain connectivity for most

short to moderate larval dispersing species when specific data are lacking such nearshore sites

should be spaced not further than 50 km apart

27 Assessment Guideline Connectivity between seabird sites can be measured in straight lines

28 Assessment Guideline Connectivity for marine species can be assumed to be greater along

lines of similar habitat than across them

29 Assessment Guideline The density of marine reserves can be used as a way to group areas of

likely connectivity Likewise it can also define gaps where connectivity has probably not been

achieved

30 Assessment Guideline In the absence of dispersal data connectivity may be approximated by

ensuring the MPA network is well distributed in space reflecting the scale of its surroundings

Page 18: A Suggested Approach for Gap Analyses of the RAMPAO Marine ...€¦ · A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 2 Recommendation re outreach: 1) regional contact

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 16

proposing cooperation collaboration 5) presentations introducing the project should be

made at national and regional level meetings as opportunity permits

Acquisition of data amp information Central to this project will be identifying sources of information and data coordinating with

these experts data repositories and providers and ultimately acquiring the information or

data This will consume more time than any other task and probably more time than all the

other tasks combined

Steps

In the general case data acquisition will require the following steps some which may be

iterative (ie cycle around a few times)

searches ndashinternet list-serves libraries literature and through colleagues

informal emails calls and discussions with the expert or data custodian as to

what data may be available

formal letter(s) of introduction to the project signed by senior authorities and

usually addressed to mid- and senior-level people

face-to-face meetings in order to 1) gain permission to use the data and 2) to

learn about details and proper use of the data These two requirements may

mean two separate meetings

MoU drafting and signing andor data agreement andor formal letter of

request

logistics of how the data will be delivered and if any fees or restrictions are

involved

technical and scientific follow-up calls for assistance andor clarification on

interpretation or use of the data

The above steps have not been numbered because the order can vary from situation to

situation with some situations being informal and skipping steps while others are very

formal requiring prolonged discussions and additional steps that build trust

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 17

Three elements of success

Three elements of successful data acquisition are persistence practicality and

prioritisation

Persistence While most experts are usually happy to share their knowledge the sharing of

their data is often another matter The process can take weeks months or even years

Therefore in order to keep progress steady it is best to make a little time available every

day (say two hours) for data searches and follow-up politely reminding contacts from time

to time that you have not yet heard back from them That said do not waste time on data

that are only of marginal interest in the bigger picture It is easy to become lost in details

Practicality Often it is better to identify what data are readily available and to request

those data first This can help build trust and also allows for progress without getting stuck

Subsequently the provider can be approached again to discuss the other more difficult

data sets Thus the above steps can occur more than once with the same data provider

Again as noted above keeping the bigger picture in mind will help to focus data-gathering

activities on the most practical data sets

Prioritisation In an ecosystem-level analysis all kinds of data are interesting That said

some data are more helpful or urgent than others In the analyses outlined in the sections

below the general data requirements are listed The data requirements of the short-term

gap analyses should take priority over the medium-term ones which in turn should take

priority over the long-term analyses

Annex 5 GIS data priorities lists various common categories of data with their estimated

timeframe for usage (short- medium- long-term) availability and priority for this project

Strategies for acquiring difficult data

Sometimes data may be considered proprietary andor too sensitive to show and providers

usually assume they cannot be shared However with patience sometimes agreements can

be found whereby the data may be used ldquobehind the scenesrdquo in analyses so long as the

data are not displayed on final maps ndashonly the combined results which do not reveal the

data In other situations when the provider is an active participant the provider should be

invited to be a formal partner in the project and this may also ease data restrictions Finally

agreeing to perform joint-analyses or even contracting out certain analyses to the expert

can also allow the data to be used However in this latter case it may be difficult to do

quality control and hence the results can sometimes be puzzling or not what was required

If certain data are simply unavailable metadata can still be requested though metadata

often do not exist (In practice metadata if supplied are many times custom-created for

the particular request)

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 18

Meetings

General meetings A large forum like the RAMPAO General Assembly can be an excellent

opportunity to introduce interested parties to the project It may even be possible to get

general agreement around sharing data However such a general agreement if it can be

found would probably still not replace the need for MoUs and similar bilateral agreements

with specific agencies and institutions

In addition to regional meetings presentations should be made to national meetings

introducing the project as opportunity permits

Data meetings regional data meetings with database managers could help speed up the

process of data collection though this can vary from place to place In many cases it is

better to first approach people one-on-one Later after some data have already been

acquired a meeting can be used to discuss how to best merge data together and to

encourage others to also provide information data if they have not already done so

Expert meetings bringing together experts of a particular species or habitat can be a very

good way to identify available expertise information data and gaps Expert knowledge can

also be collected at such meetings drawn on maps etc but this requires prior training

preparation and processing afterwards In general expert meetings are most valuable after

a ldquodesktop studyrdquo where basic gaps have been identified and there are now specific

questions that have been identified as needing answers Targeted expert meetings can be

valuable at different times throughout a process as different issues need addressing Their

main drawback is the expense and work required A badly run meeting can also turn opinion

against a project and so care has to be taken to do a good job

Recommendation re data information collection 1) The process of collecting data should

begin immediately This will require close coordination with outreach activities 2) Priority

should be given to collecting data that are a) easily acquired and b) required for the initial

short-term analyses 3) Lists of data sources contact information and what dates they

were approached should be kept to track progress 4) Data collaboration should be on the

agenda of the next RAMPAO General Assembly meeting 5) After an initial (eg 3-6

month) period of data collection the need for data meetings andor expert meetings

should be assessed

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 19

Five initial gap analyses The following analyses are recommended as initial tests that should be done in the short-

term (present to June 2010) and when possible in the order presented However we

acknowledge that data availability can alter the ordering of the tests and even what tests

are undertaken ndashincluding developing new ones not listed here These basic tests can be

followed up with more complex analyses such as outlined in the next sections of this report

1 Visually consider the distribution of protected areas Is the network spatially well

distributed without more than a few major gaps If not what gaps can a person

immediately see Consider along-shore gaps and gaps moving out towards the offshore

Consider the northern central and southern thirds of the RAMPAO area Consider

national boundaries

Technical amp data requirements no GIS or GIS data are required A basic paper map

showing the protected areas and national boundaries is sufficient

Rationale this simple assessment is deceptively powerful Simplicity should not be seen

as detracting from its value The human eye can see many patterns and gaps that are

difficult to quantify into statistics When most people agree on a visual gap this

indicates that it is likely valid and worthy of serious consideration

Connectivity and representativity are two of the five agreed-upon CBD criteria for

assessing MPA networks (IX20 Annex 2) If the network is generally not well distributed

in space then it is unlikely to exhibit characteristics of connectivity or representativity

and thus is very unlikely to be ecologically coherent Note that if a network is well-

distributed in space this does not necessarily ensure that these criteria are being met

and further tests will still be required

2 Using GIS procedures consider in greater depth the distribution of protected areas For

this test and all the other tests below perform it first for the whole region then for

each of the three broad ecoregions north central and south4 and finally according to

national boundaries

a Zones offshore Consider coverage within four basic zones i the shorelines (0-5

nautical miles offshore) ii nearshore (~5-15 nm) iii mid-offshore (~15-50 nm)

and iv far offshore (~50 -200 nm) What percentage of each of these broad

zones has MPAs

b Distance from shore statistics what is the average (arithmetic mean) extent that

RAMPAO MPAs extend offshore What is the range of these values What is the

4 This could include the MEOW (Marine Ecoregions Of the World) classification or other similar ecoregions

accepted by RAMPAO partners

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 20

standard deviation Considering that RAMPOA waters extend approximately 200

nm offshore what do these distance-offshore statistics suggest

c Nearest neighbour distance in each of the above zones calculate ldquonearest

neighbourrdquo statistics between MPAs noting the range of MPA spacing the

arithmetic mean of the spacing and the standard deviation of spacing between

sites In this test and all others displaying the histogram of results can be very

informative and is recommended

Technical amp data requirements GIS files are required for shoreline data MPAs

ecoregions national boundaries These three tests (a) ndash (c) get progressively more

technically advanced in the use of GIS However it is outside the scope of this report to

fully describe the GIS methods If a minimum separation distance is chosen as a network

criterion (see comments below) then an easier GIS analysis would be to buffer the

MPAs by a value of half that distance to identify which areas that ldquotouchrdquo and which do

not

Rationale these analyses put some numbers to the first visual test In most ways

however the visual test is simpler and easier to understand That said numbers in

tables can help rank gaps according to basic properties

Unfortunately the GIS methods can be a bit difficult for a beginner If parts of this test

are too difficult they can be skipped since the visual assessment already tells us a lot

Setting explicit quantitative targets for spacing can be controversial and difficult to

support scientifically What is adequate for some species will still be inadequate for

others That said for a basic initial test ldquorules of thumbrdquo have been proposed The

BALANCE project in the Baltic Sea suggested 25 km as an ideal maximum spacing

between shoreline sites (2008) Instead of looking at the ideal situation the OSPAR

Convention for the Northeast Atlantic took a different approach considering the very

longest spacing that could be considered contributing anything at all towards ecological

coherence of the MPA network ie a theoretical ldquoworst caserdquo The OSPAR guidelines for

this worst case are nearshore ~250 km (linear shoreline distance) offshore ~200 000

km2 (which is about equivalent to a ~500 km diameter circle) high seas ~1 000 000 km2

(equivalent to a square with ~1000 km sides) For OSPAR nearshore meant shoreline

and territorial waters out to 12 nm offshore meant EEZ waters (12-200 nm) and high

seas meant waters beyond 200 nm from shore (OPSAR 2008 Ardron 2009)

3 Consider MPA distribution according to depth As for all these analyses perform these

tests first for the whole region then for each of the three broad ecoregions north

central and south and finally according to national boundaries

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 21

a Depth statistics what is the average (arithmetic mean) depth of RAMPAO

MPAs What is the range of values What is the standard deviation How do

these numbers compare with the overall RAMPAO region

b Depth zones consider the following eight general depth zones and what

percentage of each zone is within the current MPA network 0-25 m

(shallow) 25-50 m (photic) 50-100m (upper shelf) 100-200 m (lower shelf)

200-400 m (upper slope) 400-800 m (mid-slope) 800-1600 m (lower slope)

1600-3200 m or greater (abyssal plain)5

Technical amp data requirements data as per the previous test plus bathymetry The

easiest and fastest way to perform these statistics is to convert the MPA shapefile

(and if it is not already the bathymetry) into a raster grid and do grid analyses

Rationale depth is widely recognised as one of the key variables that describes

biotic communities in a give region and as such is a very basic measure of

representativity This analysis could be improved by combining surficial sediment

data with depth to make simple seafloor sediment-depth classes if available

4 Consider MPA distribution according to existent shoreline habitat classification

Although the whole RAMPAO shoreline is likely not classified certain features such

as estuaries or mangroves may already largely be identified Taking these shoreline

features that are either readily available or readily digitised consider what

percentage of each of these feature types are within the current MPA network

Consider what percentage of the MPA network lies outside of these readily

identifiable shoreline features Consider also according to ecoregions and national

boundaries

Technical amp data requirements any available shoreline features such as estuaries

and mangroves If the data are good enough each of these features could be sub-

divided eg large medium and small estuaries If geophysical shoreline type data

are missing basic categories such as cliff rock and sandmud shores can often be

visually estimated and hand digitised by looking at terrestrial topographic data along

the shoreline combined with nearshore bathymetry if available

5 These log2 depth classes are admittedly somewhat arbitrary (25 2

i) and could be refined either by

considering a regional biological classification histogram of the distribution of depths or natural breaks in the

data It is our understanding however that no bio-physical classification has been performed for the region

For an initial test these somewhat arbitrary depth classes are sufficient to point out general gaps and reflect

the generally logarithmic scale of decreasing resolution (increasing breadth of classes) with depth

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 22

Rationale since the RAMPAO MPA network is currently shoreline-based this test is

suggested before considering other physical features further offshore This test is

designed to give a rough idea of shoreline representativity

5 Consider the RAMPAO network according to rare threatened and endangered

species and habitats (features) for which data are available Perform the same sort

of tests as in the test above using available data for rare threatened and

endangered features Consider what percentage of each of these feature types are

within the current MPA network Consider what percentage of the MPA network lies

outside of these features Consider also according to ecoregions and national

boundaries

Technical amp data requirements there are modelling techniques to predict the

potential habitat of species but these techniques are advanced and would fall under

the long-term timeframe For this initial analysis only available data should be

considered If the data appear to be very incomplete then they should not be used

Recognising that such data can be sub-regionally incomplete some sections of the

network may have to be left out of this analysis marked as ldquono datardquo areas on the

maps

Rationale rare threatened and endangered features are often protected by law

and also often of interest to researchers There is usually some information on them

though not always digital data and may instead be in the form of expert opinion

Ecologically there are three different types of rare threatened and endangered

features each requiring a different management response 1) features that have

always been rare 2) features that used to be common but are now rare due to

human pressures (ie threatened and endangered) 3) features that are on the edge

of their range and a) this range is steady or b ) this range is shifting (expanding

contracting moving away entering the region) due to climate change or other

environmental changes It would be best to perform this test separately for the three

different classes and associated sub-classes of rare threatened and endangered

features taking into account their population trends However for an initial test

such refinements should be seen as optional depending on information availability

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 23

Medium term gap analyses The following analyses are recommended for consideration in the medium-term (June 2010

to Dec 2011) with choice largely driven by data availability Due to the somewhat longer

time period fewer details are provided here than in the section above allowing for further

elaborations during the 2nd Mission when more is known They are arranged according to

the CBD MPA network criteria (IX20 Annex 2)

In addition to the tests outlined below others that were developed for the OSPAR Regional

Seas Convention for the Northeast Atlantic are listed in Annex 6 Thirty additional

assessments These are also well-suited to the medium-term and medium-quality data

Note that the four OSPAR MPA network criteria overlap four of the five CBD criteria

Ecologically and biologically significant areas (EBSAs)

If specific EBSAs are known consideration should be given to their possible inclusion in the

MPA network Not all EBSAs need necessarily become MPAs for some EBSAs non-spatial

management may be more appropriate It is difficult to do proper gaps assessment on

EBSAs because the distribution of all EBSAs of a given type is usually not known and hence

there is little context by which to judge a given site Thus the rule of thumb is that all EBSAs

if not in the MPA network should be treated as possible gaps and reviewed one at a time

for possible inclusion

The CBD is in the process of developing further guidance on the selection of EBSAs in the

open oceans and deep seas and much of this guidance is also applicable to shallower

nearshore systems Because this guidance is not yet accepted by the CBD we refer you

instead to a background report that was written for the CBD Ottawa Expert Workshop that

discussed these issues 29 Sept ndash 02 Oct 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant

areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations (Ardron

et al 2009) is a report in two parts Both parts are included with this report and are

recommended here as guidance on selecting CBD EBSAs

First gathering information from local residents and experts on places they sense to be

important can go far in identifying key EBSAs The ldquorecognition heuristicrdquo (Gigerenzer 1999)

is a powerful way to quickly locate longstanding ecologically significant areas in a given

region and we note that NGOs such as WWF have already done such work in the past and

that this work could be readily updated and built upon

Representativity

Many tests for representativity can be developed based on available data Listed below are

some of the more likely approaches

Seascapes identify the main shoreline topographic (benthic) and oceanographic

(pelagic) features of the region and check to see what percentage of each is included

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 24

in the MPA network Typical benthic seascape features would include canyons

seamounts reefs etc Typical pelagic features include frontal systems upwellings

gyres See also Annex 5 GIS data priorities

Topographic complexity using only bathymetry a surrogate measure of benthic

complexity can be developed (Ardron 2002) This measure can help highlight areas of

likely increased benthic richness amongst other traits

Biogeographic classification system whereas seascapes focus on physical features

a biogeographic attempts to also include information on biology such that the

system divides an area according to broad ecological communities based on physical

proxies The creation of a biogeographic classification should include both pelagic

and benthic realms is labour- and data- intensive and requires extensive peer

review

Biogeographic components instead of attempting a full biogeographic classification

system certain aspects can be developed separately For example depth strata can

be combined with sea floor sediment data to make a basic sea bottom classification

These can then be nested within the broad bioregions of the RAMPAO area

Likewise exposure wave energy can be combined with shoreline types to create

another basic classification Creating components such as these can be further

explored in the 2nd Mission once it is better known what data information are

available

Connectivity

This is the CBD criterion most difficult to assess with few options for the medium-term

except for looking at distances between sites (see short-term test above) Several academic

modelling exercises have been attempted with mixed levels of success in areas with much

better data than exist in West Africa We would caution RAMPAO in spending too much

time on such modelling exercises In general nearshore sites require closer spacing than

sites further offshore (OSPAR 2007) If it is known that certain areas provide larvae or

juveniles to other places then these ldquosourcerdquo areas should be considered for protection

Note that such areas could also fall under the EBSA criterion for productivity

Replication

At its most basic level this criterion asks that there be more than one MPA for every feature

in the network In practice this is usually considered using available information on

representativity (see above) and whatever biological data may also be available This

criterion can be assessed very simply initially by testing to see if there is more than one MPA

in each broad zone such as distance from shore or depth zone as described in the previous

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 25

section on short-term assessments Assessing replication can become more refined as more

MPAs are designated and better data become available

Adequacy viability

Ideally MPA sites should be monitored to ensure that their aims are being met In cases

where this is occurring the monitoring results should be used to determine if the individual

sitersquos size location and shape is adequate Where monitoring is not occurring or is

incomplete or too recent to determine trends other measures will have to be used Size is

probably the most commonly discussed measure and yet it remains also probably the most

controversial (Fahig 2001) Nonetheless even in an absence of consensus on this issue by

looking at possible ranges of sizes a sense can still be gained if the sites are or are not

likely to be meeting their aims A full assessment of site size which is outside the scope of

this report should take into account the species life-history population structure quality of

the habitat the quality of the surrounding areas and possible connectivity to other sites

(Lindeboom amp Baumlck 2005) However in many cases the scientific knowledge about a feature

will be insufficient to determine this very exactly Even if the life history of a species is well

know for example it is usually not known how much the surrounding area can be expected

to play a role in supporting the healthy functioning of that species Nonetheless it is

generally true that heavily impacted surrounding areas will provide less of a supporting role

to protected features than pristine ones In data-poor situations often it is still possible to

use expert opinion to specify a range of sizes which would likely be appropriate for the

adequate protection of a given feature (text adapted from OSPAR 2007)

For the RAMPAO network expert assessments of the efficacy of individual MPA sites is

probably the best way to consider the adequacy aspect of the criterion and we note the

work that has already been done by RAMPAO on this regard as well as the IUCN on

assessing management effectiveness (2007 2008a 2008b)

Relative viability can also be inferred from a threats pressures analysis In performing a

population density analysis proximity to human settlements can be used as a first indication

of how much anthropomorphic stress a protected area may be experiencing Looking

further at the composition of sensitive and threatened species within a given area can

further refine this initial threats analysis

Long term gap analyses In many cases analyses that got delayed in the medium term would be still valuable in the

longer term (2011 to 2014) However for the longer-term we would also hope that

RAMPAO activities would begin to focus on the filling of already-identified ecological and

management gaps

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 26

MarZone and MaxEnt

As an MPA network develops so does the need for more sophisticated analyses MarZone

(Marxan with Zones) has received positive attention recently and is a good tool for zoning

multiple activities with various levels of conservation restrictions In order to use a tool like

Marxan broad representativity data (ldquocoarse filterrdquo) and biological data (ldquofine filterrdquo) are

required and in order to use a zoning tool like MarZone broad coverage human use data

are additionally required One big advantage of MarxanMarZone is the user community

that has grown up around it and the good practices that continue to be developed

To get broad scale species distributions usually point occurrence data are fitted to physical

chemical environmental variables producing a predictive habitat model Good success has

been attained using the MaxEnt model (httpwwwcsprincetonedu~schapiremaxent)

though many other approaches also exist The construction of species-habitat predictive

models can take time and acquiring combining the environmental data also takes much

work In order to not bias the Marxan MarZone analysis several species-habitat models

would have to be created for several different key species from a variety of taxonomic

families trophic levels and feeding guilds This would be clearly a long-term project and

can only be justified if the RAMPAO MPA network has reached a level of sophistication to

demand such an analysis

Climate change modelling

Conservation network planning for climate change can also involved complicated modelling

(eg Fuller et al 2008) However again these approaches are data-intensive and require

advanced technical abilities

Ongoing adaptive approach

It is unlikely that the above advanced modelling approaches would be worth their

considerable effort and instead it is suggested that much more can be achieved through

good cooperation with stakeholders scientific expertise and some ldquocommon senserdquo

Recognising that no plan is perfect planning should be seen as an ongoing process of

refinement Paramount will be the ability to be flexible and adapt to changing ecological and

social conditions To do so will require governance structures from local to international

levels ndashlikewise matched to adapt quickly and effectively

While it is relatively easy to point out gaps in an MPA network at ever-increasing levels of

sophistication it is much harder to fill those gaps even on the most rudimentary level

Therefore we urge RAMPAO to act in the long term on addressing the gaps that are readily

apparent through basic tests such as the ones outlined in this document

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 27

Possible activities of the 2nd Mission

This report and the two-part background report prepared for the CBD (also included in this

submission ndashArdron et al 2009) offer a lot of information We expect that as RAMPAO staff

sifts through this guidance questions will arise We see the 2nd Mission as one that could be

devoted to

answering questions that arise from the 1st Mission guidance ndashprocess ecological

and technical

elaborating medium-term gap analyses once more is known about data availability

and technical capacity within RAMPAO and its partner organisations

providing assistance in data collection in Europe and North America

doing joint GIS analyses there could be benefit in working together on some of the

GIS analyses such as the analysis of topographic complexity

presenting initial results we also believe that it will be important to present some

short-term gap analysis results to RAMPAO members and partners

participating in the Third Meeting of the RAMPAO General Assembly we suggest that the 2nd Mission coincide with the RAMPAO General Assembly and include

o a presentation of initial results to the General Assembly and o an expert side-meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and

analyses

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 28

References

Ardron JA 2002 A Recipe for Determining Benthic Complexity An Indicator of Species Richness In Marine Geography GIS for the Oceans and Seas (ch 23 pp 196-175) Joe Breman (ed) Redlands CA USA ESRI Press

Ardron JA 2009 Three initial OSPAR tests of ecological coherence heuristics in a data-limited situation ICES Journal of Marine Research 658 1527-1533

Ardron JA Dunn D Corrigan C Gjerde K Halpin P Rice J Vanden Berghe E Vierros M 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations A background document for the CBD expert workshop Ottawa Canada 29 September ndash 2 October 2009 37 pp + 73 pp Annex 1

BALANCE 2008 Ecological coherence and principles MPA assessment selection and design Technical Summary Report 34 httpbalance-euorgxpdfbalance-technical-summary-report-no-3-4pdf

FAO 2009 International guidelines for the management of deep-sea fisheries in the high seas Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations Rome

Fahrig 2001 How much Habitat is enough Biological Conservation 100 (1) 65-74

Fuller T Morton DP Sarkar S 2008 Incorporating uncertainty about speciesrsquo potential distributions under climate change into the selection of conservation areas with a case study from the Arctic Coastal Plain of Alaska Biological Conservation 141 1547-1559

Gigerenzer G Todd P M and the ABC Research Group 1999 Simple heuristics that make us smart Oxford University Press New York

IUCNBRAO 2007 Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parc de Guineacutee Bissau

IUCNPACO 2008a Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees aires proteacutegeacutees de la Reacutepublique de Guineacutee

IUCNBRAO 2008b Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parcs et reacuteserves de Mauritanie

Lindeboom HJ and Baumlck S 2005 Establishing coastal and marine reserves- with the emphasis on fisheries Pages 103-118 In Managing European Coasts Past Present and Future J Vermaat LBouwer KTurner WSalomons (Eds) Springer-Verlag

OSPAR 2007 Background document to support the Assessment of whether the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is Ecologically Coherent OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic Publication Number 2007320 wwwosparorg

OSPAR 2008 Three initial spatial tests looking at the ecological coherence of the OSPAR marine protected area (MPA) network OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic 3602008 wwwosparorg 17 pp

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 29

Annex 1 Calendar of meetings 1st Mission 5-12 Sept 2009

Lundi

FIBA

Charlotte Karibuhoye

Coordinatrice

Souadou Ndiaye

SIG RAMPAO

Julien Semelin Appui agrave la creacuteation de nouvelles AMP et renforcement de lrsquoefficaciteacute des AMP

UICN Racine Kane AMP transfrontaliegravere

16h par teacuteleacutephone

PRCM Ahmed Senhoury

Directeur

Mardi

8h30 WWF Mamadou Diallo

Chargeacute de mission espegraveces et habitats

mdialowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 641 13 84

Paul Siegel Conseiller en environnement marin psiegelwwfsenegalorg 221 869 37 00

10h30

CSE centre de suivi eacutecologique Ministegravere de lrsquoenvironnement

Taibou Ba Cartes donneacutees

15h Wetland international Africa

Emma GREATRIX

Network for biodiversiteacute (BIOMAC network) Manatee Waterbirds Mangroves

egeatrix]wetlandssn +221 33 869 1681

Mercredi

10h SI NEPAD David Njiki Njiki

Coordinateur environnement njikinjikiyahoocom 221 33 842 73 11

12h WWF Ibrahima Niamadio

Officier pecircche durable iniamadiowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 567 53 16

15h par teacuteleacutephone

UICN Mathieu Ducroq

Coordinateur du programme marin et cocirctier de lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoouest central

+ 222 662 40 82 portable 0022 529 09 77 bureau

16h par teacuteleacutephone

RAMPAO Alfredo da Silva

Preacutesident du RAMPAO Directeur IBAP Ancien coordinateur du reacuteseau de gestion des zones cocirctiegraveres

00245 580 38 48 ou 00 245

UNESCO Isabelle Niang

Projet GEF drsquoadaptation au changement climatique en Afrique de lrsquoouest Erosion cocirctiegravere

Jeudi

9h UICN Guineacutee Bissau

Pierre Campredon

Ancien responsable du PRCM Pierrecampredoniucnorg 0033 630340088

11h30 Convention drsquoAbidjan

Nassere Kaba 0022520211183

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 30

13h CRODTCNDO ODINAFRICA

Anis Diallo Aquaculture et directeur du CNDO adialloordinafricanet 22133832826465 221 77 631 15 95

15h CSRP

M Hamadi Diop

En charge du deacutepartement laquo recherche et systegraveme drsquoinformation raquo

hamadidiopgmailcom

Philippe Tous Projet AFD ndash inteacutegration des AMP dans les politiques de pecircche

philipetousgmailcom (Skype Phil_tous)

Renaud Bailleux

Contrat UICN sur la gestion de lrsquoaccegraves aux ressources halieutiques dans la reacutegion - accords de pecircche ndash gouvernance partageacutee dans les AMP (financement PRCM)

M Dop mika Programme requins de la FIBA mika_dfryahoofr

Vendredi

9H IRD Luis Tito de Morais

Peumlcheeacutecologie des peuplements de poissons

titoirdsn 221 33 849 3658

11h UICN Mamadou Sow

Chef de projet mangrove Mamadousowuicnorg 221 33 869 0286

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 31

Annex 2 CBD criteria for ecologically significant areas

CBD Decision IX20 Annex 1

SCIENTIFIC CRITERIA FOR IDENTIFYING ECOLOGICALLY OR BIOLOGICALLY SIGNIFICANT MARINE AREAS IN NEED OF PROTECTION IN OPEN-

OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS

Criteria Definition Rationale Examples Consideration in application

Uniqueness or

rarity

Area contains

either (i) unique (ldquothe

only one of its kindrdquo) rare

(ldquooccurs only in few

locationsrdquo) or endemic

species populations or

communities andor (ii)

unique rare or distinct

habitats or ecosystems

andor (iii) unique or

unusual geomorphological

or oceanographic features

Irreplaceable

Loss would mean the probable permanent disappearance of diversity or a feature or reduction of the diversity at any level

Open ocean waters

Sargasso Sea Taylor column

persistent polynyas

Deep-sea habitats

endemic communities around

submerged atolls hydrothermal

vents sea mounts pseudo-

abyssal depression

Risk of biased-view of the perceived uniqueness depending on the information availability

Scale dependency of features such that unique features at one scale may be typical at another thus a global and regional perspective must be taken

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 32

Special

importance for

life-history

stages of

species

Areas that are required for

a population to survive and

thrive

Various biotic and abiotic

conditions coupled with

species-specific

physiological constraints

and preferences tend to

make some parts of marine

regions more suitable to

particular life-stages and

functions than other parts

Area containing (i) breeding grounds

spawning areas nursery areas juvenile

habitat or other areas important for life

history stages of species or (ii) habitats of

migratory species (feeding wintering or

resting areas breeding moulting

migratory routes)

Connectivity between life-history stages and linkages between areas trophic interactions physical transport physical oceanography life history of species

Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data Vessel monitoring system (VMS) data

Spatial and temporal distribution andor aggregation of the species

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 33

Importance for

threatened

endangered or

declining

species andor

habitats

Area containing habitat for

the survival and recovery

of endangered threatened

declining species or area

with significant

assemblages of such

species

To ensure the restoration

and recovery of such species

and habitats

Areas critical for threatened endangered

or declining species andor habitats

containing (i) breeding grounds spawning

areas nursery areas juvenile habitat or

other areas important for life history

stages of species or (ii) habitats of

migratory species (feeding wintering or

resting areas breeding moulting

migratory routes)

Includes species with very large geographic ranges

In many cases recovery will require reestablishment of the species in areas of its historic range

Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data vessel-monitoring system (VMS) data

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 34

Vulnerability

Fragility

Sensitivity or

Slow recovery

Areas that contain a

relatively high proportion

of sensitive habitats

biotopes or species that

are functionally fragile

(highly susceptible to

degradation or depletion

by human activity or by

natural events) or with

slow recovery

The criteria indicate the

degree of risk that will be

incurred if human activities

or natural events in the area

or component cannot be

managed effectively or are

pursued at an unsustainable

rate

Vulnerability of species

Inferred from the history of how species or populations in other similar areas responded to perturbations

Species of low fecundity slow growth long time to sexual maturity longevity (eg sharks etc)

Species with structures providing biogenic habitats such as deepwater corals sponges and bryozoans deep-water species

Vulnerability of habitats

Ice-covered areas susceptible to ship-based pollution

Ocean acidification can make deep sea habitats more vulnerable to others and increase susceptibility to human induced changes

Interactions between vulnerability to human impacts and natural events

Existing definition emphasizes site specific ideas and requires consideration for highly mobile species

Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 35

Biological

productivity

Area containing species

populations or

communities with

comparatively higher

natural biological

productivity

Important role in fuelling

ecosystems and increasing

the growth rates of

organisms and their capacity

for reproduction

Frontal areas

Upwellings

Hydrothermal vents

Seamounts polynyas

Can be measured as the rate of growth of marine organisms and their populations either through the fixation of inorganic carbon by photosynthesis chemosynthesis or through the ingestion of prey dissolved organic matter or particulate organic matter

Can be inferred from remote-sensed products eg ocean colour or process-based models

Time-series fisheries data can be used but caution is required

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 36

Biological

diversity

Area contains

comparatively higher

diversity of ecosystems

habitats communities or

species or has higher

genetic diversity

Important for evolution and

maintaining the resilience of

marine species and

ecosystems

Sea-mounts

Fronts and convergence zones

Cold coral communities

Deep-water sponge communities

Diversity needs to be seen in relation to the surrounding environment

Diversity indices are indifferent to species substitutions

Diversity indices are indifferent to which species may be contributing to the value of the index and hence would not pick up areas important to species of special concern such as endangered species

Can be inferred from habitat heterogeneity or diversity as a surrogate for species diversity in areas where biodiversity has not been sampled intensively

Naturalness Area with a comparatively

higher degree of

naturalness as a result of

the lack of or low level of

human-induced

disturbance or

degradation

To protect areas with near natural structure processes and functions

To maintain these areas as reference sites

To safeguard and enhance ecosystem resilience

Most ecosystems and habitats have

examples with varying levels of

naturalness and the intent is that the

more natural examples should be

selected

Priority should be given to areas having a low level of disturbance relative to their surroundings

In areas where no natural areas remain areas that have successfully recovered including reestablishment of species should be

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 37

considered

Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 38

Annex 3 CBD criteria for MPA networks

Decision IX20 Annex II SCIENTIFIC GUIDANCE FOR SELECTING AREAS TO ESTABLISH A REPRESENTATIVE NETWORK OF MARINE PROTECTED AREAS INCLUDING IN

OPEN OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS

Required network properties and

components Definition Applicable site specific considerations (inter alia)

Ecologically and biologically significant areas

Ecologically and biologically significant areas are geographically or oceanographically discrete areas that provide important services to one or more speciespopulations of an ecosystem or to the ecosystem as a whole compared to other surrounding areas or areas of similar ecological characteristics or otherwise meet the criteria as identified in annex I to decision IX20

Uniqueness or rarity

Special importance for life history stages of species

Importance for threatened endangered or declining species andor habitats

Vulnerability fragility sensitivity or slow recovery

Biological productivity

Biological diversity

Naturalness

Representativity Representativity is captured in a network when it consists of areas representing the different biogeographical subdivisions of the global oceans and regional seas that reasonably reflect the full range of ecosystems including the biotic and habitat diversity of those marine ecosystems

A full range of examples across a biogeographic habitat or community classification relative health of species and communities relative intactness of habitat(s) naturalness

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 39

Connectivity Connectivity in the design of a network allows for linkages whereby protected sites benefit from larval andor species exchanges and functional linkages from other network sites In a connected network individual sites benefit one another

Currents gyres physical bottlenecks migration routes species dispersal detritus functional linkages Isolated sites such as isolated seamount communities may also be included

Replicated ecological features Replication of ecological features means that more than one site shall contain examples of a given feature in the given biogeographic area The term ―features means ―species habitats and ecological processes that naturally occur in the given biogeographic area

Accounting for uncertainty natural variation and the possibility of catastrophic events Features that exhibit less natural variation or are precisely defined may require less replication than features that are inherently highly variable or are only very generally defined

Adequate and viable sites Adequate and viable sites indicate that all sites within a network should have size and protection sufficient to ensure the ecological viability and integrity of the feature(s) for which they were selected

Adequacy and viability will depend on size shape buffers persistence of features threats surrounding environment (context) physical constraints scale of featuresprocesses spillovercompactness

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 40

Annex 4 Data sources highlighted in discussions during the 1st Mission

Thegravemes Organisme ressources Personnes ressources Sites internet ressources et bases de donneacutees

Donneacutees bibliographiques

IRD Linus base bibliographique (httpiacaprodc3eduvsqfrlinus)

CRODT Catalogue des publications du CRODT

Donneacutees geacuteneacuterales

PRCMFIBA SIG Reacutegional Catalogue drsquoInformations pour lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoOuest (CIAO) wwwolmmrciao

OdinAfrica African marine atlas ndash voir OdinAfrica

OBIS httpwwwiobisorg

Guineacutee Bissau SIG Guineacutee Bissau au 200 000 egraveme sur toute la zone cocirctiegravere et 50 000 egraveme sur les Bijagos voir Franccedilois Gourmelonuniv-brestfr ou Emmanuel Ginaudet

Cap vert Systegraveme national SIG pour toutes les donneacutees du Cap vert

Bathymeacutetrie

Navy Londres Africa Pilot Volume 1 Hydrographer of the Navy London 1967

SHOM Carte SHOM ndeg6815 INT14 au 110 000 000egraveme Voir site wwwshomfr - catalogue

Cf Canada Carte au CSE

CND0 CD des donneacutees bathymeacutetriques de la sous-reacutegion

Donneacutees oceacuteanographiques geacuteneacuterales

OdinAfrica Points focaux des pays agrave voir sur site internet drsquoOdinAfrica

ordinafricanet Atelier national OdinAfrica ndash voir sur le site CNDO Aller sur le site OdinAfrica reacutecupeacuterer les shapefiles (httpwwwodinafricaorg) et sur httpwwwafricanmarineatlasnet

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 41

IRDlaboratoire LOCEAN-IPSL (Universiteacute Paris 6) LPAOSF (Lab de Physique de lAtmosphegravere et de lOceacutean de agrave lEacutecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique-UCAD

Alban Lazar (IRD) Simeacuteon Fongang (Ecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique) Raymond Lahaye (IRDLEMAR)

Circulation oceacuteanique le long des cocirctes seacuteneacutegalaises (structures variabiliteacute meacutecanismes de lrsquoupwelling des courants cocirctiers des tempeacuteratures et des saliniteacutes) et les couplages oceacutean-atmosphegravere

FAO Merete TANDSTAD Projets CCLEM et GCLME

NEPAD Projet GCLME

PRCM et IMROP + autres

Faire lrsquoinventaire des socieacuteteacutes qui ont fait de la prospection peacutetroliegravere et voir leurs donneacutees et eacutetudes drsquoimpact eacutetude Woodside ou Dana petroleum voir PRCM et IMROP

Universiteacute Rapport master de lrsquouniversiteacute sur la modeacutelisation de la circulation et des tempeacuteratures sur la haute mer (demander CNDO)

Upwellings Odiafrica Donneacutees upwellings sur Odinafrica

IRD P CURY et N BEZ

Geacuteologie seacutediemntologie et Nature des fonds

2 thegraveses sur le plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais sud et nord

IRD carte de Domain (IRDORSTOM) carte des seacutediments du plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais)

carte de Barusso

Travaux de Lachance et Mc Master

Odinafirca Plateau continental ndash carte digitaliseacutee sur la nature des fonds ndash voir sur ordinafrica

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 42

Annex 5 GIS data priorities

Explanation of ranking system

Term short-term bullbullbull medium-term bullbull long-term bull Estimated Ease of acquiring data easy bullbullbull moderatebullbull difficult bull

Importance high bullbullbull moderate bullbull low bull Term Ease Import

Base layers

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 coastline(s)

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 2 ecological regions

bullbullbull bull bullbullbull 3 bathymetry

bullbullbull bullbull bull 4 topography (for land ndashcan help with shoreline classifications)

Physical and oceanographic

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 estuaries rivers

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 shoreline type (cliff rocky sandy muddy etc)

bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 surficial sediment (bottom type)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 seafloor topographic complexity ruggedness (can be created from bathymetry)

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 5 seamounts (can also be identified through bathymetry)

6 other seascape features eg

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull canyons

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 43

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull ridges

bullbull bullbullbull bullbull hydrothermal vents

bullbull bull bullbull seeps

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull banks

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull rocky reefs

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull estuaries (sub-classes)

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull lagoons

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull upwellings

bull bullbull bull 7 ocean currents tides

bull bullbull bullbull 8 sea surface temperature

bull bullbull bullbull 9 salinity

bull bull bull 10 photosynthetically available radiation (PAR)

bull bull bull 11 coastal erosion sediment transport

bull bull bullbull 12 climate change trends eg movement of upwellings

Biological habitat

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 1 threatened or endangered species (amp spawning nursery areas etc)

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 threatened or endangered habitats

bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 habitat classification (if one exists regionally)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 biogenic features eg

warm water coral reefs

cold water coral ldquoforestsrdquo

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 44

mangroves (sub-classes)

bullbull bull bullbullbull 5 Key commercial species eg

crustaceans molluscs (crabs shrimps oysters etc)

pelagic large fishes (eg tunas)

pelagic small fishes

demersal fishes

bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 primary productivity (usually satellite colour images chlorophyll_a)

bullbull bull bullbull 7 secondary productivity (eg an estimate of carbon flux)

bullbull bull bullbull 8 migration of invasive species

Human use management

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 marine protected areas

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 year-round fisheries closures

bullbull bullbull bull 3 other seasonal fisheries closures

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 4 cities towns villages (with populations)

bullbull bullbull bull 5 local community boundaries

bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 traditional use boundaries (eg artisanal fisheries)

bull bullbull bull 7 migrant land use grazing

bullbull bull bullbullbull 8 areas of cultural spiritual importance

bullbull bullbullbull bullbull 9 roads (can help with understanding remoteness amp shoreline access)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 10 shipping routes and harbours

bullbull bullbull bull 11 land use particularly agriculture (can be combined into an analysis of rivers to estimate runoff)

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 45

bullbull bull bullbullbull 12 fishing

a artisanal by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)

b industrial by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 13 offshore oil amp gas licences exploratory wells installations (platforms pipelines shore based)

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 14 sand amp gravel mining

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 15 tourism shoreline development resorts marinas

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 46

Annex 6 Thirty additional assessments

Excerpted and adapted from the 54 page report by the OSPAR Regional seas convention for

the Northeast Atlantic (2007) Background document to support the assessment of whether

the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is ecologically coherent6

Assessment Criterion 1 Adequacy Viability

1 Assessment Guideline One should expect the sizes of network sites (for a given feature) to be

distributed throughout or exceed the estimated range of sizes necessary to sustain a viable

population or community

2 Assessment Guideline Sites that are heavily impacted andor surrounded by heavily impacted

areas should be larger than otherwise

3 Assessment Guideline Features of ecological significance should receive greater protection

than normal

4 Assessment Guideline Location and geography can be used to indicate adequate protection

such that

a Protection of pelagic features should generally be reflected with the implementation of

larger sites than those for benthic features

b In regions constrained by physical geography (eg fjords bays bights passages straits)

the adequate sizes of individual sites will generally be smaller than areas without such

physical constraints (eg regional seas open ocean)

c Offshore andor deeper sites will generally require larger areas than for nearshore andor

shallow sites (However the exceptions of certain deep sea benthic features such as

hydrothermal vents and cold seeps are noted)

5 Assessment Guideline in a given region the adequate spatial protection of most OSPAR

features and the overall network can be expected to conform to the scientific literature and

fall within the range commonly found within that literature It is recognized that this is an

evolving field of study

6 Assessment Guideline Owing to the multiplicity of its objectives the OSPAR network can be

expected to contain a variety of reserve sizes and corresponding spacing between sites

7 Assessment Guideline If a site is at the small end of the expected viability range for a given

feature then compact sites are preferable If on the other hand a given site is at the large end

of the estimated viability range then a less compact shape would allow for greater spill-over

and benefits outside of the reserve

a The Compactness of a given site can be calculated using a GIS and the following

formula C = (4πAp2)

05 Where C is the Compactness A is the area of the site and p is

its perimeter

8 Assessment Guideline A broad MPA network such as the OSPAR network with a wide

variety of features can be expected to have a wide variety of reserve shapes and sizes

6 Jeff Ardron is the primary author of this OSPAR report

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 47

a The combined size and compactness of a site be readily calculated using a GIS and the

following formula SSC = ln (PA) Where SSC is here labelled as the site size-

compactness P is the perimeter of the site and A is the area

9 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA electronic database lists the aims and ecological

criteria on a site by site basis Thus as a preliminary assessment these can be compiled to get

an indication of how well they are being met across the network

10 Assessment Guideline A list inventory of features within a region that (are known or

believed to) meet the OSPAR aims and ecological criteria is required in order to fully assess if

the existing MPA sites are likely adequate

11 Assessment Guideline Features that are common and widely distributed will generally require

less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are rare andor sparsely

distributed

Assessment Criterion 2 Representativity

12 Assessment Guideline OSPAR MPAs should be checked to ensure that they are broadly

distributed across biogeographic regions In such an assessment there is no need to restrict the

assessment to just one biogeographic classification system So long as they appear to be

rigorous (eg peer-reviewed) the use of a variety of systems is encouraged

13 Assessment Guideline Each of the Dinter [OSPAR] bioregions should be adequately

protected

14 Assessment Guideline National classifications can be very helpful in assessing

representativity at a national level based on national categories and should be used where they

exist

15 Assessment Guideline In the absence of full biological surveys or full classification systems

(such as EUNIS) simple surrogates should be used to check that representativity is possibly

being achieved Benthic and pelagic realms should be considered

16 Assessment Guideline Representative features that are very common and widely distributed

will likely require less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are just

somewhat common

As a rule of thumb within a given feature class representative protection can be

compared to a normalized distribution For example if the areal distribution of

representative classes can be normalised through a square-root transformation then

protected area distribution could be expected to be roughly proportional to the square-

root of the ratio of the representative feature classesrsquo overall areas

17 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA nomination database should be checked to ensure

that the idea of the ldquobestrdquo features was taken into account across feature types and regions

18 Assessment Guideline Features that best represent their type can be expected to be

characterized by most or all of these indicators

a Typical morphology

b High density abundance

c High degree of health naturalness

d Persistence (temporal and spatial) and

e Strong functional linkages

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 48

Assessment Criterion 3 Replication

19 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area more than one example of each feature

should be protected

20 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features protected in areas susceptible

to catastrophic events require greater replication than those in low-risk areas

21 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area where no better data exist natural

variation can be assumed to be greatest between sites that are furthest apart

22 Assessment Guideline Features that are very specifically defined will exhibit less variation

and hence require less replication than features which are very general or ldquocatch-allrdquo categories

23 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area scientific requirements may require

replicate sites for differing purposes If these requirements are not known it can be assumed

that replicate sites that are a moderate distance apart (neither immediate neighbours nor at

extreme ends of the biogeographic area) will satisfy most scientific requirements

24 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features for which there are weak or

incomplete or modelled data require greater replication than those features for which better data

are available

Assessment Criterion 4 Connectivity

25 Assessment Guideline If an area is known or suspected to be important to connectivity then it

should be represented in the MPA network

26 Assessment Guideline Reserves in areas where there are known currents (eg many coastal

areas) should be more closely spaced than otherwise In order to maintain connectivity for most

short to moderate larval dispersing species when specific data are lacking such nearshore sites

should be spaced not further than 50 km apart

27 Assessment Guideline Connectivity between seabird sites can be measured in straight lines

28 Assessment Guideline Connectivity for marine species can be assumed to be greater along

lines of similar habitat than across them

29 Assessment Guideline The density of marine reserves can be used as a way to group areas of

likely connectivity Likewise it can also define gaps where connectivity has probably not been

achieved

30 Assessment Guideline In the absence of dispersal data connectivity may be approximated by

ensuring the MPA network is well distributed in space reflecting the scale of its surroundings

Page 19: A Suggested Approach for Gap Analyses of the RAMPAO Marine ...€¦ · A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 2 Recommendation re outreach: 1) regional contact

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 17

Three elements of success

Three elements of successful data acquisition are persistence practicality and

prioritisation

Persistence While most experts are usually happy to share their knowledge the sharing of

their data is often another matter The process can take weeks months or even years

Therefore in order to keep progress steady it is best to make a little time available every

day (say two hours) for data searches and follow-up politely reminding contacts from time

to time that you have not yet heard back from them That said do not waste time on data

that are only of marginal interest in the bigger picture It is easy to become lost in details

Practicality Often it is better to identify what data are readily available and to request

those data first This can help build trust and also allows for progress without getting stuck

Subsequently the provider can be approached again to discuss the other more difficult

data sets Thus the above steps can occur more than once with the same data provider

Again as noted above keeping the bigger picture in mind will help to focus data-gathering

activities on the most practical data sets

Prioritisation In an ecosystem-level analysis all kinds of data are interesting That said

some data are more helpful or urgent than others In the analyses outlined in the sections

below the general data requirements are listed The data requirements of the short-term

gap analyses should take priority over the medium-term ones which in turn should take

priority over the long-term analyses

Annex 5 GIS data priorities lists various common categories of data with their estimated

timeframe for usage (short- medium- long-term) availability and priority for this project

Strategies for acquiring difficult data

Sometimes data may be considered proprietary andor too sensitive to show and providers

usually assume they cannot be shared However with patience sometimes agreements can

be found whereby the data may be used ldquobehind the scenesrdquo in analyses so long as the

data are not displayed on final maps ndashonly the combined results which do not reveal the

data In other situations when the provider is an active participant the provider should be

invited to be a formal partner in the project and this may also ease data restrictions Finally

agreeing to perform joint-analyses or even contracting out certain analyses to the expert

can also allow the data to be used However in this latter case it may be difficult to do

quality control and hence the results can sometimes be puzzling or not what was required

If certain data are simply unavailable metadata can still be requested though metadata

often do not exist (In practice metadata if supplied are many times custom-created for

the particular request)

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 18

Meetings

General meetings A large forum like the RAMPAO General Assembly can be an excellent

opportunity to introduce interested parties to the project It may even be possible to get

general agreement around sharing data However such a general agreement if it can be

found would probably still not replace the need for MoUs and similar bilateral agreements

with specific agencies and institutions

In addition to regional meetings presentations should be made to national meetings

introducing the project as opportunity permits

Data meetings regional data meetings with database managers could help speed up the

process of data collection though this can vary from place to place In many cases it is

better to first approach people one-on-one Later after some data have already been

acquired a meeting can be used to discuss how to best merge data together and to

encourage others to also provide information data if they have not already done so

Expert meetings bringing together experts of a particular species or habitat can be a very

good way to identify available expertise information data and gaps Expert knowledge can

also be collected at such meetings drawn on maps etc but this requires prior training

preparation and processing afterwards In general expert meetings are most valuable after

a ldquodesktop studyrdquo where basic gaps have been identified and there are now specific

questions that have been identified as needing answers Targeted expert meetings can be

valuable at different times throughout a process as different issues need addressing Their

main drawback is the expense and work required A badly run meeting can also turn opinion

against a project and so care has to be taken to do a good job

Recommendation re data information collection 1) The process of collecting data should

begin immediately This will require close coordination with outreach activities 2) Priority

should be given to collecting data that are a) easily acquired and b) required for the initial

short-term analyses 3) Lists of data sources contact information and what dates they

were approached should be kept to track progress 4) Data collaboration should be on the

agenda of the next RAMPAO General Assembly meeting 5) After an initial (eg 3-6

month) period of data collection the need for data meetings andor expert meetings

should be assessed

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 19

Five initial gap analyses The following analyses are recommended as initial tests that should be done in the short-

term (present to June 2010) and when possible in the order presented However we

acknowledge that data availability can alter the ordering of the tests and even what tests

are undertaken ndashincluding developing new ones not listed here These basic tests can be

followed up with more complex analyses such as outlined in the next sections of this report

1 Visually consider the distribution of protected areas Is the network spatially well

distributed without more than a few major gaps If not what gaps can a person

immediately see Consider along-shore gaps and gaps moving out towards the offshore

Consider the northern central and southern thirds of the RAMPAO area Consider

national boundaries

Technical amp data requirements no GIS or GIS data are required A basic paper map

showing the protected areas and national boundaries is sufficient

Rationale this simple assessment is deceptively powerful Simplicity should not be seen

as detracting from its value The human eye can see many patterns and gaps that are

difficult to quantify into statistics When most people agree on a visual gap this

indicates that it is likely valid and worthy of serious consideration

Connectivity and representativity are two of the five agreed-upon CBD criteria for

assessing MPA networks (IX20 Annex 2) If the network is generally not well distributed

in space then it is unlikely to exhibit characteristics of connectivity or representativity

and thus is very unlikely to be ecologically coherent Note that if a network is well-

distributed in space this does not necessarily ensure that these criteria are being met

and further tests will still be required

2 Using GIS procedures consider in greater depth the distribution of protected areas For

this test and all the other tests below perform it first for the whole region then for

each of the three broad ecoregions north central and south4 and finally according to

national boundaries

a Zones offshore Consider coverage within four basic zones i the shorelines (0-5

nautical miles offshore) ii nearshore (~5-15 nm) iii mid-offshore (~15-50 nm)

and iv far offshore (~50 -200 nm) What percentage of each of these broad

zones has MPAs

b Distance from shore statistics what is the average (arithmetic mean) extent that

RAMPAO MPAs extend offshore What is the range of these values What is the

4 This could include the MEOW (Marine Ecoregions Of the World) classification or other similar ecoregions

accepted by RAMPAO partners

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 20

standard deviation Considering that RAMPOA waters extend approximately 200

nm offshore what do these distance-offshore statistics suggest

c Nearest neighbour distance in each of the above zones calculate ldquonearest

neighbourrdquo statistics between MPAs noting the range of MPA spacing the

arithmetic mean of the spacing and the standard deviation of spacing between

sites In this test and all others displaying the histogram of results can be very

informative and is recommended

Technical amp data requirements GIS files are required for shoreline data MPAs

ecoregions national boundaries These three tests (a) ndash (c) get progressively more

technically advanced in the use of GIS However it is outside the scope of this report to

fully describe the GIS methods If a minimum separation distance is chosen as a network

criterion (see comments below) then an easier GIS analysis would be to buffer the

MPAs by a value of half that distance to identify which areas that ldquotouchrdquo and which do

not

Rationale these analyses put some numbers to the first visual test In most ways

however the visual test is simpler and easier to understand That said numbers in

tables can help rank gaps according to basic properties

Unfortunately the GIS methods can be a bit difficult for a beginner If parts of this test

are too difficult they can be skipped since the visual assessment already tells us a lot

Setting explicit quantitative targets for spacing can be controversial and difficult to

support scientifically What is adequate for some species will still be inadequate for

others That said for a basic initial test ldquorules of thumbrdquo have been proposed The

BALANCE project in the Baltic Sea suggested 25 km as an ideal maximum spacing

between shoreline sites (2008) Instead of looking at the ideal situation the OSPAR

Convention for the Northeast Atlantic took a different approach considering the very

longest spacing that could be considered contributing anything at all towards ecological

coherence of the MPA network ie a theoretical ldquoworst caserdquo The OSPAR guidelines for

this worst case are nearshore ~250 km (linear shoreline distance) offshore ~200 000

km2 (which is about equivalent to a ~500 km diameter circle) high seas ~1 000 000 km2

(equivalent to a square with ~1000 km sides) For OSPAR nearshore meant shoreline

and territorial waters out to 12 nm offshore meant EEZ waters (12-200 nm) and high

seas meant waters beyond 200 nm from shore (OPSAR 2008 Ardron 2009)

3 Consider MPA distribution according to depth As for all these analyses perform these

tests first for the whole region then for each of the three broad ecoregions north

central and south and finally according to national boundaries

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 21

a Depth statistics what is the average (arithmetic mean) depth of RAMPAO

MPAs What is the range of values What is the standard deviation How do

these numbers compare with the overall RAMPAO region

b Depth zones consider the following eight general depth zones and what

percentage of each zone is within the current MPA network 0-25 m

(shallow) 25-50 m (photic) 50-100m (upper shelf) 100-200 m (lower shelf)

200-400 m (upper slope) 400-800 m (mid-slope) 800-1600 m (lower slope)

1600-3200 m or greater (abyssal plain)5

Technical amp data requirements data as per the previous test plus bathymetry The

easiest and fastest way to perform these statistics is to convert the MPA shapefile

(and if it is not already the bathymetry) into a raster grid and do grid analyses

Rationale depth is widely recognised as one of the key variables that describes

biotic communities in a give region and as such is a very basic measure of

representativity This analysis could be improved by combining surficial sediment

data with depth to make simple seafloor sediment-depth classes if available

4 Consider MPA distribution according to existent shoreline habitat classification

Although the whole RAMPAO shoreline is likely not classified certain features such

as estuaries or mangroves may already largely be identified Taking these shoreline

features that are either readily available or readily digitised consider what

percentage of each of these feature types are within the current MPA network

Consider what percentage of the MPA network lies outside of these readily

identifiable shoreline features Consider also according to ecoregions and national

boundaries

Technical amp data requirements any available shoreline features such as estuaries

and mangroves If the data are good enough each of these features could be sub-

divided eg large medium and small estuaries If geophysical shoreline type data

are missing basic categories such as cliff rock and sandmud shores can often be

visually estimated and hand digitised by looking at terrestrial topographic data along

the shoreline combined with nearshore bathymetry if available

5 These log2 depth classes are admittedly somewhat arbitrary (25 2

i) and could be refined either by

considering a regional biological classification histogram of the distribution of depths or natural breaks in the

data It is our understanding however that no bio-physical classification has been performed for the region

For an initial test these somewhat arbitrary depth classes are sufficient to point out general gaps and reflect

the generally logarithmic scale of decreasing resolution (increasing breadth of classes) with depth

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 22

Rationale since the RAMPAO MPA network is currently shoreline-based this test is

suggested before considering other physical features further offshore This test is

designed to give a rough idea of shoreline representativity

5 Consider the RAMPAO network according to rare threatened and endangered

species and habitats (features) for which data are available Perform the same sort

of tests as in the test above using available data for rare threatened and

endangered features Consider what percentage of each of these feature types are

within the current MPA network Consider what percentage of the MPA network lies

outside of these features Consider also according to ecoregions and national

boundaries

Technical amp data requirements there are modelling techniques to predict the

potential habitat of species but these techniques are advanced and would fall under

the long-term timeframe For this initial analysis only available data should be

considered If the data appear to be very incomplete then they should not be used

Recognising that such data can be sub-regionally incomplete some sections of the

network may have to be left out of this analysis marked as ldquono datardquo areas on the

maps

Rationale rare threatened and endangered features are often protected by law

and also often of interest to researchers There is usually some information on them

though not always digital data and may instead be in the form of expert opinion

Ecologically there are three different types of rare threatened and endangered

features each requiring a different management response 1) features that have

always been rare 2) features that used to be common but are now rare due to

human pressures (ie threatened and endangered) 3) features that are on the edge

of their range and a) this range is steady or b ) this range is shifting (expanding

contracting moving away entering the region) due to climate change or other

environmental changes It would be best to perform this test separately for the three

different classes and associated sub-classes of rare threatened and endangered

features taking into account their population trends However for an initial test

such refinements should be seen as optional depending on information availability

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 23

Medium term gap analyses The following analyses are recommended for consideration in the medium-term (June 2010

to Dec 2011) with choice largely driven by data availability Due to the somewhat longer

time period fewer details are provided here than in the section above allowing for further

elaborations during the 2nd Mission when more is known They are arranged according to

the CBD MPA network criteria (IX20 Annex 2)

In addition to the tests outlined below others that were developed for the OSPAR Regional

Seas Convention for the Northeast Atlantic are listed in Annex 6 Thirty additional

assessments These are also well-suited to the medium-term and medium-quality data

Note that the four OSPAR MPA network criteria overlap four of the five CBD criteria

Ecologically and biologically significant areas (EBSAs)

If specific EBSAs are known consideration should be given to their possible inclusion in the

MPA network Not all EBSAs need necessarily become MPAs for some EBSAs non-spatial

management may be more appropriate It is difficult to do proper gaps assessment on

EBSAs because the distribution of all EBSAs of a given type is usually not known and hence

there is little context by which to judge a given site Thus the rule of thumb is that all EBSAs

if not in the MPA network should be treated as possible gaps and reviewed one at a time

for possible inclusion

The CBD is in the process of developing further guidance on the selection of EBSAs in the

open oceans and deep seas and much of this guidance is also applicable to shallower

nearshore systems Because this guidance is not yet accepted by the CBD we refer you

instead to a background report that was written for the CBD Ottawa Expert Workshop that

discussed these issues 29 Sept ndash 02 Oct 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant

areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations (Ardron

et al 2009) is a report in two parts Both parts are included with this report and are

recommended here as guidance on selecting CBD EBSAs

First gathering information from local residents and experts on places they sense to be

important can go far in identifying key EBSAs The ldquorecognition heuristicrdquo (Gigerenzer 1999)

is a powerful way to quickly locate longstanding ecologically significant areas in a given

region and we note that NGOs such as WWF have already done such work in the past and

that this work could be readily updated and built upon

Representativity

Many tests for representativity can be developed based on available data Listed below are

some of the more likely approaches

Seascapes identify the main shoreline topographic (benthic) and oceanographic

(pelagic) features of the region and check to see what percentage of each is included

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 24

in the MPA network Typical benthic seascape features would include canyons

seamounts reefs etc Typical pelagic features include frontal systems upwellings

gyres See also Annex 5 GIS data priorities

Topographic complexity using only bathymetry a surrogate measure of benthic

complexity can be developed (Ardron 2002) This measure can help highlight areas of

likely increased benthic richness amongst other traits

Biogeographic classification system whereas seascapes focus on physical features

a biogeographic attempts to also include information on biology such that the

system divides an area according to broad ecological communities based on physical

proxies The creation of a biogeographic classification should include both pelagic

and benthic realms is labour- and data- intensive and requires extensive peer

review

Biogeographic components instead of attempting a full biogeographic classification

system certain aspects can be developed separately For example depth strata can

be combined with sea floor sediment data to make a basic sea bottom classification

These can then be nested within the broad bioregions of the RAMPAO area

Likewise exposure wave energy can be combined with shoreline types to create

another basic classification Creating components such as these can be further

explored in the 2nd Mission once it is better known what data information are

available

Connectivity

This is the CBD criterion most difficult to assess with few options for the medium-term

except for looking at distances between sites (see short-term test above) Several academic

modelling exercises have been attempted with mixed levels of success in areas with much

better data than exist in West Africa We would caution RAMPAO in spending too much

time on such modelling exercises In general nearshore sites require closer spacing than

sites further offshore (OSPAR 2007) If it is known that certain areas provide larvae or

juveniles to other places then these ldquosourcerdquo areas should be considered for protection

Note that such areas could also fall under the EBSA criterion for productivity

Replication

At its most basic level this criterion asks that there be more than one MPA for every feature

in the network In practice this is usually considered using available information on

representativity (see above) and whatever biological data may also be available This

criterion can be assessed very simply initially by testing to see if there is more than one MPA

in each broad zone such as distance from shore or depth zone as described in the previous

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 25

section on short-term assessments Assessing replication can become more refined as more

MPAs are designated and better data become available

Adequacy viability

Ideally MPA sites should be monitored to ensure that their aims are being met In cases

where this is occurring the monitoring results should be used to determine if the individual

sitersquos size location and shape is adequate Where monitoring is not occurring or is

incomplete or too recent to determine trends other measures will have to be used Size is

probably the most commonly discussed measure and yet it remains also probably the most

controversial (Fahig 2001) Nonetheless even in an absence of consensus on this issue by

looking at possible ranges of sizes a sense can still be gained if the sites are or are not

likely to be meeting their aims A full assessment of site size which is outside the scope of

this report should take into account the species life-history population structure quality of

the habitat the quality of the surrounding areas and possible connectivity to other sites

(Lindeboom amp Baumlck 2005) However in many cases the scientific knowledge about a feature

will be insufficient to determine this very exactly Even if the life history of a species is well

know for example it is usually not known how much the surrounding area can be expected

to play a role in supporting the healthy functioning of that species Nonetheless it is

generally true that heavily impacted surrounding areas will provide less of a supporting role

to protected features than pristine ones In data-poor situations often it is still possible to

use expert opinion to specify a range of sizes which would likely be appropriate for the

adequate protection of a given feature (text adapted from OSPAR 2007)

For the RAMPAO network expert assessments of the efficacy of individual MPA sites is

probably the best way to consider the adequacy aspect of the criterion and we note the

work that has already been done by RAMPAO on this regard as well as the IUCN on

assessing management effectiveness (2007 2008a 2008b)

Relative viability can also be inferred from a threats pressures analysis In performing a

population density analysis proximity to human settlements can be used as a first indication

of how much anthropomorphic stress a protected area may be experiencing Looking

further at the composition of sensitive and threatened species within a given area can

further refine this initial threats analysis

Long term gap analyses In many cases analyses that got delayed in the medium term would be still valuable in the

longer term (2011 to 2014) However for the longer-term we would also hope that

RAMPAO activities would begin to focus on the filling of already-identified ecological and

management gaps

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 26

MarZone and MaxEnt

As an MPA network develops so does the need for more sophisticated analyses MarZone

(Marxan with Zones) has received positive attention recently and is a good tool for zoning

multiple activities with various levels of conservation restrictions In order to use a tool like

Marxan broad representativity data (ldquocoarse filterrdquo) and biological data (ldquofine filterrdquo) are

required and in order to use a zoning tool like MarZone broad coverage human use data

are additionally required One big advantage of MarxanMarZone is the user community

that has grown up around it and the good practices that continue to be developed

To get broad scale species distributions usually point occurrence data are fitted to physical

chemical environmental variables producing a predictive habitat model Good success has

been attained using the MaxEnt model (httpwwwcsprincetonedu~schapiremaxent)

though many other approaches also exist The construction of species-habitat predictive

models can take time and acquiring combining the environmental data also takes much

work In order to not bias the Marxan MarZone analysis several species-habitat models

would have to be created for several different key species from a variety of taxonomic

families trophic levels and feeding guilds This would be clearly a long-term project and

can only be justified if the RAMPAO MPA network has reached a level of sophistication to

demand such an analysis

Climate change modelling

Conservation network planning for climate change can also involved complicated modelling

(eg Fuller et al 2008) However again these approaches are data-intensive and require

advanced technical abilities

Ongoing adaptive approach

It is unlikely that the above advanced modelling approaches would be worth their

considerable effort and instead it is suggested that much more can be achieved through

good cooperation with stakeholders scientific expertise and some ldquocommon senserdquo

Recognising that no plan is perfect planning should be seen as an ongoing process of

refinement Paramount will be the ability to be flexible and adapt to changing ecological and

social conditions To do so will require governance structures from local to international

levels ndashlikewise matched to adapt quickly and effectively

While it is relatively easy to point out gaps in an MPA network at ever-increasing levels of

sophistication it is much harder to fill those gaps even on the most rudimentary level

Therefore we urge RAMPAO to act in the long term on addressing the gaps that are readily

apparent through basic tests such as the ones outlined in this document

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 27

Possible activities of the 2nd Mission

This report and the two-part background report prepared for the CBD (also included in this

submission ndashArdron et al 2009) offer a lot of information We expect that as RAMPAO staff

sifts through this guidance questions will arise We see the 2nd Mission as one that could be

devoted to

answering questions that arise from the 1st Mission guidance ndashprocess ecological

and technical

elaborating medium-term gap analyses once more is known about data availability

and technical capacity within RAMPAO and its partner organisations

providing assistance in data collection in Europe and North America

doing joint GIS analyses there could be benefit in working together on some of the

GIS analyses such as the analysis of topographic complexity

presenting initial results we also believe that it will be important to present some

short-term gap analysis results to RAMPAO members and partners

participating in the Third Meeting of the RAMPAO General Assembly we suggest that the 2nd Mission coincide with the RAMPAO General Assembly and include

o a presentation of initial results to the General Assembly and o an expert side-meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and

analyses

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 28

References

Ardron JA 2002 A Recipe for Determining Benthic Complexity An Indicator of Species Richness In Marine Geography GIS for the Oceans and Seas (ch 23 pp 196-175) Joe Breman (ed) Redlands CA USA ESRI Press

Ardron JA 2009 Three initial OSPAR tests of ecological coherence heuristics in a data-limited situation ICES Journal of Marine Research 658 1527-1533

Ardron JA Dunn D Corrigan C Gjerde K Halpin P Rice J Vanden Berghe E Vierros M 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations A background document for the CBD expert workshop Ottawa Canada 29 September ndash 2 October 2009 37 pp + 73 pp Annex 1

BALANCE 2008 Ecological coherence and principles MPA assessment selection and design Technical Summary Report 34 httpbalance-euorgxpdfbalance-technical-summary-report-no-3-4pdf

FAO 2009 International guidelines for the management of deep-sea fisheries in the high seas Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations Rome

Fahrig 2001 How much Habitat is enough Biological Conservation 100 (1) 65-74

Fuller T Morton DP Sarkar S 2008 Incorporating uncertainty about speciesrsquo potential distributions under climate change into the selection of conservation areas with a case study from the Arctic Coastal Plain of Alaska Biological Conservation 141 1547-1559

Gigerenzer G Todd P M and the ABC Research Group 1999 Simple heuristics that make us smart Oxford University Press New York

IUCNBRAO 2007 Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parc de Guineacutee Bissau

IUCNPACO 2008a Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees aires proteacutegeacutees de la Reacutepublique de Guineacutee

IUCNBRAO 2008b Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parcs et reacuteserves de Mauritanie

Lindeboom HJ and Baumlck S 2005 Establishing coastal and marine reserves- with the emphasis on fisheries Pages 103-118 In Managing European Coasts Past Present and Future J Vermaat LBouwer KTurner WSalomons (Eds) Springer-Verlag

OSPAR 2007 Background document to support the Assessment of whether the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is Ecologically Coherent OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic Publication Number 2007320 wwwosparorg

OSPAR 2008 Three initial spatial tests looking at the ecological coherence of the OSPAR marine protected area (MPA) network OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic 3602008 wwwosparorg 17 pp

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 29

Annex 1 Calendar of meetings 1st Mission 5-12 Sept 2009

Lundi

FIBA

Charlotte Karibuhoye

Coordinatrice

Souadou Ndiaye

SIG RAMPAO

Julien Semelin Appui agrave la creacuteation de nouvelles AMP et renforcement de lrsquoefficaciteacute des AMP

UICN Racine Kane AMP transfrontaliegravere

16h par teacuteleacutephone

PRCM Ahmed Senhoury

Directeur

Mardi

8h30 WWF Mamadou Diallo

Chargeacute de mission espegraveces et habitats

mdialowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 641 13 84

Paul Siegel Conseiller en environnement marin psiegelwwfsenegalorg 221 869 37 00

10h30

CSE centre de suivi eacutecologique Ministegravere de lrsquoenvironnement

Taibou Ba Cartes donneacutees

15h Wetland international Africa

Emma GREATRIX

Network for biodiversiteacute (BIOMAC network) Manatee Waterbirds Mangroves

egeatrix]wetlandssn +221 33 869 1681

Mercredi

10h SI NEPAD David Njiki Njiki

Coordinateur environnement njikinjikiyahoocom 221 33 842 73 11

12h WWF Ibrahima Niamadio

Officier pecircche durable iniamadiowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 567 53 16

15h par teacuteleacutephone

UICN Mathieu Ducroq

Coordinateur du programme marin et cocirctier de lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoouest central

+ 222 662 40 82 portable 0022 529 09 77 bureau

16h par teacuteleacutephone

RAMPAO Alfredo da Silva

Preacutesident du RAMPAO Directeur IBAP Ancien coordinateur du reacuteseau de gestion des zones cocirctiegraveres

00245 580 38 48 ou 00 245

UNESCO Isabelle Niang

Projet GEF drsquoadaptation au changement climatique en Afrique de lrsquoouest Erosion cocirctiegravere

Jeudi

9h UICN Guineacutee Bissau

Pierre Campredon

Ancien responsable du PRCM Pierrecampredoniucnorg 0033 630340088

11h30 Convention drsquoAbidjan

Nassere Kaba 0022520211183

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 30

13h CRODTCNDO ODINAFRICA

Anis Diallo Aquaculture et directeur du CNDO adialloordinafricanet 22133832826465 221 77 631 15 95

15h CSRP

M Hamadi Diop

En charge du deacutepartement laquo recherche et systegraveme drsquoinformation raquo

hamadidiopgmailcom

Philippe Tous Projet AFD ndash inteacutegration des AMP dans les politiques de pecircche

philipetousgmailcom (Skype Phil_tous)

Renaud Bailleux

Contrat UICN sur la gestion de lrsquoaccegraves aux ressources halieutiques dans la reacutegion - accords de pecircche ndash gouvernance partageacutee dans les AMP (financement PRCM)

M Dop mika Programme requins de la FIBA mika_dfryahoofr

Vendredi

9H IRD Luis Tito de Morais

Peumlcheeacutecologie des peuplements de poissons

titoirdsn 221 33 849 3658

11h UICN Mamadou Sow

Chef de projet mangrove Mamadousowuicnorg 221 33 869 0286

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 31

Annex 2 CBD criteria for ecologically significant areas

CBD Decision IX20 Annex 1

SCIENTIFIC CRITERIA FOR IDENTIFYING ECOLOGICALLY OR BIOLOGICALLY SIGNIFICANT MARINE AREAS IN NEED OF PROTECTION IN OPEN-

OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS

Criteria Definition Rationale Examples Consideration in application

Uniqueness or

rarity

Area contains

either (i) unique (ldquothe

only one of its kindrdquo) rare

(ldquooccurs only in few

locationsrdquo) or endemic

species populations or

communities andor (ii)

unique rare or distinct

habitats or ecosystems

andor (iii) unique or

unusual geomorphological

or oceanographic features

Irreplaceable

Loss would mean the probable permanent disappearance of diversity or a feature or reduction of the diversity at any level

Open ocean waters

Sargasso Sea Taylor column

persistent polynyas

Deep-sea habitats

endemic communities around

submerged atolls hydrothermal

vents sea mounts pseudo-

abyssal depression

Risk of biased-view of the perceived uniqueness depending on the information availability

Scale dependency of features such that unique features at one scale may be typical at another thus a global and regional perspective must be taken

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 32

Special

importance for

life-history

stages of

species

Areas that are required for

a population to survive and

thrive

Various biotic and abiotic

conditions coupled with

species-specific

physiological constraints

and preferences tend to

make some parts of marine

regions more suitable to

particular life-stages and

functions than other parts

Area containing (i) breeding grounds

spawning areas nursery areas juvenile

habitat or other areas important for life

history stages of species or (ii) habitats of

migratory species (feeding wintering or

resting areas breeding moulting

migratory routes)

Connectivity between life-history stages and linkages between areas trophic interactions physical transport physical oceanography life history of species

Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data Vessel monitoring system (VMS) data

Spatial and temporal distribution andor aggregation of the species

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 33

Importance for

threatened

endangered or

declining

species andor

habitats

Area containing habitat for

the survival and recovery

of endangered threatened

declining species or area

with significant

assemblages of such

species

To ensure the restoration

and recovery of such species

and habitats

Areas critical for threatened endangered

or declining species andor habitats

containing (i) breeding grounds spawning

areas nursery areas juvenile habitat or

other areas important for life history

stages of species or (ii) habitats of

migratory species (feeding wintering or

resting areas breeding moulting

migratory routes)

Includes species with very large geographic ranges

In many cases recovery will require reestablishment of the species in areas of its historic range

Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data vessel-monitoring system (VMS) data

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 34

Vulnerability

Fragility

Sensitivity or

Slow recovery

Areas that contain a

relatively high proportion

of sensitive habitats

biotopes or species that

are functionally fragile

(highly susceptible to

degradation or depletion

by human activity or by

natural events) or with

slow recovery

The criteria indicate the

degree of risk that will be

incurred if human activities

or natural events in the area

or component cannot be

managed effectively or are

pursued at an unsustainable

rate

Vulnerability of species

Inferred from the history of how species or populations in other similar areas responded to perturbations

Species of low fecundity slow growth long time to sexual maturity longevity (eg sharks etc)

Species with structures providing biogenic habitats such as deepwater corals sponges and bryozoans deep-water species

Vulnerability of habitats

Ice-covered areas susceptible to ship-based pollution

Ocean acidification can make deep sea habitats more vulnerable to others and increase susceptibility to human induced changes

Interactions between vulnerability to human impacts and natural events

Existing definition emphasizes site specific ideas and requires consideration for highly mobile species

Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 35

Biological

productivity

Area containing species

populations or

communities with

comparatively higher

natural biological

productivity

Important role in fuelling

ecosystems and increasing

the growth rates of

organisms and their capacity

for reproduction

Frontal areas

Upwellings

Hydrothermal vents

Seamounts polynyas

Can be measured as the rate of growth of marine organisms and their populations either through the fixation of inorganic carbon by photosynthesis chemosynthesis or through the ingestion of prey dissolved organic matter or particulate organic matter

Can be inferred from remote-sensed products eg ocean colour or process-based models

Time-series fisheries data can be used but caution is required

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 36

Biological

diversity

Area contains

comparatively higher

diversity of ecosystems

habitats communities or

species or has higher

genetic diversity

Important for evolution and

maintaining the resilience of

marine species and

ecosystems

Sea-mounts

Fronts and convergence zones

Cold coral communities

Deep-water sponge communities

Diversity needs to be seen in relation to the surrounding environment

Diversity indices are indifferent to species substitutions

Diversity indices are indifferent to which species may be contributing to the value of the index and hence would not pick up areas important to species of special concern such as endangered species

Can be inferred from habitat heterogeneity or diversity as a surrogate for species diversity in areas where biodiversity has not been sampled intensively

Naturalness Area with a comparatively

higher degree of

naturalness as a result of

the lack of or low level of

human-induced

disturbance or

degradation

To protect areas with near natural structure processes and functions

To maintain these areas as reference sites

To safeguard and enhance ecosystem resilience

Most ecosystems and habitats have

examples with varying levels of

naturalness and the intent is that the

more natural examples should be

selected

Priority should be given to areas having a low level of disturbance relative to their surroundings

In areas where no natural areas remain areas that have successfully recovered including reestablishment of species should be

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 37

considered

Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 38

Annex 3 CBD criteria for MPA networks

Decision IX20 Annex II SCIENTIFIC GUIDANCE FOR SELECTING AREAS TO ESTABLISH A REPRESENTATIVE NETWORK OF MARINE PROTECTED AREAS INCLUDING IN

OPEN OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS

Required network properties and

components Definition Applicable site specific considerations (inter alia)

Ecologically and biologically significant areas

Ecologically and biologically significant areas are geographically or oceanographically discrete areas that provide important services to one or more speciespopulations of an ecosystem or to the ecosystem as a whole compared to other surrounding areas or areas of similar ecological characteristics or otherwise meet the criteria as identified in annex I to decision IX20

Uniqueness or rarity

Special importance for life history stages of species

Importance for threatened endangered or declining species andor habitats

Vulnerability fragility sensitivity or slow recovery

Biological productivity

Biological diversity

Naturalness

Representativity Representativity is captured in a network when it consists of areas representing the different biogeographical subdivisions of the global oceans and regional seas that reasonably reflect the full range of ecosystems including the biotic and habitat diversity of those marine ecosystems

A full range of examples across a biogeographic habitat or community classification relative health of species and communities relative intactness of habitat(s) naturalness

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 39

Connectivity Connectivity in the design of a network allows for linkages whereby protected sites benefit from larval andor species exchanges and functional linkages from other network sites In a connected network individual sites benefit one another

Currents gyres physical bottlenecks migration routes species dispersal detritus functional linkages Isolated sites such as isolated seamount communities may also be included

Replicated ecological features Replication of ecological features means that more than one site shall contain examples of a given feature in the given biogeographic area The term ―features means ―species habitats and ecological processes that naturally occur in the given biogeographic area

Accounting for uncertainty natural variation and the possibility of catastrophic events Features that exhibit less natural variation or are precisely defined may require less replication than features that are inherently highly variable or are only very generally defined

Adequate and viable sites Adequate and viable sites indicate that all sites within a network should have size and protection sufficient to ensure the ecological viability and integrity of the feature(s) for which they were selected

Adequacy and viability will depend on size shape buffers persistence of features threats surrounding environment (context) physical constraints scale of featuresprocesses spillovercompactness

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 40

Annex 4 Data sources highlighted in discussions during the 1st Mission

Thegravemes Organisme ressources Personnes ressources Sites internet ressources et bases de donneacutees

Donneacutees bibliographiques

IRD Linus base bibliographique (httpiacaprodc3eduvsqfrlinus)

CRODT Catalogue des publications du CRODT

Donneacutees geacuteneacuterales

PRCMFIBA SIG Reacutegional Catalogue drsquoInformations pour lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoOuest (CIAO) wwwolmmrciao

OdinAfrica African marine atlas ndash voir OdinAfrica

OBIS httpwwwiobisorg

Guineacutee Bissau SIG Guineacutee Bissau au 200 000 egraveme sur toute la zone cocirctiegravere et 50 000 egraveme sur les Bijagos voir Franccedilois Gourmelonuniv-brestfr ou Emmanuel Ginaudet

Cap vert Systegraveme national SIG pour toutes les donneacutees du Cap vert

Bathymeacutetrie

Navy Londres Africa Pilot Volume 1 Hydrographer of the Navy London 1967

SHOM Carte SHOM ndeg6815 INT14 au 110 000 000egraveme Voir site wwwshomfr - catalogue

Cf Canada Carte au CSE

CND0 CD des donneacutees bathymeacutetriques de la sous-reacutegion

Donneacutees oceacuteanographiques geacuteneacuterales

OdinAfrica Points focaux des pays agrave voir sur site internet drsquoOdinAfrica

ordinafricanet Atelier national OdinAfrica ndash voir sur le site CNDO Aller sur le site OdinAfrica reacutecupeacuterer les shapefiles (httpwwwodinafricaorg) et sur httpwwwafricanmarineatlasnet

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 41

IRDlaboratoire LOCEAN-IPSL (Universiteacute Paris 6) LPAOSF (Lab de Physique de lAtmosphegravere et de lOceacutean de agrave lEacutecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique-UCAD

Alban Lazar (IRD) Simeacuteon Fongang (Ecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique) Raymond Lahaye (IRDLEMAR)

Circulation oceacuteanique le long des cocirctes seacuteneacutegalaises (structures variabiliteacute meacutecanismes de lrsquoupwelling des courants cocirctiers des tempeacuteratures et des saliniteacutes) et les couplages oceacutean-atmosphegravere

FAO Merete TANDSTAD Projets CCLEM et GCLME

NEPAD Projet GCLME

PRCM et IMROP + autres

Faire lrsquoinventaire des socieacuteteacutes qui ont fait de la prospection peacutetroliegravere et voir leurs donneacutees et eacutetudes drsquoimpact eacutetude Woodside ou Dana petroleum voir PRCM et IMROP

Universiteacute Rapport master de lrsquouniversiteacute sur la modeacutelisation de la circulation et des tempeacuteratures sur la haute mer (demander CNDO)

Upwellings Odiafrica Donneacutees upwellings sur Odinafrica

IRD P CURY et N BEZ

Geacuteologie seacutediemntologie et Nature des fonds

2 thegraveses sur le plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais sud et nord

IRD carte de Domain (IRDORSTOM) carte des seacutediments du plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais)

carte de Barusso

Travaux de Lachance et Mc Master

Odinafirca Plateau continental ndash carte digitaliseacutee sur la nature des fonds ndash voir sur ordinafrica

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 42

Annex 5 GIS data priorities

Explanation of ranking system

Term short-term bullbullbull medium-term bullbull long-term bull Estimated Ease of acquiring data easy bullbullbull moderatebullbull difficult bull

Importance high bullbullbull moderate bullbull low bull Term Ease Import

Base layers

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 coastline(s)

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 2 ecological regions

bullbullbull bull bullbullbull 3 bathymetry

bullbullbull bullbull bull 4 topography (for land ndashcan help with shoreline classifications)

Physical and oceanographic

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 estuaries rivers

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 shoreline type (cliff rocky sandy muddy etc)

bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 surficial sediment (bottom type)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 seafloor topographic complexity ruggedness (can be created from bathymetry)

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 5 seamounts (can also be identified through bathymetry)

6 other seascape features eg

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull canyons

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 43

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull ridges

bullbull bullbullbull bullbull hydrothermal vents

bullbull bull bullbull seeps

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull banks

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull rocky reefs

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull estuaries (sub-classes)

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull lagoons

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull upwellings

bull bullbull bull 7 ocean currents tides

bull bullbull bullbull 8 sea surface temperature

bull bullbull bullbull 9 salinity

bull bull bull 10 photosynthetically available radiation (PAR)

bull bull bull 11 coastal erosion sediment transport

bull bull bullbull 12 climate change trends eg movement of upwellings

Biological habitat

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 1 threatened or endangered species (amp spawning nursery areas etc)

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 threatened or endangered habitats

bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 habitat classification (if one exists regionally)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 biogenic features eg

warm water coral reefs

cold water coral ldquoforestsrdquo

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 44

mangroves (sub-classes)

bullbull bull bullbullbull 5 Key commercial species eg

crustaceans molluscs (crabs shrimps oysters etc)

pelagic large fishes (eg tunas)

pelagic small fishes

demersal fishes

bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 primary productivity (usually satellite colour images chlorophyll_a)

bullbull bull bullbull 7 secondary productivity (eg an estimate of carbon flux)

bullbull bull bullbull 8 migration of invasive species

Human use management

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 marine protected areas

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 year-round fisheries closures

bullbull bullbull bull 3 other seasonal fisheries closures

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 4 cities towns villages (with populations)

bullbull bullbull bull 5 local community boundaries

bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 traditional use boundaries (eg artisanal fisheries)

bull bullbull bull 7 migrant land use grazing

bullbull bull bullbullbull 8 areas of cultural spiritual importance

bullbull bullbullbull bullbull 9 roads (can help with understanding remoteness amp shoreline access)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 10 shipping routes and harbours

bullbull bullbull bull 11 land use particularly agriculture (can be combined into an analysis of rivers to estimate runoff)

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 45

bullbull bull bullbullbull 12 fishing

a artisanal by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)

b industrial by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 13 offshore oil amp gas licences exploratory wells installations (platforms pipelines shore based)

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 14 sand amp gravel mining

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 15 tourism shoreline development resorts marinas

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 46

Annex 6 Thirty additional assessments

Excerpted and adapted from the 54 page report by the OSPAR Regional seas convention for

the Northeast Atlantic (2007) Background document to support the assessment of whether

the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is ecologically coherent6

Assessment Criterion 1 Adequacy Viability

1 Assessment Guideline One should expect the sizes of network sites (for a given feature) to be

distributed throughout or exceed the estimated range of sizes necessary to sustain a viable

population or community

2 Assessment Guideline Sites that are heavily impacted andor surrounded by heavily impacted

areas should be larger than otherwise

3 Assessment Guideline Features of ecological significance should receive greater protection

than normal

4 Assessment Guideline Location and geography can be used to indicate adequate protection

such that

a Protection of pelagic features should generally be reflected with the implementation of

larger sites than those for benthic features

b In regions constrained by physical geography (eg fjords bays bights passages straits)

the adequate sizes of individual sites will generally be smaller than areas without such

physical constraints (eg regional seas open ocean)

c Offshore andor deeper sites will generally require larger areas than for nearshore andor

shallow sites (However the exceptions of certain deep sea benthic features such as

hydrothermal vents and cold seeps are noted)

5 Assessment Guideline in a given region the adequate spatial protection of most OSPAR

features and the overall network can be expected to conform to the scientific literature and

fall within the range commonly found within that literature It is recognized that this is an

evolving field of study

6 Assessment Guideline Owing to the multiplicity of its objectives the OSPAR network can be

expected to contain a variety of reserve sizes and corresponding spacing between sites

7 Assessment Guideline If a site is at the small end of the expected viability range for a given

feature then compact sites are preferable If on the other hand a given site is at the large end

of the estimated viability range then a less compact shape would allow for greater spill-over

and benefits outside of the reserve

a The Compactness of a given site can be calculated using a GIS and the following

formula C = (4πAp2)

05 Where C is the Compactness A is the area of the site and p is

its perimeter

8 Assessment Guideline A broad MPA network such as the OSPAR network with a wide

variety of features can be expected to have a wide variety of reserve shapes and sizes

6 Jeff Ardron is the primary author of this OSPAR report

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 47

a The combined size and compactness of a site be readily calculated using a GIS and the

following formula SSC = ln (PA) Where SSC is here labelled as the site size-

compactness P is the perimeter of the site and A is the area

9 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA electronic database lists the aims and ecological

criteria on a site by site basis Thus as a preliminary assessment these can be compiled to get

an indication of how well they are being met across the network

10 Assessment Guideline A list inventory of features within a region that (are known or

believed to) meet the OSPAR aims and ecological criteria is required in order to fully assess if

the existing MPA sites are likely adequate

11 Assessment Guideline Features that are common and widely distributed will generally require

less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are rare andor sparsely

distributed

Assessment Criterion 2 Representativity

12 Assessment Guideline OSPAR MPAs should be checked to ensure that they are broadly

distributed across biogeographic regions In such an assessment there is no need to restrict the

assessment to just one biogeographic classification system So long as they appear to be

rigorous (eg peer-reviewed) the use of a variety of systems is encouraged

13 Assessment Guideline Each of the Dinter [OSPAR] bioregions should be adequately

protected

14 Assessment Guideline National classifications can be very helpful in assessing

representativity at a national level based on national categories and should be used where they

exist

15 Assessment Guideline In the absence of full biological surveys or full classification systems

(such as EUNIS) simple surrogates should be used to check that representativity is possibly

being achieved Benthic and pelagic realms should be considered

16 Assessment Guideline Representative features that are very common and widely distributed

will likely require less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are just

somewhat common

As a rule of thumb within a given feature class representative protection can be

compared to a normalized distribution For example if the areal distribution of

representative classes can be normalised through a square-root transformation then

protected area distribution could be expected to be roughly proportional to the square-

root of the ratio of the representative feature classesrsquo overall areas

17 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA nomination database should be checked to ensure

that the idea of the ldquobestrdquo features was taken into account across feature types and regions

18 Assessment Guideline Features that best represent their type can be expected to be

characterized by most or all of these indicators

a Typical morphology

b High density abundance

c High degree of health naturalness

d Persistence (temporal and spatial) and

e Strong functional linkages

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 48

Assessment Criterion 3 Replication

19 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area more than one example of each feature

should be protected

20 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features protected in areas susceptible

to catastrophic events require greater replication than those in low-risk areas

21 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area where no better data exist natural

variation can be assumed to be greatest between sites that are furthest apart

22 Assessment Guideline Features that are very specifically defined will exhibit less variation

and hence require less replication than features which are very general or ldquocatch-allrdquo categories

23 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area scientific requirements may require

replicate sites for differing purposes If these requirements are not known it can be assumed

that replicate sites that are a moderate distance apart (neither immediate neighbours nor at

extreme ends of the biogeographic area) will satisfy most scientific requirements

24 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features for which there are weak or

incomplete or modelled data require greater replication than those features for which better data

are available

Assessment Criterion 4 Connectivity

25 Assessment Guideline If an area is known or suspected to be important to connectivity then it

should be represented in the MPA network

26 Assessment Guideline Reserves in areas where there are known currents (eg many coastal

areas) should be more closely spaced than otherwise In order to maintain connectivity for most

short to moderate larval dispersing species when specific data are lacking such nearshore sites

should be spaced not further than 50 km apart

27 Assessment Guideline Connectivity between seabird sites can be measured in straight lines

28 Assessment Guideline Connectivity for marine species can be assumed to be greater along

lines of similar habitat than across them

29 Assessment Guideline The density of marine reserves can be used as a way to group areas of

likely connectivity Likewise it can also define gaps where connectivity has probably not been

achieved

30 Assessment Guideline In the absence of dispersal data connectivity may be approximated by

ensuring the MPA network is well distributed in space reflecting the scale of its surroundings

Page 20: A Suggested Approach for Gap Analyses of the RAMPAO Marine ...€¦ · A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 2 Recommendation re outreach: 1) regional contact

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 18

Meetings

General meetings A large forum like the RAMPAO General Assembly can be an excellent

opportunity to introduce interested parties to the project It may even be possible to get

general agreement around sharing data However such a general agreement if it can be

found would probably still not replace the need for MoUs and similar bilateral agreements

with specific agencies and institutions

In addition to regional meetings presentations should be made to national meetings

introducing the project as opportunity permits

Data meetings regional data meetings with database managers could help speed up the

process of data collection though this can vary from place to place In many cases it is

better to first approach people one-on-one Later after some data have already been

acquired a meeting can be used to discuss how to best merge data together and to

encourage others to also provide information data if they have not already done so

Expert meetings bringing together experts of a particular species or habitat can be a very

good way to identify available expertise information data and gaps Expert knowledge can

also be collected at such meetings drawn on maps etc but this requires prior training

preparation and processing afterwards In general expert meetings are most valuable after

a ldquodesktop studyrdquo where basic gaps have been identified and there are now specific

questions that have been identified as needing answers Targeted expert meetings can be

valuable at different times throughout a process as different issues need addressing Their

main drawback is the expense and work required A badly run meeting can also turn opinion

against a project and so care has to be taken to do a good job

Recommendation re data information collection 1) The process of collecting data should

begin immediately This will require close coordination with outreach activities 2) Priority

should be given to collecting data that are a) easily acquired and b) required for the initial

short-term analyses 3) Lists of data sources contact information and what dates they

were approached should be kept to track progress 4) Data collaboration should be on the

agenda of the next RAMPAO General Assembly meeting 5) After an initial (eg 3-6

month) period of data collection the need for data meetings andor expert meetings

should be assessed

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 19

Five initial gap analyses The following analyses are recommended as initial tests that should be done in the short-

term (present to June 2010) and when possible in the order presented However we

acknowledge that data availability can alter the ordering of the tests and even what tests

are undertaken ndashincluding developing new ones not listed here These basic tests can be

followed up with more complex analyses such as outlined in the next sections of this report

1 Visually consider the distribution of protected areas Is the network spatially well

distributed without more than a few major gaps If not what gaps can a person

immediately see Consider along-shore gaps and gaps moving out towards the offshore

Consider the northern central and southern thirds of the RAMPAO area Consider

national boundaries

Technical amp data requirements no GIS or GIS data are required A basic paper map

showing the protected areas and national boundaries is sufficient

Rationale this simple assessment is deceptively powerful Simplicity should not be seen

as detracting from its value The human eye can see many patterns and gaps that are

difficult to quantify into statistics When most people agree on a visual gap this

indicates that it is likely valid and worthy of serious consideration

Connectivity and representativity are two of the five agreed-upon CBD criteria for

assessing MPA networks (IX20 Annex 2) If the network is generally not well distributed

in space then it is unlikely to exhibit characteristics of connectivity or representativity

and thus is very unlikely to be ecologically coherent Note that if a network is well-

distributed in space this does not necessarily ensure that these criteria are being met

and further tests will still be required

2 Using GIS procedures consider in greater depth the distribution of protected areas For

this test and all the other tests below perform it first for the whole region then for

each of the three broad ecoregions north central and south4 and finally according to

national boundaries

a Zones offshore Consider coverage within four basic zones i the shorelines (0-5

nautical miles offshore) ii nearshore (~5-15 nm) iii mid-offshore (~15-50 nm)

and iv far offshore (~50 -200 nm) What percentage of each of these broad

zones has MPAs

b Distance from shore statistics what is the average (arithmetic mean) extent that

RAMPAO MPAs extend offshore What is the range of these values What is the

4 This could include the MEOW (Marine Ecoregions Of the World) classification or other similar ecoregions

accepted by RAMPAO partners

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 20

standard deviation Considering that RAMPOA waters extend approximately 200

nm offshore what do these distance-offshore statistics suggest

c Nearest neighbour distance in each of the above zones calculate ldquonearest

neighbourrdquo statistics between MPAs noting the range of MPA spacing the

arithmetic mean of the spacing and the standard deviation of spacing between

sites In this test and all others displaying the histogram of results can be very

informative and is recommended

Technical amp data requirements GIS files are required for shoreline data MPAs

ecoregions national boundaries These three tests (a) ndash (c) get progressively more

technically advanced in the use of GIS However it is outside the scope of this report to

fully describe the GIS methods If a minimum separation distance is chosen as a network

criterion (see comments below) then an easier GIS analysis would be to buffer the

MPAs by a value of half that distance to identify which areas that ldquotouchrdquo and which do

not

Rationale these analyses put some numbers to the first visual test In most ways

however the visual test is simpler and easier to understand That said numbers in

tables can help rank gaps according to basic properties

Unfortunately the GIS methods can be a bit difficult for a beginner If parts of this test

are too difficult they can be skipped since the visual assessment already tells us a lot

Setting explicit quantitative targets for spacing can be controversial and difficult to

support scientifically What is adequate for some species will still be inadequate for

others That said for a basic initial test ldquorules of thumbrdquo have been proposed The

BALANCE project in the Baltic Sea suggested 25 km as an ideal maximum spacing

between shoreline sites (2008) Instead of looking at the ideal situation the OSPAR

Convention for the Northeast Atlantic took a different approach considering the very

longest spacing that could be considered contributing anything at all towards ecological

coherence of the MPA network ie a theoretical ldquoworst caserdquo The OSPAR guidelines for

this worst case are nearshore ~250 km (linear shoreline distance) offshore ~200 000

km2 (which is about equivalent to a ~500 km diameter circle) high seas ~1 000 000 km2

(equivalent to a square with ~1000 km sides) For OSPAR nearshore meant shoreline

and territorial waters out to 12 nm offshore meant EEZ waters (12-200 nm) and high

seas meant waters beyond 200 nm from shore (OPSAR 2008 Ardron 2009)

3 Consider MPA distribution according to depth As for all these analyses perform these

tests first for the whole region then for each of the three broad ecoregions north

central and south and finally according to national boundaries

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 21

a Depth statistics what is the average (arithmetic mean) depth of RAMPAO

MPAs What is the range of values What is the standard deviation How do

these numbers compare with the overall RAMPAO region

b Depth zones consider the following eight general depth zones and what

percentage of each zone is within the current MPA network 0-25 m

(shallow) 25-50 m (photic) 50-100m (upper shelf) 100-200 m (lower shelf)

200-400 m (upper slope) 400-800 m (mid-slope) 800-1600 m (lower slope)

1600-3200 m or greater (abyssal plain)5

Technical amp data requirements data as per the previous test plus bathymetry The

easiest and fastest way to perform these statistics is to convert the MPA shapefile

(and if it is not already the bathymetry) into a raster grid and do grid analyses

Rationale depth is widely recognised as one of the key variables that describes

biotic communities in a give region and as such is a very basic measure of

representativity This analysis could be improved by combining surficial sediment

data with depth to make simple seafloor sediment-depth classes if available

4 Consider MPA distribution according to existent shoreline habitat classification

Although the whole RAMPAO shoreline is likely not classified certain features such

as estuaries or mangroves may already largely be identified Taking these shoreline

features that are either readily available or readily digitised consider what

percentage of each of these feature types are within the current MPA network

Consider what percentage of the MPA network lies outside of these readily

identifiable shoreline features Consider also according to ecoregions and national

boundaries

Technical amp data requirements any available shoreline features such as estuaries

and mangroves If the data are good enough each of these features could be sub-

divided eg large medium and small estuaries If geophysical shoreline type data

are missing basic categories such as cliff rock and sandmud shores can often be

visually estimated and hand digitised by looking at terrestrial topographic data along

the shoreline combined with nearshore bathymetry if available

5 These log2 depth classes are admittedly somewhat arbitrary (25 2

i) and could be refined either by

considering a regional biological classification histogram of the distribution of depths or natural breaks in the

data It is our understanding however that no bio-physical classification has been performed for the region

For an initial test these somewhat arbitrary depth classes are sufficient to point out general gaps and reflect

the generally logarithmic scale of decreasing resolution (increasing breadth of classes) with depth

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 22

Rationale since the RAMPAO MPA network is currently shoreline-based this test is

suggested before considering other physical features further offshore This test is

designed to give a rough idea of shoreline representativity

5 Consider the RAMPAO network according to rare threatened and endangered

species and habitats (features) for which data are available Perform the same sort

of tests as in the test above using available data for rare threatened and

endangered features Consider what percentage of each of these feature types are

within the current MPA network Consider what percentage of the MPA network lies

outside of these features Consider also according to ecoregions and national

boundaries

Technical amp data requirements there are modelling techniques to predict the

potential habitat of species but these techniques are advanced and would fall under

the long-term timeframe For this initial analysis only available data should be

considered If the data appear to be very incomplete then they should not be used

Recognising that such data can be sub-regionally incomplete some sections of the

network may have to be left out of this analysis marked as ldquono datardquo areas on the

maps

Rationale rare threatened and endangered features are often protected by law

and also often of interest to researchers There is usually some information on them

though not always digital data and may instead be in the form of expert opinion

Ecologically there are three different types of rare threatened and endangered

features each requiring a different management response 1) features that have

always been rare 2) features that used to be common but are now rare due to

human pressures (ie threatened and endangered) 3) features that are on the edge

of their range and a) this range is steady or b ) this range is shifting (expanding

contracting moving away entering the region) due to climate change or other

environmental changes It would be best to perform this test separately for the three

different classes and associated sub-classes of rare threatened and endangered

features taking into account their population trends However for an initial test

such refinements should be seen as optional depending on information availability

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 23

Medium term gap analyses The following analyses are recommended for consideration in the medium-term (June 2010

to Dec 2011) with choice largely driven by data availability Due to the somewhat longer

time period fewer details are provided here than in the section above allowing for further

elaborations during the 2nd Mission when more is known They are arranged according to

the CBD MPA network criteria (IX20 Annex 2)

In addition to the tests outlined below others that were developed for the OSPAR Regional

Seas Convention for the Northeast Atlantic are listed in Annex 6 Thirty additional

assessments These are also well-suited to the medium-term and medium-quality data

Note that the four OSPAR MPA network criteria overlap four of the five CBD criteria

Ecologically and biologically significant areas (EBSAs)

If specific EBSAs are known consideration should be given to their possible inclusion in the

MPA network Not all EBSAs need necessarily become MPAs for some EBSAs non-spatial

management may be more appropriate It is difficult to do proper gaps assessment on

EBSAs because the distribution of all EBSAs of a given type is usually not known and hence

there is little context by which to judge a given site Thus the rule of thumb is that all EBSAs

if not in the MPA network should be treated as possible gaps and reviewed one at a time

for possible inclusion

The CBD is in the process of developing further guidance on the selection of EBSAs in the

open oceans and deep seas and much of this guidance is also applicable to shallower

nearshore systems Because this guidance is not yet accepted by the CBD we refer you

instead to a background report that was written for the CBD Ottawa Expert Workshop that

discussed these issues 29 Sept ndash 02 Oct 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant

areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations (Ardron

et al 2009) is a report in two parts Both parts are included with this report and are

recommended here as guidance on selecting CBD EBSAs

First gathering information from local residents and experts on places they sense to be

important can go far in identifying key EBSAs The ldquorecognition heuristicrdquo (Gigerenzer 1999)

is a powerful way to quickly locate longstanding ecologically significant areas in a given

region and we note that NGOs such as WWF have already done such work in the past and

that this work could be readily updated and built upon

Representativity

Many tests for representativity can be developed based on available data Listed below are

some of the more likely approaches

Seascapes identify the main shoreline topographic (benthic) and oceanographic

(pelagic) features of the region and check to see what percentage of each is included

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 24

in the MPA network Typical benthic seascape features would include canyons

seamounts reefs etc Typical pelagic features include frontal systems upwellings

gyres See also Annex 5 GIS data priorities

Topographic complexity using only bathymetry a surrogate measure of benthic

complexity can be developed (Ardron 2002) This measure can help highlight areas of

likely increased benthic richness amongst other traits

Biogeographic classification system whereas seascapes focus on physical features

a biogeographic attempts to also include information on biology such that the

system divides an area according to broad ecological communities based on physical

proxies The creation of a biogeographic classification should include both pelagic

and benthic realms is labour- and data- intensive and requires extensive peer

review

Biogeographic components instead of attempting a full biogeographic classification

system certain aspects can be developed separately For example depth strata can

be combined with sea floor sediment data to make a basic sea bottom classification

These can then be nested within the broad bioregions of the RAMPAO area

Likewise exposure wave energy can be combined with shoreline types to create

another basic classification Creating components such as these can be further

explored in the 2nd Mission once it is better known what data information are

available

Connectivity

This is the CBD criterion most difficult to assess with few options for the medium-term

except for looking at distances between sites (see short-term test above) Several academic

modelling exercises have been attempted with mixed levels of success in areas with much

better data than exist in West Africa We would caution RAMPAO in spending too much

time on such modelling exercises In general nearshore sites require closer spacing than

sites further offshore (OSPAR 2007) If it is known that certain areas provide larvae or

juveniles to other places then these ldquosourcerdquo areas should be considered for protection

Note that such areas could also fall under the EBSA criterion for productivity

Replication

At its most basic level this criterion asks that there be more than one MPA for every feature

in the network In practice this is usually considered using available information on

representativity (see above) and whatever biological data may also be available This

criterion can be assessed very simply initially by testing to see if there is more than one MPA

in each broad zone such as distance from shore or depth zone as described in the previous

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 25

section on short-term assessments Assessing replication can become more refined as more

MPAs are designated and better data become available

Adequacy viability

Ideally MPA sites should be monitored to ensure that their aims are being met In cases

where this is occurring the monitoring results should be used to determine if the individual

sitersquos size location and shape is adequate Where monitoring is not occurring or is

incomplete or too recent to determine trends other measures will have to be used Size is

probably the most commonly discussed measure and yet it remains also probably the most

controversial (Fahig 2001) Nonetheless even in an absence of consensus on this issue by

looking at possible ranges of sizes a sense can still be gained if the sites are or are not

likely to be meeting their aims A full assessment of site size which is outside the scope of

this report should take into account the species life-history population structure quality of

the habitat the quality of the surrounding areas and possible connectivity to other sites

(Lindeboom amp Baumlck 2005) However in many cases the scientific knowledge about a feature

will be insufficient to determine this very exactly Even if the life history of a species is well

know for example it is usually not known how much the surrounding area can be expected

to play a role in supporting the healthy functioning of that species Nonetheless it is

generally true that heavily impacted surrounding areas will provide less of a supporting role

to protected features than pristine ones In data-poor situations often it is still possible to

use expert opinion to specify a range of sizes which would likely be appropriate for the

adequate protection of a given feature (text adapted from OSPAR 2007)

For the RAMPAO network expert assessments of the efficacy of individual MPA sites is

probably the best way to consider the adequacy aspect of the criterion and we note the

work that has already been done by RAMPAO on this regard as well as the IUCN on

assessing management effectiveness (2007 2008a 2008b)

Relative viability can also be inferred from a threats pressures analysis In performing a

population density analysis proximity to human settlements can be used as a first indication

of how much anthropomorphic stress a protected area may be experiencing Looking

further at the composition of sensitive and threatened species within a given area can

further refine this initial threats analysis

Long term gap analyses In many cases analyses that got delayed in the medium term would be still valuable in the

longer term (2011 to 2014) However for the longer-term we would also hope that

RAMPAO activities would begin to focus on the filling of already-identified ecological and

management gaps

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 26

MarZone and MaxEnt

As an MPA network develops so does the need for more sophisticated analyses MarZone

(Marxan with Zones) has received positive attention recently and is a good tool for zoning

multiple activities with various levels of conservation restrictions In order to use a tool like

Marxan broad representativity data (ldquocoarse filterrdquo) and biological data (ldquofine filterrdquo) are

required and in order to use a zoning tool like MarZone broad coverage human use data

are additionally required One big advantage of MarxanMarZone is the user community

that has grown up around it and the good practices that continue to be developed

To get broad scale species distributions usually point occurrence data are fitted to physical

chemical environmental variables producing a predictive habitat model Good success has

been attained using the MaxEnt model (httpwwwcsprincetonedu~schapiremaxent)

though many other approaches also exist The construction of species-habitat predictive

models can take time and acquiring combining the environmental data also takes much

work In order to not bias the Marxan MarZone analysis several species-habitat models

would have to be created for several different key species from a variety of taxonomic

families trophic levels and feeding guilds This would be clearly a long-term project and

can only be justified if the RAMPAO MPA network has reached a level of sophistication to

demand such an analysis

Climate change modelling

Conservation network planning for climate change can also involved complicated modelling

(eg Fuller et al 2008) However again these approaches are data-intensive and require

advanced technical abilities

Ongoing adaptive approach

It is unlikely that the above advanced modelling approaches would be worth their

considerable effort and instead it is suggested that much more can be achieved through

good cooperation with stakeholders scientific expertise and some ldquocommon senserdquo

Recognising that no plan is perfect planning should be seen as an ongoing process of

refinement Paramount will be the ability to be flexible and adapt to changing ecological and

social conditions To do so will require governance structures from local to international

levels ndashlikewise matched to adapt quickly and effectively

While it is relatively easy to point out gaps in an MPA network at ever-increasing levels of

sophistication it is much harder to fill those gaps even on the most rudimentary level

Therefore we urge RAMPAO to act in the long term on addressing the gaps that are readily

apparent through basic tests such as the ones outlined in this document

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 27

Possible activities of the 2nd Mission

This report and the two-part background report prepared for the CBD (also included in this

submission ndashArdron et al 2009) offer a lot of information We expect that as RAMPAO staff

sifts through this guidance questions will arise We see the 2nd Mission as one that could be

devoted to

answering questions that arise from the 1st Mission guidance ndashprocess ecological

and technical

elaborating medium-term gap analyses once more is known about data availability

and technical capacity within RAMPAO and its partner organisations

providing assistance in data collection in Europe and North America

doing joint GIS analyses there could be benefit in working together on some of the

GIS analyses such as the analysis of topographic complexity

presenting initial results we also believe that it will be important to present some

short-term gap analysis results to RAMPAO members and partners

participating in the Third Meeting of the RAMPAO General Assembly we suggest that the 2nd Mission coincide with the RAMPAO General Assembly and include

o a presentation of initial results to the General Assembly and o an expert side-meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and

analyses

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 28

References

Ardron JA 2002 A Recipe for Determining Benthic Complexity An Indicator of Species Richness In Marine Geography GIS for the Oceans and Seas (ch 23 pp 196-175) Joe Breman (ed) Redlands CA USA ESRI Press

Ardron JA 2009 Three initial OSPAR tests of ecological coherence heuristics in a data-limited situation ICES Journal of Marine Research 658 1527-1533

Ardron JA Dunn D Corrigan C Gjerde K Halpin P Rice J Vanden Berghe E Vierros M 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations A background document for the CBD expert workshop Ottawa Canada 29 September ndash 2 October 2009 37 pp + 73 pp Annex 1

BALANCE 2008 Ecological coherence and principles MPA assessment selection and design Technical Summary Report 34 httpbalance-euorgxpdfbalance-technical-summary-report-no-3-4pdf

FAO 2009 International guidelines for the management of deep-sea fisheries in the high seas Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations Rome

Fahrig 2001 How much Habitat is enough Biological Conservation 100 (1) 65-74

Fuller T Morton DP Sarkar S 2008 Incorporating uncertainty about speciesrsquo potential distributions under climate change into the selection of conservation areas with a case study from the Arctic Coastal Plain of Alaska Biological Conservation 141 1547-1559

Gigerenzer G Todd P M and the ABC Research Group 1999 Simple heuristics that make us smart Oxford University Press New York

IUCNBRAO 2007 Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parc de Guineacutee Bissau

IUCNPACO 2008a Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees aires proteacutegeacutees de la Reacutepublique de Guineacutee

IUCNBRAO 2008b Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parcs et reacuteserves de Mauritanie

Lindeboom HJ and Baumlck S 2005 Establishing coastal and marine reserves- with the emphasis on fisheries Pages 103-118 In Managing European Coasts Past Present and Future J Vermaat LBouwer KTurner WSalomons (Eds) Springer-Verlag

OSPAR 2007 Background document to support the Assessment of whether the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is Ecologically Coherent OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic Publication Number 2007320 wwwosparorg

OSPAR 2008 Three initial spatial tests looking at the ecological coherence of the OSPAR marine protected area (MPA) network OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic 3602008 wwwosparorg 17 pp

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 29

Annex 1 Calendar of meetings 1st Mission 5-12 Sept 2009

Lundi

FIBA

Charlotte Karibuhoye

Coordinatrice

Souadou Ndiaye

SIG RAMPAO

Julien Semelin Appui agrave la creacuteation de nouvelles AMP et renforcement de lrsquoefficaciteacute des AMP

UICN Racine Kane AMP transfrontaliegravere

16h par teacuteleacutephone

PRCM Ahmed Senhoury

Directeur

Mardi

8h30 WWF Mamadou Diallo

Chargeacute de mission espegraveces et habitats

mdialowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 641 13 84

Paul Siegel Conseiller en environnement marin psiegelwwfsenegalorg 221 869 37 00

10h30

CSE centre de suivi eacutecologique Ministegravere de lrsquoenvironnement

Taibou Ba Cartes donneacutees

15h Wetland international Africa

Emma GREATRIX

Network for biodiversiteacute (BIOMAC network) Manatee Waterbirds Mangroves

egeatrix]wetlandssn +221 33 869 1681

Mercredi

10h SI NEPAD David Njiki Njiki

Coordinateur environnement njikinjikiyahoocom 221 33 842 73 11

12h WWF Ibrahima Niamadio

Officier pecircche durable iniamadiowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 567 53 16

15h par teacuteleacutephone

UICN Mathieu Ducroq

Coordinateur du programme marin et cocirctier de lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoouest central

+ 222 662 40 82 portable 0022 529 09 77 bureau

16h par teacuteleacutephone

RAMPAO Alfredo da Silva

Preacutesident du RAMPAO Directeur IBAP Ancien coordinateur du reacuteseau de gestion des zones cocirctiegraveres

00245 580 38 48 ou 00 245

UNESCO Isabelle Niang

Projet GEF drsquoadaptation au changement climatique en Afrique de lrsquoouest Erosion cocirctiegravere

Jeudi

9h UICN Guineacutee Bissau

Pierre Campredon

Ancien responsable du PRCM Pierrecampredoniucnorg 0033 630340088

11h30 Convention drsquoAbidjan

Nassere Kaba 0022520211183

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 30

13h CRODTCNDO ODINAFRICA

Anis Diallo Aquaculture et directeur du CNDO adialloordinafricanet 22133832826465 221 77 631 15 95

15h CSRP

M Hamadi Diop

En charge du deacutepartement laquo recherche et systegraveme drsquoinformation raquo

hamadidiopgmailcom

Philippe Tous Projet AFD ndash inteacutegration des AMP dans les politiques de pecircche

philipetousgmailcom (Skype Phil_tous)

Renaud Bailleux

Contrat UICN sur la gestion de lrsquoaccegraves aux ressources halieutiques dans la reacutegion - accords de pecircche ndash gouvernance partageacutee dans les AMP (financement PRCM)

M Dop mika Programme requins de la FIBA mika_dfryahoofr

Vendredi

9H IRD Luis Tito de Morais

Peumlcheeacutecologie des peuplements de poissons

titoirdsn 221 33 849 3658

11h UICN Mamadou Sow

Chef de projet mangrove Mamadousowuicnorg 221 33 869 0286

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 31

Annex 2 CBD criteria for ecologically significant areas

CBD Decision IX20 Annex 1

SCIENTIFIC CRITERIA FOR IDENTIFYING ECOLOGICALLY OR BIOLOGICALLY SIGNIFICANT MARINE AREAS IN NEED OF PROTECTION IN OPEN-

OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS

Criteria Definition Rationale Examples Consideration in application

Uniqueness or

rarity

Area contains

either (i) unique (ldquothe

only one of its kindrdquo) rare

(ldquooccurs only in few

locationsrdquo) or endemic

species populations or

communities andor (ii)

unique rare or distinct

habitats or ecosystems

andor (iii) unique or

unusual geomorphological

or oceanographic features

Irreplaceable

Loss would mean the probable permanent disappearance of diversity or a feature or reduction of the diversity at any level

Open ocean waters

Sargasso Sea Taylor column

persistent polynyas

Deep-sea habitats

endemic communities around

submerged atolls hydrothermal

vents sea mounts pseudo-

abyssal depression

Risk of biased-view of the perceived uniqueness depending on the information availability

Scale dependency of features such that unique features at one scale may be typical at another thus a global and regional perspective must be taken

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 32

Special

importance for

life-history

stages of

species

Areas that are required for

a population to survive and

thrive

Various biotic and abiotic

conditions coupled with

species-specific

physiological constraints

and preferences tend to

make some parts of marine

regions more suitable to

particular life-stages and

functions than other parts

Area containing (i) breeding grounds

spawning areas nursery areas juvenile

habitat or other areas important for life

history stages of species or (ii) habitats of

migratory species (feeding wintering or

resting areas breeding moulting

migratory routes)

Connectivity between life-history stages and linkages between areas trophic interactions physical transport physical oceanography life history of species

Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data Vessel monitoring system (VMS) data

Spatial and temporal distribution andor aggregation of the species

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 33

Importance for

threatened

endangered or

declining

species andor

habitats

Area containing habitat for

the survival and recovery

of endangered threatened

declining species or area

with significant

assemblages of such

species

To ensure the restoration

and recovery of such species

and habitats

Areas critical for threatened endangered

or declining species andor habitats

containing (i) breeding grounds spawning

areas nursery areas juvenile habitat or

other areas important for life history

stages of species or (ii) habitats of

migratory species (feeding wintering or

resting areas breeding moulting

migratory routes)

Includes species with very large geographic ranges

In many cases recovery will require reestablishment of the species in areas of its historic range

Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data vessel-monitoring system (VMS) data

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 34

Vulnerability

Fragility

Sensitivity or

Slow recovery

Areas that contain a

relatively high proportion

of sensitive habitats

biotopes or species that

are functionally fragile

(highly susceptible to

degradation or depletion

by human activity or by

natural events) or with

slow recovery

The criteria indicate the

degree of risk that will be

incurred if human activities

or natural events in the area

or component cannot be

managed effectively or are

pursued at an unsustainable

rate

Vulnerability of species

Inferred from the history of how species or populations in other similar areas responded to perturbations

Species of low fecundity slow growth long time to sexual maturity longevity (eg sharks etc)

Species with structures providing biogenic habitats such as deepwater corals sponges and bryozoans deep-water species

Vulnerability of habitats

Ice-covered areas susceptible to ship-based pollution

Ocean acidification can make deep sea habitats more vulnerable to others and increase susceptibility to human induced changes

Interactions between vulnerability to human impacts and natural events

Existing definition emphasizes site specific ideas and requires consideration for highly mobile species

Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 35

Biological

productivity

Area containing species

populations or

communities with

comparatively higher

natural biological

productivity

Important role in fuelling

ecosystems and increasing

the growth rates of

organisms and their capacity

for reproduction

Frontal areas

Upwellings

Hydrothermal vents

Seamounts polynyas

Can be measured as the rate of growth of marine organisms and their populations either through the fixation of inorganic carbon by photosynthesis chemosynthesis or through the ingestion of prey dissolved organic matter or particulate organic matter

Can be inferred from remote-sensed products eg ocean colour or process-based models

Time-series fisheries data can be used but caution is required

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 36

Biological

diversity

Area contains

comparatively higher

diversity of ecosystems

habitats communities or

species or has higher

genetic diversity

Important for evolution and

maintaining the resilience of

marine species and

ecosystems

Sea-mounts

Fronts and convergence zones

Cold coral communities

Deep-water sponge communities

Diversity needs to be seen in relation to the surrounding environment

Diversity indices are indifferent to species substitutions

Diversity indices are indifferent to which species may be contributing to the value of the index and hence would not pick up areas important to species of special concern such as endangered species

Can be inferred from habitat heterogeneity or diversity as a surrogate for species diversity in areas where biodiversity has not been sampled intensively

Naturalness Area with a comparatively

higher degree of

naturalness as a result of

the lack of or low level of

human-induced

disturbance or

degradation

To protect areas with near natural structure processes and functions

To maintain these areas as reference sites

To safeguard and enhance ecosystem resilience

Most ecosystems and habitats have

examples with varying levels of

naturalness and the intent is that the

more natural examples should be

selected

Priority should be given to areas having a low level of disturbance relative to their surroundings

In areas where no natural areas remain areas that have successfully recovered including reestablishment of species should be

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 37

considered

Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 38

Annex 3 CBD criteria for MPA networks

Decision IX20 Annex II SCIENTIFIC GUIDANCE FOR SELECTING AREAS TO ESTABLISH A REPRESENTATIVE NETWORK OF MARINE PROTECTED AREAS INCLUDING IN

OPEN OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS

Required network properties and

components Definition Applicable site specific considerations (inter alia)

Ecologically and biologically significant areas

Ecologically and biologically significant areas are geographically or oceanographically discrete areas that provide important services to one or more speciespopulations of an ecosystem or to the ecosystem as a whole compared to other surrounding areas or areas of similar ecological characteristics or otherwise meet the criteria as identified in annex I to decision IX20

Uniqueness or rarity

Special importance for life history stages of species

Importance for threatened endangered or declining species andor habitats

Vulnerability fragility sensitivity or slow recovery

Biological productivity

Biological diversity

Naturalness

Representativity Representativity is captured in a network when it consists of areas representing the different biogeographical subdivisions of the global oceans and regional seas that reasonably reflect the full range of ecosystems including the biotic and habitat diversity of those marine ecosystems

A full range of examples across a biogeographic habitat or community classification relative health of species and communities relative intactness of habitat(s) naturalness

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 39

Connectivity Connectivity in the design of a network allows for linkages whereby protected sites benefit from larval andor species exchanges and functional linkages from other network sites In a connected network individual sites benefit one another

Currents gyres physical bottlenecks migration routes species dispersal detritus functional linkages Isolated sites such as isolated seamount communities may also be included

Replicated ecological features Replication of ecological features means that more than one site shall contain examples of a given feature in the given biogeographic area The term ―features means ―species habitats and ecological processes that naturally occur in the given biogeographic area

Accounting for uncertainty natural variation and the possibility of catastrophic events Features that exhibit less natural variation or are precisely defined may require less replication than features that are inherently highly variable or are only very generally defined

Adequate and viable sites Adequate and viable sites indicate that all sites within a network should have size and protection sufficient to ensure the ecological viability and integrity of the feature(s) for which they were selected

Adequacy and viability will depend on size shape buffers persistence of features threats surrounding environment (context) physical constraints scale of featuresprocesses spillovercompactness

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 40

Annex 4 Data sources highlighted in discussions during the 1st Mission

Thegravemes Organisme ressources Personnes ressources Sites internet ressources et bases de donneacutees

Donneacutees bibliographiques

IRD Linus base bibliographique (httpiacaprodc3eduvsqfrlinus)

CRODT Catalogue des publications du CRODT

Donneacutees geacuteneacuterales

PRCMFIBA SIG Reacutegional Catalogue drsquoInformations pour lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoOuest (CIAO) wwwolmmrciao

OdinAfrica African marine atlas ndash voir OdinAfrica

OBIS httpwwwiobisorg

Guineacutee Bissau SIG Guineacutee Bissau au 200 000 egraveme sur toute la zone cocirctiegravere et 50 000 egraveme sur les Bijagos voir Franccedilois Gourmelonuniv-brestfr ou Emmanuel Ginaudet

Cap vert Systegraveme national SIG pour toutes les donneacutees du Cap vert

Bathymeacutetrie

Navy Londres Africa Pilot Volume 1 Hydrographer of the Navy London 1967

SHOM Carte SHOM ndeg6815 INT14 au 110 000 000egraveme Voir site wwwshomfr - catalogue

Cf Canada Carte au CSE

CND0 CD des donneacutees bathymeacutetriques de la sous-reacutegion

Donneacutees oceacuteanographiques geacuteneacuterales

OdinAfrica Points focaux des pays agrave voir sur site internet drsquoOdinAfrica

ordinafricanet Atelier national OdinAfrica ndash voir sur le site CNDO Aller sur le site OdinAfrica reacutecupeacuterer les shapefiles (httpwwwodinafricaorg) et sur httpwwwafricanmarineatlasnet

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 41

IRDlaboratoire LOCEAN-IPSL (Universiteacute Paris 6) LPAOSF (Lab de Physique de lAtmosphegravere et de lOceacutean de agrave lEacutecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique-UCAD

Alban Lazar (IRD) Simeacuteon Fongang (Ecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique) Raymond Lahaye (IRDLEMAR)

Circulation oceacuteanique le long des cocirctes seacuteneacutegalaises (structures variabiliteacute meacutecanismes de lrsquoupwelling des courants cocirctiers des tempeacuteratures et des saliniteacutes) et les couplages oceacutean-atmosphegravere

FAO Merete TANDSTAD Projets CCLEM et GCLME

NEPAD Projet GCLME

PRCM et IMROP + autres

Faire lrsquoinventaire des socieacuteteacutes qui ont fait de la prospection peacutetroliegravere et voir leurs donneacutees et eacutetudes drsquoimpact eacutetude Woodside ou Dana petroleum voir PRCM et IMROP

Universiteacute Rapport master de lrsquouniversiteacute sur la modeacutelisation de la circulation et des tempeacuteratures sur la haute mer (demander CNDO)

Upwellings Odiafrica Donneacutees upwellings sur Odinafrica

IRD P CURY et N BEZ

Geacuteologie seacutediemntologie et Nature des fonds

2 thegraveses sur le plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais sud et nord

IRD carte de Domain (IRDORSTOM) carte des seacutediments du plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais)

carte de Barusso

Travaux de Lachance et Mc Master

Odinafirca Plateau continental ndash carte digitaliseacutee sur la nature des fonds ndash voir sur ordinafrica

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 42

Annex 5 GIS data priorities

Explanation of ranking system

Term short-term bullbullbull medium-term bullbull long-term bull Estimated Ease of acquiring data easy bullbullbull moderatebullbull difficult bull

Importance high bullbullbull moderate bullbull low bull Term Ease Import

Base layers

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 coastline(s)

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 2 ecological regions

bullbullbull bull bullbullbull 3 bathymetry

bullbullbull bullbull bull 4 topography (for land ndashcan help with shoreline classifications)

Physical and oceanographic

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 estuaries rivers

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 shoreline type (cliff rocky sandy muddy etc)

bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 surficial sediment (bottom type)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 seafloor topographic complexity ruggedness (can be created from bathymetry)

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 5 seamounts (can also be identified through bathymetry)

6 other seascape features eg

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull canyons

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 43

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull ridges

bullbull bullbullbull bullbull hydrothermal vents

bullbull bull bullbull seeps

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull banks

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull rocky reefs

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull estuaries (sub-classes)

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull lagoons

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull upwellings

bull bullbull bull 7 ocean currents tides

bull bullbull bullbull 8 sea surface temperature

bull bullbull bullbull 9 salinity

bull bull bull 10 photosynthetically available radiation (PAR)

bull bull bull 11 coastal erosion sediment transport

bull bull bullbull 12 climate change trends eg movement of upwellings

Biological habitat

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 1 threatened or endangered species (amp spawning nursery areas etc)

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 threatened or endangered habitats

bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 habitat classification (if one exists regionally)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 biogenic features eg

warm water coral reefs

cold water coral ldquoforestsrdquo

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 44

mangroves (sub-classes)

bullbull bull bullbullbull 5 Key commercial species eg

crustaceans molluscs (crabs shrimps oysters etc)

pelagic large fishes (eg tunas)

pelagic small fishes

demersal fishes

bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 primary productivity (usually satellite colour images chlorophyll_a)

bullbull bull bullbull 7 secondary productivity (eg an estimate of carbon flux)

bullbull bull bullbull 8 migration of invasive species

Human use management

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 marine protected areas

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 year-round fisheries closures

bullbull bullbull bull 3 other seasonal fisheries closures

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 4 cities towns villages (with populations)

bullbull bullbull bull 5 local community boundaries

bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 traditional use boundaries (eg artisanal fisheries)

bull bullbull bull 7 migrant land use grazing

bullbull bull bullbullbull 8 areas of cultural spiritual importance

bullbull bullbullbull bullbull 9 roads (can help with understanding remoteness amp shoreline access)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 10 shipping routes and harbours

bullbull bullbull bull 11 land use particularly agriculture (can be combined into an analysis of rivers to estimate runoff)

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 45

bullbull bull bullbullbull 12 fishing

a artisanal by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)

b industrial by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 13 offshore oil amp gas licences exploratory wells installations (platforms pipelines shore based)

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 14 sand amp gravel mining

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 15 tourism shoreline development resorts marinas

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 46

Annex 6 Thirty additional assessments

Excerpted and adapted from the 54 page report by the OSPAR Regional seas convention for

the Northeast Atlantic (2007) Background document to support the assessment of whether

the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is ecologically coherent6

Assessment Criterion 1 Adequacy Viability

1 Assessment Guideline One should expect the sizes of network sites (for a given feature) to be

distributed throughout or exceed the estimated range of sizes necessary to sustain a viable

population or community

2 Assessment Guideline Sites that are heavily impacted andor surrounded by heavily impacted

areas should be larger than otherwise

3 Assessment Guideline Features of ecological significance should receive greater protection

than normal

4 Assessment Guideline Location and geography can be used to indicate adequate protection

such that

a Protection of pelagic features should generally be reflected with the implementation of

larger sites than those for benthic features

b In regions constrained by physical geography (eg fjords bays bights passages straits)

the adequate sizes of individual sites will generally be smaller than areas without such

physical constraints (eg regional seas open ocean)

c Offshore andor deeper sites will generally require larger areas than for nearshore andor

shallow sites (However the exceptions of certain deep sea benthic features such as

hydrothermal vents and cold seeps are noted)

5 Assessment Guideline in a given region the adequate spatial protection of most OSPAR

features and the overall network can be expected to conform to the scientific literature and

fall within the range commonly found within that literature It is recognized that this is an

evolving field of study

6 Assessment Guideline Owing to the multiplicity of its objectives the OSPAR network can be

expected to contain a variety of reserve sizes and corresponding spacing between sites

7 Assessment Guideline If a site is at the small end of the expected viability range for a given

feature then compact sites are preferable If on the other hand a given site is at the large end

of the estimated viability range then a less compact shape would allow for greater spill-over

and benefits outside of the reserve

a The Compactness of a given site can be calculated using a GIS and the following

formula C = (4πAp2)

05 Where C is the Compactness A is the area of the site and p is

its perimeter

8 Assessment Guideline A broad MPA network such as the OSPAR network with a wide

variety of features can be expected to have a wide variety of reserve shapes and sizes

6 Jeff Ardron is the primary author of this OSPAR report

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 47

a The combined size and compactness of a site be readily calculated using a GIS and the

following formula SSC = ln (PA) Where SSC is here labelled as the site size-

compactness P is the perimeter of the site and A is the area

9 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA electronic database lists the aims and ecological

criteria on a site by site basis Thus as a preliminary assessment these can be compiled to get

an indication of how well they are being met across the network

10 Assessment Guideline A list inventory of features within a region that (are known or

believed to) meet the OSPAR aims and ecological criteria is required in order to fully assess if

the existing MPA sites are likely adequate

11 Assessment Guideline Features that are common and widely distributed will generally require

less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are rare andor sparsely

distributed

Assessment Criterion 2 Representativity

12 Assessment Guideline OSPAR MPAs should be checked to ensure that they are broadly

distributed across biogeographic regions In such an assessment there is no need to restrict the

assessment to just one biogeographic classification system So long as they appear to be

rigorous (eg peer-reviewed) the use of a variety of systems is encouraged

13 Assessment Guideline Each of the Dinter [OSPAR] bioregions should be adequately

protected

14 Assessment Guideline National classifications can be very helpful in assessing

representativity at a national level based on national categories and should be used where they

exist

15 Assessment Guideline In the absence of full biological surveys or full classification systems

(such as EUNIS) simple surrogates should be used to check that representativity is possibly

being achieved Benthic and pelagic realms should be considered

16 Assessment Guideline Representative features that are very common and widely distributed

will likely require less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are just

somewhat common

As a rule of thumb within a given feature class representative protection can be

compared to a normalized distribution For example if the areal distribution of

representative classes can be normalised through a square-root transformation then

protected area distribution could be expected to be roughly proportional to the square-

root of the ratio of the representative feature classesrsquo overall areas

17 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA nomination database should be checked to ensure

that the idea of the ldquobestrdquo features was taken into account across feature types and regions

18 Assessment Guideline Features that best represent their type can be expected to be

characterized by most or all of these indicators

a Typical morphology

b High density abundance

c High degree of health naturalness

d Persistence (temporal and spatial) and

e Strong functional linkages

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 48

Assessment Criterion 3 Replication

19 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area more than one example of each feature

should be protected

20 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features protected in areas susceptible

to catastrophic events require greater replication than those in low-risk areas

21 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area where no better data exist natural

variation can be assumed to be greatest between sites that are furthest apart

22 Assessment Guideline Features that are very specifically defined will exhibit less variation

and hence require less replication than features which are very general or ldquocatch-allrdquo categories

23 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area scientific requirements may require

replicate sites for differing purposes If these requirements are not known it can be assumed

that replicate sites that are a moderate distance apart (neither immediate neighbours nor at

extreme ends of the biogeographic area) will satisfy most scientific requirements

24 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features for which there are weak or

incomplete or modelled data require greater replication than those features for which better data

are available

Assessment Criterion 4 Connectivity

25 Assessment Guideline If an area is known or suspected to be important to connectivity then it

should be represented in the MPA network

26 Assessment Guideline Reserves in areas where there are known currents (eg many coastal

areas) should be more closely spaced than otherwise In order to maintain connectivity for most

short to moderate larval dispersing species when specific data are lacking such nearshore sites

should be spaced not further than 50 km apart

27 Assessment Guideline Connectivity between seabird sites can be measured in straight lines

28 Assessment Guideline Connectivity for marine species can be assumed to be greater along

lines of similar habitat than across them

29 Assessment Guideline The density of marine reserves can be used as a way to group areas of

likely connectivity Likewise it can also define gaps where connectivity has probably not been

achieved

30 Assessment Guideline In the absence of dispersal data connectivity may be approximated by

ensuring the MPA network is well distributed in space reflecting the scale of its surroundings

Page 21: A Suggested Approach for Gap Analyses of the RAMPAO Marine ...€¦ · A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 2 Recommendation re outreach: 1) regional contact

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 19

Five initial gap analyses The following analyses are recommended as initial tests that should be done in the short-

term (present to June 2010) and when possible in the order presented However we

acknowledge that data availability can alter the ordering of the tests and even what tests

are undertaken ndashincluding developing new ones not listed here These basic tests can be

followed up with more complex analyses such as outlined in the next sections of this report

1 Visually consider the distribution of protected areas Is the network spatially well

distributed without more than a few major gaps If not what gaps can a person

immediately see Consider along-shore gaps and gaps moving out towards the offshore

Consider the northern central and southern thirds of the RAMPAO area Consider

national boundaries

Technical amp data requirements no GIS or GIS data are required A basic paper map

showing the protected areas and national boundaries is sufficient

Rationale this simple assessment is deceptively powerful Simplicity should not be seen

as detracting from its value The human eye can see many patterns and gaps that are

difficult to quantify into statistics When most people agree on a visual gap this

indicates that it is likely valid and worthy of serious consideration

Connectivity and representativity are two of the five agreed-upon CBD criteria for

assessing MPA networks (IX20 Annex 2) If the network is generally not well distributed

in space then it is unlikely to exhibit characteristics of connectivity or representativity

and thus is very unlikely to be ecologically coherent Note that if a network is well-

distributed in space this does not necessarily ensure that these criteria are being met

and further tests will still be required

2 Using GIS procedures consider in greater depth the distribution of protected areas For

this test and all the other tests below perform it first for the whole region then for

each of the three broad ecoregions north central and south4 and finally according to

national boundaries

a Zones offshore Consider coverage within four basic zones i the shorelines (0-5

nautical miles offshore) ii nearshore (~5-15 nm) iii mid-offshore (~15-50 nm)

and iv far offshore (~50 -200 nm) What percentage of each of these broad

zones has MPAs

b Distance from shore statistics what is the average (arithmetic mean) extent that

RAMPAO MPAs extend offshore What is the range of these values What is the

4 This could include the MEOW (Marine Ecoregions Of the World) classification or other similar ecoregions

accepted by RAMPAO partners

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 20

standard deviation Considering that RAMPOA waters extend approximately 200

nm offshore what do these distance-offshore statistics suggest

c Nearest neighbour distance in each of the above zones calculate ldquonearest

neighbourrdquo statistics between MPAs noting the range of MPA spacing the

arithmetic mean of the spacing and the standard deviation of spacing between

sites In this test and all others displaying the histogram of results can be very

informative and is recommended

Technical amp data requirements GIS files are required for shoreline data MPAs

ecoregions national boundaries These three tests (a) ndash (c) get progressively more

technically advanced in the use of GIS However it is outside the scope of this report to

fully describe the GIS methods If a minimum separation distance is chosen as a network

criterion (see comments below) then an easier GIS analysis would be to buffer the

MPAs by a value of half that distance to identify which areas that ldquotouchrdquo and which do

not

Rationale these analyses put some numbers to the first visual test In most ways

however the visual test is simpler and easier to understand That said numbers in

tables can help rank gaps according to basic properties

Unfortunately the GIS methods can be a bit difficult for a beginner If parts of this test

are too difficult they can be skipped since the visual assessment already tells us a lot

Setting explicit quantitative targets for spacing can be controversial and difficult to

support scientifically What is adequate for some species will still be inadequate for

others That said for a basic initial test ldquorules of thumbrdquo have been proposed The

BALANCE project in the Baltic Sea suggested 25 km as an ideal maximum spacing

between shoreline sites (2008) Instead of looking at the ideal situation the OSPAR

Convention for the Northeast Atlantic took a different approach considering the very

longest spacing that could be considered contributing anything at all towards ecological

coherence of the MPA network ie a theoretical ldquoworst caserdquo The OSPAR guidelines for

this worst case are nearshore ~250 km (linear shoreline distance) offshore ~200 000

km2 (which is about equivalent to a ~500 km diameter circle) high seas ~1 000 000 km2

(equivalent to a square with ~1000 km sides) For OSPAR nearshore meant shoreline

and territorial waters out to 12 nm offshore meant EEZ waters (12-200 nm) and high

seas meant waters beyond 200 nm from shore (OPSAR 2008 Ardron 2009)

3 Consider MPA distribution according to depth As for all these analyses perform these

tests first for the whole region then for each of the three broad ecoregions north

central and south and finally according to national boundaries

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 21

a Depth statistics what is the average (arithmetic mean) depth of RAMPAO

MPAs What is the range of values What is the standard deviation How do

these numbers compare with the overall RAMPAO region

b Depth zones consider the following eight general depth zones and what

percentage of each zone is within the current MPA network 0-25 m

(shallow) 25-50 m (photic) 50-100m (upper shelf) 100-200 m (lower shelf)

200-400 m (upper slope) 400-800 m (mid-slope) 800-1600 m (lower slope)

1600-3200 m or greater (abyssal plain)5

Technical amp data requirements data as per the previous test plus bathymetry The

easiest and fastest way to perform these statistics is to convert the MPA shapefile

(and if it is not already the bathymetry) into a raster grid and do grid analyses

Rationale depth is widely recognised as one of the key variables that describes

biotic communities in a give region and as such is a very basic measure of

representativity This analysis could be improved by combining surficial sediment

data with depth to make simple seafloor sediment-depth classes if available

4 Consider MPA distribution according to existent shoreline habitat classification

Although the whole RAMPAO shoreline is likely not classified certain features such

as estuaries or mangroves may already largely be identified Taking these shoreline

features that are either readily available or readily digitised consider what

percentage of each of these feature types are within the current MPA network

Consider what percentage of the MPA network lies outside of these readily

identifiable shoreline features Consider also according to ecoregions and national

boundaries

Technical amp data requirements any available shoreline features such as estuaries

and mangroves If the data are good enough each of these features could be sub-

divided eg large medium and small estuaries If geophysical shoreline type data

are missing basic categories such as cliff rock and sandmud shores can often be

visually estimated and hand digitised by looking at terrestrial topographic data along

the shoreline combined with nearshore bathymetry if available

5 These log2 depth classes are admittedly somewhat arbitrary (25 2

i) and could be refined either by

considering a regional biological classification histogram of the distribution of depths or natural breaks in the

data It is our understanding however that no bio-physical classification has been performed for the region

For an initial test these somewhat arbitrary depth classes are sufficient to point out general gaps and reflect

the generally logarithmic scale of decreasing resolution (increasing breadth of classes) with depth

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 22

Rationale since the RAMPAO MPA network is currently shoreline-based this test is

suggested before considering other physical features further offshore This test is

designed to give a rough idea of shoreline representativity

5 Consider the RAMPAO network according to rare threatened and endangered

species and habitats (features) for which data are available Perform the same sort

of tests as in the test above using available data for rare threatened and

endangered features Consider what percentage of each of these feature types are

within the current MPA network Consider what percentage of the MPA network lies

outside of these features Consider also according to ecoregions and national

boundaries

Technical amp data requirements there are modelling techniques to predict the

potential habitat of species but these techniques are advanced and would fall under

the long-term timeframe For this initial analysis only available data should be

considered If the data appear to be very incomplete then they should not be used

Recognising that such data can be sub-regionally incomplete some sections of the

network may have to be left out of this analysis marked as ldquono datardquo areas on the

maps

Rationale rare threatened and endangered features are often protected by law

and also often of interest to researchers There is usually some information on them

though not always digital data and may instead be in the form of expert opinion

Ecologically there are three different types of rare threatened and endangered

features each requiring a different management response 1) features that have

always been rare 2) features that used to be common but are now rare due to

human pressures (ie threatened and endangered) 3) features that are on the edge

of their range and a) this range is steady or b ) this range is shifting (expanding

contracting moving away entering the region) due to climate change or other

environmental changes It would be best to perform this test separately for the three

different classes and associated sub-classes of rare threatened and endangered

features taking into account their population trends However for an initial test

such refinements should be seen as optional depending on information availability

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 23

Medium term gap analyses The following analyses are recommended for consideration in the medium-term (June 2010

to Dec 2011) with choice largely driven by data availability Due to the somewhat longer

time period fewer details are provided here than in the section above allowing for further

elaborations during the 2nd Mission when more is known They are arranged according to

the CBD MPA network criteria (IX20 Annex 2)

In addition to the tests outlined below others that were developed for the OSPAR Regional

Seas Convention for the Northeast Atlantic are listed in Annex 6 Thirty additional

assessments These are also well-suited to the medium-term and medium-quality data

Note that the four OSPAR MPA network criteria overlap four of the five CBD criteria

Ecologically and biologically significant areas (EBSAs)

If specific EBSAs are known consideration should be given to their possible inclusion in the

MPA network Not all EBSAs need necessarily become MPAs for some EBSAs non-spatial

management may be more appropriate It is difficult to do proper gaps assessment on

EBSAs because the distribution of all EBSAs of a given type is usually not known and hence

there is little context by which to judge a given site Thus the rule of thumb is that all EBSAs

if not in the MPA network should be treated as possible gaps and reviewed one at a time

for possible inclusion

The CBD is in the process of developing further guidance on the selection of EBSAs in the

open oceans and deep seas and much of this guidance is also applicable to shallower

nearshore systems Because this guidance is not yet accepted by the CBD we refer you

instead to a background report that was written for the CBD Ottawa Expert Workshop that

discussed these issues 29 Sept ndash 02 Oct 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant

areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations (Ardron

et al 2009) is a report in two parts Both parts are included with this report and are

recommended here as guidance on selecting CBD EBSAs

First gathering information from local residents and experts on places they sense to be

important can go far in identifying key EBSAs The ldquorecognition heuristicrdquo (Gigerenzer 1999)

is a powerful way to quickly locate longstanding ecologically significant areas in a given

region and we note that NGOs such as WWF have already done such work in the past and

that this work could be readily updated and built upon

Representativity

Many tests for representativity can be developed based on available data Listed below are

some of the more likely approaches

Seascapes identify the main shoreline topographic (benthic) and oceanographic

(pelagic) features of the region and check to see what percentage of each is included

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 24

in the MPA network Typical benthic seascape features would include canyons

seamounts reefs etc Typical pelagic features include frontal systems upwellings

gyres See also Annex 5 GIS data priorities

Topographic complexity using only bathymetry a surrogate measure of benthic

complexity can be developed (Ardron 2002) This measure can help highlight areas of

likely increased benthic richness amongst other traits

Biogeographic classification system whereas seascapes focus on physical features

a biogeographic attempts to also include information on biology such that the

system divides an area according to broad ecological communities based on physical

proxies The creation of a biogeographic classification should include both pelagic

and benthic realms is labour- and data- intensive and requires extensive peer

review

Biogeographic components instead of attempting a full biogeographic classification

system certain aspects can be developed separately For example depth strata can

be combined with sea floor sediment data to make a basic sea bottom classification

These can then be nested within the broad bioregions of the RAMPAO area

Likewise exposure wave energy can be combined with shoreline types to create

another basic classification Creating components such as these can be further

explored in the 2nd Mission once it is better known what data information are

available

Connectivity

This is the CBD criterion most difficult to assess with few options for the medium-term

except for looking at distances between sites (see short-term test above) Several academic

modelling exercises have been attempted with mixed levels of success in areas with much

better data than exist in West Africa We would caution RAMPAO in spending too much

time on such modelling exercises In general nearshore sites require closer spacing than

sites further offshore (OSPAR 2007) If it is known that certain areas provide larvae or

juveniles to other places then these ldquosourcerdquo areas should be considered for protection

Note that such areas could also fall under the EBSA criterion for productivity

Replication

At its most basic level this criterion asks that there be more than one MPA for every feature

in the network In practice this is usually considered using available information on

representativity (see above) and whatever biological data may also be available This

criterion can be assessed very simply initially by testing to see if there is more than one MPA

in each broad zone such as distance from shore or depth zone as described in the previous

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 25

section on short-term assessments Assessing replication can become more refined as more

MPAs are designated and better data become available

Adequacy viability

Ideally MPA sites should be monitored to ensure that their aims are being met In cases

where this is occurring the monitoring results should be used to determine if the individual

sitersquos size location and shape is adequate Where monitoring is not occurring or is

incomplete or too recent to determine trends other measures will have to be used Size is

probably the most commonly discussed measure and yet it remains also probably the most

controversial (Fahig 2001) Nonetheless even in an absence of consensus on this issue by

looking at possible ranges of sizes a sense can still be gained if the sites are or are not

likely to be meeting their aims A full assessment of site size which is outside the scope of

this report should take into account the species life-history population structure quality of

the habitat the quality of the surrounding areas and possible connectivity to other sites

(Lindeboom amp Baumlck 2005) However in many cases the scientific knowledge about a feature

will be insufficient to determine this very exactly Even if the life history of a species is well

know for example it is usually not known how much the surrounding area can be expected

to play a role in supporting the healthy functioning of that species Nonetheless it is

generally true that heavily impacted surrounding areas will provide less of a supporting role

to protected features than pristine ones In data-poor situations often it is still possible to

use expert opinion to specify a range of sizes which would likely be appropriate for the

adequate protection of a given feature (text adapted from OSPAR 2007)

For the RAMPAO network expert assessments of the efficacy of individual MPA sites is

probably the best way to consider the adequacy aspect of the criterion and we note the

work that has already been done by RAMPAO on this regard as well as the IUCN on

assessing management effectiveness (2007 2008a 2008b)

Relative viability can also be inferred from a threats pressures analysis In performing a

population density analysis proximity to human settlements can be used as a first indication

of how much anthropomorphic stress a protected area may be experiencing Looking

further at the composition of sensitive and threatened species within a given area can

further refine this initial threats analysis

Long term gap analyses In many cases analyses that got delayed in the medium term would be still valuable in the

longer term (2011 to 2014) However for the longer-term we would also hope that

RAMPAO activities would begin to focus on the filling of already-identified ecological and

management gaps

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 26

MarZone and MaxEnt

As an MPA network develops so does the need for more sophisticated analyses MarZone

(Marxan with Zones) has received positive attention recently and is a good tool for zoning

multiple activities with various levels of conservation restrictions In order to use a tool like

Marxan broad representativity data (ldquocoarse filterrdquo) and biological data (ldquofine filterrdquo) are

required and in order to use a zoning tool like MarZone broad coverage human use data

are additionally required One big advantage of MarxanMarZone is the user community

that has grown up around it and the good practices that continue to be developed

To get broad scale species distributions usually point occurrence data are fitted to physical

chemical environmental variables producing a predictive habitat model Good success has

been attained using the MaxEnt model (httpwwwcsprincetonedu~schapiremaxent)

though many other approaches also exist The construction of species-habitat predictive

models can take time and acquiring combining the environmental data also takes much

work In order to not bias the Marxan MarZone analysis several species-habitat models

would have to be created for several different key species from a variety of taxonomic

families trophic levels and feeding guilds This would be clearly a long-term project and

can only be justified if the RAMPAO MPA network has reached a level of sophistication to

demand such an analysis

Climate change modelling

Conservation network planning for climate change can also involved complicated modelling

(eg Fuller et al 2008) However again these approaches are data-intensive and require

advanced technical abilities

Ongoing adaptive approach

It is unlikely that the above advanced modelling approaches would be worth their

considerable effort and instead it is suggested that much more can be achieved through

good cooperation with stakeholders scientific expertise and some ldquocommon senserdquo

Recognising that no plan is perfect planning should be seen as an ongoing process of

refinement Paramount will be the ability to be flexible and adapt to changing ecological and

social conditions To do so will require governance structures from local to international

levels ndashlikewise matched to adapt quickly and effectively

While it is relatively easy to point out gaps in an MPA network at ever-increasing levels of

sophistication it is much harder to fill those gaps even on the most rudimentary level

Therefore we urge RAMPAO to act in the long term on addressing the gaps that are readily

apparent through basic tests such as the ones outlined in this document

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 27

Possible activities of the 2nd Mission

This report and the two-part background report prepared for the CBD (also included in this

submission ndashArdron et al 2009) offer a lot of information We expect that as RAMPAO staff

sifts through this guidance questions will arise We see the 2nd Mission as one that could be

devoted to

answering questions that arise from the 1st Mission guidance ndashprocess ecological

and technical

elaborating medium-term gap analyses once more is known about data availability

and technical capacity within RAMPAO and its partner organisations

providing assistance in data collection in Europe and North America

doing joint GIS analyses there could be benefit in working together on some of the

GIS analyses such as the analysis of topographic complexity

presenting initial results we also believe that it will be important to present some

short-term gap analysis results to RAMPAO members and partners

participating in the Third Meeting of the RAMPAO General Assembly we suggest that the 2nd Mission coincide with the RAMPAO General Assembly and include

o a presentation of initial results to the General Assembly and o an expert side-meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and

analyses

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 28

References

Ardron JA 2002 A Recipe for Determining Benthic Complexity An Indicator of Species Richness In Marine Geography GIS for the Oceans and Seas (ch 23 pp 196-175) Joe Breman (ed) Redlands CA USA ESRI Press

Ardron JA 2009 Three initial OSPAR tests of ecological coherence heuristics in a data-limited situation ICES Journal of Marine Research 658 1527-1533

Ardron JA Dunn D Corrigan C Gjerde K Halpin P Rice J Vanden Berghe E Vierros M 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations A background document for the CBD expert workshop Ottawa Canada 29 September ndash 2 October 2009 37 pp + 73 pp Annex 1

BALANCE 2008 Ecological coherence and principles MPA assessment selection and design Technical Summary Report 34 httpbalance-euorgxpdfbalance-technical-summary-report-no-3-4pdf

FAO 2009 International guidelines for the management of deep-sea fisheries in the high seas Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations Rome

Fahrig 2001 How much Habitat is enough Biological Conservation 100 (1) 65-74

Fuller T Morton DP Sarkar S 2008 Incorporating uncertainty about speciesrsquo potential distributions under climate change into the selection of conservation areas with a case study from the Arctic Coastal Plain of Alaska Biological Conservation 141 1547-1559

Gigerenzer G Todd P M and the ABC Research Group 1999 Simple heuristics that make us smart Oxford University Press New York

IUCNBRAO 2007 Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parc de Guineacutee Bissau

IUCNPACO 2008a Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees aires proteacutegeacutees de la Reacutepublique de Guineacutee

IUCNBRAO 2008b Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parcs et reacuteserves de Mauritanie

Lindeboom HJ and Baumlck S 2005 Establishing coastal and marine reserves- with the emphasis on fisheries Pages 103-118 In Managing European Coasts Past Present and Future J Vermaat LBouwer KTurner WSalomons (Eds) Springer-Verlag

OSPAR 2007 Background document to support the Assessment of whether the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is Ecologically Coherent OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic Publication Number 2007320 wwwosparorg

OSPAR 2008 Three initial spatial tests looking at the ecological coherence of the OSPAR marine protected area (MPA) network OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic 3602008 wwwosparorg 17 pp

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 29

Annex 1 Calendar of meetings 1st Mission 5-12 Sept 2009

Lundi

FIBA

Charlotte Karibuhoye

Coordinatrice

Souadou Ndiaye

SIG RAMPAO

Julien Semelin Appui agrave la creacuteation de nouvelles AMP et renforcement de lrsquoefficaciteacute des AMP

UICN Racine Kane AMP transfrontaliegravere

16h par teacuteleacutephone

PRCM Ahmed Senhoury

Directeur

Mardi

8h30 WWF Mamadou Diallo

Chargeacute de mission espegraveces et habitats

mdialowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 641 13 84

Paul Siegel Conseiller en environnement marin psiegelwwfsenegalorg 221 869 37 00

10h30

CSE centre de suivi eacutecologique Ministegravere de lrsquoenvironnement

Taibou Ba Cartes donneacutees

15h Wetland international Africa

Emma GREATRIX

Network for biodiversiteacute (BIOMAC network) Manatee Waterbirds Mangroves

egeatrix]wetlandssn +221 33 869 1681

Mercredi

10h SI NEPAD David Njiki Njiki

Coordinateur environnement njikinjikiyahoocom 221 33 842 73 11

12h WWF Ibrahima Niamadio

Officier pecircche durable iniamadiowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 567 53 16

15h par teacuteleacutephone

UICN Mathieu Ducroq

Coordinateur du programme marin et cocirctier de lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoouest central

+ 222 662 40 82 portable 0022 529 09 77 bureau

16h par teacuteleacutephone

RAMPAO Alfredo da Silva

Preacutesident du RAMPAO Directeur IBAP Ancien coordinateur du reacuteseau de gestion des zones cocirctiegraveres

00245 580 38 48 ou 00 245

UNESCO Isabelle Niang

Projet GEF drsquoadaptation au changement climatique en Afrique de lrsquoouest Erosion cocirctiegravere

Jeudi

9h UICN Guineacutee Bissau

Pierre Campredon

Ancien responsable du PRCM Pierrecampredoniucnorg 0033 630340088

11h30 Convention drsquoAbidjan

Nassere Kaba 0022520211183

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 30

13h CRODTCNDO ODINAFRICA

Anis Diallo Aquaculture et directeur du CNDO adialloordinafricanet 22133832826465 221 77 631 15 95

15h CSRP

M Hamadi Diop

En charge du deacutepartement laquo recherche et systegraveme drsquoinformation raquo

hamadidiopgmailcom

Philippe Tous Projet AFD ndash inteacutegration des AMP dans les politiques de pecircche

philipetousgmailcom (Skype Phil_tous)

Renaud Bailleux

Contrat UICN sur la gestion de lrsquoaccegraves aux ressources halieutiques dans la reacutegion - accords de pecircche ndash gouvernance partageacutee dans les AMP (financement PRCM)

M Dop mika Programme requins de la FIBA mika_dfryahoofr

Vendredi

9H IRD Luis Tito de Morais

Peumlcheeacutecologie des peuplements de poissons

titoirdsn 221 33 849 3658

11h UICN Mamadou Sow

Chef de projet mangrove Mamadousowuicnorg 221 33 869 0286

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 31

Annex 2 CBD criteria for ecologically significant areas

CBD Decision IX20 Annex 1

SCIENTIFIC CRITERIA FOR IDENTIFYING ECOLOGICALLY OR BIOLOGICALLY SIGNIFICANT MARINE AREAS IN NEED OF PROTECTION IN OPEN-

OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS

Criteria Definition Rationale Examples Consideration in application

Uniqueness or

rarity

Area contains

either (i) unique (ldquothe

only one of its kindrdquo) rare

(ldquooccurs only in few

locationsrdquo) or endemic

species populations or

communities andor (ii)

unique rare or distinct

habitats or ecosystems

andor (iii) unique or

unusual geomorphological

or oceanographic features

Irreplaceable

Loss would mean the probable permanent disappearance of diversity or a feature or reduction of the diversity at any level

Open ocean waters

Sargasso Sea Taylor column

persistent polynyas

Deep-sea habitats

endemic communities around

submerged atolls hydrothermal

vents sea mounts pseudo-

abyssal depression

Risk of biased-view of the perceived uniqueness depending on the information availability

Scale dependency of features such that unique features at one scale may be typical at another thus a global and regional perspective must be taken

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 32

Special

importance for

life-history

stages of

species

Areas that are required for

a population to survive and

thrive

Various biotic and abiotic

conditions coupled with

species-specific

physiological constraints

and preferences tend to

make some parts of marine

regions more suitable to

particular life-stages and

functions than other parts

Area containing (i) breeding grounds

spawning areas nursery areas juvenile

habitat or other areas important for life

history stages of species or (ii) habitats of

migratory species (feeding wintering or

resting areas breeding moulting

migratory routes)

Connectivity between life-history stages and linkages between areas trophic interactions physical transport physical oceanography life history of species

Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data Vessel monitoring system (VMS) data

Spatial and temporal distribution andor aggregation of the species

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 33

Importance for

threatened

endangered or

declining

species andor

habitats

Area containing habitat for

the survival and recovery

of endangered threatened

declining species or area

with significant

assemblages of such

species

To ensure the restoration

and recovery of such species

and habitats

Areas critical for threatened endangered

or declining species andor habitats

containing (i) breeding grounds spawning

areas nursery areas juvenile habitat or

other areas important for life history

stages of species or (ii) habitats of

migratory species (feeding wintering or

resting areas breeding moulting

migratory routes)

Includes species with very large geographic ranges

In many cases recovery will require reestablishment of the species in areas of its historic range

Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data vessel-monitoring system (VMS) data

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 34

Vulnerability

Fragility

Sensitivity or

Slow recovery

Areas that contain a

relatively high proportion

of sensitive habitats

biotopes or species that

are functionally fragile

(highly susceptible to

degradation or depletion

by human activity or by

natural events) or with

slow recovery

The criteria indicate the

degree of risk that will be

incurred if human activities

or natural events in the area

or component cannot be

managed effectively or are

pursued at an unsustainable

rate

Vulnerability of species

Inferred from the history of how species or populations in other similar areas responded to perturbations

Species of low fecundity slow growth long time to sexual maturity longevity (eg sharks etc)

Species with structures providing biogenic habitats such as deepwater corals sponges and bryozoans deep-water species

Vulnerability of habitats

Ice-covered areas susceptible to ship-based pollution

Ocean acidification can make deep sea habitats more vulnerable to others and increase susceptibility to human induced changes

Interactions between vulnerability to human impacts and natural events

Existing definition emphasizes site specific ideas and requires consideration for highly mobile species

Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 35

Biological

productivity

Area containing species

populations or

communities with

comparatively higher

natural biological

productivity

Important role in fuelling

ecosystems and increasing

the growth rates of

organisms and their capacity

for reproduction

Frontal areas

Upwellings

Hydrothermal vents

Seamounts polynyas

Can be measured as the rate of growth of marine organisms and their populations either through the fixation of inorganic carbon by photosynthesis chemosynthesis or through the ingestion of prey dissolved organic matter or particulate organic matter

Can be inferred from remote-sensed products eg ocean colour or process-based models

Time-series fisheries data can be used but caution is required

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 36

Biological

diversity

Area contains

comparatively higher

diversity of ecosystems

habitats communities or

species or has higher

genetic diversity

Important for evolution and

maintaining the resilience of

marine species and

ecosystems

Sea-mounts

Fronts and convergence zones

Cold coral communities

Deep-water sponge communities

Diversity needs to be seen in relation to the surrounding environment

Diversity indices are indifferent to species substitutions

Diversity indices are indifferent to which species may be contributing to the value of the index and hence would not pick up areas important to species of special concern such as endangered species

Can be inferred from habitat heterogeneity or diversity as a surrogate for species diversity in areas where biodiversity has not been sampled intensively

Naturalness Area with a comparatively

higher degree of

naturalness as a result of

the lack of or low level of

human-induced

disturbance or

degradation

To protect areas with near natural structure processes and functions

To maintain these areas as reference sites

To safeguard and enhance ecosystem resilience

Most ecosystems and habitats have

examples with varying levels of

naturalness and the intent is that the

more natural examples should be

selected

Priority should be given to areas having a low level of disturbance relative to their surroundings

In areas where no natural areas remain areas that have successfully recovered including reestablishment of species should be

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 37

considered

Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 38

Annex 3 CBD criteria for MPA networks

Decision IX20 Annex II SCIENTIFIC GUIDANCE FOR SELECTING AREAS TO ESTABLISH A REPRESENTATIVE NETWORK OF MARINE PROTECTED AREAS INCLUDING IN

OPEN OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS

Required network properties and

components Definition Applicable site specific considerations (inter alia)

Ecologically and biologically significant areas

Ecologically and biologically significant areas are geographically or oceanographically discrete areas that provide important services to one or more speciespopulations of an ecosystem or to the ecosystem as a whole compared to other surrounding areas or areas of similar ecological characteristics or otherwise meet the criteria as identified in annex I to decision IX20

Uniqueness or rarity

Special importance for life history stages of species

Importance for threatened endangered or declining species andor habitats

Vulnerability fragility sensitivity or slow recovery

Biological productivity

Biological diversity

Naturalness

Representativity Representativity is captured in a network when it consists of areas representing the different biogeographical subdivisions of the global oceans and regional seas that reasonably reflect the full range of ecosystems including the biotic and habitat diversity of those marine ecosystems

A full range of examples across a biogeographic habitat or community classification relative health of species and communities relative intactness of habitat(s) naturalness

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 39

Connectivity Connectivity in the design of a network allows for linkages whereby protected sites benefit from larval andor species exchanges and functional linkages from other network sites In a connected network individual sites benefit one another

Currents gyres physical bottlenecks migration routes species dispersal detritus functional linkages Isolated sites such as isolated seamount communities may also be included

Replicated ecological features Replication of ecological features means that more than one site shall contain examples of a given feature in the given biogeographic area The term ―features means ―species habitats and ecological processes that naturally occur in the given biogeographic area

Accounting for uncertainty natural variation and the possibility of catastrophic events Features that exhibit less natural variation or are precisely defined may require less replication than features that are inherently highly variable or are only very generally defined

Adequate and viable sites Adequate and viable sites indicate that all sites within a network should have size and protection sufficient to ensure the ecological viability and integrity of the feature(s) for which they were selected

Adequacy and viability will depend on size shape buffers persistence of features threats surrounding environment (context) physical constraints scale of featuresprocesses spillovercompactness

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 40

Annex 4 Data sources highlighted in discussions during the 1st Mission

Thegravemes Organisme ressources Personnes ressources Sites internet ressources et bases de donneacutees

Donneacutees bibliographiques

IRD Linus base bibliographique (httpiacaprodc3eduvsqfrlinus)

CRODT Catalogue des publications du CRODT

Donneacutees geacuteneacuterales

PRCMFIBA SIG Reacutegional Catalogue drsquoInformations pour lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoOuest (CIAO) wwwolmmrciao

OdinAfrica African marine atlas ndash voir OdinAfrica

OBIS httpwwwiobisorg

Guineacutee Bissau SIG Guineacutee Bissau au 200 000 egraveme sur toute la zone cocirctiegravere et 50 000 egraveme sur les Bijagos voir Franccedilois Gourmelonuniv-brestfr ou Emmanuel Ginaudet

Cap vert Systegraveme national SIG pour toutes les donneacutees du Cap vert

Bathymeacutetrie

Navy Londres Africa Pilot Volume 1 Hydrographer of the Navy London 1967

SHOM Carte SHOM ndeg6815 INT14 au 110 000 000egraveme Voir site wwwshomfr - catalogue

Cf Canada Carte au CSE

CND0 CD des donneacutees bathymeacutetriques de la sous-reacutegion

Donneacutees oceacuteanographiques geacuteneacuterales

OdinAfrica Points focaux des pays agrave voir sur site internet drsquoOdinAfrica

ordinafricanet Atelier national OdinAfrica ndash voir sur le site CNDO Aller sur le site OdinAfrica reacutecupeacuterer les shapefiles (httpwwwodinafricaorg) et sur httpwwwafricanmarineatlasnet

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 41

IRDlaboratoire LOCEAN-IPSL (Universiteacute Paris 6) LPAOSF (Lab de Physique de lAtmosphegravere et de lOceacutean de agrave lEacutecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique-UCAD

Alban Lazar (IRD) Simeacuteon Fongang (Ecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique) Raymond Lahaye (IRDLEMAR)

Circulation oceacuteanique le long des cocirctes seacuteneacutegalaises (structures variabiliteacute meacutecanismes de lrsquoupwelling des courants cocirctiers des tempeacuteratures et des saliniteacutes) et les couplages oceacutean-atmosphegravere

FAO Merete TANDSTAD Projets CCLEM et GCLME

NEPAD Projet GCLME

PRCM et IMROP + autres

Faire lrsquoinventaire des socieacuteteacutes qui ont fait de la prospection peacutetroliegravere et voir leurs donneacutees et eacutetudes drsquoimpact eacutetude Woodside ou Dana petroleum voir PRCM et IMROP

Universiteacute Rapport master de lrsquouniversiteacute sur la modeacutelisation de la circulation et des tempeacuteratures sur la haute mer (demander CNDO)

Upwellings Odiafrica Donneacutees upwellings sur Odinafrica

IRD P CURY et N BEZ

Geacuteologie seacutediemntologie et Nature des fonds

2 thegraveses sur le plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais sud et nord

IRD carte de Domain (IRDORSTOM) carte des seacutediments du plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais)

carte de Barusso

Travaux de Lachance et Mc Master

Odinafirca Plateau continental ndash carte digitaliseacutee sur la nature des fonds ndash voir sur ordinafrica

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 42

Annex 5 GIS data priorities

Explanation of ranking system

Term short-term bullbullbull medium-term bullbull long-term bull Estimated Ease of acquiring data easy bullbullbull moderatebullbull difficult bull

Importance high bullbullbull moderate bullbull low bull Term Ease Import

Base layers

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 coastline(s)

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 2 ecological regions

bullbullbull bull bullbullbull 3 bathymetry

bullbullbull bullbull bull 4 topography (for land ndashcan help with shoreline classifications)

Physical and oceanographic

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 estuaries rivers

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 shoreline type (cliff rocky sandy muddy etc)

bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 surficial sediment (bottom type)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 seafloor topographic complexity ruggedness (can be created from bathymetry)

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 5 seamounts (can also be identified through bathymetry)

6 other seascape features eg

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull canyons

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 43

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull ridges

bullbull bullbullbull bullbull hydrothermal vents

bullbull bull bullbull seeps

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull banks

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull rocky reefs

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull estuaries (sub-classes)

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull lagoons

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull upwellings

bull bullbull bull 7 ocean currents tides

bull bullbull bullbull 8 sea surface temperature

bull bullbull bullbull 9 salinity

bull bull bull 10 photosynthetically available radiation (PAR)

bull bull bull 11 coastal erosion sediment transport

bull bull bullbull 12 climate change trends eg movement of upwellings

Biological habitat

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 1 threatened or endangered species (amp spawning nursery areas etc)

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 threatened or endangered habitats

bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 habitat classification (if one exists regionally)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 biogenic features eg

warm water coral reefs

cold water coral ldquoforestsrdquo

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 44

mangroves (sub-classes)

bullbull bull bullbullbull 5 Key commercial species eg

crustaceans molluscs (crabs shrimps oysters etc)

pelagic large fishes (eg tunas)

pelagic small fishes

demersal fishes

bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 primary productivity (usually satellite colour images chlorophyll_a)

bullbull bull bullbull 7 secondary productivity (eg an estimate of carbon flux)

bullbull bull bullbull 8 migration of invasive species

Human use management

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 marine protected areas

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 year-round fisheries closures

bullbull bullbull bull 3 other seasonal fisheries closures

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 4 cities towns villages (with populations)

bullbull bullbull bull 5 local community boundaries

bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 traditional use boundaries (eg artisanal fisheries)

bull bullbull bull 7 migrant land use grazing

bullbull bull bullbullbull 8 areas of cultural spiritual importance

bullbull bullbullbull bullbull 9 roads (can help with understanding remoteness amp shoreline access)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 10 shipping routes and harbours

bullbull bullbull bull 11 land use particularly agriculture (can be combined into an analysis of rivers to estimate runoff)

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 45

bullbull bull bullbullbull 12 fishing

a artisanal by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)

b industrial by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 13 offshore oil amp gas licences exploratory wells installations (platforms pipelines shore based)

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 14 sand amp gravel mining

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 15 tourism shoreline development resorts marinas

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 46

Annex 6 Thirty additional assessments

Excerpted and adapted from the 54 page report by the OSPAR Regional seas convention for

the Northeast Atlantic (2007) Background document to support the assessment of whether

the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is ecologically coherent6

Assessment Criterion 1 Adequacy Viability

1 Assessment Guideline One should expect the sizes of network sites (for a given feature) to be

distributed throughout or exceed the estimated range of sizes necessary to sustain a viable

population or community

2 Assessment Guideline Sites that are heavily impacted andor surrounded by heavily impacted

areas should be larger than otherwise

3 Assessment Guideline Features of ecological significance should receive greater protection

than normal

4 Assessment Guideline Location and geography can be used to indicate adequate protection

such that

a Protection of pelagic features should generally be reflected with the implementation of

larger sites than those for benthic features

b In regions constrained by physical geography (eg fjords bays bights passages straits)

the adequate sizes of individual sites will generally be smaller than areas without such

physical constraints (eg regional seas open ocean)

c Offshore andor deeper sites will generally require larger areas than for nearshore andor

shallow sites (However the exceptions of certain deep sea benthic features such as

hydrothermal vents and cold seeps are noted)

5 Assessment Guideline in a given region the adequate spatial protection of most OSPAR

features and the overall network can be expected to conform to the scientific literature and

fall within the range commonly found within that literature It is recognized that this is an

evolving field of study

6 Assessment Guideline Owing to the multiplicity of its objectives the OSPAR network can be

expected to contain a variety of reserve sizes and corresponding spacing between sites

7 Assessment Guideline If a site is at the small end of the expected viability range for a given

feature then compact sites are preferable If on the other hand a given site is at the large end

of the estimated viability range then a less compact shape would allow for greater spill-over

and benefits outside of the reserve

a The Compactness of a given site can be calculated using a GIS and the following

formula C = (4πAp2)

05 Where C is the Compactness A is the area of the site and p is

its perimeter

8 Assessment Guideline A broad MPA network such as the OSPAR network with a wide

variety of features can be expected to have a wide variety of reserve shapes and sizes

6 Jeff Ardron is the primary author of this OSPAR report

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 47

a The combined size and compactness of a site be readily calculated using a GIS and the

following formula SSC = ln (PA) Where SSC is here labelled as the site size-

compactness P is the perimeter of the site and A is the area

9 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA electronic database lists the aims and ecological

criteria on a site by site basis Thus as a preliminary assessment these can be compiled to get

an indication of how well they are being met across the network

10 Assessment Guideline A list inventory of features within a region that (are known or

believed to) meet the OSPAR aims and ecological criteria is required in order to fully assess if

the existing MPA sites are likely adequate

11 Assessment Guideline Features that are common and widely distributed will generally require

less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are rare andor sparsely

distributed

Assessment Criterion 2 Representativity

12 Assessment Guideline OSPAR MPAs should be checked to ensure that they are broadly

distributed across biogeographic regions In such an assessment there is no need to restrict the

assessment to just one biogeographic classification system So long as they appear to be

rigorous (eg peer-reviewed) the use of a variety of systems is encouraged

13 Assessment Guideline Each of the Dinter [OSPAR] bioregions should be adequately

protected

14 Assessment Guideline National classifications can be very helpful in assessing

representativity at a national level based on national categories and should be used where they

exist

15 Assessment Guideline In the absence of full biological surveys or full classification systems

(such as EUNIS) simple surrogates should be used to check that representativity is possibly

being achieved Benthic and pelagic realms should be considered

16 Assessment Guideline Representative features that are very common and widely distributed

will likely require less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are just

somewhat common

As a rule of thumb within a given feature class representative protection can be

compared to a normalized distribution For example if the areal distribution of

representative classes can be normalised through a square-root transformation then

protected area distribution could be expected to be roughly proportional to the square-

root of the ratio of the representative feature classesrsquo overall areas

17 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA nomination database should be checked to ensure

that the idea of the ldquobestrdquo features was taken into account across feature types and regions

18 Assessment Guideline Features that best represent their type can be expected to be

characterized by most or all of these indicators

a Typical morphology

b High density abundance

c High degree of health naturalness

d Persistence (temporal and spatial) and

e Strong functional linkages

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 48

Assessment Criterion 3 Replication

19 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area more than one example of each feature

should be protected

20 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features protected in areas susceptible

to catastrophic events require greater replication than those in low-risk areas

21 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area where no better data exist natural

variation can be assumed to be greatest between sites that are furthest apart

22 Assessment Guideline Features that are very specifically defined will exhibit less variation

and hence require less replication than features which are very general or ldquocatch-allrdquo categories

23 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area scientific requirements may require

replicate sites for differing purposes If these requirements are not known it can be assumed

that replicate sites that are a moderate distance apart (neither immediate neighbours nor at

extreme ends of the biogeographic area) will satisfy most scientific requirements

24 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features for which there are weak or

incomplete or modelled data require greater replication than those features for which better data

are available

Assessment Criterion 4 Connectivity

25 Assessment Guideline If an area is known or suspected to be important to connectivity then it

should be represented in the MPA network

26 Assessment Guideline Reserves in areas where there are known currents (eg many coastal

areas) should be more closely spaced than otherwise In order to maintain connectivity for most

short to moderate larval dispersing species when specific data are lacking such nearshore sites

should be spaced not further than 50 km apart

27 Assessment Guideline Connectivity between seabird sites can be measured in straight lines

28 Assessment Guideline Connectivity for marine species can be assumed to be greater along

lines of similar habitat than across them

29 Assessment Guideline The density of marine reserves can be used as a way to group areas of

likely connectivity Likewise it can also define gaps where connectivity has probably not been

achieved

30 Assessment Guideline In the absence of dispersal data connectivity may be approximated by

ensuring the MPA network is well distributed in space reflecting the scale of its surroundings

Page 22: A Suggested Approach for Gap Analyses of the RAMPAO Marine ...€¦ · A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 2 Recommendation re outreach: 1) regional contact

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 20

standard deviation Considering that RAMPOA waters extend approximately 200

nm offshore what do these distance-offshore statistics suggest

c Nearest neighbour distance in each of the above zones calculate ldquonearest

neighbourrdquo statistics between MPAs noting the range of MPA spacing the

arithmetic mean of the spacing and the standard deviation of spacing between

sites In this test and all others displaying the histogram of results can be very

informative and is recommended

Technical amp data requirements GIS files are required for shoreline data MPAs

ecoregions national boundaries These three tests (a) ndash (c) get progressively more

technically advanced in the use of GIS However it is outside the scope of this report to

fully describe the GIS methods If a minimum separation distance is chosen as a network

criterion (see comments below) then an easier GIS analysis would be to buffer the

MPAs by a value of half that distance to identify which areas that ldquotouchrdquo and which do

not

Rationale these analyses put some numbers to the first visual test In most ways

however the visual test is simpler and easier to understand That said numbers in

tables can help rank gaps according to basic properties

Unfortunately the GIS methods can be a bit difficult for a beginner If parts of this test

are too difficult they can be skipped since the visual assessment already tells us a lot

Setting explicit quantitative targets for spacing can be controversial and difficult to

support scientifically What is adequate for some species will still be inadequate for

others That said for a basic initial test ldquorules of thumbrdquo have been proposed The

BALANCE project in the Baltic Sea suggested 25 km as an ideal maximum spacing

between shoreline sites (2008) Instead of looking at the ideal situation the OSPAR

Convention for the Northeast Atlantic took a different approach considering the very

longest spacing that could be considered contributing anything at all towards ecological

coherence of the MPA network ie a theoretical ldquoworst caserdquo The OSPAR guidelines for

this worst case are nearshore ~250 km (linear shoreline distance) offshore ~200 000

km2 (which is about equivalent to a ~500 km diameter circle) high seas ~1 000 000 km2

(equivalent to a square with ~1000 km sides) For OSPAR nearshore meant shoreline

and territorial waters out to 12 nm offshore meant EEZ waters (12-200 nm) and high

seas meant waters beyond 200 nm from shore (OPSAR 2008 Ardron 2009)

3 Consider MPA distribution according to depth As for all these analyses perform these

tests first for the whole region then for each of the three broad ecoregions north

central and south and finally according to national boundaries

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 21

a Depth statistics what is the average (arithmetic mean) depth of RAMPAO

MPAs What is the range of values What is the standard deviation How do

these numbers compare with the overall RAMPAO region

b Depth zones consider the following eight general depth zones and what

percentage of each zone is within the current MPA network 0-25 m

(shallow) 25-50 m (photic) 50-100m (upper shelf) 100-200 m (lower shelf)

200-400 m (upper slope) 400-800 m (mid-slope) 800-1600 m (lower slope)

1600-3200 m or greater (abyssal plain)5

Technical amp data requirements data as per the previous test plus bathymetry The

easiest and fastest way to perform these statistics is to convert the MPA shapefile

(and if it is not already the bathymetry) into a raster grid and do grid analyses

Rationale depth is widely recognised as one of the key variables that describes

biotic communities in a give region and as such is a very basic measure of

representativity This analysis could be improved by combining surficial sediment

data with depth to make simple seafloor sediment-depth classes if available

4 Consider MPA distribution according to existent shoreline habitat classification

Although the whole RAMPAO shoreline is likely not classified certain features such

as estuaries or mangroves may already largely be identified Taking these shoreline

features that are either readily available or readily digitised consider what

percentage of each of these feature types are within the current MPA network

Consider what percentage of the MPA network lies outside of these readily

identifiable shoreline features Consider also according to ecoregions and national

boundaries

Technical amp data requirements any available shoreline features such as estuaries

and mangroves If the data are good enough each of these features could be sub-

divided eg large medium and small estuaries If geophysical shoreline type data

are missing basic categories such as cliff rock and sandmud shores can often be

visually estimated and hand digitised by looking at terrestrial topographic data along

the shoreline combined with nearshore bathymetry if available

5 These log2 depth classes are admittedly somewhat arbitrary (25 2

i) and could be refined either by

considering a regional biological classification histogram of the distribution of depths or natural breaks in the

data It is our understanding however that no bio-physical classification has been performed for the region

For an initial test these somewhat arbitrary depth classes are sufficient to point out general gaps and reflect

the generally logarithmic scale of decreasing resolution (increasing breadth of classes) with depth

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 22

Rationale since the RAMPAO MPA network is currently shoreline-based this test is

suggested before considering other physical features further offshore This test is

designed to give a rough idea of shoreline representativity

5 Consider the RAMPAO network according to rare threatened and endangered

species and habitats (features) for which data are available Perform the same sort

of tests as in the test above using available data for rare threatened and

endangered features Consider what percentage of each of these feature types are

within the current MPA network Consider what percentage of the MPA network lies

outside of these features Consider also according to ecoregions and national

boundaries

Technical amp data requirements there are modelling techniques to predict the

potential habitat of species but these techniques are advanced and would fall under

the long-term timeframe For this initial analysis only available data should be

considered If the data appear to be very incomplete then they should not be used

Recognising that such data can be sub-regionally incomplete some sections of the

network may have to be left out of this analysis marked as ldquono datardquo areas on the

maps

Rationale rare threatened and endangered features are often protected by law

and also often of interest to researchers There is usually some information on them

though not always digital data and may instead be in the form of expert opinion

Ecologically there are three different types of rare threatened and endangered

features each requiring a different management response 1) features that have

always been rare 2) features that used to be common but are now rare due to

human pressures (ie threatened and endangered) 3) features that are on the edge

of their range and a) this range is steady or b ) this range is shifting (expanding

contracting moving away entering the region) due to climate change or other

environmental changes It would be best to perform this test separately for the three

different classes and associated sub-classes of rare threatened and endangered

features taking into account their population trends However for an initial test

such refinements should be seen as optional depending on information availability

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 23

Medium term gap analyses The following analyses are recommended for consideration in the medium-term (June 2010

to Dec 2011) with choice largely driven by data availability Due to the somewhat longer

time period fewer details are provided here than in the section above allowing for further

elaborations during the 2nd Mission when more is known They are arranged according to

the CBD MPA network criteria (IX20 Annex 2)

In addition to the tests outlined below others that were developed for the OSPAR Regional

Seas Convention for the Northeast Atlantic are listed in Annex 6 Thirty additional

assessments These are also well-suited to the medium-term and medium-quality data

Note that the four OSPAR MPA network criteria overlap four of the five CBD criteria

Ecologically and biologically significant areas (EBSAs)

If specific EBSAs are known consideration should be given to their possible inclusion in the

MPA network Not all EBSAs need necessarily become MPAs for some EBSAs non-spatial

management may be more appropriate It is difficult to do proper gaps assessment on

EBSAs because the distribution of all EBSAs of a given type is usually not known and hence

there is little context by which to judge a given site Thus the rule of thumb is that all EBSAs

if not in the MPA network should be treated as possible gaps and reviewed one at a time

for possible inclusion

The CBD is in the process of developing further guidance on the selection of EBSAs in the

open oceans and deep seas and much of this guidance is also applicable to shallower

nearshore systems Because this guidance is not yet accepted by the CBD we refer you

instead to a background report that was written for the CBD Ottawa Expert Workshop that

discussed these issues 29 Sept ndash 02 Oct 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant

areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations (Ardron

et al 2009) is a report in two parts Both parts are included with this report and are

recommended here as guidance on selecting CBD EBSAs

First gathering information from local residents and experts on places they sense to be

important can go far in identifying key EBSAs The ldquorecognition heuristicrdquo (Gigerenzer 1999)

is a powerful way to quickly locate longstanding ecologically significant areas in a given

region and we note that NGOs such as WWF have already done such work in the past and

that this work could be readily updated and built upon

Representativity

Many tests for representativity can be developed based on available data Listed below are

some of the more likely approaches

Seascapes identify the main shoreline topographic (benthic) and oceanographic

(pelagic) features of the region and check to see what percentage of each is included

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 24

in the MPA network Typical benthic seascape features would include canyons

seamounts reefs etc Typical pelagic features include frontal systems upwellings

gyres See also Annex 5 GIS data priorities

Topographic complexity using only bathymetry a surrogate measure of benthic

complexity can be developed (Ardron 2002) This measure can help highlight areas of

likely increased benthic richness amongst other traits

Biogeographic classification system whereas seascapes focus on physical features

a biogeographic attempts to also include information on biology such that the

system divides an area according to broad ecological communities based on physical

proxies The creation of a biogeographic classification should include both pelagic

and benthic realms is labour- and data- intensive and requires extensive peer

review

Biogeographic components instead of attempting a full biogeographic classification

system certain aspects can be developed separately For example depth strata can

be combined with sea floor sediment data to make a basic sea bottom classification

These can then be nested within the broad bioregions of the RAMPAO area

Likewise exposure wave energy can be combined with shoreline types to create

another basic classification Creating components such as these can be further

explored in the 2nd Mission once it is better known what data information are

available

Connectivity

This is the CBD criterion most difficult to assess with few options for the medium-term

except for looking at distances between sites (see short-term test above) Several academic

modelling exercises have been attempted with mixed levels of success in areas with much

better data than exist in West Africa We would caution RAMPAO in spending too much

time on such modelling exercises In general nearshore sites require closer spacing than

sites further offshore (OSPAR 2007) If it is known that certain areas provide larvae or

juveniles to other places then these ldquosourcerdquo areas should be considered for protection

Note that such areas could also fall under the EBSA criterion for productivity

Replication

At its most basic level this criterion asks that there be more than one MPA for every feature

in the network In practice this is usually considered using available information on

representativity (see above) and whatever biological data may also be available This

criterion can be assessed very simply initially by testing to see if there is more than one MPA

in each broad zone such as distance from shore or depth zone as described in the previous

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 25

section on short-term assessments Assessing replication can become more refined as more

MPAs are designated and better data become available

Adequacy viability

Ideally MPA sites should be monitored to ensure that their aims are being met In cases

where this is occurring the monitoring results should be used to determine if the individual

sitersquos size location and shape is adequate Where monitoring is not occurring or is

incomplete or too recent to determine trends other measures will have to be used Size is

probably the most commonly discussed measure and yet it remains also probably the most

controversial (Fahig 2001) Nonetheless even in an absence of consensus on this issue by

looking at possible ranges of sizes a sense can still be gained if the sites are or are not

likely to be meeting their aims A full assessment of site size which is outside the scope of

this report should take into account the species life-history population structure quality of

the habitat the quality of the surrounding areas and possible connectivity to other sites

(Lindeboom amp Baumlck 2005) However in many cases the scientific knowledge about a feature

will be insufficient to determine this very exactly Even if the life history of a species is well

know for example it is usually not known how much the surrounding area can be expected

to play a role in supporting the healthy functioning of that species Nonetheless it is

generally true that heavily impacted surrounding areas will provide less of a supporting role

to protected features than pristine ones In data-poor situations often it is still possible to

use expert opinion to specify a range of sizes which would likely be appropriate for the

adequate protection of a given feature (text adapted from OSPAR 2007)

For the RAMPAO network expert assessments of the efficacy of individual MPA sites is

probably the best way to consider the adequacy aspect of the criterion and we note the

work that has already been done by RAMPAO on this regard as well as the IUCN on

assessing management effectiveness (2007 2008a 2008b)

Relative viability can also be inferred from a threats pressures analysis In performing a

population density analysis proximity to human settlements can be used as a first indication

of how much anthropomorphic stress a protected area may be experiencing Looking

further at the composition of sensitive and threatened species within a given area can

further refine this initial threats analysis

Long term gap analyses In many cases analyses that got delayed in the medium term would be still valuable in the

longer term (2011 to 2014) However for the longer-term we would also hope that

RAMPAO activities would begin to focus on the filling of already-identified ecological and

management gaps

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 26

MarZone and MaxEnt

As an MPA network develops so does the need for more sophisticated analyses MarZone

(Marxan with Zones) has received positive attention recently and is a good tool for zoning

multiple activities with various levels of conservation restrictions In order to use a tool like

Marxan broad representativity data (ldquocoarse filterrdquo) and biological data (ldquofine filterrdquo) are

required and in order to use a zoning tool like MarZone broad coverage human use data

are additionally required One big advantage of MarxanMarZone is the user community

that has grown up around it and the good practices that continue to be developed

To get broad scale species distributions usually point occurrence data are fitted to physical

chemical environmental variables producing a predictive habitat model Good success has

been attained using the MaxEnt model (httpwwwcsprincetonedu~schapiremaxent)

though many other approaches also exist The construction of species-habitat predictive

models can take time and acquiring combining the environmental data also takes much

work In order to not bias the Marxan MarZone analysis several species-habitat models

would have to be created for several different key species from a variety of taxonomic

families trophic levels and feeding guilds This would be clearly a long-term project and

can only be justified if the RAMPAO MPA network has reached a level of sophistication to

demand such an analysis

Climate change modelling

Conservation network planning for climate change can also involved complicated modelling

(eg Fuller et al 2008) However again these approaches are data-intensive and require

advanced technical abilities

Ongoing adaptive approach

It is unlikely that the above advanced modelling approaches would be worth their

considerable effort and instead it is suggested that much more can be achieved through

good cooperation with stakeholders scientific expertise and some ldquocommon senserdquo

Recognising that no plan is perfect planning should be seen as an ongoing process of

refinement Paramount will be the ability to be flexible and adapt to changing ecological and

social conditions To do so will require governance structures from local to international

levels ndashlikewise matched to adapt quickly and effectively

While it is relatively easy to point out gaps in an MPA network at ever-increasing levels of

sophistication it is much harder to fill those gaps even on the most rudimentary level

Therefore we urge RAMPAO to act in the long term on addressing the gaps that are readily

apparent through basic tests such as the ones outlined in this document

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 27

Possible activities of the 2nd Mission

This report and the two-part background report prepared for the CBD (also included in this

submission ndashArdron et al 2009) offer a lot of information We expect that as RAMPAO staff

sifts through this guidance questions will arise We see the 2nd Mission as one that could be

devoted to

answering questions that arise from the 1st Mission guidance ndashprocess ecological

and technical

elaborating medium-term gap analyses once more is known about data availability

and technical capacity within RAMPAO and its partner organisations

providing assistance in data collection in Europe and North America

doing joint GIS analyses there could be benefit in working together on some of the

GIS analyses such as the analysis of topographic complexity

presenting initial results we also believe that it will be important to present some

short-term gap analysis results to RAMPAO members and partners

participating in the Third Meeting of the RAMPAO General Assembly we suggest that the 2nd Mission coincide with the RAMPAO General Assembly and include

o a presentation of initial results to the General Assembly and o an expert side-meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and

analyses

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 28

References

Ardron JA 2002 A Recipe for Determining Benthic Complexity An Indicator of Species Richness In Marine Geography GIS for the Oceans and Seas (ch 23 pp 196-175) Joe Breman (ed) Redlands CA USA ESRI Press

Ardron JA 2009 Three initial OSPAR tests of ecological coherence heuristics in a data-limited situation ICES Journal of Marine Research 658 1527-1533

Ardron JA Dunn D Corrigan C Gjerde K Halpin P Rice J Vanden Berghe E Vierros M 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations A background document for the CBD expert workshop Ottawa Canada 29 September ndash 2 October 2009 37 pp + 73 pp Annex 1

BALANCE 2008 Ecological coherence and principles MPA assessment selection and design Technical Summary Report 34 httpbalance-euorgxpdfbalance-technical-summary-report-no-3-4pdf

FAO 2009 International guidelines for the management of deep-sea fisheries in the high seas Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations Rome

Fahrig 2001 How much Habitat is enough Biological Conservation 100 (1) 65-74

Fuller T Morton DP Sarkar S 2008 Incorporating uncertainty about speciesrsquo potential distributions under climate change into the selection of conservation areas with a case study from the Arctic Coastal Plain of Alaska Biological Conservation 141 1547-1559

Gigerenzer G Todd P M and the ABC Research Group 1999 Simple heuristics that make us smart Oxford University Press New York

IUCNBRAO 2007 Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parc de Guineacutee Bissau

IUCNPACO 2008a Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees aires proteacutegeacutees de la Reacutepublique de Guineacutee

IUCNBRAO 2008b Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parcs et reacuteserves de Mauritanie

Lindeboom HJ and Baumlck S 2005 Establishing coastal and marine reserves- with the emphasis on fisheries Pages 103-118 In Managing European Coasts Past Present and Future J Vermaat LBouwer KTurner WSalomons (Eds) Springer-Verlag

OSPAR 2007 Background document to support the Assessment of whether the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is Ecologically Coherent OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic Publication Number 2007320 wwwosparorg

OSPAR 2008 Three initial spatial tests looking at the ecological coherence of the OSPAR marine protected area (MPA) network OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic 3602008 wwwosparorg 17 pp

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 29

Annex 1 Calendar of meetings 1st Mission 5-12 Sept 2009

Lundi

FIBA

Charlotte Karibuhoye

Coordinatrice

Souadou Ndiaye

SIG RAMPAO

Julien Semelin Appui agrave la creacuteation de nouvelles AMP et renforcement de lrsquoefficaciteacute des AMP

UICN Racine Kane AMP transfrontaliegravere

16h par teacuteleacutephone

PRCM Ahmed Senhoury

Directeur

Mardi

8h30 WWF Mamadou Diallo

Chargeacute de mission espegraveces et habitats

mdialowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 641 13 84

Paul Siegel Conseiller en environnement marin psiegelwwfsenegalorg 221 869 37 00

10h30

CSE centre de suivi eacutecologique Ministegravere de lrsquoenvironnement

Taibou Ba Cartes donneacutees

15h Wetland international Africa

Emma GREATRIX

Network for biodiversiteacute (BIOMAC network) Manatee Waterbirds Mangroves

egeatrix]wetlandssn +221 33 869 1681

Mercredi

10h SI NEPAD David Njiki Njiki

Coordinateur environnement njikinjikiyahoocom 221 33 842 73 11

12h WWF Ibrahima Niamadio

Officier pecircche durable iniamadiowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 567 53 16

15h par teacuteleacutephone

UICN Mathieu Ducroq

Coordinateur du programme marin et cocirctier de lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoouest central

+ 222 662 40 82 portable 0022 529 09 77 bureau

16h par teacuteleacutephone

RAMPAO Alfredo da Silva

Preacutesident du RAMPAO Directeur IBAP Ancien coordinateur du reacuteseau de gestion des zones cocirctiegraveres

00245 580 38 48 ou 00 245

UNESCO Isabelle Niang

Projet GEF drsquoadaptation au changement climatique en Afrique de lrsquoouest Erosion cocirctiegravere

Jeudi

9h UICN Guineacutee Bissau

Pierre Campredon

Ancien responsable du PRCM Pierrecampredoniucnorg 0033 630340088

11h30 Convention drsquoAbidjan

Nassere Kaba 0022520211183

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 30

13h CRODTCNDO ODINAFRICA

Anis Diallo Aquaculture et directeur du CNDO adialloordinafricanet 22133832826465 221 77 631 15 95

15h CSRP

M Hamadi Diop

En charge du deacutepartement laquo recherche et systegraveme drsquoinformation raquo

hamadidiopgmailcom

Philippe Tous Projet AFD ndash inteacutegration des AMP dans les politiques de pecircche

philipetousgmailcom (Skype Phil_tous)

Renaud Bailleux

Contrat UICN sur la gestion de lrsquoaccegraves aux ressources halieutiques dans la reacutegion - accords de pecircche ndash gouvernance partageacutee dans les AMP (financement PRCM)

M Dop mika Programme requins de la FIBA mika_dfryahoofr

Vendredi

9H IRD Luis Tito de Morais

Peumlcheeacutecologie des peuplements de poissons

titoirdsn 221 33 849 3658

11h UICN Mamadou Sow

Chef de projet mangrove Mamadousowuicnorg 221 33 869 0286

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 31

Annex 2 CBD criteria for ecologically significant areas

CBD Decision IX20 Annex 1

SCIENTIFIC CRITERIA FOR IDENTIFYING ECOLOGICALLY OR BIOLOGICALLY SIGNIFICANT MARINE AREAS IN NEED OF PROTECTION IN OPEN-

OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS

Criteria Definition Rationale Examples Consideration in application

Uniqueness or

rarity

Area contains

either (i) unique (ldquothe

only one of its kindrdquo) rare

(ldquooccurs only in few

locationsrdquo) or endemic

species populations or

communities andor (ii)

unique rare or distinct

habitats or ecosystems

andor (iii) unique or

unusual geomorphological

or oceanographic features

Irreplaceable

Loss would mean the probable permanent disappearance of diversity or a feature or reduction of the diversity at any level

Open ocean waters

Sargasso Sea Taylor column

persistent polynyas

Deep-sea habitats

endemic communities around

submerged atolls hydrothermal

vents sea mounts pseudo-

abyssal depression

Risk of biased-view of the perceived uniqueness depending on the information availability

Scale dependency of features such that unique features at one scale may be typical at another thus a global and regional perspective must be taken

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 32

Special

importance for

life-history

stages of

species

Areas that are required for

a population to survive and

thrive

Various biotic and abiotic

conditions coupled with

species-specific

physiological constraints

and preferences tend to

make some parts of marine

regions more suitable to

particular life-stages and

functions than other parts

Area containing (i) breeding grounds

spawning areas nursery areas juvenile

habitat or other areas important for life

history stages of species or (ii) habitats of

migratory species (feeding wintering or

resting areas breeding moulting

migratory routes)

Connectivity between life-history stages and linkages between areas trophic interactions physical transport physical oceanography life history of species

Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data Vessel monitoring system (VMS) data

Spatial and temporal distribution andor aggregation of the species

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 33

Importance for

threatened

endangered or

declining

species andor

habitats

Area containing habitat for

the survival and recovery

of endangered threatened

declining species or area

with significant

assemblages of such

species

To ensure the restoration

and recovery of such species

and habitats

Areas critical for threatened endangered

or declining species andor habitats

containing (i) breeding grounds spawning

areas nursery areas juvenile habitat or

other areas important for life history

stages of species or (ii) habitats of

migratory species (feeding wintering or

resting areas breeding moulting

migratory routes)

Includes species with very large geographic ranges

In many cases recovery will require reestablishment of the species in areas of its historic range

Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data vessel-monitoring system (VMS) data

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 34

Vulnerability

Fragility

Sensitivity or

Slow recovery

Areas that contain a

relatively high proportion

of sensitive habitats

biotopes or species that

are functionally fragile

(highly susceptible to

degradation or depletion

by human activity or by

natural events) or with

slow recovery

The criteria indicate the

degree of risk that will be

incurred if human activities

or natural events in the area

or component cannot be

managed effectively or are

pursued at an unsustainable

rate

Vulnerability of species

Inferred from the history of how species or populations in other similar areas responded to perturbations

Species of low fecundity slow growth long time to sexual maturity longevity (eg sharks etc)

Species with structures providing biogenic habitats such as deepwater corals sponges and bryozoans deep-water species

Vulnerability of habitats

Ice-covered areas susceptible to ship-based pollution

Ocean acidification can make deep sea habitats more vulnerable to others and increase susceptibility to human induced changes

Interactions between vulnerability to human impacts and natural events

Existing definition emphasizes site specific ideas and requires consideration for highly mobile species

Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 35

Biological

productivity

Area containing species

populations or

communities with

comparatively higher

natural biological

productivity

Important role in fuelling

ecosystems and increasing

the growth rates of

organisms and their capacity

for reproduction

Frontal areas

Upwellings

Hydrothermal vents

Seamounts polynyas

Can be measured as the rate of growth of marine organisms and their populations either through the fixation of inorganic carbon by photosynthesis chemosynthesis or through the ingestion of prey dissolved organic matter or particulate organic matter

Can be inferred from remote-sensed products eg ocean colour or process-based models

Time-series fisheries data can be used but caution is required

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 36

Biological

diversity

Area contains

comparatively higher

diversity of ecosystems

habitats communities or

species or has higher

genetic diversity

Important for evolution and

maintaining the resilience of

marine species and

ecosystems

Sea-mounts

Fronts and convergence zones

Cold coral communities

Deep-water sponge communities

Diversity needs to be seen in relation to the surrounding environment

Diversity indices are indifferent to species substitutions

Diversity indices are indifferent to which species may be contributing to the value of the index and hence would not pick up areas important to species of special concern such as endangered species

Can be inferred from habitat heterogeneity or diversity as a surrogate for species diversity in areas where biodiversity has not been sampled intensively

Naturalness Area with a comparatively

higher degree of

naturalness as a result of

the lack of or low level of

human-induced

disturbance or

degradation

To protect areas with near natural structure processes and functions

To maintain these areas as reference sites

To safeguard and enhance ecosystem resilience

Most ecosystems and habitats have

examples with varying levels of

naturalness and the intent is that the

more natural examples should be

selected

Priority should be given to areas having a low level of disturbance relative to their surroundings

In areas where no natural areas remain areas that have successfully recovered including reestablishment of species should be

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 37

considered

Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 38

Annex 3 CBD criteria for MPA networks

Decision IX20 Annex II SCIENTIFIC GUIDANCE FOR SELECTING AREAS TO ESTABLISH A REPRESENTATIVE NETWORK OF MARINE PROTECTED AREAS INCLUDING IN

OPEN OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS

Required network properties and

components Definition Applicable site specific considerations (inter alia)

Ecologically and biologically significant areas

Ecologically and biologically significant areas are geographically or oceanographically discrete areas that provide important services to one or more speciespopulations of an ecosystem or to the ecosystem as a whole compared to other surrounding areas or areas of similar ecological characteristics or otherwise meet the criteria as identified in annex I to decision IX20

Uniqueness or rarity

Special importance for life history stages of species

Importance for threatened endangered or declining species andor habitats

Vulnerability fragility sensitivity or slow recovery

Biological productivity

Biological diversity

Naturalness

Representativity Representativity is captured in a network when it consists of areas representing the different biogeographical subdivisions of the global oceans and regional seas that reasonably reflect the full range of ecosystems including the biotic and habitat diversity of those marine ecosystems

A full range of examples across a biogeographic habitat or community classification relative health of species and communities relative intactness of habitat(s) naturalness

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 39

Connectivity Connectivity in the design of a network allows for linkages whereby protected sites benefit from larval andor species exchanges and functional linkages from other network sites In a connected network individual sites benefit one another

Currents gyres physical bottlenecks migration routes species dispersal detritus functional linkages Isolated sites such as isolated seamount communities may also be included

Replicated ecological features Replication of ecological features means that more than one site shall contain examples of a given feature in the given biogeographic area The term ―features means ―species habitats and ecological processes that naturally occur in the given biogeographic area

Accounting for uncertainty natural variation and the possibility of catastrophic events Features that exhibit less natural variation or are precisely defined may require less replication than features that are inherently highly variable or are only very generally defined

Adequate and viable sites Adequate and viable sites indicate that all sites within a network should have size and protection sufficient to ensure the ecological viability and integrity of the feature(s) for which they were selected

Adequacy and viability will depend on size shape buffers persistence of features threats surrounding environment (context) physical constraints scale of featuresprocesses spillovercompactness

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 40

Annex 4 Data sources highlighted in discussions during the 1st Mission

Thegravemes Organisme ressources Personnes ressources Sites internet ressources et bases de donneacutees

Donneacutees bibliographiques

IRD Linus base bibliographique (httpiacaprodc3eduvsqfrlinus)

CRODT Catalogue des publications du CRODT

Donneacutees geacuteneacuterales

PRCMFIBA SIG Reacutegional Catalogue drsquoInformations pour lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoOuest (CIAO) wwwolmmrciao

OdinAfrica African marine atlas ndash voir OdinAfrica

OBIS httpwwwiobisorg

Guineacutee Bissau SIG Guineacutee Bissau au 200 000 egraveme sur toute la zone cocirctiegravere et 50 000 egraveme sur les Bijagos voir Franccedilois Gourmelonuniv-brestfr ou Emmanuel Ginaudet

Cap vert Systegraveme national SIG pour toutes les donneacutees du Cap vert

Bathymeacutetrie

Navy Londres Africa Pilot Volume 1 Hydrographer of the Navy London 1967

SHOM Carte SHOM ndeg6815 INT14 au 110 000 000egraveme Voir site wwwshomfr - catalogue

Cf Canada Carte au CSE

CND0 CD des donneacutees bathymeacutetriques de la sous-reacutegion

Donneacutees oceacuteanographiques geacuteneacuterales

OdinAfrica Points focaux des pays agrave voir sur site internet drsquoOdinAfrica

ordinafricanet Atelier national OdinAfrica ndash voir sur le site CNDO Aller sur le site OdinAfrica reacutecupeacuterer les shapefiles (httpwwwodinafricaorg) et sur httpwwwafricanmarineatlasnet

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 41

IRDlaboratoire LOCEAN-IPSL (Universiteacute Paris 6) LPAOSF (Lab de Physique de lAtmosphegravere et de lOceacutean de agrave lEacutecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique-UCAD

Alban Lazar (IRD) Simeacuteon Fongang (Ecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique) Raymond Lahaye (IRDLEMAR)

Circulation oceacuteanique le long des cocirctes seacuteneacutegalaises (structures variabiliteacute meacutecanismes de lrsquoupwelling des courants cocirctiers des tempeacuteratures et des saliniteacutes) et les couplages oceacutean-atmosphegravere

FAO Merete TANDSTAD Projets CCLEM et GCLME

NEPAD Projet GCLME

PRCM et IMROP + autres

Faire lrsquoinventaire des socieacuteteacutes qui ont fait de la prospection peacutetroliegravere et voir leurs donneacutees et eacutetudes drsquoimpact eacutetude Woodside ou Dana petroleum voir PRCM et IMROP

Universiteacute Rapport master de lrsquouniversiteacute sur la modeacutelisation de la circulation et des tempeacuteratures sur la haute mer (demander CNDO)

Upwellings Odiafrica Donneacutees upwellings sur Odinafrica

IRD P CURY et N BEZ

Geacuteologie seacutediemntologie et Nature des fonds

2 thegraveses sur le plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais sud et nord

IRD carte de Domain (IRDORSTOM) carte des seacutediments du plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais)

carte de Barusso

Travaux de Lachance et Mc Master

Odinafirca Plateau continental ndash carte digitaliseacutee sur la nature des fonds ndash voir sur ordinafrica

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 42

Annex 5 GIS data priorities

Explanation of ranking system

Term short-term bullbullbull medium-term bullbull long-term bull Estimated Ease of acquiring data easy bullbullbull moderatebullbull difficult bull

Importance high bullbullbull moderate bullbull low bull Term Ease Import

Base layers

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 coastline(s)

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 2 ecological regions

bullbullbull bull bullbullbull 3 bathymetry

bullbullbull bullbull bull 4 topography (for land ndashcan help with shoreline classifications)

Physical and oceanographic

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 estuaries rivers

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 shoreline type (cliff rocky sandy muddy etc)

bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 surficial sediment (bottom type)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 seafloor topographic complexity ruggedness (can be created from bathymetry)

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 5 seamounts (can also be identified through bathymetry)

6 other seascape features eg

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull canyons

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 43

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull ridges

bullbull bullbullbull bullbull hydrothermal vents

bullbull bull bullbull seeps

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull banks

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull rocky reefs

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull estuaries (sub-classes)

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull lagoons

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull upwellings

bull bullbull bull 7 ocean currents tides

bull bullbull bullbull 8 sea surface temperature

bull bullbull bullbull 9 salinity

bull bull bull 10 photosynthetically available radiation (PAR)

bull bull bull 11 coastal erosion sediment transport

bull bull bullbull 12 climate change trends eg movement of upwellings

Biological habitat

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 1 threatened or endangered species (amp spawning nursery areas etc)

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 threatened or endangered habitats

bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 habitat classification (if one exists regionally)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 biogenic features eg

warm water coral reefs

cold water coral ldquoforestsrdquo

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 44

mangroves (sub-classes)

bullbull bull bullbullbull 5 Key commercial species eg

crustaceans molluscs (crabs shrimps oysters etc)

pelagic large fishes (eg tunas)

pelagic small fishes

demersal fishes

bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 primary productivity (usually satellite colour images chlorophyll_a)

bullbull bull bullbull 7 secondary productivity (eg an estimate of carbon flux)

bullbull bull bullbull 8 migration of invasive species

Human use management

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 marine protected areas

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 year-round fisheries closures

bullbull bullbull bull 3 other seasonal fisheries closures

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 4 cities towns villages (with populations)

bullbull bullbull bull 5 local community boundaries

bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 traditional use boundaries (eg artisanal fisheries)

bull bullbull bull 7 migrant land use grazing

bullbull bull bullbullbull 8 areas of cultural spiritual importance

bullbull bullbullbull bullbull 9 roads (can help with understanding remoteness amp shoreline access)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 10 shipping routes and harbours

bullbull bullbull bull 11 land use particularly agriculture (can be combined into an analysis of rivers to estimate runoff)

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 45

bullbull bull bullbullbull 12 fishing

a artisanal by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)

b industrial by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 13 offshore oil amp gas licences exploratory wells installations (platforms pipelines shore based)

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 14 sand amp gravel mining

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 15 tourism shoreline development resorts marinas

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 46

Annex 6 Thirty additional assessments

Excerpted and adapted from the 54 page report by the OSPAR Regional seas convention for

the Northeast Atlantic (2007) Background document to support the assessment of whether

the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is ecologically coherent6

Assessment Criterion 1 Adequacy Viability

1 Assessment Guideline One should expect the sizes of network sites (for a given feature) to be

distributed throughout or exceed the estimated range of sizes necessary to sustain a viable

population or community

2 Assessment Guideline Sites that are heavily impacted andor surrounded by heavily impacted

areas should be larger than otherwise

3 Assessment Guideline Features of ecological significance should receive greater protection

than normal

4 Assessment Guideline Location and geography can be used to indicate adequate protection

such that

a Protection of pelagic features should generally be reflected with the implementation of

larger sites than those for benthic features

b In regions constrained by physical geography (eg fjords bays bights passages straits)

the adequate sizes of individual sites will generally be smaller than areas without such

physical constraints (eg regional seas open ocean)

c Offshore andor deeper sites will generally require larger areas than for nearshore andor

shallow sites (However the exceptions of certain deep sea benthic features such as

hydrothermal vents and cold seeps are noted)

5 Assessment Guideline in a given region the adequate spatial protection of most OSPAR

features and the overall network can be expected to conform to the scientific literature and

fall within the range commonly found within that literature It is recognized that this is an

evolving field of study

6 Assessment Guideline Owing to the multiplicity of its objectives the OSPAR network can be

expected to contain a variety of reserve sizes and corresponding spacing between sites

7 Assessment Guideline If a site is at the small end of the expected viability range for a given

feature then compact sites are preferable If on the other hand a given site is at the large end

of the estimated viability range then a less compact shape would allow for greater spill-over

and benefits outside of the reserve

a The Compactness of a given site can be calculated using a GIS and the following

formula C = (4πAp2)

05 Where C is the Compactness A is the area of the site and p is

its perimeter

8 Assessment Guideline A broad MPA network such as the OSPAR network with a wide

variety of features can be expected to have a wide variety of reserve shapes and sizes

6 Jeff Ardron is the primary author of this OSPAR report

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 47

a The combined size and compactness of a site be readily calculated using a GIS and the

following formula SSC = ln (PA) Where SSC is here labelled as the site size-

compactness P is the perimeter of the site and A is the area

9 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA electronic database lists the aims and ecological

criteria on a site by site basis Thus as a preliminary assessment these can be compiled to get

an indication of how well they are being met across the network

10 Assessment Guideline A list inventory of features within a region that (are known or

believed to) meet the OSPAR aims and ecological criteria is required in order to fully assess if

the existing MPA sites are likely adequate

11 Assessment Guideline Features that are common and widely distributed will generally require

less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are rare andor sparsely

distributed

Assessment Criterion 2 Representativity

12 Assessment Guideline OSPAR MPAs should be checked to ensure that they are broadly

distributed across biogeographic regions In such an assessment there is no need to restrict the

assessment to just one biogeographic classification system So long as they appear to be

rigorous (eg peer-reviewed) the use of a variety of systems is encouraged

13 Assessment Guideline Each of the Dinter [OSPAR] bioregions should be adequately

protected

14 Assessment Guideline National classifications can be very helpful in assessing

representativity at a national level based on national categories and should be used where they

exist

15 Assessment Guideline In the absence of full biological surveys or full classification systems

(such as EUNIS) simple surrogates should be used to check that representativity is possibly

being achieved Benthic and pelagic realms should be considered

16 Assessment Guideline Representative features that are very common and widely distributed

will likely require less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are just

somewhat common

As a rule of thumb within a given feature class representative protection can be

compared to a normalized distribution For example if the areal distribution of

representative classes can be normalised through a square-root transformation then

protected area distribution could be expected to be roughly proportional to the square-

root of the ratio of the representative feature classesrsquo overall areas

17 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA nomination database should be checked to ensure

that the idea of the ldquobestrdquo features was taken into account across feature types and regions

18 Assessment Guideline Features that best represent their type can be expected to be

characterized by most or all of these indicators

a Typical morphology

b High density abundance

c High degree of health naturalness

d Persistence (temporal and spatial) and

e Strong functional linkages

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 48

Assessment Criterion 3 Replication

19 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area more than one example of each feature

should be protected

20 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features protected in areas susceptible

to catastrophic events require greater replication than those in low-risk areas

21 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area where no better data exist natural

variation can be assumed to be greatest between sites that are furthest apart

22 Assessment Guideline Features that are very specifically defined will exhibit less variation

and hence require less replication than features which are very general or ldquocatch-allrdquo categories

23 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area scientific requirements may require

replicate sites for differing purposes If these requirements are not known it can be assumed

that replicate sites that are a moderate distance apart (neither immediate neighbours nor at

extreme ends of the biogeographic area) will satisfy most scientific requirements

24 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features for which there are weak or

incomplete or modelled data require greater replication than those features for which better data

are available

Assessment Criterion 4 Connectivity

25 Assessment Guideline If an area is known or suspected to be important to connectivity then it

should be represented in the MPA network

26 Assessment Guideline Reserves in areas where there are known currents (eg many coastal

areas) should be more closely spaced than otherwise In order to maintain connectivity for most

short to moderate larval dispersing species when specific data are lacking such nearshore sites

should be spaced not further than 50 km apart

27 Assessment Guideline Connectivity between seabird sites can be measured in straight lines

28 Assessment Guideline Connectivity for marine species can be assumed to be greater along

lines of similar habitat than across them

29 Assessment Guideline The density of marine reserves can be used as a way to group areas of

likely connectivity Likewise it can also define gaps where connectivity has probably not been

achieved

30 Assessment Guideline In the absence of dispersal data connectivity may be approximated by

ensuring the MPA network is well distributed in space reflecting the scale of its surroundings

Page 23: A Suggested Approach for Gap Analyses of the RAMPAO Marine ...€¦ · A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 2 Recommendation re outreach: 1) regional contact

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 21

a Depth statistics what is the average (arithmetic mean) depth of RAMPAO

MPAs What is the range of values What is the standard deviation How do

these numbers compare with the overall RAMPAO region

b Depth zones consider the following eight general depth zones and what

percentage of each zone is within the current MPA network 0-25 m

(shallow) 25-50 m (photic) 50-100m (upper shelf) 100-200 m (lower shelf)

200-400 m (upper slope) 400-800 m (mid-slope) 800-1600 m (lower slope)

1600-3200 m or greater (abyssal plain)5

Technical amp data requirements data as per the previous test plus bathymetry The

easiest and fastest way to perform these statistics is to convert the MPA shapefile

(and if it is not already the bathymetry) into a raster grid and do grid analyses

Rationale depth is widely recognised as one of the key variables that describes

biotic communities in a give region and as such is a very basic measure of

representativity This analysis could be improved by combining surficial sediment

data with depth to make simple seafloor sediment-depth classes if available

4 Consider MPA distribution according to existent shoreline habitat classification

Although the whole RAMPAO shoreline is likely not classified certain features such

as estuaries or mangroves may already largely be identified Taking these shoreline

features that are either readily available or readily digitised consider what

percentage of each of these feature types are within the current MPA network

Consider what percentage of the MPA network lies outside of these readily

identifiable shoreline features Consider also according to ecoregions and national

boundaries

Technical amp data requirements any available shoreline features such as estuaries

and mangroves If the data are good enough each of these features could be sub-

divided eg large medium and small estuaries If geophysical shoreline type data

are missing basic categories such as cliff rock and sandmud shores can often be

visually estimated and hand digitised by looking at terrestrial topographic data along

the shoreline combined with nearshore bathymetry if available

5 These log2 depth classes are admittedly somewhat arbitrary (25 2

i) and could be refined either by

considering a regional biological classification histogram of the distribution of depths or natural breaks in the

data It is our understanding however that no bio-physical classification has been performed for the region

For an initial test these somewhat arbitrary depth classes are sufficient to point out general gaps and reflect

the generally logarithmic scale of decreasing resolution (increasing breadth of classes) with depth

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 22

Rationale since the RAMPAO MPA network is currently shoreline-based this test is

suggested before considering other physical features further offshore This test is

designed to give a rough idea of shoreline representativity

5 Consider the RAMPAO network according to rare threatened and endangered

species and habitats (features) for which data are available Perform the same sort

of tests as in the test above using available data for rare threatened and

endangered features Consider what percentage of each of these feature types are

within the current MPA network Consider what percentage of the MPA network lies

outside of these features Consider also according to ecoregions and national

boundaries

Technical amp data requirements there are modelling techniques to predict the

potential habitat of species but these techniques are advanced and would fall under

the long-term timeframe For this initial analysis only available data should be

considered If the data appear to be very incomplete then they should not be used

Recognising that such data can be sub-regionally incomplete some sections of the

network may have to be left out of this analysis marked as ldquono datardquo areas on the

maps

Rationale rare threatened and endangered features are often protected by law

and also often of interest to researchers There is usually some information on them

though not always digital data and may instead be in the form of expert opinion

Ecologically there are three different types of rare threatened and endangered

features each requiring a different management response 1) features that have

always been rare 2) features that used to be common but are now rare due to

human pressures (ie threatened and endangered) 3) features that are on the edge

of their range and a) this range is steady or b ) this range is shifting (expanding

contracting moving away entering the region) due to climate change or other

environmental changes It would be best to perform this test separately for the three

different classes and associated sub-classes of rare threatened and endangered

features taking into account their population trends However for an initial test

such refinements should be seen as optional depending on information availability

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 23

Medium term gap analyses The following analyses are recommended for consideration in the medium-term (June 2010

to Dec 2011) with choice largely driven by data availability Due to the somewhat longer

time period fewer details are provided here than in the section above allowing for further

elaborations during the 2nd Mission when more is known They are arranged according to

the CBD MPA network criteria (IX20 Annex 2)

In addition to the tests outlined below others that were developed for the OSPAR Regional

Seas Convention for the Northeast Atlantic are listed in Annex 6 Thirty additional

assessments These are also well-suited to the medium-term and medium-quality data

Note that the four OSPAR MPA network criteria overlap four of the five CBD criteria

Ecologically and biologically significant areas (EBSAs)

If specific EBSAs are known consideration should be given to their possible inclusion in the

MPA network Not all EBSAs need necessarily become MPAs for some EBSAs non-spatial

management may be more appropriate It is difficult to do proper gaps assessment on

EBSAs because the distribution of all EBSAs of a given type is usually not known and hence

there is little context by which to judge a given site Thus the rule of thumb is that all EBSAs

if not in the MPA network should be treated as possible gaps and reviewed one at a time

for possible inclusion

The CBD is in the process of developing further guidance on the selection of EBSAs in the

open oceans and deep seas and much of this guidance is also applicable to shallower

nearshore systems Because this guidance is not yet accepted by the CBD we refer you

instead to a background report that was written for the CBD Ottawa Expert Workshop that

discussed these issues 29 Sept ndash 02 Oct 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant

areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations (Ardron

et al 2009) is a report in two parts Both parts are included with this report and are

recommended here as guidance on selecting CBD EBSAs

First gathering information from local residents and experts on places they sense to be

important can go far in identifying key EBSAs The ldquorecognition heuristicrdquo (Gigerenzer 1999)

is a powerful way to quickly locate longstanding ecologically significant areas in a given

region and we note that NGOs such as WWF have already done such work in the past and

that this work could be readily updated and built upon

Representativity

Many tests for representativity can be developed based on available data Listed below are

some of the more likely approaches

Seascapes identify the main shoreline topographic (benthic) and oceanographic

(pelagic) features of the region and check to see what percentage of each is included

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 24

in the MPA network Typical benthic seascape features would include canyons

seamounts reefs etc Typical pelagic features include frontal systems upwellings

gyres See also Annex 5 GIS data priorities

Topographic complexity using only bathymetry a surrogate measure of benthic

complexity can be developed (Ardron 2002) This measure can help highlight areas of

likely increased benthic richness amongst other traits

Biogeographic classification system whereas seascapes focus on physical features

a biogeographic attempts to also include information on biology such that the

system divides an area according to broad ecological communities based on physical

proxies The creation of a biogeographic classification should include both pelagic

and benthic realms is labour- and data- intensive and requires extensive peer

review

Biogeographic components instead of attempting a full biogeographic classification

system certain aspects can be developed separately For example depth strata can

be combined with sea floor sediment data to make a basic sea bottom classification

These can then be nested within the broad bioregions of the RAMPAO area

Likewise exposure wave energy can be combined with shoreline types to create

another basic classification Creating components such as these can be further

explored in the 2nd Mission once it is better known what data information are

available

Connectivity

This is the CBD criterion most difficult to assess with few options for the medium-term

except for looking at distances between sites (see short-term test above) Several academic

modelling exercises have been attempted with mixed levels of success in areas with much

better data than exist in West Africa We would caution RAMPAO in spending too much

time on such modelling exercises In general nearshore sites require closer spacing than

sites further offshore (OSPAR 2007) If it is known that certain areas provide larvae or

juveniles to other places then these ldquosourcerdquo areas should be considered for protection

Note that such areas could also fall under the EBSA criterion for productivity

Replication

At its most basic level this criterion asks that there be more than one MPA for every feature

in the network In practice this is usually considered using available information on

representativity (see above) and whatever biological data may also be available This

criterion can be assessed very simply initially by testing to see if there is more than one MPA

in each broad zone such as distance from shore or depth zone as described in the previous

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 25

section on short-term assessments Assessing replication can become more refined as more

MPAs are designated and better data become available

Adequacy viability

Ideally MPA sites should be monitored to ensure that their aims are being met In cases

where this is occurring the monitoring results should be used to determine if the individual

sitersquos size location and shape is adequate Where monitoring is not occurring or is

incomplete or too recent to determine trends other measures will have to be used Size is

probably the most commonly discussed measure and yet it remains also probably the most

controversial (Fahig 2001) Nonetheless even in an absence of consensus on this issue by

looking at possible ranges of sizes a sense can still be gained if the sites are or are not

likely to be meeting their aims A full assessment of site size which is outside the scope of

this report should take into account the species life-history population structure quality of

the habitat the quality of the surrounding areas and possible connectivity to other sites

(Lindeboom amp Baumlck 2005) However in many cases the scientific knowledge about a feature

will be insufficient to determine this very exactly Even if the life history of a species is well

know for example it is usually not known how much the surrounding area can be expected

to play a role in supporting the healthy functioning of that species Nonetheless it is

generally true that heavily impacted surrounding areas will provide less of a supporting role

to protected features than pristine ones In data-poor situations often it is still possible to

use expert opinion to specify a range of sizes which would likely be appropriate for the

adequate protection of a given feature (text adapted from OSPAR 2007)

For the RAMPAO network expert assessments of the efficacy of individual MPA sites is

probably the best way to consider the adequacy aspect of the criterion and we note the

work that has already been done by RAMPAO on this regard as well as the IUCN on

assessing management effectiveness (2007 2008a 2008b)

Relative viability can also be inferred from a threats pressures analysis In performing a

population density analysis proximity to human settlements can be used as a first indication

of how much anthropomorphic stress a protected area may be experiencing Looking

further at the composition of sensitive and threatened species within a given area can

further refine this initial threats analysis

Long term gap analyses In many cases analyses that got delayed in the medium term would be still valuable in the

longer term (2011 to 2014) However for the longer-term we would also hope that

RAMPAO activities would begin to focus on the filling of already-identified ecological and

management gaps

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 26

MarZone and MaxEnt

As an MPA network develops so does the need for more sophisticated analyses MarZone

(Marxan with Zones) has received positive attention recently and is a good tool for zoning

multiple activities with various levels of conservation restrictions In order to use a tool like

Marxan broad representativity data (ldquocoarse filterrdquo) and biological data (ldquofine filterrdquo) are

required and in order to use a zoning tool like MarZone broad coverage human use data

are additionally required One big advantage of MarxanMarZone is the user community

that has grown up around it and the good practices that continue to be developed

To get broad scale species distributions usually point occurrence data are fitted to physical

chemical environmental variables producing a predictive habitat model Good success has

been attained using the MaxEnt model (httpwwwcsprincetonedu~schapiremaxent)

though many other approaches also exist The construction of species-habitat predictive

models can take time and acquiring combining the environmental data also takes much

work In order to not bias the Marxan MarZone analysis several species-habitat models

would have to be created for several different key species from a variety of taxonomic

families trophic levels and feeding guilds This would be clearly a long-term project and

can only be justified if the RAMPAO MPA network has reached a level of sophistication to

demand such an analysis

Climate change modelling

Conservation network planning for climate change can also involved complicated modelling

(eg Fuller et al 2008) However again these approaches are data-intensive and require

advanced technical abilities

Ongoing adaptive approach

It is unlikely that the above advanced modelling approaches would be worth their

considerable effort and instead it is suggested that much more can be achieved through

good cooperation with stakeholders scientific expertise and some ldquocommon senserdquo

Recognising that no plan is perfect planning should be seen as an ongoing process of

refinement Paramount will be the ability to be flexible and adapt to changing ecological and

social conditions To do so will require governance structures from local to international

levels ndashlikewise matched to adapt quickly and effectively

While it is relatively easy to point out gaps in an MPA network at ever-increasing levels of

sophistication it is much harder to fill those gaps even on the most rudimentary level

Therefore we urge RAMPAO to act in the long term on addressing the gaps that are readily

apparent through basic tests such as the ones outlined in this document

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 27

Possible activities of the 2nd Mission

This report and the two-part background report prepared for the CBD (also included in this

submission ndashArdron et al 2009) offer a lot of information We expect that as RAMPAO staff

sifts through this guidance questions will arise We see the 2nd Mission as one that could be

devoted to

answering questions that arise from the 1st Mission guidance ndashprocess ecological

and technical

elaborating medium-term gap analyses once more is known about data availability

and technical capacity within RAMPAO and its partner organisations

providing assistance in data collection in Europe and North America

doing joint GIS analyses there could be benefit in working together on some of the

GIS analyses such as the analysis of topographic complexity

presenting initial results we also believe that it will be important to present some

short-term gap analysis results to RAMPAO members and partners

participating in the Third Meeting of the RAMPAO General Assembly we suggest that the 2nd Mission coincide with the RAMPAO General Assembly and include

o a presentation of initial results to the General Assembly and o an expert side-meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and

analyses

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 28

References

Ardron JA 2002 A Recipe for Determining Benthic Complexity An Indicator of Species Richness In Marine Geography GIS for the Oceans and Seas (ch 23 pp 196-175) Joe Breman (ed) Redlands CA USA ESRI Press

Ardron JA 2009 Three initial OSPAR tests of ecological coherence heuristics in a data-limited situation ICES Journal of Marine Research 658 1527-1533

Ardron JA Dunn D Corrigan C Gjerde K Halpin P Rice J Vanden Berghe E Vierros M 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations A background document for the CBD expert workshop Ottawa Canada 29 September ndash 2 October 2009 37 pp + 73 pp Annex 1

BALANCE 2008 Ecological coherence and principles MPA assessment selection and design Technical Summary Report 34 httpbalance-euorgxpdfbalance-technical-summary-report-no-3-4pdf

FAO 2009 International guidelines for the management of deep-sea fisheries in the high seas Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations Rome

Fahrig 2001 How much Habitat is enough Biological Conservation 100 (1) 65-74

Fuller T Morton DP Sarkar S 2008 Incorporating uncertainty about speciesrsquo potential distributions under climate change into the selection of conservation areas with a case study from the Arctic Coastal Plain of Alaska Biological Conservation 141 1547-1559

Gigerenzer G Todd P M and the ABC Research Group 1999 Simple heuristics that make us smart Oxford University Press New York

IUCNBRAO 2007 Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parc de Guineacutee Bissau

IUCNPACO 2008a Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees aires proteacutegeacutees de la Reacutepublique de Guineacutee

IUCNBRAO 2008b Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parcs et reacuteserves de Mauritanie

Lindeboom HJ and Baumlck S 2005 Establishing coastal and marine reserves- with the emphasis on fisheries Pages 103-118 In Managing European Coasts Past Present and Future J Vermaat LBouwer KTurner WSalomons (Eds) Springer-Verlag

OSPAR 2007 Background document to support the Assessment of whether the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is Ecologically Coherent OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic Publication Number 2007320 wwwosparorg

OSPAR 2008 Three initial spatial tests looking at the ecological coherence of the OSPAR marine protected area (MPA) network OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic 3602008 wwwosparorg 17 pp

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 29

Annex 1 Calendar of meetings 1st Mission 5-12 Sept 2009

Lundi

FIBA

Charlotte Karibuhoye

Coordinatrice

Souadou Ndiaye

SIG RAMPAO

Julien Semelin Appui agrave la creacuteation de nouvelles AMP et renforcement de lrsquoefficaciteacute des AMP

UICN Racine Kane AMP transfrontaliegravere

16h par teacuteleacutephone

PRCM Ahmed Senhoury

Directeur

Mardi

8h30 WWF Mamadou Diallo

Chargeacute de mission espegraveces et habitats

mdialowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 641 13 84

Paul Siegel Conseiller en environnement marin psiegelwwfsenegalorg 221 869 37 00

10h30

CSE centre de suivi eacutecologique Ministegravere de lrsquoenvironnement

Taibou Ba Cartes donneacutees

15h Wetland international Africa

Emma GREATRIX

Network for biodiversiteacute (BIOMAC network) Manatee Waterbirds Mangroves

egeatrix]wetlandssn +221 33 869 1681

Mercredi

10h SI NEPAD David Njiki Njiki

Coordinateur environnement njikinjikiyahoocom 221 33 842 73 11

12h WWF Ibrahima Niamadio

Officier pecircche durable iniamadiowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 567 53 16

15h par teacuteleacutephone

UICN Mathieu Ducroq

Coordinateur du programme marin et cocirctier de lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoouest central

+ 222 662 40 82 portable 0022 529 09 77 bureau

16h par teacuteleacutephone

RAMPAO Alfredo da Silva

Preacutesident du RAMPAO Directeur IBAP Ancien coordinateur du reacuteseau de gestion des zones cocirctiegraveres

00245 580 38 48 ou 00 245

UNESCO Isabelle Niang

Projet GEF drsquoadaptation au changement climatique en Afrique de lrsquoouest Erosion cocirctiegravere

Jeudi

9h UICN Guineacutee Bissau

Pierre Campredon

Ancien responsable du PRCM Pierrecampredoniucnorg 0033 630340088

11h30 Convention drsquoAbidjan

Nassere Kaba 0022520211183

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 30

13h CRODTCNDO ODINAFRICA

Anis Diallo Aquaculture et directeur du CNDO adialloordinafricanet 22133832826465 221 77 631 15 95

15h CSRP

M Hamadi Diop

En charge du deacutepartement laquo recherche et systegraveme drsquoinformation raquo

hamadidiopgmailcom

Philippe Tous Projet AFD ndash inteacutegration des AMP dans les politiques de pecircche

philipetousgmailcom (Skype Phil_tous)

Renaud Bailleux

Contrat UICN sur la gestion de lrsquoaccegraves aux ressources halieutiques dans la reacutegion - accords de pecircche ndash gouvernance partageacutee dans les AMP (financement PRCM)

M Dop mika Programme requins de la FIBA mika_dfryahoofr

Vendredi

9H IRD Luis Tito de Morais

Peumlcheeacutecologie des peuplements de poissons

titoirdsn 221 33 849 3658

11h UICN Mamadou Sow

Chef de projet mangrove Mamadousowuicnorg 221 33 869 0286

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 31

Annex 2 CBD criteria for ecologically significant areas

CBD Decision IX20 Annex 1

SCIENTIFIC CRITERIA FOR IDENTIFYING ECOLOGICALLY OR BIOLOGICALLY SIGNIFICANT MARINE AREAS IN NEED OF PROTECTION IN OPEN-

OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS

Criteria Definition Rationale Examples Consideration in application

Uniqueness or

rarity

Area contains

either (i) unique (ldquothe

only one of its kindrdquo) rare

(ldquooccurs only in few

locationsrdquo) or endemic

species populations or

communities andor (ii)

unique rare or distinct

habitats or ecosystems

andor (iii) unique or

unusual geomorphological

or oceanographic features

Irreplaceable

Loss would mean the probable permanent disappearance of diversity or a feature or reduction of the diversity at any level

Open ocean waters

Sargasso Sea Taylor column

persistent polynyas

Deep-sea habitats

endemic communities around

submerged atolls hydrothermal

vents sea mounts pseudo-

abyssal depression

Risk of biased-view of the perceived uniqueness depending on the information availability

Scale dependency of features such that unique features at one scale may be typical at another thus a global and regional perspective must be taken

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 32

Special

importance for

life-history

stages of

species

Areas that are required for

a population to survive and

thrive

Various biotic and abiotic

conditions coupled with

species-specific

physiological constraints

and preferences tend to

make some parts of marine

regions more suitable to

particular life-stages and

functions than other parts

Area containing (i) breeding grounds

spawning areas nursery areas juvenile

habitat or other areas important for life

history stages of species or (ii) habitats of

migratory species (feeding wintering or

resting areas breeding moulting

migratory routes)

Connectivity between life-history stages and linkages between areas trophic interactions physical transport physical oceanography life history of species

Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data Vessel monitoring system (VMS) data

Spatial and temporal distribution andor aggregation of the species

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 33

Importance for

threatened

endangered or

declining

species andor

habitats

Area containing habitat for

the survival and recovery

of endangered threatened

declining species or area

with significant

assemblages of such

species

To ensure the restoration

and recovery of such species

and habitats

Areas critical for threatened endangered

or declining species andor habitats

containing (i) breeding grounds spawning

areas nursery areas juvenile habitat or

other areas important for life history

stages of species or (ii) habitats of

migratory species (feeding wintering or

resting areas breeding moulting

migratory routes)

Includes species with very large geographic ranges

In many cases recovery will require reestablishment of the species in areas of its historic range

Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data vessel-monitoring system (VMS) data

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 34

Vulnerability

Fragility

Sensitivity or

Slow recovery

Areas that contain a

relatively high proportion

of sensitive habitats

biotopes or species that

are functionally fragile

(highly susceptible to

degradation or depletion

by human activity or by

natural events) or with

slow recovery

The criteria indicate the

degree of risk that will be

incurred if human activities

or natural events in the area

or component cannot be

managed effectively or are

pursued at an unsustainable

rate

Vulnerability of species

Inferred from the history of how species or populations in other similar areas responded to perturbations

Species of low fecundity slow growth long time to sexual maturity longevity (eg sharks etc)

Species with structures providing biogenic habitats such as deepwater corals sponges and bryozoans deep-water species

Vulnerability of habitats

Ice-covered areas susceptible to ship-based pollution

Ocean acidification can make deep sea habitats more vulnerable to others and increase susceptibility to human induced changes

Interactions between vulnerability to human impacts and natural events

Existing definition emphasizes site specific ideas and requires consideration for highly mobile species

Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 35

Biological

productivity

Area containing species

populations or

communities with

comparatively higher

natural biological

productivity

Important role in fuelling

ecosystems and increasing

the growth rates of

organisms and their capacity

for reproduction

Frontal areas

Upwellings

Hydrothermal vents

Seamounts polynyas

Can be measured as the rate of growth of marine organisms and their populations either through the fixation of inorganic carbon by photosynthesis chemosynthesis or through the ingestion of prey dissolved organic matter or particulate organic matter

Can be inferred from remote-sensed products eg ocean colour or process-based models

Time-series fisheries data can be used but caution is required

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 36

Biological

diversity

Area contains

comparatively higher

diversity of ecosystems

habitats communities or

species or has higher

genetic diversity

Important for evolution and

maintaining the resilience of

marine species and

ecosystems

Sea-mounts

Fronts and convergence zones

Cold coral communities

Deep-water sponge communities

Diversity needs to be seen in relation to the surrounding environment

Diversity indices are indifferent to species substitutions

Diversity indices are indifferent to which species may be contributing to the value of the index and hence would not pick up areas important to species of special concern such as endangered species

Can be inferred from habitat heterogeneity or diversity as a surrogate for species diversity in areas where biodiversity has not been sampled intensively

Naturalness Area with a comparatively

higher degree of

naturalness as a result of

the lack of or low level of

human-induced

disturbance or

degradation

To protect areas with near natural structure processes and functions

To maintain these areas as reference sites

To safeguard and enhance ecosystem resilience

Most ecosystems and habitats have

examples with varying levels of

naturalness and the intent is that the

more natural examples should be

selected

Priority should be given to areas having a low level of disturbance relative to their surroundings

In areas where no natural areas remain areas that have successfully recovered including reestablishment of species should be

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 37

considered

Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 38

Annex 3 CBD criteria for MPA networks

Decision IX20 Annex II SCIENTIFIC GUIDANCE FOR SELECTING AREAS TO ESTABLISH A REPRESENTATIVE NETWORK OF MARINE PROTECTED AREAS INCLUDING IN

OPEN OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS

Required network properties and

components Definition Applicable site specific considerations (inter alia)

Ecologically and biologically significant areas

Ecologically and biologically significant areas are geographically or oceanographically discrete areas that provide important services to one or more speciespopulations of an ecosystem or to the ecosystem as a whole compared to other surrounding areas or areas of similar ecological characteristics or otherwise meet the criteria as identified in annex I to decision IX20

Uniqueness or rarity

Special importance for life history stages of species

Importance for threatened endangered or declining species andor habitats

Vulnerability fragility sensitivity or slow recovery

Biological productivity

Biological diversity

Naturalness

Representativity Representativity is captured in a network when it consists of areas representing the different biogeographical subdivisions of the global oceans and regional seas that reasonably reflect the full range of ecosystems including the biotic and habitat diversity of those marine ecosystems

A full range of examples across a biogeographic habitat or community classification relative health of species and communities relative intactness of habitat(s) naturalness

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 39

Connectivity Connectivity in the design of a network allows for linkages whereby protected sites benefit from larval andor species exchanges and functional linkages from other network sites In a connected network individual sites benefit one another

Currents gyres physical bottlenecks migration routes species dispersal detritus functional linkages Isolated sites such as isolated seamount communities may also be included

Replicated ecological features Replication of ecological features means that more than one site shall contain examples of a given feature in the given biogeographic area The term ―features means ―species habitats and ecological processes that naturally occur in the given biogeographic area

Accounting for uncertainty natural variation and the possibility of catastrophic events Features that exhibit less natural variation or are precisely defined may require less replication than features that are inherently highly variable or are only very generally defined

Adequate and viable sites Adequate and viable sites indicate that all sites within a network should have size and protection sufficient to ensure the ecological viability and integrity of the feature(s) for which they were selected

Adequacy and viability will depend on size shape buffers persistence of features threats surrounding environment (context) physical constraints scale of featuresprocesses spillovercompactness

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 40

Annex 4 Data sources highlighted in discussions during the 1st Mission

Thegravemes Organisme ressources Personnes ressources Sites internet ressources et bases de donneacutees

Donneacutees bibliographiques

IRD Linus base bibliographique (httpiacaprodc3eduvsqfrlinus)

CRODT Catalogue des publications du CRODT

Donneacutees geacuteneacuterales

PRCMFIBA SIG Reacutegional Catalogue drsquoInformations pour lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoOuest (CIAO) wwwolmmrciao

OdinAfrica African marine atlas ndash voir OdinAfrica

OBIS httpwwwiobisorg

Guineacutee Bissau SIG Guineacutee Bissau au 200 000 egraveme sur toute la zone cocirctiegravere et 50 000 egraveme sur les Bijagos voir Franccedilois Gourmelonuniv-brestfr ou Emmanuel Ginaudet

Cap vert Systegraveme national SIG pour toutes les donneacutees du Cap vert

Bathymeacutetrie

Navy Londres Africa Pilot Volume 1 Hydrographer of the Navy London 1967

SHOM Carte SHOM ndeg6815 INT14 au 110 000 000egraveme Voir site wwwshomfr - catalogue

Cf Canada Carte au CSE

CND0 CD des donneacutees bathymeacutetriques de la sous-reacutegion

Donneacutees oceacuteanographiques geacuteneacuterales

OdinAfrica Points focaux des pays agrave voir sur site internet drsquoOdinAfrica

ordinafricanet Atelier national OdinAfrica ndash voir sur le site CNDO Aller sur le site OdinAfrica reacutecupeacuterer les shapefiles (httpwwwodinafricaorg) et sur httpwwwafricanmarineatlasnet

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 41

IRDlaboratoire LOCEAN-IPSL (Universiteacute Paris 6) LPAOSF (Lab de Physique de lAtmosphegravere et de lOceacutean de agrave lEacutecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique-UCAD

Alban Lazar (IRD) Simeacuteon Fongang (Ecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique) Raymond Lahaye (IRDLEMAR)

Circulation oceacuteanique le long des cocirctes seacuteneacutegalaises (structures variabiliteacute meacutecanismes de lrsquoupwelling des courants cocirctiers des tempeacuteratures et des saliniteacutes) et les couplages oceacutean-atmosphegravere

FAO Merete TANDSTAD Projets CCLEM et GCLME

NEPAD Projet GCLME

PRCM et IMROP + autres

Faire lrsquoinventaire des socieacuteteacutes qui ont fait de la prospection peacutetroliegravere et voir leurs donneacutees et eacutetudes drsquoimpact eacutetude Woodside ou Dana petroleum voir PRCM et IMROP

Universiteacute Rapport master de lrsquouniversiteacute sur la modeacutelisation de la circulation et des tempeacuteratures sur la haute mer (demander CNDO)

Upwellings Odiafrica Donneacutees upwellings sur Odinafrica

IRD P CURY et N BEZ

Geacuteologie seacutediemntologie et Nature des fonds

2 thegraveses sur le plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais sud et nord

IRD carte de Domain (IRDORSTOM) carte des seacutediments du plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais)

carte de Barusso

Travaux de Lachance et Mc Master

Odinafirca Plateau continental ndash carte digitaliseacutee sur la nature des fonds ndash voir sur ordinafrica

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 42

Annex 5 GIS data priorities

Explanation of ranking system

Term short-term bullbullbull medium-term bullbull long-term bull Estimated Ease of acquiring data easy bullbullbull moderatebullbull difficult bull

Importance high bullbullbull moderate bullbull low bull Term Ease Import

Base layers

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 coastline(s)

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 2 ecological regions

bullbullbull bull bullbullbull 3 bathymetry

bullbullbull bullbull bull 4 topography (for land ndashcan help with shoreline classifications)

Physical and oceanographic

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 estuaries rivers

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 shoreline type (cliff rocky sandy muddy etc)

bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 surficial sediment (bottom type)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 seafloor topographic complexity ruggedness (can be created from bathymetry)

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 5 seamounts (can also be identified through bathymetry)

6 other seascape features eg

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull canyons

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 43

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull ridges

bullbull bullbullbull bullbull hydrothermal vents

bullbull bull bullbull seeps

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull banks

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull rocky reefs

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull estuaries (sub-classes)

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull lagoons

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull upwellings

bull bullbull bull 7 ocean currents tides

bull bullbull bullbull 8 sea surface temperature

bull bullbull bullbull 9 salinity

bull bull bull 10 photosynthetically available radiation (PAR)

bull bull bull 11 coastal erosion sediment transport

bull bull bullbull 12 climate change trends eg movement of upwellings

Biological habitat

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 1 threatened or endangered species (amp spawning nursery areas etc)

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 threatened or endangered habitats

bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 habitat classification (if one exists regionally)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 biogenic features eg

warm water coral reefs

cold water coral ldquoforestsrdquo

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 44

mangroves (sub-classes)

bullbull bull bullbullbull 5 Key commercial species eg

crustaceans molluscs (crabs shrimps oysters etc)

pelagic large fishes (eg tunas)

pelagic small fishes

demersal fishes

bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 primary productivity (usually satellite colour images chlorophyll_a)

bullbull bull bullbull 7 secondary productivity (eg an estimate of carbon flux)

bullbull bull bullbull 8 migration of invasive species

Human use management

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 marine protected areas

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 year-round fisheries closures

bullbull bullbull bull 3 other seasonal fisheries closures

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 4 cities towns villages (with populations)

bullbull bullbull bull 5 local community boundaries

bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 traditional use boundaries (eg artisanal fisheries)

bull bullbull bull 7 migrant land use grazing

bullbull bull bullbullbull 8 areas of cultural spiritual importance

bullbull bullbullbull bullbull 9 roads (can help with understanding remoteness amp shoreline access)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 10 shipping routes and harbours

bullbull bullbull bull 11 land use particularly agriculture (can be combined into an analysis of rivers to estimate runoff)

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 45

bullbull bull bullbullbull 12 fishing

a artisanal by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)

b industrial by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 13 offshore oil amp gas licences exploratory wells installations (platforms pipelines shore based)

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 14 sand amp gravel mining

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 15 tourism shoreline development resorts marinas

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 46

Annex 6 Thirty additional assessments

Excerpted and adapted from the 54 page report by the OSPAR Regional seas convention for

the Northeast Atlantic (2007) Background document to support the assessment of whether

the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is ecologically coherent6

Assessment Criterion 1 Adequacy Viability

1 Assessment Guideline One should expect the sizes of network sites (for a given feature) to be

distributed throughout or exceed the estimated range of sizes necessary to sustain a viable

population or community

2 Assessment Guideline Sites that are heavily impacted andor surrounded by heavily impacted

areas should be larger than otherwise

3 Assessment Guideline Features of ecological significance should receive greater protection

than normal

4 Assessment Guideline Location and geography can be used to indicate adequate protection

such that

a Protection of pelagic features should generally be reflected with the implementation of

larger sites than those for benthic features

b In regions constrained by physical geography (eg fjords bays bights passages straits)

the adequate sizes of individual sites will generally be smaller than areas without such

physical constraints (eg regional seas open ocean)

c Offshore andor deeper sites will generally require larger areas than for nearshore andor

shallow sites (However the exceptions of certain deep sea benthic features such as

hydrothermal vents and cold seeps are noted)

5 Assessment Guideline in a given region the adequate spatial protection of most OSPAR

features and the overall network can be expected to conform to the scientific literature and

fall within the range commonly found within that literature It is recognized that this is an

evolving field of study

6 Assessment Guideline Owing to the multiplicity of its objectives the OSPAR network can be

expected to contain a variety of reserve sizes and corresponding spacing between sites

7 Assessment Guideline If a site is at the small end of the expected viability range for a given

feature then compact sites are preferable If on the other hand a given site is at the large end

of the estimated viability range then a less compact shape would allow for greater spill-over

and benefits outside of the reserve

a The Compactness of a given site can be calculated using a GIS and the following

formula C = (4πAp2)

05 Where C is the Compactness A is the area of the site and p is

its perimeter

8 Assessment Guideline A broad MPA network such as the OSPAR network with a wide

variety of features can be expected to have a wide variety of reserve shapes and sizes

6 Jeff Ardron is the primary author of this OSPAR report

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 47

a The combined size and compactness of a site be readily calculated using a GIS and the

following formula SSC = ln (PA) Where SSC is here labelled as the site size-

compactness P is the perimeter of the site and A is the area

9 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA electronic database lists the aims and ecological

criteria on a site by site basis Thus as a preliminary assessment these can be compiled to get

an indication of how well they are being met across the network

10 Assessment Guideline A list inventory of features within a region that (are known or

believed to) meet the OSPAR aims and ecological criteria is required in order to fully assess if

the existing MPA sites are likely adequate

11 Assessment Guideline Features that are common and widely distributed will generally require

less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are rare andor sparsely

distributed

Assessment Criterion 2 Representativity

12 Assessment Guideline OSPAR MPAs should be checked to ensure that they are broadly

distributed across biogeographic regions In such an assessment there is no need to restrict the

assessment to just one biogeographic classification system So long as they appear to be

rigorous (eg peer-reviewed) the use of a variety of systems is encouraged

13 Assessment Guideline Each of the Dinter [OSPAR] bioregions should be adequately

protected

14 Assessment Guideline National classifications can be very helpful in assessing

representativity at a national level based on national categories and should be used where they

exist

15 Assessment Guideline In the absence of full biological surveys or full classification systems

(such as EUNIS) simple surrogates should be used to check that representativity is possibly

being achieved Benthic and pelagic realms should be considered

16 Assessment Guideline Representative features that are very common and widely distributed

will likely require less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are just

somewhat common

As a rule of thumb within a given feature class representative protection can be

compared to a normalized distribution For example if the areal distribution of

representative classes can be normalised through a square-root transformation then

protected area distribution could be expected to be roughly proportional to the square-

root of the ratio of the representative feature classesrsquo overall areas

17 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA nomination database should be checked to ensure

that the idea of the ldquobestrdquo features was taken into account across feature types and regions

18 Assessment Guideline Features that best represent their type can be expected to be

characterized by most or all of these indicators

a Typical morphology

b High density abundance

c High degree of health naturalness

d Persistence (temporal and spatial) and

e Strong functional linkages

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 48

Assessment Criterion 3 Replication

19 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area more than one example of each feature

should be protected

20 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features protected in areas susceptible

to catastrophic events require greater replication than those in low-risk areas

21 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area where no better data exist natural

variation can be assumed to be greatest between sites that are furthest apart

22 Assessment Guideline Features that are very specifically defined will exhibit less variation

and hence require less replication than features which are very general or ldquocatch-allrdquo categories

23 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area scientific requirements may require

replicate sites for differing purposes If these requirements are not known it can be assumed

that replicate sites that are a moderate distance apart (neither immediate neighbours nor at

extreme ends of the biogeographic area) will satisfy most scientific requirements

24 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features for which there are weak or

incomplete or modelled data require greater replication than those features for which better data

are available

Assessment Criterion 4 Connectivity

25 Assessment Guideline If an area is known or suspected to be important to connectivity then it

should be represented in the MPA network

26 Assessment Guideline Reserves in areas where there are known currents (eg many coastal

areas) should be more closely spaced than otherwise In order to maintain connectivity for most

short to moderate larval dispersing species when specific data are lacking such nearshore sites

should be spaced not further than 50 km apart

27 Assessment Guideline Connectivity between seabird sites can be measured in straight lines

28 Assessment Guideline Connectivity for marine species can be assumed to be greater along

lines of similar habitat than across them

29 Assessment Guideline The density of marine reserves can be used as a way to group areas of

likely connectivity Likewise it can also define gaps where connectivity has probably not been

achieved

30 Assessment Guideline In the absence of dispersal data connectivity may be approximated by

ensuring the MPA network is well distributed in space reflecting the scale of its surroundings

Page 24: A Suggested Approach for Gap Analyses of the RAMPAO Marine ...€¦ · A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 2 Recommendation re outreach: 1) regional contact

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 22

Rationale since the RAMPAO MPA network is currently shoreline-based this test is

suggested before considering other physical features further offshore This test is

designed to give a rough idea of shoreline representativity

5 Consider the RAMPAO network according to rare threatened and endangered

species and habitats (features) for which data are available Perform the same sort

of tests as in the test above using available data for rare threatened and

endangered features Consider what percentage of each of these feature types are

within the current MPA network Consider what percentage of the MPA network lies

outside of these features Consider also according to ecoregions and national

boundaries

Technical amp data requirements there are modelling techniques to predict the

potential habitat of species but these techniques are advanced and would fall under

the long-term timeframe For this initial analysis only available data should be

considered If the data appear to be very incomplete then they should not be used

Recognising that such data can be sub-regionally incomplete some sections of the

network may have to be left out of this analysis marked as ldquono datardquo areas on the

maps

Rationale rare threatened and endangered features are often protected by law

and also often of interest to researchers There is usually some information on them

though not always digital data and may instead be in the form of expert opinion

Ecologically there are three different types of rare threatened and endangered

features each requiring a different management response 1) features that have

always been rare 2) features that used to be common but are now rare due to

human pressures (ie threatened and endangered) 3) features that are on the edge

of their range and a) this range is steady or b ) this range is shifting (expanding

contracting moving away entering the region) due to climate change or other

environmental changes It would be best to perform this test separately for the three

different classes and associated sub-classes of rare threatened and endangered

features taking into account their population trends However for an initial test

such refinements should be seen as optional depending on information availability

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 23

Medium term gap analyses The following analyses are recommended for consideration in the medium-term (June 2010

to Dec 2011) with choice largely driven by data availability Due to the somewhat longer

time period fewer details are provided here than in the section above allowing for further

elaborations during the 2nd Mission when more is known They are arranged according to

the CBD MPA network criteria (IX20 Annex 2)

In addition to the tests outlined below others that were developed for the OSPAR Regional

Seas Convention for the Northeast Atlantic are listed in Annex 6 Thirty additional

assessments These are also well-suited to the medium-term and medium-quality data

Note that the four OSPAR MPA network criteria overlap four of the five CBD criteria

Ecologically and biologically significant areas (EBSAs)

If specific EBSAs are known consideration should be given to their possible inclusion in the

MPA network Not all EBSAs need necessarily become MPAs for some EBSAs non-spatial

management may be more appropriate It is difficult to do proper gaps assessment on

EBSAs because the distribution of all EBSAs of a given type is usually not known and hence

there is little context by which to judge a given site Thus the rule of thumb is that all EBSAs

if not in the MPA network should be treated as possible gaps and reviewed one at a time

for possible inclusion

The CBD is in the process of developing further guidance on the selection of EBSAs in the

open oceans and deep seas and much of this guidance is also applicable to shallower

nearshore systems Because this guidance is not yet accepted by the CBD we refer you

instead to a background report that was written for the CBD Ottawa Expert Workshop that

discussed these issues 29 Sept ndash 02 Oct 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant

areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations (Ardron

et al 2009) is a report in two parts Both parts are included with this report and are

recommended here as guidance on selecting CBD EBSAs

First gathering information from local residents and experts on places they sense to be

important can go far in identifying key EBSAs The ldquorecognition heuristicrdquo (Gigerenzer 1999)

is a powerful way to quickly locate longstanding ecologically significant areas in a given

region and we note that NGOs such as WWF have already done such work in the past and

that this work could be readily updated and built upon

Representativity

Many tests for representativity can be developed based on available data Listed below are

some of the more likely approaches

Seascapes identify the main shoreline topographic (benthic) and oceanographic

(pelagic) features of the region and check to see what percentage of each is included

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 24

in the MPA network Typical benthic seascape features would include canyons

seamounts reefs etc Typical pelagic features include frontal systems upwellings

gyres See also Annex 5 GIS data priorities

Topographic complexity using only bathymetry a surrogate measure of benthic

complexity can be developed (Ardron 2002) This measure can help highlight areas of

likely increased benthic richness amongst other traits

Biogeographic classification system whereas seascapes focus on physical features

a biogeographic attempts to also include information on biology such that the

system divides an area according to broad ecological communities based on physical

proxies The creation of a biogeographic classification should include both pelagic

and benthic realms is labour- and data- intensive and requires extensive peer

review

Biogeographic components instead of attempting a full biogeographic classification

system certain aspects can be developed separately For example depth strata can

be combined with sea floor sediment data to make a basic sea bottom classification

These can then be nested within the broad bioregions of the RAMPAO area

Likewise exposure wave energy can be combined with shoreline types to create

another basic classification Creating components such as these can be further

explored in the 2nd Mission once it is better known what data information are

available

Connectivity

This is the CBD criterion most difficult to assess with few options for the medium-term

except for looking at distances between sites (see short-term test above) Several academic

modelling exercises have been attempted with mixed levels of success in areas with much

better data than exist in West Africa We would caution RAMPAO in spending too much

time on such modelling exercises In general nearshore sites require closer spacing than

sites further offshore (OSPAR 2007) If it is known that certain areas provide larvae or

juveniles to other places then these ldquosourcerdquo areas should be considered for protection

Note that such areas could also fall under the EBSA criterion for productivity

Replication

At its most basic level this criterion asks that there be more than one MPA for every feature

in the network In practice this is usually considered using available information on

representativity (see above) and whatever biological data may also be available This

criterion can be assessed very simply initially by testing to see if there is more than one MPA

in each broad zone such as distance from shore or depth zone as described in the previous

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 25

section on short-term assessments Assessing replication can become more refined as more

MPAs are designated and better data become available

Adequacy viability

Ideally MPA sites should be monitored to ensure that their aims are being met In cases

where this is occurring the monitoring results should be used to determine if the individual

sitersquos size location and shape is adequate Where monitoring is not occurring or is

incomplete or too recent to determine trends other measures will have to be used Size is

probably the most commonly discussed measure and yet it remains also probably the most

controversial (Fahig 2001) Nonetheless even in an absence of consensus on this issue by

looking at possible ranges of sizes a sense can still be gained if the sites are or are not

likely to be meeting their aims A full assessment of site size which is outside the scope of

this report should take into account the species life-history population structure quality of

the habitat the quality of the surrounding areas and possible connectivity to other sites

(Lindeboom amp Baumlck 2005) However in many cases the scientific knowledge about a feature

will be insufficient to determine this very exactly Even if the life history of a species is well

know for example it is usually not known how much the surrounding area can be expected

to play a role in supporting the healthy functioning of that species Nonetheless it is

generally true that heavily impacted surrounding areas will provide less of a supporting role

to protected features than pristine ones In data-poor situations often it is still possible to

use expert opinion to specify a range of sizes which would likely be appropriate for the

adequate protection of a given feature (text adapted from OSPAR 2007)

For the RAMPAO network expert assessments of the efficacy of individual MPA sites is

probably the best way to consider the adequacy aspect of the criterion and we note the

work that has already been done by RAMPAO on this regard as well as the IUCN on

assessing management effectiveness (2007 2008a 2008b)

Relative viability can also be inferred from a threats pressures analysis In performing a

population density analysis proximity to human settlements can be used as a first indication

of how much anthropomorphic stress a protected area may be experiencing Looking

further at the composition of sensitive and threatened species within a given area can

further refine this initial threats analysis

Long term gap analyses In many cases analyses that got delayed in the medium term would be still valuable in the

longer term (2011 to 2014) However for the longer-term we would also hope that

RAMPAO activities would begin to focus on the filling of already-identified ecological and

management gaps

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 26

MarZone and MaxEnt

As an MPA network develops so does the need for more sophisticated analyses MarZone

(Marxan with Zones) has received positive attention recently and is a good tool for zoning

multiple activities with various levels of conservation restrictions In order to use a tool like

Marxan broad representativity data (ldquocoarse filterrdquo) and biological data (ldquofine filterrdquo) are

required and in order to use a zoning tool like MarZone broad coverage human use data

are additionally required One big advantage of MarxanMarZone is the user community

that has grown up around it and the good practices that continue to be developed

To get broad scale species distributions usually point occurrence data are fitted to physical

chemical environmental variables producing a predictive habitat model Good success has

been attained using the MaxEnt model (httpwwwcsprincetonedu~schapiremaxent)

though many other approaches also exist The construction of species-habitat predictive

models can take time and acquiring combining the environmental data also takes much

work In order to not bias the Marxan MarZone analysis several species-habitat models

would have to be created for several different key species from a variety of taxonomic

families trophic levels and feeding guilds This would be clearly a long-term project and

can only be justified if the RAMPAO MPA network has reached a level of sophistication to

demand such an analysis

Climate change modelling

Conservation network planning for climate change can also involved complicated modelling

(eg Fuller et al 2008) However again these approaches are data-intensive and require

advanced technical abilities

Ongoing adaptive approach

It is unlikely that the above advanced modelling approaches would be worth their

considerable effort and instead it is suggested that much more can be achieved through

good cooperation with stakeholders scientific expertise and some ldquocommon senserdquo

Recognising that no plan is perfect planning should be seen as an ongoing process of

refinement Paramount will be the ability to be flexible and adapt to changing ecological and

social conditions To do so will require governance structures from local to international

levels ndashlikewise matched to adapt quickly and effectively

While it is relatively easy to point out gaps in an MPA network at ever-increasing levels of

sophistication it is much harder to fill those gaps even on the most rudimentary level

Therefore we urge RAMPAO to act in the long term on addressing the gaps that are readily

apparent through basic tests such as the ones outlined in this document

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 27

Possible activities of the 2nd Mission

This report and the two-part background report prepared for the CBD (also included in this

submission ndashArdron et al 2009) offer a lot of information We expect that as RAMPAO staff

sifts through this guidance questions will arise We see the 2nd Mission as one that could be

devoted to

answering questions that arise from the 1st Mission guidance ndashprocess ecological

and technical

elaborating medium-term gap analyses once more is known about data availability

and technical capacity within RAMPAO and its partner organisations

providing assistance in data collection in Europe and North America

doing joint GIS analyses there could be benefit in working together on some of the

GIS analyses such as the analysis of topographic complexity

presenting initial results we also believe that it will be important to present some

short-term gap analysis results to RAMPAO members and partners

participating in the Third Meeting of the RAMPAO General Assembly we suggest that the 2nd Mission coincide with the RAMPAO General Assembly and include

o a presentation of initial results to the General Assembly and o an expert side-meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and

analyses

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 28

References

Ardron JA 2002 A Recipe for Determining Benthic Complexity An Indicator of Species Richness In Marine Geography GIS for the Oceans and Seas (ch 23 pp 196-175) Joe Breman (ed) Redlands CA USA ESRI Press

Ardron JA 2009 Three initial OSPAR tests of ecological coherence heuristics in a data-limited situation ICES Journal of Marine Research 658 1527-1533

Ardron JA Dunn D Corrigan C Gjerde K Halpin P Rice J Vanden Berghe E Vierros M 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations A background document for the CBD expert workshop Ottawa Canada 29 September ndash 2 October 2009 37 pp + 73 pp Annex 1

BALANCE 2008 Ecological coherence and principles MPA assessment selection and design Technical Summary Report 34 httpbalance-euorgxpdfbalance-technical-summary-report-no-3-4pdf

FAO 2009 International guidelines for the management of deep-sea fisheries in the high seas Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations Rome

Fahrig 2001 How much Habitat is enough Biological Conservation 100 (1) 65-74

Fuller T Morton DP Sarkar S 2008 Incorporating uncertainty about speciesrsquo potential distributions under climate change into the selection of conservation areas with a case study from the Arctic Coastal Plain of Alaska Biological Conservation 141 1547-1559

Gigerenzer G Todd P M and the ABC Research Group 1999 Simple heuristics that make us smart Oxford University Press New York

IUCNBRAO 2007 Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parc de Guineacutee Bissau

IUCNPACO 2008a Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees aires proteacutegeacutees de la Reacutepublique de Guineacutee

IUCNBRAO 2008b Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parcs et reacuteserves de Mauritanie

Lindeboom HJ and Baumlck S 2005 Establishing coastal and marine reserves- with the emphasis on fisheries Pages 103-118 In Managing European Coasts Past Present and Future J Vermaat LBouwer KTurner WSalomons (Eds) Springer-Verlag

OSPAR 2007 Background document to support the Assessment of whether the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is Ecologically Coherent OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic Publication Number 2007320 wwwosparorg

OSPAR 2008 Three initial spatial tests looking at the ecological coherence of the OSPAR marine protected area (MPA) network OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic 3602008 wwwosparorg 17 pp

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 29

Annex 1 Calendar of meetings 1st Mission 5-12 Sept 2009

Lundi

FIBA

Charlotte Karibuhoye

Coordinatrice

Souadou Ndiaye

SIG RAMPAO

Julien Semelin Appui agrave la creacuteation de nouvelles AMP et renforcement de lrsquoefficaciteacute des AMP

UICN Racine Kane AMP transfrontaliegravere

16h par teacuteleacutephone

PRCM Ahmed Senhoury

Directeur

Mardi

8h30 WWF Mamadou Diallo

Chargeacute de mission espegraveces et habitats

mdialowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 641 13 84

Paul Siegel Conseiller en environnement marin psiegelwwfsenegalorg 221 869 37 00

10h30

CSE centre de suivi eacutecologique Ministegravere de lrsquoenvironnement

Taibou Ba Cartes donneacutees

15h Wetland international Africa

Emma GREATRIX

Network for biodiversiteacute (BIOMAC network) Manatee Waterbirds Mangroves

egeatrix]wetlandssn +221 33 869 1681

Mercredi

10h SI NEPAD David Njiki Njiki

Coordinateur environnement njikinjikiyahoocom 221 33 842 73 11

12h WWF Ibrahima Niamadio

Officier pecircche durable iniamadiowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 567 53 16

15h par teacuteleacutephone

UICN Mathieu Ducroq

Coordinateur du programme marin et cocirctier de lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoouest central

+ 222 662 40 82 portable 0022 529 09 77 bureau

16h par teacuteleacutephone

RAMPAO Alfredo da Silva

Preacutesident du RAMPAO Directeur IBAP Ancien coordinateur du reacuteseau de gestion des zones cocirctiegraveres

00245 580 38 48 ou 00 245

UNESCO Isabelle Niang

Projet GEF drsquoadaptation au changement climatique en Afrique de lrsquoouest Erosion cocirctiegravere

Jeudi

9h UICN Guineacutee Bissau

Pierre Campredon

Ancien responsable du PRCM Pierrecampredoniucnorg 0033 630340088

11h30 Convention drsquoAbidjan

Nassere Kaba 0022520211183

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 30

13h CRODTCNDO ODINAFRICA

Anis Diallo Aquaculture et directeur du CNDO adialloordinafricanet 22133832826465 221 77 631 15 95

15h CSRP

M Hamadi Diop

En charge du deacutepartement laquo recherche et systegraveme drsquoinformation raquo

hamadidiopgmailcom

Philippe Tous Projet AFD ndash inteacutegration des AMP dans les politiques de pecircche

philipetousgmailcom (Skype Phil_tous)

Renaud Bailleux

Contrat UICN sur la gestion de lrsquoaccegraves aux ressources halieutiques dans la reacutegion - accords de pecircche ndash gouvernance partageacutee dans les AMP (financement PRCM)

M Dop mika Programme requins de la FIBA mika_dfryahoofr

Vendredi

9H IRD Luis Tito de Morais

Peumlcheeacutecologie des peuplements de poissons

titoirdsn 221 33 849 3658

11h UICN Mamadou Sow

Chef de projet mangrove Mamadousowuicnorg 221 33 869 0286

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 31

Annex 2 CBD criteria for ecologically significant areas

CBD Decision IX20 Annex 1

SCIENTIFIC CRITERIA FOR IDENTIFYING ECOLOGICALLY OR BIOLOGICALLY SIGNIFICANT MARINE AREAS IN NEED OF PROTECTION IN OPEN-

OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS

Criteria Definition Rationale Examples Consideration in application

Uniqueness or

rarity

Area contains

either (i) unique (ldquothe

only one of its kindrdquo) rare

(ldquooccurs only in few

locationsrdquo) or endemic

species populations or

communities andor (ii)

unique rare or distinct

habitats or ecosystems

andor (iii) unique or

unusual geomorphological

or oceanographic features

Irreplaceable

Loss would mean the probable permanent disappearance of diversity or a feature or reduction of the diversity at any level

Open ocean waters

Sargasso Sea Taylor column

persistent polynyas

Deep-sea habitats

endemic communities around

submerged atolls hydrothermal

vents sea mounts pseudo-

abyssal depression

Risk of biased-view of the perceived uniqueness depending on the information availability

Scale dependency of features such that unique features at one scale may be typical at another thus a global and regional perspective must be taken

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 32

Special

importance for

life-history

stages of

species

Areas that are required for

a population to survive and

thrive

Various biotic and abiotic

conditions coupled with

species-specific

physiological constraints

and preferences tend to

make some parts of marine

regions more suitable to

particular life-stages and

functions than other parts

Area containing (i) breeding grounds

spawning areas nursery areas juvenile

habitat or other areas important for life

history stages of species or (ii) habitats of

migratory species (feeding wintering or

resting areas breeding moulting

migratory routes)

Connectivity between life-history stages and linkages between areas trophic interactions physical transport physical oceanography life history of species

Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data Vessel monitoring system (VMS) data

Spatial and temporal distribution andor aggregation of the species

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 33

Importance for

threatened

endangered or

declining

species andor

habitats

Area containing habitat for

the survival and recovery

of endangered threatened

declining species or area

with significant

assemblages of such

species

To ensure the restoration

and recovery of such species

and habitats

Areas critical for threatened endangered

or declining species andor habitats

containing (i) breeding grounds spawning

areas nursery areas juvenile habitat or

other areas important for life history

stages of species or (ii) habitats of

migratory species (feeding wintering or

resting areas breeding moulting

migratory routes)

Includes species with very large geographic ranges

In many cases recovery will require reestablishment of the species in areas of its historic range

Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data vessel-monitoring system (VMS) data

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 34

Vulnerability

Fragility

Sensitivity or

Slow recovery

Areas that contain a

relatively high proportion

of sensitive habitats

biotopes or species that

are functionally fragile

(highly susceptible to

degradation or depletion

by human activity or by

natural events) or with

slow recovery

The criteria indicate the

degree of risk that will be

incurred if human activities

or natural events in the area

or component cannot be

managed effectively or are

pursued at an unsustainable

rate

Vulnerability of species

Inferred from the history of how species or populations in other similar areas responded to perturbations

Species of low fecundity slow growth long time to sexual maturity longevity (eg sharks etc)

Species with structures providing biogenic habitats such as deepwater corals sponges and bryozoans deep-water species

Vulnerability of habitats

Ice-covered areas susceptible to ship-based pollution

Ocean acidification can make deep sea habitats more vulnerable to others and increase susceptibility to human induced changes

Interactions between vulnerability to human impacts and natural events

Existing definition emphasizes site specific ideas and requires consideration for highly mobile species

Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 35

Biological

productivity

Area containing species

populations or

communities with

comparatively higher

natural biological

productivity

Important role in fuelling

ecosystems and increasing

the growth rates of

organisms and their capacity

for reproduction

Frontal areas

Upwellings

Hydrothermal vents

Seamounts polynyas

Can be measured as the rate of growth of marine organisms and their populations either through the fixation of inorganic carbon by photosynthesis chemosynthesis or through the ingestion of prey dissolved organic matter or particulate organic matter

Can be inferred from remote-sensed products eg ocean colour or process-based models

Time-series fisheries data can be used but caution is required

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 36

Biological

diversity

Area contains

comparatively higher

diversity of ecosystems

habitats communities or

species or has higher

genetic diversity

Important for evolution and

maintaining the resilience of

marine species and

ecosystems

Sea-mounts

Fronts and convergence zones

Cold coral communities

Deep-water sponge communities

Diversity needs to be seen in relation to the surrounding environment

Diversity indices are indifferent to species substitutions

Diversity indices are indifferent to which species may be contributing to the value of the index and hence would not pick up areas important to species of special concern such as endangered species

Can be inferred from habitat heterogeneity or diversity as a surrogate for species diversity in areas where biodiversity has not been sampled intensively

Naturalness Area with a comparatively

higher degree of

naturalness as a result of

the lack of or low level of

human-induced

disturbance or

degradation

To protect areas with near natural structure processes and functions

To maintain these areas as reference sites

To safeguard and enhance ecosystem resilience

Most ecosystems and habitats have

examples with varying levels of

naturalness and the intent is that the

more natural examples should be

selected

Priority should be given to areas having a low level of disturbance relative to their surroundings

In areas where no natural areas remain areas that have successfully recovered including reestablishment of species should be

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 37

considered

Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 38

Annex 3 CBD criteria for MPA networks

Decision IX20 Annex II SCIENTIFIC GUIDANCE FOR SELECTING AREAS TO ESTABLISH A REPRESENTATIVE NETWORK OF MARINE PROTECTED AREAS INCLUDING IN

OPEN OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS

Required network properties and

components Definition Applicable site specific considerations (inter alia)

Ecologically and biologically significant areas

Ecologically and biologically significant areas are geographically or oceanographically discrete areas that provide important services to one or more speciespopulations of an ecosystem or to the ecosystem as a whole compared to other surrounding areas or areas of similar ecological characteristics or otherwise meet the criteria as identified in annex I to decision IX20

Uniqueness or rarity

Special importance for life history stages of species

Importance for threatened endangered or declining species andor habitats

Vulnerability fragility sensitivity or slow recovery

Biological productivity

Biological diversity

Naturalness

Representativity Representativity is captured in a network when it consists of areas representing the different biogeographical subdivisions of the global oceans and regional seas that reasonably reflect the full range of ecosystems including the biotic and habitat diversity of those marine ecosystems

A full range of examples across a biogeographic habitat or community classification relative health of species and communities relative intactness of habitat(s) naturalness

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 39

Connectivity Connectivity in the design of a network allows for linkages whereby protected sites benefit from larval andor species exchanges and functional linkages from other network sites In a connected network individual sites benefit one another

Currents gyres physical bottlenecks migration routes species dispersal detritus functional linkages Isolated sites such as isolated seamount communities may also be included

Replicated ecological features Replication of ecological features means that more than one site shall contain examples of a given feature in the given biogeographic area The term ―features means ―species habitats and ecological processes that naturally occur in the given biogeographic area

Accounting for uncertainty natural variation and the possibility of catastrophic events Features that exhibit less natural variation or are precisely defined may require less replication than features that are inherently highly variable or are only very generally defined

Adequate and viable sites Adequate and viable sites indicate that all sites within a network should have size and protection sufficient to ensure the ecological viability and integrity of the feature(s) for which they were selected

Adequacy and viability will depend on size shape buffers persistence of features threats surrounding environment (context) physical constraints scale of featuresprocesses spillovercompactness

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 40

Annex 4 Data sources highlighted in discussions during the 1st Mission

Thegravemes Organisme ressources Personnes ressources Sites internet ressources et bases de donneacutees

Donneacutees bibliographiques

IRD Linus base bibliographique (httpiacaprodc3eduvsqfrlinus)

CRODT Catalogue des publications du CRODT

Donneacutees geacuteneacuterales

PRCMFIBA SIG Reacutegional Catalogue drsquoInformations pour lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoOuest (CIAO) wwwolmmrciao

OdinAfrica African marine atlas ndash voir OdinAfrica

OBIS httpwwwiobisorg

Guineacutee Bissau SIG Guineacutee Bissau au 200 000 egraveme sur toute la zone cocirctiegravere et 50 000 egraveme sur les Bijagos voir Franccedilois Gourmelonuniv-brestfr ou Emmanuel Ginaudet

Cap vert Systegraveme national SIG pour toutes les donneacutees du Cap vert

Bathymeacutetrie

Navy Londres Africa Pilot Volume 1 Hydrographer of the Navy London 1967

SHOM Carte SHOM ndeg6815 INT14 au 110 000 000egraveme Voir site wwwshomfr - catalogue

Cf Canada Carte au CSE

CND0 CD des donneacutees bathymeacutetriques de la sous-reacutegion

Donneacutees oceacuteanographiques geacuteneacuterales

OdinAfrica Points focaux des pays agrave voir sur site internet drsquoOdinAfrica

ordinafricanet Atelier national OdinAfrica ndash voir sur le site CNDO Aller sur le site OdinAfrica reacutecupeacuterer les shapefiles (httpwwwodinafricaorg) et sur httpwwwafricanmarineatlasnet

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 41

IRDlaboratoire LOCEAN-IPSL (Universiteacute Paris 6) LPAOSF (Lab de Physique de lAtmosphegravere et de lOceacutean de agrave lEacutecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique-UCAD

Alban Lazar (IRD) Simeacuteon Fongang (Ecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique) Raymond Lahaye (IRDLEMAR)

Circulation oceacuteanique le long des cocirctes seacuteneacutegalaises (structures variabiliteacute meacutecanismes de lrsquoupwelling des courants cocirctiers des tempeacuteratures et des saliniteacutes) et les couplages oceacutean-atmosphegravere

FAO Merete TANDSTAD Projets CCLEM et GCLME

NEPAD Projet GCLME

PRCM et IMROP + autres

Faire lrsquoinventaire des socieacuteteacutes qui ont fait de la prospection peacutetroliegravere et voir leurs donneacutees et eacutetudes drsquoimpact eacutetude Woodside ou Dana petroleum voir PRCM et IMROP

Universiteacute Rapport master de lrsquouniversiteacute sur la modeacutelisation de la circulation et des tempeacuteratures sur la haute mer (demander CNDO)

Upwellings Odiafrica Donneacutees upwellings sur Odinafrica

IRD P CURY et N BEZ

Geacuteologie seacutediemntologie et Nature des fonds

2 thegraveses sur le plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais sud et nord

IRD carte de Domain (IRDORSTOM) carte des seacutediments du plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais)

carte de Barusso

Travaux de Lachance et Mc Master

Odinafirca Plateau continental ndash carte digitaliseacutee sur la nature des fonds ndash voir sur ordinafrica

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 42

Annex 5 GIS data priorities

Explanation of ranking system

Term short-term bullbullbull medium-term bullbull long-term bull Estimated Ease of acquiring data easy bullbullbull moderatebullbull difficult bull

Importance high bullbullbull moderate bullbull low bull Term Ease Import

Base layers

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 coastline(s)

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 2 ecological regions

bullbullbull bull bullbullbull 3 bathymetry

bullbullbull bullbull bull 4 topography (for land ndashcan help with shoreline classifications)

Physical and oceanographic

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 estuaries rivers

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 shoreline type (cliff rocky sandy muddy etc)

bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 surficial sediment (bottom type)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 seafloor topographic complexity ruggedness (can be created from bathymetry)

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 5 seamounts (can also be identified through bathymetry)

6 other seascape features eg

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull canyons

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 43

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull ridges

bullbull bullbullbull bullbull hydrothermal vents

bullbull bull bullbull seeps

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull banks

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull rocky reefs

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull estuaries (sub-classes)

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull lagoons

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull upwellings

bull bullbull bull 7 ocean currents tides

bull bullbull bullbull 8 sea surface temperature

bull bullbull bullbull 9 salinity

bull bull bull 10 photosynthetically available radiation (PAR)

bull bull bull 11 coastal erosion sediment transport

bull bull bullbull 12 climate change trends eg movement of upwellings

Biological habitat

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 1 threatened or endangered species (amp spawning nursery areas etc)

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 threatened or endangered habitats

bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 habitat classification (if one exists regionally)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 biogenic features eg

warm water coral reefs

cold water coral ldquoforestsrdquo

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 44

mangroves (sub-classes)

bullbull bull bullbullbull 5 Key commercial species eg

crustaceans molluscs (crabs shrimps oysters etc)

pelagic large fishes (eg tunas)

pelagic small fishes

demersal fishes

bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 primary productivity (usually satellite colour images chlorophyll_a)

bullbull bull bullbull 7 secondary productivity (eg an estimate of carbon flux)

bullbull bull bullbull 8 migration of invasive species

Human use management

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 marine protected areas

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 year-round fisheries closures

bullbull bullbull bull 3 other seasonal fisheries closures

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 4 cities towns villages (with populations)

bullbull bullbull bull 5 local community boundaries

bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 traditional use boundaries (eg artisanal fisheries)

bull bullbull bull 7 migrant land use grazing

bullbull bull bullbullbull 8 areas of cultural spiritual importance

bullbull bullbullbull bullbull 9 roads (can help with understanding remoteness amp shoreline access)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 10 shipping routes and harbours

bullbull bullbull bull 11 land use particularly agriculture (can be combined into an analysis of rivers to estimate runoff)

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 45

bullbull bull bullbullbull 12 fishing

a artisanal by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)

b industrial by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 13 offshore oil amp gas licences exploratory wells installations (platforms pipelines shore based)

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 14 sand amp gravel mining

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 15 tourism shoreline development resorts marinas

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 46

Annex 6 Thirty additional assessments

Excerpted and adapted from the 54 page report by the OSPAR Regional seas convention for

the Northeast Atlantic (2007) Background document to support the assessment of whether

the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is ecologically coherent6

Assessment Criterion 1 Adequacy Viability

1 Assessment Guideline One should expect the sizes of network sites (for a given feature) to be

distributed throughout or exceed the estimated range of sizes necessary to sustain a viable

population or community

2 Assessment Guideline Sites that are heavily impacted andor surrounded by heavily impacted

areas should be larger than otherwise

3 Assessment Guideline Features of ecological significance should receive greater protection

than normal

4 Assessment Guideline Location and geography can be used to indicate adequate protection

such that

a Protection of pelagic features should generally be reflected with the implementation of

larger sites than those for benthic features

b In regions constrained by physical geography (eg fjords bays bights passages straits)

the adequate sizes of individual sites will generally be smaller than areas without such

physical constraints (eg regional seas open ocean)

c Offshore andor deeper sites will generally require larger areas than for nearshore andor

shallow sites (However the exceptions of certain deep sea benthic features such as

hydrothermal vents and cold seeps are noted)

5 Assessment Guideline in a given region the adequate spatial protection of most OSPAR

features and the overall network can be expected to conform to the scientific literature and

fall within the range commonly found within that literature It is recognized that this is an

evolving field of study

6 Assessment Guideline Owing to the multiplicity of its objectives the OSPAR network can be

expected to contain a variety of reserve sizes and corresponding spacing between sites

7 Assessment Guideline If a site is at the small end of the expected viability range for a given

feature then compact sites are preferable If on the other hand a given site is at the large end

of the estimated viability range then a less compact shape would allow for greater spill-over

and benefits outside of the reserve

a The Compactness of a given site can be calculated using a GIS and the following

formula C = (4πAp2)

05 Where C is the Compactness A is the area of the site and p is

its perimeter

8 Assessment Guideline A broad MPA network such as the OSPAR network with a wide

variety of features can be expected to have a wide variety of reserve shapes and sizes

6 Jeff Ardron is the primary author of this OSPAR report

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 47

a The combined size and compactness of a site be readily calculated using a GIS and the

following formula SSC = ln (PA) Where SSC is here labelled as the site size-

compactness P is the perimeter of the site and A is the area

9 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA electronic database lists the aims and ecological

criteria on a site by site basis Thus as a preliminary assessment these can be compiled to get

an indication of how well they are being met across the network

10 Assessment Guideline A list inventory of features within a region that (are known or

believed to) meet the OSPAR aims and ecological criteria is required in order to fully assess if

the existing MPA sites are likely adequate

11 Assessment Guideline Features that are common and widely distributed will generally require

less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are rare andor sparsely

distributed

Assessment Criterion 2 Representativity

12 Assessment Guideline OSPAR MPAs should be checked to ensure that they are broadly

distributed across biogeographic regions In such an assessment there is no need to restrict the

assessment to just one biogeographic classification system So long as they appear to be

rigorous (eg peer-reviewed) the use of a variety of systems is encouraged

13 Assessment Guideline Each of the Dinter [OSPAR] bioregions should be adequately

protected

14 Assessment Guideline National classifications can be very helpful in assessing

representativity at a national level based on national categories and should be used where they

exist

15 Assessment Guideline In the absence of full biological surveys or full classification systems

(such as EUNIS) simple surrogates should be used to check that representativity is possibly

being achieved Benthic and pelagic realms should be considered

16 Assessment Guideline Representative features that are very common and widely distributed

will likely require less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are just

somewhat common

As a rule of thumb within a given feature class representative protection can be

compared to a normalized distribution For example if the areal distribution of

representative classes can be normalised through a square-root transformation then

protected area distribution could be expected to be roughly proportional to the square-

root of the ratio of the representative feature classesrsquo overall areas

17 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA nomination database should be checked to ensure

that the idea of the ldquobestrdquo features was taken into account across feature types and regions

18 Assessment Guideline Features that best represent their type can be expected to be

characterized by most or all of these indicators

a Typical morphology

b High density abundance

c High degree of health naturalness

d Persistence (temporal and spatial) and

e Strong functional linkages

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 48

Assessment Criterion 3 Replication

19 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area more than one example of each feature

should be protected

20 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features protected in areas susceptible

to catastrophic events require greater replication than those in low-risk areas

21 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area where no better data exist natural

variation can be assumed to be greatest between sites that are furthest apart

22 Assessment Guideline Features that are very specifically defined will exhibit less variation

and hence require less replication than features which are very general or ldquocatch-allrdquo categories

23 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area scientific requirements may require

replicate sites for differing purposes If these requirements are not known it can be assumed

that replicate sites that are a moderate distance apart (neither immediate neighbours nor at

extreme ends of the biogeographic area) will satisfy most scientific requirements

24 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features for which there are weak or

incomplete or modelled data require greater replication than those features for which better data

are available

Assessment Criterion 4 Connectivity

25 Assessment Guideline If an area is known or suspected to be important to connectivity then it

should be represented in the MPA network

26 Assessment Guideline Reserves in areas where there are known currents (eg many coastal

areas) should be more closely spaced than otherwise In order to maintain connectivity for most

short to moderate larval dispersing species when specific data are lacking such nearshore sites

should be spaced not further than 50 km apart

27 Assessment Guideline Connectivity between seabird sites can be measured in straight lines

28 Assessment Guideline Connectivity for marine species can be assumed to be greater along

lines of similar habitat than across them

29 Assessment Guideline The density of marine reserves can be used as a way to group areas of

likely connectivity Likewise it can also define gaps where connectivity has probably not been

achieved

30 Assessment Guideline In the absence of dispersal data connectivity may be approximated by

ensuring the MPA network is well distributed in space reflecting the scale of its surroundings

Page 25: A Suggested Approach for Gap Analyses of the RAMPAO Marine ...€¦ · A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 2 Recommendation re outreach: 1) regional contact

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 23

Medium term gap analyses The following analyses are recommended for consideration in the medium-term (June 2010

to Dec 2011) with choice largely driven by data availability Due to the somewhat longer

time period fewer details are provided here than in the section above allowing for further

elaborations during the 2nd Mission when more is known They are arranged according to

the CBD MPA network criteria (IX20 Annex 2)

In addition to the tests outlined below others that were developed for the OSPAR Regional

Seas Convention for the Northeast Atlantic are listed in Annex 6 Thirty additional

assessments These are also well-suited to the medium-term and medium-quality data

Note that the four OSPAR MPA network criteria overlap four of the five CBD criteria

Ecologically and biologically significant areas (EBSAs)

If specific EBSAs are known consideration should be given to their possible inclusion in the

MPA network Not all EBSAs need necessarily become MPAs for some EBSAs non-spatial

management may be more appropriate It is difficult to do proper gaps assessment on

EBSAs because the distribution of all EBSAs of a given type is usually not known and hence

there is little context by which to judge a given site Thus the rule of thumb is that all EBSAs

if not in the MPA network should be treated as possible gaps and reviewed one at a time

for possible inclusion

The CBD is in the process of developing further guidance on the selection of EBSAs in the

open oceans and deep seas and much of this guidance is also applicable to shallower

nearshore systems Because this guidance is not yet accepted by the CBD we refer you

instead to a background report that was written for the CBD Ottawa Expert Workshop that

discussed these issues 29 Sept ndash 02 Oct 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant

areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations (Ardron

et al 2009) is a report in two parts Both parts are included with this report and are

recommended here as guidance on selecting CBD EBSAs

First gathering information from local residents and experts on places they sense to be

important can go far in identifying key EBSAs The ldquorecognition heuristicrdquo (Gigerenzer 1999)

is a powerful way to quickly locate longstanding ecologically significant areas in a given

region and we note that NGOs such as WWF have already done such work in the past and

that this work could be readily updated and built upon

Representativity

Many tests for representativity can be developed based on available data Listed below are

some of the more likely approaches

Seascapes identify the main shoreline topographic (benthic) and oceanographic

(pelagic) features of the region and check to see what percentage of each is included

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 24

in the MPA network Typical benthic seascape features would include canyons

seamounts reefs etc Typical pelagic features include frontal systems upwellings

gyres See also Annex 5 GIS data priorities

Topographic complexity using only bathymetry a surrogate measure of benthic

complexity can be developed (Ardron 2002) This measure can help highlight areas of

likely increased benthic richness amongst other traits

Biogeographic classification system whereas seascapes focus on physical features

a biogeographic attempts to also include information on biology such that the

system divides an area according to broad ecological communities based on physical

proxies The creation of a biogeographic classification should include both pelagic

and benthic realms is labour- and data- intensive and requires extensive peer

review

Biogeographic components instead of attempting a full biogeographic classification

system certain aspects can be developed separately For example depth strata can

be combined with sea floor sediment data to make a basic sea bottom classification

These can then be nested within the broad bioregions of the RAMPAO area

Likewise exposure wave energy can be combined with shoreline types to create

another basic classification Creating components such as these can be further

explored in the 2nd Mission once it is better known what data information are

available

Connectivity

This is the CBD criterion most difficult to assess with few options for the medium-term

except for looking at distances between sites (see short-term test above) Several academic

modelling exercises have been attempted with mixed levels of success in areas with much

better data than exist in West Africa We would caution RAMPAO in spending too much

time on such modelling exercises In general nearshore sites require closer spacing than

sites further offshore (OSPAR 2007) If it is known that certain areas provide larvae or

juveniles to other places then these ldquosourcerdquo areas should be considered for protection

Note that such areas could also fall under the EBSA criterion for productivity

Replication

At its most basic level this criterion asks that there be more than one MPA for every feature

in the network In practice this is usually considered using available information on

representativity (see above) and whatever biological data may also be available This

criterion can be assessed very simply initially by testing to see if there is more than one MPA

in each broad zone such as distance from shore or depth zone as described in the previous

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 25

section on short-term assessments Assessing replication can become more refined as more

MPAs are designated and better data become available

Adequacy viability

Ideally MPA sites should be monitored to ensure that their aims are being met In cases

where this is occurring the monitoring results should be used to determine if the individual

sitersquos size location and shape is adequate Where monitoring is not occurring or is

incomplete or too recent to determine trends other measures will have to be used Size is

probably the most commonly discussed measure and yet it remains also probably the most

controversial (Fahig 2001) Nonetheless even in an absence of consensus on this issue by

looking at possible ranges of sizes a sense can still be gained if the sites are or are not

likely to be meeting their aims A full assessment of site size which is outside the scope of

this report should take into account the species life-history population structure quality of

the habitat the quality of the surrounding areas and possible connectivity to other sites

(Lindeboom amp Baumlck 2005) However in many cases the scientific knowledge about a feature

will be insufficient to determine this very exactly Even if the life history of a species is well

know for example it is usually not known how much the surrounding area can be expected

to play a role in supporting the healthy functioning of that species Nonetheless it is

generally true that heavily impacted surrounding areas will provide less of a supporting role

to protected features than pristine ones In data-poor situations often it is still possible to

use expert opinion to specify a range of sizes which would likely be appropriate for the

adequate protection of a given feature (text adapted from OSPAR 2007)

For the RAMPAO network expert assessments of the efficacy of individual MPA sites is

probably the best way to consider the adequacy aspect of the criterion and we note the

work that has already been done by RAMPAO on this regard as well as the IUCN on

assessing management effectiveness (2007 2008a 2008b)

Relative viability can also be inferred from a threats pressures analysis In performing a

population density analysis proximity to human settlements can be used as a first indication

of how much anthropomorphic stress a protected area may be experiencing Looking

further at the composition of sensitive and threatened species within a given area can

further refine this initial threats analysis

Long term gap analyses In many cases analyses that got delayed in the medium term would be still valuable in the

longer term (2011 to 2014) However for the longer-term we would also hope that

RAMPAO activities would begin to focus on the filling of already-identified ecological and

management gaps

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 26

MarZone and MaxEnt

As an MPA network develops so does the need for more sophisticated analyses MarZone

(Marxan with Zones) has received positive attention recently and is a good tool for zoning

multiple activities with various levels of conservation restrictions In order to use a tool like

Marxan broad representativity data (ldquocoarse filterrdquo) and biological data (ldquofine filterrdquo) are

required and in order to use a zoning tool like MarZone broad coverage human use data

are additionally required One big advantage of MarxanMarZone is the user community

that has grown up around it and the good practices that continue to be developed

To get broad scale species distributions usually point occurrence data are fitted to physical

chemical environmental variables producing a predictive habitat model Good success has

been attained using the MaxEnt model (httpwwwcsprincetonedu~schapiremaxent)

though many other approaches also exist The construction of species-habitat predictive

models can take time and acquiring combining the environmental data also takes much

work In order to not bias the Marxan MarZone analysis several species-habitat models

would have to be created for several different key species from a variety of taxonomic

families trophic levels and feeding guilds This would be clearly a long-term project and

can only be justified if the RAMPAO MPA network has reached a level of sophistication to

demand such an analysis

Climate change modelling

Conservation network planning for climate change can also involved complicated modelling

(eg Fuller et al 2008) However again these approaches are data-intensive and require

advanced technical abilities

Ongoing adaptive approach

It is unlikely that the above advanced modelling approaches would be worth their

considerable effort and instead it is suggested that much more can be achieved through

good cooperation with stakeholders scientific expertise and some ldquocommon senserdquo

Recognising that no plan is perfect planning should be seen as an ongoing process of

refinement Paramount will be the ability to be flexible and adapt to changing ecological and

social conditions To do so will require governance structures from local to international

levels ndashlikewise matched to adapt quickly and effectively

While it is relatively easy to point out gaps in an MPA network at ever-increasing levels of

sophistication it is much harder to fill those gaps even on the most rudimentary level

Therefore we urge RAMPAO to act in the long term on addressing the gaps that are readily

apparent through basic tests such as the ones outlined in this document

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 27

Possible activities of the 2nd Mission

This report and the two-part background report prepared for the CBD (also included in this

submission ndashArdron et al 2009) offer a lot of information We expect that as RAMPAO staff

sifts through this guidance questions will arise We see the 2nd Mission as one that could be

devoted to

answering questions that arise from the 1st Mission guidance ndashprocess ecological

and technical

elaborating medium-term gap analyses once more is known about data availability

and technical capacity within RAMPAO and its partner organisations

providing assistance in data collection in Europe and North America

doing joint GIS analyses there could be benefit in working together on some of the

GIS analyses such as the analysis of topographic complexity

presenting initial results we also believe that it will be important to present some

short-term gap analysis results to RAMPAO members and partners

participating in the Third Meeting of the RAMPAO General Assembly we suggest that the 2nd Mission coincide with the RAMPAO General Assembly and include

o a presentation of initial results to the General Assembly and o an expert side-meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and

analyses

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 28

References

Ardron JA 2002 A Recipe for Determining Benthic Complexity An Indicator of Species Richness In Marine Geography GIS for the Oceans and Seas (ch 23 pp 196-175) Joe Breman (ed) Redlands CA USA ESRI Press

Ardron JA 2009 Three initial OSPAR tests of ecological coherence heuristics in a data-limited situation ICES Journal of Marine Research 658 1527-1533

Ardron JA Dunn D Corrigan C Gjerde K Halpin P Rice J Vanden Berghe E Vierros M 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations A background document for the CBD expert workshop Ottawa Canada 29 September ndash 2 October 2009 37 pp + 73 pp Annex 1

BALANCE 2008 Ecological coherence and principles MPA assessment selection and design Technical Summary Report 34 httpbalance-euorgxpdfbalance-technical-summary-report-no-3-4pdf

FAO 2009 International guidelines for the management of deep-sea fisheries in the high seas Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations Rome

Fahrig 2001 How much Habitat is enough Biological Conservation 100 (1) 65-74

Fuller T Morton DP Sarkar S 2008 Incorporating uncertainty about speciesrsquo potential distributions under climate change into the selection of conservation areas with a case study from the Arctic Coastal Plain of Alaska Biological Conservation 141 1547-1559

Gigerenzer G Todd P M and the ABC Research Group 1999 Simple heuristics that make us smart Oxford University Press New York

IUCNBRAO 2007 Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parc de Guineacutee Bissau

IUCNPACO 2008a Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees aires proteacutegeacutees de la Reacutepublique de Guineacutee

IUCNBRAO 2008b Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parcs et reacuteserves de Mauritanie

Lindeboom HJ and Baumlck S 2005 Establishing coastal and marine reserves- with the emphasis on fisheries Pages 103-118 In Managing European Coasts Past Present and Future J Vermaat LBouwer KTurner WSalomons (Eds) Springer-Verlag

OSPAR 2007 Background document to support the Assessment of whether the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is Ecologically Coherent OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic Publication Number 2007320 wwwosparorg

OSPAR 2008 Three initial spatial tests looking at the ecological coherence of the OSPAR marine protected area (MPA) network OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic 3602008 wwwosparorg 17 pp

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 29

Annex 1 Calendar of meetings 1st Mission 5-12 Sept 2009

Lundi

FIBA

Charlotte Karibuhoye

Coordinatrice

Souadou Ndiaye

SIG RAMPAO

Julien Semelin Appui agrave la creacuteation de nouvelles AMP et renforcement de lrsquoefficaciteacute des AMP

UICN Racine Kane AMP transfrontaliegravere

16h par teacuteleacutephone

PRCM Ahmed Senhoury

Directeur

Mardi

8h30 WWF Mamadou Diallo

Chargeacute de mission espegraveces et habitats

mdialowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 641 13 84

Paul Siegel Conseiller en environnement marin psiegelwwfsenegalorg 221 869 37 00

10h30

CSE centre de suivi eacutecologique Ministegravere de lrsquoenvironnement

Taibou Ba Cartes donneacutees

15h Wetland international Africa

Emma GREATRIX

Network for biodiversiteacute (BIOMAC network) Manatee Waterbirds Mangroves

egeatrix]wetlandssn +221 33 869 1681

Mercredi

10h SI NEPAD David Njiki Njiki

Coordinateur environnement njikinjikiyahoocom 221 33 842 73 11

12h WWF Ibrahima Niamadio

Officier pecircche durable iniamadiowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 567 53 16

15h par teacuteleacutephone

UICN Mathieu Ducroq

Coordinateur du programme marin et cocirctier de lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoouest central

+ 222 662 40 82 portable 0022 529 09 77 bureau

16h par teacuteleacutephone

RAMPAO Alfredo da Silva

Preacutesident du RAMPAO Directeur IBAP Ancien coordinateur du reacuteseau de gestion des zones cocirctiegraveres

00245 580 38 48 ou 00 245

UNESCO Isabelle Niang

Projet GEF drsquoadaptation au changement climatique en Afrique de lrsquoouest Erosion cocirctiegravere

Jeudi

9h UICN Guineacutee Bissau

Pierre Campredon

Ancien responsable du PRCM Pierrecampredoniucnorg 0033 630340088

11h30 Convention drsquoAbidjan

Nassere Kaba 0022520211183

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 30

13h CRODTCNDO ODINAFRICA

Anis Diallo Aquaculture et directeur du CNDO adialloordinafricanet 22133832826465 221 77 631 15 95

15h CSRP

M Hamadi Diop

En charge du deacutepartement laquo recherche et systegraveme drsquoinformation raquo

hamadidiopgmailcom

Philippe Tous Projet AFD ndash inteacutegration des AMP dans les politiques de pecircche

philipetousgmailcom (Skype Phil_tous)

Renaud Bailleux

Contrat UICN sur la gestion de lrsquoaccegraves aux ressources halieutiques dans la reacutegion - accords de pecircche ndash gouvernance partageacutee dans les AMP (financement PRCM)

M Dop mika Programme requins de la FIBA mika_dfryahoofr

Vendredi

9H IRD Luis Tito de Morais

Peumlcheeacutecologie des peuplements de poissons

titoirdsn 221 33 849 3658

11h UICN Mamadou Sow

Chef de projet mangrove Mamadousowuicnorg 221 33 869 0286

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 31

Annex 2 CBD criteria for ecologically significant areas

CBD Decision IX20 Annex 1

SCIENTIFIC CRITERIA FOR IDENTIFYING ECOLOGICALLY OR BIOLOGICALLY SIGNIFICANT MARINE AREAS IN NEED OF PROTECTION IN OPEN-

OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS

Criteria Definition Rationale Examples Consideration in application

Uniqueness or

rarity

Area contains

either (i) unique (ldquothe

only one of its kindrdquo) rare

(ldquooccurs only in few

locationsrdquo) or endemic

species populations or

communities andor (ii)

unique rare or distinct

habitats or ecosystems

andor (iii) unique or

unusual geomorphological

or oceanographic features

Irreplaceable

Loss would mean the probable permanent disappearance of diversity or a feature or reduction of the diversity at any level

Open ocean waters

Sargasso Sea Taylor column

persistent polynyas

Deep-sea habitats

endemic communities around

submerged atolls hydrothermal

vents sea mounts pseudo-

abyssal depression

Risk of biased-view of the perceived uniqueness depending on the information availability

Scale dependency of features such that unique features at one scale may be typical at another thus a global and regional perspective must be taken

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 32

Special

importance for

life-history

stages of

species

Areas that are required for

a population to survive and

thrive

Various biotic and abiotic

conditions coupled with

species-specific

physiological constraints

and preferences tend to

make some parts of marine

regions more suitable to

particular life-stages and

functions than other parts

Area containing (i) breeding grounds

spawning areas nursery areas juvenile

habitat or other areas important for life

history stages of species or (ii) habitats of

migratory species (feeding wintering or

resting areas breeding moulting

migratory routes)

Connectivity between life-history stages and linkages between areas trophic interactions physical transport physical oceanography life history of species

Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data Vessel monitoring system (VMS) data

Spatial and temporal distribution andor aggregation of the species

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 33

Importance for

threatened

endangered or

declining

species andor

habitats

Area containing habitat for

the survival and recovery

of endangered threatened

declining species or area

with significant

assemblages of such

species

To ensure the restoration

and recovery of such species

and habitats

Areas critical for threatened endangered

or declining species andor habitats

containing (i) breeding grounds spawning

areas nursery areas juvenile habitat or

other areas important for life history

stages of species or (ii) habitats of

migratory species (feeding wintering or

resting areas breeding moulting

migratory routes)

Includes species with very large geographic ranges

In many cases recovery will require reestablishment of the species in areas of its historic range

Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data vessel-monitoring system (VMS) data

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 34

Vulnerability

Fragility

Sensitivity or

Slow recovery

Areas that contain a

relatively high proportion

of sensitive habitats

biotopes or species that

are functionally fragile

(highly susceptible to

degradation or depletion

by human activity or by

natural events) or with

slow recovery

The criteria indicate the

degree of risk that will be

incurred if human activities

or natural events in the area

or component cannot be

managed effectively or are

pursued at an unsustainable

rate

Vulnerability of species

Inferred from the history of how species or populations in other similar areas responded to perturbations

Species of low fecundity slow growth long time to sexual maturity longevity (eg sharks etc)

Species with structures providing biogenic habitats such as deepwater corals sponges and bryozoans deep-water species

Vulnerability of habitats

Ice-covered areas susceptible to ship-based pollution

Ocean acidification can make deep sea habitats more vulnerable to others and increase susceptibility to human induced changes

Interactions between vulnerability to human impacts and natural events

Existing definition emphasizes site specific ideas and requires consideration for highly mobile species

Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 35

Biological

productivity

Area containing species

populations or

communities with

comparatively higher

natural biological

productivity

Important role in fuelling

ecosystems and increasing

the growth rates of

organisms and their capacity

for reproduction

Frontal areas

Upwellings

Hydrothermal vents

Seamounts polynyas

Can be measured as the rate of growth of marine organisms and their populations either through the fixation of inorganic carbon by photosynthesis chemosynthesis or through the ingestion of prey dissolved organic matter or particulate organic matter

Can be inferred from remote-sensed products eg ocean colour or process-based models

Time-series fisheries data can be used but caution is required

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 36

Biological

diversity

Area contains

comparatively higher

diversity of ecosystems

habitats communities or

species or has higher

genetic diversity

Important for evolution and

maintaining the resilience of

marine species and

ecosystems

Sea-mounts

Fronts and convergence zones

Cold coral communities

Deep-water sponge communities

Diversity needs to be seen in relation to the surrounding environment

Diversity indices are indifferent to species substitutions

Diversity indices are indifferent to which species may be contributing to the value of the index and hence would not pick up areas important to species of special concern such as endangered species

Can be inferred from habitat heterogeneity or diversity as a surrogate for species diversity in areas where biodiversity has not been sampled intensively

Naturalness Area with a comparatively

higher degree of

naturalness as a result of

the lack of or low level of

human-induced

disturbance or

degradation

To protect areas with near natural structure processes and functions

To maintain these areas as reference sites

To safeguard and enhance ecosystem resilience

Most ecosystems and habitats have

examples with varying levels of

naturalness and the intent is that the

more natural examples should be

selected

Priority should be given to areas having a low level of disturbance relative to their surroundings

In areas where no natural areas remain areas that have successfully recovered including reestablishment of species should be

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 37

considered

Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 38

Annex 3 CBD criteria for MPA networks

Decision IX20 Annex II SCIENTIFIC GUIDANCE FOR SELECTING AREAS TO ESTABLISH A REPRESENTATIVE NETWORK OF MARINE PROTECTED AREAS INCLUDING IN

OPEN OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS

Required network properties and

components Definition Applicable site specific considerations (inter alia)

Ecologically and biologically significant areas

Ecologically and biologically significant areas are geographically or oceanographically discrete areas that provide important services to one or more speciespopulations of an ecosystem or to the ecosystem as a whole compared to other surrounding areas or areas of similar ecological characteristics or otherwise meet the criteria as identified in annex I to decision IX20

Uniqueness or rarity

Special importance for life history stages of species

Importance for threatened endangered or declining species andor habitats

Vulnerability fragility sensitivity or slow recovery

Biological productivity

Biological diversity

Naturalness

Representativity Representativity is captured in a network when it consists of areas representing the different biogeographical subdivisions of the global oceans and regional seas that reasonably reflect the full range of ecosystems including the biotic and habitat diversity of those marine ecosystems

A full range of examples across a biogeographic habitat or community classification relative health of species and communities relative intactness of habitat(s) naturalness

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 39

Connectivity Connectivity in the design of a network allows for linkages whereby protected sites benefit from larval andor species exchanges and functional linkages from other network sites In a connected network individual sites benefit one another

Currents gyres physical bottlenecks migration routes species dispersal detritus functional linkages Isolated sites such as isolated seamount communities may also be included

Replicated ecological features Replication of ecological features means that more than one site shall contain examples of a given feature in the given biogeographic area The term ―features means ―species habitats and ecological processes that naturally occur in the given biogeographic area

Accounting for uncertainty natural variation and the possibility of catastrophic events Features that exhibit less natural variation or are precisely defined may require less replication than features that are inherently highly variable or are only very generally defined

Adequate and viable sites Adequate and viable sites indicate that all sites within a network should have size and protection sufficient to ensure the ecological viability and integrity of the feature(s) for which they were selected

Adequacy and viability will depend on size shape buffers persistence of features threats surrounding environment (context) physical constraints scale of featuresprocesses spillovercompactness

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 40

Annex 4 Data sources highlighted in discussions during the 1st Mission

Thegravemes Organisme ressources Personnes ressources Sites internet ressources et bases de donneacutees

Donneacutees bibliographiques

IRD Linus base bibliographique (httpiacaprodc3eduvsqfrlinus)

CRODT Catalogue des publications du CRODT

Donneacutees geacuteneacuterales

PRCMFIBA SIG Reacutegional Catalogue drsquoInformations pour lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoOuest (CIAO) wwwolmmrciao

OdinAfrica African marine atlas ndash voir OdinAfrica

OBIS httpwwwiobisorg

Guineacutee Bissau SIG Guineacutee Bissau au 200 000 egraveme sur toute la zone cocirctiegravere et 50 000 egraveme sur les Bijagos voir Franccedilois Gourmelonuniv-brestfr ou Emmanuel Ginaudet

Cap vert Systegraveme national SIG pour toutes les donneacutees du Cap vert

Bathymeacutetrie

Navy Londres Africa Pilot Volume 1 Hydrographer of the Navy London 1967

SHOM Carte SHOM ndeg6815 INT14 au 110 000 000egraveme Voir site wwwshomfr - catalogue

Cf Canada Carte au CSE

CND0 CD des donneacutees bathymeacutetriques de la sous-reacutegion

Donneacutees oceacuteanographiques geacuteneacuterales

OdinAfrica Points focaux des pays agrave voir sur site internet drsquoOdinAfrica

ordinafricanet Atelier national OdinAfrica ndash voir sur le site CNDO Aller sur le site OdinAfrica reacutecupeacuterer les shapefiles (httpwwwodinafricaorg) et sur httpwwwafricanmarineatlasnet

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 41

IRDlaboratoire LOCEAN-IPSL (Universiteacute Paris 6) LPAOSF (Lab de Physique de lAtmosphegravere et de lOceacutean de agrave lEacutecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique-UCAD

Alban Lazar (IRD) Simeacuteon Fongang (Ecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique) Raymond Lahaye (IRDLEMAR)

Circulation oceacuteanique le long des cocirctes seacuteneacutegalaises (structures variabiliteacute meacutecanismes de lrsquoupwelling des courants cocirctiers des tempeacuteratures et des saliniteacutes) et les couplages oceacutean-atmosphegravere

FAO Merete TANDSTAD Projets CCLEM et GCLME

NEPAD Projet GCLME

PRCM et IMROP + autres

Faire lrsquoinventaire des socieacuteteacutes qui ont fait de la prospection peacutetroliegravere et voir leurs donneacutees et eacutetudes drsquoimpact eacutetude Woodside ou Dana petroleum voir PRCM et IMROP

Universiteacute Rapport master de lrsquouniversiteacute sur la modeacutelisation de la circulation et des tempeacuteratures sur la haute mer (demander CNDO)

Upwellings Odiafrica Donneacutees upwellings sur Odinafrica

IRD P CURY et N BEZ

Geacuteologie seacutediemntologie et Nature des fonds

2 thegraveses sur le plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais sud et nord

IRD carte de Domain (IRDORSTOM) carte des seacutediments du plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais)

carte de Barusso

Travaux de Lachance et Mc Master

Odinafirca Plateau continental ndash carte digitaliseacutee sur la nature des fonds ndash voir sur ordinafrica

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 42

Annex 5 GIS data priorities

Explanation of ranking system

Term short-term bullbullbull medium-term bullbull long-term bull Estimated Ease of acquiring data easy bullbullbull moderatebullbull difficult bull

Importance high bullbullbull moderate bullbull low bull Term Ease Import

Base layers

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 coastline(s)

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 2 ecological regions

bullbullbull bull bullbullbull 3 bathymetry

bullbullbull bullbull bull 4 topography (for land ndashcan help with shoreline classifications)

Physical and oceanographic

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 estuaries rivers

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 shoreline type (cliff rocky sandy muddy etc)

bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 surficial sediment (bottom type)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 seafloor topographic complexity ruggedness (can be created from bathymetry)

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 5 seamounts (can also be identified through bathymetry)

6 other seascape features eg

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull canyons

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 43

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull ridges

bullbull bullbullbull bullbull hydrothermal vents

bullbull bull bullbull seeps

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull banks

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull rocky reefs

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull estuaries (sub-classes)

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull lagoons

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull upwellings

bull bullbull bull 7 ocean currents tides

bull bullbull bullbull 8 sea surface temperature

bull bullbull bullbull 9 salinity

bull bull bull 10 photosynthetically available radiation (PAR)

bull bull bull 11 coastal erosion sediment transport

bull bull bullbull 12 climate change trends eg movement of upwellings

Biological habitat

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 1 threatened or endangered species (amp spawning nursery areas etc)

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 threatened or endangered habitats

bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 habitat classification (if one exists regionally)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 biogenic features eg

warm water coral reefs

cold water coral ldquoforestsrdquo

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 44

mangroves (sub-classes)

bullbull bull bullbullbull 5 Key commercial species eg

crustaceans molluscs (crabs shrimps oysters etc)

pelagic large fishes (eg tunas)

pelagic small fishes

demersal fishes

bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 primary productivity (usually satellite colour images chlorophyll_a)

bullbull bull bullbull 7 secondary productivity (eg an estimate of carbon flux)

bullbull bull bullbull 8 migration of invasive species

Human use management

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 marine protected areas

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 year-round fisheries closures

bullbull bullbull bull 3 other seasonal fisheries closures

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 4 cities towns villages (with populations)

bullbull bullbull bull 5 local community boundaries

bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 traditional use boundaries (eg artisanal fisheries)

bull bullbull bull 7 migrant land use grazing

bullbull bull bullbullbull 8 areas of cultural spiritual importance

bullbull bullbullbull bullbull 9 roads (can help with understanding remoteness amp shoreline access)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 10 shipping routes and harbours

bullbull bullbull bull 11 land use particularly agriculture (can be combined into an analysis of rivers to estimate runoff)

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 45

bullbull bull bullbullbull 12 fishing

a artisanal by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)

b industrial by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 13 offshore oil amp gas licences exploratory wells installations (platforms pipelines shore based)

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 14 sand amp gravel mining

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 15 tourism shoreline development resorts marinas

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 46

Annex 6 Thirty additional assessments

Excerpted and adapted from the 54 page report by the OSPAR Regional seas convention for

the Northeast Atlantic (2007) Background document to support the assessment of whether

the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is ecologically coherent6

Assessment Criterion 1 Adequacy Viability

1 Assessment Guideline One should expect the sizes of network sites (for a given feature) to be

distributed throughout or exceed the estimated range of sizes necessary to sustain a viable

population or community

2 Assessment Guideline Sites that are heavily impacted andor surrounded by heavily impacted

areas should be larger than otherwise

3 Assessment Guideline Features of ecological significance should receive greater protection

than normal

4 Assessment Guideline Location and geography can be used to indicate adequate protection

such that

a Protection of pelagic features should generally be reflected with the implementation of

larger sites than those for benthic features

b In regions constrained by physical geography (eg fjords bays bights passages straits)

the adequate sizes of individual sites will generally be smaller than areas without such

physical constraints (eg regional seas open ocean)

c Offshore andor deeper sites will generally require larger areas than for nearshore andor

shallow sites (However the exceptions of certain deep sea benthic features such as

hydrothermal vents and cold seeps are noted)

5 Assessment Guideline in a given region the adequate spatial protection of most OSPAR

features and the overall network can be expected to conform to the scientific literature and

fall within the range commonly found within that literature It is recognized that this is an

evolving field of study

6 Assessment Guideline Owing to the multiplicity of its objectives the OSPAR network can be

expected to contain a variety of reserve sizes and corresponding spacing between sites

7 Assessment Guideline If a site is at the small end of the expected viability range for a given

feature then compact sites are preferable If on the other hand a given site is at the large end

of the estimated viability range then a less compact shape would allow for greater spill-over

and benefits outside of the reserve

a The Compactness of a given site can be calculated using a GIS and the following

formula C = (4πAp2)

05 Where C is the Compactness A is the area of the site and p is

its perimeter

8 Assessment Guideline A broad MPA network such as the OSPAR network with a wide

variety of features can be expected to have a wide variety of reserve shapes and sizes

6 Jeff Ardron is the primary author of this OSPAR report

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 47

a The combined size and compactness of a site be readily calculated using a GIS and the

following formula SSC = ln (PA) Where SSC is here labelled as the site size-

compactness P is the perimeter of the site and A is the area

9 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA electronic database lists the aims and ecological

criteria on a site by site basis Thus as a preliminary assessment these can be compiled to get

an indication of how well they are being met across the network

10 Assessment Guideline A list inventory of features within a region that (are known or

believed to) meet the OSPAR aims and ecological criteria is required in order to fully assess if

the existing MPA sites are likely adequate

11 Assessment Guideline Features that are common and widely distributed will generally require

less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are rare andor sparsely

distributed

Assessment Criterion 2 Representativity

12 Assessment Guideline OSPAR MPAs should be checked to ensure that they are broadly

distributed across biogeographic regions In such an assessment there is no need to restrict the

assessment to just one biogeographic classification system So long as they appear to be

rigorous (eg peer-reviewed) the use of a variety of systems is encouraged

13 Assessment Guideline Each of the Dinter [OSPAR] bioregions should be adequately

protected

14 Assessment Guideline National classifications can be very helpful in assessing

representativity at a national level based on national categories and should be used where they

exist

15 Assessment Guideline In the absence of full biological surveys or full classification systems

(such as EUNIS) simple surrogates should be used to check that representativity is possibly

being achieved Benthic and pelagic realms should be considered

16 Assessment Guideline Representative features that are very common and widely distributed

will likely require less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are just

somewhat common

As a rule of thumb within a given feature class representative protection can be

compared to a normalized distribution For example if the areal distribution of

representative classes can be normalised through a square-root transformation then

protected area distribution could be expected to be roughly proportional to the square-

root of the ratio of the representative feature classesrsquo overall areas

17 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA nomination database should be checked to ensure

that the idea of the ldquobestrdquo features was taken into account across feature types and regions

18 Assessment Guideline Features that best represent their type can be expected to be

characterized by most or all of these indicators

a Typical morphology

b High density abundance

c High degree of health naturalness

d Persistence (temporal and spatial) and

e Strong functional linkages

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 48

Assessment Criterion 3 Replication

19 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area more than one example of each feature

should be protected

20 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features protected in areas susceptible

to catastrophic events require greater replication than those in low-risk areas

21 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area where no better data exist natural

variation can be assumed to be greatest between sites that are furthest apart

22 Assessment Guideline Features that are very specifically defined will exhibit less variation

and hence require less replication than features which are very general or ldquocatch-allrdquo categories

23 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area scientific requirements may require

replicate sites for differing purposes If these requirements are not known it can be assumed

that replicate sites that are a moderate distance apart (neither immediate neighbours nor at

extreme ends of the biogeographic area) will satisfy most scientific requirements

24 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features for which there are weak or

incomplete or modelled data require greater replication than those features for which better data

are available

Assessment Criterion 4 Connectivity

25 Assessment Guideline If an area is known or suspected to be important to connectivity then it

should be represented in the MPA network

26 Assessment Guideline Reserves in areas where there are known currents (eg many coastal

areas) should be more closely spaced than otherwise In order to maintain connectivity for most

short to moderate larval dispersing species when specific data are lacking such nearshore sites

should be spaced not further than 50 km apart

27 Assessment Guideline Connectivity between seabird sites can be measured in straight lines

28 Assessment Guideline Connectivity for marine species can be assumed to be greater along

lines of similar habitat than across them

29 Assessment Guideline The density of marine reserves can be used as a way to group areas of

likely connectivity Likewise it can also define gaps where connectivity has probably not been

achieved

30 Assessment Guideline In the absence of dispersal data connectivity may be approximated by

ensuring the MPA network is well distributed in space reflecting the scale of its surroundings

Page 26: A Suggested Approach for Gap Analyses of the RAMPAO Marine ...€¦ · A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 2 Recommendation re outreach: 1) regional contact

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 24

in the MPA network Typical benthic seascape features would include canyons

seamounts reefs etc Typical pelagic features include frontal systems upwellings

gyres See also Annex 5 GIS data priorities

Topographic complexity using only bathymetry a surrogate measure of benthic

complexity can be developed (Ardron 2002) This measure can help highlight areas of

likely increased benthic richness amongst other traits

Biogeographic classification system whereas seascapes focus on physical features

a biogeographic attempts to also include information on biology such that the

system divides an area according to broad ecological communities based on physical

proxies The creation of a biogeographic classification should include both pelagic

and benthic realms is labour- and data- intensive and requires extensive peer

review

Biogeographic components instead of attempting a full biogeographic classification

system certain aspects can be developed separately For example depth strata can

be combined with sea floor sediment data to make a basic sea bottom classification

These can then be nested within the broad bioregions of the RAMPAO area

Likewise exposure wave energy can be combined with shoreline types to create

another basic classification Creating components such as these can be further

explored in the 2nd Mission once it is better known what data information are

available

Connectivity

This is the CBD criterion most difficult to assess with few options for the medium-term

except for looking at distances between sites (see short-term test above) Several academic

modelling exercises have been attempted with mixed levels of success in areas with much

better data than exist in West Africa We would caution RAMPAO in spending too much

time on such modelling exercises In general nearshore sites require closer spacing than

sites further offshore (OSPAR 2007) If it is known that certain areas provide larvae or

juveniles to other places then these ldquosourcerdquo areas should be considered for protection

Note that such areas could also fall under the EBSA criterion for productivity

Replication

At its most basic level this criterion asks that there be more than one MPA for every feature

in the network In practice this is usually considered using available information on

representativity (see above) and whatever biological data may also be available This

criterion can be assessed very simply initially by testing to see if there is more than one MPA

in each broad zone such as distance from shore or depth zone as described in the previous

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 25

section on short-term assessments Assessing replication can become more refined as more

MPAs are designated and better data become available

Adequacy viability

Ideally MPA sites should be monitored to ensure that their aims are being met In cases

where this is occurring the monitoring results should be used to determine if the individual

sitersquos size location and shape is adequate Where monitoring is not occurring or is

incomplete or too recent to determine trends other measures will have to be used Size is

probably the most commonly discussed measure and yet it remains also probably the most

controversial (Fahig 2001) Nonetheless even in an absence of consensus on this issue by

looking at possible ranges of sizes a sense can still be gained if the sites are or are not

likely to be meeting their aims A full assessment of site size which is outside the scope of

this report should take into account the species life-history population structure quality of

the habitat the quality of the surrounding areas and possible connectivity to other sites

(Lindeboom amp Baumlck 2005) However in many cases the scientific knowledge about a feature

will be insufficient to determine this very exactly Even if the life history of a species is well

know for example it is usually not known how much the surrounding area can be expected

to play a role in supporting the healthy functioning of that species Nonetheless it is

generally true that heavily impacted surrounding areas will provide less of a supporting role

to protected features than pristine ones In data-poor situations often it is still possible to

use expert opinion to specify a range of sizes which would likely be appropriate for the

adequate protection of a given feature (text adapted from OSPAR 2007)

For the RAMPAO network expert assessments of the efficacy of individual MPA sites is

probably the best way to consider the adequacy aspect of the criterion and we note the

work that has already been done by RAMPAO on this regard as well as the IUCN on

assessing management effectiveness (2007 2008a 2008b)

Relative viability can also be inferred from a threats pressures analysis In performing a

population density analysis proximity to human settlements can be used as a first indication

of how much anthropomorphic stress a protected area may be experiencing Looking

further at the composition of sensitive and threatened species within a given area can

further refine this initial threats analysis

Long term gap analyses In many cases analyses that got delayed in the medium term would be still valuable in the

longer term (2011 to 2014) However for the longer-term we would also hope that

RAMPAO activities would begin to focus on the filling of already-identified ecological and

management gaps

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 26

MarZone and MaxEnt

As an MPA network develops so does the need for more sophisticated analyses MarZone

(Marxan with Zones) has received positive attention recently and is a good tool for zoning

multiple activities with various levels of conservation restrictions In order to use a tool like

Marxan broad representativity data (ldquocoarse filterrdquo) and biological data (ldquofine filterrdquo) are

required and in order to use a zoning tool like MarZone broad coverage human use data

are additionally required One big advantage of MarxanMarZone is the user community

that has grown up around it and the good practices that continue to be developed

To get broad scale species distributions usually point occurrence data are fitted to physical

chemical environmental variables producing a predictive habitat model Good success has

been attained using the MaxEnt model (httpwwwcsprincetonedu~schapiremaxent)

though many other approaches also exist The construction of species-habitat predictive

models can take time and acquiring combining the environmental data also takes much

work In order to not bias the Marxan MarZone analysis several species-habitat models

would have to be created for several different key species from a variety of taxonomic

families trophic levels and feeding guilds This would be clearly a long-term project and

can only be justified if the RAMPAO MPA network has reached a level of sophistication to

demand such an analysis

Climate change modelling

Conservation network planning for climate change can also involved complicated modelling

(eg Fuller et al 2008) However again these approaches are data-intensive and require

advanced technical abilities

Ongoing adaptive approach

It is unlikely that the above advanced modelling approaches would be worth their

considerable effort and instead it is suggested that much more can be achieved through

good cooperation with stakeholders scientific expertise and some ldquocommon senserdquo

Recognising that no plan is perfect planning should be seen as an ongoing process of

refinement Paramount will be the ability to be flexible and adapt to changing ecological and

social conditions To do so will require governance structures from local to international

levels ndashlikewise matched to adapt quickly and effectively

While it is relatively easy to point out gaps in an MPA network at ever-increasing levels of

sophistication it is much harder to fill those gaps even on the most rudimentary level

Therefore we urge RAMPAO to act in the long term on addressing the gaps that are readily

apparent through basic tests such as the ones outlined in this document

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 27

Possible activities of the 2nd Mission

This report and the two-part background report prepared for the CBD (also included in this

submission ndashArdron et al 2009) offer a lot of information We expect that as RAMPAO staff

sifts through this guidance questions will arise We see the 2nd Mission as one that could be

devoted to

answering questions that arise from the 1st Mission guidance ndashprocess ecological

and technical

elaborating medium-term gap analyses once more is known about data availability

and technical capacity within RAMPAO and its partner organisations

providing assistance in data collection in Europe and North America

doing joint GIS analyses there could be benefit in working together on some of the

GIS analyses such as the analysis of topographic complexity

presenting initial results we also believe that it will be important to present some

short-term gap analysis results to RAMPAO members and partners

participating in the Third Meeting of the RAMPAO General Assembly we suggest that the 2nd Mission coincide with the RAMPAO General Assembly and include

o a presentation of initial results to the General Assembly and o an expert side-meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and

analyses

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 28

References

Ardron JA 2002 A Recipe for Determining Benthic Complexity An Indicator of Species Richness In Marine Geography GIS for the Oceans and Seas (ch 23 pp 196-175) Joe Breman (ed) Redlands CA USA ESRI Press

Ardron JA 2009 Three initial OSPAR tests of ecological coherence heuristics in a data-limited situation ICES Journal of Marine Research 658 1527-1533

Ardron JA Dunn D Corrigan C Gjerde K Halpin P Rice J Vanden Berghe E Vierros M 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations A background document for the CBD expert workshop Ottawa Canada 29 September ndash 2 October 2009 37 pp + 73 pp Annex 1

BALANCE 2008 Ecological coherence and principles MPA assessment selection and design Technical Summary Report 34 httpbalance-euorgxpdfbalance-technical-summary-report-no-3-4pdf

FAO 2009 International guidelines for the management of deep-sea fisheries in the high seas Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations Rome

Fahrig 2001 How much Habitat is enough Biological Conservation 100 (1) 65-74

Fuller T Morton DP Sarkar S 2008 Incorporating uncertainty about speciesrsquo potential distributions under climate change into the selection of conservation areas with a case study from the Arctic Coastal Plain of Alaska Biological Conservation 141 1547-1559

Gigerenzer G Todd P M and the ABC Research Group 1999 Simple heuristics that make us smart Oxford University Press New York

IUCNBRAO 2007 Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parc de Guineacutee Bissau

IUCNPACO 2008a Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees aires proteacutegeacutees de la Reacutepublique de Guineacutee

IUCNBRAO 2008b Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parcs et reacuteserves de Mauritanie

Lindeboom HJ and Baumlck S 2005 Establishing coastal and marine reserves- with the emphasis on fisheries Pages 103-118 In Managing European Coasts Past Present and Future J Vermaat LBouwer KTurner WSalomons (Eds) Springer-Verlag

OSPAR 2007 Background document to support the Assessment of whether the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is Ecologically Coherent OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic Publication Number 2007320 wwwosparorg

OSPAR 2008 Three initial spatial tests looking at the ecological coherence of the OSPAR marine protected area (MPA) network OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic 3602008 wwwosparorg 17 pp

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 29

Annex 1 Calendar of meetings 1st Mission 5-12 Sept 2009

Lundi

FIBA

Charlotte Karibuhoye

Coordinatrice

Souadou Ndiaye

SIG RAMPAO

Julien Semelin Appui agrave la creacuteation de nouvelles AMP et renforcement de lrsquoefficaciteacute des AMP

UICN Racine Kane AMP transfrontaliegravere

16h par teacuteleacutephone

PRCM Ahmed Senhoury

Directeur

Mardi

8h30 WWF Mamadou Diallo

Chargeacute de mission espegraveces et habitats

mdialowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 641 13 84

Paul Siegel Conseiller en environnement marin psiegelwwfsenegalorg 221 869 37 00

10h30

CSE centre de suivi eacutecologique Ministegravere de lrsquoenvironnement

Taibou Ba Cartes donneacutees

15h Wetland international Africa

Emma GREATRIX

Network for biodiversiteacute (BIOMAC network) Manatee Waterbirds Mangroves

egeatrix]wetlandssn +221 33 869 1681

Mercredi

10h SI NEPAD David Njiki Njiki

Coordinateur environnement njikinjikiyahoocom 221 33 842 73 11

12h WWF Ibrahima Niamadio

Officier pecircche durable iniamadiowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 567 53 16

15h par teacuteleacutephone

UICN Mathieu Ducroq

Coordinateur du programme marin et cocirctier de lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoouest central

+ 222 662 40 82 portable 0022 529 09 77 bureau

16h par teacuteleacutephone

RAMPAO Alfredo da Silva

Preacutesident du RAMPAO Directeur IBAP Ancien coordinateur du reacuteseau de gestion des zones cocirctiegraveres

00245 580 38 48 ou 00 245

UNESCO Isabelle Niang

Projet GEF drsquoadaptation au changement climatique en Afrique de lrsquoouest Erosion cocirctiegravere

Jeudi

9h UICN Guineacutee Bissau

Pierre Campredon

Ancien responsable du PRCM Pierrecampredoniucnorg 0033 630340088

11h30 Convention drsquoAbidjan

Nassere Kaba 0022520211183

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 30

13h CRODTCNDO ODINAFRICA

Anis Diallo Aquaculture et directeur du CNDO adialloordinafricanet 22133832826465 221 77 631 15 95

15h CSRP

M Hamadi Diop

En charge du deacutepartement laquo recherche et systegraveme drsquoinformation raquo

hamadidiopgmailcom

Philippe Tous Projet AFD ndash inteacutegration des AMP dans les politiques de pecircche

philipetousgmailcom (Skype Phil_tous)

Renaud Bailleux

Contrat UICN sur la gestion de lrsquoaccegraves aux ressources halieutiques dans la reacutegion - accords de pecircche ndash gouvernance partageacutee dans les AMP (financement PRCM)

M Dop mika Programme requins de la FIBA mika_dfryahoofr

Vendredi

9H IRD Luis Tito de Morais

Peumlcheeacutecologie des peuplements de poissons

titoirdsn 221 33 849 3658

11h UICN Mamadou Sow

Chef de projet mangrove Mamadousowuicnorg 221 33 869 0286

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 31

Annex 2 CBD criteria for ecologically significant areas

CBD Decision IX20 Annex 1

SCIENTIFIC CRITERIA FOR IDENTIFYING ECOLOGICALLY OR BIOLOGICALLY SIGNIFICANT MARINE AREAS IN NEED OF PROTECTION IN OPEN-

OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS

Criteria Definition Rationale Examples Consideration in application

Uniqueness or

rarity

Area contains

either (i) unique (ldquothe

only one of its kindrdquo) rare

(ldquooccurs only in few

locationsrdquo) or endemic

species populations or

communities andor (ii)

unique rare or distinct

habitats or ecosystems

andor (iii) unique or

unusual geomorphological

or oceanographic features

Irreplaceable

Loss would mean the probable permanent disappearance of diversity or a feature or reduction of the diversity at any level

Open ocean waters

Sargasso Sea Taylor column

persistent polynyas

Deep-sea habitats

endemic communities around

submerged atolls hydrothermal

vents sea mounts pseudo-

abyssal depression

Risk of biased-view of the perceived uniqueness depending on the information availability

Scale dependency of features such that unique features at one scale may be typical at another thus a global and regional perspective must be taken

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 32

Special

importance for

life-history

stages of

species

Areas that are required for

a population to survive and

thrive

Various biotic and abiotic

conditions coupled with

species-specific

physiological constraints

and preferences tend to

make some parts of marine

regions more suitable to

particular life-stages and

functions than other parts

Area containing (i) breeding grounds

spawning areas nursery areas juvenile

habitat or other areas important for life

history stages of species or (ii) habitats of

migratory species (feeding wintering or

resting areas breeding moulting

migratory routes)

Connectivity between life-history stages and linkages between areas trophic interactions physical transport physical oceanography life history of species

Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data Vessel monitoring system (VMS) data

Spatial and temporal distribution andor aggregation of the species

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 33

Importance for

threatened

endangered or

declining

species andor

habitats

Area containing habitat for

the survival and recovery

of endangered threatened

declining species or area

with significant

assemblages of such

species

To ensure the restoration

and recovery of such species

and habitats

Areas critical for threatened endangered

or declining species andor habitats

containing (i) breeding grounds spawning

areas nursery areas juvenile habitat or

other areas important for life history

stages of species or (ii) habitats of

migratory species (feeding wintering or

resting areas breeding moulting

migratory routes)

Includes species with very large geographic ranges

In many cases recovery will require reestablishment of the species in areas of its historic range

Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data vessel-monitoring system (VMS) data

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 34

Vulnerability

Fragility

Sensitivity or

Slow recovery

Areas that contain a

relatively high proportion

of sensitive habitats

biotopes or species that

are functionally fragile

(highly susceptible to

degradation or depletion

by human activity or by

natural events) or with

slow recovery

The criteria indicate the

degree of risk that will be

incurred if human activities

or natural events in the area

or component cannot be

managed effectively or are

pursued at an unsustainable

rate

Vulnerability of species

Inferred from the history of how species or populations in other similar areas responded to perturbations

Species of low fecundity slow growth long time to sexual maturity longevity (eg sharks etc)

Species with structures providing biogenic habitats such as deepwater corals sponges and bryozoans deep-water species

Vulnerability of habitats

Ice-covered areas susceptible to ship-based pollution

Ocean acidification can make deep sea habitats more vulnerable to others and increase susceptibility to human induced changes

Interactions between vulnerability to human impacts and natural events

Existing definition emphasizes site specific ideas and requires consideration for highly mobile species

Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 35

Biological

productivity

Area containing species

populations or

communities with

comparatively higher

natural biological

productivity

Important role in fuelling

ecosystems and increasing

the growth rates of

organisms and their capacity

for reproduction

Frontal areas

Upwellings

Hydrothermal vents

Seamounts polynyas

Can be measured as the rate of growth of marine organisms and their populations either through the fixation of inorganic carbon by photosynthesis chemosynthesis or through the ingestion of prey dissolved organic matter or particulate organic matter

Can be inferred from remote-sensed products eg ocean colour or process-based models

Time-series fisheries data can be used but caution is required

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 36

Biological

diversity

Area contains

comparatively higher

diversity of ecosystems

habitats communities or

species or has higher

genetic diversity

Important for evolution and

maintaining the resilience of

marine species and

ecosystems

Sea-mounts

Fronts and convergence zones

Cold coral communities

Deep-water sponge communities

Diversity needs to be seen in relation to the surrounding environment

Diversity indices are indifferent to species substitutions

Diversity indices are indifferent to which species may be contributing to the value of the index and hence would not pick up areas important to species of special concern such as endangered species

Can be inferred from habitat heterogeneity or diversity as a surrogate for species diversity in areas where biodiversity has not been sampled intensively

Naturalness Area with a comparatively

higher degree of

naturalness as a result of

the lack of or low level of

human-induced

disturbance or

degradation

To protect areas with near natural structure processes and functions

To maintain these areas as reference sites

To safeguard and enhance ecosystem resilience

Most ecosystems and habitats have

examples with varying levels of

naturalness and the intent is that the

more natural examples should be

selected

Priority should be given to areas having a low level of disturbance relative to their surroundings

In areas where no natural areas remain areas that have successfully recovered including reestablishment of species should be

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 37

considered

Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 38

Annex 3 CBD criteria for MPA networks

Decision IX20 Annex II SCIENTIFIC GUIDANCE FOR SELECTING AREAS TO ESTABLISH A REPRESENTATIVE NETWORK OF MARINE PROTECTED AREAS INCLUDING IN

OPEN OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS

Required network properties and

components Definition Applicable site specific considerations (inter alia)

Ecologically and biologically significant areas

Ecologically and biologically significant areas are geographically or oceanographically discrete areas that provide important services to one or more speciespopulations of an ecosystem or to the ecosystem as a whole compared to other surrounding areas or areas of similar ecological characteristics or otherwise meet the criteria as identified in annex I to decision IX20

Uniqueness or rarity

Special importance for life history stages of species

Importance for threatened endangered or declining species andor habitats

Vulnerability fragility sensitivity or slow recovery

Biological productivity

Biological diversity

Naturalness

Representativity Representativity is captured in a network when it consists of areas representing the different biogeographical subdivisions of the global oceans and regional seas that reasonably reflect the full range of ecosystems including the biotic and habitat diversity of those marine ecosystems

A full range of examples across a biogeographic habitat or community classification relative health of species and communities relative intactness of habitat(s) naturalness

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 39

Connectivity Connectivity in the design of a network allows for linkages whereby protected sites benefit from larval andor species exchanges and functional linkages from other network sites In a connected network individual sites benefit one another

Currents gyres physical bottlenecks migration routes species dispersal detritus functional linkages Isolated sites such as isolated seamount communities may also be included

Replicated ecological features Replication of ecological features means that more than one site shall contain examples of a given feature in the given biogeographic area The term ―features means ―species habitats and ecological processes that naturally occur in the given biogeographic area

Accounting for uncertainty natural variation and the possibility of catastrophic events Features that exhibit less natural variation or are precisely defined may require less replication than features that are inherently highly variable or are only very generally defined

Adequate and viable sites Adequate and viable sites indicate that all sites within a network should have size and protection sufficient to ensure the ecological viability and integrity of the feature(s) for which they were selected

Adequacy and viability will depend on size shape buffers persistence of features threats surrounding environment (context) physical constraints scale of featuresprocesses spillovercompactness

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 40

Annex 4 Data sources highlighted in discussions during the 1st Mission

Thegravemes Organisme ressources Personnes ressources Sites internet ressources et bases de donneacutees

Donneacutees bibliographiques

IRD Linus base bibliographique (httpiacaprodc3eduvsqfrlinus)

CRODT Catalogue des publications du CRODT

Donneacutees geacuteneacuterales

PRCMFIBA SIG Reacutegional Catalogue drsquoInformations pour lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoOuest (CIAO) wwwolmmrciao

OdinAfrica African marine atlas ndash voir OdinAfrica

OBIS httpwwwiobisorg

Guineacutee Bissau SIG Guineacutee Bissau au 200 000 egraveme sur toute la zone cocirctiegravere et 50 000 egraveme sur les Bijagos voir Franccedilois Gourmelonuniv-brestfr ou Emmanuel Ginaudet

Cap vert Systegraveme national SIG pour toutes les donneacutees du Cap vert

Bathymeacutetrie

Navy Londres Africa Pilot Volume 1 Hydrographer of the Navy London 1967

SHOM Carte SHOM ndeg6815 INT14 au 110 000 000egraveme Voir site wwwshomfr - catalogue

Cf Canada Carte au CSE

CND0 CD des donneacutees bathymeacutetriques de la sous-reacutegion

Donneacutees oceacuteanographiques geacuteneacuterales

OdinAfrica Points focaux des pays agrave voir sur site internet drsquoOdinAfrica

ordinafricanet Atelier national OdinAfrica ndash voir sur le site CNDO Aller sur le site OdinAfrica reacutecupeacuterer les shapefiles (httpwwwodinafricaorg) et sur httpwwwafricanmarineatlasnet

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 41

IRDlaboratoire LOCEAN-IPSL (Universiteacute Paris 6) LPAOSF (Lab de Physique de lAtmosphegravere et de lOceacutean de agrave lEacutecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique-UCAD

Alban Lazar (IRD) Simeacuteon Fongang (Ecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique) Raymond Lahaye (IRDLEMAR)

Circulation oceacuteanique le long des cocirctes seacuteneacutegalaises (structures variabiliteacute meacutecanismes de lrsquoupwelling des courants cocirctiers des tempeacuteratures et des saliniteacutes) et les couplages oceacutean-atmosphegravere

FAO Merete TANDSTAD Projets CCLEM et GCLME

NEPAD Projet GCLME

PRCM et IMROP + autres

Faire lrsquoinventaire des socieacuteteacutes qui ont fait de la prospection peacutetroliegravere et voir leurs donneacutees et eacutetudes drsquoimpact eacutetude Woodside ou Dana petroleum voir PRCM et IMROP

Universiteacute Rapport master de lrsquouniversiteacute sur la modeacutelisation de la circulation et des tempeacuteratures sur la haute mer (demander CNDO)

Upwellings Odiafrica Donneacutees upwellings sur Odinafrica

IRD P CURY et N BEZ

Geacuteologie seacutediemntologie et Nature des fonds

2 thegraveses sur le plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais sud et nord

IRD carte de Domain (IRDORSTOM) carte des seacutediments du plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais)

carte de Barusso

Travaux de Lachance et Mc Master

Odinafirca Plateau continental ndash carte digitaliseacutee sur la nature des fonds ndash voir sur ordinafrica

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 42

Annex 5 GIS data priorities

Explanation of ranking system

Term short-term bullbullbull medium-term bullbull long-term bull Estimated Ease of acquiring data easy bullbullbull moderatebullbull difficult bull

Importance high bullbullbull moderate bullbull low bull Term Ease Import

Base layers

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 coastline(s)

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 2 ecological regions

bullbullbull bull bullbullbull 3 bathymetry

bullbullbull bullbull bull 4 topography (for land ndashcan help with shoreline classifications)

Physical and oceanographic

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 estuaries rivers

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 shoreline type (cliff rocky sandy muddy etc)

bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 surficial sediment (bottom type)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 seafloor topographic complexity ruggedness (can be created from bathymetry)

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 5 seamounts (can also be identified through bathymetry)

6 other seascape features eg

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull canyons

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 43

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull ridges

bullbull bullbullbull bullbull hydrothermal vents

bullbull bull bullbull seeps

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull banks

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull rocky reefs

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull estuaries (sub-classes)

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull lagoons

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull upwellings

bull bullbull bull 7 ocean currents tides

bull bullbull bullbull 8 sea surface temperature

bull bullbull bullbull 9 salinity

bull bull bull 10 photosynthetically available radiation (PAR)

bull bull bull 11 coastal erosion sediment transport

bull bull bullbull 12 climate change trends eg movement of upwellings

Biological habitat

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 1 threatened or endangered species (amp spawning nursery areas etc)

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 threatened or endangered habitats

bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 habitat classification (if one exists regionally)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 biogenic features eg

warm water coral reefs

cold water coral ldquoforestsrdquo

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 44

mangroves (sub-classes)

bullbull bull bullbullbull 5 Key commercial species eg

crustaceans molluscs (crabs shrimps oysters etc)

pelagic large fishes (eg tunas)

pelagic small fishes

demersal fishes

bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 primary productivity (usually satellite colour images chlorophyll_a)

bullbull bull bullbull 7 secondary productivity (eg an estimate of carbon flux)

bullbull bull bullbull 8 migration of invasive species

Human use management

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 marine protected areas

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 year-round fisheries closures

bullbull bullbull bull 3 other seasonal fisheries closures

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 4 cities towns villages (with populations)

bullbull bullbull bull 5 local community boundaries

bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 traditional use boundaries (eg artisanal fisheries)

bull bullbull bull 7 migrant land use grazing

bullbull bull bullbullbull 8 areas of cultural spiritual importance

bullbull bullbullbull bullbull 9 roads (can help with understanding remoteness amp shoreline access)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 10 shipping routes and harbours

bullbull bullbull bull 11 land use particularly agriculture (can be combined into an analysis of rivers to estimate runoff)

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 45

bullbull bull bullbullbull 12 fishing

a artisanal by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)

b industrial by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 13 offshore oil amp gas licences exploratory wells installations (platforms pipelines shore based)

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 14 sand amp gravel mining

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 15 tourism shoreline development resorts marinas

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 46

Annex 6 Thirty additional assessments

Excerpted and adapted from the 54 page report by the OSPAR Regional seas convention for

the Northeast Atlantic (2007) Background document to support the assessment of whether

the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is ecologically coherent6

Assessment Criterion 1 Adequacy Viability

1 Assessment Guideline One should expect the sizes of network sites (for a given feature) to be

distributed throughout or exceed the estimated range of sizes necessary to sustain a viable

population or community

2 Assessment Guideline Sites that are heavily impacted andor surrounded by heavily impacted

areas should be larger than otherwise

3 Assessment Guideline Features of ecological significance should receive greater protection

than normal

4 Assessment Guideline Location and geography can be used to indicate adequate protection

such that

a Protection of pelagic features should generally be reflected with the implementation of

larger sites than those for benthic features

b In regions constrained by physical geography (eg fjords bays bights passages straits)

the adequate sizes of individual sites will generally be smaller than areas without such

physical constraints (eg regional seas open ocean)

c Offshore andor deeper sites will generally require larger areas than for nearshore andor

shallow sites (However the exceptions of certain deep sea benthic features such as

hydrothermal vents and cold seeps are noted)

5 Assessment Guideline in a given region the adequate spatial protection of most OSPAR

features and the overall network can be expected to conform to the scientific literature and

fall within the range commonly found within that literature It is recognized that this is an

evolving field of study

6 Assessment Guideline Owing to the multiplicity of its objectives the OSPAR network can be

expected to contain a variety of reserve sizes and corresponding spacing between sites

7 Assessment Guideline If a site is at the small end of the expected viability range for a given

feature then compact sites are preferable If on the other hand a given site is at the large end

of the estimated viability range then a less compact shape would allow for greater spill-over

and benefits outside of the reserve

a The Compactness of a given site can be calculated using a GIS and the following

formula C = (4πAp2)

05 Where C is the Compactness A is the area of the site and p is

its perimeter

8 Assessment Guideline A broad MPA network such as the OSPAR network with a wide

variety of features can be expected to have a wide variety of reserve shapes and sizes

6 Jeff Ardron is the primary author of this OSPAR report

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 47

a The combined size and compactness of a site be readily calculated using a GIS and the

following formula SSC = ln (PA) Where SSC is here labelled as the site size-

compactness P is the perimeter of the site and A is the area

9 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA electronic database lists the aims and ecological

criteria on a site by site basis Thus as a preliminary assessment these can be compiled to get

an indication of how well they are being met across the network

10 Assessment Guideline A list inventory of features within a region that (are known or

believed to) meet the OSPAR aims and ecological criteria is required in order to fully assess if

the existing MPA sites are likely adequate

11 Assessment Guideline Features that are common and widely distributed will generally require

less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are rare andor sparsely

distributed

Assessment Criterion 2 Representativity

12 Assessment Guideline OSPAR MPAs should be checked to ensure that they are broadly

distributed across biogeographic regions In such an assessment there is no need to restrict the

assessment to just one biogeographic classification system So long as they appear to be

rigorous (eg peer-reviewed) the use of a variety of systems is encouraged

13 Assessment Guideline Each of the Dinter [OSPAR] bioregions should be adequately

protected

14 Assessment Guideline National classifications can be very helpful in assessing

representativity at a national level based on national categories and should be used where they

exist

15 Assessment Guideline In the absence of full biological surveys or full classification systems

(such as EUNIS) simple surrogates should be used to check that representativity is possibly

being achieved Benthic and pelagic realms should be considered

16 Assessment Guideline Representative features that are very common and widely distributed

will likely require less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are just

somewhat common

As a rule of thumb within a given feature class representative protection can be

compared to a normalized distribution For example if the areal distribution of

representative classes can be normalised through a square-root transformation then

protected area distribution could be expected to be roughly proportional to the square-

root of the ratio of the representative feature classesrsquo overall areas

17 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA nomination database should be checked to ensure

that the idea of the ldquobestrdquo features was taken into account across feature types and regions

18 Assessment Guideline Features that best represent their type can be expected to be

characterized by most or all of these indicators

a Typical morphology

b High density abundance

c High degree of health naturalness

d Persistence (temporal and spatial) and

e Strong functional linkages

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 48

Assessment Criterion 3 Replication

19 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area more than one example of each feature

should be protected

20 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features protected in areas susceptible

to catastrophic events require greater replication than those in low-risk areas

21 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area where no better data exist natural

variation can be assumed to be greatest between sites that are furthest apart

22 Assessment Guideline Features that are very specifically defined will exhibit less variation

and hence require less replication than features which are very general or ldquocatch-allrdquo categories

23 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area scientific requirements may require

replicate sites for differing purposes If these requirements are not known it can be assumed

that replicate sites that are a moderate distance apart (neither immediate neighbours nor at

extreme ends of the biogeographic area) will satisfy most scientific requirements

24 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features for which there are weak or

incomplete or modelled data require greater replication than those features for which better data

are available

Assessment Criterion 4 Connectivity

25 Assessment Guideline If an area is known or suspected to be important to connectivity then it

should be represented in the MPA network

26 Assessment Guideline Reserves in areas where there are known currents (eg many coastal

areas) should be more closely spaced than otherwise In order to maintain connectivity for most

short to moderate larval dispersing species when specific data are lacking such nearshore sites

should be spaced not further than 50 km apart

27 Assessment Guideline Connectivity between seabird sites can be measured in straight lines

28 Assessment Guideline Connectivity for marine species can be assumed to be greater along

lines of similar habitat than across them

29 Assessment Guideline The density of marine reserves can be used as a way to group areas of

likely connectivity Likewise it can also define gaps where connectivity has probably not been

achieved

30 Assessment Guideline In the absence of dispersal data connectivity may be approximated by

ensuring the MPA network is well distributed in space reflecting the scale of its surroundings

Page 27: A Suggested Approach for Gap Analyses of the RAMPAO Marine ...€¦ · A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 2 Recommendation re outreach: 1) regional contact

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 25

section on short-term assessments Assessing replication can become more refined as more

MPAs are designated and better data become available

Adequacy viability

Ideally MPA sites should be monitored to ensure that their aims are being met In cases

where this is occurring the monitoring results should be used to determine if the individual

sitersquos size location and shape is adequate Where monitoring is not occurring or is

incomplete or too recent to determine trends other measures will have to be used Size is

probably the most commonly discussed measure and yet it remains also probably the most

controversial (Fahig 2001) Nonetheless even in an absence of consensus on this issue by

looking at possible ranges of sizes a sense can still be gained if the sites are or are not

likely to be meeting their aims A full assessment of site size which is outside the scope of

this report should take into account the species life-history population structure quality of

the habitat the quality of the surrounding areas and possible connectivity to other sites

(Lindeboom amp Baumlck 2005) However in many cases the scientific knowledge about a feature

will be insufficient to determine this very exactly Even if the life history of a species is well

know for example it is usually not known how much the surrounding area can be expected

to play a role in supporting the healthy functioning of that species Nonetheless it is

generally true that heavily impacted surrounding areas will provide less of a supporting role

to protected features than pristine ones In data-poor situations often it is still possible to

use expert opinion to specify a range of sizes which would likely be appropriate for the

adequate protection of a given feature (text adapted from OSPAR 2007)

For the RAMPAO network expert assessments of the efficacy of individual MPA sites is

probably the best way to consider the adequacy aspect of the criterion and we note the

work that has already been done by RAMPAO on this regard as well as the IUCN on

assessing management effectiveness (2007 2008a 2008b)

Relative viability can also be inferred from a threats pressures analysis In performing a

population density analysis proximity to human settlements can be used as a first indication

of how much anthropomorphic stress a protected area may be experiencing Looking

further at the composition of sensitive and threatened species within a given area can

further refine this initial threats analysis

Long term gap analyses In many cases analyses that got delayed in the medium term would be still valuable in the

longer term (2011 to 2014) However for the longer-term we would also hope that

RAMPAO activities would begin to focus on the filling of already-identified ecological and

management gaps

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 26

MarZone and MaxEnt

As an MPA network develops so does the need for more sophisticated analyses MarZone

(Marxan with Zones) has received positive attention recently and is a good tool for zoning

multiple activities with various levels of conservation restrictions In order to use a tool like

Marxan broad representativity data (ldquocoarse filterrdquo) and biological data (ldquofine filterrdquo) are

required and in order to use a zoning tool like MarZone broad coverage human use data

are additionally required One big advantage of MarxanMarZone is the user community

that has grown up around it and the good practices that continue to be developed

To get broad scale species distributions usually point occurrence data are fitted to physical

chemical environmental variables producing a predictive habitat model Good success has

been attained using the MaxEnt model (httpwwwcsprincetonedu~schapiremaxent)

though many other approaches also exist The construction of species-habitat predictive

models can take time and acquiring combining the environmental data also takes much

work In order to not bias the Marxan MarZone analysis several species-habitat models

would have to be created for several different key species from a variety of taxonomic

families trophic levels and feeding guilds This would be clearly a long-term project and

can only be justified if the RAMPAO MPA network has reached a level of sophistication to

demand such an analysis

Climate change modelling

Conservation network planning for climate change can also involved complicated modelling

(eg Fuller et al 2008) However again these approaches are data-intensive and require

advanced technical abilities

Ongoing adaptive approach

It is unlikely that the above advanced modelling approaches would be worth their

considerable effort and instead it is suggested that much more can be achieved through

good cooperation with stakeholders scientific expertise and some ldquocommon senserdquo

Recognising that no plan is perfect planning should be seen as an ongoing process of

refinement Paramount will be the ability to be flexible and adapt to changing ecological and

social conditions To do so will require governance structures from local to international

levels ndashlikewise matched to adapt quickly and effectively

While it is relatively easy to point out gaps in an MPA network at ever-increasing levels of

sophistication it is much harder to fill those gaps even on the most rudimentary level

Therefore we urge RAMPAO to act in the long term on addressing the gaps that are readily

apparent through basic tests such as the ones outlined in this document

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 27

Possible activities of the 2nd Mission

This report and the two-part background report prepared for the CBD (also included in this

submission ndashArdron et al 2009) offer a lot of information We expect that as RAMPAO staff

sifts through this guidance questions will arise We see the 2nd Mission as one that could be

devoted to

answering questions that arise from the 1st Mission guidance ndashprocess ecological

and technical

elaborating medium-term gap analyses once more is known about data availability

and technical capacity within RAMPAO and its partner organisations

providing assistance in data collection in Europe and North America

doing joint GIS analyses there could be benefit in working together on some of the

GIS analyses such as the analysis of topographic complexity

presenting initial results we also believe that it will be important to present some

short-term gap analysis results to RAMPAO members and partners

participating in the Third Meeting of the RAMPAO General Assembly we suggest that the 2nd Mission coincide with the RAMPAO General Assembly and include

o a presentation of initial results to the General Assembly and o an expert side-meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and

analyses

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 28

References

Ardron JA 2002 A Recipe for Determining Benthic Complexity An Indicator of Species Richness In Marine Geography GIS for the Oceans and Seas (ch 23 pp 196-175) Joe Breman (ed) Redlands CA USA ESRI Press

Ardron JA 2009 Three initial OSPAR tests of ecological coherence heuristics in a data-limited situation ICES Journal of Marine Research 658 1527-1533

Ardron JA Dunn D Corrigan C Gjerde K Halpin P Rice J Vanden Berghe E Vierros M 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations A background document for the CBD expert workshop Ottawa Canada 29 September ndash 2 October 2009 37 pp + 73 pp Annex 1

BALANCE 2008 Ecological coherence and principles MPA assessment selection and design Technical Summary Report 34 httpbalance-euorgxpdfbalance-technical-summary-report-no-3-4pdf

FAO 2009 International guidelines for the management of deep-sea fisheries in the high seas Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations Rome

Fahrig 2001 How much Habitat is enough Biological Conservation 100 (1) 65-74

Fuller T Morton DP Sarkar S 2008 Incorporating uncertainty about speciesrsquo potential distributions under climate change into the selection of conservation areas with a case study from the Arctic Coastal Plain of Alaska Biological Conservation 141 1547-1559

Gigerenzer G Todd P M and the ABC Research Group 1999 Simple heuristics that make us smart Oxford University Press New York

IUCNBRAO 2007 Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parc de Guineacutee Bissau

IUCNPACO 2008a Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees aires proteacutegeacutees de la Reacutepublique de Guineacutee

IUCNBRAO 2008b Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parcs et reacuteserves de Mauritanie

Lindeboom HJ and Baumlck S 2005 Establishing coastal and marine reserves- with the emphasis on fisheries Pages 103-118 In Managing European Coasts Past Present and Future J Vermaat LBouwer KTurner WSalomons (Eds) Springer-Verlag

OSPAR 2007 Background document to support the Assessment of whether the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is Ecologically Coherent OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic Publication Number 2007320 wwwosparorg

OSPAR 2008 Three initial spatial tests looking at the ecological coherence of the OSPAR marine protected area (MPA) network OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic 3602008 wwwosparorg 17 pp

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 29

Annex 1 Calendar of meetings 1st Mission 5-12 Sept 2009

Lundi

FIBA

Charlotte Karibuhoye

Coordinatrice

Souadou Ndiaye

SIG RAMPAO

Julien Semelin Appui agrave la creacuteation de nouvelles AMP et renforcement de lrsquoefficaciteacute des AMP

UICN Racine Kane AMP transfrontaliegravere

16h par teacuteleacutephone

PRCM Ahmed Senhoury

Directeur

Mardi

8h30 WWF Mamadou Diallo

Chargeacute de mission espegraveces et habitats

mdialowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 641 13 84

Paul Siegel Conseiller en environnement marin psiegelwwfsenegalorg 221 869 37 00

10h30

CSE centre de suivi eacutecologique Ministegravere de lrsquoenvironnement

Taibou Ba Cartes donneacutees

15h Wetland international Africa

Emma GREATRIX

Network for biodiversiteacute (BIOMAC network) Manatee Waterbirds Mangroves

egeatrix]wetlandssn +221 33 869 1681

Mercredi

10h SI NEPAD David Njiki Njiki

Coordinateur environnement njikinjikiyahoocom 221 33 842 73 11

12h WWF Ibrahima Niamadio

Officier pecircche durable iniamadiowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 567 53 16

15h par teacuteleacutephone

UICN Mathieu Ducroq

Coordinateur du programme marin et cocirctier de lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoouest central

+ 222 662 40 82 portable 0022 529 09 77 bureau

16h par teacuteleacutephone

RAMPAO Alfredo da Silva

Preacutesident du RAMPAO Directeur IBAP Ancien coordinateur du reacuteseau de gestion des zones cocirctiegraveres

00245 580 38 48 ou 00 245

UNESCO Isabelle Niang

Projet GEF drsquoadaptation au changement climatique en Afrique de lrsquoouest Erosion cocirctiegravere

Jeudi

9h UICN Guineacutee Bissau

Pierre Campredon

Ancien responsable du PRCM Pierrecampredoniucnorg 0033 630340088

11h30 Convention drsquoAbidjan

Nassere Kaba 0022520211183

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 30

13h CRODTCNDO ODINAFRICA

Anis Diallo Aquaculture et directeur du CNDO adialloordinafricanet 22133832826465 221 77 631 15 95

15h CSRP

M Hamadi Diop

En charge du deacutepartement laquo recherche et systegraveme drsquoinformation raquo

hamadidiopgmailcom

Philippe Tous Projet AFD ndash inteacutegration des AMP dans les politiques de pecircche

philipetousgmailcom (Skype Phil_tous)

Renaud Bailleux

Contrat UICN sur la gestion de lrsquoaccegraves aux ressources halieutiques dans la reacutegion - accords de pecircche ndash gouvernance partageacutee dans les AMP (financement PRCM)

M Dop mika Programme requins de la FIBA mika_dfryahoofr

Vendredi

9H IRD Luis Tito de Morais

Peumlcheeacutecologie des peuplements de poissons

titoirdsn 221 33 849 3658

11h UICN Mamadou Sow

Chef de projet mangrove Mamadousowuicnorg 221 33 869 0286

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 31

Annex 2 CBD criteria for ecologically significant areas

CBD Decision IX20 Annex 1

SCIENTIFIC CRITERIA FOR IDENTIFYING ECOLOGICALLY OR BIOLOGICALLY SIGNIFICANT MARINE AREAS IN NEED OF PROTECTION IN OPEN-

OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS

Criteria Definition Rationale Examples Consideration in application

Uniqueness or

rarity

Area contains

either (i) unique (ldquothe

only one of its kindrdquo) rare

(ldquooccurs only in few

locationsrdquo) or endemic

species populations or

communities andor (ii)

unique rare or distinct

habitats or ecosystems

andor (iii) unique or

unusual geomorphological

or oceanographic features

Irreplaceable

Loss would mean the probable permanent disappearance of diversity or a feature or reduction of the diversity at any level

Open ocean waters

Sargasso Sea Taylor column

persistent polynyas

Deep-sea habitats

endemic communities around

submerged atolls hydrothermal

vents sea mounts pseudo-

abyssal depression

Risk of biased-view of the perceived uniqueness depending on the information availability

Scale dependency of features such that unique features at one scale may be typical at another thus a global and regional perspective must be taken

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 32

Special

importance for

life-history

stages of

species

Areas that are required for

a population to survive and

thrive

Various biotic and abiotic

conditions coupled with

species-specific

physiological constraints

and preferences tend to

make some parts of marine

regions more suitable to

particular life-stages and

functions than other parts

Area containing (i) breeding grounds

spawning areas nursery areas juvenile

habitat or other areas important for life

history stages of species or (ii) habitats of

migratory species (feeding wintering or

resting areas breeding moulting

migratory routes)

Connectivity between life-history stages and linkages between areas trophic interactions physical transport physical oceanography life history of species

Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data Vessel monitoring system (VMS) data

Spatial and temporal distribution andor aggregation of the species

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 33

Importance for

threatened

endangered or

declining

species andor

habitats

Area containing habitat for

the survival and recovery

of endangered threatened

declining species or area

with significant

assemblages of such

species

To ensure the restoration

and recovery of such species

and habitats

Areas critical for threatened endangered

or declining species andor habitats

containing (i) breeding grounds spawning

areas nursery areas juvenile habitat or

other areas important for life history

stages of species or (ii) habitats of

migratory species (feeding wintering or

resting areas breeding moulting

migratory routes)

Includes species with very large geographic ranges

In many cases recovery will require reestablishment of the species in areas of its historic range

Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data vessel-monitoring system (VMS) data

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 34

Vulnerability

Fragility

Sensitivity or

Slow recovery

Areas that contain a

relatively high proportion

of sensitive habitats

biotopes or species that

are functionally fragile

(highly susceptible to

degradation or depletion

by human activity or by

natural events) or with

slow recovery

The criteria indicate the

degree of risk that will be

incurred if human activities

or natural events in the area

or component cannot be

managed effectively or are

pursued at an unsustainable

rate

Vulnerability of species

Inferred from the history of how species or populations in other similar areas responded to perturbations

Species of low fecundity slow growth long time to sexual maturity longevity (eg sharks etc)

Species with structures providing biogenic habitats such as deepwater corals sponges and bryozoans deep-water species

Vulnerability of habitats

Ice-covered areas susceptible to ship-based pollution

Ocean acidification can make deep sea habitats more vulnerable to others and increase susceptibility to human induced changes

Interactions between vulnerability to human impacts and natural events

Existing definition emphasizes site specific ideas and requires consideration for highly mobile species

Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 35

Biological

productivity

Area containing species

populations or

communities with

comparatively higher

natural biological

productivity

Important role in fuelling

ecosystems and increasing

the growth rates of

organisms and their capacity

for reproduction

Frontal areas

Upwellings

Hydrothermal vents

Seamounts polynyas

Can be measured as the rate of growth of marine organisms and their populations either through the fixation of inorganic carbon by photosynthesis chemosynthesis or through the ingestion of prey dissolved organic matter or particulate organic matter

Can be inferred from remote-sensed products eg ocean colour or process-based models

Time-series fisheries data can be used but caution is required

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 36

Biological

diversity

Area contains

comparatively higher

diversity of ecosystems

habitats communities or

species or has higher

genetic diversity

Important for evolution and

maintaining the resilience of

marine species and

ecosystems

Sea-mounts

Fronts and convergence zones

Cold coral communities

Deep-water sponge communities

Diversity needs to be seen in relation to the surrounding environment

Diversity indices are indifferent to species substitutions

Diversity indices are indifferent to which species may be contributing to the value of the index and hence would not pick up areas important to species of special concern such as endangered species

Can be inferred from habitat heterogeneity or diversity as a surrogate for species diversity in areas where biodiversity has not been sampled intensively

Naturalness Area with a comparatively

higher degree of

naturalness as a result of

the lack of or low level of

human-induced

disturbance or

degradation

To protect areas with near natural structure processes and functions

To maintain these areas as reference sites

To safeguard and enhance ecosystem resilience

Most ecosystems and habitats have

examples with varying levels of

naturalness and the intent is that the

more natural examples should be

selected

Priority should be given to areas having a low level of disturbance relative to their surroundings

In areas where no natural areas remain areas that have successfully recovered including reestablishment of species should be

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 37

considered

Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 38

Annex 3 CBD criteria for MPA networks

Decision IX20 Annex II SCIENTIFIC GUIDANCE FOR SELECTING AREAS TO ESTABLISH A REPRESENTATIVE NETWORK OF MARINE PROTECTED AREAS INCLUDING IN

OPEN OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS

Required network properties and

components Definition Applicable site specific considerations (inter alia)

Ecologically and biologically significant areas

Ecologically and biologically significant areas are geographically or oceanographically discrete areas that provide important services to one or more speciespopulations of an ecosystem or to the ecosystem as a whole compared to other surrounding areas or areas of similar ecological characteristics or otherwise meet the criteria as identified in annex I to decision IX20

Uniqueness or rarity

Special importance for life history stages of species

Importance for threatened endangered or declining species andor habitats

Vulnerability fragility sensitivity or slow recovery

Biological productivity

Biological diversity

Naturalness

Representativity Representativity is captured in a network when it consists of areas representing the different biogeographical subdivisions of the global oceans and regional seas that reasonably reflect the full range of ecosystems including the biotic and habitat diversity of those marine ecosystems

A full range of examples across a biogeographic habitat or community classification relative health of species and communities relative intactness of habitat(s) naturalness

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 39

Connectivity Connectivity in the design of a network allows for linkages whereby protected sites benefit from larval andor species exchanges and functional linkages from other network sites In a connected network individual sites benefit one another

Currents gyres physical bottlenecks migration routes species dispersal detritus functional linkages Isolated sites such as isolated seamount communities may also be included

Replicated ecological features Replication of ecological features means that more than one site shall contain examples of a given feature in the given biogeographic area The term ―features means ―species habitats and ecological processes that naturally occur in the given biogeographic area

Accounting for uncertainty natural variation and the possibility of catastrophic events Features that exhibit less natural variation or are precisely defined may require less replication than features that are inherently highly variable or are only very generally defined

Adequate and viable sites Adequate and viable sites indicate that all sites within a network should have size and protection sufficient to ensure the ecological viability and integrity of the feature(s) for which they were selected

Adequacy and viability will depend on size shape buffers persistence of features threats surrounding environment (context) physical constraints scale of featuresprocesses spillovercompactness

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 40

Annex 4 Data sources highlighted in discussions during the 1st Mission

Thegravemes Organisme ressources Personnes ressources Sites internet ressources et bases de donneacutees

Donneacutees bibliographiques

IRD Linus base bibliographique (httpiacaprodc3eduvsqfrlinus)

CRODT Catalogue des publications du CRODT

Donneacutees geacuteneacuterales

PRCMFIBA SIG Reacutegional Catalogue drsquoInformations pour lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoOuest (CIAO) wwwolmmrciao

OdinAfrica African marine atlas ndash voir OdinAfrica

OBIS httpwwwiobisorg

Guineacutee Bissau SIG Guineacutee Bissau au 200 000 egraveme sur toute la zone cocirctiegravere et 50 000 egraveme sur les Bijagos voir Franccedilois Gourmelonuniv-brestfr ou Emmanuel Ginaudet

Cap vert Systegraveme national SIG pour toutes les donneacutees du Cap vert

Bathymeacutetrie

Navy Londres Africa Pilot Volume 1 Hydrographer of the Navy London 1967

SHOM Carte SHOM ndeg6815 INT14 au 110 000 000egraveme Voir site wwwshomfr - catalogue

Cf Canada Carte au CSE

CND0 CD des donneacutees bathymeacutetriques de la sous-reacutegion

Donneacutees oceacuteanographiques geacuteneacuterales

OdinAfrica Points focaux des pays agrave voir sur site internet drsquoOdinAfrica

ordinafricanet Atelier national OdinAfrica ndash voir sur le site CNDO Aller sur le site OdinAfrica reacutecupeacuterer les shapefiles (httpwwwodinafricaorg) et sur httpwwwafricanmarineatlasnet

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 41

IRDlaboratoire LOCEAN-IPSL (Universiteacute Paris 6) LPAOSF (Lab de Physique de lAtmosphegravere et de lOceacutean de agrave lEacutecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique-UCAD

Alban Lazar (IRD) Simeacuteon Fongang (Ecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique) Raymond Lahaye (IRDLEMAR)

Circulation oceacuteanique le long des cocirctes seacuteneacutegalaises (structures variabiliteacute meacutecanismes de lrsquoupwelling des courants cocirctiers des tempeacuteratures et des saliniteacutes) et les couplages oceacutean-atmosphegravere

FAO Merete TANDSTAD Projets CCLEM et GCLME

NEPAD Projet GCLME

PRCM et IMROP + autres

Faire lrsquoinventaire des socieacuteteacutes qui ont fait de la prospection peacutetroliegravere et voir leurs donneacutees et eacutetudes drsquoimpact eacutetude Woodside ou Dana petroleum voir PRCM et IMROP

Universiteacute Rapport master de lrsquouniversiteacute sur la modeacutelisation de la circulation et des tempeacuteratures sur la haute mer (demander CNDO)

Upwellings Odiafrica Donneacutees upwellings sur Odinafrica

IRD P CURY et N BEZ

Geacuteologie seacutediemntologie et Nature des fonds

2 thegraveses sur le plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais sud et nord

IRD carte de Domain (IRDORSTOM) carte des seacutediments du plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais)

carte de Barusso

Travaux de Lachance et Mc Master

Odinafirca Plateau continental ndash carte digitaliseacutee sur la nature des fonds ndash voir sur ordinafrica

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 42

Annex 5 GIS data priorities

Explanation of ranking system

Term short-term bullbullbull medium-term bullbull long-term bull Estimated Ease of acquiring data easy bullbullbull moderatebullbull difficult bull

Importance high bullbullbull moderate bullbull low bull Term Ease Import

Base layers

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 coastline(s)

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 2 ecological regions

bullbullbull bull bullbullbull 3 bathymetry

bullbullbull bullbull bull 4 topography (for land ndashcan help with shoreline classifications)

Physical and oceanographic

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 estuaries rivers

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 shoreline type (cliff rocky sandy muddy etc)

bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 surficial sediment (bottom type)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 seafloor topographic complexity ruggedness (can be created from bathymetry)

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 5 seamounts (can also be identified through bathymetry)

6 other seascape features eg

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull canyons

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 43

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull ridges

bullbull bullbullbull bullbull hydrothermal vents

bullbull bull bullbull seeps

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull banks

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull rocky reefs

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull estuaries (sub-classes)

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull lagoons

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull upwellings

bull bullbull bull 7 ocean currents tides

bull bullbull bullbull 8 sea surface temperature

bull bullbull bullbull 9 salinity

bull bull bull 10 photosynthetically available radiation (PAR)

bull bull bull 11 coastal erosion sediment transport

bull bull bullbull 12 climate change trends eg movement of upwellings

Biological habitat

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 1 threatened or endangered species (amp spawning nursery areas etc)

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 threatened or endangered habitats

bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 habitat classification (if one exists regionally)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 biogenic features eg

warm water coral reefs

cold water coral ldquoforestsrdquo

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 44

mangroves (sub-classes)

bullbull bull bullbullbull 5 Key commercial species eg

crustaceans molluscs (crabs shrimps oysters etc)

pelagic large fishes (eg tunas)

pelagic small fishes

demersal fishes

bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 primary productivity (usually satellite colour images chlorophyll_a)

bullbull bull bullbull 7 secondary productivity (eg an estimate of carbon flux)

bullbull bull bullbull 8 migration of invasive species

Human use management

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 marine protected areas

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 year-round fisheries closures

bullbull bullbull bull 3 other seasonal fisheries closures

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 4 cities towns villages (with populations)

bullbull bullbull bull 5 local community boundaries

bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 traditional use boundaries (eg artisanal fisheries)

bull bullbull bull 7 migrant land use grazing

bullbull bull bullbullbull 8 areas of cultural spiritual importance

bullbull bullbullbull bullbull 9 roads (can help with understanding remoteness amp shoreline access)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 10 shipping routes and harbours

bullbull bullbull bull 11 land use particularly agriculture (can be combined into an analysis of rivers to estimate runoff)

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 45

bullbull bull bullbullbull 12 fishing

a artisanal by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)

b industrial by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 13 offshore oil amp gas licences exploratory wells installations (platforms pipelines shore based)

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 14 sand amp gravel mining

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 15 tourism shoreline development resorts marinas

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 46

Annex 6 Thirty additional assessments

Excerpted and adapted from the 54 page report by the OSPAR Regional seas convention for

the Northeast Atlantic (2007) Background document to support the assessment of whether

the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is ecologically coherent6

Assessment Criterion 1 Adequacy Viability

1 Assessment Guideline One should expect the sizes of network sites (for a given feature) to be

distributed throughout or exceed the estimated range of sizes necessary to sustain a viable

population or community

2 Assessment Guideline Sites that are heavily impacted andor surrounded by heavily impacted

areas should be larger than otherwise

3 Assessment Guideline Features of ecological significance should receive greater protection

than normal

4 Assessment Guideline Location and geography can be used to indicate adequate protection

such that

a Protection of pelagic features should generally be reflected with the implementation of

larger sites than those for benthic features

b In regions constrained by physical geography (eg fjords bays bights passages straits)

the adequate sizes of individual sites will generally be smaller than areas without such

physical constraints (eg regional seas open ocean)

c Offshore andor deeper sites will generally require larger areas than for nearshore andor

shallow sites (However the exceptions of certain deep sea benthic features such as

hydrothermal vents and cold seeps are noted)

5 Assessment Guideline in a given region the adequate spatial protection of most OSPAR

features and the overall network can be expected to conform to the scientific literature and

fall within the range commonly found within that literature It is recognized that this is an

evolving field of study

6 Assessment Guideline Owing to the multiplicity of its objectives the OSPAR network can be

expected to contain a variety of reserve sizes and corresponding spacing between sites

7 Assessment Guideline If a site is at the small end of the expected viability range for a given

feature then compact sites are preferable If on the other hand a given site is at the large end

of the estimated viability range then a less compact shape would allow for greater spill-over

and benefits outside of the reserve

a The Compactness of a given site can be calculated using a GIS and the following

formula C = (4πAp2)

05 Where C is the Compactness A is the area of the site and p is

its perimeter

8 Assessment Guideline A broad MPA network such as the OSPAR network with a wide

variety of features can be expected to have a wide variety of reserve shapes and sizes

6 Jeff Ardron is the primary author of this OSPAR report

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 47

a The combined size and compactness of a site be readily calculated using a GIS and the

following formula SSC = ln (PA) Where SSC is here labelled as the site size-

compactness P is the perimeter of the site and A is the area

9 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA electronic database lists the aims and ecological

criteria on a site by site basis Thus as a preliminary assessment these can be compiled to get

an indication of how well they are being met across the network

10 Assessment Guideline A list inventory of features within a region that (are known or

believed to) meet the OSPAR aims and ecological criteria is required in order to fully assess if

the existing MPA sites are likely adequate

11 Assessment Guideline Features that are common and widely distributed will generally require

less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are rare andor sparsely

distributed

Assessment Criterion 2 Representativity

12 Assessment Guideline OSPAR MPAs should be checked to ensure that they are broadly

distributed across biogeographic regions In such an assessment there is no need to restrict the

assessment to just one biogeographic classification system So long as they appear to be

rigorous (eg peer-reviewed) the use of a variety of systems is encouraged

13 Assessment Guideline Each of the Dinter [OSPAR] bioregions should be adequately

protected

14 Assessment Guideline National classifications can be very helpful in assessing

representativity at a national level based on national categories and should be used where they

exist

15 Assessment Guideline In the absence of full biological surveys or full classification systems

(such as EUNIS) simple surrogates should be used to check that representativity is possibly

being achieved Benthic and pelagic realms should be considered

16 Assessment Guideline Representative features that are very common and widely distributed

will likely require less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are just

somewhat common

As a rule of thumb within a given feature class representative protection can be

compared to a normalized distribution For example if the areal distribution of

representative classes can be normalised through a square-root transformation then

protected area distribution could be expected to be roughly proportional to the square-

root of the ratio of the representative feature classesrsquo overall areas

17 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA nomination database should be checked to ensure

that the idea of the ldquobestrdquo features was taken into account across feature types and regions

18 Assessment Guideline Features that best represent their type can be expected to be

characterized by most or all of these indicators

a Typical morphology

b High density abundance

c High degree of health naturalness

d Persistence (temporal and spatial) and

e Strong functional linkages

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 48

Assessment Criterion 3 Replication

19 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area more than one example of each feature

should be protected

20 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features protected in areas susceptible

to catastrophic events require greater replication than those in low-risk areas

21 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area where no better data exist natural

variation can be assumed to be greatest between sites that are furthest apart

22 Assessment Guideline Features that are very specifically defined will exhibit less variation

and hence require less replication than features which are very general or ldquocatch-allrdquo categories

23 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area scientific requirements may require

replicate sites for differing purposes If these requirements are not known it can be assumed

that replicate sites that are a moderate distance apart (neither immediate neighbours nor at

extreme ends of the biogeographic area) will satisfy most scientific requirements

24 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features for which there are weak or

incomplete or modelled data require greater replication than those features for which better data

are available

Assessment Criterion 4 Connectivity

25 Assessment Guideline If an area is known or suspected to be important to connectivity then it

should be represented in the MPA network

26 Assessment Guideline Reserves in areas where there are known currents (eg many coastal

areas) should be more closely spaced than otherwise In order to maintain connectivity for most

short to moderate larval dispersing species when specific data are lacking such nearshore sites

should be spaced not further than 50 km apart

27 Assessment Guideline Connectivity between seabird sites can be measured in straight lines

28 Assessment Guideline Connectivity for marine species can be assumed to be greater along

lines of similar habitat than across them

29 Assessment Guideline The density of marine reserves can be used as a way to group areas of

likely connectivity Likewise it can also define gaps where connectivity has probably not been

achieved

30 Assessment Guideline In the absence of dispersal data connectivity may be approximated by

ensuring the MPA network is well distributed in space reflecting the scale of its surroundings

Page 28: A Suggested Approach for Gap Analyses of the RAMPAO Marine ...€¦ · A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 2 Recommendation re outreach: 1) regional contact

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 26

MarZone and MaxEnt

As an MPA network develops so does the need for more sophisticated analyses MarZone

(Marxan with Zones) has received positive attention recently and is a good tool for zoning

multiple activities with various levels of conservation restrictions In order to use a tool like

Marxan broad representativity data (ldquocoarse filterrdquo) and biological data (ldquofine filterrdquo) are

required and in order to use a zoning tool like MarZone broad coverage human use data

are additionally required One big advantage of MarxanMarZone is the user community

that has grown up around it and the good practices that continue to be developed

To get broad scale species distributions usually point occurrence data are fitted to physical

chemical environmental variables producing a predictive habitat model Good success has

been attained using the MaxEnt model (httpwwwcsprincetonedu~schapiremaxent)

though many other approaches also exist The construction of species-habitat predictive

models can take time and acquiring combining the environmental data also takes much

work In order to not bias the Marxan MarZone analysis several species-habitat models

would have to be created for several different key species from a variety of taxonomic

families trophic levels and feeding guilds This would be clearly a long-term project and

can only be justified if the RAMPAO MPA network has reached a level of sophistication to

demand such an analysis

Climate change modelling

Conservation network planning for climate change can also involved complicated modelling

(eg Fuller et al 2008) However again these approaches are data-intensive and require

advanced technical abilities

Ongoing adaptive approach

It is unlikely that the above advanced modelling approaches would be worth their

considerable effort and instead it is suggested that much more can be achieved through

good cooperation with stakeholders scientific expertise and some ldquocommon senserdquo

Recognising that no plan is perfect planning should be seen as an ongoing process of

refinement Paramount will be the ability to be flexible and adapt to changing ecological and

social conditions To do so will require governance structures from local to international

levels ndashlikewise matched to adapt quickly and effectively

While it is relatively easy to point out gaps in an MPA network at ever-increasing levels of

sophistication it is much harder to fill those gaps even on the most rudimentary level

Therefore we urge RAMPAO to act in the long term on addressing the gaps that are readily

apparent through basic tests such as the ones outlined in this document

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 27

Possible activities of the 2nd Mission

This report and the two-part background report prepared for the CBD (also included in this

submission ndashArdron et al 2009) offer a lot of information We expect that as RAMPAO staff

sifts through this guidance questions will arise We see the 2nd Mission as one that could be

devoted to

answering questions that arise from the 1st Mission guidance ndashprocess ecological

and technical

elaborating medium-term gap analyses once more is known about data availability

and technical capacity within RAMPAO and its partner organisations

providing assistance in data collection in Europe and North America

doing joint GIS analyses there could be benefit in working together on some of the

GIS analyses such as the analysis of topographic complexity

presenting initial results we also believe that it will be important to present some

short-term gap analysis results to RAMPAO members and partners

participating in the Third Meeting of the RAMPAO General Assembly we suggest that the 2nd Mission coincide with the RAMPAO General Assembly and include

o a presentation of initial results to the General Assembly and o an expert side-meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and

analyses

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 28

References

Ardron JA 2002 A Recipe for Determining Benthic Complexity An Indicator of Species Richness In Marine Geography GIS for the Oceans and Seas (ch 23 pp 196-175) Joe Breman (ed) Redlands CA USA ESRI Press

Ardron JA 2009 Three initial OSPAR tests of ecological coherence heuristics in a data-limited situation ICES Journal of Marine Research 658 1527-1533

Ardron JA Dunn D Corrigan C Gjerde K Halpin P Rice J Vanden Berghe E Vierros M 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations A background document for the CBD expert workshop Ottawa Canada 29 September ndash 2 October 2009 37 pp + 73 pp Annex 1

BALANCE 2008 Ecological coherence and principles MPA assessment selection and design Technical Summary Report 34 httpbalance-euorgxpdfbalance-technical-summary-report-no-3-4pdf

FAO 2009 International guidelines for the management of deep-sea fisheries in the high seas Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations Rome

Fahrig 2001 How much Habitat is enough Biological Conservation 100 (1) 65-74

Fuller T Morton DP Sarkar S 2008 Incorporating uncertainty about speciesrsquo potential distributions under climate change into the selection of conservation areas with a case study from the Arctic Coastal Plain of Alaska Biological Conservation 141 1547-1559

Gigerenzer G Todd P M and the ABC Research Group 1999 Simple heuristics that make us smart Oxford University Press New York

IUCNBRAO 2007 Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parc de Guineacutee Bissau

IUCNPACO 2008a Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees aires proteacutegeacutees de la Reacutepublique de Guineacutee

IUCNBRAO 2008b Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parcs et reacuteserves de Mauritanie

Lindeboom HJ and Baumlck S 2005 Establishing coastal and marine reserves- with the emphasis on fisheries Pages 103-118 In Managing European Coasts Past Present and Future J Vermaat LBouwer KTurner WSalomons (Eds) Springer-Verlag

OSPAR 2007 Background document to support the Assessment of whether the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is Ecologically Coherent OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic Publication Number 2007320 wwwosparorg

OSPAR 2008 Three initial spatial tests looking at the ecological coherence of the OSPAR marine protected area (MPA) network OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic 3602008 wwwosparorg 17 pp

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 29

Annex 1 Calendar of meetings 1st Mission 5-12 Sept 2009

Lundi

FIBA

Charlotte Karibuhoye

Coordinatrice

Souadou Ndiaye

SIG RAMPAO

Julien Semelin Appui agrave la creacuteation de nouvelles AMP et renforcement de lrsquoefficaciteacute des AMP

UICN Racine Kane AMP transfrontaliegravere

16h par teacuteleacutephone

PRCM Ahmed Senhoury

Directeur

Mardi

8h30 WWF Mamadou Diallo

Chargeacute de mission espegraveces et habitats

mdialowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 641 13 84

Paul Siegel Conseiller en environnement marin psiegelwwfsenegalorg 221 869 37 00

10h30

CSE centre de suivi eacutecologique Ministegravere de lrsquoenvironnement

Taibou Ba Cartes donneacutees

15h Wetland international Africa

Emma GREATRIX

Network for biodiversiteacute (BIOMAC network) Manatee Waterbirds Mangroves

egeatrix]wetlandssn +221 33 869 1681

Mercredi

10h SI NEPAD David Njiki Njiki

Coordinateur environnement njikinjikiyahoocom 221 33 842 73 11

12h WWF Ibrahima Niamadio

Officier pecircche durable iniamadiowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 567 53 16

15h par teacuteleacutephone

UICN Mathieu Ducroq

Coordinateur du programme marin et cocirctier de lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoouest central

+ 222 662 40 82 portable 0022 529 09 77 bureau

16h par teacuteleacutephone

RAMPAO Alfredo da Silva

Preacutesident du RAMPAO Directeur IBAP Ancien coordinateur du reacuteseau de gestion des zones cocirctiegraveres

00245 580 38 48 ou 00 245

UNESCO Isabelle Niang

Projet GEF drsquoadaptation au changement climatique en Afrique de lrsquoouest Erosion cocirctiegravere

Jeudi

9h UICN Guineacutee Bissau

Pierre Campredon

Ancien responsable du PRCM Pierrecampredoniucnorg 0033 630340088

11h30 Convention drsquoAbidjan

Nassere Kaba 0022520211183

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 30

13h CRODTCNDO ODINAFRICA

Anis Diallo Aquaculture et directeur du CNDO adialloordinafricanet 22133832826465 221 77 631 15 95

15h CSRP

M Hamadi Diop

En charge du deacutepartement laquo recherche et systegraveme drsquoinformation raquo

hamadidiopgmailcom

Philippe Tous Projet AFD ndash inteacutegration des AMP dans les politiques de pecircche

philipetousgmailcom (Skype Phil_tous)

Renaud Bailleux

Contrat UICN sur la gestion de lrsquoaccegraves aux ressources halieutiques dans la reacutegion - accords de pecircche ndash gouvernance partageacutee dans les AMP (financement PRCM)

M Dop mika Programme requins de la FIBA mika_dfryahoofr

Vendredi

9H IRD Luis Tito de Morais

Peumlcheeacutecologie des peuplements de poissons

titoirdsn 221 33 849 3658

11h UICN Mamadou Sow

Chef de projet mangrove Mamadousowuicnorg 221 33 869 0286

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 31

Annex 2 CBD criteria for ecologically significant areas

CBD Decision IX20 Annex 1

SCIENTIFIC CRITERIA FOR IDENTIFYING ECOLOGICALLY OR BIOLOGICALLY SIGNIFICANT MARINE AREAS IN NEED OF PROTECTION IN OPEN-

OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS

Criteria Definition Rationale Examples Consideration in application

Uniqueness or

rarity

Area contains

either (i) unique (ldquothe

only one of its kindrdquo) rare

(ldquooccurs only in few

locationsrdquo) or endemic

species populations or

communities andor (ii)

unique rare or distinct

habitats or ecosystems

andor (iii) unique or

unusual geomorphological

or oceanographic features

Irreplaceable

Loss would mean the probable permanent disappearance of diversity or a feature or reduction of the diversity at any level

Open ocean waters

Sargasso Sea Taylor column

persistent polynyas

Deep-sea habitats

endemic communities around

submerged atolls hydrothermal

vents sea mounts pseudo-

abyssal depression

Risk of biased-view of the perceived uniqueness depending on the information availability

Scale dependency of features such that unique features at one scale may be typical at another thus a global and regional perspective must be taken

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 32

Special

importance for

life-history

stages of

species

Areas that are required for

a population to survive and

thrive

Various biotic and abiotic

conditions coupled with

species-specific

physiological constraints

and preferences tend to

make some parts of marine

regions more suitable to

particular life-stages and

functions than other parts

Area containing (i) breeding grounds

spawning areas nursery areas juvenile

habitat or other areas important for life

history stages of species or (ii) habitats of

migratory species (feeding wintering or

resting areas breeding moulting

migratory routes)

Connectivity between life-history stages and linkages between areas trophic interactions physical transport physical oceanography life history of species

Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data Vessel monitoring system (VMS) data

Spatial and temporal distribution andor aggregation of the species

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 33

Importance for

threatened

endangered or

declining

species andor

habitats

Area containing habitat for

the survival and recovery

of endangered threatened

declining species or area

with significant

assemblages of such

species

To ensure the restoration

and recovery of such species

and habitats

Areas critical for threatened endangered

or declining species andor habitats

containing (i) breeding grounds spawning

areas nursery areas juvenile habitat or

other areas important for life history

stages of species or (ii) habitats of

migratory species (feeding wintering or

resting areas breeding moulting

migratory routes)

Includes species with very large geographic ranges

In many cases recovery will require reestablishment of the species in areas of its historic range

Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data vessel-monitoring system (VMS) data

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 34

Vulnerability

Fragility

Sensitivity or

Slow recovery

Areas that contain a

relatively high proportion

of sensitive habitats

biotopes or species that

are functionally fragile

(highly susceptible to

degradation or depletion

by human activity or by

natural events) or with

slow recovery

The criteria indicate the

degree of risk that will be

incurred if human activities

or natural events in the area

or component cannot be

managed effectively or are

pursued at an unsustainable

rate

Vulnerability of species

Inferred from the history of how species or populations in other similar areas responded to perturbations

Species of low fecundity slow growth long time to sexual maturity longevity (eg sharks etc)

Species with structures providing biogenic habitats such as deepwater corals sponges and bryozoans deep-water species

Vulnerability of habitats

Ice-covered areas susceptible to ship-based pollution

Ocean acidification can make deep sea habitats more vulnerable to others and increase susceptibility to human induced changes

Interactions between vulnerability to human impacts and natural events

Existing definition emphasizes site specific ideas and requires consideration for highly mobile species

Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 35

Biological

productivity

Area containing species

populations or

communities with

comparatively higher

natural biological

productivity

Important role in fuelling

ecosystems and increasing

the growth rates of

organisms and their capacity

for reproduction

Frontal areas

Upwellings

Hydrothermal vents

Seamounts polynyas

Can be measured as the rate of growth of marine organisms and their populations either through the fixation of inorganic carbon by photosynthesis chemosynthesis or through the ingestion of prey dissolved organic matter or particulate organic matter

Can be inferred from remote-sensed products eg ocean colour or process-based models

Time-series fisheries data can be used but caution is required

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 36

Biological

diversity

Area contains

comparatively higher

diversity of ecosystems

habitats communities or

species or has higher

genetic diversity

Important for evolution and

maintaining the resilience of

marine species and

ecosystems

Sea-mounts

Fronts and convergence zones

Cold coral communities

Deep-water sponge communities

Diversity needs to be seen in relation to the surrounding environment

Diversity indices are indifferent to species substitutions

Diversity indices are indifferent to which species may be contributing to the value of the index and hence would not pick up areas important to species of special concern such as endangered species

Can be inferred from habitat heterogeneity or diversity as a surrogate for species diversity in areas where biodiversity has not been sampled intensively

Naturalness Area with a comparatively

higher degree of

naturalness as a result of

the lack of or low level of

human-induced

disturbance or

degradation

To protect areas with near natural structure processes and functions

To maintain these areas as reference sites

To safeguard and enhance ecosystem resilience

Most ecosystems and habitats have

examples with varying levels of

naturalness and the intent is that the

more natural examples should be

selected

Priority should be given to areas having a low level of disturbance relative to their surroundings

In areas where no natural areas remain areas that have successfully recovered including reestablishment of species should be

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 37

considered

Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 38

Annex 3 CBD criteria for MPA networks

Decision IX20 Annex II SCIENTIFIC GUIDANCE FOR SELECTING AREAS TO ESTABLISH A REPRESENTATIVE NETWORK OF MARINE PROTECTED AREAS INCLUDING IN

OPEN OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS

Required network properties and

components Definition Applicable site specific considerations (inter alia)

Ecologically and biologically significant areas

Ecologically and biologically significant areas are geographically or oceanographically discrete areas that provide important services to one or more speciespopulations of an ecosystem or to the ecosystem as a whole compared to other surrounding areas or areas of similar ecological characteristics or otherwise meet the criteria as identified in annex I to decision IX20

Uniqueness or rarity

Special importance for life history stages of species

Importance for threatened endangered or declining species andor habitats

Vulnerability fragility sensitivity or slow recovery

Biological productivity

Biological diversity

Naturalness

Representativity Representativity is captured in a network when it consists of areas representing the different biogeographical subdivisions of the global oceans and regional seas that reasonably reflect the full range of ecosystems including the biotic and habitat diversity of those marine ecosystems

A full range of examples across a biogeographic habitat or community classification relative health of species and communities relative intactness of habitat(s) naturalness

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 39

Connectivity Connectivity in the design of a network allows for linkages whereby protected sites benefit from larval andor species exchanges and functional linkages from other network sites In a connected network individual sites benefit one another

Currents gyres physical bottlenecks migration routes species dispersal detritus functional linkages Isolated sites such as isolated seamount communities may also be included

Replicated ecological features Replication of ecological features means that more than one site shall contain examples of a given feature in the given biogeographic area The term ―features means ―species habitats and ecological processes that naturally occur in the given biogeographic area

Accounting for uncertainty natural variation and the possibility of catastrophic events Features that exhibit less natural variation or are precisely defined may require less replication than features that are inherently highly variable or are only very generally defined

Adequate and viable sites Adequate and viable sites indicate that all sites within a network should have size and protection sufficient to ensure the ecological viability and integrity of the feature(s) for which they were selected

Adequacy and viability will depend on size shape buffers persistence of features threats surrounding environment (context) physical constraints scale of featuresprocesses spillovercompactness

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 40

Annex 4 Data sources highlighted in discussions during the 1st Mission

Thegravemes Organisme ressources Personnes ressources Sites internet ressources et bases de donneacutees

Donneacutees bibliographiques

IRD Linus base bibliographique (httpiacaprodc3eduvsqfrlinus)

CRODT Catalogue des publications du CRODT

Donneacutees geacuteneacuterales

PRCMFIBA SIG Reacutegional Catalogue drsquoInformations pour lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoOuest (CIAO) wwwolmmrciao

OdinAfrica African marine atlas ndash voir OdinAfrica

OBIS httpwwwiobisorg

Guineacutee Bissau SIG Guineacutee Bissau au 200 000 egraveme sur toute la zone cocirctiegravere et 50 000 egraveme sur les Bijagos voir Franccedilois Gourmelonuniv-brestfr ou Emmanuel Ginaudet

Cap vert Systegraveme national SIG pour toutes les donneacutees du Cap vert

Bathymeacutetrie

Navy Londres Africa Pilot Volume 1 Hydrographer of the Navy London 1967

SHOM Carte SHOM ndeg6815 INT14 au 110 000 000egraveme Voir site wwwshomfr - catalogue

Cf Canada Carte au CSE

CND0 CD des donneacutees bathymeacutetriques de la sous-reacutegion

Donneacutees oceacuteanographiques geacuteneacuterales

OdinAfrica Points focaux des pays agrave voir sur site internet drsquoOdinAfrica

ordinafricanet Atelier national OdinAfrica ndash voir sur le site CNDO Aller sur le site OdinAfrica reacutecupeacuterer les shapefiles (httpwwwodinafricaorg) et sur httpwwwafricanmarineatlasnet

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 41

IRDlaboratoire LOCEAN-IPSL (Universiteacute Paris 6) LPAOSF (Lab de Physique de lAtmosphegravere et de lOceacutean de agrave lEacutecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique-UCAD

Alban Lazar (IRD) Simeacuteon Fongang (Ecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique) Raymond Lahaye (IRDLEMAR)

Circulation oceacuteanique le long des cocirctes seacuteneacutegalaises (structures variabiliteacute meacutecanismes de lrsquoupwelling des courants cocirctiers des tempeacuteratures et des saliniteacutes) et les couplages oceacutean-atmosphegravere

FAO Merete TANDSTAD Projets CCLEM et GCLME

NEPAD Projet GCLME

PRCM et IMROP + autres

Faire lrsquoinventaire des socieacuteteacutes qui ont fait de la prospection peacutetroliegravere et voir leurs donneacutees et eacutetudes drsquoimpact eacutetude Woodside ou Dana petroleum voir PRCM et IMROP

Universiteacute Rapport master de lrsquouniversiteacute sur la modeacutelisation de la circulation et des tempeacuteratures sur la haute mer (demander CNDO)

Upwellings Odiafrica Donneacutees upwellings sur Odinafrica

IRD P CURY et N BEZ

Geacuteologie seacutediemntologie et Nature des fonds

2 thegraveses sur le plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais sud et nord

IRD carte de Domain (IRDORSTOM) carte des seacutediments du plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais)

carte de Barusso

Travaux de Lachance et Mc Master

Odinafirca Plateau continental ndash carte digitaliseacutee sur la nature des fonds ndash voir sur ordinafrica

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 42

Annex 5 GIS data priorities

Explanation of ranking system

Term short-term bullbullbull medium-term bullbull long-term bull Estimated Ease of acquiring data easy bullbullbull moderatebullbull difficult bull

Importance high bullbullbull moderate bullbull low bull Term Ease Import

Base layers

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 coastline(s)

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 2 ecological regions

bullbullbull bull bullbullbull 3 bathymetry

bullbullbull bullbull bull 4 topography (for land ndashcan help with shoreline classifications)

Physical and oceanographic

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 estuaries rivers

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 shoreline type (cliff rocky sandy muddy etc)

bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 surficial sediment (bottom type)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 seafloor topographic complexity ruggedness (can be created from bathymetry)

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 5 seamounts (can also be identified through bathymetry)

6 other seascape features eg

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull canyons

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 43

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull ridges

bullbull bullbullbull bullbull hydrothermal vents

bullbull bull bullbull seeps

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull banks

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull rocky reefs

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull estuaries (sub-classes)

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull lagoons

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull upwellings

bull bullbull bull 7 ocean currents tides

bull bullbull bullbull 8 sea surface temperature

bull bullbull bullbull 9 salinity

bull bull bull 10 photosynthetically available radiation (PAR)

bull bull bull 11 coastal erosion sediment transport

bull bull bullbull 12 climate change trends eg movement of upwellings

Biological habitat

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 1 threatened or endangered species (amp spawning nursery areas etc)

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 threatened or endangered habitats

bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 habitat classification (if one exists regionally)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 biogenic features eg

warm water coral reefs

cold water coral ldquoforestsrdquo

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 44

mangroves (sub-classes)

bullbull bull bullbullbull 5 Key commercial species eg

crustaceans molluscs (crabs shrimps oysters etc)

pelagic large fishes (eg tunas)

pelagic small fishes

demersal fishes

bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 primary productivity (usually satellite colour images chlorophyll_a)

bullbull bull bullbull 7 secondary productivity (eg an estimate of carbon flux)

bullbull bull bullbull 8 migration of invasive species

Human use management

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 marine protected areas

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 year-round fisheries closures

bullbull bullbull bull 3 other seasonal fisheries closures

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 4 cities towns villages (with populations)

bullbull bullbull bull 5 local community boundaries

bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 traditional use boundaries (eg artisanal fisheries)

bull bullbull bull 7 migrant land use grazing

bullbull bull bullbullbull 8 areas of cultural spiritual importance

bullbull bullbullbull bullbull 9 roads (can help with understanding remoteness amp shoreline access)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 10 shipping routes and harbours

bullbull bullbull bull 11 land use particularly agriculture (can be combined into an analysis of rivers to estimate runoff)

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 45

bullbull bull bullbullbull 12 fishing

a artisanal by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)

b industrial by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 13 offshore oil amp gas licences exploratory wells installations (platforms pipelines shore based)

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 14 sand amp gravel mining

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 15 tourism shoreline development resorts marinas

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 46

Annex 6 Thirty additional assessments

Excerpted and adapted from the 54 page report by the OSPAR Regional seas convention for

the Northeast Atlantic (2007) Background document to support the assessment of whether

the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is ecologically coherent6

Assessment Criterion 1 Adequacy Viability

1 Assessment Guideline One should expect the sizes of network sites (for a given feature) to be

distributed throughout or exceed the estimated range of sizes necessary to sustain a viable

population or community

2 Assessment Guideline Sites that are heavily impacted andor surrounded by heavily impacted

areas should be larger than otherwise

3 Assessment Guideline Features of ecological significance should receive greater protection

than normal

4 Assessment Guideline Location and geography can be used to indicate adequate protection

such that

a Protection of pelagic features should generally be reflected with the implementation of

larger sites than those for benthic features

b In regions constrained by physical geography (eg fjords bays bights passages straits)

the adequate sizes of individual sites will generally be smaller than areas without such

physical constraints (eg regional seas open ocean)

c Offshore andor deeper sites will generally require larger areas than for nearshore andor

shallow sites (However the exceptions of certain deep sea benthic features such as

hydrothermal vents and cold seeps are noted)

5 Assessment Guideline in a given region the adequate spatial protection of most OSPAR

features and the overall network can be expected to conform to the scientific literature and

fall within the range commonly found within that literature It is recognized that this is an

evolving field of study

6 Assessment Guideline Owing to the multiplicity of its objectives the OSPAR network can be

expected to contain a variety of reserve sizes and corresponding spacing between sites

7 Assessment Guideline If a site is at the small end of the expected viability range for a given

feature then compact sites are preferable If on the other hand a given site is at the large end

of the estimated viability range then a less compact shape would allow for greater spill-over

and benefits outside of the reserve

a The Compactness of a given site can be calculated using a GIS and the following

formula C = (4πAp2)

05 Where C is the Compactness A is the area of the site and p is

its perimeter

8 Assessment Guideline A broad MPA network such as the OSPAR network with a wide

variety of features can be expected to have a wide variety of reserve shapes and sizes

6 Jeff Ardron is the primary author of this OSPAR report

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 47

a The combined size and compactness of a site be readily calculated using a GIS and the

following formula SSC = ln (PA) Where SSC is here labelled as the site size-

compactness P is the perimeter of the site and A is the area

9 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA electronic database lists the aims and ecological

criteria on a site by site basis Thus as a preliminary assessment these can be compiled to get

an indication of how well they are being met across the network

10 Assessment Guideline A list inventory of features within a region that (are known or

believed to) meet the OSPAR aims and ecological criteria is required in order to fully assess if

the existing MPA sites are likely adequate

11 Assessment Guideline Features that are common and widely distributed will generally require

less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are rare andor sparsely

distributed

Assessment Criterion 2 Representativity

12 Assessment Guideline OSPAR MPAs should be checked to ensure that they are broadly

distributed across biogeographic regions In such an assessment there is no need to restrict the

assessment to just one biogeographic classification system So long as they appear to be

rigorous (eg peer-reviewed) the use of a variety of systems is encouraged

13 Assessment Guideline Each of the Dinter [OSPAR] bioregions should be adequately

protected

14 Assessment Guideline National classifications can be very helpful in assessing

representativity at a national level based on national categories and should be used where they

exist

15 Assessment Guideline In the absence of full biological surveys or full classification systems

(such as EUNIS) simple surrogates should be used to check that representativity is possibly

being achieved Benthic and pelagic realms should be considered

16 Assessment Guideline Representative features that are very common and widely distributed

will likely require less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are just

somewhat common

As a rule of thumb within a given feature class representative protection can be

compared to a normalized distribution For example if the areal distribution of

representative classes can be normalised through a square-root transformation then

protected area distribution could be expected to be roughly proportional to the square-

root of the ratio of the representative feature classesrsquo overall areas

17 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA nomination database should be checked to ensure

that the idea of the ldquobestrdquo features was taken into account across feature types and regions

18 Assessment Guideline Features that best represent their type can be expected to be

characterized by most or all of these indicators

a Typical morphology

b High density abundance

c High degree of health naturalness

d Persistence (temporal and spatial) and

e Strong functional linkages

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 48

Assessment Criterion 3 Replication

19 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area more than one example of each feature

should be protected

20 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features protected in areas susceptible

to catastrophic events require greater replication than those in low-risk areas

21 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area where no better data exist natural

variation can be assumed to be greatest between sites that are furthest apart

22 Assessment Guideline Features that are very specifically defined will exhibit less variation

and hence require less replication than features which are very general or ldquocatch-allrdquo categories

23 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area scientific requirements may require

replicate sites for differing purposes If these requirements are not known it can be assumed

that replicate sites that are a moderate distance apart (neither immediate neighbours nor at

extreme ends of the biogeographic area) will satisfy most scientific requirements

24 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features for which there are weak or

incomplete or modelled data require greater replication than those features for which better data

are available

Assessment Criterion 4 Connectivity

25 Assessment Guideline If an area is known or suspected to be important to connectivity then it

should be represented in the MPA network

26 Assessment Guideline Reserves in areas where there are known currents (eg many coastal

areas) should be more closely spaced than otherwise In order to maintain connectivity for most

short to moderate larval dispersing species when specific data are lacking such nearshore sites

should be spaced not further than 50 km apart

27 Assessment Guideline Connectivity between seabird sites can be measured in straight lines

28 Assessment Guideline Connectivity for marine species can be assumed to be greater along

lines of similar habitat than across them

29 Assessment Guideline The density of marine reserves can be used as a way to group areas of

likely connectivity Likewise it can also define gaps where connectivity has probably not been

achieved

30 Assessment Guideline In the absence of dispersal data connectivity may be approximated by

ensuring the MPA network is well distributed in space reflecting the scale of its surroundings

Page 29: A Suggested Approach for Gap Analyses of the RAMPAO Marine ...€¦ · A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 2 Recommendation re outreach: 1) regional contact

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 27

Possible activities of the 2nd Mission

This report and the two-part background report prepared for the CBD (also included in this

submission ndashArdron et al 2009) offer a lot of information We expect that as RAMPAO staff

sifts through this guidance questions will arise We see the 2nd Mission as one that could be

devoted to

answering questions that arise from the 1st Mission guidance ndashprocess ecological

and technical

elaborating medium-term gap analyses once more is known about data availability

and technical capacity within RAMPAO and its partner organisations

providing assistance in data collection in Europe and North America

doing joint GIS analyses there could be benefit in working together on some of the

GIS analyses such as the analysis of topographic complexity

presenting initial results we also believe that it will be important to present some

short-term gap analysis results to RAMPAO members and partners

participating in the Third Meeting of the RAMPAO General Assembly we suggest that the 2nd Mission coincide with the RAMPAO General Assembly and include

o a presentation of initial results to the General Assembly and o an expert side-meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and

analyses

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 28

References

Ardron JA 2002 A Recipe for Determining Benthic Complexity An Indicator of Species Richness In Marine Geography GIS for the Oceans and Seas (ch 23 pp 196-175) Joe Breman (ed) Redlands CA USA ESRI Press

Ardron JA 2009 Three initial OSPAR tests of ecological coherence heuristics in a data-limited situation ICES Journal of Marine Research 658 1527-1533

Ardron JA Dunn D Corrigan C Gjerde K Halpin P Rice J Vanden Berghe E Vierros M 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations A background document for the CBD expert workshop Ottawa Canada 29 September ndash 2 October 2009 37 pp + 73 pp Annex 1

BALANCE 2008 Ecological coherence and principles MPA assessment selection and design Technical Summary Report 34 httpbalance-euorgxpdfbalance-technical-summary-report-no-3-4pdf

FAO 2009 International guidelines for the management of deep-sea fisheries in the high seas Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations Rome

Fahrig 2001 How much Habitat is enough Biological Conservation 100 (1) 65-74

Fuller T Morton DP Sarkar S 2008 Incorporating uncertainty about speciesrsquo potential distributions under climate change into the selection of conservation areas with a case study from the Arctic Coastal Plain of Alaska Biological Conservation 141 1547-1559

Gigerenzer G Todd P M and the ABC Research Group 1999 Simple heuristics that make us smart Oxford University Press New York

IUCNBRAO 2007 Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parc de Guineacutee Bissau

IUCNPACO 2008a Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees aires proteacutegeacutees de la Reacutepublique de Guineacutee

IUCNBRAO 2008b Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parcs et reacuteserves de Mauritanie

Lindeboom HJ and Baumlck S 2005 Establishing coastal and marine reserves- with the emphasis on fisheries Pages 103-118 In Managing European Coasts Past Present and Future J Vermaat LBouwer KTurner WSalomons (Eds) Springer-Verlag

OSPAR 2007 Background document to support the Assessment of whether the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is Ecologically Coherent OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic Publication Number 2007320 wwwosparorg

OSPAR 2008 Three initial spatial tests looking at the ecological coherence of the OSPAR marine protected area (MPA) network OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic 3602008 wwwosparorg 17 pp

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 29

Annex 1 Calendar of meetings 1st Mission 5-12 Sept 2009

Lundi

FIBA

Charlotte Karibuhoye

Coordinatrice

Souadou Ndiaye

SIG RAMPAO

Julien Semelin Appui agrave la creacuteation de nouvelles AMP et renforcement de lrsquoefficaciteacute des AMP

UICN Racine Kane AMP transfrontaliegravere

16h par teacuteleacutephone

PRCM Ahmed Senhoury

Directeur

Mardi

8h30 WWF Mamadou Diallo

Chargeacute de mission espegraveces et habitats

mdialowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 641 13 84

Paul Siegel Conseiller en environnement marin psiegelwwfsenegalorg 221 869 37 00

10h30

CSE centre de suivi eacutecologique Ministegravere de lrsquoenvironnement

Taibou Ba Cartes donneacutees

15h Wetland international Africa

Emma GREATRIX

Network for biodiversiteacute (BIOMAC network) Manatee Waterbirds Mangroves

egeatrix]wetlandssn +221 33 869 1681

Mercredi

10h SI NEPAD David Njiki Njiki

Coordinateur environnement njikinjikiyahoocom 221 33 842 73 11

12h WWF Ibrahima Niamadio

Officier pecircche durable iniamadiowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 567 53 16

15h par teacuteleacutephone

UICN Mathieu Ducroq

Coordinateur du programme marin et cocirctier de lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoouest central

+ 222 662 40 82 portable 0022 529 09 77 bureau

16h par teacuteleacutephone

RAMPAO Alfredo da Silva

Preacutesident du RAMPAO Directeur IBAP Ancien coordinateur du reacuteseau de gestion des zones cocirctiegraveres

00245 580 38 48 ou 00 245

UNESCO Isabelle Niang

Projet GEF drsquoadaptation au changement climatique en Afrique de lrsquoouest Erosion cocirctiegravere

Jeudi

9h UICN Guineacutee Bissau

Pierre Campredon

Ancien responsable du PRCM Pierrecampredoniucnorg 0033 630340088

11h30 Convention drsquoAbidjan

Nassere Kaba 0022520211183

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 30

13h CRODTCNDO ODINAFRICA

Anis Diallo Aquaculture et directeur du CNDO adialloordinafricanet 22133832826465 221 77 631 15 95

15h CSRP

M Hamadi Diop

En charge du deacutepartement laquo recherche et systegraveme drsquoinformation raquo

hamadidiopgmailcom

Philippe Tous Projet AFD ndash inteacutegration des AMP dans les politiques de pecircche

philipetousgmailcom (Skype Phil_tous)

Renaud Bailleux

Contrat UICN sur la gestion de lrsquoaccegraves aux ressources halieutiques dans la reacutegion - accords de pecircche ndash gouvernance partageacutee dans les AMP (financement PRCM)

M Dop mika Programme requins de la FIBA mika_dfryahoofr

Vendredi

9H IRD Luis Tito de Morais

Peumlcheeacutecologie des peuplements de poissons

titoirdsn 221 33 849 3658

11h UICN Mamadou Sow

Chef de projet mangrove Mamadousowuicnorg 221 33 869 0286

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 31

Annex 2 CBD criteria for ecologically significant areas

CBD Decision IX20 Annex 1

SCIENTIFIC CRITERIA FOR IDENTIFYING ECOLOGICALLY OR BIOLOGICALLY SIGNIFICANT MARINE AREAS IN NEED OF PROTECTION IN OPEN-

OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS

Criteria Definition Rationale Examples Consideration in application

Uniqueness or

rarity

Area contains

either (i) unique (ldquothe

only one of its kindrdquo) rare

(ldquooccurs only in few

locationsrdquo) or endemic

species populations or

communities andor (ii)

unique rare or distinct

habitats or ecosystems

andor (iii) unique or

unusual geomorphological

or oceanographic features

Irreplaceable

Loss would mean the probable permanent disappearance of diversity or a feature or reduction of the diversity at any level

Open ocean waters

Sargasso Sea Taylor column

persistent polynyas

Deep-sea habitats

endemic communities around

submerged atolls hydrothermal

vents sea mounts pseudo-

abyssal depression

Risk of biased-view of the perceived uniqueness depending on the information availability

Scale dependency of features such that unique features at one scale may be typical at another thus a global and regional perspective must be taken

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 32

Special

importance for

life-history

stages of

species

Areas that are required for

a population to survive and

thrive

Various biotic and abiotic

conditions coupled with

species-specific

physiological constraints

and preferences tend to

make some parts of marine

regions more suitable to

particular life-stages and

functions than other parts

Area containing (i) breeding grounds

spawning areas nursery areas juvenile

habitat or other areas important for life

history stages of species or (ii) habitats of

migratory species (feeding wintering or

resting areas breeding moulting

migratory routes)

Connectivity between life-history stages and linkages between areas trophic interactions physical transport physical oceanography life history of species

Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data Vessel monitoring system (VMS) data

Spatial and temporal distribution andor aggregation of the species

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 33

Importance for

threatened

endangered or

declining

species andor

habitats

Area containing habitat for

the survival and recovery

of endangered threatened

declining species or area

with significant

assemblages of such

species

To ensure the restoration

and recovery of such species

and habitats

Areas critical for threatened endangered

or declining species andor habitats

containing (i) breeding grounds spawning

areas nursery areas juvenile habitat or

other areas important for life history

stages of species or (ii) habitats of

migratory species (feeding wintering or

resting areas breeding moulting

migratory routes)

Includes species with very large geographic ranges

In many cases recovery will require reestablishment of the species in areas of its historic range

Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data vessel-monitoring system (VMS) data

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 34

Vulnerability

Fragility

Sensitivity or

Slow recovery

Areas that contain a

relatively high proportion

of sensitive habitats

biotopes or species that

are functionally fragile

(highly susceptible to

degradation or depletion

by human activity or by

natural events) or with

slow recovery

The criteria indicate the

degree of risk that will be

incurred if human activities

or natural events in the area

or component cannot be

managed effectively or are

pursued at an unsustainable

rate

Vulnerability of species

Inferred from the history of how species or populations in other similar areas responded to perturbations

Species of low fecundity slow growth long time to sexual maturity longevity (eg sharks etc)

Species with structures providing biogenic habitats such as deepwater corals sponges and bryozoans deep-water species

Vulnerability of habitats

Ice-covered areas susceptible to ship-based pollution

Ocean acidification can make deep sea habitats more vulnerable to others and increase susceptibility to human induced changes

Interactions between vulnerability to human impacts and natural events

Existing definition emphasizes site specific ideas and requires consideration for highly mobile species

Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 35

Biological

productivity

Area containing species

populations or

communities with

comparatively higher

natural biological

productivity

Important role in fuelling

ecosystems and increasing

the growth rates of

organisms and their capacity

for reproduction

Frontal areas

Upwellings

Hydrothermal vents

Seamounts polynyas

Can be measured as the rate of growth of marine organisms and their populations either through the fixation of inorganic carbon by photosynthesis chemosynthesis or through the ingestion of prey dissolved organic matter or particulate organic matter

Can be inferred from remote-sensed products eg ocean colour or process-based models

Time-series fisheries data can be used but caution is required

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 36

Biological

diversity

Area contains

comparatively higher

diversity of ecosystems

habitats communities or

species or has higher

genetic diversity

Important for evolution and

maintaining the resilience of

marine species and

ecosystems

Sea-mounts

Fronts and convergence zones

Cold coral communities

Deep-water sponge communities

Diversity needs to be seen in relation to the surrounding environment

Diversity indices are indifferent to species substitutions

Diversity indices are indifferent to which species may be contributing to the value of the index and hence would not pick up areas important to species of special concern such as endangered species

Can be inferred from habitat heterogeneity or diversity as a surrogate for species diversity in areas where biodiversity has not been sampled intensively

Naturalness Area with a comparatively

higher degree of

naturalness as a result of

the lack of or low level of

human-induced

disturbance or

degradation

To protect areas with near natural structure processes and functions

To maintain these areas as reference sites

To safeguard and enhance ecosystem resilience

Most ecosystems and habitats have

examples with varying levels of

naturalness and the intent is that the

more natural examples should be

selected

Priority should be given to areas having a low level of disturbance relative to their surroundings

In areas where no natural areas remain areas that have successfully recovered including reestablishment of species should be

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 37

considered

Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 38

Annex 3 CBD criteria for MPA networks

Decision IX20 Annex II SCIENTIFIC GUIDANCE FOR SELECTING AREAS TO ESTABLISH A REPRESENTATIVE NETWORK OF MARINE PROTECTED AREAS INCLUDING IN

OPEN OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS

Required network properties and

components Definition Applicable site specific considerations (inter alia)

Ecologically and biologically significant areas

Ecologically and biologically significant areas are geographically or oceanographically discrete areas that provide important services to one or more speciespopulations of an ecosystem or to the ecosystem as a whole compared to other surrounding areas or areas of similar ecological characteristics or otherwise meet the criteria as identified in annex I to decision IX20

Uniqueness or rarity

Special importance for life history stages of species

Importance for threatened endangered or declining species andor habitats

Vulnerability fragility sensitivity or slow recovery

Biological productivity

Biological diversity

Naturalness

Representativity Representativity is captured in a network when it consists of areas representing the different biogeographical subdivisions of the global oceans and regional seas that reasonably reflect the full range of ecosystems including the biotic and habitat diversity of those marine ecosystems

A full range of examples across a biogeographic habitat or community classification relative health of species and communities relative intactness of habitat(s) naturalness

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 39

Connectivity Connectivity in the design of a network allows for linkages whereby protected sites benefit from larval andor species exchanges and functional linkages from other network sites In a connected network individual sites benefit one another

Currents gyres physical bottlenecks migration routes species dispersal detritus functional linkages Isolated sites such as isolated seamount communities may also be included

Replicated ecological features Replication of ecological features means that more than one site shall contain examples of a given feature in the given biogeographic area The term ―features means ―species habitats and ecological processes that naturally occur in the given biogeographic area

Accounting for uncertainty natural variation and the possibility of catastrophic events Features that exhibit less natural variation or are precisely defined may require less replication than features that are inherently highly variable or are only very generally defined

Adequate and viable sites Adequate and viable sites indicate that all sites within a network should have size and protection sufficient to ensure the ecological viability and integrity of the feature(s) for which they were selected

Adequacy and viability will depend on size shape buffers persistence of features threats surrounding environment (context) physical constraints scale of featuresprocesses spillovercompactness

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 40

Annex 4 Data sources highlighted in discussions during the 1st Mission

Thegravemes Organisme ressources Personnes ressources Sites internet ressources et bases de donneacutees

Donneacutees bibliographiques

IRD Linus base bibliographique (httpiacaprodc3eduvsqfrlinus)

CRODT Catalogue des publications du CRODT

Donneacutees geacuteneacuterales

PRCMFIBA SIG Reacutegional Catalogue drsquoInformations pour lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoOuest (CIAO) wwwolmmrciao

OdinAfrica African marine atlas ndash voir OdinAfrica

OBIS httpwwwiobisorg

Guineacutee Bissau SIG Guineacutee Bissau au 200 000 egraveme sur toute la zone cocirctiegravere et 50 000 egraveme sur les Bijagos voir Franccedilois Gourmelonuniv-brestfr ou Emmanuel Ginaudet

Cap vert Systegraveme national SIG pour toutes les donneacutees du Cap vert

Bathymeacutetrie

Navy Londres Africa Pilot Volume 1 Hydrographer of the Navy London 1967

SHOM Carte SHOM ndeg6815 INT14 au 110 000 000egraveme Voir site wwwshomfr - catalogue

Cf Canada Carte au CSE

CND0 CD des donneacutees bathymeacutetriques de la sous-reacutegion

Donneacutees oceacuteanographiques geacuteneacuterales

OdinAfrica Points focaux des pays agrave voir sur site internet drsquoOdinAfrica

ordinafricanet Atelier national OdinAfrica ndash voir sur le site CNDO Aller sur le site OdinAfrica reacutecupeacuterer les shapefiles (httpwwwodinafricaorg) et sur httpwwwafricanmarineatlasnet

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 41

IRDlaboratoire LOCEAN-IPSL (Universiteacute Paris 6) LPAOSF (Lab de Physique de lAtmosphegravere et de lOceacutean de agrave lEacutecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique-UCAD

Alban Lazar (IRD) Simeacuteon Fongang (Ecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique) Raymond Lahaye (IRDLEMAR)

Circulation oceacuteanique le long des cocirctes seacuteneacutegalaises (structures variabiliteacute meacutecanismes de lrsquoupwelling des courants cocirctiers des tempeacuteratures et des saliniteacutes) et les couplages oceacutean-atmosphegravere

FAO Merete TANDSTAD Projets CCLEM et GCLME

NEPAD Projet GCLME

PRCM et IMROP + autres

Faire lrsquoinventaire des socieacuteteacutes qui ont fait de la prospection peacutetroliegravere et voir leurs donneacutees et eacutetudes drsquoimpact eacutetude Woodside ou Dana petroleum voir PRCM et IMROP

Universiteacute Rapport master de lrsquouniversiteacute sur la modeacutelisation de la circulation et des tempeacuteratures sur la haute mer (demander CNDO)

Upwellings Odiafrica Donneacutees upwellings sur Odinafrica

IRD P CURY et N BEZ

Geacuteologie seacutediemntologie et Nature des fonds

2 thegraveses sur le plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais sud et nord

IRD carte de Domain (IRDORSTOM) carte des seacutediments du plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais)

carte de Barusso

Travaux de Lachance et Mc Master

Odinafirca Plateau continental ndash carte digitaliseacutee sur la nature des fonds ndash voir sur ordinafrica

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 42

Annex 5 GIS data priorities

Explanation of ranking system

Term short-term bullbullbull medium-term bullbull long-term bull Estimated Ease of acquiring data easy bullbullbull moderatebullbull difficult bull

Importance high bullbullbull moderate bullbull low bull Term Ease Import

Base layers

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 coastline(s)

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 2 ecological regions

bullbullbull bull bullbullbull 3 bathymetry

bullbullbull bullbull bull 4 topography (for land ndashcan help with shoreline classifications)

Physical and oceanographic

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 estuaries rivers

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 shoreline type (cliff rocky sandy muddy etc)

bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 surficial sediment (bottom type)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 seafloor topographic complexity ruggedness (can be created from bathymetry)

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 5 seamounts (can also be identified through bathymetry)

6 other seascape features eg

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull canyons

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 43

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull ridges

bullbull bullbullbull bullbull hydrothermal vents

bullbull bull bullbull seeps

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull banks

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull rocky reefs

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull estuaries (sub-classes)

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull lagoons

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull upwellings

bull bullbull bull 7 ocean currents tides

bull bullbull bullbull 8 sea surface temperature

bull bullbull bullbull 9 salinity

bull bull bull 10 photosynthetically available radiation (PAR)

bull bull bull 11 coastal erosion sediment transport

bull bull bullbull 12 climate change trends eg movement of upwellings

Biological habitat

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 1 threatened or endangered species (amp spawning nursery areas etc)

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 threatened or endangered habitats

bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 habitat classification (if one exists regionally)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 biogenic features eg

warm water coral reefs

cold water coral ldquoforestsrdquo

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 44

mangroves (sub-classes)

bullbull bull bullbullbull 5 Key commercial species eg

crustaceans molluscs (crabs shrimps oysters etc)

pelagic large fishes (eg tunas)

pelagic small fishes

demersal fishes

bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 primary productivity (usually satellite colour images chlorophyll_a)

bullbull bull bullbull 7 secondary productivity (eg an estimate of carbon flux)

bullbull bull bullbull 8 migration of invasive species

Human use management

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 marine protected areas

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 year-round fisheries closures

bullbull bullbull bull 3 other seasonal fisheries closures

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 4 cities towns villages (with populations)

bullbull bullbull bull 5 local community boundaries

bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 traditional use boundaries (eg artisanal fisheries)

bull bullbull bull 7 migrant land use grazing

bullbull bull bullbullbull 8 areas of cultural spiritual importance

bullbull bullbullbull bullbull 9 roads (can help with understanding remoteness amp shoreline access)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 10 shipping routes and harbours

bullbull bullbull bull 11 land use particularly agriculture (can be combined into an analysis of rivers to estimate runoff)

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 45

bullbull bull bullbullbull 12 fishing

a artisanal by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)

b industrial by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 13 offshore oil amp gas licences exploratory wells installations (platforms pipelines shore based)

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 14 sand amp gravel mining

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 15 tourism shoreline development resorts marinas

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 46

Annex 6 Thirty additional assessments

Excerpted and adapted from the 54 page report by the OSPAR Regional seas convention for

the Northeast Atlantic (2007) Background document to support the assessment of whether

the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is ecologically coherent6

Assessment Criterion 1 Adequacy Viability

1 Assessment Guideline One should expect the sizes of network sites (for a given feature) to be

distributed throughout or exceed the estimated range of sizes necessary to sustain a viable

population or community

2 Assessment Guideline Sites that are heavily impacted andor surrounded by heavily impacted

areas should be larger than otherwise

3 Assessment Guideline Features of ecological significance should receive greater protection

than normal

4 Assessment Guideline Location and geography can be used to indicate adequate protection

such that

a Protection of pelagic features should generally be reflected with the implementation of

larger sites than those for benthic features

b In regions constrained by physical geography (eg fjords bays bights passages straits)

the adequate sizes of individual sites will generally be smaller than areas without such

physical constraints (eg regional seas open ocean)

c Offshore andor deeper sites will generally require larger areas than for nearshore andor

shallow sites (However the exceptions of certain deep sea benthic features such as

hydrothermal vents and cold seeps are noted)

5 Assessment Guideline in a given region the adequate spatial protection of most OSPAR

features and the overall network can be expected to conform to the scientific literature and

fall within the range commonly found within that literature It is recognized that this is an

evolving field of study

6 Assessment Guideline Owing to the multiplicity of its objectives the OSPAR network can be

expected to contain a variety of reserve sizes and corresponding spacing between sites

7 Assessment Guideline If a site is at the small end of the expected viability range for a given

feature then compact sites are preferable If on the other hand a given site is at the large end

of the estimated viability range then a less compact shape would allow for greater spill-over

and benefits outside of the reserve

a The Compactness of a given site can be calculated using a GIS and the following

formula C = (4πAp2)

05 Where C is the Compactness A is the area of the site and p is

its perimeter

8 Assessment Guideline A broad MPA network such as the OSPAR network with a wide

variety of features can be expected to have a wide variety of reserve shapes and sizes

6 Jeff Ardron is the primary author of this OSPAR report

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 47

a The combined size and compactness of a site be readily calculated using a GIS and the

following formula SSC = ln (PA) Where SSC is here labelled as the site size-

compactness P is the perimeter of the site and A is the area

9 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA electronic database lists the aims and ecological

criteria on a site by site basis Thus as a preliminary assessment these can be compiled to get

an indication of how well they are being met across the network

10 Assessment Guideline A list inventory of features within a region that (are known or

believed to) meet the OSPAR aims and ecological criteria is required in order to fully assess if

the existing MPA sites are likely adequate

11 Assessment Guideline Features that are common and widely distributed will generally require

less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are rare andor sparsely

distributed

Assessment Criterion 2 Representativity

12 Assessment Guideline OSPAR MPAs should be checked to ensure that they are broadly

distributed across biogeographic regions In such an assessment there is no need to restrict the

assessment to just one biogeographic classification system So long as they appear to be

rigorous (eg peer-reviewed) the use of a variety of systems is encouraged

13 Assessment Guideline Each of the Dinter [OSPAR] bioregions should be adequately

protected

14 Assessment Guideline National classifications can be very helpful in assessing

representativity at a national level based on national categories and should be used where they

exist

15 Assessment Guideline In the absence of full biological surveys or full classification systems

(such as EUNIS) simple surrogates should be used to check that representativity is possibly

being achieved Benthic and pelagic realms should be considered

16 Assessment Guideline Representative features that are very common and widely distributed

will likely require less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are just

somewhat common

As a rule of thumb within a given feature class representative protection can be

compared to a normalized distribution For example if the areal distribution of

representative classes can be normalised through a square-root transformation then

protected area distribution could be expected to be roughly proportional to the square-

root of the ratio of the representative feature classesrsquo overall areas

17 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA nomination database should be checked to ensure

that the idea of the ldquobestrdquo features was taken into account across feature types and regions

18 Assessment Guideline Features that best represent their type can be expected to be

characterized by most or all of these indicators

a Typical morphology

b High density abundance

c High degree of health naturalness

d Persistence (temporal and spatial) and

e Strong functional linkages

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 48

Assessment Criterion 3 Replication

19 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area more than one example of each feature

should be protected

20 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features protected in areas susceptible

to catastrophic events require greater replication than those in low-risk areas

21 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area where no better data exist natural

variation can be assumed to be greatest between sites that are furthest apart

22 Assessment Guideline Features that are very specifically defined will exhibit less variation

and hence require less replication than features which are very general or ldquocatch-allrdquo categories

23 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area scientific requirements may require

replicate sites for differing purposes If these requirements are not known it can be assumed

that replicate sites that are a moderate distance apart (neither immediate neighbours nor at

extreme ends of the biogeographic area) will satisfy most scientific requirements

24 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features for which there are weak or

incomplete or modelled data require greater replication than those features for which better data

are available

Assessment Criterion 4 Connectivity

25 Assessment Guideline If an area is known or suspected to be important to connectivity then it

should be represented in the MPA network

26 Assessment Guideline Reserves in areas where there are known currents (eg many coastal

areas) should be more closely spaced than otherwise In order to maintain connectivity for most

short to moderate larval dispersing species when specific data are lacking such nearshore sites

should be spaced not further than 50 km apart

27 Assessment Guideline Connectivity between seabird sites can be measured in straight lines

28 Assessment Guideline Connectivity for marine species can be assumed to be greater along

lines of similar habitat than across them

29 Assessment Guideline The density of marine reserves can be used as a way to group areas of

likely connectivity Likewise it can also define gaps where connectivity has probably not been

achieved

30 Assessment Guideline In the absence of dispersal data connectivity may be approximated by

ensuring the MPA network is well distributed in space reflecting the scale of its surroundings

Page 30: A Suggested Approach for Gap Analyses of the RAMPAO Marine ...€¦ · A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 2 Recommendation re outreach: 1) regional contact

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 28

References

Ardron JA 2002 A Recipe for Determining Benthic Complexity An Indicator of Species Richness In Marine Geography GIS for the Oceans and Seas (ch 23 pp 196-175) Joe Breman (ed) Redlands CA USA ESRI Press

Ardron JA 2009 Three initial OSPAR tests of ecological coherence heuristics in a data-limited situation ICES Journal of Marine Research 658 1527-1533

Ardron JA Dunn D Corrigan C Gjerde K Halpin P Rice J Vanden Berghe E Vierros M 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations A background document for the CBD expert workshop Ottawa Canada 29 September ndash 2 October 2009 37 pp + 73 pp Annex 1

BALANCE 2008 Ecological coherence and principles MPA assessment selection and design Technical Summary Report 34 httpbalance-euorgxpdfbalance-technical-summary-report-no-3-4pdf

FAO 2009 International guidelines for the management of deep-sea fisheries in the high seas Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations Rome

Fahrig 2001 How much Habitat is enough Biological Conservation 100 (1) 65-74

Fuller T Morton DP Sarkar S 2008 Incorporating uncertainty about speciesrsquo potential distributions under climate change into the selection of conservation areas with a case study from the Arctic Coastal Plain of Alaska Biological Conservation 141 1547-1559

Gigerenzer G Todd P M and the ABC Research Group 1999 Simple heuristics that make us smart Oxford University Press New York

IUCNBRAO 2007 Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parc de Guineacutee Bissau

IUCNPACO 2008a Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees aires proteacutegeacutees de la Reacutepublique de Guineacutee

IUCNBRAO 2008b Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parcs et reacuteserves de Mauritanie

Lindeboom HJ and Baumlck S 2005 Establishing coastal and marine reserves- with the emphasis on fisheries Pages 103-118 In Managing European Coasts Past Present and Future J Vermaat LBouwer KTurner WSalomons (Eds) Springer-Verlag

OSPAR 2007 Background document to support the Assessment of whether the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is Ecologically Coherent OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic Publication Number 2007320 wwwosparorg

OSPAR 2008 Three initial spatial tests looking at the ecological coherence of the OSPAR marine protected area (MPA) network OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic 3602008 wwwosparorg 17 pp

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 29

Annex 1 Calendar of meetings 1st Mission 5-12 Sept 2009

Lundi

FIBA

Charlotte Karibuhoye

Coordinatrice

Souadou Ndiaye

SIG RAMPAO

Julien Semelin Appui agrave la creacuteation de nouvelles AMP et renforcement de lrsquoefficaciteacute des AMP

UICN Racine Kane AMP transfrontaliegravere

16h par teacuteleacutephone

PRCM Ahmed Senhoury

Directeur

Mardi

8h30 WWF Mamadou Diallo

Chargeacute de mission espegraveces et habitats

mdialowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 641 13 84

Paul Siegel Conseiller en environnement marin psiegelwwfsenegalorg 221 869 37 00

10h30

CSE centre de suivi eacutecologique Ministegravere de lrsquoenvironnement

Taibou Ba Cartes donneacutees

15h Wetland international Africa

Emma GREATRIX

Network for biodiversiteacute (BIOMAC network) Manatee Waterbirds Mangroves

egeatrix]wetlandssn +221 33 869 1681

Mercredi

10h SI NEPAD David Njiki Njiki

Coordinateur environnement njikinjikiyahoocom 221 33 842 73 11

12h WWF Ibrahima Niamadio

Officier pecircche durable iniamadiowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 567 53 16

15h par teacuteleacutephone

UICN Mathieu Ducroq

Coordinateur du programme marin et cocirctier de lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoouest central

+ 222 662 40 82 portable 0022 529 09 77 bureau

16h par teacuteleacutephone

RAMPAO Alfredo da Silva

Preacutesident du RAMPAO Directeur IBAP Ancien coordinateur du reacuteseau de gestion des zones cocirctiegraveres

00245 580 38 48 ou 00 245

UNESCO Isabelle Niang

Projet GEF drsquoadaptation au changement climatique en Afrique de lrsquoouest Erosion cocirctiegravere

Jeudi

9h UICN Guineacutee Bissau

Pierre Campredon

Ancien responsable du PRCM Pierrecampredoniucnorg 0033 630340088

11h30 Convention drsquoAbidjan

Nassere Kaba 0022520211183

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 30

13h CRODTCNDO ODINAFRICA

Anis Diallo Aquaculture et directeur du CNDO adialloordinafricanet 22133832826465 221 77 631 15 95

15h CSRP

M Hamadi Diop

En charge du deacutepartement laquo recherche et systegraveme drsquoinformation raquo

hamadidiopgmailcom

Philippe Tous Projet AFD ndash inteacutegration des AMP dans les politiques de pecircche

philipetousgmailcom (Skype Phil_tous)

Renaud Bailleux

Contrat UICN sur la gestion de lrsquoaccegraves aux ressources halieutiques dans la reacutegion - accords de pecircche ndash gouvernance partageacutee dans les AMP (financement PRCM)

M Dop mika Programme requins de la FIBA mika_dfryahoofr

Vendredi

9H IRD Luis Tito de Morais

Peumlcheeacutecologie des peuplements de poissons

titoirdsn 221 33 849 3658

11h UICN Mamadou Sow

Chef de projet mangrove Mamadousowuicnorg 221 33 869 0286

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 31

Annex 2 CBD criteria for ecologically significant areas

CBD Decision IX20 Annex 1

SCIENTIFIC CRITERIA FOR IDENTIFYING ECOLOGICALLY OR BIOLOGICALLY SIGNIFICANT MARINE AREAS IN NEED OF PROTECTION IN OPEN-

OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS

Criteria Definition Rationale Examples Consideration in application

Uniqueness or

rarity

Area contains

either (i) unique (ldquothe

only one of its kindrdquo) rare

(ldquooccurs only in few

locationsrdquo) or endemic

species populations or

communities andor (ii)

unique rare or distinct

habitats or ecosystems

andor (iii) unique or

unusual geomorphological

or oceanographic features

Irreplaceable

Loss would mean the probable permanent disappearance of diversity or a feature or reduction of the diversity at any level

Open ocean waters

Sargasso Sea Taylor column

persistent polynyas

Deep-sea habitats

endemic communities around

submerged atolls hydrothermal

vents sea mounts pseudo-

abyssal depression

Risk of biased-view of the perceived uniqueness depending on the information availability

Scale dependency of features such that unique features at one scale may be typical at another thus a global and regional perspective must be taken

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 32

Special

importance for

life-history

stages of

species

Areas that are required for

a population to survive and

thrive

Various biotic and abiotic

conditions coupled with

species-specific

physiological constraints

and preferences tend to

make some parts of marine

regions more suitable to

particular life-stages and

functions than other parts

Area containing (i) breeding grounds

spawning areas nursery areas juvenile

habitat or other areas important for life

history stages of species or (ii) habitats of

migratory species (feeding wintering or

resting areas breeding moulting

migratory routes)

Connectivity between life-history stages and linkages between areas trophic interactions physical transport physical oceanography life history of species

Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data Vessel monitoring system (VMS) data

Spatial and temporal distribution andor aggregation of the species

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 33

Importance for

threatened

endangered or

declining

species andor

habitats

Area containing habitat for

the survival and recovery

of endangered threatened

declining species or area

with significant

assemblages of such

species

To ensure the restoration

and recovery of such species

and habitats

Areas critical for threatened endangered

or declining species andor habitats

containing (i) breeding grounds spawning

areas nursery areas juvenile habitat or

other areas important for life history

stages of species or (ii) habitats of

migratory species (feeding wintering or

resting areas breeding moulting

migratory routes)

Includes species with very large geographic ranges

In many cases recovery will require reestablishment of the species in areas of its historic range

Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data vessel-monitoring system (VMS) data

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 34

Vulnerability

Fragility

Sensitivity or

Slow recovery

Areas that contain a

relatively high proportion

of sensitive habitats

biotopes or species that

are functionally fragile

(highly susceptible to

degradation or depletion

by human activity or by

natural events) or with

slow recovery

The criteria indicate the

degree of risk that will be

incurred if human activities

or natural events in the area

or component cannot be

managed effectively or are

pursued at an unsustainable

rate

Vulnerability of species

Inferred from the history of how species or populations in other similar areas responded to perturbations

Species of low fecundity slow growth long time to sexual maturity longevity (eg sharks etc)

Species with structures providing biogenic habitats such as deepwater corals sponges and bryozoans deep-water species

Vulnerability of habitats

Ice-covered areas susceptible to ship-based pollution

Ocean acidification can make deep sea habitats more vulnerable to others and increase susceptibility to human induced changes

Interactions between vulnerability to human impacts and natural events

Existing definition emphasizes site specific ideas and requires consideration for highly mobile species

Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 35

Biological

productivity

Area containing species

populations or

communities with

comparatively higher

natural biological

productivity

Important role in fuelling

ecosystems and increasing

the growth rates of

organisms and their capacity

for reproduction

Frontal areas

Upwellings

Hydrothermal vents

Seamounts polynyas

Can be measured as the rate of growth of marine organisms and their populations either through the fixation of inorganic carbon by photosynthesis chemosynthesis or through the ingestion of prey dissolved organic matter or particulate organic matter

Can be inferred from remote-sensed products eg ocean colour or process-based models

Time-series fisheries data can be used but caution is required

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 36

Biological

diversity

Area contains

comparatively higher

diversity of ecosystems

habitats communities or

species or has higher

genetic diversity

Important for evolution and

maintaining the resilience of

marine species and

ecosystems

Sea-mounts

Fronts and convergence zones

Cold coral communities

Deep-water sponge communities

Diversity needs to be seen in relation to the surrounding environment

Diversity indices are indifferent to species substitutions

Diversity indices are indifferent to which species may be contributing to the value of the index and hence would not pick up areas important to species of special concern such as endangered species

Can be inferred from habitat heterogeneity or diversity as a surrogate for species diversity in areas where biodiversity has not been sampled intensively

Naturalness Area with a comparatively

higher degree of

naturalness as a result of

the lack of or low level of

human-induced

disturbance or

degradation

To protect areas with near natural structure processes and functions

To maintain these areas as reference sites

To safeguard and enhance ecosystem resilience

Most ecosystems and habitats have

examples with varying levels of

naturalness and the intent is that the

more natural examples should be

selected

Priority should be given to areas having a low level of disturbance relative to their surroundings

In areas where no natural areas remain areas that have successfully recovered including reestablishment of species should be

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 37

considered

Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 38

Annex 3 CBD criteria for MPA networks

Decision IX20 Annex II SCIENTIFIC GUIDANCE FOR SELECTING AREAS TO ESTABLISH A REPRESENTATIVE NETWORK OF MARINE PROTECTED AREAS INCLUDING IN

OPEN OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS

Required network properties and

components Definition Applicable site specific considerations (inter alia)

Ecologically and biologically significant areas

Ecologically and biologically significant areas are geographically or oceanographically discrete areas that provide important services to one or more speciespopulations of an ecosystem or to the ecosystem as a whole compared to other surrounding areas or areas of similar ecological characteristics or otherwise meet the criteria as identified in annex I to decision IX20

Uniqueness or rarity

Special importance for life history stages of species

Importance for threatened endangered or declining species andor habitats

Vulnerability fragility sensitivity or slow recovery

Biological productivity

Biological diversity

Naturalness

Representativity Representativity is captured in a network when it consists of areas representing the different biogeographical subdivisions of the global oceans and regional seas that reasonably reflect the full range of ecosystems including the biotic and habitat diversity of those marine ecosystems

A full range of examples across a biogeographic habitat or community classification relative health of species and communities relative intactness of habitat(s) naturalness

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 39

Connectivity Connectivity in the design of a network allows for linkages whereby protected sites benefit from larval andor species exchanges and functional linkages from other network sites In a connected network individual sites benefit one another

Currents gyres physical bottlenecks migration routes species dispersal detritus functional linkages Isolated sites such as isolated seamount communities may also be included

Replicated ecological features Replication of ecological features means that more than one site shall contain examples of a given feature in the given biogeographic area The term ―features means ―species habitats and ecological processes that naturally occur in the given biogeographic area

Accounting for uncertainty natural variation and the possibility of catastrophic events Features that exhibit less natural variation or are precisely defined may require less replication than features that are inherently highly variable or are only very generally defined

Adequate and viable sites Adequate and viable sites indicate that all sites within a network should have size and protection sufficient to ensure the ecological viability and integrity of the feature(s) for which they were selected

Adequacy and viability will depend on size shape buffers persistence of features threats surrounding environment (context) physical constraints scale of featuresprocesses spillovercompactness

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 40

Annex 4 Data sources highlighted in discussions during the 1st Mission

Thegravemes Organisme ressources Personnes ressources Sites internet ressources et bases de donneacutees

Donneacutees bibliographiques

IRD Linus base bibliographique (httpiacaprodc3eduvsqfrlinus)

CRODT Catalogue des publications du CRODT

Donneacutees geacuteneacuterales

PRCMFIBA SIG Reacutegional Catalogue drsquoInformations pour lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoOuest (CIAO) wwwolmmrciao

OdinAfrica African marine atlas ndash voir OdinAfrica

OBIS httpwwwiobisorg

Guineacutee Bissau SIG Guineacutee Bissau au 200 000 egraveme sur toute la zone cocirctiegravere et 50 000 egraveme sur les Bijagos voir Franccedilois Gourmelonuniv-brestfr ou Emmanuel Ginaudet

Cap vert Systegraveme national SIG pour toutes les donneacutees du Cap vert

Bathymeacutetrie

Navy Londres Africa Pilot Volume 1 Hydrographer of the Navy London 1967

SHOM Carte SHOM ndeg6815 INT14 au 110 000 000egraveme Voir site wwwshomfr - catalogue

Cf Canada Carte au CSE

CND0 CD des donneacutees bathymeacutetriques de la sous-reacutegion

Donneacutees oceacuteanographiques geacuteneacuterales

OdinAfrica Points focaux des pays agrave voir sur site internet drsquoOdinAfrica

ordinafricanet Atelier national OdinAfrica ndash voir sur le site CNDO Aller sur le site OdinAfrica reacutecupeacuterer les shapefiles (httpwwwodinafricaorg) et sur httpwwwafricanmarineatlasnet

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 41

IRDlaboratoire LOCEAN-IPSL (Universiteacute Paris 6) LPAOSF (Lab de Physique de lAtmosphegravere et de lOceacutean de agrave lEacutecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique-UCAD

Alban Lazar (IRD) Simeacuteon Fongang (Ecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique) Raymond Lahaye (IRDLEMAR)

Circulation oceacuteanique le long des cocirctes seacuteneacutegalaises (structures variabiliteacute meacutecanismes de lrsquoupwelling des courants cocirctiers des tempeacuteratures et des saliniteacutes) et les couplages oceacutean-atmosphegravere

FAO Merete TANDSTAD Projets CCLEM et GCLME

NEPAD Projet GCLME

PRCM et IMROP + autres

Faire lrsquoinventaire des socieacuteteacutes qui ont fait de la prospection peacutetroliegravere et voir leurs donneacutees et eacutetudes drsquoimpact eacutetude Woodside ou Dana petroleum voir PRCM et IMROP

Universiteacute Rapport master de lrsquouniversiteacute sur la modeacutelisation de la circulation et des tempeacuteratures sur la haute mer (demander CNDO)

Upwellings Odiafrica Donneacutees upwellings sur Odinafrica

IRD P CURY et N BEZ

Geacuteologie seacutediemntologie et Nature des fonds

2 thegraveses sur le plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais sud et nord

IRD carte de Domain (IRDORSTOM) carte des seacutediments du plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais)

carte de Barusso

Travaux de Lachance et Mc Master

Odinafirca Plateau continental ndash carte digitaliseacutee sur la nature des fonds ndash voir sur ordinafrica

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 42

Annex 5 GIS data priorities

Explanation of ranking system

Term short-term bullbullbull medium-term bullbull long-term bull Estimated Ease of acquiring data easy bullbullbull moderatebullbull difficult bull

Importance high bullbullbull moderate bullbull low bull Term Ease Import

Base layers

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 coastline(s)

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 2 ecological regions

bullbullbull bull bullbullbull 3 bathymetry

bullbullbull bullbull bull 4 topography (for land ndashcan help with shoreline classifications)

Physical and oceanographic

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 estuaries rivers

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 shoreline type (cliff rocky sandy muddy etc)

bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 surficial sediment (bottom type)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 seafloor topographic complexity ruggedness (can be created from bathymetry)

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 5 seamounts (can also be identified through bathymetry)

6 other seascape features eg

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull canyons

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 43

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull ridges

bullbull bullbullbull bullbull hydrothermal vents

bullbull bull bullbull seeps

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull banks

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull rocky reefs

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull estuaries (sub-classes)

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull lagoons

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull upwellings

bull bullbull bull 7 ocean currents tides

bull bullbull bullbull 8 sea surface temperature

bull bullbull bullbull 9 salinity

bull bull bull 10 photosynthetically available radiation (PAR)

bull bull bull 11 coastal erosion sediment transport

bull bull bullbull 12 climate change trends eg movement of upwellings

Biological habitat

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 1 threatened or endangered species (amp spawning nursery areas etc)

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 threatened or endangered habitats

bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 habitat classification (if one exists regionally)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 biogenic features eg

warm water coral reefs

cold water coral ldquoforestsrdquo

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 44

mangroves (sub-classes)

bullbull bull bullbullbull 5 Key commercial species eg

crustaceans molluscs (crabs shrimps oysters etc)

pelagic large fishes (eg tunas)

pelagic small fishes

demersal fishes

bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 primary productivity (usually satellite colour images chlorophyll_a)

bullbull bull bullbull 7 secondary productivity (eg an estimate of carbon flux)

bullbull bull bullbull 8 migration of invasive species

Human use management

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 marine protected areas

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 year-round fisheries closures

bullbull bullbull bull 3 other seasonal fisheries closures

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 4 cities towns villages (with populations)

bullbull bullbull bull 5 local community boundaries

bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 traditional use boundaries (eg artisanal fisheries)

bull bullbull bull 7 migrant land use grazing

bullbull bull bullbullbull 8 areas of cultural spiritual importance

bullbull bullbullbull bullbull 9 roads (can help with understanding remoteness amp shoreline access)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 10 shipping routes and harbours

bullbull bullbull bull 11 land use particularly agriculture (can be combined into an analysis of rivers to estimate runoff)

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 45

bullbull bull bullbullbull 12 fishing

a artisanal by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)

b industrial by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 13 offshore oil amp gas licences exploratory wells installations (platforms pipelines shore based)

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 14 sand amp gravel mining

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 15 tourism shoreline development resorts marinas

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 46

Annex 6 Thirty additional assessments

Excerpted and adapted from the 54 page report by the OSPAR Regional seas convention for

the Northeast Atlantic (2007) Background document to support the assessment of whether

the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is ecologically coherent6

Assessment Criterion 1 Adequacy Viability

1 Assessment Guideline One should expect the sizes of network sites (for a given feature) to be

distributed throughout or exceed the estimated range of sizes necessary to sustain a viable

population or community

2 Assessment Guideline Sites that are heavily impacted andor surrounded by heavily impacted

areas should be larger than otherwise

3 Assessment Guideline Features of ecological significance should receive greater protection

than normal

4 Assessment Guideline Location and geography can be used to indicate adequate protection

such that

a Protection of pelagic features should generally be reflected with the implementation of

larger sites than those for benthic features

b In regions constrained by physical geography (eg fjords bays bights passages straits)

the adequate sizes of individual sites will generally be smaller than areas without such

physical constraints (eg regional seas open ocean)

c Offshore andor deeper sites will generally require larger areas than for nearshore andor

shallow sites (However the exceptions of certain deep sea benthic features such as

hydrothermal vents and cold seeps are noted)

5 Assessment Guideline in a given region the adequate spatial protection of most OSPAR

features and the overall network can be expected to conform to the scientific literature and

fall within the range commonly found within that literature It is recognized that this is an

evolving field of study

6 Assessment Guideline Owing to the multiplicity of its objectives the OSPAR network can be

expected to contain a variety of reserve sizes and corresponding spacing between sites

7 Assessment Guideline If a site is at the small end of the expected viability range for a given

feature then compact sites are preferable If on the other hand a given site is at the large end

of the estimated viability range then a less compact shape would allow for greater spill-over

and benefits outside of the reserve

a The Compactness of a given site can be calculated using a GIS and the following

formula C = (4πAp2)

05 Where C is the Compactness A is the area of the site and p is

its perimeter

8 Assessment Guideline A broad MPA network such as the OSPAR network with a wide

variety of features can be expected to have a wide variety of reserve shapes and sizes

6 Jeff Ardron is the primary author of this OSPAR report

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 47

a The combined size and compactness of a site be readily calculated using a GIS and the

following formula SSC = ln (PA) Where SSC is here labelled as the site size-

compactness P is the perimeter of the site and A is the area

9 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA electronic database lists the aims and ecological

criteria on a site by site basis Thus as a preliminary assessment these can be compiled to get

an indication of how well they are being met across the network

10 Assessment Guideline A list inventory of features within a region that (are known or

believed to) meet the OSPAR aims and ecological criteria is required in order to fully assess if

the existing MPA sites are likely adequate

11 Assessment Guideline Features that are common and widely distributed will generally require

less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are rare andor sparsely

distributed

Assessment Criterion 2 Representativity

12 Assessment Guideline OSPAR MPAs should be checked to ensure that they are broadly

distributed across biogeographic regions In such an assessment there is no need to restrict the

assessment to just one biogeographic classification system So long as they appear to be

rigorous (eg peer-reviewed) the use of a variety of systems is encouraged

13 Assessment Guideline Each of the Dinter [OSPAR] bioregions should be adequately

protected

14 Assessment Guideline National classifications can be very helpful in assessing

representativity at a national level based on national categories and should be used where they

exist

15 Assessment Guideline In the absence of full biological surveys or full classification systems

(such as EUNIS) simple surrogates should be used to check that representativity is possibly

being achieved Benthic and pelagic realms should be considered

16 Assessment Guideline Representative features that are very common and widely distributed

will likely require less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are just

somewhat common

As a rule of thumb within a given feature class representative protection can be

compared to a normalized distribution For example if the areal distribution of

representative classes can be normalised through a square-root transformation then

protected area distribution could be expected to be roughly proportional to the square-

root of the ratio of the representative feature classesrsquo overall areas

17 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA nomination database should be checked to ensure

that the idea of the ldquobestrdquo features was taken into account across feature types and regions

18 Assessment Guideline Features that best represent their type can be expected to be

characterized by most or all of these indicators

a Typical morphology

b High density abundance

c High degree of health naturalness

d Persistence (temporal and spatial) and

e Strong functional linkages

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 48

Assessment Criterion 3 Replication

19 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area more than one example of each feature

should be protected

20 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features protected in areas susceptible

to catastrophic events require greater replication than those in low-risk areas

21 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area where no better data exist natural

variation can be assumed to be greatest between sites that are furthest apart

22 Assessment Guideline Features that are very specifically defined will exhibit less variation

and hence require less replication than features which are very general or ldquocatch-allrdquo categories

23 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area scientific requirements may require

replicate sites for differing purposes If these requirements are not known it can be assumed

that replicate sites that are a moderate distance apart (neither immediate neighbours nor at

extreme ends of the biogeographic area) will satisfy most scientific requirements

24 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features for which there are weak or

incomplete or modelled data require greater replication than those features for which better data

are available

Assessment Criterion 4 Connectivity

25 Assessment Guideline If an area is known or suspected to be important to connectivity then it

should be represented in the MPA network

26 Assessment Guideline Reserves in areas where there are known currents (eg many coastal

areas) should be more closely spaced than otherwise In order to maintain connectivity for most

short to moderate larval dispersing species when specific data are lacking such nearshore sites

should be spaced not further than 50 km apart

27 Assessment Guideline Connectivity between seabird sites can be measured in straight lines

28 Assessment Guideline Connectivity for marine species can be assumed to be greater along

lines of similar habitat than across them

29 Assessment Guideline The density of marine reserves can be used as a way to group areas of

likely connectivity Likewise it can also define gaps where connectivity has probably not been

achieved

30 Assessment Guideline In the absence of dispersal data connectivity may be approximated by

ensuring the MPA network is well distributed in space reflecting the scale of its surroundings

Page 31: A Suggested Approach for Gap Analyses of the RAMPAO Marine ...€¦ · A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 2 Recommendation re outreach: 1) regional contact

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 29

Annex 1 Calendar of meetings 1st Mission 5-12 Sept 2009

Lundi

FIBA

Charlotte Karibuhoye

Coordinatrice

Souadou Ndiaye

SIG RAMPAO

Julien Semelin Appui agrave la creacuteation de nouvelles AMP et renforcement de lrsquoefficaciteacute des AMP

UICN Racine Kane AMP transfrontaliegravere

16h par teacuteleacutephone

PRCM Ahmed Senhoury

Directeur

Mardi

8h30 WWF Mamadou Diallo

Chargeacute de mission espegraveces et habitats

mdialowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 641 13 84

Paul Siegel Conseiller en environnement marin psiegelwwfsenegalorg 221 869 37 00

10h30

CSE centre de suivi eacutecologique Ministegravere de lrsquoenvironnement

Taibou Ba Cartes donneacutees

15h Wetland international Africa

Emma GREATRIX

Network for biodiversiteacute (BIOMAC network) Manatee Waterbirds Mangroves

egeatrix]wetlandssn +221 33 869 1681

Mercredi

10h SI NEPAD David Njiki Njiki

Coordinateur environnement njikinjikiyahoocom 221 33 842 73 11

12h WWF Ibrahima Niamadio

Officier pecircche durable iniamadiowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 567 53 16

15h par teacuteleacutephone

UICN Mathieu Ducroq

Coordinateur du programme marin et cocirctier de lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoouest central

+ 222 662 40 82 portable 0022 529 09 77 bureau

16h par teacuteleacutephone

RAMPAO Alfredo da Silva

Preacutesident du RAMPAO Directeur IBAP Ancien coordinateur du reacuteseau de gestion des zones cocirctiegraveres

00245 580 38 48 ou 00 245

UNESCO Isabelle Niang

Projet GEF drsquoadaptation au changement climatique en Afrique de lrsquoouest Erosion cocirctiegravere

Jeudi

9h UICN Guineacutee Bissau

Pierre Campredon

Ancien responsable du PRCM Pierrecampredoniucnorg 0033 630340088

11h30 Convention drsquoAbidjan

Nassere Kaba 0022520211183

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 30

13h CRODTCNDO ODINAFRICA

Anis Diallo Aquaculture et directeur du CNDO adialloordinafricanet 22133832826465 221 77 631 15 95

15h CSRP

M Hamadi Diop

En charge du deacutepartement laquo recherche et systegraveme drsquoinformation raquo

hamadidiopgmailcom

Philippe Tous Projet AFD ndash inteacutegration des AMP dans les politiques de pecircche

philipetousgmailcom (Skype Phil_tous)

Renaud Bailleux

Contrat UICN sur la gestion de lrsquoaccegraves aux ressources halieutiques dans la reacutegion - accords de pecircche ndash gouvernance partageacutee dans les AMP (financement PRCM)

M Dop mika Programme requins de la FIBA mika_dfryahoofr

Vendredi

9H IRD Luis Tito de Morais

Peumlcheeacutecologie des peuplements de poissons

titoirdsn 221 33 849 3658

11h UICN Mamadou Sow

Chef de projet mangrove Mamadousowuicnorg 221 33 869 0286

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 31

Annex 2 CBD criteria for ecologically significant areas

CBD Decision IX20 Annex 1

SCIENTIFIC CRITERIA FOR IDENTIFYING ECOLOGICALLY OR BIOLOGICALLY SIGNIFICANT MARINE AREAS IN NEED OF PROTECTION IN OPEN-

OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS

Criteria Definition Rationale Examples Consideration in application

Uniqueness or

rarity

Area contains

either (i) unique (ldquothe

only one of its kindrdquo) rare

(ldquooccurs only in few

locationsrdquo) or endemic

species populations or

communities andor (ii)

unique rare or distinct

habitats or ecosystems

andor (iii) unique or

unusual geomorphological

or oceanographic features

Irreplaceable

Loss would mean the probable permanent disappearance of diversity or a feature or reduction of the diversity at any level

Open ocean waters

Sargasso Sea Taylor column

persistent polynyas

Deep-sea habitats

endemic communities around

submerged atolls hydrothermal

vents sea mounts pseudo-

abyssal depression

Risk of biased-view of the perceived uniqueness depending on the information availability

Scale dependency of features such that unique features at one scale may be typical at another thus a global and regional perspective must be taken

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 32

Special

importance for

life-history

stages of

species

Areas that are required for

a population to survive and

thrive

Various biotic and abiotic

conditions coupled with

species-specific

physiological constraints

and preferences tend to

make some parts of marine

regions more suitable to

particular life-stages and

functions than other parts

Area containing (i) breeding grounds

spawning areas nursery areas juvenile

habitat or other areas important for life

history stages of species or (ii) habitats of

migratory species (feeding wintering or

resting areas breeding moulting

migratory routes)

Connectivity between life-history stages and linkages between areas trophic interactions physical transport physical oceanography life history of species

Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data Vessel monitoring system (VMS) data

Spatial and temporal distribution andor aggregation of the species

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 33

Importance for

threatened

endangered or

declining

species andor

habitats

Area containing habitat for

the survival and recovery

of endangered threatened

declining species or area

with significant

assemblages of such

species

To ensure the restoration

and recovery of such species

and habitats

Areas critical for threatened endangered

or declining species andor habitats

containing (i) breeding grounds spawning

areas nursery areas juvenile habitat or

other areas important for life history

stages of species or (ii) habitats of

migratory species (feeding wintering or

resting areas breeding moulting

migratory routes)

Includes species with very large geographic ranges

In many cases recovery will require reestablishment of the species in areas of its historic range

Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data vessel-monitoring system (VMS) data

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 34

Vulnerability

Fragility

Sensitivity or

Slow recovery

Areas that contain a

relatively high proportion

of sensitive habitats

biotopes or species that

are functionally fragile

(highly susceptible to

degradation or depletion

by human activity or by

natural events) or with

slow recovery

The criteria indicate the

degree of risk that will be

incurred if human activities

or natural events in the area

or component cannot be

managed effectively or are

pursued at an unsustainable

rate

Vulnerability of species

Inferred from the history of how species or populations in other similar areas responded to perturbations

Species of low fecundity slow growth long time to sexual maturity longevity (eg sharks etc)

Species with structures providing biogenic habitats such as deepwater corals sponges and bryozoans deep-water species

Vulnerability of habitats

Ice-covered areas susceptible to ship-based pollution

Ocean acidification can make deep sea habitats more vulnerable to others and increase susceptibility to human induced changes

Interactions between vulnerability to human impacts and natural events

Existing definition emphasizes site specific ideas and requires consideration for highly mobile species

Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 35

Biological

productivity

Area containing species

populations or

communities with

comparatively higher

natural biological

productivity

Important role in fuelling

ecosystems and increasing

the growth rates of

organisms and their capacity

for reproduction

Frontal areas

Upwellings

Hydrothermal vents

Seamounts polynyas

Can be measured as the rate of growth of marine organisms and their populations either through the fixation of inorganic carbon by photosynthesis chemosynthesis or through the ingestion of prey dissolved organic matter or particulate organic matter

Can be inferred from remote-sensed products eg ocean colour or process-based models

Time-series fisheries data can be used but caution is required

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 36

Biological

diversity

Area contains

comparatively higher

diversity of ecosystems

habitats communities or

species or has higher

genetic diversity

Important for evolution and

maintaining the resilience of

marine species and

ecosystems

Sea-mounts

Fronts and convergence zones

Cold coral communities

Deep-water sponge communities

Diversity needs to be seen in relation to the surrounding environment

Diversity indices are indifferent to species substitutions

Diversity indices are indifferent to which species may be contributing to the value of the index and hence would not pick up areas important to species of special concern such as endangered species

Can be inferred from habitat heterogeneity or diversity as a surrogate for species diversity in areas where biodiversity has not been sampled intensively

Naturalness Area with a comparatively

higher degree of

naturalness as a result of

the lack of or low level of

human-induced

disturbance or

degradation

To protect areas with near natural structure processes and functions

To maintain these areas as reference sites

To safeguard and enhance ecosystem resilience

Most ecosystems and habitats have

examples with varying levels of

naturalness and the intent is that the

more natural examples should be

selected

Priority should be given to areas having a low level of disturbance relative to their surroundings

In areas where no natural areas remain areas that have successfully recovered including reestablishment of species should be

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 37

considered

Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 38

Annex 3 CBD criteria for MPA networks

Decision IX20 Annex II SCIENTIFIC GUIDANCE FOR SELECTING AREAS TO ESTABLISH A REPRESENTATIVE NETWORK OF MARINE PROTECTED AREAS INCLUDING IN

OPEN OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS

Required network properties and

components Definition Applicable site specific considerations (inter alia)

Ecologically and biologically significant areas

Ecologically and biologically significant areas are geographically or oceanographically discrete areas that provide important services to one or more speciespopulations of an ecosystem or to the ecosystem as a whole compared to other surrounding areas or areas of similar ecological characteristics or otherwise meet the criteria as identified in annex I to decision IX20

Uniqueness or rarity

Special importance for life history stages of species

Importance for threatened endangered or declining species andor habitats

Vulnerability fragility sensitivity or slow recovery

Biological productivity

Biological diversity

Naturalness

Representativity Representativity is captured in a network when it consists of areas representing the different biogeographical subdivisions of the global oceans and regional seas that reasonably reflect the full range of ecosystems including the biotic and habitat diversity of those marine ecosystems

A full range of examples across a biogeographic habitat or community classification relative health of species and communities relative intactness of habitat(s) naturalness

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 39

Connectivity Connectivity in the design of a network allows for linkages whereby protected sites benefit from larval andor species exchanges and functional linkages from other network sites In a connected network individual sites benefit one another

Currents gyres physical bottlenecks migration routes species dispersal detritus functional linkages Isolated sites such as isolated seamount communities may also be included

Replicated ecological features Replication of ecological features means that more than one site shall contain examples of a given feature in the given biogeographic area The term ―features means ―species habitats and ecological processes that naturally occur in the given biogeographic area

Accounting for uncertainty natural variation and the possibility of catastrophic events Features that exhibit less natural variation or are precisely defined may require less replication than features that are inherently highly variable or are only very generally defined

Adequate and viable sites Adequate and viable sites indicate that all sites within a network should have size and protection sufficient to ensure the ecological viability and integrity of the feature(s) for which they were selected

Adequacy and viability will depend on size shape buffers persistence of features threats surrounding environment (context) physical constraints scale of featuresprocesses spillovercompactness

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 40

Annex 4 Data sources highlighted in discussions during the 1st Mission

Thegravemes Organisme ressources Personnes ressources Sites internet ressources et bases de donneacutees

Donneacutees bibliographiques

IRD Linus base bibliographique (httpiacaprodc3eduvsqfrlinus)

CRODT Catalogue des publications du CRODT

Donneacutees geacuteneacuterales

PRCMFIBA SIG Reacutegional Catalogue drsquoInformations pour lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoOuest (CIAO) wwwolmmrciao

OdinAfrica African marine atlas ndash voir OdinAfrica

OBIS httpwwwiobisorg

Guineacutee Bissau SIG Guineacutee Bissau au 200 000 egraveme sur toute la zone cocirctiegravere et 50 000 egraveme sur les Bijagos voir Franccedilois Gourmelonuniv-brestfr ou Emmanuel Ginaudet

Cap vert Systegraveme national SIG pour toutes les donneacutees du Cap vert

Bathymeacutetrie

Navy Londres Africa Pilot Volume 1 Hydrographer of the Navy London 1967

SHOM Carte SHOM ndeg6815 INT14 au 110 000 000egraveme Voir site wwwshomfr - catalogue

Cf Canada Carte au CSE

CND0 CD des donneacutees bathymeacutetriques de la sous-reacutegion

Donneacutees oceacuteanographiques geacuteneacuterales

OdinAfrica Points focaux des pays agrave voir sur site internet drsquoOdinAfrica

ordinafricanet Atelier national OdinAfrica ndash voir sur le site CNDO Aller sur le site OdinAfrica reacutecupeacuterer les shapefiles (httpwwwodinafricaorg) et sur httpwwwafricanmarineatlasnet

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 41

IRDlaboratoire LOCEAN-IPSL (Universiteacute Paris 6) LPAOSF (Lab de Physique de lAtmosphegravere et de lOceacutean de agrave lEacutecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique-UCAD

Alban Lazar (IRD) Simeacuteon Fongang (Ecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique) Raymond Lahaye (IRDLEMAR)

Circulation oceacuteanique le long des cocirctes seacuteneacutegalaises (structures variabiliteacute meacutecanismes de lrsquoupwelling des courants cocirctiers des tempeacuteratures et des saliniteacutes) et les couplages oceacutean-atmosphegravere

FAO Merete TANDSTAD Projets CCLEM et GCLME

NEPAD Projet GCLME

PRCM et IMROP + autres

Faire lrsquoinventaire des socieacuteteacutes qui ont fait de la prospection peacutetroliegravere et voir leurs donneacutees et eacutetudes drsquoimpact eacutetude Woodside ou Dana petroleum voir PRCM et IMROP

Universiteacute Rapport master de lrsquouniversiteacute sur la modeacutelisation de la circulation et des tempeacuteratures sur la haute mer (demander CNDO)

Upwellings Odiafrica Donneacutees upwellings sur Odinafrica

IRD P CURY et N BEZ

Geacuteologie seacutediemntologie et Nature des fonds

2 thegraveses sur le plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais sud et nord

IRD carte de Domain (IRDORSTOM) carte des seacutediments du plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais)

carte de Barusso

Travaux de Lachance et Mc Master

Odinafirca Plateau continental ndash carte digitaliseacutee sur la nature des fonds ndash voir sur ordinafrica

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 42

Annex 5 GIS data priorities

Explanation of ranking system

Term short-term bullbullbull medium-term bullbull long-term bull Estimated Ease of acquiring data easy bullbullbull moderatebullbull difficult bull

Importance high bullbullbull moderate bullbull low bull Term Ease Import

Base layers

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 coastline(s)

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 2 ecological regions

bullbullbull bull bullbullbull 3 bathymetry

bullbullbull bullbull bull 4 topography (for land ndashcan help with shoreline classifications)

Physical and oceanographic

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 estuaries rivers

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 shoreline type (cliff rocky sandy muddy etc)

bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 surficial sediment (bottom type)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 seafloor topographic complexity ruggedness (can be created from bathymetry)

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 5 seamounts (can also be identified through bathymetry)

6 other seascape features eg

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull canyons

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 43

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull ridges

bullbull bullbullbull bullbull hydrothermal vents

bullbull bull bullbull seeps

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull banks

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull rocky reefs

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull estuaries (sub-classes)

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull lagoons

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull upwellings

bull bullbull bull 7 ocean currents tides

bull bullbull bullbull 8 sea surface temperature

bull bullbull bullbull 9 salinity

bull bull bull 10 photosynthetically available radiation (PAR)

bull bull bull 11 coastal erosion sediment transport

bull bull bullbull 12 climate change trends eg movement of upwellings

Biological habitat

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 1 threatened or endangered species (amp spawning nursery areas etc)

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 threatened or endangered habitats

bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 habitat classification (if one exists regionally)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 biogenic features eg

warm water coral reefs

cold water coral ldquoforestsrdquo

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 44

mangroves (sub-classes)

bullbull bull bullbullbull 5 Key commercial species eg

crustaceans molluscs (crabs shrimps oysters etc)

pelagic large fishes (eg tunas)

pelagic small fishes

demersal fishes

bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 primary productivity (usually satellite colour images chlorophyll_a)

bullbull bull bullbull 7 secondary productivity (eg an estimate of carbon flux)

bullbull bull bullbull 8 migration of invasive species

Human use management

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 marine protected areas

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 year-round fisheries closures

bullbull bullbull bull 3 other seasonal fisheries closures

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 4 cities towns villages (with populations)

bullbull bullbull bull 5 local community boundaries

bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 traditional use boundaries (eg artisanal fisheries)

bull bullbull bull 7 migrant land use grazing

bullbull bull bullbullbull 8 areas of cultural spiritual importance

bullbull bullbullbull bullbull 9 roads (can help with understanding remoteness amp shoreline access)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 10 shipping routes and harbours

bullbull bullbull bull 11 land use particularly agriculture (can be combined into an analysis of rivers to estimate runoff)

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 45

bullbull bull bullbullbull 12 fishing

a artisanal by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)

b industrial by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 13 offshore oil amp gas licences exploratory wells installations (platforms pipelines shore based)

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 14 sand amp gravel mining

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 15 tourism shoreline development resorts marinas

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 46

Annex 6 Thirty additional assessments

Excerpted and adapted from the 54 page report by the OSPAR Regional seas convention for

the Northeast Atlantic (2007) Background document to support the assessment of whether

the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is ecologically coherent6

Assessment Criterion 1 Adequacy Viability

1 Assessment Guideline One should expect the sizes of network sites (for a given feature) to be

distributed throughout or exceed the estimated range of sizes necessary to sustain a viable

population or community

2 Assessment Guideline Sites that are heavily impacted andor surrounded by heavily impacted

areas should be larger than otherwise

3 Assessment Guideline Features of ecological significance should receive greater protection

than normal

4 Assessment Guideline Location and geography can be used to indicate adequate protection

such that

a Protection of pelagic features should generally be reflected with the implementation of

larger sites than those for benthic features

b In regions constrained by physical geography (eg fjords bays bights passages straits)

the adequate sizes of individual sites will generally be smaller than areas without such

physical constraints (eg regional seas open ocean)

c Offshore andor deeper sites will generally require larger areas than for nearshore andor

shallow sites (However the exceptions of certain deep sea benthic features such as

hydrothermal vents and cold seeps are noted)

5 Assessment Guideline in a given region the adequate spatial protection of most OSPAR

features and the overall network can be expected to conform to the scientific literature and

fall within the range commonly found within that literature It is recognized that this is an

evolving field of study

6 Assessment Guideline Owing to the multiplicity of its objectives the OSPAR network can be

expected to contain a variety of reserve sizes and corresponding spacing between sites

7 Assessment Guideline If a site is at the small end of the expected viability range for a given

feature then compact sites are preferable If on the other hand a given site is at the large end

of the estimated viability range then a less compact shape would allow for greater spill-over

and benefits outside of the reserve

a The Compactness of a given site can be calculated using a GIS and the following

formula C = (4πAp2)

05 Where C is the Compactness A is the area of the site and p is

its perimeter

8 Assessment Guideline A broad MPA network such as the OSPAR network with a wide

variety of features can be expected to have a wide variety of reserve shapes and sizes

6 Jeff Ardron is the primary author of this OSPAR report

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 47

a The combined size and compactness of a site be readily calculated using a GIS and the

following formula SSC = ln (PA) Where SSC is here labelled as the site size-

compactness P is the perimeter of the site and A is the area

9 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA electronic database lists the aims and ecological

criteria on a site by site basis Thus as a preliminary assessment these can be compiled to get

an indication of how well they are being met across the network

10 Assessment Guideline A list inventory of features within a region that (are known or

believed to) meet the OSPAR aims and ecological criteria is required in order to fully assess if

the existing MPA sites are likely adequate

11 Assessment Guideline Features that are common and widely distributed will generally require

less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are rare andor sparsely

distributed

Assessment Criterion 2 Representativity

12 Assessment Guideline OSPAR MPAs should be checked to ensure that they are broadly

distributed across biogeographic regions In such an assessment there is no need to restrict the

assessment to just one biogeographic classification system So long as they appear to be

rigorous (eg peer-reviewed) the use of a variety of systems is encouraged

13 Assessment Guideline Each of the Dinter [OSPAR] bioregions should be adequately

protected

14 Assessment Guideline National classifications can be very helpful in assessing

representativity at a national level based on national categories and should be used where they

exist

15 Assessment Guideline In the absence of full biological surveys or full classification systems

(such as EUNIS) simple surrogates should be used to check that representativity is possibly

being achieved Benthic and pelagic realms should be considered

16 Assessment Guideline Representative features that are very common and widely distributed

will likely require less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are just

somewhat common

As a rule of thumb within a given feature class representative protection can be

compared to a normalized distribution For example if the areal distribution of

representative classes can be normalised through a square-root transformation then

protected area distribution could be expected to be roughly proportional to the square-

root of the ratio of the representative feature classesrsquo overall areas

17 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA nomination database should be checked to ensure

that the idea of the ldquobestrdquo features was taken into account across feature types and regions

18 Assessment Guideline Features that best represent their type can be expected to be

characterized by most or all of these indicators

a Typical morphology

b High density abundance

c High degree of health naturalness

d Persistence (temporal and spatial) and

e Strong functional linkages

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 48

Assessment Criterion 3 Replication

19 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area more than one example of each feature

should be protected

20 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features protected in areas susceptible

to catastrophic events require greater replication than those in low-risk areas

21 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area where no better data exist natural

variation can be assumed to be greatest between sites that are furthest apart

22 Assessment Guideline Features that are very specifically defined will exhibit less variation

and hence require less replication than features which are very general or ldquocatch-allrdquo categories

23 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area scientific requirements may require

replicate sites for differing purposes If these requirements are not known it can be assumed

that replicate sites that are a moderate distance apart (neither immediate neighbours nor at

extreme ends of the biogeographic area) will satisfy most scientific requirements

24 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features for which there are weak or

incomplete or modelled data require greater replication than those features for which better data

are available

Assessment Criterion 4 Connectivity

25 Assessment Guideline If an area is known or suspected to be important to connectivity then it

should be represented in the MPA network

26 Assessment Guideline Reserves in areas where there are known currents (eg many coastal

areas) should be more closely spaced than otherwise In order to maintain connectivity for most

short to moderate larval dispersing species when specific data are lacking such nearshore sites

should be spaced not further than 50 km apart

27 Assessment Guideline Connectivity between seabird sites can be measured in straight lines

28 Assessment Guideline Connectivity for marine species can be assumed to be greater along

lines of similar habitat than across them

29 Assessment Guideline The density of marine reserves can be used as a way to group areas of

likely connectivity Likewise it can also define gaps where connectivity has probably not been

achieved

30 Assessment Guideline In the absence of dispersal data connectivity may be approximated by

ensuring the MPA network is well distributed in space reflecting the scale of its surroundings

Page 32: A Suggested Approach for Gap Analyses of the RAMPAO Marine ...€¦ · A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 2 Recommendation re outreach: 1) regional contact

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 30

13h CRODTCNDO ODINAFRICA

Anis Diallo Aquaculture et directeur du CNDO adialloordinafricanet 22133832826465 221 77 631 15 95

15h CSRP

M Hamadi Diop

En charge du deacutepartement laquo recherche et systegraveme drsquoinformation raquo

hamadidiopgmailcom

Philippe Tous Projet AFD ndash inteacutegration des AMP dans les politiques de pecircche

philipetousgmailcom (Skype Phil_tous)

Renaud Bailleux

Contrat UICN sur la gestion de lrsquoaccegraves aux ressources halieutiques dans la reacutegion - accords de pecircche ndash gouvernance partageacutee dans les AMP (financement PRCM)

M Dop mika Programme requins de la FIBA mika_dfryahoofr

Vendredi

9H IRD Luis Tito de Morais

Peumlcheeacutecologie des peuplements de poissons

titoirdsn 221 33 849 3658

11h UICN Mamadou Sow

Chef de projet mangrove Mamadousowuicnorg 221 33 869 0286

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 31

Annex 2 CBD criteria for ecologically significant areas

CBD Decision IX20 Annex 1

SCIENTIFIC CRITERIA FOR IDENTIFYING ECOLOGICALLY OR BIOLOGICALLY SIGNIFICANT MARINE AREAS IN NEED OF PROTECTION IN OPEN-

OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS

Criteria Definition Rationale Examples Consideration in application

Uniqueness or

rarity

Area contains

either (i) unique (ldquothe

only one of its kindrdquo) rare

(ldquooccurs only in few

locationsrdquo) or endemic

species populations or

communities andor (ii)

unique rare or distinct

habitats or ecosystems

andor (iii) unique or

unusual geomorphological

or oceanographic features

Irreplaceable

Loss would mean the probable permanent disappearance of diversity or a feature or reduction of the diversity at any level

Open ocean waters

Sargasso Sea Taylor column

persistent polynyas

Deep-sea habitats

endemic communities around

submerged atolls hydrothermal

vents sea mounts pseudo-

abyssal depression

Risk of biased-view of the perceived uniqueness depending on the information availability

Scale dependency of features such that unique features at one scale may be typical at another thus a global and regional perspective must be taken

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 32

Special

importance for

life-history

stages of

species

Areas that are required for

a population to survive and

thrive

Various biotic and abiotic

conditions coupled with

species-specific

physiological constraints

and preferences tend to

make some parts of marine

regions more suitable to

particular life-stages and

functions than other parts

Area containing (i) breeding grounds

spawning areas nursery areas juvenile

habitat or other areas important for life

history stages of species or (ii) habitats of

migratory species (feeding wintering or

resting areas breeding moulting

migratory routes)

Connectivity between life-history stages and linkages between areas trophic interactions physical transport physical oceanography life history of species

Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data Vessel monitoring system (VMS) data

Spatial and temporal distribution andor aggregation of the species

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 33

Importance for

threatened

endangered or

declining

species andor

habitats

Area containing habitat for

the survival and recovery

of endangered threatened

declining species or area

with significant

assemblages of such

species

To ensure the restoration

and recovery of such species

and habitats

Areas critical for threatened endangered

or declining species andor habitats

containing (i) breeding grounds spawning

areas nursery areas juvenile habitat or

other areas important for life history

stages of species or (ii) habitats of

migratory species (feeding wintering or

resting areas breeding moulting

migratory routes)

Includes species with very large geographic ranges

In many cases recovery will require reestablishment of the species in areas of its historic range

Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data vessel-monitoring system (VMS) data

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 34

Vulnerability

Fragility

Sensitivity or

Slow recovery

Areas that contain a

relatively high proportion

of sensitive habitats

biotopes or species that

are functionally fragile

(highly susceptible to

degradation or depletion

by human activity or by

natural events) or with

slow recovery

The criteria indicate the

degree of risk that will be

incurred if human activities

or natural events in the area

or component cannot be

managed effectively or are

pursued at an unsustainable

rate

Vulnerability of species

Inferred from the history of how species or populations in other similar areas responded to perturbations

Species of low fecundity slow growth long time to sexual maturity longevity (eg sharks etc)

Species with structures providing biogenic habitats such as deepwater corals sponges and bryozoans deep-water species

Vulnerability of habitats

Ice-covered areas susceptible to ship-based pollution

Ocean acidification can make deep sea habitats more vulnerable to others and increase susceptibility to human induced changes

Interactions between vulnerability to human impacts and natural events

Existing definition emphasizes site specific ideas and requires consideration for highly mobile species

Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 35

Biological

productivity

Area containing species

populations or

communities with

comparatively higher

natural biological

productivity

Important role in fuelling

ecosystems and increasing

the growth rates of

organisms and their capacity

for reproduction

Frontal areas

Upwellings

Hydrothermal vents

Seamounts polynyas

Can be measured as the rate of growth of marine organisms and their populations either through the fixation of inorganic carbon by photosynthesis chemosynthesis or through the ingestion of prey dissolved organic matter or particulate organic matter

Can be inferred from remote-sensed products eg ocean colour or process-based models

Time-series fisheries data can be used but caution is required

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 36

Biological

diversity

Area contains

comparatively higher

diversity of ecosystems

habitats communities or

species or has higher

genetic diversity

Important for evolution and

maintaining the resilience of

marine species and

ecosystems

Sea-mounts

Fronts and convergence zones

Cold coral communities

Deep-water sponge communities

Diversity needs to be seen in relation to the surrounding environment

Diversity indices are indifferent to species substitutions

Diversity indices are indifferent to which species may be contributing to the value of the index and hence would not pick up areas important to species of special concern such as endangered species

Can be inferred from habitat heterogeneity or diversity as a surrogate for species diversity in areas where biodiversity has not been sampled intensively

Naturalness Area with a comparatively

higher degree of

naturalness as a result of

the lack of or low level of

human-induced

disturbance or

degradation

To protect areas with near natural structure processes and functions

To maintain these areas as reference sites

To safeguard and enhance ecosystem resilience

Most ecosystems and habitats have

examples with varying levels of

naturalness and the intent is that the

more natural examples should be

selected

Priority should be given to areas having a low level of disturbance relative to their surroundings

In areas where no natural areas remain areas that have successfully recovered including reestablishment of species should be

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 37

considered

Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 38

Annex 3 CBD criteria for MPA networks

Decision IX20 Annex II SCIENTIFIC GUIDANCE FOR SELECTING AREAS TO ESTABLISH A REPRESENTATIVE NETWORK OF MARINE PROTECTED AREAS INCLUDING IN

OPEN OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS

Required network properties and

components Definition Applicable site specific considerations (inter alia)

Ecologically and biologically significant areas

Ecologically and biologically significant areas are geographically or oceanographically discrete areas that provide important services to one or more speciespopulations of an ecosystem or to the ecosystem as a whole compared to other surrounding areas or areas of similar ecological characteristics or otherwise meet the criteria as identified in annex I to decision IX20

Uniqueness or rarity

Special importance for life history stages of species

Importance for threatened endangered or declining species andor habitats

Vulnerability fragility sensitivity or slow recovery

Biological productivity

Biological diversity

Naturalness

Representativity Representativity is captured in a network when it consists of areas representing the different biogeographical subdivisions of the global oceans and regional seas that reasonably reflect the full range of ecosystems including the biotic and habitat diversity of those marine ecosystems

A full range of examples across a biogeographic habitat or community classification relative health of species and communities relative intactness of habitat(s) naturalness

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 39

Connectivity Connectivity in the design of a network allows for linkages whereby protected sites benefit from larval andor species exchanges and functional linkages from other network sites In a connected network individual sites benefit one another

Currents gyres physical bottlenecks migration routes species dispersal detritus functional linkages Isolated sites such as isolated seamount communities may also be included

Replicated ecological features Replication of ecological features means that more than one site shall contain examples of a given feature in the given biogeographic area The term ―features means ―species habitats and ecological processes that naturally occur in the given biogeographic area

Accounting for uncertainty natural variation and the possibility of catastrophic events Features that exhibit less natural variation or are precisely defined may require less replication than features that are inherently highly variable or are only very generally defined

Adequate and viable sites Adequate and viable sites indicate that all sites within a network should have size and protection sufficient to ensure the ecological viability and integrity of the feature(s) for which they were selected

Adequacy and viability will depend on size shape buffers persistence of features threats surrounding environment (context) physical constraints scale of featuresprocesses spillovercompactness

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 40

Annex 4 Data sources highlighted in discussions during the 1st Mission

Thegravemes Organisme ressources Personnes ressources Sites internet ressources et bases de donneacutees

Donneacutees bibliographiques

IRD Linus base bibliographique (httpiacaprodc3eduvsqfrlinus)

CRODT Catalogue des publications du CRODT

Donneacutees geacuteneacuterales

PRCMFIBA SIG Reacutegional Catalogue drsquoInformations pour lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoOuest (CIAO) wwwolmmrciao

OdinAfrica African marine atlas ndash voir OdinAfrica

OBIS httpwwwiobisorg

Guineacutee Bissau SIG Guineacutee Bissau au 200 000 egraveme sur toute la zone cocirctiegravere et 50 000 egraveme sur les Bijagos voir Franccedilois Gourmelonuniv-brestfr ou Emmanuel Ginaudet

Cap vert Systegraveme national SIG pour toutes les donneacutees du Cap vert

Bathymeacutetrie

Navy Londres Africa Pilot Volume 1 Hydrographer of the Navy London 1967

SHOM Carte SHOM ndeg6815 INT14 au 110 000 000egraveme Voir site wwwshomfr - catalogue

Cf Canada Carte au CSE

CND0 CD des donneacutees bathymeacutetriques de la sous-reacutegion

Donneacutees oceacuteanographiques geacuteneacuterales

OdinAfrica Points focaux des pays agrave voir sur site internet drsquoOdinAfrica

ordinafricanet Atelier national OdinAfrica ndash voir sur le site CNDO Aller sur le site OdinAfrica reacutecupeacuterer les shapefiles (httpwwwodinafricaorg) et sur httpwwwafricanmarineatlasnet

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 41

IRDlaboratoire LOCEAN-IPSL (Universiteacute Paris 6) LPAOSF (Lab de Physique de lAtmosphegravere et de lOceacutean de agrave lEacutecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique-UCAD

Alban Lazar (IRD) Simeacuteon Fongang (Ecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique) Raymond Lahaye (IRDLEMAR)

Circulation oceacuteanique le long des cocirctes seacuteneacutegalaises (structures variabiliteacute meacutecanismes de lrsquoupwelling des courants cocirctiers des tempeacuteratures et des saliniteacutes) et les couplages oceacutean-atmosphegravere

FAO Merete TANDSTAD Projets CCLEM et GCLME

NEPAD Projet GCLME

PRCM et IMROP + autres

Faire lrsquoinventaire des socieacuteteacutes qui ont fait de la prospection peacutetroliegravere et voir leurs donneacutees et eacutetudes drsquoimpact eacutetude Woodside ou Dana petroleum voir PRCM et IMROP

Universiteacute Rapport master de lrsquouniversiteacute sur la modeacutelisation de la circulation et des tempeacuteratures sur la haute mer (demander CNDO)

Upwellings Odiafrica Donneacutees upwellings sur Odinafrica

IRD P CURY et N BEZ

Geacuteologie seacutediemntologie et Nature des fonds

2 thegraveses sur le plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais sud et nord

IRD carte de Domain (IRDORSTOM) carte des seacutediments du plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais)

carte de Barusso

Travaux de Lachance et Mc Master

Odinafirca Plateau continental ndash carte digitaliseacutee sur la nature des fonds ndash voir sur ordinafrica

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 42

Annex 5 GIS data priorities

Explanation of ranking system

Term short-term bullbullbull medium-term bullbull long-term bull Estimated Ease of acquiring data easy bullbullbull moderatebullbull difficult bull

Importance high bullbullbull moderate bullbull low bull Term Ease Import

Base layers

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 coastline(s)

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 2 ecological regions

bullbullbull bull bullbullbull 3 bathymetry

bullbullbull bullbull bull 4 topography (for land ndashcan help with shoreline classifications)

Physical and oceanographic

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 estuaries rivers

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 shoreline type (cliff rocky sandy muddy etc)

bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 surficial sediment (bottom type)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 seafloor topographic complexity ruggedness (can be created from bathymetry)

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 5 seamounts (can also be identified through bathymetry)

6 other seascape features eg

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull canyons

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 43

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull ridges

bullbull bullbullbull bullbull hydrothermal vents

bullbull bull bullbull seeps

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull banks

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull rocky reefs

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull estuaries (sub-classes)

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull lagoons

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull upwellings

bull bullbull bull 7 ocean currents tides

bull bullbull bullbull 8 sea surface temperature

bull bullbull bullbull 9 salinity

bull bull bull 10 photosynthetically available radiation (PAR)

bull bull bull 11 coastal erosion sediment transport

bull bull bullbull 12 climate change trends eg movement of upwellings

Biological habitat

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 1 threatened or endangered species (amp spawning nursery areas etc)

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 threatened or endangered habitats

bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 habitat classification (if one exists regionally)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 biogenic features eg

warm water coral reefs

cold water coral ldquoforestsrdquo

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 44

mangroves (sub-classes)

bullbull bull bullbullbull 5 Key commercial species eg

crustaceans molluscs (crabs shrimps oysters etc)

pelagic large fishes (eg tunas)

pelagic small fishes

demersal fishes

bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 primary productivity (usually satellite colour images chlorophyll_a)

bullbull bull bullbull 7 secondary productivity (eg an estimate of carbon flux)

bullbull bull bullbull 8 migration of invasive species

Human use management

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 marine protected areas

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 year-round fisheries closures

bullbull bullbull bull 3 other seasonal fisheries closures

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 4 cities towns villages (with populations)

bullbull bullbull bull 5 local community boundaries

bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 traditional use boundaries (eg artisanal fisheries)

bull bullbull bull 7 migrant land use grazing

bullbull bull bullbullbull 8 areas of cultural spiritual importance

bullbull bullbullbull bullbull 9 roads (can help with understanding remoteness amp shoreline access)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 10 shipping routes and harbours

bullbull bullbull bull 11 land use particularly agriculture (can be combined into an analysis of rivers to estimate runoff)

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 45

bullbull bull bullbullbull 12 fishing

a artisanal by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)

b industrial by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 13 offshore oil amp gas licences exploratory wells installations (platforms pipelines shore based)

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 14 sand amp gravel mining

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 15 tourism shoreline development resorts marinas

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 46

Annex 6 Thirty additional assessments

Excerpted and adapted from the 54 page report by the OSPAR Regional seas convention for

the Northeast Atlantic (2007) Background document to support the assessment of whether

the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is ecologically coherent6

Assessment Criterion 1 Adequacy Viability

1 Assessment Guideline One should expect the sizes of network sites (for a given feature) to be

distributed throughout or exceed the estimated range of sizes necessary to sustain a viable

population or community

2 Assessment Guideline Sites that are heavily impacted andor surrounded by heavily impacted

areas should be larger than otherwise

3 Assessment Guideline Features of ecological significance should receive greater protection

than normal

4 Assessment Guideline Location and geography can be used to indicate adequate protection

such that

a Protection of pelagic features should generally be reflected with the implementation of

larger sites than those for benthic features

b In regions constrained by physical geography (eg fjords bays bights passages straits)

the adequate sizes of individual sites will generally be smaller than areas without such

physical constraints (eg regional seas open ocean)

c Offshore andor deeper sites will generally require larger areas than for nearshore andor

shallow sites (However the exceptions of certain deep sea benthic features such as

hydrothermal vents and cold seeps are noted)

5 Assessment Guideline in a given region the adequate spatial protection of most OSPAR

features and the overall network can be expected to conform to the scientific literature and

fall within the range commonly found within that literature It is recognized that this is an

evolving field of study

6 Assessment Guideline Owing to the multiplicity of its objectives the OSPAR network can be

expected to contain a variety of reserve sizes and corresponding spacing between sites

7 Assessment Guideline If a site is at the small end of the expected viability range for a given

feature then compact sites are preferable If on the other hand a given site is at the large end

of the estimated viability range then a less compact shape would allow for greater spill-over

and benefits outside of the reserve

a The Compactness of a given site can be calculated using a GIS and the following

formula C = (4πAp2)

05 Where C is the Compactness A is the area of the site and p is

its perimeter

8 Assessment Guideline A broad MPA network such as the OSPAR network with a wide

variety of features can be expected to have a wide variety of reserve shapes and sizes

6 Jeff Ardron is the primary author of this OSPAR report

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 47

a The combined size and compactness of a site be readily calculated using a GIS and the

following formula SSC = ln (PA) Where SSC is here labelled as the site size-

compactness P is the perimeter of the site and A is the area

9 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA electronic database lists the aims and ecological

criteria on a site by site basis Thus as a preliminary assessment these can be compiled to get

an indication of how well they are being met across the network

10 Assessment Guideline A list inventory of features within a region that (are known or

believed to) meet the OSPAR aims and ecological criteria is required in order to fully assess if

the existing MPA sites are likely adequate

11 Assessment Guideline Features that are common and widely distributed will generally require

less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are rare andor sparsely

distributed

Assessment Criterion 2 Representativity

12 Assessment Guideline OSPAR MPAs should be checked to ensure that they are broadly

distributed across biogeographic regions In such an assessment there is no need to restrict the

assessment to just one biogeographic classification system So long as they appear to be

rigorous (eg peer-reviewed) the use of a variety of systems is encouraged

13 Assessment Guideline Each of the Dinter [OSPAR] bioregions should be adequately

protected

14 Assessment Guideline National classifications can be very helpful in assessing

representativity at a national level based on national categories and should be used where they

exist

15 Assessment Guideline In the absence of full biological surveys or full classification systems

(such as EUNIS) simple surrogates should be used to check that representativity is possibly

being achieved Benthic and pelagic realms should be considered

16 Assessment Guideline Representative features that are very common and widely distributed

will likely require less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are just

somewhat common

As a rule of thumb within a given feature class representative protection can be

compared to a normalized distribution For example if the areal distribution of

representative classes can be normalised through a square-root transformation then

protected area distribution could be expected to be roughly proportional to the square-

root of the ratio of the representative feature classesrsquo overall areas

17 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA nomination database should be checked to ensure

that the idea of the ldquobestrdquo features was taken into account across feature types and regions

18 Assessment Guideline Features that best represent their type can be expected to be

characterized by most or all of these indicators

a Typical morphology

b High density abundance

c High degree of health naturalness

d Persistence (temporal and spatial) and

e Strong functional linkages

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 48

Assessment Criterion 3 Replication

19 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area more than one example of each feature

should be protected

20 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features protected in areas susceptible

to catastrophic events require greater replication than those in low-risk areas

21 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area where no better data exist natural

variation can be assumed to be greatest between sites that are furthest apart

22 Assessment Guideline Features that are very specifically defined will exhibit less variation

and hence require less replication than features which are very general or ldquocatch-allrdquo categories

23 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area scientific requirements may require

replicate sites for differing purposes If these requirements are not known it can be assumed

that replicate sites that are a moderate distance apart (neither immediate neighbours nor at

extreme ends of the biogeographic area) will satisfy most scientific requirements

24 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features for which there are weak or

incomplete or modelled data require greater replication than those features for which better data

are available

Assessment Criterion 4 Connectivity

25 Assessment Guideline If an area is known or suspected to be important to connectivity then it

should be represented in the MPA network

26 Assessment Guideline Reserves in areas where there are known currents (eg many coastal

areas) should be more closely spaced than otherwise In order to maintain connectivity for most

short to moderate larval dispersing species when specific data are lacking such nearshore sites

should be spaced not further than 50 km apart

27 Assessment Guideline Connectivity between seabird sites can be measured in straight lines

28 Assessment Guideline Connectivity for marine species can be assumed to be greater along

lines of similar habitat than across them

29 Assessment Guideline The density of marine reserves can be used as a way to group areas of

likely connectivity Likewise it can also define gaps where connectivity has probably not been

achieved

30 Assessment Guideline In the absence of dispersal data connectivity may be approximated by

ensuring the MPA network is well distributed in space reflecting the scale of its surroundings

Page 33: A Suggested Approach for Gap Analyses of the RAMPAO Marine ...€¦ · A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 2 Recommendation re outreach: 1) regional contact

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 31

Annex 2 CBD criteria for ecologically significant areas

CBD Decision IX20 Annex 1

SCIENTIFIC CRITERIA FOR IDENTIFYING ECOLOGICALLY OR BIOLOGICALLY SIGNIFICANT MARINE AREAS IN NEED OF PROTECTION IN OPEN-

OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS

Criteria Definition Rationale Examples Consideration in application

Uniqueness or

rarity

Area contains

either (i) unique (ldquothe

only one of its kindrdquo) rare

(ldquooccurs only in few

locationsrdquo) or endemic

species populations or

communities andor (ii)

unique rare or distinct

habitats or ecosystems

andor (iii) unique or

unusual geomorphological

or oceanographic features

Irreplaceable

Loss would mean the probable permanent disappearance of diversity or a feature or reduction of the diversity at any level

Open ocean waters

Sargasso Sea Taylor column

persistent polynyas

Deep-sea habitats

endemic communities around

submerged atolls hydrothermal

vents sea mounts pseudo-

abyssal depression

Risk of biased-view of the perceived uniqueness depending on the information availability

Scale dependency of features such that unique features at one scale may be typical at another thus a global and regional perspective must be taken

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 32

Special

importance for

life-history

stages of

species

Areas that are required for

a population to survive and

thrive

Various biotic and abiotic

conditions coupled with

species-specific

physiological constraints

and preferences tend to

make some parts of marine

regions more suitable to

particular life-stages and

functions than other parts

Area containing (i) breeding grounds

spawning areas nursery areas juvenile

habitat or other areas important for life

history stages of species or (ii) habitats of

migratory species (feeding wintering or

resting areas breeding moulting

migratory routes)

Connectivity between life-history stages and linkages between areas trophic interactions physical transport physical oceanography life history of species

Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data Vessel monitoring system (VMS) data

Spatial and temporal distribution andor aggregation of the species

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 33

Importance for

threatened

endangered or

declining

species andor

habitats

Area containing habitat for

the survival and recovery

of endangered threatened

declining species or area

with significant

assemblages of such

species

To ensure the restoration

and recovery of such species

and habitats

Areas critical for threatened endangered

or declining species andor habitats

containing (i) breeding grounds spawning

areas nursery areas juvenile habitat or

other areas important for life history

stages of species or (ii) habitats of

migratory species (feeding wintering or

resting areas breeding moulting

migratory routes)

Includes species with very large geographic ranges

In many cases recovery will require reestablishment of the species in areas of its historic range

Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data vessel-monitoring system (VMS) data

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 34

Vulnerability

Fragility

Sensitivity or

Slow recovery

Areas that contain a

relatively high proportion

of sensitive habitats

biotopes or species that

are functionally fragile

(highly susceptible to

degradation or depletion

by human activity or by

natural events) or with

slow recovery

The criteria indicate the

degree of risk that will be

incurred if human activities

or natural events in the area

or component cannot be

managed effectively or are

pursued at an unsustainable

rate

Vulnerability of species

Inferred from the history of how species or populations in other similar areas responded to perturbations

Species of low fecundity slow growth long time to sexual maturity longevity (eg sharks etc)

Species with structures providing biogenic habitats such as deepwater corals sponges and bryozoans deep-water species

Vulnerability of habitats

Ice-covered areas susceptible to ship-based pollution

Ocean acidification can make deep sea habitats more vulnerable to others and increase susceptibility to human induced changes

Interactions between vulnerability to human impacts and natural events

Existing definition emphasizes site specific ideas and requires consideration for highly mobile species

Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 35

Biological

productivity

Area containing species

populations or

communities with

comparatively higher

natural biological

productivity

Important role in fuelling

ecosystems and increasing

the growth rates of

organisms and their capacity

for reproduction

Frontal areas

Upwellings

Hydrothermal vents

Seamounts polynyas

Can be measured as the rate of growth of marine organisms and their populations either through the fixation of inorganic carbon by photosynthesis chemosynthesis or through the ingestion of prey dissolved organic matter or particulate organic matter

Can be inferred from remote-sensed products eg ocean colour or process-based models

Time-series fisheries data can be used but caution is required

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 36

Biological

diversity

Area contains

comparatively higher

diversity of ecosystems

habitats communities or

species or has higher

genetic diversity

Important for evolution and

maintaining the resilience of

marine species and

ecosystems

Sea-mounts

Fronts and convergence zones

Cold coral communities

Deep-water sponge communities

Diversity needs to be seen in relation to the surrounding environment

Diversity indices are indifferent to species substitutions

Diversity indices are indifferent to which species may be contributing to the value of the index and hence would not pick up areas important to species of special concern such as endangered species

Can be inferred from habitat heterogeneity or diversity as a surrogate for species diversity in areas where biodiversity has not been sampled intensively

Naturalness Area with a comparatively

higher degree of

naturalness as a result of

the lack of or low level of

human-induced

disturbance or

degradation

To protect areas with near natural structure processes and functions

To maintain these areas as reference sites

To safeguard and enhance ecosystem resilience

Most ecosystems and habitats have

examples with varying levels of

naturalness and the intent is that the

more natural examples should be

selected

Priority should be given to areas having a low level of disturbance relative to their surroundings

In areas where no natural areas remain areas that have successfully recovered including reestablishment of species should be

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 37

considered

Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 38

Annex 3 CBD criteria for MPA networks

Decision IX20 Annex II SCIENTIFIC GUIDANCE FOR SELECTING AREAS TO ESTABLISH A REPRESENTATIVE NETWORK OF MARINE PROTECTED AREAS INCLUDING IN

OPEN OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS

Required network properties and

components Definition Applicable site specific considerations (inter alia)

Ecologically and biologically significant areas

Ecologically and biologically significant areas are geographically or oceanographically discrete areas that provide important services to one or more speciespopulations of an ecosystem or to the ecosystem as a whole compared to other surrounding areas or areas of similar ecological characteristics or otherwise meet the criteria as identified in annex I to decision IX20

Uniqueness or rarity

Special importance for life history stages of species

Importance for threatened endangered or declining species andor habitats

Vulnerability fragility sensitivity or slow recovery

Biological productivity

Biological diversity

Naturalness

Representativity Representativity is captured in a network when it consists of areas representing the different biogeographical subdivisions of the global oceans and regional seas that reasonably reflect the full range of ecosystems including the biotic and habitat diversity of those marine ecosystems

A full range of examples across a biogeographic habitat or community classification relative health of species and communities relative intactness of habitat(s) naturalness

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 39

Connectivity Connectivity in the design of a network allows for linkages whereby protected sites benefit from larval andor species exchanges and functional linkages from other network sites In a connected network individual sites benefit one another

Currents gyres physical bottlenecks migration routes species dispersal detritus functional linkages Isolated sites such as isolated seamount communities may also be included

Replicated ecological features Replication of ecological features means that more than one site shall contain examples of a given feature in the given biogeographic area The term ―features means ―species habitats and ecological processes that naturally occur in the given biogeographic area

Accounting for uncertainty natural variation and the possibility of catastrophic events Features that exhibit less natural variation or are precisely defined may require less replication than features that are inherently highly variable or are only very generally defined

Adequate and viable sites Adequate and viable sites indicate that all sites within a network should have size and protection sufficient to ensure the ecological viability and integrity of the feature(s) for which they were selected

Adequacy and viability will depend on size shape buffers persistence of features threats surrounding environment (context) physical constraints scale of featuresprocesses spillovercompactness

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 40

Annex 4 Data sources highlighted in discussions during the 1st Mission

Thegravemes Organisme ressources Personnes ressources Sites internet ressources et bases de donneacutees

Donneacutees bibliographiques

IRD Linus base bibliographique (httpiacaprodc3eduvsqfrlinus)

CRODT Catalogue des publications du CRODT

Donneacutees geacuteneacuterales

PRCMFIBA SIG Reacutegional Catalogue drsquoInformations pour lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoOuest (CIAO) wwwolmmrciao

OdinAfrica African marine atlas ndash voir OdinAfrica

OBIS httpwwwiobisorg

Guineacutee Bissau SIG Guineacutee Bissau au 200 000 egraveme sur toute la zone cocirctiegravere et 50 000 egraveme sur les Bijagos voir Franccedilois Gourmelonuniv-brestfr ou Emmanuel Ginaudet

Cap vert Systegraveme national SIG pour toutes les donneacutees du Cap vert

Bathymeacutetrie

Navy Londres Africa Pilot Volume 1 Hydrographer of the Navy London 1967

SHOM Carte SHOM ndeg6815 INT14 au 110 000 000egraveme Voir site wwwshomfr - catalogue

Cf Canada Carte au CSE

CND0 CD des donneacutees bathymeacutetriques de la sous-reacutegion

Donneacutees oceacuteanographiques geacuteneacuterales

OdinAfrica Points focaux des pays agrave voir sur site internet drsquoOdinAfrica

ordinafricanet Atelier national OdinAfrica ndash voir sur le site CNDO Aller sur le site OdinAfrica reacutecupeacuterer les shapefiles (httpwwwodinafricaorg) et sur httpwwwafricanmarineatlasnet

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 41

IRDlaboratoire LOCEAN-IPSL (Universiteacute Paris 6) LPAOSF (Lab de Physique de lAtmosphegravere et de lOceacutean de agrave lEacutecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique-UCAD

Alban Lazar (IRD) Simeacuteon Fongang (Ecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique) Raymond Lahaye (IRDLEMAR)

Circulation oceacuteanique le long des cocirctes seacuteneacutegalaises (structures variabiliteacute meacutecanismes de lrsquoupwelling des courants cocirctiers des tempeacuteratures et des saliniteacutes) et les couplages oceacutean-atmosphegravere

FAO Merete TANDSTAD Projets CCLEM et GCLME

NEPAD Projet GCLME

PRCM et IMROP + autres

Faire lrsquoinventaire des socieacuteteacutes qui ont fait de la prospection peacutetroliegravere et voir leurs donneacutees et eacutetudes drsquoimpact eacutetude Woodside ou Dana petroleum voir PRCM et IMROP

Universiteacute Rapport master de lrsquouniversiteacute sur la modeacutelisation de la circulation et des tempeacuteratures sur la haute mer (demander CNDO)

Upwellings Odiafrica Donneacutees upwellings sur Odinafrica

IRD P CURY et N BEZ

Geacuteologie seacutediemntologie et Nature des fonds

2 thegraveses sur le plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais sud et nord

IRD carte de Domain (IRDORSTOM) carte des seacutediments du plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais)

carte de Barusso

Travaux de Lachance et Mc Master

Odinafirca Plateau continental ndash carte digitaliseacutee sur la nature des fonds ndash voir sur ordinafrica

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 42

Annex 5 GIS data priorities

Explanation of ranking system

Term short-term bullbullbull medium-term bullbull long-term bull Estimated Ease of acquiring data easy bullbullbull moderatebullbull difficult bull

Importance high bullbullbull moderate bullbull low bull Term Ease Import

Base layers

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 coastline(s)

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 2 ecological regions

bullbullbull bull bullbullbull 3 bathymetry

bullbullbull bullbull bull 4 topography (for land ndashcan help with shoreline classifications)

Physical and oceanographic

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 estuaries rivers

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 shoreline type (cliff rocky sandy muddy etc)

bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 surficial sediment (bottom type)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 seafloor topographic complexity ruggedness (can be created from bathymetry)

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 5 seamounts (can also be identified through bathymetry)

6 other seascape features eg

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull canyons

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 43

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull ridges

bullbull bullbullbull bullbull hydrothermal vents

bullbull bull bullbull seeps

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull banks

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull rocky reefs

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull estuaries (sub-classes)

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull lagoons

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull upwellings

bull bullbull bull 7 ocean currents tides

bull bullbull bullbull 8 sea surface temperature

bull bullbull bullbull 9 salinity

bull bull bull 10 photosynthetically available radiation (PAR)

bull bull bull 11 coastal erosion sediment transport

bull bull bullbull 12 climate change trends eg movement of upwellings

Biological habitat

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 1 threatened or endangered species (amp spawning nursery areas etc)

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 threatened or endangered habitats

bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 habitat classification (if one exists regionally)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 biogenic features eg

warm water coral reefs

cold water coral ldquoforestsrdquo

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 44

mangroves (sub-classes)

bullbull bull bullbullbull 5 Key commercial species eg

crustaceans molluscs (crabs shrimps oysters etc)

pelagic large fishes (eg tunas)

pelagic small fishes

demersal fishes

bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 primary productivity (usually satellite colour images chlorophyll_a)

bullbull bull bullbull 7 secondary productivity (eg an estimate of carbon flux)

bullbull bull bullbull 8 migration of invasive species

Human use management

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 marine protected areas

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 year-round fisheries closures

bullbull bullbull bull 3 other seasonal fisheries closures

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 4 cities towns villages (with populations)

bullbull bullbull bull 5 local community boundaries

bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 traditional use boundaries (eg artisanal fisheries)

bull bullbull bull 7 migrant land use grazing

bullbull bull bullbullbull 8 areas of cultural spiritual importance

bullbull bullbullbull bullbull 9 roads (can help with understanding remoteness amp shoreline access)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 10 shipping routes and harbours

bullbull bullbull bull 11 land use particularly agriculture (can be combined into an analysis of rivers to estimate runoff)

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 45

bullbull bull bullbullbull 12 fishing

a artisanal by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)

b industrial by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 13 offshore oil amp gas licences exploratory wells installations (platforms pipelines shore based)

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 14 sand amp gravel mining

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 15 tourism shoreline development resorts marinas

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 46

Annex 6 Thirty additional assessments

Excerpted and adapted from the 54 page report by the OSPAR Regional seas convention for

the Northeast Atlantic (2007) Background document to support the assessment of whether

the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is ecologically coherent6

Assessment Criterion 1 Adequacy Viability

1 Assessment Guideline One should expect the sizes of network sites (for a given feature) to be

distributed throughout or exceed the estimated range of sizes necessary to sustain a viable

population or community

2 Assessment Guideline Sites that are heavily impacted andor surrounded by heavily impacted

areas should be larger than otherwise

3 Assessment Guideline Features of ecological significance should receive greater protection

than normal

4 Assessment Guideline Location and geography can be used to indicate adequate protection

such that

a Protection of pelagic features should generally be reflected with the implementation of

larger sites than those for benthic features

b In regions constrained by physical geography (eg fjords bays bights passages straits)

the adequate sizes of individual sites will generally be smaller than areas without such

physical constraints (eg regional seas open ocean)

c Offshore andor deeper sites will generally require larger areas than for nearshore andor

shallow sites (However the exceptions of certain deep sea benthic features such as

hydrothermal vents and cold seeps are noted)

5 Assessment Guideline in a given region the adequate spatial protection of most OSPAR

features and the overall network can be expected to conform to the scientific literature and

fall within the range commonly found within that literature It is recognized that this is an

evolving field of study

6 Assessment Guideline Owing to the multiplicity of its objectives the OSPAR network can be

expected to contain a variety of reserve sizes and corresponding spacing between sites

7 Assessment Guideline If a site is at the small end of the expected viability range for a given

feature then compact sites are preferable If on the other hand a given site is at the large end

of the estimated viability range then a less compact shape would allow for greater spill-over

and benefits outside of the reserve

a The Compactness of a given site can be calculated using a GIS and the following

formula C = (4πAp2)

05 Where C is the Compactness A is the area of the site and p is

its perimeter

8 Assessment Guideline A broad MPA network such as the OSPAR network with a wide

variety of features can be expected to have a wide variety of reserve shapes and sizes

6 Jeff Ardron is the primary author of this OSPAR report

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 47

a The combined size and compactness of a site be readily calculated using a GIS and the

following formula SSC = ln (PA) Where SSC is here labelled as the site size-

compactness P is the perimeter of the site and A is the area

9 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA electronic database lists the aims and ecological

criteria on a site by site basis Thus as a preliminary assessment these can be compiled to get

an indication of how well they are being met across the network

10 Assessment Guideline A list inventory of features within a region that (are known or

believed to) meet the OSPAR aims and ecological criteria is required in order to fully assess if

the existing MPA sites are likely adequate

11 Assessment Guideline Features that are common and widely distributed will generally require

less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are rare andor sparsely

distributed

Assessment Criterion 2 Representativity

12 Assessment Guideline OSPAR MPAs should be checked to ensure that they are broadly

distributed across biogeographic regions In such an assessment there is no need to restrict the

assessment to just one biogeographic classification system So long as they appear to be

rigorous (eg peer-reviewed) the use of a variety of systems is encouraged

13 Assessment Guideline Each of the Dinter [OSPAR] bioregions should be adequately

protected

14 Assessment Guideline National classifications can be very helpful in assessing

representativity at a national level based on national categories and should be used where they

exist

15 Assessment Guideline In the absence of full biological surveys or full classification systems

(such as EUNIS) simple surrogates should be used to check that representativity is possibly

being achieved Benthic and pelagic realms should be considered

16 Assessment Guideline Representative features that are very common and widely distributed

will likely require less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are just

somewhat common

As a rule of thumb within a given feature class representative protection can be

compared to a normalized distribution For example if the areal distribution of

representative classes can be normalised through a square-root transformation then

protected area distribution could be expected to be roughly proportional to the square-

root of the ratio of the representative feature classesrsquo overall areas

17 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA nomination database should be checked to ensure

that the idea of the ldquobestrdquo features was taken into account across feature types and regions

18 Assessment Guideline Features that best represent their type can be expected to be

characterized by most or all of these indicators

a Typical morphology

b High density abundance

c High degree of health naturalness

d Persistence (temporal and spatial) and

e Strong functional linkages

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 48

Assessment Criterion 3 Replication

19 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area more than one example of each feature

should be protected

20 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features protected in areas susceptible

to catastrophic events require greater replication than those in low-risk areas

21 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area where no better data exist natural

variation can be assumed to be greatest between sites that are furthest apart

22 Assessment Guideline Features that are very specifically defined will exhibit less variation

and hence require less replication than features which are very general or ldquocatch-allrdquo categories

23 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area scientific requirements may require

replicate sites for differing purposes If these requirements are not known it can be assumed

that replicate sites that are a moderate distance apart (neither immediate neighbours nor at

extreme ends of the biogeographic area) will satisfy most scientific requirements

24 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features for which there are weak or

incomplete or modelled data require greater replication than those features for which better data

are available

Assessment Criterion 4 Connectivity

25 Assessment Guideline If an area is known or suspected to be important to connectivity then it

should be represented in the MPA network

26 Assessment Guideline Reserves in areas where there are known currents (eg many coastal

areas) should be more closely spaced than otherwise In order to maintain connectivity for most

short to moderate larval dispersing species when specific data are lacking such nearshore sites

should be spaced not further than 50 km apart

27 Assessment Guideline Connectivity between seabird sites can be measured in straight lines

28 Assessment Guideline Connectivity for marine species can be assumed to be greater along

lines of similar habitat than across them

29 Assessment Guideline The density of marine reserves can be used as a way to group areas of

likely connectivity Likewise it can also define gaps where connectivity has probably not been

achieved

30 Assessment Guideline In the absence of dispersal data connectivity may be approximated by

ensuring the MPA network is well distributed in space reflecting the scale of its surroundings

Page 34: A Suggested Approach for Gap Analyses of the RAMPAO Marine ...€¦ · A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 2 Recommendation re outreach: 1) regional contact

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 32

Special

importance for

life-history

stages of

species

Areas that are required for

a population to survive and

thrive

Various biotic and abiotic

conditions coupled with

species-specific

physiological constraints

and preferences tend to

make some parts of marine

regions more suitable to

particular life-stages and

functions than other parts

Area containing (i) breeding grounds

spawning areas nursery areas juvenile

habitat or other areas important for life

history stages of species or (ii) habitats of

migratory species (feeding wintering or

resting areas breeding moulting

migratory routes)

Connectivity between life-history stages and linkages between areas trophic interactions physical transport physical oceanography life history of species

Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data Vessel monitoring system (VMS) data

Spatial and temporal distribution andor aggregation of the species

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 33

Importance for

threatened

endangered or

declining

species andor

habitats

Area containing habitat for

the survival and recovery

of endangered threatened

declining species or area

with significant

assemblages of such

species

To ensure the restoration

and recovery of such species

and habitats

Areas critical for threatened endangered

or declining species andor habitats

containing (i) breeding grounds spawning

areas nursery areas juvenile habitat or

other areas important for life history

stages of species or (ii) habitats of

migratory species (feeding wintering or

resting areas breeding moulting

migratory routes)

Includes species with very large geographic ranges

In many cases recovery will require reestablishment of the species in areas of its historic range

Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data vessel-monitoring system (VMS) data

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 34

Vulnerability

Fragility

Sensitivity or

Slow recovery

Areas that contain a

relatively high proportion

of sensitive habitats

biotopes or species that

are functionally fragile

(highly susceptible to

degradation or depletion

by human activity or by

natural events) or with

slow recovery

The criteria indicate the

degree of risk that will be

incurred if human activities

or natural events in the area

or component cannot be

managed effectively or are

pursued at an unsustainable

rate

Vulnerability of species

Inferred from the history of how species or populations in other similar areas responded to perturbations

Species of low fecundity slow growth long time to sexual maturity longevity (eg sharks etc)

Species with structures providing biogenic habitats such as deepwater corals sponges and bryozoans deep-water species

Vulnerability of habitats

Ice-covered areas susceptible to ship-based pollution

Ocean acidification can make deep sea habitats more vulnerable to others and increase susceptibility to human induced changes

Interactions between vulnerability to human impacts and natural events

Existing definition emphasizes site specific ideas and requires consideration for highly mobile species

Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 35

Biological

productivity

Area containing species

populations or

communities with

comparatively higher

natural biological

productivity

Important role in fuelling

ecosystems and increasing

the growth rates of

organisms and their capacity

for reproduction

Frontal areas

Upwellings

Hydrothermal vents

Seamounts polynyas

Can be measured as the rate of growth of marine organisms and their populations either through the fixation of inorganic carbon by photosynthesis chemosynthesis or through the ingestion of prey dissolved organic matter or particulate organic matter

Can be inferred from remote-sensed products eg ocean colour or process-based models

Time-series fisheries data can be used but caution is required

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 36

Biological

diversity

Area contains

comparatively higher

diversity of ecosystems

habitats communities or

species or has higher

genetic diversity

Important for evolution and

maintaining the resilience of

marine species and

ecosystems

Sea-mounts

Fronts and convergence zones

Cold coral communities

Deep-water sponge communities

Diversity needs to be seen in relation to the surrounding environment

Diversity indices are indifferent to species substitutions

Diversity indices are indifferent to which species may be contributing to the value of the index and hence would not pick up areas important to species of special concern such as endangered species

Can be inferred from habitat heterogeneity or diversity as a surrogate for species diversity in areas where biodiversity has not been sampled intensively

Naturalness Area with a comparatively

higher degree of

naturalness as a result of

the lack of or low level of

human-induced

disturbance or

degradation

To protect areas with near natural structure processes and functions

To maintain these areas as reference sites

To safeguard and enhance ecosystem resilience

Most ecosystems and habitats have

examples with varying levels of

naturalness and the intent is that the

more natural examples should be

selected

Priority should be given to areas having a low level of disturbance relative to their surroundings

In areas where no natural areas remain areas that have successfully recovered including reestablishment of species should be

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 37

considered

Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 38

Annex 3 CBD criteria for MPA networks

Decision IX20 Annex II SCIENTIFIC GUIDANCE FOR SELECTING AREAS TO ESTABLISH A REPRESENTATIVE NETWORK OF MARINE PROTECTED AREAS INCLUDING IN

OPEN OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS

Required network properties and

components Definition Applicable site specific considerations (inter alia)

Ecologically and biologically significant areas

Ecologically and biologically significant areas are geographically or oceanographically discrete areas that provide important services to one or more speciespopulations of an ecosystem or to the ecosystem as a whole compared to other surrounding areas or areas of similar ecological characteristics or otherwise meet the criteria as identified in annex I to decision IX20

Uniqueness or rarity

Special importance for life history stages of species

Importance for threatened endangered or declining species andor habitats

Vulnerability fragility sensitivity or slow recovery

Biological productivity

Biological diversity

Naturalness

Representativity Representativity is captured in a network when it consists of areas representing the different biogeographical subdivisions of the global oceans and regional seas that reasonably reflect the full range of ecosystems including the biotic and habitat diversity of those marine ecosystems

A full range of examples across a biogeographic habitat or community classification relative health of species and communities relative intactness of habitat(s) naturalness

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 39

Connectivity Connectivity in the design of a network allows for linkages whereby protected sites benefit from larval andor species exchanges and functional linkages from other network sites In a connected network individual sites benefit one another

Currents gyres physical bottlenecks migration routes species dispersal detritus functional linkages Isolated sites such as isolated seamount communities may also be included

Replicated ecological features Replication of ecological features means that more than one site shall contain examples of a given feature in the given biogeographic area The term ―features means ―species habitats and ecological processes that naturally occur in the given biogeographic area

Accounting for uncertainty natural variation and the possibility of catastrophic events Features that exhibit less natural variation or are precisely defined may require less replication than features that are inherently highly variable or are only very generally defined

Adequate and viable sites Adequate and viable sites indicate that all sites within a network should have size and protection sufficient to ensure the ecological viability and integrity of the feature(s) for which they were selected

Adequacy and viability will depend on size shape buffers persistence of features threats surrounding environment (context) physical constraints scale of featuresprocesses spillovercompactness

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 40

Annex 4 Data sources highlighted in discussions during the 1st Mission

Thegravemes Organisme ressources Personnes ressources Sites internet ressources et bases de donneacutees

Donneacutees bibliographiques

IRD Linus base bibliographique (httpiacaprodc3eduvsqfrlinus)

CRODT Catalogue des publications du CRODT

Donneacutees geacuteneacuterales

PRCMFIBA SIG Reacutegional Catalogue drsquoInformations pour lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoOuest (CIAO) wwwolmmrciao

OdinAfrica African marine atlas ndash voir OdinAfrica

OBIS httpwwwiobisorg

Guineacutee Bissau SIG Guineacutee Bissau au 200 000 egraveme sur toute la zone cocirctiegravere et 50 000 egraveme sur les Bijagos voir Franccedilois Gourmelonuniv-brestfr ou Emmanuel Ginaudet

Cap vert Systegraveme national SIG pour toutes les donneacutees du Cap vert

Bathymeacutetrie

Navy Londres Africa Pilot Volume 1 Hydrographer of the Navy London 1967

SHOM Carte SHOM ndeg6815 INT14 au 110 000 000egraveme Voir site wwwshomfr - catalogue

Cf Canada Carte au CSE

CND0 CD des donneacutees bathymeacutetriques de la sous-reacutegion

Donneacutees oceacuteanographiques geacuteneacuterales

OdinAfrica Points focaux des pays agrave voir sur site internet drsquoOdinAfrica

ordinafricanet Atelier national OdinAfrica ndash voir sur le site CNDO Aller sur le site OdinAfrica reacutecupeacuterer les shapefiles (httpwwwodinafricaorg) et sur httpwwwafricanmarineatlasnet

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 41

IRDlaboratoire LOCEAN-IPSL (Universiteacute Paris 6) LPAOSF (Lab de Physique de lAtmosphegravere et de lOceacutean de agrave lEacutecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique-UCAD

Alban Lazar (IRD) Simeacuteon Fongang (Ecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique) Raymond Lahaye (IRDLEMAR)

Circulation oceacuteanique le long des cocirctes seacuteneacutegalaises (structures variabiliteacute meacutecanismes de lrsquoupwelling des courants cocirctiers des tempeacuteratures et des saliniteacutes) et les couplages oceacutean-atmosphegravere

FAO Merete TANDSTAD Projets CCLEM et GCLME

NEPAD Projet GCLME

PRCM et IMROP + autres

Faire lrsquoinventaire des socieacuteteacutes qui ont fait de la prospection peacutetroliegravere et voir leurs donneacutees et eacutetudes drsquoimpact eacutetude Woodside ou Dana petroleum voir PRCM et IMROP

Universiteacute Rapport master de lrsquouniversiteacute sur la modeacutelisation de la circulation et des tempeacuteratures sur la haute mer (demander CNDO)

Upwellings Odiafrica Donneacutees upwellings sur Odinafrica

IRD P CURY et N BEZ

Geacuteologie seacutediemntologie et Nature des fonds

2 thegraveses sur le plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais sud et nord

IRD carte de Domain (IRDORSTOM) carte des seacutediments du plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais)

carte de Barusso

Travaux de Lachance et Mc Master

Odinafirca Plateau continental ndash carte digitaliseacutee sur la nature des fonds ndash voir sur ordinafrica

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 42

Annex 5 GIS data priorities

Explanation of ranking system

Term short-term bullbullbull medium-term bullbull long-term bull Estimated Ease of acquiring data easy bullbullbull moderatebullbull difficult bull

Importance high bullbullbull moderate bullbull low bull Term Ease Import

Base layers

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 coastline(s)

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 2 ecological regions

bullbullbull bull bullbullbull 3 bathymetry

bullbullbull bullbull bull 4 topography (for land ndashcan help with shoreline classifications)

Physical and oceanographic

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 estuaries rivers

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 shoreline type (cliff rocky sandy muddy etc)

bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 surficial sediment (bottom type)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 seafloor topographic complexity ruggedness (can be created from bathymetry)

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 5 seamounts (can also be identified through bathymetry)

6 other seascape features eg

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull canyons

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 43

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull ridges

bullbull bullbullbull bullbull hydrothermal vents

bullbull bull bullbull seeps

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull banks

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull rocky reefs

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull estuaries (sub-classes)

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull lagoons

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull upwellings

bull bullbull bull 7 ocean currents tides

bull bullbull bullbull 8 sea surface temperature

bull bullbull bullbull 9 salinity

bull bull bull 10 photosynthetically available radiation (PAR)

bull bull bull 11 coastal erosion sediment transport

bull bull bullbull 12 climate change trends eg movement of upwellings

Biological habitat

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 1 threatened or endangered species (amp spawning nursery areas etc)

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 threatened or endangered habitats

bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 habitat classification (if one exists regionally)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 biogenic features eg

warm water coral reefs

cold water coral ldquoforestsrdquo

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 44

mangroves (sub-classes)

bullbull bull bullbullbull 5 Key commercial species eg

crustaceans molluscs (crabs shrimps oysters etc)

pelagic large fishes (eg tunas)

pelagic small fishes

demersal fishes

bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 primary productivity (usually satellite colour images chlorophyll_a)

bullbull bull bullbull 7 secondary productivity (eg an estimate of carbon flux)

bullbull bull bullbull 8 migration of invasive species

Human use management

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 marine protected areas

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 year-round fisheries closures

bullbull bullbull bull 3 other seasonal fisheries closures

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 4 cities towns villages (with populations)

bullbull bullbull bull 5 local community boundaries

bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 traditional use boundaries (eg artisanal fisheries)

bull bullbull bull 7 migrant land use grazing

bullbull bull bullbullbull 8 areas of cultural spiritual importance

bullbull bullbullbull bullbull 9 roads (can help with understanding remoteness amp shoreline access)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 10 shipping routes and harbours

bullbull bullbull bull 11 land use particularly agriculture (can be combined into an analysis of rivers to estimate runoff)

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 45

bullbull bull bullbullbull 12 fishing

a artisanal by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)

b industrial by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 13 offshore oil amp gas licences exploratory wells installations (platforms pipelines shore based)

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 14 sand amp gravel mining

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 15 tourism shoreline development resorts marinas

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 46

Annex 6 Thirty additional assessments

Excerpted and adapted from the 54 page report by the OSPAR Regional seas convention for

the Northeast Atlantic (2007) Background document to support the assessment of whether

the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is ecologically coherent6

Assessment Criterion 1 Adequacy Viability

1 Assessment Guideline One should expect the sizes of network sites (for a given feature) to be

distributed throughout or exceed the estimated range of sizes necessary to sustain a viable

population or community

2 Assessment Guideline Sites that are heavily impacted andor surrounded by heavily impacted

areas should be larger than otherwise

3 Assessment Guideline Features of ecological significance should receive greater protection

than normal

4 Assessment Guideline Location and geography can be used to indicate adequate protection

such that

a Protection of pelagic features should generally be reflected with the implementation of

larger sites than those for benthic features

b In regions constrained by physical geography (eg fjords bays bights passages straits)

the adequate sizes of individual sites will generally be smaller than areas without such

physical constraints (eg regional seas open ocean)

c Offshore andor deeper sites will generally require larger areas than for nearshore andor

shallow sites (However the exceptions of certain deep sea benthic features such as

hydrothermal vents and cold seeps are noted)

5 Assessment Guideline in a given region the adequate spatial protection of most OSPAR

features and the overall network can be expected to conform to the scientific literature and

fall within the range commonly found within that literature It is recognized that this is an

evolving field of study

6 Assessment Guideline Owing to the multiplicity of its objectives the OSPAR network can be

expected to contain a variety of reserve sizes and corresponding spacing between sites

7 Assessment Guideline If a site is at the small end of the expected viability range for a given

feature then compact sites are preferable If on the other hand a given site is at the large end

of the estimated viability range then a less compact shape would allow for greater spill-over

and benefits outside of the reserve

a The Compactness of a given site can be calculated using a GIS and the following

formula C = (4πAp2)

05 Where C is the Compactness A is the area of the site and p is

its perimeter

8 Assessment Guideline A broad MPA network such as the OSPAR network with a wide

variety of features can be expected to have a wide variety of reserve shapes and sizes

6 Jeff Ardron is the primary author of this OSPAR report

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 47

a The combined size and compactness of a site be readily calculated using a GIS and the

following formula SSC = ln (PA) Where SSC is here labelled as the site size-

compactness P is the perimeter of the site and A is the area

9 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA electronic database lists the aims and ecological

criteria on a site by site basis Thus as a preliminary assessment these can be compiled to get

an indication of how well they are being met across the network

10 Assessment Guideline A list inventory of features within a region that (are known or

believed to) meet the OSPAR aims and ecological criteria is required in order to fully assess if

the existing MPA sites are likely adequate

11 Assessment Guideline Features that are common and widely distributed will generally require

less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are rare andor sparsely

distributed

Assessment Criterion 2 Representativity

12 Assessment Guideline OSPAR MPAs should be checked to ensure that they are broadly

distributed across biogeographic regions In such an assessment there is no need to restrict the

assessment to just one biogeographic classification system So long as they appear to be

rigorous (eg peer-reviewed) the use of a variety of systems is encouraged

13 Assessment Guideline Each of the Dinter [OSPAR] bioregions should be adequately

protected

14 Assessment Guideline National classifications can be very helpful in assessing

representativity at a national level based on national categories and should be used where they

exist

15 Assessment Guideline In the absence of full biological surveys or full classification systems

(such as EUNIS) simple surrogates should be used to check that representativity is possibly

being achieved Benthic and pelagic realms should be considered

16 Assessment Guideline Representative features that are very common and widely distributed

will likely require less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are just

somewhat common

As a rule of thumb within a given feature class representative protection can be

compared to a normalized distribution For example if the areal distribution of

representative classes can be normalised through a square-root transformation then

protected area distribution could be expected to be roughly proportional to the square-

root of the ratio of the representative feature classesrsquo overall areas

17 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA nomination database should be checked to ensure

that the idea of the ldquobestrdquo features was taken into account across feature types and regions

18 Assessment Guideline Features that best represent their type can be expected to be

characterized by most or all of these indicators

a Typical morphology

b High density abundance

c High degree of health naturalness

d Persistence (temporal and spatial) and

e Strong functional linkages

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 48

Assessment Criterion 3 Replication

19 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area more than one example of each feature

should be protected

20 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features protected in areas susceptible

to catastrophic events require greater replication than those in low-risk areas

21 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area where no better data exist natural

variation can be assumed to be greatest between sites that are furthest apart

22 Assessment Guideline Features that are very specifically defined will exhibit less variation

and hence require less replication than features which are very general or ldquocatch-allrdquo categories

23 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area scientific requirements may require

replicate sites for differing purposes If these requirements are not known it can be assumed

that replicate sites that are a moderate distance apart (neither immediate neighbours nor at

extreme ends of the biogeographic area) will satisfy most scientific requirements

24 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features for which there are weak or

incomplete or modelled data require greater replication than those features for which better data

are available

Assessment Criterion 4 Connectivity

25 Assessment Guideline If an area is known or suspected to be important to connectivity then it

should be represented in the MPA network

26 Assessment Guideline Reserves in areas where there are known currents (eg many coastal

areas) should be more closely spaced than otherwise In order to maintain connectivity for most

short to moderate larval dispersing species when specific data are lacking such nearshore sites

should be spaced not further than 50 km apart

27 Assessment Guideline Connectivity between seabird sites can be measured in straight lines

28 Assessment Guideline Connectivity for marine species can be assumed to be greater along

lines of similar habitat than across them

29 Assessment Guideline The density of marine reserves can be used as a way to group areas of

likely connectivity Likewise it can also define gaps where connectivity has probably not been

achieved

30 Assessment Guideline In the absence of dispersal data connectivity may be approximated by

ensuring the MPA network is well distributed in space reflecting the scale of its surroundings

Page 35: A Suggested Approach for Gap Analyses of the RAMPAO Marine ...€¦ · A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 2 Recommendation re outreach: 1) regional contact

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 33

Importance for

threatened

endangered or

declining

species andor

habitats

Area containing habitat for

the survival and recovery

of endangered threatened

declining species or area

with significant

assemblages of such

species

To ensure the restoration

and recovery of such species

and habitats

Areas critical for threatened endangered

or declining species andor habitats

containing (i) breeding grounds spawning

areas nursery areas juvenile habitat or

other areas important for life history

stages of species or (ii) habitats of

migratory species (feeding wintering or

resting areas breeding moulting

migratory routes)

Includes species with very large geographic ranges

In many cases recovery will require reestablishment of the species in areas of its historic range

Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data vessel-monitoring system (VMS) data

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 34

Vulnerability

Fragility

Sensitivity or

Slow recovery

Areas that contain a

relatively high proportion

of sensitive habitats

biotopes or species that

are functionally fragile

(highly susceptible to

degradation or depletion

by human activity or by

natural events) or with

slow recovery

The criteria indicate the

degree of risk that will be

incurred if human activities

or natural events in the area

or component cannot be

managed effectively or are

pursued at an unsustainable

rate

Vulnerability of species

Inferred from the history of how species or populations in other similar areas responded to perturbations

Species of low fecundity slow growth long time to sexual maturity longevity (eg sharks etc)

Species with structures providing biogenic habitats such as deepwater corals sponges and bryozoans deep-water species

Vulnerability of habitats

Ice-covered areas susceptible to ship-based pollution

Ocean acidification can make deep sea habitats more vulnerable to others and increase susceptibility to human induced changes

Interactions between vulnerability to human impacts and natural events

Existing definition emphasizes site specific ideas and requires consideration for highly mobile species

Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 35

Biological

productivity

Area containing species

populations or

communities with

comparatively higher

natural biological

productivity

Important role in fuelling

ecosystems and increasing

the growth rates of

organisms and their capacity

for reproduction

Frontal areas

Upwellings

Hydrothermal vents

Seamounts polynyas

Can be measured as the rate of growth of marine organisms and their populations either through the fixation of inorganic carbon by photosynthesis chemosynthesis or through the ingestion of prey dissolved organic matter or particulate organic matter

Can be inferred from remote-sensed products eg ocean colour or process-based models

Time-series fisheries data can be used but caution is required

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 36

Biological

diversity

Area contains

comparatively higher

diversity of ecosystems

habitats communities or

species or has higher

genetic diversity

Important for evolution and

maintaining the resilience of

marine species and

ecosystems

Sea-mounts

Fronts and convergence zones

Cold coral communities

Deep-water sponge communities

Diversity needs to be seen in relation to the surrounding environment

Diversity indices are indifferent to species substitutions

Diversity indices are indifferent to which species may be contributing to the value of the index and hence would not pick up areas important to species of special concern such as endangered species

Can be inferred from habitat heterogeneity or diversity as a surrogate for species diversity in areas where biodiversity has not been sampled intensively

Naturalness Area with a comparatively

higher degree of

naturalness as a result of

the lack of or low level of

human-induced

disturbance or

degradation

To protect areas with near natural structure processes and functions

To maintain these areas as reference sites

To safeguard and enhance ecosystem resilience

Most ecosystems and habitats have

examples with varying levels of

naturalness and the intent is that the

more natural examples should be

selected

Priority should be given to areas having a low level of disturbance relative to their surroundings

In areas where no natural areas remain areas that have successfully recovered including reestablishment of species should be

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 37

considered

Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 38

Annex 3 CBD criteria for MPA networks

Decision IX20 Annex II SCIENTIFIC GUIDANCE FOR SELECTING AREAS TO ESTABLISH A REPRESENTATIVE NETWORK OF MARINE PROTECTED AREAS INCLUDING IN

OPEN OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS

Required network properties and

components Definition Applicable site specific considerations (inter alia)

Ecologically and biologically significant areas

Ecologically and biologically significant areas are geographically or oceanographically discrete areas that provide important services to one or more speciespopulations of an ecosystem or to the ecosystem as a whole compared to other surrounding areas or areas of similar ecological characteristics or otherwise meet the criteria as identified in annex I to decision IX20

Uniqueness or rarity

Special importance for life history stages of species

Importance for threatened endangered or declining species andor habitats

Vulnerability fragility sensitivity or slow recovery

Biological productivity

Biological diversity

Naturalness

Representativity Representativity is captured in a network when it consists of areas representing the different biogeographical subdivisions of the global oceans and regional seas that reasonably reflect the full range of ecosystems including the biotic and habitat diversity of those marine ecosystems

A full range of examples across a biogeographic habitat or community classification relative health of species and communities relative intactness of habitat(s) naturalness

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 39

Connectivity Connectivity in the design of a network allows for linkages whereby protected sites benefit from larval andor species exchanges and functional linkages from other network sites In a connected network individual sites benefit one another

Currents gyres physical bottlenecks migration routes species dispersal detritus functional linkages Isolated sites such as isolated seamount communities may also be included

Replicated ecological features Replication of ecological features means that more than one site shall contain examples of a given feature in the given biogeographic area The term ―features means ―species habitats and ecological processes that naturally occur in the given biogeographic area

Accounting for uncertainty natural variation and the possibility of catastrophic events Features that exhibit less natural variation or are precisely defined may require less replication than features that are inherently highly variable or are only very generally defined

Adequate and viable sites Adequate and viable sites indicate that all sites within a network should have size and protection sufficient to ensure the ecological viability and integrity of the feature(s) for which they were selected

Adequacy and viability will depend on size shape buffers persistence of features threats surrounding environment (context) physical constraints scale of featuresprocesses spillovercompactness

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 40

Annex 4 Data sources highlighted in discussions during the 1st Mission

Thegravemes Organisme ressources Personnes ressources Sites internet ressources et bases de donneacutees

Donneacutees bibliographiques

IRD Linus base bibliographique (httpiacaprodc3eduvsqfrlinus)

CRODT Catalogue des publications du CRODT

Donneacutees geacuteneacuterales

PRCMFIBA SIG Reacutegional Catalogue drsquoInformations pour lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoOuest (CIAO) wwwolmmrciao

OdinAfrica African marine atlas ndash voir OdinAfrica

OBIS httpwwwiobisorg

Guineacutee Bissau SIG Guineacutee Bissau au 200 000 egraveme sur toute la zone cocirctiegravere et 50 000 egraveme sur les Bijagos voir Franccedilois Gourmelonuniv-brestfr ou Emmanuel Ginaudet

Cap vert Systegraveme national SIG pour toutes les donneacutees du Cap vert

Bathymeacutetrie

Navy Londres Africa Pilot Volume 1 Hydrographer of the Navy London 1967

SHOM Carte SHOM ndeg6815 INT14 au 110 000 000egraveme Voir site wwwshomfr - catalogue

Cf Canada Carte au CSE

CND0 CD des donneacutees bathymeacutetriques de la sous-reacutegion

Donneacutees oceacuteanographiques geacuteneacuterales

OdinAfrica Points focaux des pays agrave voir sur site internet drsquoOdinAfrica

ordinafricanet Atelier national OdinAfrica ndash voir sur le site CNDO Aller sur le site OdinAfrica reacutecupeacuterer les shapefiles (httpwwwodinafricaorg) et sur httpwwwafricanmarineatlasnet

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 41

IRDlaboratoire LOCEAN-IPSL (Universiteacute Paris 6) LPAOSF (Lab de Physique de lAtmosphegravere et de lOceacutean de agrave lEacutecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique-UCAD

Alban Lazar (IRD) Simeacuteon Fongang (Ecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique) Raymond Lahaye (IRDLEMAR)

Circulation oceacuteanique le long des cocirctes seacuteneacutegalaises (structures variabiliteacute meacutecanismes de lrsquoupwelling des courants cocirctiers des tempeacuteratures et des saliniteacutes) et les couplages oceacutean-atmosphegravere

FAO Merete TANDSTAD Projets CCLEM et GCLME

NEPAD Projet GCLME

PRCM et IMROP + autres

Faire lrsquoinventaire des socieacuteteacutes qui ont fait de la prospection peacutetroliegravere et voir leurs donneacutees et eacutetudes drsquoimpact eacutetude Woodside ou Dana petroleum voir PRCM et IMROP

Universiteacute Rapport master de lrsquouniversiteacute sur la modeacutelisation de la circulation et des tempeacuteratures sur la haute mer (demander CNDO)

Upwellings Odiafrica Donneacutees upwellings sur Odinafrica

IRD P CURY et N BEZ

Geacuteologie seacutediemntologie et Nature des fonds

2 thegraveses sur le plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais sud et nord

IRD carte de Domain (IRDORSTOM) carte des seacutediments du plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais)

carte de Barusso

Travaux de Lachance et Mc Master

Odinafirca Plateau continental ndash carte digitaliseacutee sur la nature des fonds ndash voir sur ordinafrica

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 42

Annex 5 GIS data priorities

Explanation of ranking system

Term short-term bullbullbull medium-term bullbull long-term bull Estimated Ease of acquiring data easy bullbullbull moderatebullbull difficult bull

Importance high bullbullbull moderate bullbull low bull Term Ease Import

Base layers

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 coastline(s)

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 2 ecological regions

bullbullbull bull bullbullbull 3 bathymetry

bullbullbull bullbull bull 4 topography (for land ndashcan help with shoreline classifications)

Physical and oceanographic

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 estuaries rivers

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 shoreline type (cliff rocky sandy muddy etc)

bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 surficial sediment (bottom type)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 seafloor topographic complexity ruggedness (can be created from bathymetry)

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 5 seamounts (can also be identified through bathymetry)

6 other seascape features eg

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull canyons

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 43

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull ridges

bullbull bullbullbull bullbull hydrothermal vents

bullbull bull bullbull seeps

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull banks

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull rocky reefs

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull estuaries (sub-classes)

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull lagoons

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull upwellings

bull bullbull bull 7 ocean currents tides

bull bullbull bullbull 8 sea surface temperature

bull bullbull bullbull 9 salinity

bull bull bull 10 photosynthetically available radiation (PAR)

bull bull bull 11 coastal erosion sediment transport

bull bull bullbull 12 climate change trends eg movement of upwellings

Biological habitat

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 1 threatened or endangered species (amp spawning nursery areas etc)

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 threatened or endangered habitats

bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 habitat classification (if one exists regionally)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 biogenic features eg

warm water coral reefs

cold water coral ldquoforestsrdquo

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 44

mangroves (sub-classes)

bullbull bull bullbullbull 5 Key commercial species eg

crustaceans molluscs (crabs shrimps oysters etc)

pelagic large fishes (eg tunas)

pelagic small fishes

demersal fishes

bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 primary productivity (usually satellite colour images chlorophyll_a)

bullbull bull bullbull 7 secondary productivity (eg an estimate of carbon flux)

bullbull bull bullbull 8 migration of invasive species

Human use management

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 marine protected areas

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 year-round fisheries closures

bullbull bullbull bull 3 other seasonal fisheries closures

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 4 cities towns villages (with populations)

bullbull bullbull bull 5 local community boundaries

bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 traditional use boundaries (eg artisanal fisheries)

bull bullbull bull 7 migrant land use grazing

bullbull bull bullbullbull 8 areas of cultural spiritual importance

bullbull bullbullbull bullbull 9 roads (can help with understanding remoteness amp shoreline access)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 10 shipping routes and harbours

bullbull bullbull bull 11 land use particularly agriculture (can be combined into an analysis of rivers to estimate runoff)

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 45

bullbull bull bullbullbull 12 fishing

a artisanal by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)

b industrial by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 13 offshore oil amp gas licences exploratory wells installations (platforms pipelines shore based)

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 14 sand amp gravel mining

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 15 tourism shoreline development resorts marinas

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 46

Annex 6 Thirty additional assessments

Excerpted and adapted from the 54 page report by the OSPAR Regional seas convention for

the Northeast Atlantic (2007) Background document to support the assessment of whether

the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is ecologically coherent6

Assessment Criterion 1 Adequacy Viability

1 Assessment Guideline One should expect the sizes of network sites (for a given feature) to be

distributed throughout or exceed the estimated range of sizes necessary to sustain a viable

population or community

2 Assessment Guideline Sites that are heavily impacted andor surrounded by heavily impacted

areas should be larger than otherwise

3 Assessment Guideline Features of ecological significance should receive greater protection

than normal

4 Assessment Guideline Location and geography can be used to indicate adequate protection

such that

a Protection of pelagic features should generally be reflected with the implementation of

larger sites than those for benthic features

b In regions constrained by physical geography (eg fjords bays bights passages straits)

the adequate sizes of individual sites will generally be smaller than areas without such

physical constraints (eg regional seas open ocean)

c Offshore andor deeper sites will generally require larger areas than for nearshore andor

shallow sites (However the exceptions of certain deep sea benthic features such as

hydrothermal vents and cold seeps are noted)

5 Assessment Guideline in a given region the adequate spatial protection of most OSPAR

features and the overall network can be expected to conform to the scientific literature and

fall within the range commonly found within that literature It is recognized that this is an

evolving field of study

6 Assessment Guideline Owing to the multiplicity of its objectives the OSPAR network can be

expected to contain a variety of reserve sizes and corresponding spacing between sites

7 Assessment Guideline If a site is at the small end of the expected viability range for a given

feature then compact sites are preferable If on the other hand a given site is at the large end

of the estimated viability range then a less compact shape would allow for greater spill-over

and benefits outside of the reserve

a The Compactness of a given site can be calculated using a GIS and the following

formula C = (4πAp2)

05 Where C is the Compactness A is the area of the site and p is

its perimeter

8 Assessment Guideline A broad MPA network such as the OSPAR network with a wide

variety of features can be expected to have a wide variety of reserve shapes and sizes

6 Jeff Ardron is the primary author of this OSPAR report

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 47

a The combined size and compactness of a site be readily calculated using a GIS and the

following formula SSC = ln (PA) Where SSC is here labelled as the site size-

compactness P is the perimeter of the site and A is the area

9 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA electronic database lists the aims and ecological

criteria on a site by site basis Thus as a preliminary assessment these can be compiled to get

an indication of how well they are being met across the network

10 Assessment Guideline A list inventory of features within a region that (are known or

believed to) meet the OSPAR aims and ecological criteria is required in order to fully assess if

the existing MPA sites are likely adequate

11 Assessment Guideline Features that are common and widely distributed will generally require

less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are rare andor sparsely

distributed

Assessment Criterion 2 Representativity

12 Assessment Guideline OSPAR MPAs should be checked to ensure that they are broadly

distributed across biogeographic regions In such an assessment there is no need to restrict the

assessment to just one biogeographic classification system So long as they appear to be

rigorous (eg peer-reviewed) the use of a variety of systems is encouraged

13 Assessment Guideline Each of the Dinter [OSPAR] bioregions should be adequately

protected

14 Assessment Guideline National classifications can be very helpful in assessing

representativity at a national level based on national categories and should be used where they

exist

15 Assessment Guideline In the absence of full biological surveys or full classification systems

(such as EUNIS) simple surrogates should be used to check that representativity is possibly

being achieved Benthic and pelagic realms should be considered

16 Assessment Guideline Representative features that are very common and widely distributed

will likely require less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are just

somewhat common

As a rule of thumb within a given feature class representative protection can be

compared to a normalized distribution For example if the areal distribution of

representative classes can be normalised through a square-root transformation then

protected area distribution could be expected to be roughly proportional to the square-

root of the ratio of the representative feature classesrsquo overall areas

17 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA nomination database should be checked to ensure

that the idea of the ldquobestrdquo features was taken into account across feature types and regions

18 Assessment Guideline Features that best represent their type can be expected to be

characterized by most or all of these indicators

a Typical morphology

b High density abundance

c High degree of health naturalness

d Persistence (temporal and spatial) and

e Strong functional linkages

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 48

Assessment Criterion 3 Replication

19 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area more than one example of each feature

should be protected

20 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features protected in areas susceptible

to catastrophic events require greater replication than those in low-risk areas

21 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area where no better data exist natural

variation can be assumed to be greatest between sites that are furthest apart

22 Assessment Guideline Features that are very specifically defined will exhibit less variation

and hence require less replication than features which are very general or ldquocatch-allrdquo categories

23 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area scientific requirements may require

replicate sites for differing purposes If these requirements are not known it can be assumed

that replicate sites that are a moderate distance apart (neither immediate neighbours nor at

extreme ends of the biogeographic area) will satisfy most scientific requirements

24 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features for which there are weak or

incomplete or modelled data require greater replication than those features for which better data

are available

Assessment Criterion 4 Connectivity

25 Assessment Guideline If an area is known or suspected to be important to connectivity then it

should be represented in the MPA network

26 Assessment Guideline Reserves in areas where there are known currents (eg many coastal

areas) should be more closely spaced than otherwise In order to maintain connectivity for most

short to moderate larval dispersing species when specific data are lacking such nearshore sites

should be spaced not further than 50 km apart

27 Assessment Guideline Connectivity between seabird sites can be measured in straight lines

28 Assessment Guideline Connectivity for marine species can be assumed to be greater along

lines of similar habitat than across them

29 Assessment Guideline The density of marine reserves can be used as a way to group areas of

likely connectivity Likewise it can also define gaps where connectivity has probably not been

achieved

30 Assessment Guideline In the absence of dispersal data connectivity may be approximated by

ensuring the MPA network is well distributed in space reflecting the scale of its surroundings

Page 36: A Suggested Approach for Gap Analyses of the RAMPAO Marine ...€¦ · A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 2 Recommendation re outreach: 1) regional contact

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 34

Vulnerability

Fragility

Sensitivity or

Slow recovery

Areas that contain a

relatively high proportion

of sensitive habitats

biotopes or species that

are functionally fragile

(highly susceptible to

degradation or depletion

by human activity or by

natural events) or with

slow recovery

The criteria indicate the

degree of risk that will be

incurred if human activities

or natural events in the area

or component cannot be

managed effectively or are

pursued at an unsustainable

rate

Vulnerability of species

Inferred from the history of how species or populations in other similar areas responded to perturbations

Species of low fecundity slow growth long time to sexual maturity longevity (eg sharks etc)

Species with structures providing biogenic habitats such as deepwater corals sponges and bryozoans deep-water species

Vulnerability of habitats

Ice-covered areas susceptible to ship-based pollution

Ocean acidification can make deep sea habitats more vulnerable to others and increase susceptibility to human induced changes

Interactions between vulnerability to human impacts and natural events

Existing definition emphasizes site specific ideas and requires consideration for highly mobile species

Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 35

Biological

productivity

Area containing species

populations or

communities with

comparatively higher

natural biological

productivity

Important role in fuelling

ecosystems and increasing

the growth rates of

organisms and their capacity

for reproduction

Frontal areas

Upwellings

Hydrothermal vents

Seamounts polynyas

Can be measured as the rate of growth of marine organisms and their populations either through the fixation of inorganic carbon by photosynthesis chemosynthesis or through the ingestion of prey dissolved organic matter or particulate organic matter

Can be inferred from remote-sensed products eg ocean colour or process-based models

Time-series fisheries data can be used but caution is required

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 36

Biological

diversity

Area contains

comparatively higher

diversity of ecosystems

habitats communities or

species or has higher

genetic diversity

Important for evolution and

maintaining the resilience of

marine species and

ecosystems

Sea-mounts

Fronts and convergence zones

Cold coral communities

Deep-water sponge communities

Diversity needs to be seen in relation to the surrounding environment

Diversity indices are indifferent to species substitutions

Diversity indices are indifferent to which species may be contributing to the value of the index and hence would not pick up areas important to species of special concern such as endangered species

Can be inferred from habitat heterogeneity or diversity as a surrogate for species diversity in areas where biodiversity has not been sampled intensively

Naturalness Area with a comparatively

higher degree of

naturalness as a result of

the lack of or low level of

human-induced

disturbance or

degradation

To protect areas with near natural structure processes and functions

To maintain these areas as reference sites

To safeguard and enhance ecosystem resilience

Most ecosystems and habitats have

examples with varying levels of

naturalness and the intent is that the

more natural examples should be

selected

Priority should be given to areas having a low level of disturbance relative to their surroundings

In areas where no natural areas remain areas that have successfully recovered including reestablishment of species should be

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 37

considered

Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 38

Annex 3 CBD criteria for MPA networks

Decision IX20 Annex II SCIENTIFIC GUIDANCE FOR SELECTING AREAS TO ESTABLISH A REPRESENTATIVE NETWORK OF MARINE PROTECTED AREAS INCLUDING IN

OPEN OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS

Required network properties and

components Definition Applicable site specific considerations (inter alia)

Ecologically and biologically significant areas

Ecologically and biologically significant areas are geographically or oceanographically discrete areas that provide important services to one or more speciespopulations of an ecosystem or to the ecosystem as a whole compared to other surrounding areas or areas of similar ecological characteristics or otherwise meet the criteria as identified in annex I to decision IX20

Uniqueness or rarity

Special importance for life history stages of species

Importance for threatened endangered or declining species andor habitats

Vulnerability fragility sensitivity or slow recovery

Biological productivity

Biological diversity

Naturalness

Representativity Representativity is captured in a network when it consists of areas representing the different biogeographical subdivisions of the global oceans and regional seas that reasonably reflect the full range of ecosystems including the biotic and habitat diversity of those marine ecosystems

A full range of examples across a biogeographic habitat or community classification relative health of species and communities relative intactness of habitat(s) naturalness

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 39

Connectivity Connectivity in the design of a network allows for linkages whereby protected sites benefit from larval andor species exchanges and functional linkages from other network sites In a connected network individual sites benefit one another

Currents gyres physical bottlenecks migration routes species dispersal detritus functional linkages Isolated sites such as isolated seamount communities may also be included

Replicated ecological features Replication of ecological features means that more than one site shall contain examples of a given feature in the given biogeographic area The term ―features means ―species habitats and ecological processes that naturally occur in the given biogeographic area

Accounting for uncertainty natural variation and the possibility of catastrophic events Features that exhibit less natural variation or are precisely defined may require less replication than features that are inherently highly variable or are only very generally defined

Adequate and viable sites Adequate and viable sites indicate that all sites within a network should have size and protection sufficient to ensure the ecological viability and integrity of the feature(s) for which they were selected

Adequacy and viability will depend on size shape buffers persistence of features threats surrounding environment (context) physical constraints scale of featuresprocesses spillovercompactness

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 40

Annex 4 Data sources highlighted in discussions during the 1st Mission

Thegravemes Organisme ressources Personnes ressources Sites internet ressources et bases de donneacutees

Donneacutees bibliographiques

IRD Linus base bibliographique (httpiacaprodc3eduvsqfrlinus)

CRODT Catalogue des publications du CRODT

Donneacutees geacuteneacuterales

PRCMFIBA SIG Reacutegional Catalogue drsquoInformations pour lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoOuest (CIAO) wwwolmmrciao

OdinAfrica African marine atlas ndash voir OdinAfrica

OBIS httpwwwiobisorg

Guineacutee Bissau SIG Guineacutee Bissau au 200 000 egraveme sur toute la zone cocirctiegravere et 50 000 egraveme sur les Bijagos voir Franccedilois Gourmelonuniv-brestfr ou Emmanuel Ginaudet

Cap vert Systegraveme national SIG pour toutes les donneacutees du Cap vert

Bathymeacutetrie

Navy Londres Africa Pilot Volume 1 Hydrographer of the Navy London 1967

SHOM Carte SHOM ndeg6815 INT14 au 110 000 000egraveme Voir site wwwshomfr - catalogue

Cf Canada Carte au CSE

CND0 CD des donneacutees bathymeacutetriques de la sous-reacutegion

Donneacutees oceacuteanographiques geacuteneacuterales

OdinAfrica Points focaux des pays agrave voir sur site internet drsquoOdinAfrica

ordinafricanet Atelier national OdinAfrica ndash voir sur le site CNDO Aller sur le site OdinAfrica reacutecupeacuterer les shapefiles (httpwwwodinafricaorg) et sur httpwwwafricanmarineatlasnet

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 41

IRDlaboratoire LOCEAN-IPSL (Universiteacute Paris 6) LPAOSF (Lab de Physique de lAtmosphegravere et de lOceacutean de agrave lEacutecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique-UCAD

Alban Lazar (IRD) Simeacuteon Fongang (Ecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique) Raymond Lahaye (IRDLEMAR)

Circulation oceacuteanique le long des cocirctes seacuteneacutegalaises (structures variabiliteacute meacutecanismes de lrsquoupwelling des courants cocirctiers des tempeacuteratures et des saliniteacutes) et les couplages oceacutean-atmosphegravere

FAO Merete TANDSTAD Projets CCLEM et GCLME

NEPAD Projet GCLME

PRCM et IMROP + autres

Faire lrsquoinventaire des socieacuteteacutes qui ont fait de la prospection peacutetroliegravere et voir leurs donneacutees et eacutetudes drsquoimpact eacutetude Woodside ou Dana petroleum voir PRCM et IMROP

Universiteacute Rapport master de lrsquouniversiteacute sur la modeacutelisation de la circulation et des tempeacuteratures sur la haute mer (demander CNDO)

Upwellings Odiafrica Donneacutees upwellings sur Odinafrica

IRD P CURY et N BEZ

Geacuteologie seacutediemntologie et Nature des fonds

2 thegraveses sur le plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais sud et nord

IRD carte de Domain (IRDORSTOM) carte des seacutediments du plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais)

carte de Barusso

Travaux de Lachance et Mc Master

Odinafirca Plateau continental ndash carte digitaliseacutee sur la nature des fonds ndash voir sur ordinafrica

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 42

Annex 5 GIS data priorities

Explanation of ranking system

Term short-term bullbullbull medium-term bullbull long-term bull Estimated Ease of acquiring data easy bullbullbull moderatebullbull difficult bull

Importance high bullbullbull moderate bullbull low bull Term Ease Import

Base layers

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 coastline(s)

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 2 ecological regions

bullbullbull bull bullbullbull 3 bathymetry

bullbullbull bullbull bull 4 topography (for land ndashcan help with shoreline classifications)

Physical and oceanographic

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 estuaries rivers

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 shoreline type (cliff rocky sandy muddy etc)

bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 surficial sediment (bottom type)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 seafloor topographic complexity ruggedness (can be created from bathymetry)

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 5 seamounts (can also be identified through bathymetry)

6 other seascape features eg

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull canyons

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 43

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull ridges

bullbull bullbullbull bullbull hydrothermal vents

bullbull bull bullbull seeps

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull banks

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull rocky reefs

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull estuaries (sub-classes)

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull lagoons

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull upwellings

bull bullbull bull 7 ocean currents tides

bull bullbull bullbull 8 sea surface temperature

bull bullbull bullbull 9 salinity

bull bull bull 10 photosynthetically available radiation (PAR)

bull bull bull 11 coastal erosion sediment transport

bull bull bullbull 12 climate change trends eg movement of upwellings

Biological habitat

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 1 threatened or endangered species (amp spawning nursery areas etc)

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 threatened or endangered habitats

bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 habitat classification (if one exists regionally)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 biogenic features eg

warm water coral reefs

cold water coral ldquoforestsrdquo

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 44

mangroves (sub-classes)

bullbull bull bullbullbull 5 Key commercial species eg

crustaceans molluscs (crabs shrimps oysters etc)

pelagic large fishes (eg tunas)

pelagic small fishes

demersal fishes

bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 primary productivity (usually satellite colour images chlorophyll_a)

bullbull bull bullbull 7 secondary productivity (eg an estimate of carbon flux)

bullbull bull bullbull 8 migration of invasive species

Human use management

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 marine protected areas

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 year-round fisheries closures

bullbull bullbull bull 3 other seasonal fisheries closures

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 4 cities towns villages (with populations)

bullbull bullbull bull 5 local community boundaries

bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 traditional use boundaries (eg artisanal fisheries)

bull bullbull bull 7 migrant land use grazing

bullbull bull bullbullbull 8 areas of cultural spiritual importance

bullbull bullbullbull bullbull 9 roads (can help with understanding remoteness amp shoreline access)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 10 shipping routes and harbours

bullbull bullbull bull 11 land use particularly agriculture (can be combined into an analysis of rivers to estimate runoff)

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 45

bullbull bull bullbullbull 12 fishing

a artisanal by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)

b industrial by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 13 offshore oil amp gas licences exploratory wells installations (platforms pipelines shore based)

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 14 sand amp gravel mining

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 15 tourism shoreline development resorts marinas

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 46

Annex 6 Thirty additional assessments

Excerpted and adapted from the 54 page report by the OSPAR Regional seas convention for

the Northeast Atlantic (2007) Background document to support the assessment of whether

the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is ecologically coherent6

Assessment Criterion 1 Adequacy Viability

1 Assessment Guideline One should expect the sizes of network sites (for a given feature) to be

distributed throughout or exceed the estimated range of sizes necessary to sustain a viable

population or community

2 Assessment Guideline Sites that are heavily impacted andor surrounded by heavily impacted

areas should be larger than otherwise

3 Assessment Guideline Features of ecological significance should receive greater protection

than normal

4 Assessment Guideline Location and geography can be used to indicate adequate protection

such that

a Protection of pelagic features should generally be reflected with the implementation of

larger sites than those for benthic features

b In regions constrained by physical geography (eg fjords bays bights passages straits)

the adequate sizes of individual sites will generally be smaller than areas without such

physical constraints (eg regional seas open ocean)

c Offshore andor deeper sites will generally require larger areas than for nearshore andor

shallow sites (However the exceptions of certain deep sea benthic features such as

hydrothermal vents and cold seeps are noted)

5 Assessment Guideline in a given region the adequate spatial protection of most OSPAR

features and the overall network can be expected to conform to the scientific literature and

fall within the range commonly found within that literature It is recognized that this is an

evolving field of study

6 Assessment Guideline Owing to the multiplicity of its objectives the OSPAR network can be

expected to contain a variety of reserve sizes and corresponding spacing between sites

7 Assessment Guideline If a site is at the small end of the expected viability range for a given

feature then compact sites are preferable If on the other hand a given site is at the large end

of the estimated viability range then a less compact shape would allow for greater spill-over

and benefits outside of the reserve

a The Compactness of a given site can be calculated using a GIS and the following

formula C = (4πAp2)

05 Where C is the Compactness A is the area of the site and p is

its perimeter

8 Assessment Guideline A broad MPA network such as the OSPAR network with a wide

variety of features can be expected to have a wide variety of reserve shapes and sizes

6 Jeff Ardron is the primary author of this OSPAR report

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 47

a The combined size and compactness of a site be readily calculated using a GIS and the

following formula SSC = ln (PA) Where SSC is here labelled as the site size-

compactness P is the perimeter of the site and A is the area

9 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA electronic database lists the aims and ecological

criteria on a site by site basis Thus as a preliminary assessment these can be compiled to get

an indication of how well they are being met across the network

10 Assessment Guideline A list inventory of features within a region that (are known or

believed to) meet the OSPAR aims and ecological criteria is required in order to fully assess if

the existing MPA sites are likely adequate

11 Assessment Guideline Features that are common and widely distributed will generally require

less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are rare andor sparsely

distributed

Assessment Criterion 2 Representativity

12 Assessment Guideline OSPAR MPAs should be checked to ensure that they are broadly

distributed across biogeographic regions In such an assessment there is no need to restrict the

assessment to just one biogeographic classification system So long as they appear to be

rigorous (eg peer-reviewed) the use of a variety of systems is encouraged

13 Assessment Guideline Each of the Dinter [OSPAR] bioregions should be adequately

protected

14 Assessment Guideline National classifications can be very helpful in assessing

representativity at a national level based on national categories and should be used where they

exist

15 Assessment Guideline In the absence of full biological surveys or full classification systems

(such as EUNIS) simple surrogates should be used to check that representativity is possibly

being achieved Benthic and pelagic realms should be considered

16 Assessment Guideline Representative features that are very common and widely distributed

will likely require less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are just

somewhat common

As a rule of thumb within a given feature class representative protection can be

compared to a normalized distribution For example if the areal distribution of

representative classes can be normalised through a square-root transformation then

protected area distribution could be expected to be roughly proportional to the square-

root of the ratio of the representative feature classesrsquo overall areas

17 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA nomination database should be checked to ensure

that the idea of the ldquobestrdquo features was taken into account across feature types and regions

18 Assessment Guideline Features that best represent their type can be expected to be

characterized by most or all of these indicators

a Typical morphology

b High density abundance

c High degree of health naturalness

d Persistence (temporal and spatial) and

e Strong functional linkages

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 48

Assessment Criterion 3 Replication

19 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area more than one example of each feature

should be protected

20 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features protected in areas susceptible

to catastrophic events require greater replication than those in low-risk areas

21 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area where no better data exist natural

variation can be assumed to be greatest between sites that are furthest apart

22 Assessment Guideline Features that are very specifically defined will exhibit less variation

and hence require less replication than features which are very general or ldquocatch-allrdquo categories

23 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area scientific requirements may require

replicate sites for differing purposes If these requirements are not known it can be assumed

that replicate sites that are a moderate distance apart (neither immediate neighbours nor at

extreme ends of the biogeographic area) will satisfy most scientific requirements

24 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features for which there are weak or

incomplete or modelled data require greater replication than those features for which better data

are available

Assessment Criterion 4 Connectivity

25 Assessment Guideline If an area is known or suspected to be important to connectivity then it

should be represented in the MPA network

26 Assessment Guideline Reserves in areas where there are known currents (eg many coastal

areas) should be more closely spaced than otherwise In order to maintain connectivity for most

short to moderate larval dispersing species when specific data are lacking such nearshore sites

should be spaced not further than 50 km apart

27 Assessment Guideline Connectivity between seabird sites can be measured in straight lines

28 Assessment Guideline Connectivity for marine species can be assumed to be greater along

lines of similar habitat than across them

29 Assessment Guideline The density of marine reserves can be used as a way to group areas of

likely connectivity Likewise it can also define gaps where connectivity has probably not been

achieved

30 Assessment Guideline In the absence of dispersal data connectivity may be approximated by

ensuring the MPA network is well distributed in space reflecting the scale of its surroundings

Page 37: A Suggested Approach for Gap Analyses of the RAMPAO Marine ...€¦ · A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 2 Recommendation re outreach: 1) regional contact

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 35

Biological

productivity

Area containing species

populations or

communities with

comparatively higher

natural biological

productivity

Important role in fuelling

ecosystems and increasing

the growth rates of

organisms and their capacity

for reproduction

Frontal areas

Upwellings

Hydrothermal vents

Seamounts polynyas

Can be measured as the rate of growth of marine organisms and their populations either through the fixation of inorganic carbon by photosynthesis chemosynthesis or through the ingestion of prey dissolved organic matter or particulate organic matter

Can be inferred from remote-sensed products eg ocean colour or process-based models

Time-series fisheries data can be used but caution is required

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 36

Biological

diversity

Area contains

comparatively higher

diversity of ecosystems

habitats communities or

species or has higher

genetic diversity

Important for evolution and

maintaining the resilience of

marine species and

ecosystems

Sea-mounts

Fronts and convergence zones

Cold coral communities

Deep-water sponge communities

Diversity needs to be seen in relation to the surrounding environment

Diversity indices are indifferent to species substitutions

Diversity indices are indifferent to which species may be contributing to the value of the index and hence would not pick up areas important to species of special concern such as endangered species

Can be inferred from habitat heterogeneity or diversity as a surrogate for species diversity in areas where biodiversity has not been sampled intensively

Naturalness Area with a comparatively

higher degree of

naturalness as a result of

the lack of or low level of

human-induced

disturbance or

degradation

To protect areas with near natural structure processes and functions

To maintain these areas as reference sites

To safeguard and enhance ecosystem resilience

Most ecosystems and habitats have

examples with varying levels of

naturalness and the intent is that the

more natural examples should be

selected

Priority should be given to areas having a low level of disturbance relative to their surroundings

In areas where no natural areas remain areas that have successfully recovered including reestablishment of species should be

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 37

considered

Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 38

Annex 3 CBD criteria for MPA networks

Decision IX20 Annex II SCIENTIFIC GUIDANCE FOR SELECTING AREAS TO ESTABLISH A REPRESENTATIVE NETWORK OF MARINE PROTECTED AREAS INCLUDING IN

OPEN OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS

Required network properties and

components Definition Applicable site specific considerations (inter alia)

Ecologically and biologically significant areas

Ecologically and biologically significant areas are geographically or oceanographically discrete areas that provide important services to one or more speciespopulations of an ecosystem or to the ecosystem as a whole compared to other surrounding areas or areas of similar ecological characteristics or otherwise meet the criteria as identified in annex I to decision IX20

Uniqueness or rarity

Special importance for life history stages of species

Importance for threatened endangered or declining species andor habitats

Vulnerability fragility sensitivity or slow recovery

Biological productivity

Biological diversity

Naturalness

Representativity Representativity is captured in a network when it consists of areas representing the different biogeographical subdivisions of the global oceans and regional seas that reasonably reflect the full range of ecosystems including the biotic and habitat diversity of those marine ecosystems

A full range of examples across a biogeographic habitat or community classification relative health of species and communities relative intactness of habitat(s) naturalness

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 39

Connectivity Connectivity in the design of a network allows for linkages whereby protected sites benefit from larval andor species exchanges and functional linkages from other network sites In a connected network individual sites benefit one another

Currents gyres physical bottlenecks migration routes species dispersal detritus functional linkages Isolated sites such as isolated seamount communities may also be included

Replicated ecological features Replication of ecological features means that more than one site shall contain examples of a given feature in the given biogeographic area The term ―features means ―species habitats and ecological processes that naturally occur in the given biogeographic area

Accounting for uncertainty natural variation and the possibility of catastrophic events Features that exhibit less natural variation or are precisely defined may require less replication than features that are inherently highly variable or are only very generally defined

Adequate and viable sites Adequate and viable sites indicate that all sites within a network should have size and protection sufficient to ensure the ecological viability and integrity of the feature(s) for which they were selected

Adequacy and viability will depend on size shape buffers persistence of features threats surrounding environment (context) physical constraints scale of featuresprocesses spillovercompactness

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 40

Annex 4 Data sources highlighted in discussions during the 1st Mission

Thegravemes Organisme ressources Personnes ressources Sites internet ressources et bases de donneacutees

Donneacutees bibliographiques

IRD Linus base bibliographique (httpiacaprodc3eduvsqfrlinus)

CRODT Catalogue des publications du CRODT

Donneacutees geacuteneacuterales

PRCMFIBA SIG Reacutegional Catalogue drsquoInformations pour lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoOuest (CIAO) wwwolmmrciao

OdinAfrica African marine atlas ndash voir OdinAfrica

OBIS httpwwwiobisorg

Guineacutee Bissau SIG Guineacutee Bissau au 200 000 egraveme sur toute la zone cocirctiegravere et 50 000 egraveme sur les Bijagos voir Franccedilois Gourmelonuniv-brestfr ou Emmanuel Ginaudet

Cap vert Systegraveme national SIG pour toutes les donneacutees du Cap vert

Bathymeacutetrie

Navy Londres Africa Pilot Volume 1 Hydrographer of the Navy London 1967

SHOM Carte SHOM ndeg6815 INT14 au 110 000 000egraveme Voir site wwwshomfr - catalogue

Cf Canada Carte au CSE

CND0 CD des donneacutees bathymeacutetriques de la sous-reacutegion

Donneacutees oceacuteanographiques geacuteneacuterales

OdinAfrica Points focaux des pays agrave voir sur site internet drsquoOdinAfrica

ordinafricanet Atelier national OdinAfrica ndash voir sur le site CNDO Aller sur le site OdinAfrica reacutecupeacuterer les shapefiles (httpwwwodinafricaorg) et sur httpwwwafricanmarineatlasnet

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 41

IRDlaboratoire LOCEAN-IPSL (Universiteacute Paris 6) LPAOSF (Lab de Physique de lAtmosphegravere et de lOceacutean de agrave lEacutecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique-UCAD

Alban Lazar (IRD) Simeacuteon Fongang (Ecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique) Raymond Lahaye (IRDLEMAR)

Circulation oceacuteanique le long des cocirctes seacuteneacutegalaises (structures variabiliteacute meacutecanismes de lrsquoupwelling des courants cocirctiers des tempeacuteratures et des saliniteacutes) et les couplages oceacutean-atmosphegravere

FAO Merete TANDSTAD Projets CCLEM et GCLME

NEPAD Projet GCLME

PRCM et IMROP + autres

Faire lrsquoinventaire des socieacuteteacutes qui ont fait de la prospection peacutetroliegravere et voir leurs donneacutees et eacutetudes drsquoimpact eacutetude Woodside ou Dana petroleum voir PRCM et IMROP

Universiteacute Rapport master de lrsquouniversiteacute sur la modeacutelisation de la circulation et des tempeacuteratures sur la haute mer (demander CNDO)

Upwellings Odiafrica Donneacutees upwellings sur Odinafrica

IRD P CURY et N BEZ

Geacuteologie seacutediemntologie et Nature des fonds

2 thegraveses sur le plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais sud et nord

IRD carte de Domain (IRDORSTOM) carte des seacutediments du plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais)

carte de Barusso

Travaux de Lachance et Mc Master

Odinafirca Plateau continental ndash carte digitaliseacutee sur la nature des fonds ndash voir sur ordinafrica

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 42

Annex 5 GIS data priorities

Explanation of ranking system

Term short-term bullbullbull medium-term bullbull long-term bull Estimated Ease of acquiring data easy bullbullbull moderatebullbull difficult bull

Importance high bullbullbull moderate bullbull low bull Term Ease Import

Base layers

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 coastline(s)

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 2 ecological regions

bullbullbull bull bullbullbull 3 bathymetry

bullbullbull bullbull bull 4 topography (for land ndashcan help with shoreline classifications)

Physical and oceanographic

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 estuaries rivers

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 shoreline type (cliff rocky sandy muddy etc)

bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 surficial sediment (bottom type)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 seafloor topographic complexity ruggedness (can be created from bathymetry)

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 5 seamounts (can also be identified through bathymetry)

6 other seascape features eg

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull canyons

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 43

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull ridges

bullbull bullbullbull bullbull hydrothermal vents

bullbull bull bullbull seeps

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull banks

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull rocky reefs

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull estuaries (sub-classes)

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull lagoons

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull upwellings

bull bullbull bull 7 ocean currents tides

bull bullbull bullbull 8 sea surface temperature

bull bullbull bullbull 9 salinity

bull bull bull 10 photosynthetically available radiation (PAR)

bull bull bull 11 coastal erosion sediment transport

bull bull bullbull 12 climate change trends eg movement of upwellings

Biological habitat

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 1 threatened or endangered species (amp spawning nursery areas etc)

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 threatened or endangered habitats

bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 habitat classification (if one exists regionally)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 biogenic features eg

warm water coral reefs

cold water coral ldquoforestsrdquo

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 44

mangroves (sub-classes)

bullbull bull bullbullbull 5 Key commercial species eg

crustaceans molluscs (crabs shrimps oysters etc)

pelagic large fishes (eg tunas)

pelagic small fishes

demersal fishes

bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 primary productivity (usually satellite colour images chlorophyll_a)

bullbull bull bullbull 7 secondary productivity (eg an estimate of carbon flux)

bullbull bull bullbull 8 migration of invasive species

Human use management

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 marine protected areas

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 year-round fisheries closures

bullbull bullbull bull 3 other seasonal fisheries closures

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 4 cities towns villages (with populations)

bullbull bullbull bull 5 local community boundaries

bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 traditional use boundaries (eg artisanal fisheries)

bull bullbull bull 7 migrant land use grazing

bullbull bull bullbullbull 8 areas of cultural spiritual importance

bullbull bullbullbull bullbull 9 roads (can help with understanding remoteness amp shoreline access)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 10 shipping routes and harbours

bullbull bullbull bull 11 land use particularly agriculture (can be combined into an analysis of rivers to estimate runoff)

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 45

bullbull bull bullbullbull 12 fishing

a artisanal by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)

b industrial by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 13 offshore oil amp gas licences exploratory wells installations (platforms pipelines shore based)

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 14 sand amp gravel mining

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 15 tourism shoreline development resorts marinas

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 46

Annex 6 Thirty additional assessments

Excerpted and adapted from the 54 page report by the OSPAR Regional seas convention for

the Northeast Atlantic (2007) Background document to support the assessment of whether

the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is ecologically coherent6

Assessment Criterion 1 Adequacy Viability

1 Assessment Guideline One should expect the sizes of network sites (for a given feature) to be

distributed throughout or exceed the estimated range of sizes necessary to sustain a viable

population or community

2 Assessment Guideline Sites that are heavily impacted andor surrounded by heavily impacted

areas should be larger than otherwise

3 Assessment Guideline Features of ecological significance should receive greater protection

than normal

4 Assessment Guideline Location and geography can be used to indicate adequate protection

such that

a Protection of pelagic features should generally be reflected with the implementation of

larger sites than those for benthic features

b In regions constrained by physical geography (eg fjords bays bights passages straits)

the adequate sizes of individual sites will generally be smaller than areas without such

physical constraints (eg regional seas open ocean)

c Offshore andor deeper sites will generally require larger areas than for nearshore andor

shallow sites (However the exceptions of certain deep sea benthic features such as

hydrothermal vents and cold seeps are noted)

5 Assessment Guideline in a given region the adequate spatial protection of most OSPAR

features and the overall network can be expected to conform to the scientific literature and

fall within the range commonly found within that literature It is recognized that this is an

evolving field of study

6 Assessment Guideline Owing to the multiplicity of its objectives the OSPAR network can be

expected to contain a variety of reserve sizes and corresponding spacing between sites

7 Assessment Guideline If a site is at the small end of the expected viability range for a given

feature then compact sites are preferable If on the other hand a given site is at the large end

of the estimated viability range then a less compact shape would allow for greater spill-over

and benefits outside of the reserve

a The Compactness of a given site can be calculated using a GIS and the following

formula C = (4πAp2)

05 Where C is the Compactness A is the area of the site and p is

its perimeter

8 Assessment Guideline A broad MPA network such as the OSPAR network with a wide

variety of features can be expected to have a wide variety of reserve shapes and sizes

6 Jeff Ardron is the primary author of this OSPAR report

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 47

a The combined size and compactness of a site be readily calculated using a GIS and the

following formula SSC = ln (PA) Where SSC is here labelled as the site size-

compactness P is the perimeter of the site and A is the area

9 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA electronic database lists the aims and ecological

criteria on a site by site basis Thus as a preliminary assessment these can be compiled to get

an indication of how well they are being met across the network

10 Assessment Guideline A list inventory of features within a region that (are known or

believed to) meet the OSPAR aims and ecological criteria is required in order to fully assess if

the existing MPA sites are likely adequate

11 Assessment Guideline Features that are common and widely distributed will generally require

less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are rare andor sparsely

distributed

Assessment Criterion 2 Representativity

12 Assessment Guideline OSPAR MPAs should be checked to ensure that they are broadly

distributed across biogeographic regions In such an assessment there is no need to restrict the

assessment to just one biogeographic classification system So long as they appear to be

rigorous (eg peer-reviewed) the use of a variety of systems is encouraged

13 Assessment Guideline Each of the Dinter [OSPAR] bioregions should be adequately

protected

14 Assessment Guideline National classifications can be very helpful in assessing

representativity at a national level based on national categories and should be used where they

exist

15 Assessment Guideline In the absence of full biological surveys or full classification systems

(such as EUNIS) simple surrogates should be used to check that representativity is possibly

being achieved Benthic and pelagic realms should be considered

16 Assessment Guideline Representative features that are very common and widely distributed

will likely require less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are just

somewhat common

As a rule of thumb within a given feature class representative protection can be

compared to a normalized distribution For example if the areal distribution of

representative classes can be normalised through a square-root transformation then

protected area distribution could be expected to be roughly proportional to the square-

root of the ratio of the representative feature classesrsquo overall areas

17 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA nomination database should be checked to ensure

that the idea of the ldquobestrdquo features was taken into account across feature types and regions

18 Assessment Guideline Features that best represent their type can be expected to be

characterized by most or all of these indicators

a Typical morphology

b High density abundance

c High degree of health naturalness

d Persistence (temporal and spatial) and

e Strong functional linkages

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 48

Assessment Criterion 3 Replication

19 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area more than one example of each feature

should be protected

20 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features protected in areas susceptible

to catastrophic events require greater replication than those in low-risk areas

21 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area where no better data exist natural

variation can be assumed to be greatest between sites that are furthest apart

22 Assessment Guideline Features that are very specifically defined will exhibit less variation

and hence require less replication than features which are very general or ldquocatch-allrdquo categories

23 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area scientific requirements may require

replicate sites for differing purposes If these requirements are not known it can be assumed

that replicate sites that are a moderate distance apart (neither immediate neighbours nor at

extreme ends of the biogeographic area) will satisfy most scientific requirements

24 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features for which there are weak or

incomplete or modelled data require greater replication than those features for which better data

are available

Assessment Criterion 4 Connectivity

25 Assessment Guideline If an area is known or suspected to be important to connectivity then it

should be represented in the MPA network

26 Assessment Guideline Reserves in areas where there are known currents (eg many coastal

areas) should be more closely spaced than otherwise In order to maintain connectivity for most

short to moderate larval dispersing species when specific data are lacking such nearshore sites

should be spaced not further than 50 km apart

27 Assessment Guideline Connectivity between seabird sites can be measured in straight lines

28 Assessment Guideline Connectivity for marine species can be assumed to be greater along

lines of similar habitat than across them

29 Assessment Guideline The density of marine reserves can be used as a way to group areas of

likely connectivity Likewise it can also define gaps where connectivity has probably not been

achieved

30 Assessment Guideline In the absence of dispersal data connectivity may be approximated by

ensuring the MPA network is well distributed in space reflecting the scale of its surroundings

Page 38: A Suggested Approach for Gap Analyses of the RAMPAO Marine ...€¦ · A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 2 Recommendation re outreach: 1) regional contact

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 36

Biological

diversity

Area contains

comparatively higher

diversity of ecosystems

habitats communities or

species or has higher

genetic diversity

Important for evolution and

maintaining the resilience of

marine species and

ecosystems

Sea-mounts

Fronts and convergence zones

Cold coral communities

Deep-water sponge communities

Diversity needs to be seen in relation to the surrounding environment

Diversity indices are indifferent to species substitutions

Diversity indices are indifferent to which species may be contributing to the value of the index and hence would not pick up areas important to species of special concern such as endangered species

Can be inferred from habitat heterogeneity or diversity as a surrogate for species diversity in areas where biodiversity has not been sampled intensively

Naturalness Area with a comparatively

higher degree of

naturalness as a result of

the lack of or low level of

human-induced

disturbance or

degradation

To protect areas with near natural structure processes and functions

To maintain these areas as reference sites

To safeguard and enhance ecosystem resilience

Most ecosystems and habitats have

examples with varying levels of

naturalness and the intent is that the

more natural examples should be

selected

Priority should be given to areas having a low level of disturbance relative to their surroundings

In areas where no natural areas remain areas that have successfully recovered including reestablishment of species should be

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 37

considered

Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 38

Annex 3 CBD criteria for MPA networks

Decision IX20 Annex II SCIENTIFIC GUIDANCE FOR SELECTING AREAS TO ESTABLISH A REPRESENTATIVE NETWORK OF MARINE PROTECTED AREAS INCLUDING IN

OPEN OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS

Required network properties and

components Definition Applicable site specific considerations (inter alia)

Ecologically and biologically significant areas

Ecologically and biologically significant areas are geographically or oceanographically discrete areas that provide important services to one or more speciespopulations of an ecosystem or to the ecosystem as a whole compared to other surrounding areas or areas of similar ecological characteristics or otherwise meet the criteria as identified in annex I to decision IX20

Uniqueness or rarity

Special importance for life history stages of species

Importance for threatened endangered or declining species andor habitats

Vulnerability fragility sensitivity or slow recovery

Biological productivity

Biological diversity

Naturalness

Representativity Representativity is captured in a network when it consists of areas representing the different biogeographical subdivisions of the global oceans and regional seas that reasonably reflect the full range of ecosystems including the biotic and habitat diversity of those marine ecosystems

A full range of examples across a biogeographic habitat or community classification relative health of species and communities relative intactness of habitat(s) naturalness

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 39

Connectivity Connectivity in the design of a network allows for linkages whereby protected sites benefit from larval andor species exchanges and functional linkages from other network sites In a connected network individual sites benefit one another

Currents gyres physical bottlenecks migration routes species dispersal detritus functional linkages Isolated sites such as isolated seamount communities may also be included

Replicated ecological features Replication of ecological features means that more than one site shall contain examples of a given feature in the given biogeographic area The term ―features means ―species habitats and ecological processes that naturally occur in the given biogeographic area

Accounting for uncertainty natural variation and the possibility of catastrophic events Features that exhibit less natural variation or are precisely defined may require less replication than features that are inherently highly variable or are only very generally defined

Adequate and viable sites Adequate and viable sites indicate that all sites within a network should have size and protection sufficient to ensure the ecological viability and integrity of the feature(s) for which they were selected

Adequacy and viability will depend on size shape buffers persistence of features threats surrounding environment (context) physical constraints scale of featuresprocesses spillovercompactness

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 40

Annex 4 Data sources highlighted in discussions during the 1st Mission

Thegravemes Organisme ressources Personnes ressources Sites internet ressources et bases de donneacutees

Donneacutees bibliographiques

IRD Linus base bibliographique (httpiacaprodc3eduvsqfrlinus)

CRODT Catalogue des publications du CRODT

Donneacutees geacuteneacuterales

PRCMFIBA SIG Reacutegional Catalogue drsquoInformations pour lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoOuest (CIAO) wwwolmmrciao

OdinAfrica African marine atlas ndash voir OdinAfrica

OBIS httpwwwiobisorg

Guineacutee Bissau SIG Guineacutee Bissau au 200 000 egraveme sur toute la zone cocirctiegravere et 50 000 egraveme sur les Bijagos voir Franccedilois Gourmelonuniv-brestfr ou Emmanuel Ginaudet

Cap vert Systegraveme national SIG pour toutes les donneacutees du Cap vert

Bathymeacutetrie

Navy Londres Africa Pilot Volume 1 Hydrographer of the Navy London 1967

SHOM Carte SHOM ndeg6815 INT14 au 110 000 000egraveme Voir site wwwshomfr - catalogue

Cf Canada Carte au CSE

CND0 CD des donneacutees bathymeacutetriques de la sous-reacutegion

Donneacutees oceacuteanographiques geacuteneacuterales

OdinAfrica Points focaux des pays agrave voir sur site internet drsquoOdinAfrica

ordinafricanet Atelier national OdinAfrica ndash voir sur le site CNDO Aller sur le site OdinAfrica reacutecupeacuterer les shapefiles (httpwwwodinafricaorg) et sur httpwwwafricanmarineatlasnet

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 41

IRDlaboratoire LOCEAN-IPSL (Universiteacute Paris 6) LPAOSF (Lab de Physique de lAtmosphegravere et de lOceacutean de agrave lEacutecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique-UCAD

Alban Lazar (IRD) Simeacuteon Fongang (Ecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique) Raymond Lahaye (IRDLEMAR)

Circulation oceacuteanique le long des cocirctes seacuteneacutegalaises (structures variabiliteacute meacutecanismes de lrsquoupwelling des courants cocirctiers des tempeacuteratures et des saliniteacutes) et les couplages oceacutean-atmosphegravere

FAO Merete TANDSTAD Projets CCLEM et GCLME

NEPAD Projet GCLME

PRCM et IMROP + autres

Faire lrsquoinventaire des socieacuteteacutes qui ont fait de la prospection peacutetroliegravere et voir leurs donneacutees et eacutetudes drsquoimpact eacutetude Woodside ou Dana petroleum voir PRCM et IMROP

Universiteacute Rapport master de lrsquouniversiteacute sur la modeacutelisation de la circulation et des tempeacuteratures sur la haute mer (demander CNDO)

Upwellings Odiafrica Donneacutees upwellings sur Odinafrica

IRD P CURY et N BEZ

Geacuteologie seacutediemntologie et Nature des fonds

2 thegraveses sur le plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais sud et nord

IRD carte de Domain (IRDORSTOM) carte des seacutediments du plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais)

carte de Barusso

Travaux de Lachance et Mc Master

Odinafirca Plateau continental ndash carte digitaliseacutee sur la nature des fonds ndash voir sur ordinafrica

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 42

Annex 5 GIS data priorities

Explanation of ranking system

Term short-term bullbullbull medium-term bullbull long-term bull Estimated Ease of acquiring data easy bullbullbull moderatebullbull difficult bull

Importance high bullbullbull moderate bullbull low bull Term Ease Import

Base layers

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 coastline(s)

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 2 ecological regions

bullbullbull bull bullbullbull 3 bathymetry

bullbullbull bullbull bull 4 topography (for land ndashcan help with shoreline classifications)

Physical and oceanographic

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 estuaries rivers

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 shoreline type (cliff rocky sandy muddy etc)

bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 surficial sediment (bottom type)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 seafloor topographic complexity ruggedness (can be created from bathymetry)

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 5 seamounts (can also be identified through bathymetry)

6 other seascape features eg

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull canyons

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 43

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull ridges

bullbull bullbullbull bullbull hydrothermal vents

bullbull bull bullbull seeps

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull banks

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull rocky reefs

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull estuaries (sub-classes)

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull lagoons

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull upwellings

bull bullbull bull 7 ocean currents tides

bull bullbull bullbull 8 sea surface temperature

bull bullbull bullbull 9 salinity

bull bull bull 10 photosynthetically available radiation (PAR)

bull bull bull 11 coastal erosion sediment transport

bull bull bullbull 12 climate change trends eg movement of upwellings

Biological habitat

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 1 threatened or endangered species (amp spawning nursery areas etc)

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 threatened or endangered habitats

bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 habitat classification (if one exists regionally)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 biogenic features eg

warm water coral reefs

cold water coral ldquoforestsrdquo

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 44

mangroves (sub-classes)

bullbull bull bullbullbull 5 Key commercial species eg

crustaceans molluscs (crabs shrimps oysters etc)

pelagic large fishes (eg tunas)

pelagic small fishes

demersal fishes

bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 primary productivity (usually satellite colour images chlorophyll_a)

bullbull bull bullbull 7 secondary productivity (eg an estimate of carbon flux)

bullbull bull bullbull 8 migration of invasive species

Human use management

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 marine protected areas

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 year-round fisheries closures

bullbull bullbull bull 3 other seasonal fisheries closures

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 4 cities towns villages (with populations)

bullbull bullbull bull 5 local community boundaries

bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 traditional use boundaries (eg artisanal fisheries)

bull bullbull bull 7 migrant land use grazing

bullbull bull bullbullbull 8 areas of cultural spiritual importance

bullbull bullbullbull bullbull 9 roads (can help with understanding remoteness amp shoreline access)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 10 shipping routes and harbours

bullbull bullbull bull 11 land use particularly agriculture (can be combined into an analysis of rivers to estimate runoff)

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 45

bullbull bull bullbullbull 12 fishing

a artisanal by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)

b industrial by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 13 offshore oil amp gas licences exploratory wells installations (platforms pipelines shore based)

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 14 sand amp gravel mining

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 15 tourism shoreline development resorts marinas

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 46

Annex 6 Thirty additional assessments

Excerpted and adapted from the 54 page report by the OSPAR Regional seas convention for

the Northeast Atlantic (2007) Background document to support the assessment of whether

the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is ecologically coherent6

Assessment Criterion 1 Adequacy Viability

1 Assessment Guideline One should expect the sizes of network sites (for a given feature) to be

distributed throughout or exceed the estimated range of sizes necessary to sustain a viable

population or community

2 Assessment Guideline Sites that are heavily impacted andor surrounded by heavily impacted

areas should be larger than otherwise

3 Assessment Guideline Features of ecological significance should receive greater protection

than normal

4 Assessment Guideline Location and geography can be used to indicate adequate protection

such that

a Protection of pelagic features should generally be reflected with the implementation of

larger sites than those for benthic features

b In regions constrained by physical geography (eg fjords bays bights passages straits)

the adequate sizes of individual sites will generally be smaller than areas without such

physical constraints (eg regional seas open ocean)

c Offshore andor deeper sites will generally require larger areas than for nearshore andor

shallow sites (However the exceptions of certain deep sea benthic features such as

hydrothermal vents and cold seeps are noted)

5 Assessment Guideline in a given region the adequate spatial protection of most OSPAR

features and the overall network can be expected to conform to the scientific literature and

fall within the range commonly found within that literature It is recognized that this is an

evolving field of study

6 Assessment Guideline Owing to the multiplicity of its objectives the OSPAR network can be

expected to contain a variety of reserve sizes and corresponding spacing between sites

7 Assessment Guideline If a site is at the small end of the expected viability range for a given

feature then compact sites are preferable If on the other hand a given site is at the large end

of the estimated viability range then a less compact shape would allow for greater spill-over

and benefits outside of the reserve

a The Compactness of a given site can be calculated using a GIS and the following

formula C = (4πAp2)

05 Where C is the Compactness A is the area of the site and p is

its perimeter

8 Assessment Guideline A broad MPA network such as the OSPAR network with a wide

variety of features can be expected to have a wide variety of reserve shapes and sizes

6 Jeff Ardron is the primary author of this OSPAR report

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 47

a The combined size and compactness of a site be readily calculated using a GIS and the

following formula SSC = ln (PA) Where SSC is here labelled as the site size-

compactness P is the perimeter of the site and A is the area

9 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA electronic database lists the aims and ecological

criteria on a site by site basis Thus as a preliminary assessment these can be compiled to get

an indication of how well they are being met across the network

10 Assessment Guideline A list inventory of features within a region that (are known or

believed to) meet the OSPAR aims and ecological criteria is required in order to fully assess if

the existing MPA sites are likely adequate

11 Assessment Guideline Features that are common and widely distributed will generally require

less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are rare andor sparsely

distributed

Assessment Criterion 2 Representativity

12 Assessment Guideline OSPAR MPAs should be checked to ensure that they are broadly

distributed across biogeographic regions In such an assessment there is no need to restrict the

assessment to just one biogeographic classification system So long as they appear to be

rigorous (eg peer-reviewed) the use of a variety of systems is encouraged

13 Assessment Guideline Each of the Dinter [OSPAR] bioregions should be adequately

protected

14 Assessment Guideline National classifications can be very helpful in assessing

representativity at a national level based on national categories and should be used where they

exist

15 Assessment Guideline In the absence of full biological surveys or full classification systems

(such as EUNIS) simple surrogates should be used to check that representativity is possibly

being achieved Benthic and pelagic realms should be considered

16 Assessment Guideline Representative features that are very common and widely distributed

will likely require less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are just

somewhat common

As a rule of thumb within a given feature class representative protection can be

compared to a normalized distribution For example if the areal distribution of

representative classes can be normalised through a square-root transformation then

protected area distribution could be expected to be roughly proportional to the square-

root of the ratio of the representative feature classesrsquo overall areas

17 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA nomination database should be checked to ensure

that the idea of the ldquobestrdquo features was taken into account across feature types and regions

18 Assessment Guideline Features that best represent their type can be expected to be

characterized by most or all of these indicators

a Typical morphology

b High density abundance

c High degree of health naturalness

d Persistence (temporal and spatial) and

e Strong functional linkages

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 48

Assessment Criterion 3 Replication

19 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area more than one example of each feature

should be protected

20 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features protected in areas susceptible

to catastrophic events require greater replication than those in low-risk areas

21 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area where no better data exist natural

variation can be assumed to be greatest between sites that are furthest apart

22 Assessment Guideline Features that are very specifically defined will exhibit less variation

and hence require less replication than features which are very general or ldquocatch-allrdquo categories

23 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area scientific requirements may require

replicate sites for differing purposes If these requirements are not known it can be assumed

that replicate sites that are a moderate distance apart (neither immediate neighbours nor at

extreme ends of the biogeographic area) will satisfy most scientific requirements

24 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features for which there are weak or

incomplete or modelled data require greater replication than those features for which better data

are available

Assessment Criterion 4 Connectivity

25 Assessment Guideline If an area is known or suspected to be important to connectivity then it

should be represented in the MPA network

26 Assessment Guideline Reserves in areas where there are known currents (eg many coastal

areas) should be more closely spaced than otherwise In order to maintain connectivity for most

short to moderate larval dispersing species when specific data are lacking such nearshore sites

should be spaced not further than 50 km apart

27 Assessment Guideline Connectivity between seabird sites can be measured in straight lines

28 Assessment Guideline Connectivity for marine species can be assumed to be greater along

lines of similar habitat than across them

29 Assessment Guideline The density of marine reserves can be used as a way to group areas of

likely connectivity Likewise it can also define gaps where connectivity has probably not been

achieved

30 Assessment Guideline In the absence of dispersal data connectivity may be approximated by

ensuring the MPA network is well distributed in space reflecting the scale of its surroundings

Page 39: A Suggested Approach for Gap Analyses of the RAMPAO Marine ...€¦ · A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 2 Recommendation re outreach: 1) regional contact

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 37

considered

Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 38

Annex 3 CBD criteria for MPA networks

Decision IX20 Annex II SCIENTIFIC GUIDANCE FOR SELECTING AREAS TO ESTABLISH A REPRESENTATIVE NETWORK OF MARINE PROTECTED AREAS INCLUDING IN

OPEN OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS

Required network properties and

components Definition Applicable site specific considerations (inter alia)

Ecologically and biologically significant areas

Ecologically and biologically significant areas are geographically or oceanographically discrete areas that provide important services to one or more speciespopulations of an ecosystem or to the ecosystem as a whole compared to other surrounding areas or areas of similar ecological characteristics or otherwise meet the criteria as identified in annex I to decision IX20

Uniqueness or rarity

Special importance for life history stages of species

Importance for threatened endangered or declining species andor habitats

Vulnerability fragility sensitivity or slow recovery

Biological productivity

Biological diversity

Naturalness

Representativity Representativity is captured in a network when it consists of areas representing the different biogeographical subdivisions of the global oceans and regional seas that reasonably reflect the full range of ecosystems including the biotic and habitat diversity of those marine ecosystems

A full range of examples across a biogeographic habitat or community classification relative health of species and communities relative intactness of habitat(s) naturalness

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 39

Connectivity Connectivity in the design of a network allows for linkages whereby protected sites benefit from larval andor species exchanges and functional linkages from other network sites In a connected network individual sites benefit one another

Currents gyres physical bottlenecks migration routes species dispersal detritus functional linkages Isolated sites such as isolated seamount communities may also be included

Replicated ecological features Replication of ecological features means that more than one site shall contain examples of a given feature in the given biogeographic area The term ―features means ―species habitats and ecological processes that naturally occur in the given biogeographic area

Accounting for uncertainty natural variation and the possibility of catastrophic events Features that exhibit less natural variation or are precisely defined may require less replication than features that are inherently highly variable or are only very generally defined

Adequate and viable sites Adequate and viable sites indicate that all sites within a network should have size and protection sufficient to ensure the ecological viability and integrity of the feature(s) for which they were selected

Adequacy and viability will depend on size shape buffers persistence of features threats surrounding environment (context) physical constraints scale of featuresprocesses spillovercompactness

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 40

Annex 4 Data sources highlighted in discussions during the 1st Mission

Thegravemes Organisme ressources Personnes ressources Sites internet ressources et bases de donneacutees

Donneacutees bibliographiques

IRD Linus base bibliographique (httpiacaprodc3eduvsqfrlinus)

CRODT Catalogue des publications du CRODT

Donneacutees geacuteneacuterales

PRCMFIBA SIG Reacutegional Catalogue drsquoInformations pour lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoOuest (CIAO) wwwolmmrciao

OdinAfrica African marine atlas ndash voir OdinAfrica

OBIS httpwwwiobisorg

Guineacutee Bissau SIG Guineacutee Bissau au 200 000 egraveme sur toute la zone cocirctiegravere et 50 000 egraveme sur les Bijagos voir Franccedilois Gourmelonuniv-brestfr ou Emmanuel Ginaudet

Cap vert Systegraveme national SIG pour toutes les donneacutees du Cap vert

Bathymeacutetrie

Navy Londres Africa Pilot Volume 1 Hydrographer of the Navy London 1967

SHOM Carte SHOM ndeg6815 INT14 au 110 000 000egraveme Voir site wwwshomfr - catalogue

Cf Canada Carte au CSE

CND0 CD des donneacutees bathymeacutetriques de la sous-reacutegion

Donneacutees oceacuteanographiques geacuteneacuterales

OdinAfrica Points focaux des pays agrave voir sur site internet drsquoOdinAfrica

ordinafricanet Atelier national OdinAfrica ndash voir sur le site CNDO Aller sur le site OdinAfrica reacutecupeacuterer les shapefiles (httpwwwodinafricaorg) et sur httpwwwafricanmarineatlasnet

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 41

IRDlaboratoire LOCEAN-IPSL (Universiteacute Paris 6) LPAOSF (Lab de Physique de lAtmosphegravere et de lOceacutean de agrave lEacutecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique-UCAD

Alban Lazar (IRD) Simeacuteon Fongang (Ecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique) Raymond Lahaye (IRDLEMAR)

Circulation oceacuteanique le long des cocirctes seacuteneacutegalaises (structures variabiliteacute meacutecanismes de lrsquoupwelling des courants cocirctiers des tempeacuteratures et des saliniteacutes) et les couplages oceacutean-atmosphegravere

FAO Merete TANDSTAD Projets CCLEM et GCLME

NEPAD Projet GCLME

PRCM et IMROP + autres

Faire lrsquoinventaire des socieacuteteacutes qui ont fait de la prospection peacutetroliegravere et voir leurs donneacutees et eacutetudes drsquoimpact eacutetude Woodside ou Dana petroleum voir PRCM et IMROP

Universiteacute Rapport master de lrsquouniversiteacute sur la modeacutelisation de la circulation et des tempeacuteratures sur la haute mer (demander CNDO)

Upwellings Odiafrica Donneacutees upwellings sur Odinafrica

IRD P CURY et N BEZ

Geacuteologie seacutediemntologie et Nature des fonds

2 thegraveses sur le plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais sud et nord

IRD carte de Domain (IRDORSTOM) carte des seacutediments du plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais)

carte de Barusso

Travaux de Lachance et Mc Master

Odinafirca Plateau continental ndash carte digitaliseacutee sur la nature des fonds ndash voir sur ordinafrica

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 42

Annex 5 GIS data priorities

Explanation of ranking system

Term short-term bullbullbull medium-term bullbull long-term bull Estimated Ease of acquiring data easy bullbullbull moderatebullbull difficult bull

Importance high bullbullbull moderate bullbull low bull Term Ease Import

Base layers

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 coastline(s)

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 2 ecological regions

bullbullbull bull bullbullbull 3 bathymetry

bullbullbull bullbull bull 4 topography (for land ndashcan help with shoreline classifications)

Physical and oceanographic

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 estuaries rivers

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 shoreline type (cliff rocky sandy muddy etc)

bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 surficial sediment (bottom type)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 seafloor topographic complexity ruggedness (can be created from bathymetry)

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 5 seamounts (can also be identified through bathymetry)

6 other seascape features eg

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull canyons

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 43

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull ridges

bullbull bullbullbull bullbull hydrothermal vents

bullbull bull bullbull seeps

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull banks

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull rocky reefs

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull estuaries (sub-classes)

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull lagoons

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull upwellings

bull bullbull bull 7 ocean currents tides

bull bullbull bullbull 8 sea surface temperature

bull bullbull bullbull 9 salinity

bull bull bull 10 photosynthetically available radiation (PAR)

bull bull bull 11 coastal erosion sediment transport

bull bull bullbull 12 climate change trends eg movement of upwellings

Biological habitat

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 1 threatened or endangered species (amp spawning nursery areas etc)

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 threatened or endangered habitats

bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 habitat classification (if one exists regionally)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 biogenic features eg

warm water coral reefs

cold water coral ldquoforestsrdquo

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 44

mangroves (sub-classes)

bullbull bull bullbullbull 5 Key commercial species eg

crustaceans molluscs (crabs shrimps oysters etc)

pelagic large fishes (eg tunas)

pelagic small fishes

demersal fishes

bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 primary productivity (usually satellite colour images chlorophyll_a)

bullbull bull bullbull 7 secondary productivity (eg an estimate of carbon flux)

bullbull bull bullbull 8 migration of invasive species

Human use management

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 marine protected areas

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 year-round fisheries closures

bullbull bullbull bull 3 other seasonal fisheries closures

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 4 cities towns villages (with populations)

bullbull bullbull bull 5 local community boundaries

bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 traditional use boundaries (eg artisanal fisheries)

bull bullbull bull 7 migrant land use grazing

bullbull bull bullbullbull 8 areas of cultural spiritual importance

bullbull bullbullbull bullbull 9 roads (can help with understanding remoteness amp shoreline access)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 10 shipping routes and harbours

bullbull bullbull bull 11 land use particularly agriculture (can be combined into an analysis of rivers to estimate runoff)

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 45

bullbull bull bullbullbull 12 fishing

a artisanal by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)

b industrial by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 13 offshore oil amp gas licences exploratory wells installations (platforms pipelines shore based)

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 14 sand amp gravel mining

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 15 tourism shoreline development resorts marinas

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 46

Annex 6 Thirty additional assessments

Excerpted and adapted from the 54 page report by the OSPAR Regional seas convention for

the Northeast Atlantic (2007) Background document to support the assessment of whether

the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is ecologically coherent6

Assessment Criterion 1 Adequacy Viability

1 Assessment Guideline One should expect the sizes of network sites (for a given feature) to be

distributed throughout or exceed the estimated range of sizes necessary to sustain a viable

population or community

2 Assessment Guideline Sites that are heavily impacted andor surrounded by heavily impacted

areas should be larger than otherwise

3 Assessment Guideline Features of ecological significance should receive greater protection

than normal

4 Assessment Guideline Location and geography can be used to indicate adequate protection

such that

a Protection of pelagic features should generally be reflected with the implementation of

larger sites than those for benthic features

b In regions constrained by physical geography (eg fjords bays bights passages straits)

the adequate sizes of individual sites will generally be smaller than areas without such

physical constraints (eg regional seas open ocean)

c Offshore andor deeper sites will generally require larger areas than for nearshore andor

shallow sites (However the exceptions of certain deep sea benthic features such as

hydrothermal vents and cold seeps are noted)

5 Assessment Guideline in a given region the adequate spatial protection of most OSPAR

features and the overall network can be expected to conform to the scientific literature and

fall within the range commonly found within that literature It is recognized that this is an

evolving field of study

6 Assessment Guideline Owing to the multiplicity of its objectives the OSPAR network can be

expected to contain a variety of reserve sizes and corresponding spacing between sites

7 Assessment Guideline If a site is at the small end of the expected viability range for a given

feature then compact sites are preferable If on the other hand a given site is at the large end

of the estimated viability range then a less compact shape would allow for greater spill-over

and benefits outside of the reserve

a The Compactness of a given site can be calculated using a GIS and the following

formula C = (4πAp2)

05 Where C is the Compactness A is the area of the site and p is

its perimeter

8 Assessment Guideline A broad MPA network such as the OSPAR network with a wide

variety of features can be expected to have a wide variety of reserve shapes and sizes

6 Jeff Ardron is the primary author of this OSPAR report

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 47

a The combined size and compactness of a site be readily calculated using a GIS and the

following formula SSC = ln (PA) Where SSC is here labelled as the site size-

compactness P is the perimeter of the site and A is the area

9 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA electronic database lists the aims and ecological

criteria on a site by site basis Thus as a preliminary assessment these can be compiled to get

an indication of how well they are being met across the network

10 Assessment Guideline A list inventory of features within a region that (are known or

believed to) meet the OSPAR aims and ecological criteria is required in order to fully assess if

the existing MPA sites are likely adequate

11 Assessment Guideline Features that are common and widely distributed will generally require

less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are rare andor sparsely

distributed

Assessment Criterion 2 Representativity

12 Assessment Guideline OSPAR MPAs should be checked to ensure that they are broadly

distributed across biogeographic regions In such an assessment there is no need to restrict the

assessment to just one biogeographic classification system So long as they appear to be

rigorous (eg peer-reviewed) the use of a variety of systems is encouraged

13 Assessment Guideline Each of the Dinter [OSPAR] bioregions should be adequately

protected

14 Assessment Guideline National classifications can be very helpful in assessing

representativity at a national level based on national categories and should be used where they

exist

15 Assessment Guideline In the absence of full biological surveys or full classification systems

(such as EUNIS) simple surrogates should be used to check that representativity is possibly

being achieved Benthic and pelagic realms should be considered

16 Assessment Guideline Representative features that are very common and widely distributed

will likely require less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are just

somewhat common

As a rule of thumb within a given feature class representative protection can be

compared to a normalized distribution For example if the areal distribution of

representative classes can be normalised through a square-root transformation then

protected area distribution could be expected to be roughly proportional to the square-

root of the ratio of the representative feature classesrsquo overall areas

17 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA nomination database should be checked to ensure

that the idea of the ldquobestrdquo features was taken into account across feature types and regions

18 Assessment Guideline Features that best represent their type can be expected to be

characterized by most or all of these indicators

a Typical morphology

b High density abundance

c High degree of health naturalness

d Persistence (temporal and spatial) and

e Strong functional linkages

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 48

Assessment Criterion 3 Replication

19 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area more than one example of each feature

should be protected

20 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features protected in areas susceptible

to catastrophic events require greater replication than those in low-risk areas

21 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area where no better data exist natural

variation can be assumed to be greatest between sites that are furthest apart

22 Assessment Guideline Features that are very specifically defined will exhibit less variation

and hence require less replication than features which are very general or ldquocatch-allrdquo categories

23 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area scientific requirements may require

replicate sites for differing purposes If these requirements are not known it can be assumed

that replicate sites that are a moderate distance apart (neither immediate neighbours nor at

extreme ends of the biogeographic area) will satisfy most scientific requirements

24 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features for which there are weak or

incomplete or modelled data require greater replication than those features for which better data

are available

Assessment Criterion 4 Connectivity

25 Assessment Guideline If an area is known or suspected to be important to connectivity then it

should be represented in the MPA network

26 Assessment Guideline Reserves in areas where there are known currents (eg many coastal

areas) should be more closely spaced than otherwise In order to maintain connectivity for most

short to moderate larval dispersing species when specific data are lacking such nearshore sites

should be spaced not further than 50 km apart

27 Assessment Guideline Connectivity between seabird sites can be measured in straight lines

28 Assessment Guideline Connectivity for marine species can be assumed to be greater along

lines of similar habitat than across them

29 Assessment Guideline The density of marine reserves can be used as a way to group areas of

likely connectivity Likewise it can also define gaps where connectivity has probably not been

achieved

30 Assessment Guideline In the absence of dispersal data connectivity may be approximated by

ensuring the MPA network is well distributed in space reflecting the scale of its surroundings

Page 40: A Suggested Approach for Gap Analyses of the RAMPAO Marine ...€¦ · A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 2 Recommendation re outreach: 1) regional contact

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 38

Annex 3 CBD criteria for MPA networks

Decision IX20 Annex II SCIENTIFIC GUIDANCE FOR SELECTING AREAS TO ESTABLISH A REPRESENTATIVE NETWORK OF MARINE PROTECTED AREAS INCLUDING IN

OPEN OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS

Required network properties and

components Definition Applicable site specific considerations (inter alia)

Ecologically and biologically significant areas

Ecologically and biologically significant areas are geographically or oceanographically discrete areas that provide important services to one or more speciespopulations of an ecosystem or to the ecosystem as a whole compared to other surrounding areas or areas of similar ecological characteristics or otherwise meet the criteria as identified in annex I to decision IX20

Uniqueness or rarity

Special importance for life history stages of species

Importance for threatened endangered or declining species andor habitats

Vulnerability fragility sensitivity or slow recovery

Biological productivity

Biological diversity

Naturalness

Representativity Representativity is captured in a network when it consists of areas representing the different biogeographical subdivisions of the global oceans and regional seas that reasonably reflect the full range of ecosystems including the biotic and habitat diversity of those marine ecosystems

A full range of examples across a biogeographic habitat or community classification relative health of species and communities relative intactness of habitat(s) naturalness

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 39

Connectivity Connectivity in the design of a network allows for linkages whereby protected sites benefit from larval andor species exchanges and functional linkages from other network sites In a connected network individual sites benefit one another

Currents gyres physical bottlenecks migration routes species dispersal detritus functional linkages Isolated sites such as isolated seamount communities may also be included

Replicated ecological features Replication of ecological features means that more than one site shall contain examples of a given feature in the given biogeographic area The term ―features means ―species habitats and ecological processes that naturally occur in the given biogeographic area

Accounting for uncertainty natural variation and the possibility of catastrophic events Features that exhibit less natural variation or are precisely defined may require less replication than features that are inherently highly variable or are only very generally defined

Adequate and viable sites Adequate and viable sites indicate that all sites within a network should have size and protection sufficient to ensure the ecological viability and integrity of the feature(s) for which they were selected

Adequacy and viability will depend on size shape buffers persistence of features threats surrounding environment (context) physical constraints scale of featuresprocesses spillovercompactness

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 40

Annex 4 Data sources highlighted in discussions during the 1st Mission

Thegravemes Organisme ressources Personnes ressources Sites internet ressources et bases de donneacutees

Donneacutees bibliographiques

IRD Linus base bibliographique (httpiacaprodc3eduvsqfrlinus)

CRODT Catalogue des publications du CRODT

Donneacutees geacuteneacuterales

PRCMFIBA SIG Reacutegional Catalogue drsquoInformations pour lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoOuest (CIAO) wwwolmmrciao

OdinAfrica African marine atlas ndash voir OdinAfrica

OBIS httpwwwiobisorg

Guineacutee Bissau SIG Guineacutee Bissau au 200 000 egraveme sur toute la zone cocirctiegravere et 50 000 egraveme sur les Bijagos voir Franccedilois Gourmelonuniv-brestfr ou Emmanuel Ginaudet

Cap vert Systegraveme national SIG pour toutes les donneacutees du Cap vert

Bathymeacutetrie

Navy Londres Africa Pilot Volume 1 Hydrographer of the Navy London 1967

SHOM Carte SHOM ndeg6815 INT14 au 110 000 000egraveme Voir site wwwshomfr - catalogue

Cf Canada Carte au CSE

CND0 CD des donneacutees bathymeacutetriques de la sous-reacutegion

Donneacutees oceacuteanographiques geacuteneacuterales

OdinAfrica Points focaux des pays agrave voir sur site internet drsquoOdinAfrica

ordinafricanet Atelier national OdinAfrica ndash voir sur le site CNDO Aller sur le site OdinAfrica reacutecupeacuterer les shapefiles (httpwwwodinafricaorg) et sur httpwwwafricanmarineatlasnet

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 41

IRDlaboratoire LOCEAN-IPSL (Universiteacute Paris 6) LPAOSF (Lab de Physique de lAtmosphegravere et de lOceacutean de agrave lEacutecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique-UCAD

Alban Lazar (IRD) Simeacuteon Fongang (Ecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique) Raymond Lahaye (IRDLEMAR)

Circulation oceacuteanique le long des cocirctes seacuteneacutegalaises (structures variabiliteacute meacutecanismes de lrsquoupwelling des courants cocirctiers des tempeacuteratures et des saliniteacutes) et les couplages oceacutean-atmosphegravere

FAO Merete TANDSTAD Projets CCLEM et GCLME

NEPAD Projet GCLME

PRCM et IMROP + autres

Faire lrsquoinventaire des socieacuteteacutes qui ont fait de la prospection peacutetroliegravere et voir leurs donneacutees et eacutetudes drsquoimpact eacutetude Woodside ou Dana petroleum voir PRCM et IMROP

Universiteacute Rapport master de lrsquouniversiteacute sur la modeacutelisation de la circulation et des tempeacuteratures sur la haute mer (demander CNDO)

Upwellings Odiafrica Donneacutees upwellings sur Odinafrica

IRD P CURY et N BEZ

Geacuteologie seacutediemntologie et Nature des fonds

2 thegraveses sur le plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais sud et nord

IRD carte de Domain (IRDORSTOM) carte des seacutediments du plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais)

carte de Barusso

Travaux de Lachance et Mc Master

Odinafirca Plateau continental ndash carte digitaliseacutee sur la nature des fonds ndash voir sur ordinafrica

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 42

Annex 5 GIS data priorities

Explanation of ranking system

Term short-term bullbullbull medium-term bullbull long-term bull Estimated Ease of acquiring data easy bullbullbull moderatebullbull difficult bull

Importance high bullbullbull moderate bullbull low bull Term Ease Import

Base layers

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 coastline(s)

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 2 ecological regions

bullbullbull bull bullbullbull 3 bathymetry

bullbullbull bullbull bull 4 topography (for land ndashcan help with shoreline classifications)

Physical and oceanographic

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 estuaries rivers

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 shoreline type (cliff rocky sandy muddy etc)

bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 surficial sediment (bottom type)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 seafloor topographic complexity ruggedness (can be created from bathymetry)

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 5 seamounts (can also be identified through bathymetry)

6 other seascape features eg

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull canyons

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 43

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull ridges

bullbull bullbullbull bullbull hydrothermal vents

bullbull bull bullbull seeps

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull banks

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull rocky reefs

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull estuaries (sub-classes)

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull lagoons

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull upwellings

bull bullbull bull 7 ocean currents tides

bull bullbull bullbull 8 sea surface temperature

bull bullbull bullbull 9 salinity

bull bull bull 10 photosynthetically available radiation (PAR)

bull bull bull 11 coastal erosion sediment transport

bull bull bullbull 12 climate change trends eg movement of upwellings

Biological habitat

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 1 threatened or endangered species (amp spawning nursery areas etc)

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 threatened or endangered habitats

bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 habitat classification (if one exists regionally)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 biogenic features eg

warm water coral reefs

cold water coral ldquoforestsrdquo

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 44

mangroves (sub-classes)

bullbull bull bullbullbull 5 Key commercial species eg

crustaceans molluscs (crabs shrimps oysters etc)

pelagic large fishes (eg tunas)

pelagic small fishes

demersal fishes

bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 primary productivity (usually satellite colour images chlorophyll_a)

bullbull bull bullbull 7 secondary productivity (eg an estimate of carbon flux)

bullbull bull bullbull 8 migration of invasive species

Human use management

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 marine protected areas

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 year-round fisheries closures

bullbull bullbull bull 3 other seasonal fisheries closures

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 4 cities towns villages (with populations)

bullbull bullbull bull 5 local community boundaries

bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 traditional use boundaries (eg artisanal fisheries)

bull bullbull bull 7 migrant land use grazing

bullbull bull bullbullbull 8 areas of cultural spiritual importance

bullbull bullbullbull bullbull 9 roads (can help with understanding remoteness amp shoreline access)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 10 shipping routes and harbours

bullbull bullbull bull 11 land use particularly agriculture (can be combined into an analysis of rivers to estimate runoff)

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 45

bullbull bull bullbullbull 12 fishing

a artisanal by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)

b industrial by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 13 offshore oil amp gas licences exploratory wells installations (platforms pipelines shore based)

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 14 sand amp gravel mining

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 15 tourism shoreline development resorts marinas

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 46

Annex 6 Thirty additional assessments

Excerpted and adapted from the 54 page report by the OSPAR Regional seas convention for

the Northeast Atlantic (2007) Background document to support the assessment of whether

the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is ecologically coherent6

Assessment Criterion 1 Adequacy Viability

1 Assessment Guideline One should expect the sizes of network sites (for a given feature) to be

distributed throughout or exceed the estimated range of sizes necessary to sustain a viable

population or community

2 Assessment Guideline Sites that are heavily impacted andor surrounded by heavily impacted

areas should be larger than otherwise

3 Assessment Guideline Features of ecological significance should receive greater protection

than normal

4 Assessment Guideline Location and geography can be used to indicate adequate protection

such that

a Protection of pelagic features should generally be reflected with the implementation of

larger sites than those for benthic features

b In regions constrained by physical geography (eg fjords bays bights passages straits)

the adequate sizes of individual sites will generally be smaller than areas without such

physical constraints (eg regional seas open ocean)

c Offshore andor deeper sites will generally require larger areas than for nearshore andor

shallow sites (However the exceptions of certain deep sea benthic features such as

hydrothermal vents and cold seeps are noted)

5 Assessment Guideline in a given region the adequate spatial protection of most OSPAR

features and the overall network can be expected to conform to the scientific literature and

fall within the range commonly found within that literature It is recognized that this is an

evolving field of study

6 Assessment Guideline Owing to the multiplicity of its objectives the OSPAR network can be

expected to contain a variety of reserve sizes and corresponding spacing between sites

7 Assessment Guideline If a site is at the small end of the expected viability range for a given

feature then compact sites are preferable If on the other hand a given site is at the large end

of the estimated viability range then a less compact shape would allow for greater spill-over

and benefits outside of the reserve

a The Compactness of a given site can be calculated using a GIS and the following

formula C = (4πAp2)

05 Where C is the Compactness A is the area of the site and p is

its perimeter

8 Assessment Guideline A broad MPA network such as the OSPAR network with a wide

variety of features can be expected to have a wide variety of reserve shapes and sizes

6 Jeff Ardron is the primary author of this OSPAR report

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 47

a The combined size and compactness of a site be readily calculated using a GIS and the

following formula SSC = ln (PA) Where SSC is here labelled as the site size-

compactness P is the perimeter of the site and A is the area

9 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA electronic database lists the aims and ecological

criteria on a site by site basis Thus as a preliminary assessment these can be compiled to get

an indication of how well they are being met across the network

10 Assessment Guideline A list inventory of features within a region that (are known or

believed to) meet the OSPAR aims and ecological criteria is required in order to fully assess if

the existing MPA sites are likely adequate

11 Assessment Guideline Features that are common and widely distributed will generally require

less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are rare andor sparsely

distributed

Assessment Criterion 2 Representativity

12 Assessment Guideline OSPAR MPAs should be checked to ensure that they are broadly

distributed across biogeographic regions In such an assessment there is no need to restrict the

assessment to just one biogeographic classification system So long as they appear to be

rigorous (eg peer-reviewed) the use of a variety of systems is encouraged

13 Assessment Guideline Each of the Dinter [OSPAR] bioregions should be adequately

protected

14 Assessment Guideline National classifications can be very helpful in assessing

representativity at a national level based on national categories and should be used where they

exist

15 Assessment Guideline In the absence of full biological surveys or full classification systems

(such as EUNIS) simple surrogates should be used to check that representativity is possibly

being achieved Benthic and pelagic realms should be considered

16 Assessment Guideline Representative features that are very common and widely distributed

will likely require less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are just

somewhat common

As a rule of thumb within a given feature class representative protection can be

compared to a normalized distribution For example if the areal distribution of

representative classes can be normalised through a square-root transformation then

protected area distribution could be expected to be roughly proportional to the square-

root of the ratio of the representative feature classesrsquo overall areas

17 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA nomination database should be checked to ensure

that the idea of the ldquobestrdquo features was taken into account across feature types and regions

18 Assessment Guideline Features that best represent their type can be expected to be

characterized by most or all of these indicators

a Typical morphology

b High density abundance

c High degree of health naturalness

d Persistence (temporal and spatial) and

e Strong functional linkages

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 48

Assessment Criterion 3 Replication

19 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area more than one example of each feature

should be protected

20 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features protected in areas susceptible

to catastrophic events require greater replication than those in low-risk areas

21 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area where no better data exist natural

variation can be assumed to be greatest between sites that are furthest apart

22 Assessment Guideline Features that are very specifically defined will exhibit less variation

and hence require less replication than features which are very general or ldquocatch-allrdquo categories

23 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area scientific requirements may require

replicate sites for differing purposes If these requirements are not known it can be assumed

that replicate sites that are a moderate distance apart (neither immediate neighbours nor at

extreme ends of the biogeographic area) will satisfy most scientific requirements

24 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features for which there are weak or

incomplete or modelled data require greater replication than those features for which better data

are available

Assessment Criterion 4 Connectivity

25 Assessment Guideline If an area is known or suspected to be important to connectivity then it

should be represented in the MPA network

26 Assessment Guideline Reserves in areas where there are known currents (eg many coastal

areas) should be more closely spaced than otherwise In order to maintain connectivity for most

short to moderate larval dispersing species when specific data are lacking such nearshore sites

should be spaced not further than 50 km apart

27 Assessment Guideline Connectivity between seabird sites can be measured in straight lines

28 Assessment Guideline Connectivity for marine species can be assumed to be greater along

lines of similar habitat than across them

29 Assessment Guideline The density of marine reserves can be used as a way to group areas of

likely connectivity Likewise it can also define gaps where connectivity has probably not been

achieved

30 Assessment Guideline In the absence of dispersal data connectivity may be approximated by

ensuring the MPA network is well distributed in space reflecting the scale of its surroundings

Page 41: A Suggested Approach for Gap Analyses of the RAMPAO Marine ...€¦ · A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 2 Recommendation re outreach: 1) regional contact

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 39

Connectivity Connectivity in the design of a network allows for linkages whereby protected sites benefit from larval andor species exchanges and functional linkages from other network sites In a connected network individual sites benefit one another

Currents gyres physical bottlenecks migration routes species dispersal detritus functional linkages Isolated sites such as isolated seamount communities may also be included

Replicated ecological features Replication of ecological features means that more than one site shall contain examples of a given feature in the given biogeographic area The term ―features means ―species habitats and ecological processes that naturally occur in the given biogeographic area

Accounting for uncertainty natural variation and the possibility of catastrophic events Features that exhibit less natural variation or are precisely defined may require less replication than features that are inherently highly variable or are only very generally defined

Adequate and viable sites Adequate and viable sites indicate that all sites within a network should have size and protection sufficient to ensure the ecological viability and integrity of the feature(s) for which they were selected

Adequacy and viability will depend on size shape buffers persistence of features threats surrounding environment (context) physical constraints scale of featuresprocesses spillovercompactness

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 40

Annex 4 Data sources highlighted in discussions during the 1st Mission

Thegravemes Organisme ressources Personnes ressources Sites internet ressources et bases de donneacutees

Donneacutees bibliographiques

IRD Linus base bibliographique (httpiacaprodc3eduvsqfrlinus)

CRODT Catalogue des publications du CRODT

Donneacutees geacuteneacuterales

PRCMFIBA SIG Reacutegional Catalogue drsquoInformations pour lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoOuest (CIAO) wwwolmmrciao

OdinAfrica African marine atlas ndash voir OdinAfrica

OBIS httpwwwiobisorg

Guineacutee Bissau SIG Guineacutee Bissau au 200 000 egraveme sur toute la zone cocirctiegravere et 50 000 egraveme sur les Bijagos voir Franccedilois Gourmelonuniv-brestfr ou Emmanuel Ginaudet

Cap vert Systegraveme national SIG pour toutes les donneacutees du Cap vert

Bathymeacutetrie

Navy Londres Africa Pilot Volume 1 Hydrographer of the Navy London 1967

SHOM Carte SHOM ndeg6815 INT14 au 110 000 000egraveme Voir site wwwshomfr - catalogue

Cf Canada Carte au CSE

CND0 CD des donneacutees bathymeacutetriques de la sous-reacutegion

Donneacutees oceacuteanographiques geacuteneacuterales

OdinAfrica Points focaux des pays agrave voir sur site internet drsquoOdinAfrica

ordinafricanet Atelier national OdinAfrica ndash voir sur le site CNDO Aller sur le site OdinAfrica reacutecupeacuterer les shapefiles (httpwwwodinafricaorg) et sur httpwwwafricanmarineatlasnet

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 41

IRDlaboratoire LOCEAN-IPSL (Universiteacute Paris 6) LPAOSF (Lab de Physique de lAtmosphegravere et de lOceacutean de agrave lEacutecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique-UCAD

Alban Lazar (IRD) Simeacuteon Fongang (Ecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique) Raymond Lahaye (IRDLEMAR)

Circulation oceacuteanique le long des cocirctes seacuteneacutegalaises (structures variabiliteacute meacutecanismes de lrsquoupwelling des courants cocirctiers des tempeacuteratures et des saliniteacutes) et les couplages oceacutean-atmosphegravere

FAO Merete TANDSTAD Projets CCLEM et GCLME

NEPAD Projet GCLME

PRCM et IMROP + autres

Faire lrsquoinventaire des socieacuteteacutes qui ont fait de la prospection peacutetroliegravere et voir leurs donneacutees et eacutetudes drsquoimpact eacutetude Woodside ou Dana petroleum voir PRCM et IMROP

Universiteacute Rapport master de lrsquouniversiteacute sur la modeacutelisation de la circulation et des tempeacuteratures sur la haute mer (demander CNDO)

Upwellings Odiafrica Donneacutees upwellings sur Odinafrica

IRD P CURY et N BEZ

Geacuteologie seacutediemntologie et Nature des fonds

2 thegraveses sur le plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais sud et nord

IRD carte de Domain (IRDORSTOM) carte des seacutediments du plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais)

carte de Barusso

Travaux de Lachance et Mc Master

Odinafirca Plateau continental ndash carte digitaliseacutee sur la nature des fonds ndash voir sur ordinafrica

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 42

Annex 5 GIS data priorities

Explanation of ranking system

Term short-term bullbullbull medium-term bullbull long-term bull Estimated Ease of acquiring data easy bullbullbull moderatebullbull difficult bull

Importance high bullbullbull moderate bullbull low bull Term Ease Import

Base layers

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 coastline(s)

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 2 ecological regions

bullbullbull bull bullbullbull 3 bathymetry

bullbullbull bullbull bull 4 topography (for land ndashcan help with shoreline classifications)

Physical and oceanographic

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 estuaries rivers

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 shoreline type (cliff rocky sandy muddy etc)

bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 surficial sediment (bottom type)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 seafloor topographic complexity ruggedness (can be created from bathymetry)

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 5 seamounts (can also be identified through bathymetry)

6 other seascape features eg

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull canyons

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 43

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull ridges

bullbull bullbullbull bullbull hydrothermal vents

bullbull bull bullbull seeps

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull banks

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull rocky reefs

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull estuaries (sub-classes)

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull lagoons

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull upwellings

bull bullbull bull 7 ocean currents tides

bull bullbull bullbull 8 sea surface temperature

bull bullbull bullbull 9 salinity

bull bull bull 10 photosynthetically available radiation (PAR)

bull bull bull 11 coastal erosion sediment transport

bull bull bullbull 12 climate change trends eg movement of upwellings

Biological habitat

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 1 threatened or endangered species (amp spawning nursery areas etc)

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 threatened or endangered habitats

bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 habitat classification (if one exists regionally)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 biogenic features eg

warm water coral reefs

cold water coral ldquoforestsrdquo

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 44

mangroves (sub-classes)

bullbull bull bullbullbull 5 Key commercial species eg

crustaceans molluscs (crabs shrimps oysters etc)

pelagic large fishes (eg tunas)

pelagic small fishes

demersal fishes

bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 primary productivity (usually satellite colour images chlorophyll_a)

bullbull bull bullbull 7 secondary productivity (eg an estimate of carbon flux)

bullbull bull bullbull 8 migration of invasive species

Human use management

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 marine protected areas

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 year-round fisheries closures

bullbull bullbull bull 3 other seasonal fisheries closures

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 4 cities towns villages (with populations)

bullbull bullbull bull 5 local community boundaries

bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 traditional use boundaries (eg artisanal fisheries)

bull bullbull bull 7 migrant land use grazing

bullbull bull bullbullbull 8 areas of cultural spiritual importance

bullbull bullbullbull bullbull 9 roads (can help with understanding remoteness amp shoreline access)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 10 shipping routes and harbours

bullbull bullbull bull 11 land use particularly agriculture (can be combined into an analysis of rivers to estimate runoff)

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 45

bullbull bull bullbullbull 12 fishing

a artisanal by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)

b industrial by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 13 offshore oil amp gas licences exploratory wells installations (platforms pipelines shore based)

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 14 sand amp gravel mining

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 15 tourism shoreline development resorts marinas

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 46

Annex 6 Thirty additional assessments

Excerpted and adapted from the 54 page report by the OSPAR Regional seas convention for

the Northeast Atlantic (2007) Background document to support the assessment of whether

the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is ecologically coherent6

Assessment Criterion 1 Adequacy Viability

1 Assessment Guideline One should expect the sizes of network sites (for a given feature) to be

distributed throughout or exceed the estimated range of sizes necessary to sustain a viable

population or community

2 Assessment Guideline Sites that are heavily impacted andor surrounded by heavily impacted

areas should be larger than otherwise

3 Assessment Guideline Features of ecological significance should receive greater protection

than normal

4 Assessment Guideline Location and geography can be used to indicate adequate protection

such that

a Protection of pelagic features should generally be reflected with the implementation of

larger sites than those for benthic features

b In regions constrained by physical geography (eg fjords bays bights passages straits)

the adequate sizes of individual sites will generally be smaller than areas without such

physical constraints (eg regional seas open ocean)

c Offshore andor deeper sites will generally require larger areas than for nearshore andor

shallow sites (However the exceptions of certain deep sea benthic features such as

hydrothermal vents and cold seeps are noted)

5 Assessment Guideline in a given region the adequate spatial protection of most OSPAR

features and the overall network can be expected to conform to the scientific literature and

fall within the range commonly found within that literature It is recognized that this is an

evolving field of study

6 Assessment Guideline Owing to the multiplicity of its objectives the OSPAR network can be

expected to contain a variety of reserve sizes and corresponding spacing between sites

7 Assessment Guideline If a site is at the small end of the expected viability range for a given

feature then compact sites are preferable If on the other hand a given site is at the large end

of the estimated viability range then a less compact shape would allow for greater spill-over

and benefits outside of the reserve

a The Compactness of a given site can be calculated using a GIS and the following

formula C = (4πAp2)

05 Where C is the Compactness A is the area of the site and p is

its perimeter

8 Assessment Guideline A broad MPA network such as the OSPAR network with a wide

variety of features can be expected to have a wide variety of reserve shapes and sizes

6 Jeff Ardron is the primary author of this OSPAR report

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 47

a The combined size and compactness of a site be readily calculated using a GIS and the

following formula SSC = ln (PA) Where SSC is here labelled as the site size-

compactness P is the perimeter of the site and A is the area

9 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA electronic database lists the aims and ecological

criteria on a site by site basis Thus as a preliminary assessment these can be compiled to get

an indication of how well they are being met across the network

10 Assessment Guideline A list inventory of features within a region that (are known or

believed to) meet the OSPAR aims and ecological criteria is required in order to fully assess if

the existing MPA sites are likely adequate

11 Assessment Guideline Features that are common and widely distributed will generally require

less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are rare andor sparsely

distributed

Assessment Criterion 2 Representativity

12 Assessment Guideline OSPAR MPAs should be checked to ensure that they are broadly

distributed across biogeographic regions In such an assessment there is no need to restrict the

assessment to just one biogeographic classification system So long as they appear to be

rigorous (eg peer-reviewed) the use of a variety of systems is encouraged

13 Assessment Guideline Each of the Dinter [OSPAR] bioregions should be adequately

protected

14 Assessment Guideline National classifications can be very helpful in assessing

representativity at a national level based on national categories and should be used where they

exist

15 Assessment Guideline In the absence of full biological surveys or full classification systems

(such as EUNIS) simple surrogates should be used to check that representativity is possibly

being achieved Benthic and pelagic realms should be considered

16 Assessment Guideline Representative features that are very common and widely distributed

will likely require less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are just

somewhat common

As a rule of thumb within a given feature class representative protection can be

compared to a normalized distribution For example if the areal distribution of

representative classes can be normalised through a square-root transformation then

protected area distribution could be expected to be roughly proportional to the square-

root of the ratio of the representative feature classesrsquo overall areas

17 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA nomination database should be checked to ensure

that the idea of the ldquobestrdquo features was taken into account across feature types and regions

18 Assessment Guideline Features that best represent their type can be expected to be

characterized by most or all of these indicators

a Typical morphology

b High density abundance

c High degree of health naturalness

d Persistence (temporal and spatial) and

e Strong functional linkages

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 48

Assessment Criterion 3 Replication

19 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area more than one example of each feature

should be protected

20 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features protected in areas susceptible

to catastrophic events require greater replication than those in low-risk areas

21 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area where no better data exist natural

variation can be assumed to be greatest between sites that are furthest apart

22 Assessment Guideline Features that are very specifically defined will exhibit less variation

and hence require less replication than features which are very general or ldquocatch-allrdquo categories

23 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area scientific requirements may require

replicate sites for differing purposes If these requirements are not known it can be assumed

that replicate sites that are a moderate distance apart (neither immediate neighbours nor at

extreme ends of the biogeographic area) will satisfy most scientific requirements

24 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features for which there are weak or

incomplete or modelled data require greater replication than those features for which better data

are available

Assessment Criterion 4 Connectivity

25 Assessment Guideline If an area is known or suspected to be important to connectivity then it

should be represented in the MPA network

26 Assessment Guideline Reserves in areas where there are known currents (eg many coastal

areas) should be more closely spaced than otherwise In order to maintain connectivity for most

short to moderate larval dispersing species when specific data are lacking such nearshore sites

should be spaced not further than 50 km apart

27 Assessment Guideline Connectivity between seabird sites can be measured in straight lines

28 Assessment Guideline Connectivity for marine species can be assumed to be greater along

lines of similar habitat than across them

29 Assessment Guideline The density of marine reserves can be used as a way to group areas of

likely connectivity Likewise it can also define gaps where connectivity has probably not been

achieved

30 Assessment Guideline In the absence of dispersal data connectivity may be approximated by

ensuring the MPA network is well distributed in space reflecting the scale of its surroundings

Page 42: A Suggested Approach for Gap Analyses of the RAMPAO Marine ...€¦ · A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 2 Recommendation re outreach: 1) regional contact

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 40

Annex 4 Data sources highlighted in discussions during the 1st Mission

Thegravemes Organisme ressources Personnes ressources Sites internet ressources et bases de donneacutees

Donneacutees bibliographiques

IRD Linus base bibliographique (httpiacaprodc3eduvsqfrlinus)

CRODT Catalogue des publications du CRODT

Donneacutees geacuteneacuterales

PRCMFIBA SIG Reacutegional Catalogue drsquoInformations pour lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoOuest (CIAO) wwwolmmrciao

OdinAfrica African marine atlas ndash voir OdinAfrica

OBIS httpwwwiobisorg

Guineacutee Bissau SIG Guineacutee Bissau au 200 000 egraveme sur toute la zone cocirctiegravere et 50 000 egraveme sur les Bijagos voir Franccedilois Gourmelonuniv-brestfr ou Emmanuel Ginaudet

Cap vert Systegraveme national SIG pour toutes les donneacutees du Cap vert

Bathymeacutetrie

Navy Londres Africa Pilot Volume 1 Hydrographer of the Navy London 1967

SHOM Carte SHOM ndeg6815 INT14 au 110 000 000egraveme Voir site wwwshomfr - catalogue

Cf Canada Carte au CSE

CND0 CD des donneacutees bathymeacutetriques de la sous-reacutegion

Donneacutees oceacuteanographiques geacuteneacuterales

OdinAfrica Points focaux des pays agrave voir sur site internet drsquoOdinAfrica

ordinafricanet Atelier national OdinAfrica ndash voir sur le site CNDO Aller sur le site OdinAfrica reacutecupeacuterer les shapefiles (httpwwwodinafricaorg) et sur httpwwwafricanmarineatlasnet

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 41

IRDlaboratoire LOCEAN-IPSL (Universiteacute Paris 6) LPAOSF (Lab de Physique de lAtmosphegravere et de lOceacutean de agrave lEacutecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique-UCAD

Alban Lazar (IRD) Simeacuteon Fongang (Ecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique) Raymond Lahaye (IRDLEMAR)

Circulation oceacuteanique le long des cocirctes seacuteneacutegalaises (structures variabiliteacute meacutecanismes de lrsquoupwelling des courants cocirctiers des tempeacuteratures et des saliniteacutes) et les couplages oceacutean-atmosphegravere

FAO Merete TANDSTAD Projets CCLEM et GCLME

NEPAD Projet GCLME

PRCM et IMROP + autres

Faire lrsquoinventaire des socieacuteteacutes qui ont fait de la prospection peacutetroliegravere et voir leurs donneacutees et eacutetudes drsquoimpact eacutetude Woodside ou Dana petroleum voir PRCM et IMROP

Universiteacute Rapport master de lrsquouniversiteacute sur la modeacutelisation de la circulation et des tempeacuteratures sur la haute mer (demander CNDO)

Upwellings Odiafrica Donneacutees upwellings sur Odinafrica

IRD P CURY et N BEZ

Geacuteologie seacutediemntologie et Nature des fonds

2 thegraveses sur le plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais sud et nord

IRD carte de Domain (IRDORSTOM) carte des seacutediments du plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais)

carte de Barusso

Travaux de Lachance et Mc Master

Odinafirca Plateau continental ndash carte digitaliseacutee sur la nature des fonds ndash voir sur ordinafrica

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 42

Annex 5 GIS data priorities

Explanation of ranking system

Term short-term bullbullbull medium-term bullbull long-term bull Estimated Ease of acquiring data easy bullbullbull moderatebullbull difficult bull

Importance high bullbullbull moderate bullbull low bull Term Ease Import

Base layers

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 coastline(s)

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 2 ecological regions

bullbullbull bull bullbullbull 3 bathymetry

bullbullbull bullbull bull 4 topography (for land ndashcan help with shoreline classifications)

Physical and oceanographic

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 estuaries rivers

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 shoreline type (cliff rocky sandy muddy etc)

bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 surficial sediment (bottom type)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 seafloor topographic complexity ruggedness (can be created from bathymetry)

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 5 seamounts (can also be identified through bathymetry)

6 other seascape features eg

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull canyons

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 43

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull ridges

bullbull bullbullbull bullbull hydrothermal vents

bullbull bull bullbull seeps

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull banks

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull rocky reefs

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull estuaries (sub-classes)

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull lagoons

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull upwellings

bull bullbull bull 7 ocean currents tides

bull bullbull bullbull 8 sea surface temperature

bull bullbull bullbull 9 salinity

bull bull bull 10 photosynthetically available radiation (PAR)

bull bull bull 11 coastal erosion sediment transport

bull bull bullbull 12 climate change trends eg movement of upwellings

Biological habitat

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 1 threatened or endangered species (amp spawning nursery areas etc)

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 threatened or endangered habitats

bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 habitat classification (if one exists regionally)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 biogenic features eg

warm water coral reefs

cold water coral ldquoforestsrdquo

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 44

mangroves (sub-classes)

bullbull bull bullbullbull 5 Key commercial species eg

crustaceans molluscs (crabs shrimps oysters etc)

pelagic large fishes (eg tunas)

pelagic small fishes

demersal fishes

bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 primary productivity (usually satellite colour images chlorophyll_a)

bullbull bull bullbull 7 secondary productivity (eg an estimate of carbon flux)

bullbull bull bullbull 8 migration of invasive species

Human use management

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 marine protected areas

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 year-round fisheries closures

bullbull bullbull bull 3 other seasonal fisheries closures

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 4 cities towns villages (with populations)

bullbull bullbull bull 5 local community boundaries

bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 traditional use boundaries (eg artisanal fisheries)

bull bullbull bull 7 migrant land use grazing

bullbull bull bullbullbull 8 areas of cultural spiritual importance

bullbull bullbullbull bullbull 9 roads (can help with understanding remoteness amp shoreline access)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 10 shipping routes and harbours

bullbull bullbull bull 11 land use particularly agriculture (can be combined into an analysis of rivers to estimate runoff)

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 45

bullbull bull bullbullbull 12 fishing

a artisanal by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)

b industrial by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 13 offshore oil amp gas licences exploratory wells installations (platforms pipelines shore based)

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 14 sand amp gravel mining

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 15 tourism shoreline development resorts marinas

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 46

Annex 6 Thirty additional assessments

Excerpted and adapted from the 54 page report by the OSPAR Regional seas convention for

the Northeast Atlantic (2007) Background document to support the assessment of whether

the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is ecologically coherent6

Assessment Criterion 1 Adequacy Viability

1 Assessment Guideline One should expect the sizes of network sites (for a given feature) to be

distributed throughout or exceed the estimated range of sizes necessary to sustain a viable

population or community

2 Assessment Guideline Sites that are heavily impacted andor surrounded by heavily impacted

areas should be larger than otherwise

3 Assessment Guideline Features of ecological significance should receive greater protection

than normal

4 Assessment Guideline Location and geography can be used to indicate adequate protection

such that

a Protection of pelagic features should generally be reflected with the implementation of

larger sites than those for benthic features

b In regions constrained by physical geography (eg fjords bays bights passages straits)

the adequate sizes of individual sites will generally be smaller than areas without such

physical constraints (eg regional seas open ocean)

c Offshore andor deeper sites will generally require larger areas than for nearshore andor

shallow sites (However the exceptions of certain deep sea benthic features such as

hydrothermal vents and cold seeps are noted)

5 Assessment Guideline in a given region the adequate spatial protection of most OSPAR

features and the overall network can be expected to conform to the scientific literature and

fall within the range commonly found within that literature It is recognized that this is an

evolving field of study

6 Assessment Guideline Owing to the multiplicity of its objectives the OSPAR network can be

expected to contain a variety of reserve sizes and corresponding spacing between sites

7 Assessment Guideline If a site is at the small end of the expected viability range for a given

feature then compact sites are preferable If on the other hand a given site is at the large end

of the estimated viability range then a less compact shape would allow for greater spill-over

and benefits outside of the reserve

a The Compactness of a given site can be calculated using a GIS and the following

formula C = (4πAp2)

05 Where C is the Compactness A is the area of the site and p is

its perimeter

8 Assessment Guideline A broad MPA network such as the OSPAR network with a wide

variety of features can be expected to have a wide variety of reserve shapes and sizes

6 Jeff Ardron is the primary author of this OSPAR report

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 47

a The combined size and compactness of a site be readily calculated using a GIS and the

following formula SSC = ln (PA) Where SSC is here labelled as the site size-

compactness P is the perimeter of the site and A is the area

9 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA electronic database lists the aims and ecological

criteria on a site by site basis Thus as a preliminary assessment these can be compiled to get

an indication of how well they are being met across the network

10 Assessment Guideline A list inventory of features within a region that (are known or

believed to) meet the OSPAR aims and ecological criteria is required in order to fully assess if

the existing MPA sites are likely adequate

11 Assessment Guideline Features that are common and widely distributed will generally require

less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are rare andor sparsely

distributed

Assessment Criterion 2 Representativity

12 Assessment Guideline OSPAR MPAs should be checked to ensure that they are broadly

distributed across biogeographic regions In such an assessment there is no need to restrict the

assessment to just one biogeographic classification system So long as they appear to be

rigorous (eg peer-reviewed) the use of a variety of systems is encouraged

13 Assessment Guideline Each of the Dinter [OSPAR] bioregions should be adequately

protected

14 Assessment Guideline National classifications can be very helpful in assessing

representativity at a national level based on national categories and should be used where they

exist

15 Assessment Guideline In the absence of full biological surveys or full classification systems

(such as EUNIS) simple surrogates should be used to check that representativity is possibly

being achieved Benthic and pelagic realms should be considered

16 Assessment Guideline Representative features that are very common and widely distributed

will likely require less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are just

somewhat common

As a rule of thumb within a given feature class representative protection can be

compared to a normalized distribution For example if the areal distribution of

representative classes can be normalised through a square-root transformation then

protected area distribution could be expected to be roughly proportional to the square-

root of the ratio of the representative feature classesrsquo overall areas

17 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA nomination database should be checked to ensure

that the idea of the ldquobestrdquo features was taken into account across feature types and regions

18 Assessment Guideline Features that best represent their type can be expected to be

characterized by most or all of these indicators

a Typical morphology

b High density abundance

c High degree of health naturalness

d Persistence (temporal and spatial) and

e Strong functional linkages

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 48

Assessment Criterion 3 Replication

19 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area more than one example of each feature

should be protected

20 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features protected in areas susceptible

to catastrophic events require greater replication than those in low-risk areas

21 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area where no better data exist natural

variation can be assumed to be greatest between sites that are furthest apart

22 Assessment Guideline Features that are very specifically defined will exhibit less variation

and hence require less replication than features which are very general or ldquocatch-allrdquo categories

23 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area scientific requirements may require

replicate sites for differing purposes If these requirements are not known it can be assumed

that replicate sites that are a moderate distance apart (neither immediate neighbours nor at

extreme ends of the biogeographic area) will satisfy most scientific requirements

24 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features for which there are weak or

incomplete or modelled data require greater replication than those features for which better data

are available

Assessment Criterion 4 Connectivity

25 Assessment Guideline If an area is known or suspected to be important to connectivity then it

should be represented in the MPA network

26 Assessment Guideline Reserves in areas where there are known currents (eg many coastal

areas) should be more closely spaced than otherwise In order to maintain connectivity for most

short to moderate larval dispersing species when specific data are lacking such nearshore sites

should be spaced not further than 50 km apart

27 Assessment Guideline Connectivity between seabird sites can be measured in straight lines

28 Assessment Guideline Connectivity for marine species can be assumed to be greater along

lines of similar habitat than across them

29 Assessment Guideline The density of marine reserves can be used as a way to group areas of

likely connectivity Likewise it can also define gaps where connectivity has probably not been

achieved

30 Assessment Guideline In the absence of dispersal data connectivity may be approximated by

ensuring the MPA network is well distributed in space reflecting the scale of its surroundings

Page 43: A Suggested Approach for Gap Analyses of the RAMPAO Marine ...€¦ · A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 2 Recommendation re outreach: 1) regional contact

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 41

IRDlaboratoire LOCEAN-IPSL (Universiteacute Paris 6) LPAOSF (Lab de Physique de lAtmosphegravere et de lOceacutean de agrave lEacutecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique-UCAD

Alban Lazar (IRD) Simeacuteon Fongang (Ecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique) Raymond Lahaye (IRDLEMAR)

Circulation oceacuteanique le long des cocirctes seacuteneacutegalaises (structures variabiliteacute meacutecanismes de lrsquoupwelling des courants cocirctiers des tempeacuteratures et des saliniteacutes) et les couplages oceacutean-atmosphegravere

FAO Merete TANDSTAD Projets CCLEM et GCLME

NEPAD Projet GCLME

PRCM et IMROP + autres

Faire lrsquoinventaire des socieacuteteacutes qui ont fait de la prospection peacutetroliegravere et voir leurs donneacutees et eacutetudes drsquoimpact eacutetude Woodside ou Dana petroleum voir PRCM et IMROP

Universiteacute Rapport master de lrsquouniversiteacute sur la modeacutelisation de la circulation et des tempeacuteratures sur la haute mer (demander CNDO)

Upwellings Odiafrica Donneacutees upwellings sur Odinafrica

IRD P CURY et N BEZ

Geacuteologie seacutediemntologie et Nature des fonds

2 thegraveses sur le plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais sud et nord

IRD carte de Domain (IRDORSTOM) carte des seacutediments du plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais)

carte de Barusso

Travaux de Lachance et Mc Master

Odinafirca Plateau continental ndash carte digitaliseacutee sur la nature des fonds ndash voir sur ordinafrica

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 42

Annex 5 GIS data priorities

Explanation of ranking system

Term short-term bullbullbull medium-term bullbull long-term bull Estimated Ease of acquiring data easy bullbullbull moderatebullbull difficult bull

Importance high bullbullbull moderate bullbull low bull Term Ease Import

Base layers

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 coastline(s)

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 2 ecological regions

bullbullbull bull bullbullbull 3 bathymetry

bullbullbull bullbull bull 4 topography (for land ndashcan help with shoreline classifications)

Physical and oceanographic

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 estuaries rivers

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 shoreline type (cliff rocky sandy muddy etc)

bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 surficial sediment (bottom type)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 seafloor topographic complexity ruggedness (can be created from bathymetry)

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 5 seamounts (can also be identified through bathymetry)

6 other seascape features eg

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull canyons

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 43

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull ridges

bullbull bullbullbull bullbull hydrothermal vents

bullbull bull bullbull seeps

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull banks

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull rocky reefs

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull estuaries (sub-classes)

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull lagoons

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull upwellings

bull bullbull bull 7 ocean currents tides

bull bullbull bullbull 8 sea surface temperature

bull bullbull bullbull 9 salinity

bull bull bull 10 photosynthetically available radiation (PAR)

bull bull bull 11 coastal erosion sediment transport

bull bull bullbull 12 climate change trends eg movement of upwellings

Biological habitat

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 1 threatened or endangered species (amp spawning nursery areas etc)

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 threatened or endangered habitats

bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 habitat classification (if one exists regionally)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 biogenic features eg

warm water coral reefs

cold water coral ldquoforestsrdquo

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 44

mangroves (sub-classes)

bullbull bull bullbullbull 5 Key commercial species eg

crustaceans molluscs (crabs shrimps oysters etc)

pelagic large fishes (eg tunas)

pelagic small fishes

demersal fishes

bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 primary productivity (usually satellite colour images chlorophyll_a)

bullbull bull bullbull 7 secondary productivity (eg an estimate of carbon flux)

bullbull bull bullbull 8 migration of invasive species

Human use management

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 marine protected areas

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 year-round fisheries closures

bullbull bullbull bull 3 other seasonal fisheries closures

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 4 cities towns villages (with populations)

bullbull bullbull bull 5 local community boundaries

bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 traditional use boundaries (eg artisanal fisheries)

bull bullbull bull 7 migrant land use grazing

bullbull bull bullbullbull 8 areas of cultural spiritual importance

bullbull bullbullbull bullbull 9 roads (can help with understanding remoteness amp shoreline access)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 10 shipping routes and harbours

bullbull bullbull bull 11 land use particularly agriculture (can be combined into an analysis of rivers to estimate runoff)

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 45

bullbull bull bullbullbull 12 fishing

a artisanal by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)

b industrial by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 13 offshore oil amp gas licences exploratory wells installations (platforms pipelines shore based)

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 14 sand amp gravel mining

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 15 tourism shoreline development resorts marinas

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 46

Annex 6 Thirty additional assessments

Excerpted and adapted from the 54 page report by the OSPAR Regional seas convention for

the Northeast Atlantic (2007) Background document to support the assessment of whether

the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is ecologically coherent6

Assessment Criterion 1 Adequacy Viability

1 Assessment Guideline One should expect the sizes of network sites (for a given feature) to be

distributed throughout or exceed the estimated range of sizes necessary to sustain a viable

population or community

2 Assessment Guideline Sites that are heavily impacted andor surrounded by heavily impacted

areas should be larger than otherwise

3 Assessment Guideline Features of ecological significance should receive greater protection

than normal

4 Assessment Guideline Location and geography can be used to indicate adequate protection

such that

a Protection of pelagic features should generally be reflected with the implementation of

larger sites than those for benthic features

b In regions constrained by physical geography (eg fjords bays bights passages straits)

the adequate sizes of individual sites will generally be smaller than areas without such

physical constraints (eg regional seas open ocean)

c Offshore andor deeper sites will generally require larger areas than for nearshore andor

shallow sites (However the exceptions of certain deep sea benthic features such as

hydrothermal vents and cold seeps are noted)

5 Assessment Guideline in a given region the adequate spatial protection of most OSPAR

features and the overall network can be expected to conform to the scientific literature and

fall within the range commonly found within that literature It is recognized that this is an

evolving field of study

6 Assessment Guideline Owing to the multiplicity of its objectives the OSPAR network can be

expected to contain a variety of reserve sizes and corresponding spacing between sites

7 Assessment Guideline If a site is at the small end of the expected viability range for a given

feature then compact sites are preferable If on the other hand a given site is at the large end

of the estimated viability range then a less compact shape would allow for greater spill-over

and benefits outside of the reserve

a The Compactness of a given site can be calculated using a GIS and the following

formula C = (4πAp2)

05 Where C is the Compactness A is the area of the site and p is

its perimeter

8 Assessment Guideline A broad MPA network such as the OSPAR network with a wide

variety of features can be expected to have a wide variety of reserve shapes and sizes

6 Jeff Ardron is the primary author of this OSPAR report

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 47

a The combined size and compactness of a site be readily calculated using a GIS and the

following formula SSC = ln (PA) Where SSC is here labelled as the site size-

compactness P is the perimeter of the site and A is the area

9 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA electronic database lists the aims and ecological

criteria on a site by site basis Thus as a preliminary assessment these can be compiled to get

an indication of how well they are being met across the network

10 Assessment Guideline A list inventory of features within a region that (are known or

believed to) meet the OSPAR aims and ecological criteria is required in order to fully assess if

the existing MPA sites are likely adequate

11 Assessment Guideline Features that are common and widely distributed will generally require

less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are rare andor sparsely

distributed

Assessment Criterion 2 Representativity

12 Assessment Guideline OSPAR MPAs should be checked to ensure that they are broadly

distributed across biogeographic regions In such an assessment there is no need to restrict the

assessment to just one biogeographic classification system So long as they appear to be

rigorous (eg peer-reviewed) the use of a variety of systems is encouraged

13 Assessment Guideline Each of the Dinter [OSPAR] bioregions should be adequately

protected

14 Assessment Guideline National classifications can be very helpful in assessing

representativity at a national level based on national categories and should be used where they

exist

15 Assessment Guideline In the absence of full biological surveys or full classification systems

(such as EUNIS) simple surrogates should be used to check that representativity is possibly

being achieved Benthic and pelagic realms should be considered

16 Assessment Guideline Representative features that are very common and widely distributed

will likely require less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are just

somewhat common

As a rule of thumb within a given feature class representative protection can be

compared to a normalized distribution For example if the areal distribution of

representative classes can be normalised through a square-root transformation then

protected area distribution could be expected to be roughly proportional to the square-

root of the ratio of the representative feature classesrsquo overall areas

17 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA nomination database should be checked to ensure

that the idea of the ldquobestrdquo features was taken into account across feature types and regions

18 Assessment Guideline Features that best represent their type can be expected to be

characterized by most or all of these indicators

a Typical morphology

b High density abundance

c High degree of health naturalness

d Persistence (temporal and spatial) and

e Strong functional linkages

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 48

Assessment Criterion 3 Replication

19 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area more than one example of each feature

should be protected

20 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features protected in areas susceptible

to catastrophic events require greater replication than those in low-risk areas

21 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area where no better data exist natural

variation can be assumed to be greatest between sites that are furthest apart

22 Assessment Guideline Features that are very specifically defined will exhibit less variation

and hence require less replication than features which are very general or ldquocatch-allrdquo categories

23 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area scientific requirements may require

replicate sites for differing purposes If these requirements are not known it can be assumed

that replicate sites that are a moderate distance apart (neither immediate neighbours nor at

extreme ends of the biogeographic area) will satisfy most scientific requirements

24 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features for which there are weak or

incomplete or modelled data require greater replication than those features for which better data

are available

Assessment Criterion 4 Connectivity

25 Assessment Guideline If an area is known or suspected to be important to connectivity then it

should be represented in the MPA network

26 Assessment Guideline Reserves in areas where there are known currents (eg many coastal

areas) should be more closely spaced than otherwise In order to maintain connectivity for most

short to moderate larval dispersing species when specific data are lacking such nearshore sites

should be spaced not further than 50 km apart

27 Assessment Guideline Connectivity between seabird sites can be measured in straight lines

28 Assessment Guideline Connectivity for marine species can be assumed to be greater along

lines of similar habitat than across them

29 Assessment Guideline The density of marine reserves can be used as a way to group areas of

likely connectivity Likewise it can also define gaps where connectivity has probably not been

achieved

30 Assessment Guideline In the absence of dispersal data connectivity may be approximated by

ensuring the MPA network is well distributed in space reflecting the scale of its surroundings

Page 44: A Suggested Approach for Gap Analyses of the RAMPAO Marine ...€¦ · A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 2 Recommendation re outreach: 1) regional contact

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 42

Annex 5 GIS data priorities

Explanation of ranking system

Term short-term bullbullbull medium-term bullbull long-term bull Estimated Ease of acquiring data easy bullbullbull moderatebullbull difficult bull

Importance high bullbullbull moderate bullbull low bull Term Ease Import

Base layers

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 coastline(s)

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 2 ecological regions

bullbullbull bull bullbullbull 3 bathymetry

bullbullbull bullbull bull 4 topography (for land ndashcan help with shoreline classifications)

Physical and oceanographic

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 estuaries rivers

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 shoreline type (cliff rocky sandy muddy etc)

bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 surficial sediment (bottom type)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 seafloor topographic complexity ruggedness (can be created from bathymetry)

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 5 seamounts (can also be identified through bathymetry)

6 other seascape features eg

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull canyons

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 43

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull ridges

bullbull bullbullbull bullbull hydrothermal vents

bullbull bull bullbull seeps

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull banks

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull rocky reefs

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull estuaries (sub-classes)

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull lagoons

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull upwellings

bull bullbull bull 7 ocean currents tides

bull bullbull bullbull 8 sea surface temperature

bull bullbull bullbull 9 salinity

bull bull bull 10 photosynthetically available radiation (PAR)

bull bull bull 11 coastal erosion sediment transport

bull bull bullbull 12 climate change trends eg movement of upwellings

Biological habitat

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 1 threatened or endangered species (amp spawning nursery areas etc)

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 threatened or endangered habitats

bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 habitat classification (if one exists regionally)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 biogenic features eg

warm water coral reefs

cold water coral ldquoforestsrdquo

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 44

mangroves (sub-classes)

bullbull bull bullbullbull 5 Key commercial species eg

crustaceans molluscs (crabs shrimps oysters etc)

pelagic large fishes (eg tunas)

pelagic small fishes

demersal fishes

bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 primary productivity (usually satellite colour images chlorophyll_a)

bullbull bull bullbull 7 secondary productivity (eg an estimate of carbon flux)

bullbull bull bullbull 8 migration of invasive species

Human use management

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 marine protected areas

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 year-round fisheries closures

bullbull bullbull bull 3 other seasonal fisheries closures

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 4 cities towns villages (with populations)

bullbull bullbull bull 5 local community boundaries

bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 traditional use boundaries (eg artisanal fisheries)

bull bullbull bull 7 migrant land use grazing

bullbull bull bullbullbull 8 areas of cultural spiritual importance

bullbull bullbullbull bullbull 9 roads (can help with understanding remoteness amp shoreline access)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 10 shipping routes and harbours

bullbull bullbull bull 11 land use particularly agriculture (can be combined into an analysis of rivers to estimate runoff)

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 45

bullbull bull bullbullbull 12 fishing

a artisanal by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)

b industrial by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 13 offshore oil amp gas licences exploratory wells installations (platforms pipelines shore based)

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 14 sand amp gravel mining

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 15 tourism shoreline development resorts marinas

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 46

Annex 6 Thirty additional assessments

Excerpted and adapted from the 54 page report by the OSPAR Regional seas convention for

the Northeast Atlantic (2007) Background document to support the assessment of whether

the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is ecologically coherent6

Assessment Criterion 1 Adequacy Viability

1 Assessment Guideline One should expect the sizes of network sites (for a given feature) to be

distributed throughout or exceed the estimated range of sizes necessary to sustain a viable

population or community

2 Assessment Guideline Sites that are heavily impacted andor surrounded by heavily impacted

areas should be larger than otherwise

3 Assessment Guideline Features of ecological significance should receive greater protection

than normal

4 Assessment Guideline Location and geography can be used to indicate adequate protection

such that

a Protection of pelagic features should generally be reflected with the implementation of

larger sites than those for benthic features

b In regions constrained by physical geography (eg fjords bays bights passages straits)

the adequate sizes of individual sites will generally be smaller than areas without such

physical constraints (eg regional seas open ocean)

c Offshore andor deeper sites will generally require larger areas than for nearshore andor

shallow sites (However the exceptions of certain deep sea benthic features such as

hydrothermal vents and cold seeps are noted)

5 Assessment Guideline in a given region the adequate spatial protection of most OSPAR

features and the overall network can be expected to conform to the scientific literature and

fall within the range commonly found within that literature It is recognized that this is an

evolving field of study

6 Assessment Guideline Owing to the multiplicity of its objectives the OSPAR network can be

expected to contain a variety of reserve sizes and corresponding spacing between sites

7 Assessment Guideline If a site is at the small end of the expected viability range for a given

feature then compact sites are preferable If on the other hand a given site is at the large end

of the estimated viability range then a less compact shape would allow for greater spill-over

and benefits outside of the reserve

a The Compactness of a given site can be calculated using a GIS and the following

formula C = (4πAp2)

05 Where C is the Compactness A is the area of the site and p is

its perimeter

8 Assessment Guideline A broad MPA network such as the OSPAR network with a wide

variety of features can be expected to have a wide variety of reserve shapes and sizes

6 Jeff Ardron is the primary author of this OSPAR report

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 47

a The combined size and compactness of a site be readily calculated using a GIS and the

following formula SSC = ln (PA) Where SSC is here labelled as the site size-

compactness P is the perimeter of the site and A is the area

9 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA electronic database lists the aims and ecological

criteria on a site by site basis Thus as a preliminary assessment these can be compiled to get

an indication of how well they are being met across the network

10 Assessment Guideline A list inventory of features within a region that (are known or

believed to) meet the OSPAR aims and ecological criteria is required in order to fully assess if

the existing MPA sites are likely adequate

11 Assessment Guideline Features that are common and widely distributed will generally require

less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are rare andor sparsely

distributed

Assessment Criterion 2 Representativity

12 Assessment Guideline OSPAR MPAs should be checked to ensure that they are broadly

distributed across biogeographic regions In such an assessment there is no need to restrict the

assessment to just one biogeographic classification system So long as they appear to be

rigorous (eg peer-reviewed) the use of a variety of systems is encouraged

13 Assessment Guideline Each of the Dinter [OSPAR] bioregions should be adequately

protected

14 Assessment Guideline National classifications can be very helpful in assessing

representativity at a national level based on national categories and should be used where they

exist

15 Assessment Guideline In the absence of full biological surveys or full classification systems

(such as EUNIS) simple surrogates should be used to check that representativity is possibly

being achieved Benthic and pelagic realms should be considered

16 Assessment Guideline Representative features that are very common and widely distributed

will likely require less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are just

somewhat common

As a rule of thumb within a given feature class representative protection can be

compared to a normalized distribution For example if the areal distribution of

representative classes can be normalised through a square-root transformation then

protected area distribution could be expected to be roughly proportional to the square-

root of the ratio of the representative feature classesrsquo overall areas

17 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA nomination database should be checked to ensure

that the idea of the ldquobestrdquo features was taken into account across feature types and regions

18 Assessment Guideline Features that best represent their type can be expected to be

characterized by most or all of these indicators

a Typical morphology

b High density abundance

c High degree of health naturalness

d Persistence (temporal and spatial) and

e Strong functional linkages

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 48

Assessment Criterion 3 Replication

19 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area more than one example of each feature

should be protected

20 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features protected in areas susceptible

to catastrophic events require greater replication than those in low-risk areas

21 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area where no better data exist natural

variation can be assumed to be greatest between sites that are furthest apart

22 Assessment Guideline Features that are very specifically defined will exhibit less variation

and hence require less replication than features which are very general or ldquocatch-allrdquo categories

23 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area scientific requirements may require

replicate sites for differing purposes If these requirements are not known it can be assumed

that replicate sites that are a moderate distance apart (neither immediate neighbours nor at

extreme ends of the biogeographic area) will satisfy most scientific requirements

24 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features for which there are weak or

incomplete or modelled data require greater replication than those features for which better data

are available

Assessment Criterion 4 Connectivity

25 Assessment Guideline If an area is known or suspected to be important to connectivity then it

should be represented in the MPA network

26 Assessment Guideline Reserves in areas where there are known currents (eg many coastal

areas) should be more closely spaced than otherwise In order to maintain connectivity for most

short to moderate larval dispersing species when specific data are lacking such nearshore sites

should be spaced not further than 50 km apart

27 Assessment Guideline Connectivity between seabird sites can be measured in straight lines

28 Assessment Guideline Connectivity for marine species can be assumed to be greater along

lines of similar habitat than across them

29 Assessment Guideline The density of marine reserves can be used as a way to group areas of

likely connectivity Likewise it can also define gaps where connectivity has probably not been

achieved

30 Assessment Guideline In the absence of dispersal data connectivity may be approximated by

ensuring the MPA network is well distributed in space reflecting the scale of its surroundings

Page 45: A Suggested Approach for Gap Analyses of the RAMPAO Marine ...€¦ · A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 2 Recommendation re outreach: 1) regional contact

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 43

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull ridges

bullbull bullbullbull bullbull hydrothermal vents

bullbull bull bullbull seeps

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull banks

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull rocky reefs

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull estuaries (sub-classes)

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull lagoons

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull upwellings

bull bullbull bull 7 ocean currents tides

bull bullbull bullbull 8 sea surface temperature

bull bullbull bullbull 9 salinity

bull bull bull 10 photosynthetically available radiation (PAR)

bull bull bull 11 coastal erosion sediment transport

bull bull bullbull 12 climate change trends eg movement of upwellings

Biological habitat

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 1 threatened or endangered species (amp spawning nursery areas etc)

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 threatened or endangered habitats

bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 habitat classification (if one exists regionally)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 biogenic features eg

warm water coral reefs

cold water coral ldquoforestsrdquo

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 44

mangroves (sub-classes)

bullbull bull bullbullbull 5 Key commercial species eg

crustaceans molluscs (crabs shrimps oysters etc)

pelagic large fishes (eg tunas)

pelagic small fishes

demersal fishes

bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 primary productivity (usually satellite colour images chlorophyll_a)

bullbull bull bullbull 7 secondary productivity (eg an estimate of carbon flux)

bullbull bull bullbull 8 migration of invasive species

Human use management

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 marine protected areas

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 year-round fisheries closures

bullbull bullbull bull 3 other seasonal fisheries closures

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 4 cities towns villages (with populations)

bullbull bullbull bull 5 local community boundaries

bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 traditional use boundaries (eg artisanal fisheries)

bull bullbull bull 7 migrant land use grazing

bullbull bull bullbullbull 8 areas of cultural spiritual importance

bullbull bullbullbull bullbull 9 roads (can help with understanding remoteness amp shoreline access)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 10 shipping routes and harbours

bullbull bullbull bull 11 land use particularly agriculture (can be combined into an analysis of rivers to estimate runoff)

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 45

bullbull bull bullbullbull 12 fishing

a artisanal by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)

b industrial by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 13 offshore oil amp gas licences exploratory wells installations (platforms pipelines shore based)

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 14 sand amp gravel mining

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 15 tourism shoreline development resorts marinas

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 46

Annex 6 Thirty additional assessments

Excerpted and adapted from the 54 page report by the OSPAR Regional seas convention for

the Northeast Atlantic (2007) Background document to support the assessment of whether

the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is ecologically coherent6

Assessment Criterion 1 Adequacy Viability

1 Assessment Guideline One should expect the sizes of network sites (for a given feature) to be

distributed throughout or exceed the estimated range of sizes necessary to sustain a viable

population or community

2 Assessment Guideline Sites that are heavily impacted andor surrounded by heavily impacted

areas should be larger than otherwise

3 Assessment Guideline Features of ecological significance should receive greater protection

than normal

4 Assessment Guideline Location and geography can be used to indicate adequate protection

such that

a Protection of pelagic features should generally be reflected with the implementation of

larger sites than those for benthic features

b In regions constrained by physical geography (eg fjords bays bights passages straits)

the adequate sizes of individual sites will generally be smaller than areas without such

physical constraints (eg regional seas open ocean)

c Offshore andor deeper sites will generally require larger areas than for nearshore andor

shallow sites (However the exceptions of certain deep sea benthic features such as

hydrothermal vents and cold seeps are noted)

5 Assessment Guideline in a given region the adequate spatial protection of most OSPAR

features and the overall network can be expected to conform to the scientific literature and

fall within the range commonly found within that literature It is recognized that this is an

evolving field of study

6 Assessment Guideline Owing to the multiplicity of its objectives the OSPAR network can be

expected to contain a variety of reserve sizes and corresponding spacing between sites

7 Assessment Guideline If a site is at the small end of the expected viability range for a given

feature then compact sites are preferable If on the other hand a given site is at the large end

of the estimated viability range then a less compact shape would allow for greater spill-over

and benefits outside of the reserve

a The Compactness of a given site can be calculated using a GIS and the following

formula C = (4πAp2)

05 Where C is the Compactness A is the area of the site and p is

its perimeter

8 Assessment Guideline A broad MPA network such as the OSPAR network with a wide

variety of features can be expected to have a wide variety of reserve shapes and sizes

6 Jeff Ardron is the primary author of this OSPAR report

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 47

a The combined size and compactness of a site be readily calculated using a GIS and the

following formula SSC = ln (PA) Where SSC is here labelled as the site size-

compactness P is the perimeter of the site and A is the area

9 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA electronic database lists the aims and ecological

criteria on a site by site basis Thus as a preliminary assessment these can be compiled to get

an indication of how well they are being met across the network

10 Assessment Guideline A list inventory of features within a region that (are known or

believed to) meet the OSPAR aims and ecological criteria is required in order to fully assess if

the existing MPA sites are likely adequate

11 Assessment Guideline Features that are common and widely distributed will generally require

less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are rare andor sparsely

distributed

Assessment Criterion 2 Representativity

12 Assessment Guideline OSPAR MPAs should be checked to ensure that they are broadly

distributed across biogeographic regions In such an assessment there is no need to restrict the

assessment to just one biogeographic classification system So long as they appear to be

rigorous (eg peer-reviewed) the use of a variety of systems is encouraged

13 Assessment Guideline Each of the Dinter [OSPAR] bioregions should be adequately

protected

14 Assessment Guideline National classifications can be very helpful in assessing

representativity at a national level based on national categories and should be used where they

exist

15 Assessment Guideline In the absence of full biological surveys or full classification systems

(such as EUNIS) simple surrogates should be used to check that representativity is possibly

being achieved Benthic and pelagic realms should be considered

16 Assessment Guideline Representative features that are very common and widely distributed

will likely require less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are just

somewhat common

As a rule of thumb within a given feature class representative protection can be

compared to a normalized distribution For example if the areal distribution of

representative classes can be normalised through a square-root transformation then

protected area distribution could be expected to be roughly proportional to the square-

root of the ratio of the representative feature classesrsquo overall areas

17 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA nomination database should be checked to ensure

that the idea of the ldquobestrdquo features was taken into account across feature types and regions

18 Assessment Guideline Features that best represent their type can be expected to be

characterized by most or all of these indicators

a Typical morphology

b High density abundance

c High degree of health naturalness

d Persistence (temporal and spatial) and

e Strong functional linkages

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 48

Assessment Criterion 3 Replication

19 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area more than one example of each feature

should be protected

20 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features protected in areas susceptible

to catastrophic events require greater replication than those in low-risk areas

21 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area where no better data exist natural

variation can be assumed to be greatest between sites that are furthest apart

22 Assessment Guideline Features that are very specifically defined will exhibit less variation

and hence require less replication than features which are very general or ldquocatch-allrdquo categories

23 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area scientific requirements may require

replicate sites for differing purposes If these requirements are not known it can be assumed

that replicate sites that are a moderate distance apart (neither immediate neighbours nor at

extreme ends of the biogeographic area) will satisfy most scientific requirements

24 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features for which there are weak or

incomplete or modelled data require greater replication than those features for which better data

are available

Assessment Criterion 4 Connectivity

25 Assessment Guideline If an area is known or suspected to be important to connectivity then it

should be represented in the MPA network

26 Assessment Guideline Reserves in areas where there are known currents (eg many coastal

areas) should be more closely spaced than otherwise In order to maintain connectivity for most

short to moderate larval dispersing species when specific data are lacking such nearshore sites

should be spaced not further than 50 km apart

27 Assessment Guideline Connectivity between seabird sites can be measured in straight lines

28 Assessment Guideline Connectivity for marine species can be assumed to be greater along

lines of similar habitat than across them

29 Assessment Guideline The density of marine reserves can be used as a way to group areas of

likely connectivity Likewise it can also define gaps where connectivity has probably not been

achieved

30 Assessment Guideline In the absence of dispersal data connectivity may be approximated by

ensuring the MPA network is well distributed in space reflecting the scale of its surroundings

Page 46: A Suggested Approach for Gap Analyses of the RAMPAO Marine ...€¦ · A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 2 Recommendation re outreach: 1) regional contact

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 44

mangroves (sub-classes)

bullbull bull bullbullbull 5 Key commercial species eg

crustaceans molluscs (crabs shrimps oysters etc)

pelagic large fishes (eg tunas)

pelagic small fishes

demersal fishes

bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 primary productivity (usually satellite colour images chlorophyll_a)

bullbull bull bullbull 7 secondary productivity (eg an estimate of carbon flux)

bullbull bull bullbull 8 migration of invasive species

Human use management

bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 marine protected areas

bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 year-round fisheries closures

bullbull bullbull bull 3 other seasonal fisheries closures

bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 4 cities towns villages (with populations)

bullbull bullbull bull 5 local community boundaries

bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 traditional use boundaries (eg artisanal fisheries)

bull bullbull bull 7 migrant land use grazing

bullbull bull bullbullbull 8 areas of cultural spiritual importance

bullbull bullbullbull bullbull 9 roads (can help with understanding remoteness amp shoreline access)

bullbull bullbull bullbull 10 shipping routes and harbours

bullbull bullbull bull 11 land use particularly agriculture (can be combined into an analysis of rivers to estimate runoff)

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 45

bullbull bull bullbullbull 12 fishing

a artisanal by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)

b industrial by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 13 offshore oil amp gas licences exploratory wells installations (platforms pipelines shore based)

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 14 sand amp gravel mining

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 15 tourism shoreline development resorts marinas

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 46

Annex 6 Thirty additional assessments

Excerpted and adapted from the 54 page report by the OSPAR Regional seas convention for

the Northeast Atlantic (2007) Background document to support the assessment of whether

the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is ecologically coherent6

Assessment Criterion 1 Adequacy Viability

1 Assessment Guideline One should expect the sizes of network sites (for a given feature) to be

distributed throughout or exceed the estimated range of sizes necessary to sustain a viable

population or community

2 Assessment Guideline Sites that are heavily impacted andor surrounded by heavily impacted

areas should be larger than otherwise

3 Assessment Guideline Features of ecological significance should receive greater protection

than normal

4 Assessment Guideline Location and geography can be used to indicate adequate protection

such that

a Protection of pelagic features should generally be reflected with the implementation of

larger sites than those for benthic features

b In regions constrained by physical geography (eg fjords bays bights passages straits)

the adequate sizes of individual sites will generally be smaller than areas without such

physical constraints (eg regional seas open ocean)

c Offshore andor deeper sites will generally require larger areas than for nearshore andor

shallow sites (However the exceptions of certain deep sea benthic features such as

hydrothermal vents and cold seeps are noted)

5 Assessment Guideline in a given region the adequate spatial protection of most OSPAR

features and the overall network can be expected to conform to the scientific literature and

fall within the range commonly found within that literature It is recognized that this is an

evolving field of study

6 Assessment Guideline Owing to the multiplicity of its objectives the OSPAR network can be

expected to contain a variety of reserve sizes and corresponding spacing between sites

7 Assessment Guideline If a site is at the small end of the expected viability range for a given

feature then compact sites are preferable If on the other hand a given site is at the large end

of the estimated viability range then a less compact shape would allow for greater spill-over

and benefits outside of the reserve

a The Compactness of a given site can be calculated using a GIS and the following

formula C = (4πAp2)

05 Where C is the Compactness A is the area of the site and p is

its perimeter

8 Assessment Guideline A broad MPA network such as the OSPAR network with a wide

variety of features can be expected to have a wide variety of reserve shapes and sizes

6 Jeff Ardron is the primary author of this OSPAR report

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 47

a The combined size and compactness of a site be readily calculated using a GIS and the

following formula SSC = ln (PA) Where SSC is here labelled as the site size-

compactness P is the perimeter of the site and A is the area

9 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA electronic database lists the aims and ecological

criteria on a site by site basis Thus as a preliminary assessment these can be compiled to get

an indication of how well they are being met across the network

10 Assessment Guideline A list inventory of features within a region that (are known or

believed to) meet the OSPAR aims and ecological criteria is required in order to fully assess if

the existing MPA sites are likely adequate

11 Assessment Guideline Features that are common and widely distributed will generally require

less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are rare andor sparsely

distributed

Assessment Criterion 2 Representativity

12 Assessment Guideline OSPAR MPAs should be checked to ensure that they are broadly

distributed across biogeographic regions In such an assessment there is no need to restrict the

assessment to just one biogeographic classification system So long as they appear to be

rigorous (eg peer-reviewed) the use of a variety of systems is encouraged

13 Assessment Guideline Each of the Dinter [OSPAR] bioregions should be adequately

protected

14 Assessment Guideline National classifications can be very helpful in assessing

representativity at a national level based on national categories and should be used where they

exist

15 Assessment Guideline In the absence of full biological surveys or full classification systems

(such as EUNIS) simple surrogates should be used to check that representativity is possibly

being achieved Benthic and pelagic realms should be considered

16 Assessment Guideline Representative features that are very common and widely distributed

will likely require less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are just

somewhat common

As a rule of thumb within a given feature class representative protection can be

compared to a normalized distribution For example if the areal distribution of

representative classes can be normalised through a square-root transformation then

protected area distribution could be expected to be roughly proportional to the square-

root of the ratio of the representative feature classesrsquo overall areas

17 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA nomination database should be checked to ensure

that the idea of the ldquobestrdquo features was taken into account across feature types and regions

18 Assessment Guideline Features that best represent their type can be expected to be

characterized by most or all of these indicators

a Typical morphology

b High density abundance

c High degree of health naturalness

d Persistence (temporal and spatial) and

e Strong functional linkages

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 48

Assessment Criterion 3 Replication

19 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area more than one example of each feature

should be protected

20 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features protected in areas susceptible

to catastrophic events require greater replication than those in low-risk areas

21 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area where no better data exist natural

variation can be assumed to be greatest between sites that are furthest apart

22 Assessment Guideline Features that are very specifically defined will exhibit less variation

and hence require less replication than features which are very general or ldquocatch-allrdquo categories

23 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area scientific requirements may require

replicate sites for differing purposes If these requirements are not known it can be assumed

that replicate sites that are a moderate distance apart (neither immediate neighbours nor at

extreme ends of the biogeographic area) will satisfy most scientific requirements

24 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features for which there are weak or

incomplete or modelled data require greater replication than those features for which better data

are available

Assessment Criterion 4 Connectivity

25 Assessment Guideline If an area is known or suspected to be important to connectivity then it

should be represented in the MPA network

26 Assessment Guideline Reserves in areas where there are known currents (eg many coastal

areas) should be more closely spaced than otherwise In order to maintain connectivity for most

short to moderate larval dispersing species when specific data are lacking such nearshore sites

should be spaced not further than 50 km apart

27 Assessment Guideline Connectivity between seabird sites can be measured in straight lines

28 Assessment Guideline Connectivity for marine species can be assumed to be greater along

lines of similar habitat than across them

29 Assessment Guideline The density of marine reserves can be used as a way to group areas of

likely connectivity Likewise it can also define gaps where connectivity has probably not been

achieved

30 Assessment Guideline In the absence of dispersal data connectivity may be approximated by

ensuring the MPA network is well distributed in space reflecting the scale of its surroundings

Page 47: A Suggested Approach for Gap Analyses of the RAMPAO Marine ...€¦ · A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 2 Recommendation re outreach: 1) regional contact

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 45

bullbull bull bullbullbull 12 fishing

a artisanal by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)

b industrial by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 13 offshore oil amp gas licences exploratory wells installations (platforms pipelines shore based)

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 14 sand amp gravel mining

bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 15 tourism shoreline development resorts marinas

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 46

Annex 6 Thirty additional assessments

Excerpted and adapted from the 54 page report by the OSPAR Regional seas convention for

the Northeast Atlantic (2007) Background document to support the assessment of whether

the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is ecologically coherent6

Assessment Criterion 1 Adequacy Viability

1 Assessment Guideline One should expect the sizes of network sites (for a given feature) to be

distributed throughout or exceed the estimated range of sizes necessary to sustain a viable

population or community

2 Assessment Guideline Sites that are heavily impacted andor surrounded by heavily impacted

areas should be larger than otherwise

3 Assessment Guideline Features of ecological significance should receive greater protection

than normal

4 Assessment Guideline Location and geography can be used to indicate adequate protection

such that

a Protection of pelagic features should generally be reflected with the implementation of

larger sites than those for benthic features

b In regions constrained by physical geography (eg fjords bays bights passages straits)

the adequate sizes of individual sites will generally be smaller than areas without such

physical constraints (eg regional seas open ocean)

c Offshore andor deeper sites will generally require larger areas than for nearshore andor

shallow sites (However the exceptions of certain deep sea benthic features such as

hydrothermal vents and cold seeps are noted)

5 Assessment Guideline in a given region the adequate spatial protection of most OSPAR

features and the overall network can be expected to conform to the scientific literature and

fall within the range commonly found within that literature It is recognized that this is an

evolving field of study

6 Assessment Guideline Owing to the multiplicity of its objectives the OSPAR network can be

expected to contain a variety of reserve sizes and corresponding spacing between sites

7 Assessment Guideline If a site is at the small end of the expected viability range for a given

feature then compact sites are preferable If on the other hand a given site is at the large end

of the estimated viability range then a less compact shape would allow for greater spill-over

and benefits outside of the reserve

a The Compactness of a given site can be calculated using a GIS and the following

formula C = (4πAp2)

05 Where C is the Compactness A is the area of the site and p is

its perimeter

8 Assessment Guideline A broad MPA network such as the OSPAR network with a wide

variety of features can be expected to have a wide variety of reserve shapes and sizes

6 Jeff Ardron is the primary author of this OSPAR report

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 47

a The combined size and compactness of a site be readily calculated using a GIS and the

following formula SSC = ln (PA) Where SSC is here labelled as the site size-

compactness P is the perimeter of the site and A is the area

9 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA electronic database lists the aims and ecological

criteria on a site by site basis Thus as a preliminary assessment these can be compiled to get

an indication of how well they are being met across the network

10 Assessment Guideline A list inventory of features within a region that (are known or

believed to) meet the OSPAR aims and ecological criteria is required in order to fully assess if

the existing MPA sites are likely adequate

11 Assessment Guideline Features that are common and widely distributed will generally require

less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are rare andor sparsely

distributed

Assessment Criterion 2 Representativity

12 Assessment Guideline OSPAR MPAs should be checked to ensure that they are broadly

distributed across biogeographic regions In such an assessment there is no need to restrict the

assessment to just one biogeographic classification system So long as they appear to be

rigorous (eg peer-reviewed) the use of a variety of systems is encouraged

13 Assessment Guideline Each of the Dinter [OSPAR] bioregions should be adequately

protected

14 Assessment Guideline National classifications can be very helpful in assessing

representativity at a national level based on national categories and should be used where they

exist

15 Assessment Guideline In the absence of full biological surveys or full classification systems

(such as EUNIS) simple surrogates should be used to check that representativity is possibly

being achieved Benthic and pelagic realms should be considered

16 Assessment Guideline Representative features that are very common and widely distributed

will likely require less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are just

somewhat common

As a rule of thumb within a given feature class representative protection can be

compared to a normalized distribution For example if the areal distribution of

representative classes can be normalised through a square-root transformation then

protected area distribution could be expected to be roughly proportional to the square-

root of the ratio of the representative feature classesrsquo overall areas

17 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA nomination database should be checked to ensure

that the idea of the ldquobestrdquo features was taken into account across feature types and regions

18 Assessment Guideline Features that best represent their type can be expected to be

characterized by most or all of these indicators

a Typical morphology

b High density abundance

c High degree of health naturalness

d Persistence (temporal and spatial) and

e Strong functional linkages

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 48

Assessment Criterion 3 Replication

19 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area more than one example of each feature

should be protected

20 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features protected in areas susceptible

to catastrophic events require greater replication than those in low-risk areas

21 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area where no better data exist natural

variation can be assumed to be greatest between sites that are furthest apart

22 Assessment Guideline Features that are very specifically defined will exhibit less variation

and hence require less replication than features which are very general or ldquocatch-allrdquo categories

23 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area scientific requirements may require

replicate sites for differing purposes If these requirements are not known it can be assumed

that replicate sites that are a moderate distance apart (neither immediate neighbours nor at

extreme ends of the biogeographic area) will satisfy most scientific requirements

24 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features for which there are weak or

incomplete or modelled data require greater replication than those features for which better data

are available

Assessment Criterion 4 Connectivity

25 Assessment Guideline If an area is known or suspected to be important to connectivity then it

should be represented in the MPA network

26 Assessment Guideline Reserves in areas where there are known currents (eg many coastal

areas) should be more closely spaced than otherwise In order to maintain connectivity for most

short to moderate larval dispersing species when specific data are lacking such nearshore sites

should be spaced not further than 50 km apart

27 Assessment Guideline Connectivity between seabird sites can be measured in straight lines

28 Assessment Guideline Connectivity for marine species can be assumed to be greater along

lines of similar habitat than across them

29 Assessment Guideline The density of marine reserves can be used as a way to group areas of

likely connectivity Likewise it can also define gaps where connectivity has probably not been

achieved

30 Assessment Guideline In the absence of dispersal data connectivity may be approximated by

ensuring the MPA network is well distributed in space reflecting the scale of its surroundings

Page 48: A Suggested Approach for Gap Analyses of the RAMPAO Marine ...€¦ · A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 2 Recommendation re outreach: 1) regional contact

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 46

Annex 6 Thirty additional assessments

Excerpted and adapted from the 54 page report by the OSPAR Regional seas convention for

the Northeast Atlantic (2007) Background document to support the assessment of whether

the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is ecologically coherent6

Assessment Criterion 1 Adequacy Viability

1 Assessment Guideline One should expect the sizes of network sites (for a given feature) to be

distributed throughout or exceed the estimated range of sizes necessary to sustain a viable

population or community

2 Assessment Guideline Sites that are heavily impacted andor surrounded by heavily impacted

areas should be larger than otherwise

3 Assessment Guideline Features of ecological significance should receive greater protection

than normal

4 Assessment Guideline Location and geography can be used to indicate adequate protection

such that

a Protection of pelagic features should generally be reflected with the implementation of

larger sites than those for benthic features

b In regions constrained by physical geography (eg fjords bays bights passages straits)

the adequate sizes of individual sites will generally be smaller than areas without such

physical constraints (eg regional seas open ocean)

c Offshore andor deeper sites will generally require larger areas than for nearshore andor

shallow sites (However the exceptions of certain deep sea benthic features such as

hydrothermal vents and cold seeps are noted)

5 Assessment Guideline in a given region the adequate spatial protection of most OSPAR

features and the overall network can be expected to conform to the scientific literature and

fall within the range commonly found within that literature It is recognized that this is an

evolving field of study

6 Assessment Guideline Owing to the multiplicity of its objectives the OSPAR network can be

expected to contain a variety of reserve sizes and corresponding spacing between sites

7 Assessment Guideline If a site is at the small end of the expected viability range for a given

feature then compact sites are preferable If on the other hand a given site is at the large end

of the estimated viability range then a less compact shape would allow for greater spill-over

and benefits outside of the reserve

a The Compactness of a given site can be calculated using a GIS and the following

formula C = (4πAp2)

05 Where C is the Compactness A is the area of the site and p is

its perimeter

8 Assessment Guideline A broad MPA network such as the OSPAR network with a wide

variety of features can be expected to have a wide variety of reserve shapes and sizes

6 Jeff Ardron is the primary author of this OSPAR report

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 47

a The combined size and compactness of a site be readily calculated using a GIS and the

following formula SSC = ln (PA) Where SSC is here labelled as the site size-

compactness P is the perimeter of the site and A is the area

9 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA electronic database lists the aims and ecological

criteria on a site by site basis Thus as a preliminary assessment these can be compiled to get

an indication of how well they are being met across the network

10 Assessment Guideline A list inventory of features within a region that (are known or

believed to) meet the OSPAR aims and ecological criteria is required in order to fully assess if

the existing MPA sites are likely adequate

11 Assessment Guideline Features that are common and widely distributed will generally require

less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are rare andor sparsely

distributed

Assessment Criterion 2 Representativity

12 Assessment Guideline OSPAR MPAs should be checked to ensure that they are broadly

distributed across biogeographic regions In such an assessment there is no need to restrict the

assessment to just one biogeographic classification system So long as they appear to be

rigorous (eg peer-reviewed) the use of a variety of systems is encouraged

13 Assessment Guideline Each of the Dinter [OSPAR] bioregions should be adequately

protected

14 Assessment Guideline National classifications can be very helpful in assessing

representativity at a national level based on national categories and should be used where they

exist

15 Assessment Guideline In the absence of full biological surveys or full classification systems

(such as EUNIS) simple surrogates should be used to check that representativity is possibly

being achieved Benthic and pelagic realms should be considered

16 Assessment Guideline Representative features that are very common and widely distributed

will likely require less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are just

somewhat common

As a rule of thumb within a given feature class representative protection can be

compared to a normalized distribution For example if the areal distribution of

representative classes can be normalised through a square-root transformation then

protected area distribution could be expected to be roughly proportional to the square-

root of the ratio of the representative feature classesrsquo overall areas

17 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA nomination database should be checked to ensure

that the idea of the ldquobestrdquo features was taken into account across feature types and regions

18 Assessment Guideline Features that best represent their type can be expected to be

characterized by most or all of these indicators

a Typical morphology

b High density abundance

c High degree of health naturalness

d Persistence (temporal and spatial) and

e Strong functional linkages

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 48

Assessment Criterion 3 Replication

19 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area more than one example of each feature

should be protected

20 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features protected in areas susceptible

to catastrophic events require greater replication than those in low-risk areas

21 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area where no better data exist natural

variation can be assumed to be greatest between sites that are furthest apart

22 Assessment Guideline Features that are very specifically defined will exhibit less variation

and hence require less replication than features which are very general or ldquocatch-allrdquo categories

23 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area scientific requirements may require

replicate sites for differing purposes If these requirements are not known it can be assumed

that replicate sites that are a moderate distance apart (neither immediate neighbours nor at

extreme ends of the biogeographic area) will satisfy most scientific requirements

24 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features for which there are weak or

incomplete or modelled data require greater replication than those features for which better data

are available

Assessment Criterion 4 Connectivity

25 Assessment Guideline If an area is known or suspected to be important to connectivity then it

should be represented in the MPA network

26 Assessment Guideline Reserves in areas where there are known currents (eg many coastal

areas) should be more closely spaced than otherwise In order to maintain connectivity for most

short to moderate larval dispersing species when specific data are lacking such nearshore sites

should be spaced not further than 50 km apart

27 Assessment Guideline Connectivity between seabird sites can be measured in straight lines

28 Assessment Guideline Connectivity for marine species can be assumed to be greater along

lines of similar habitat than across them

29 Assessment Guideline The density of marine reserves can be used as a way to group areas of

likely connectivity Likewise it can also define gaps where connectivity has probably not been

achieved

30 Assessment Guideline In the absence of dispersal data connectivity may be approximated by

ensuring the MPA network is well distributed in space reflecting the scale of its surroundings

Page 49: A Suggested Approach for Gap Analyses of the RAMPAO Marine ...€¦ · A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 2 Recommendation re outreach: 1) regional contact

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 47

a The combined size and compactness of a site be readily calculated using a GIS and the

following formula SSC = ln (PA) Where SSC is here labelled as the site size-

compactness P is the perimeter of the site and A is the area

9 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA electronic database lists the aims and ecological

criteria on a site by site basis Thus as a preliminary assessment these can be compiled to get

an indication of how well they are being met across the network

10 Assessment Guideline A list inventory of features within a region that (are known or

believed to) meet the OSPAR aims and ecological criteria is required in order to fully assess if

the existing MPA sites are likely adequate

11 Assessment Guideline Features that are common and widely distributed will generally require

less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are rare andor sparsely

distributed

Assessment Criterion 2 Representativity

12 Assessment Guideline OSPAR MPAs should be checked to ensure that they are broadly

distributed across biogeographic regions In such an assessment there is no need to restrict the

assessment to just one biogeographic classification system So long as they appear to be

rigorous (eg peer-reviewed) the use of a variety of systems is encouraged

13 Assessment Guideline Each of the Dinter [OSPAR] bioregions should be adequately

protected

14 Assessment Guideline National classifications can be very helpful in assessing

representativity at a national level based on national categories and should be used where they

exist

15 Assessment Guideline In the absence of full biological surveys or full classification systems

(such as EUNIS) simple surrogates should be used to check that representativity is possibly

being achieved Benthic and pelagic realms should be considered

16 Assessment Guideline Representative features that are very common and widely distributed

will likely require less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are just

somewhat common

As a rule of thumb within a given feature class representative protection can be

compared to a normalized distribution For example if the areal distribution of

representative classes can be normalised through a square-root transformation then

protected area distribution could be expected to be roughly proportional to the square-

root of the ratio of the representative feature classesrsquo overall areas

17 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA nomination database should be checked to ensure

that the idea of the ldquobestrdquo features was taken into account across feature types and regions

18 Assessment Guideline Features that best represent their type can be expected to be

characterized by most or all of these indicators

a Typical morphology

b High density abundance

c High degree of health naturalness

d Persistence (temporal and spatial) and

e Strong functional linkages

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 48

Assessment Criterion 3 Replication

19 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area more than one example of each feature

should be protected

20 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features protected in areas susceptible

to catastrophic events require greater replication than those in low-risk areas

21 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area where no better data exist natural

variation can be assumed to be greatest between sites that are furthest apart

22 Assessment Guideline Features that are very specifically defined will exhibit less variation

and hence require less replication than features which are very general or ldquocatch-allrdquo categories

23 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area scientific requirements may require

replicate sites for differing purposes If these requirements are not known it can be assumed

that replicate sites that are a moderate distance apart (neither immediate neighbours nor at

extreme ends of the biogeographic area) will satisfy most scientific requirements

24 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features for which there are weak or

incomplete or modelled data require greater replication than those features for which better data

are available

Assessment Criterion 4 Connectivity

25 Assessment Guideline If an area is known or suspected to be important to connectivity then it

should be represented in the MPA network

26 Assessment Guideline Reserves in areas where there are known currents (eg many coastal

areas) should be more closely spaced than otherwise In order to maintain connectivity for most

short to moderate larval dispersing species when specific data are lacking such nearshore sites

should be spaced not further than 50 km apart

27 Assessment Guideline Connectivity between seabird sites can be measured in straight lines

28 Assessment Guideline Connectivity for marine species can be assumed to be greater along

lines of similar habitat than across them

29 Assessment Guideline The density of marine reserves can be used as a way to group areas of

likely connectivity Likewise it can also define gaps where connectivity has probably not been

achieved

30 Assessment Guideline In the absence of dispersal data connectivity may be approximated by

ensuring the MPA network is well distributed in space reflecting the scale of its surroundings

Page 50: A Suggested Approach for Gap Analyses of the RAMPAO Marine ...€¦ · A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 2 Recommendation re outreach: 1) regional contact

A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 48

Assessment Criterion 3 Replication

19 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area more than one example of each feature

should be protected

20 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features protected in areas susceptible

to catastrophic events require greater replication than those in low-risk areas

21 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area where no better data exist natural

variation can be assumed to be greatest between sites that are furthest apart

22 Assessment Guideline Features that are very specifically defined will exhibit less variation

and hence require less replication than features which are very general or ldquocatch-allrdquo categories

23 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area scientific requirements may require

replicate sites for differing purposes If these requirements are not known it can be assumed

that replicate sites that are a moderate distance apart (neither immediate neighbours nor at

extreme ends of the biogeographic area) will satisfy most scientific requirements

24 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features for which there are weak or

incomplete or modelled data require greater replication than those features for which better data

are available

Assessment Criterion 4 Connectivity

25 Assessment Guideline If an area is known or suspected to be important to connectivity then it

should be represented in the MPA network

26 Assessment Guideline Reserves in areas where there are known currents (eg many coastal

areas) should be more closely spaced than otherwise In order to maintain connectivity for most

short to moderate larval dispersing species when specific data are lacking such nearshore sites

should be spaced not further than 50 km apart

27 Assessment Guideline Connectivity between seabird sites can be measured in straight lines

28 Assessment Guideline Connectivity for marine species can be assumed to be greater along

lines of similar habitat than across them

29 Assessment Guideline The density of marine reserves can be used as a way to group areas of

likely connectivity Likewise it can also define gaps where connectivity has probably not been

achieved

30 Assessment Guideline In the absence of dispersal data connectivity may be approximated by

ensuring the MPA network is well distributed in space reflecting the scale of its surroundings